standard chartered
Annual Report 2023
- Connecting the world’s most dynamic markets
here for good™
---
Strategic report
# We are a leading international cross-border bank
Standard Chartered connects the world's most dynamic markets, serving the businesses that are the engines of global growth and supporting people to meet their ambitions. Every day, we help clients to manage and invest their finances safely and seamlessly, and grow their businesses and wealth with confidence.
Over our 170 year history, and across a unique geographical footprint that connects Asia, Africa and the Middle East to each other and the world, we've built a bank like no other, with diverse capabilities and partnerships that set us apart. Inspired by our brand promise, we are here for good.
| Financial KPIs^{1} | | Non-financial KPIs^{2} | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Return on tangible equity **10.1% ↑ 240bps** Underlying basis
**8.4% ↑ 160bps**
Reported basis | Common Equity Tier 1 ratio
**14.1% ↑ 10bps**
Above our 13-14 per cent target range
Total shareholder return
**9.4% 2022: 41.4%** | Diversity and inclusion: women in senior roles^{4}
**32.5% ↑ 0.4ppt**
Mobilising Sustainable Finance $
**$87.2bn ↑ $29.8bn**
Employee net promoter score (eNPS)
**25.86 ↑ 8.31 points** | |
| Other financial measures^{1,3} | | | |
| Operating income **$17,378m ↑ 13%** Underlying basis
**$18,019m ↑ 10%**
Reported basis | Profit before tax
**$5,678m ↑ 27%**
Underlying basis
**$5,093m ↑ 24%**
Reported basis | Earnings per share
**128.9cents ↑ 31.0 cents**
Underlying basis
**108.6cents ↑ 22.7 cents**
Reported basis | Tangible net asset value per ordinary share
**$13.93 ↑ 12%** |
| Stakeholders | | | |
| Throughout this report, we use these icons to represent the different stakeholder groups for whom we create value. | | | |
| | | | |
| Clients | | Society | Employees |
1. Reconciliations from underlying to reported and definitions of alternative performance measures can be found on pages 80 to 87
2. For more information on our culture of inclusion see page 24, and for more on our Sustainability Aspirations see page 66
3. Year-on-Year growth on Operating Income and Profit before tax is on constant currency basis
4. Senior leadership is defined as Managing Directors and Band 4 roles (including Management Team)
---
# In this report
## Strategic report
02 Who we are and what we do
04 Where we operate
06 Group Chairman's statement
10 Group Chief Executive's review
14 Key performance indicators
16 Market environment
20 Business model
24 Our strategy
26 Our Stands
28 Client segment reviews
31 Regional reviews
34 Group Chief Financial Officer's review
44 Group Chief Risk Officer's review
52 Stakeholders and Sustainability overview
80 Underlying versus reported results reconciliations
86 Alternative performance measures
88 Viability statement
## Sustainability review
92 Sustainability review
94 Sustainability Aspirations
99 Sustainability Strategic Pillars
120 Climate- and sustainability-related governance
125 Managing Environmental and Social Risk
126 Managing Climate Risk
130 Integrity, conduct and ethics
## Directors' report
136 Group Chairman's governance overview
137 Board of Directors
142 Management Team
145 Corporate governance
182 Directors' remuneration report
208 Additional remuneration disclosures
217 Other disclosures
229 Statement of Directors' responsibilities
## Risk review and Capital review
234 Risk profile
298 Climate risk
314 Enterprise Risk Management Framework
320 Principal risks
338 Capital review
## Financial statements
346 Independent Auditor's report
359 Financial statements
366 Notes to the financial statements
## Supplementary information
490 Supplementary financial information
498 Supplementary people information
504 Supplementary sustainability information
517 Shareholder information
521 Main awards and accolades in 2023
523 Glossary
## About this report
### Sustainability and ESG reporting
The Group includes Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) and sustainability information in this Annual Report, providing investors and stakeholders with an understanding of the implications of relevant sustainability-related risks and opportunities, and progress against our objectives.
We have observed our obligations under: (i) sections 414CA and 414CB of the UK Companies Act 2006; (ii) the UK's Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Rules in respect of climate-related disclosures; and (iii) the ESG Reporting Guide contained in Appendix C2 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. We have made disclosures consistent with the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations and recommended disclosures throughout this Annual Report.
In preparing this report we have given consideration to (but do not align in full with) the guidance provided by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) Standards finalised in 2023 (FRS 51 and IFRS 52, noting that IFRS 52, although largely based on TCFD, requires a more granular level of disclosure. IFRS 51 and 52 are voluntary standards and compliance is not yet required in the Group's listing locations. Additionally, we publish an ESG reporting index against the voluntary Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Universal Standards and select GRI Topic Standards, and the World Economic Forum Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics framework.
> **The Group's sustainability-related disclosures can be accessed via sc.com/sustainabilityhub**
### Alternative performance measures
The Group uses a number of alternative performance measures in the discussion of its performance. These measures exclude certain items which management believes are not representative of the underlying performance of the business and which distort period-on-period comparison. They provide the reader with insight into how management measures the performance of the business.
> **For more information on Standard Chartered please visit sc.com**
All information presented in the Chairman, CEO and CFO statements are on an underlying basis unless otherwise stated. A reconciliation from underlying to reported and definitions of alternative performance measures can be found on pages 80 to 87.
Unless another currency is specified, the word 'dollar' or symbol $\mathbb{S}$ in this document means US dollar and the word 'cent' or symbol $\mathbb{S}$ means one-hundredth of one US dollar. Disclosures in the Strategic report, Sustainability review, Directors' report, Risk review and Capital review and Supplementary information are unaudited unless otherwise stated. Unless context requires within the document, 'China' refers to the People's Republic of China and, for the purposes of this document only, excludes Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (Hong Kong); Macau Special Administrative Region (Macau) and Taiwan. 'Korea' or 'South Korea' refers to the Republic of Korea. Asia includes Australia, Bangladesh, Brunei, Cambodia, India, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam, Mainland China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Macau, Taiwan, Africa and Middle East (AME) includes Bahrain, Botswana, Côte d'Ivoire, Egypt, Ghana, Iraq, Kenya, Mauritius, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Tanzania, UAE, Uganda, and Zambia; and Europe & Americas (EA) include Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Falkland Islands, France, Germany, Israel, Jersey, Poland, Sweden, Türkiye, the UK, and the US. Within the tables in this report, blank spaces indicate that the number is not disclosed, dashes indicate that the number is zero and 'nm' stands for not meaningful. Standard Chartered PLC is incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability, and is headquartered in London. The Group's head office provides guidance on governance and regulatory standards. Standard Chartered PLC. Stock codes are: LSE STAR-LLN and HKSE 02888.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Who we are
# Who we are and what we do
Our Purpose is to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity. We serve three client segments in three regions, supported by eight global functions.
Our client segments
| Operating income |
| --- |
| **1. Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking** Supporting clients with their transaction banking, financial markets, corporate finance and borrowing needs, Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking provides solutions to nearly 20,000 clients in the world's fastest-growing economies and most active trade corridors. |
| **2. Consumer, Private & Business Banking** Serving more than 11 million individuals and small businesses, Consumer, Private & Business Banking focuses on the affluent and emerging affluent in many of the world's fastest-growing economies. |
| **3. Ventures** Ventures promotes innovation, invests in disruptive financial technology and explores alternative business models. It represents a diverse portfolio of over 30 ventures and more than 20 investments |
| **4. Central and other items** |
| **$1,218m** Underlying basis **$7,106m** Underlying basis **$7,151m** Reported basis **$1,102m** Underlying basis **$(1,076)m** Reported basis |
# Enabling and supporting our businesses
## Global functions
### Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance
Partners internally and externally to achieve the highest standards in conduct and compliance to enable a sustainable business and to fight financial crime.
### Corporate Affairs, Brand and Marketing
Manages the Group's marketing and communications and engagement with stakeholders to promote and protect the Group's reputation, brand and services.
Our client-facing businesses are supported by our global functions, which work together to ensure the Group's operations run smoothly and consistently.
### Group Chief Financial Officer
Comprises seven support functions: Finance, Treasury, Strategy, Investor Relations, Corporate Development, Supply Chain Management and Property. The leaders of these functions report directly to the Group Chief Financial Officer.
### Group Internal Audit
An independent function whose primary role is to help the Board and Management Team protect the assets, reputation and sustainability of the Group.
### Human Resources
Maximises the value of investment in people through recruitment, development and employee engagement.
### Legal
Provides legal advice and support to the Group to manage legal risks and issues.
### Risk
Responsible for the overall second-line-of-defence responsibilities related to risk management, which involves oversight and challenge of risk management actions of the first line.
### Transformation, Technology & Operations
Responsible for leading bank-wide transformation and for reshaping the Group's systems and technology platforms to ensure we provide robust, responsive, and innovative technology and digital solutions. Also manages all client operations, seeking to provide an optimal client service and experience across the board.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
03
# Our regions
| 1. Asia | Operating income |
| --- | --- |
| We are present in 21 markets, including Hong Kong and Singapore which contribute the highest income. | $12,429m Underlying basis |
| | $12,651m Reported basis |
| 2. Africa and Middle East | Operating income |
| We have a presence in 18 markets of which the most sizeable by income are UAE, Pakistan, Kenya, Nigeria, South Africa and Ghana. | $2,806m Underlying basis |
| | $2,924m Reported basis |
| 3. Europe and the Americas | Operating income |
| Centred in London, with a growing presence across continental Europe, and New York, we operate in both North America and several markets in Latin America. | $1,397m Underlying basis |
| | $1,702m Reported basis |
| 4. Central and other items | Operating income |
| | $746m Underlying basis |
| | $742m Reported basis |
# Valued behaviours
Our valued behaviours are the guiding principles for how we work together, and the way we do business, every day.
# Never settle
- Continuously improve and innovate
- Simplify
- Learn from your successes and failures
# Better together
- See more in others
- "How can I help?"
- Build for the long term
# Do the right thing
- Live with integrity
- Think client
- Be brave, be the change
---
Strategic report
Where we operate
# Where we operate
We operate in the world's most dynamic markets which set the pace for global growth and prosperity. Our unique geographic footprint connects high-growth and emerging markets in Asia, Africa and the Middle East with more established economies in Europe and the Americas, allowing us to channel capital to where it's needed most.
For more than 170 years, we have used the power of our network to maximise opportunities for people and businesses who trade, operate or invest in these regions.
Our diverse experience, capabilities and culture set us apart.
We have a long-standing and deep franchise in some of the world's fastest-growing economies. Our Asia region generates two-thirds of our income. The two markets contributing the highest income are Hong Kong and Singapore.
| Australia | Japan | Nepal |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Bangladesh | Korea | Philippines |
| Brunei | Laos | Singapore |
| Cambodia | Macau | Sri Lanka |
| Hong Kong | Mainland China | Thailand |
| India | Malaysia | Vietnam |
| Indonesia | Myanmar | Taiwan |
Read more on page 31
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
05
# Africa and the Middle East
We have a deep-rooted heritage in Africa and the Middle East. The United Arab Emirates, Pakistan, Kenya, Nigeria, South Africa, and Ghana are our largest markets by income.
Bahrain
Botswana
Côte d'Ivoire
Egypt
Ghana
Iraq
Kenya
Mauritius
Nigeria
Oman
Pakistan
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
South Africa
Tanzania
UAE
Uganda
Zambia
→ Read more on page 32
# Europe and the Americas
We support clients in Europe and the Americas through hubs in London and New York and have a strong presence in several European and Latin American markets.
Argentina
Brazil
Colombia
Falkland Islands
France
Germany
Israel
Jersey
Poland
Sweden
Türkiye
UK
US
→ Read more on page 33
---
Strategic report
Group Chairman's statement
# Group Chairman's statement
- Embedding a culture of excellence to deliver sustained value
Dr José Viñals
Group Chairman
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
During 2023, the Group continued to improve profitability, delivering on our objective to achieve a double-digit return on tangible equity (RoTE) for the full year. Our high-growth markets, where we are intent on making further investment, continue to deliver strongly despite an uncertain picture for the global economy.
This performance came against a backdrop of rising interest rates in many large economies, which undoubtedly gave a strong tailwind for the business. However, it is also a product of our clear strategy, discipline and tireless execution – a significant achievement for our colleagues, led by our Group Chief Executive, Bill Winters, and his Management Team. Their skills and dedication remain essential to our performance, and my deepest thanks go to all of them.
We have recently bid a fond farewell to Andy Halford, who formally stepped down as Group Chief Financial Officer on 3 January 2024. Since his arrival in the role in 2014, Andy has been a much-valued colleague and friend and made a phenomenal contribution by helping to steer the business through a challenging external environment. Under his watch we strengthened our foundations, reset our risk appetite and redefined the Group's strategy. He leaves with our very best wishes, and will continue in an advisory role until his retirement in August. It is with pleasure that we welcome Diego De Giorgi who joins us as Andy's successor. I am looking forward to working closely with Diego and Bill to drive further excellence for clients and higher value for shareholders.
## Advancing our strategic and financial goals
I have said before that our objective is to grow income in a strong, safe and sustainable manner, while maintaining both cost and capital discipline, and I am delighted to say that was the case last year. We are confident that our improved RoTE, which reached 10.1 per cent in 2023, will be a milestone on the way to further long-term success for the Group, underpinned by strong performance across the business. We grew income 13 per cent on a constant currency basis while maintaining a strong capital and liquidity position and positive income-to-cost jaws. We expect our RoTE to steadily increase from 10 per cent, and are targeting 12 per cent in 2026 and to progress thereafter.
The strength of our financial performance affirms that the strategy that we set out in 2021 is working. We remain focused on investment in high-growth markets and have made significant progress against our strategic priorities across Network, Affluent, Mass Retail, and Sustainability.
I am acutely aware of the underperformance of our share price in recent months, which I believe does not reflect the progress we are making. Both the Board and the Management Team are absolutely focused on delivering sustained, long-term value for our shareholders. I believe our solid performance in 2023 gives us a good base from which to do this. As Bill details in the following pages, we have further sharpened the actions we will take to accelerate performance and future growth.
## 'We remain focused on investment in high-growth markets and have made significant progress against our strategic priorities'
Firstly, we will continue to rely on our stronger capabilities to further enhance returns in our Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking and Consumer, Private & Business Banking businesses, with a focus on driving income growth in high-returning areas. Secondly, we will improve operational leverage within the Group, addressing structural inefficiencies and complexities whilst protecting income. Finally, we will continue to return substantial capital to shareholders. This year, we are pleased to be able to provide an increased full-year dividend of 27 cents per share and are announcing a further share buyback of $1 billion.
Alongside the importance of delivering improved financial performance, our Purpose and brand promise to be here for good remain cornerstones of our business. We are keenly aware of our role in supporting our clients and communities as they anticipate and respond to economic and social challenges. This is why we remain true to our Stands – Accelerating Zero, Resetting Globalisation and Lifting Participation – which are delivered through the execution of our strategy, and which give us an active framework for positive impact across our footprint.
We updated our net zero roadmap in April 2023, committing to an absolute emissions target and trajectory for the oil and gas sector. In this year's Annual Report, we disclose the targets and science-based methodologies for our financed emissions in 11 of the 12 high-emitting sectors identified as decarbonisation priorities by the Net Zero Banking Alliance, demonstrating our commitment to support the transition of the real-world economy.
We have also recently announced our decision to become an early adopter of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures, highlighting the rising importance of nature and biodiversity as a necessary consideration in sustainability. Given that our footprint represents some of the most complex and diverse natural capital in the world, working across our business and with our clients to preserve, restore and enhance nature is critically important.
It is my honour to be able to act as a voice for our Stands on behalf of the Group as Co-Chair of the United Nations' Global Investors for Sustainable Development Alliance, as well as at various global platforms and by engaging with stakeholders across our markets.
## Driving higher standards
The Board remains committed to firmly embedding a culture of excellence across the organisation, building high standards through a 'one bank' culture of ambition, action and accountability that puts our clients at the heart of all we do. We are at our best when we harness the full talent and potential of the diverse markets in which we operate.
Both the Board and the Management Team are dedicated to maintaining our status as an employer of choice. That means offering our colleagues a variety of ways to build their skillset, attracting the best talent through our doors with a diverse set of career paths within the Group and progressive employee policies, such as the standardised parental leave announced last year.
As the world continues to change around us, we also recognise the ongoing importance of technology and continuous improvement in maintaining our competitive edge, and in building an innovation-led culture that allows colleagues to try new things within an effective and comprehensive risk management framework. We are intent on capturing the benefits of new, game-changing technologies like artificial intelligence, whilst protecting the information and financial security of our clients.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
07
---
Strategic report
Group Chairman's statement
# Group Chairman's statement
continued
It has been an extremely active year for the Board, with frequent in-depth briefings on geopolitical, cyber and sectoral risks, and a sharp focus on corporate governance. We continue to build out our resilience in both the financial and non-financial dimensions of risk and compliance across our varied markets. This gives us the confidence to achieve our strategic goals and act decisively to grasp new business opportunities.
We continue to maintain a diverse range of skillsets and backgrounds on our Board. Jasmine Whitbread, a long-standing director and impactful former chair of the Culture and Sustainability Committee, stepped down from the Board at last year's AGM. As announced on 16 February 2024, Gay Huey Evans will step down from the Board with effect from 29 February 2024 after serving nine years and contributing significantly to the Board and its Committees, especially as Chair of the former Board Financial Crime Risk Committee. Carlson Tong, another much-valued Board member, will step down from the Board on 9 May 2024, ahead of the AGM. I would like to thank Jasmine, Gay and Carlson for their many contributions during their time with us.
On 16 February 2024, we announced that Diane Jurgens will join the Board from 1 March 2024. Diane is a highly experienced and respected technologist who will bring significant technology and transformation expertise and insight to the Board having operated across a variety of sectors and the Group's key markets.
## Our dynamic markets
In 2023 I continued to spend time across our markets, seeing their dynamism first-hand and experiencing the ambition of our colleagues as they work together for greater growth.
Guided by our Purpose – to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity – we are investing heavily in fast-growing economies and trade corridors in Asia, Africa and the Middle East, and bringing innovative digital products to new clients. A good example of this is Solv, our e-commerce platform for small and medium-size enterprises. We're also positioning ourselves to be a positive force in the expansion of sectors that will deliver a more sustainable global economy, like renewables and electric vehicles.
I'm more confident than ever that we are investing in the right places for strong, safe and sustainable growth, and in our role as a connector bank in an ever more complex and fragmenting world. We provide our clients with the right solutions gained from deep experience of our markets, and continue to be a trusted partner for them as they look to seize opportunities across our footprint.
> "I'm more confident than ever that we're investing in the right places for strong, safe and sustainable growth, and in our role as a connector bank in an ever more complex, fragmenting world"
## Looking ahead with confidence
We expect to see a 'soft landing' for the world economy in 2024. This is no small achievement as we have witnessed the most aggressive period of monetary policy tightening in decades. This, plus other favourable supply side developments have led to a fall in inflation in most countries, engendering expectations of official interest rate cuts in many economies this year. Growth, in turn, remains resilient, with emerging markets expected to keep growing considerably faster than developed economies, and Asia continuing to lead global growth.
However, one cannot be complacent about the years ahead. The 'last mile' of inflation may prove stickier than expected, and geopolitical risks abound. As we begin 2024, the war between Ukraine and Russia continues, increasing uncertainty for nations in Europe and elsewhere. We see renewed conflict in the Middle East, bringing tragedy to many communities and disruption to the Red Sea, a key chokepoint in global supply chains.
2024 is also a year of major elections in the United States, India and probably the United Kingdom, as well as other markets in our footprint. These all have the potential to affect the economic situation.
With so much at stake, we must take care not to needlessly damage the means of growth and wealth creation. I have frequently spoken in defence of open, rules-based trade as a lynchpin of global economic growth. This year, the challenges around it remain powerful, with the risk of further fragmentation.
I believe the system of global trade that has been created with such care over many decades is one of humanity's foremost achievements. It is not perfect by any means, but it has arguably brought more opportunity and prosperity to a greater number of people than any other force in history. Like every intricate system, it is easy to damage and hard to rebuild. Safeguarding and making it more inclusive and sustainable requires constant vigilance and cooperation from policymakers, legislators, and the private sector in an evolved, modernised multilateral system.
While the external landscape remains uncertain, we are confident that we are well positioned to navigate the challenges and seize the opportunities ahead. Our results in 2023 show we are doing just that. We remain focused on continuing to deliver excellence for our clients, and sustained value for shareholders, in 2024 and beyond.
Dr José Viñals
Group Chairman
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Standard Chartered and IFC aim to boost global trade by more than $6 billion
In April, we signed a deal to invest $700 million in the IFC's Global Trade Liquidity Programme, which is expected to support up to $6.4 billion in trade over three years across Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and Latin America.
The deal is a renewal of a facility first launched in 2009 and has supported $20.5 billion in global trade through more than 150 Emerging Market Issuing Banks in 37 countries.
+ Read more at sc.com/IFC
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Executive's review
# Group Chief Executive's review
# Delivering sustainability higher returns
Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
Standard Chartered – Access Report 2023
---
We produced strong results in 2023, demonstrating the value of our franchise and delivering our target to push past the 10 per cent Return on Tangible Equity ('RoTE') milestone. But 10 per cent is not the extent of our ambition. We have the right strategy, business model and intent to build on this momentum. We have set out clear actions to deliver sustainably higher returns, with RoTE increasing steadily from 10 per cent, targeting 12 per cent in 2026, and to progress thereafter.
Full year 2023 income of $174 billion was up 13 per cent on a constant currency basis, benefitting not only from rising interest rates but also encouraging underlying business momentum. Good cost discipline has enabled us to generate significantly positive income-to-cost jaws of 4 per cent for the year, even with continued underlying investment. Loan impairment declined, primarily due to reduced impairments from China commercial real estate and sovereign risks, with the overall portfolio remaining resilient. All this has helped us grow underlying profit before tax 27 per cent year-on-year, to $5.7 billion, the highest level for ten years.
We remain highly liquid and strongly capitalised. We finished the year with a Common Equity Tier 1 ('CETT') ratio of 14.1 per cent, above the top of our target range, allowing us to increase our full year ordinary dividend by 50 per cent to 27 cents per share. We undertook in February 2022 to return over $5 billion to shareholders by the end of 2024. With this full year dividend and the $1 billion share buyback announced today, we will have exceeded that target well ahead of schedule.
As we start the new year, I would like to take a moment to thank my friend and much valued colleague, Andy Halford, who decided to retire this year. Andy has been a great partner to me and the Board and has successfully helped steer the Group over the last ten years. I'd also like to extend a warm welcome to Diego De Giorgi as he takes over as the Group Chief Financial Officer. Diego brings with him over 30 years of financial services experience and I am sure he will continue to build on the progress we have made.
## Our strategy is driving success
Our strategy is designed to deliver our Purpose: to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity. We set out four strategic priorities in early 2021: continue to grow our Network and Affluent client businesses, return to growth in Mass Retail and advance on all fronts of our Sustainability agenda. We are making good progress in every area.
- Income from our cross-border Network business grew 31 per cent in 2023, with standout growth rates in our China offshore corridors to the Middle East and ASEAN, up 67 per cent and 53 per cent respectively
- We increased the total number of Affluent clients to 2.3 million. This helped drive significantly higher levels of net new money in 2023, with net inflows of $29 billion, up 50 per cent, year-on-year, and deliver 24 per cent growth in income from this client segment
- We grew our Mass Retail client base by over 1 million to 9.5 million. We have continued to grow our digital banks, Max in Hong Kong and Trust in Singapore. They remain two of the fastest growing digital banks globally and underline our ability to partner and launch differentiated customer propositions. The Mass Retail business also serves a valuable strategic purpose as a pipeline for future Affluent clients, with 224,000 of our Mass Retail clients moving up to Affluent clients in 2023
- Our dedicated Chief Sustainability Office unit acts as a centre of excellence and a catalyst for the execution of the Group-wide Sustainability strategy and the achievement of our net zero roadmap, further details of which are set out in the Annual Report. Our Sustainable Finance franchise generated over $0.7 billion income in 2023, a year-on-year growth rate of 42 per cent and we are well on our way to deliver a billion dollars in income by 2025. We have mobilised $87 billion of sustainable finance since the beginning of 2021, making good progress as we advance towards our $300 billion target by 2030
## Great execution on our 2022 strategic actions
We set out five actions in 2022 designed to accelerate delivery of double-digit RoTE. The strong execution of these actions over the last two years, where we have either achieved our targets ahead of plan or they are well on track, has enabled us to reach that milestone in 2023.
- We are ahead of schedule to drive improved returns in Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking ('CCIB'). We targeted around 160 basis points improvement in income return on risk-weighted assets ('IRoRWA') to 6.5 per cent in 2024. The team exceeded this target in 2023, delivering an IRoRWA of 7.8 per cent. This was driven by particularly strong growth in income from Financial Institution clients, which now accounts for 49 per cent of CCIB income, delivering close to the 50 per cent target one year early. The team has also successfully executed $24 billion in risk-weighted assets optimisation over the last two years, exceeding the target of $22 billion. The completion of the sale of the Aviation Finance business also created further capacity for CCIB to grow higher returning business
- We are also ahead of our 2024 target to transform profitability in Consumer, Private and Business Banking ('CPBB'). The team has achieved its 60 per cent cost-to-income target one year ahead of plan, with a nine-percentage point improvement in 2023. They have delivered $0.4 billion of structural expense savings from rationalising the branch network, process re-engineering, headcount efficiencies and further automation
- We have continued to seize the China opportunity, with our China-related business performing well, despite post-COVID domestic recovery tracking below expectations. We set a target of doubling the operating profit before tax of our onshore and offshore China business by the end of 2024 and we almost achieved that in 2023, generating $1.3 billion. This was driven primarily by offshore-related income, which delivers significantly higher returns, growing 42 per cent. Our onshore income, despite the domestic headwinds, grew 4 per cent. Looking forward, we continue to be confident in the long-term opportunities that China re-opening will generate for our unique franchise
- We continued to create operational leverage, and are on track to deliver the three-year $1.3 billion expense savings target, which has helped us absorb inflationary pressure and continue to invest. Our cost-to-income ratio is down 7 percentage points since the end of 2021 to 63 per cent for 2023, so we are well advanced towards our target of around 60 per cent by 2024
- Our equity generation and discipline on risk-weighted assets this year have created capacity for us to continue to deliver substantial shareholder distributions. With the final ordinary share dividend for 2023 and a new $1 billion share buyback programme starting imminently, means we are well ahead of our total target of returning in excess of $5 billion by the end of 2024. We will continue to actively manage the Group's capital position with the target of a further capital return of at least $5 billion over the next three years
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Group Chief Executive's review
# Group Chief Executive's review
continued
## Building on our achievements to deliver sustainably higher returns
Our unique footprint across the world's most dynamic markets gives us a strategic advantage and underpins my confidence that we can continue to grow even in a less supportive interest rate environment. Our objective is to ensure that income growth translates into structurally higher profitability, striking a balance between maintaining the diversity that our clients value, while taking out unnecessary complexity that slows us and drags returns.
We are therefore taking further action in each of our three client businesses to drive income growth:
- In CCIB, we will seek to drive growth in high-returning businesses such as cross-border income, targeting an 8 to 10 per cent underlying growth rate over the next three years. Additionally, building on our strength as a top two network trade bank, we are targeting to grow Trade and Working Capital income by 6 to 8 per cent between 2024 and 2026. The team is also driving growth in financing related income (Global Credit and Lending) with a particular focus on accelerating the originate to distribute strategy, targeting an 8 to 10 per cent CAGR to 2026
- In CPBB, we will build on our strengths in the Affluent client business, targeting to attract over $80 billion of net new money over the next three years, a 19 per cent increase from the previous three years. We also intend on accelerating the growth in our international client business, with the target of increasing the number of international Affluent clients from 274,000 to over 375,000 by 2026
- Building on the remarkable momentum in our two digital banks, Mox and Trust, we are targeting for the Ventures segment to be RoTE accretive by 2026
By executing these actions, we expect to grow income at a compound annual rate of between 5 and 7 per cent over the next three years, well above the anticipated rate of growth for the global economy.
We are also taking action to transform the way we operate, addressing structural inefficiencies and complexity whilst protecting income. Starting this year, we will run a bank-wide programme called Fit for Growth, to accelerate our previous efforts to simplify, standardise and digitise our business. We will fundamentally improve our productivity, client and employee experience and create capacity to reinvest in incremental growth initiatives.
This programme will save around $1.5 billion of cumulative expenses over the next three years and we expect to incur a similar amount in terms of the cost to achieve these permanent organisational and financial benefits. This will help us to deliver positive income-to-cost jaws in each of the next three years and keep operating expenses below $12 billion in 2026.
Continuing to deliver strong income growth, combined with improving operational leverage and maintaining our responsible approach to risk and capital, means we expect RoTE to increase steadily from 10 per cent, targeting 12 per cent in 2026 and to progress thereafter.
## Uniquely positioned and confident in the future
We are in a privileged position to take advantage of significant growth opportunities that will continue to come from the markets in our footprint, generating value for our clients and the communities in which we operate.
Whilst we expect global growth to stay below potential at 2.9 per cent in 2024, as high interest rates put a drag on consumers as well as investment spending, Asia is likely to be the fastest-growing region continuing to drive global growth, expanding by 4.9 per cent. Easing inflation is likely to allow major central banks to start cutting rates in the second half of 2024, with a focus on supporting softening economic activity.
Downside risks to this outlook include a sharper than expected slowdown in major economies, sustained inflationary pressures, a sluggish housing market in China and increased geopolitical tensions. But we also see significant opportunities emerging:
- Higher capex to meet sustainability targets and moves towards digitalisation could boost productivity growth
- Within emerging markets, countries in Asia are best placed to take advantage of digitalisation, including generative AI
- Relatively younger populations, as well as the adoption of digital technology, will allow emerging markets to become increasingly important to global growth
Our share price reflects little of our optimism about prospects and seems heavily influenced by the downside concerns mentioned above. The concerns are real, and we take them seriously. We maintain a strong capital position and liquidity to absorb any adverse impact on us and our clients. We believe that the value of our franchise will become increasingly clear to the broader market as we continue to grow our profits and exceed market expectations in those very areas of most concern.
## In conclusion: significant progress with ambition for more
We delivered a strong performance in 2023, achieving our 10 per cent RoTE milestone, while maintaining a strong balance sheet and a robust capital position. But we know we must do more.
We have made significant progress on our five strategic actions, with most targets either delivered ahead of plan or well on track, providing a strong platform to grow and drive sustainably higher returns. And while much external uncertainty persists, we are optimistic for the markets and strength of our businesses in our footprint. But we are far from complacent, and my Management Team and I remain focused on delivering on our targets, seizing the growth opportunities we have, driving a culture of excellence and creating exceptional long-term value for our clients, shareholders and communities.
Finally, I would like to acknowledge the remarkable efforts of our colleagues again this year. Their impressive dedication to our customers and the communities that we serve help to manifest our brand promise to be here for good.
Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Management Team
1. Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
2. Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
3. Simon Cooper
CEO, Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking and Europe & Americas
4. Claire Dixon
Group Head, Corporate Affairs, Brand and Marketing
5. Judy Hsu
CEO, Consumer, Private and Business Banking
6. Mary Huen
CEO, Hong Kong and Cluster
CEO for Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau
7. Benjamin Hung
CEO, Asia
8. Tanuj Kapilashrami
Group Head, Human Resources
9. Sunil Kaushal
CEO, Africa & Middle East
10. Roel Louwhoff
Chief Technology, Operations and Transformation Officer
11. Tracey McDermott, CBE
Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance
12. Sandie Okoro
Group General Counsel
13. Sadia Ricke
Group Chief Risk Officer
14. Paul Day*
Group Head, Internal Audit
* Paul represents Group Internal Audit as an invitee at Management Team meetings
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Key performance indicators
# Key performance indicators
We measure our progress against Group key performance indicators (KPIs), as detailed below, as well as client KPIs, which can be found on pages 28 to 30. Our Group KPIs include non-financial measures reflecting our commitment to build an engaged, diverse and inclusive culture and support social and environmental outcomes.
# Financial KPIs
Aim Deliver sustainable improvement in the Group's profitability as a percentage of the value of shareholders' tangible equity.
Progress in 2023 Our strategy to drive improved levels of return on tangible equity (RoTE) is working. RoTE for the year of 10.1 per cent is 240 basis points higher year-on-year.
1. The underlying profit attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary shareholders' tangible equity.
2. 2021-2022 have been restated to reflect market and business exits announced in 1Q'23.
Aim Maintain a strong capital base and Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio.
Progress in 2023 The Group remains well capitalised and highly liquid with a CET1 ratio of 14.1 per cent above our target range, enabling the Board to announce a 50 per cent increase in the full-year dividend and a further $1 billion share buyback programme to start imminently.
The components of the Group's capital are summarised in the Capital review on page 338 to 343.
Aim Deliver a positive return on shareholders' investment through share price appreciation and dividends paid.
Progress in 2023 Our TSR for the full year was 9.4%.
1. Combines simple share price appreciation with dividends paid to show the total return to the shareholder and is expressed as a percentage total return to shareholders.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
15
# Alignment to remuneration
Reward for all Group employees, including executive directors, continues to be aligned to the Group's strategic priorities, through our annual and long-term incentive scorecards. Our approach to remuneration is consistent for all employees and is designed to create alignment with our Fair Pay Charter, which applies globally. However, our pay structures may vary according to location (to comply with local requirements). Variable remuneration falls into two categories: annual incentive and a long-term incentive plan (LTIP) which are aligned to the KPIs indicated:
- Annual incentive is based on measurable performance criteria linked to the Group's strategy and assessed over a period of one year.
- LTIP awards are granted to senior executives who have the ability to influence the long-term performance of the Group. Awards are performance dependent based on measurable, long-term criteria.
- Read more in our Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 182 to 207
# Non-financial KPIs
Diversity and inclusion: Women in senior roles¹%
Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance¹,²$
2021 The Group announced this target in Q4 2021.
Aim Increase representation of women in senior leadership roles¹ to 35 per cent by 2025.
Progress in 2023 In 2023, the proportion of senior leadership roles occupied by women has increased to 32.5 per cent. This is up by 0.4 percentage points from December 2022 (32.1 per cent) and 7 percentage points since December 2016 (25.3 per cent).
1 Senior leadership is defined as Managing Director and Band 4 roles (including Management Team).
Aim Cumulative progress towards $300 billion mobilisation target between 2021 and 2030.
Progress in 2023 We made strong progress against this target during the year, see more on page 94.
1 Defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients which supports: (i) the preservation, and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of GHG emissions, including the alignment of a client's business and operations with a 1.5 degree Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentivising our clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance)
2 Figures reflect cumulative Sustainable Finance mobilised since January 2021 up to September of each year. Values noted with a caret symbol (*) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Employee net promoter score (eNPS)¹
Alignment to remuneration
Aim Improve the overall employee experience across the Group by creating a better work environment for our colleagues that should translate into an improved client experience.
Progress in 2023 The eNPS score is up by 8.31 points to 25.86, which is our highest ever score.
1 eNPS ranges from -100 to +100 and is based on a single question which measures whether colleagues would recommend working for the Bank. It is calculated by deducting percentage of detractors from percentage of promoters.
---
Strategic report
Market environment
# Market environment
Macroeconomic factors affecting the global landscape
## Global macro trends
### Trends in 2023
- Global GDP growth continued to slow in 2023, likely to 3.1 per cent, from 3.5 per cent in 2022, as central banks continue to tighten policy and the boost from post-pandemic reopening of economies faded.
- Asia was the best-performing region, recording growth of 5.1 per cent, on strong momentum in India and favourable base effects in China. Sub-Saharan Africa likely saw growth of 3 per cent in 2023, nearly unchanged from 2022, supported by domestic reform momentum in key economies.
- Among the majors, despite a banking-sector crisis in the first half of the year, the US recorded annual growth of 2.5 per cent on the back of resilient domestic demand, while growth slowed sharply in the UK to 0.1 per cent.
- The euro-area economy grew by 0.5 per cent in 2023 following 3.4 per cent growth in 2022, supported by household demand and a positive contribution from exports in H1.
- In most majors, labour markets remained strong, with low unemployment rates that helped support consumer confidence.
- Major central banks like the Fed and ECB continued to tighten monetary policy in the first three quarters of 2023 with a view to bringing inflation back to target levels. Fiscal policy remained accommodative as governments tried to shield consumers and businesses from still elevated prices.
### Outlook for 2024
- Global growth is likely to stay below-trend at 2.9 per cent in 2024 as high interest rates drag on consumers as well as investment spending.
- Asia will likely be the fastest-growing region and will continue to drive global growth, expanding by 4.9 per cent. Among the majors, the US is expected to experience below-trend growth of 1.8 per cent in 2024, the UK will grow just 0.1%, while the euro area is likely to see an overall modest expansion of 0.6 per cent.
- Easing inflation is likely to allow major central banks to start cutting rates from Q2 2024, with a focus on supporting softening economic activity.
- Unfavourable global liquidity conditions are likely to make it difficult for some emerging markets to access international financing, forcing them to seek multilateral support.
- Downside risks to this outlook include a sharper than expected slowdown in major economies, sustained inflationary pressures, a sluggish housing market in China, and another flare-up of geopolitical tensions.
### Medium- and long-term view
#### High interest rate environment
- Trade fragmentation and heightened geopolitical risks and related supply disruptions together with still resilient labour markets have the potential to keep inflation elevated over the medium term.
- Concerns about inflation are likely to see central banks adopting a cautious approach to monetary easing, with the risk that rates stay elevated for an extended period of time.
- Fiscal policy might also turn from a tailwind to a headwind for growth. High public debt and government deficits also mean that most economies are looking to tighten fiscal policy over the medium term.
- There may be adverse environmental, agricultural, and economic consequences of a severe El Niño weather cycle. South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa economies are most at risk from the impact on agricultural production; and although El Niño has varying impacts on GDP growth, it is inflationary for most economies.
- Growing trade fragmentation could undermine the resilience of globalisation, driving up consumer prices, and slowing the pace of economic convergence for emerging markets.
#### Broader global trends
- The world economy could see a permanent loss of economic output or 'scarring' due to the recession following the pandemic. This would make it harder for emerging markets to catch up with developed markets.
- Long-term growth in the developed world is constrained by ageing populations and high levels of debt, exacerbated by the policy response to COVID-19.
- Rising nationalism, anti-globalisation and protectionism are threats to long-term growth prospects in emerging markets.
- However, there are potential offsets. Higher capex to meet sustainability targets, and moves towards digitalisation could boost productivity growth, proving an antidote to economic scarring concerns. Within emerging markets, countries in Asia are best placed to take advantage of digitalisation, including generative artificial intelligence (AI).
- Relatively younger populations, and the adoption of digital technology, will allow emerging markets to become increasingly important to global growth.
- In order to meet net zero targets, energy-related spending will have to increase significantly; headwinds include insufficient funds across emerging markets, labour shortages and supply chain constraints.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Regional outlook
# Asia
- China's economic activity remains below potential, leaving room for further recovery. We forecast 2024 growth at 4.8 per cent. The post-COVID recovery has been disappointing, due to continuing contraction of the property sector, a negative contribution from foreign trade, and a lack of confidence on the part of consumers and private businesses. While GDP growth picked up to 5.2 per cent in 2023 on the reopening boost, policy support and a favourable base, economic activity is currently 2–3 percentage points below trend according to our estimate. We expect the government to set a growth target of around 5 per cent in 2024, the same as in 2023, to narrow the negative output gap and prevent deflation expectation from becoming entrenched.
- While housing market adjustment will likely continue, we expect it to exert less of a drag on growth next year. The authorities have turned more supportive of the sector since the July Politburo meeting, relaxing purchase restrictions, lowering mortgage rates, accelerating renovation of urban villages, and pledging to meet reasonable financing need from eligible property developers. Consumption is likely to remain the key driver of the economy, with consumers showing renewed willingness to draw on their excess savings. The easing bias of macro policies is likely to remain to consolidate the recovery. We expect the People's Bank of China to increasingly rely on expansion of its balance sheet to inject ample liquidity, keeping the credit condition relatively easy. The official budget deficit may exceed the implicit ceiling of 3 per cent of GDP, with the central government more willing to share the debt burden. However, the upside is likely to be capped by private sector's hesitation to expand investment.
- Hong Kong's outlook remains challenging. We expect growth to slow to 2.9 per cent in 2024 from 3.2 per cent in 2023, a reflection of still cautious household and business sentiment. The positive factors, including a continued normalisation in tourist arrivals and a persistently tight labour market, may not be sufficient to offset a weak property market and elevated US interest rates that keep weighing on investment appetite. We expect Korea's growth to accelerate to 2.1 per cent from 1.4 per cent in 2023, benefiting from a potential upcycle of semiconductors, but prolonged high-interest rates and rising commodity prices will adversely affect Korean consumption and construction investment.
- In India, we expect FY25 (year beginning April 2024) GDP growth to likely moderate to 6.3 per cent vs 6.8 per cent for FY24 amid slower global growth, higher interest rates and slowing consumer demand. However, the growth dynamics are likely to stay strong. Rising real wages are likely to support rural demand and we expect private capex recovery post national elections in April/May 2024; the current ruling party is widely expected to return to power. Meanwhile, inflation pressures are expected to ease slightly to 5 per cent in FY25 vs 5.4 per cent in FY24. Hence, we see a shallow rate cut cycle of 50 bps starting June 2024 amid easing global rates. Ample foreign exchange (FX) reserves and yet another year of balance of payment surplus led by index inclusion related inflows, remain a strong buffer for the economy and are likely to limit FX market volatility. The key risks to our view can emanate from higher oil prices and/or tighter global financial conditions.
Actual and projected growth by market in 2023 and 2024 %
- While global demand may remain soft in 2024, we expect the external drag on externally oriented economies in Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), including Singapore, Vietnam, Malaysia and Thailand, to be more moderate due to favourable base effects. In addition, a bottoming of the global electronics cycle may help these economies, though we do not expect a significant recovery given weak external demand and uncertainty. Domestic activity may see consumption and investment sentiment partly affected by higher interest rates and still-high inflation earlier in the year. But potential rate cuts and easing inflation in H2 and likely stable labour markets should provide support. Election spending in Indonesia may also provide a boost to consumption earlier in the year. Tourism recovery may continue to bolster growth in 2024 but the support may be fading. Inflation is expected to moderate in 2024 on favourable base effects and tighter monetary policies but upside risks arise from potentially higher food and energy prices, especially with the latest developments in the Middle East.
- Monetary policy in the region may remain tight for longer given upside risks to inflation, and this poses a downside risk to economic growth, but some easing is expected in H2 which will help support growth sentiment. On balance, growth may remain somewhat subdued and similar to 2023, but lower inflation and rate cuts in H2 may help offset a weaker H1.
See our regional performance on page 31
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Market environment
# Market environment
continued
## Regional outlook continued
### Africa and the Middle East
Actual and projected growth by market in 2023 and 2024 %
- For Sub-Saharan Africa, external factors remain a key headwind. Constrained or more expensive access to external financing is a challenge, especially given a concentration of external debt maturities in the years ahead. Scaled-up multilateral support for emerging and frontier economies is likely to be a partial mitigant. Whether the US can avoid a hard landing will be key to risk appetite. FX liquidity remains an issue, although encouragingly FX reforms are now underway in key markets. Higher oil prices may increase pressures. Common Framework debt restructuring progress in Zambia and Ghana remains key to economic prospects, as they look to build resilience to further shocks.
- In Nigeria, with a new cabinet and central bank leadership in place, we expect fuel subsidy and FX reforms to be completed in 2024. New investment in LNG production and a scaling up of domestic refining capacity should add to economic resilience. In South Africa, while load shedding has improved, port and rail bottlenecks may hold back growth. In Kenya, increased concessional financing and a partial refinancing of the 2024 Eurobond have eased external liquidity concerns, but fiscal consolidation will be key to stabilising high debt levels.
- Higher for longer rates, higher commodity prices and elevated regional tensions highlight the divergence between MENAP oil exporting and oil importing economies. The Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) is likely to continue using oil windfalls to reverse the deterioration in government balance sheets stemming from the late-2014 and 2020 oil price shocks. The UAE, Oman and Qatar have committed to de-leveraging alongside the rebuilding of external buffers. In Saudi Arabia, drawdowns at the Central Bank continue to support growing Public Investment Fund assets; robust domestic investment and execution of giga-projects aim to expand potential in the non-oil economy. Headline growth in Saudi Arabia may be modest, given extension of oil output cuts. However, GCC non-oil growth remains robust against external headwinds, aided by lower levels of domestic inflation.
> See our regional performance on page 32.
### Europe and the Americas
Actual and projected growth by market in 2023 and 2024 %
- The US economy has been resilient in the face of sustained monetary policy tightening. But as credit growth slows, housing affordability weakens and delinquencies rise as higher rates feed through to the real economy, and we expect a slowdown in growth over the course of 2024. In the euro area, we expect growth to be elusive until rate cuts start in Q2, before picking up modestly in H2.
- Headline inflation has fallen sharply for both the US and Euro area, but core inflation still remains off target. Central banks will remain alert to any signs of renewed upside risks to inflation, stemming from ongoing tight labour markets and geopolitical tensions.
- The Fed and ECB have likely completed their rate-hiking cycles. Lower inflation leaves room for cuts from both central banks beginning in Q2; we expect the Fed to deliver 100bps and the ECB to deliver 125bps by end-2024.
- There is likely to be less of a tailwind to growth in Europe from fiscal policy as new fiscal rules and higher interest rates force consolidation of budget deficits, and programmes introduced during the 2022-2023 energy crisis come to an end. The US economy has benefitted from fiscal support for infrastructure investment, but this impulse is likely to fade in 2024.
- In Latin America, weakening domestic demand, and a downtrend in inflation should support further monetary easing by the region's central banks, most of which have already started rate cuts. Lower interest rates are likely to support better recovery in H2 2024, although sluggish external demand and tight global financial conditions could be headwinds.
> See our regional performance on page 33
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Zodia Custody and Zodia Markets flourish in 2023
SC Ventures backed, UK-based Zodia Custody and Zodia Markets both continued to grow in 2023. Zodia Custody – an institution first digital asset custodian – launched in Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, Luxembourg and Singapore and secured $36 million in Series A funding. Meanwhile, Zodia Markets – a digital asset brokerage and exchange platform – expanded into UAE and was registered as a Virtual Asset Service Provider with the Central Bank of Ireland.
+ Read more at zodiamarkets.com and zodia.io
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Business model
# Business model
We help corporates and financial institutions connect and maximise opportunities across our global network, and we support individuals and local businesses in growing their wealth.
## Our business
### Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB)
We support large corporates and financial institutions across the world's most dynamic markets, helping unlock growth opportunities and create sustainable value.
### Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB)
We support small and medium-sized enterprises and individuals, from Mass Retail clients to Affluent including high-net-worth individuals, both digitally and in person.
## Ventures
We promote innovation, invest in disruptive financial technology and explore alternative business models. Our diverse portfolio of ventures includes two market-leading digital banks in Singapore and Hong Kong.
## Our products and services
| Financial Markets | Deposits |
| --- | --- |
| • Macro, commodities and credit trading • Debt capital markets and leveraged finance • Financing and securities services • Sales and structuring • Sales and structuring | • Investments • Insurance • Wealth advice • Portfolio management |
| • Cash management • Trade finance • Working capital | Retail Products • Deposits • Mortgages • Credit cards • Personal loans |
## How we generate returns
We earn net interest income on loans and deposit products, fee income on financing solutions, advisory and other services, and trading income from providing risk management in financial markets.
| **Income** Net interest income Fee income Trading income | → | **Profit after tax** Income gained from providing our products and services minus expenses, impairments and taxes | → | **Return on tangible equity** Profit after tax generated relative to tangible equity invested |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
# What makes us different
Our Purpose is to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity – this is underpinned by our brand promise, here for good. Our Stands – aimed at tackling some of the world's biggest issues – Accelerating Zero, Lifting Participation and Resetting Globalisation (see page 26 for more) challenge us to use our unique position articulated below.
## 1 Client focus
Our clients are our business. We build long-term relationships through trusted advice, expertise and best-in-class capabilities.
## √ Distinct proposition
Our understanding of our markets and our extensive international network allow us to offer a tailored proposition to our clients, combining global expertise and local knowledge.
## Robust risk management
We are here for the long term. Effective risk management allows us to grow a sustainable business.
## Sustainable and responsible business
We are committed to sustainable social and economic development across our business, operations and communities.
1 2022 figures restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)
2 Compound Annual Growth Rate
# How we are shaping our future
We have progressed strongly in delivering our strategy to accelerate returns.
In 2022, we set out to uplift our return on tangible equity (RoTE) to 10% by 2024. In 2023, we have improved our RoTE to 10.1%, with strong progress in delivering against the five strategic actions we set out to accelerate our returns:
- Driving improved returns in CCIB: income return on risk weighted assets further enhanced to 7.8% (2022: 6.2%) and plan to reduce $22bn of risk weighted assets between 2022 and 2024 fully delivered early during the year
- Transforming profitability in CPBB: cost-to-income ratio further improved to 60% (2022: 69%), supported by the continuous delivery of business savings and digitisation programme
- Seizing opportunities in China: China onshore and offshore profit before tax grown to $1.3bn (increased 1.6 times vs. 2022'), despite recent market challenges
- Creating operational leverage by delivering $1.3bn of sustainable cost saves over 2022-2024: $0.4bn of cost saves in 2023, bringing 2022-2023 total to $0.9bn
- Delivering sustainable shareholder distributions in excess of $5bn over 2022-2024: $2.7bn total distributions for 2023, bringing 2022-2023 total to $4.5bn; plus a new $1bn share buyback programme starting imminently in 2024.
We have further optimised our businesses and footprint. In 2023, we completed the sale of our Aviation Finance leasing business. For the seven Africa and Middle East (AME) markets and two additional AME CPBB businesses we announced to exit in 2022, we have completed the sale of our Jordan business and closed our Lebanon representative office, and have signed binding agreements for the divestment of the remainder.
The significant progress we have made on our strategic agenda has provided us with a strong platform to grow and drive sustainably higher returns. We target RoTE to increase steadily from 10%, targeting 12% in 2026 and to progress thereafter. Key actions for the next three years include:
- Continue to deliver strong income growth targeting 5-7% income growth CAGR² for the next three years
- Improving operational leverage through the Fit for Growth programme, to simplify, standardise and digitise key elements of the Group, enabling the Group to keep annual operating expenses below $12bn in 2026
- Continuing active management of the Group's capital position, with the target of a further capital return of at least $5bn over the next three years.
21
---
Strategic report
Business model
continued
# The sources of value we rely on
We aim to use our resources in a sustainable way to achieve the goals of our strategy.
## Human capital
Diversity differentiates us. Delivering our Purpose rests on how we continue to invest in our people, the employee experience we further enhance, and the culture we strengthen.
## International network
Our network is our unique competitive advantage and connects companies, institutions and individuals to, and in, some of the world's fastest-growing and most dynamic regions.
## Local expertise
We are deeply rooted in our markets with a strong understanding of key economic drivers, offering us insights that help our clients achieve their ambitions.
## Brand recognition
We are a leading international banking group with 170 years of history. In many of our markets, we are a household name.
## Consumer client satisfaction metric¹
56.6%
2022: 49.8%
## Financial strength
With $823bn in assets on our balance sheet, we are a strong and trusted partner for our clients.
CET1 capital
$34bn
## Technology
Our strong digital foundations and leading technological capabilities continue to enable a data-driven digital bank that delivers world-class client service.
¹ Excludes CCIB and Business Banking clients. Includes Private Banking. Restated for 2022.
## How we are enhancing our resources
- Upskilling and reskilling our people continues to be a priority – more than 30,000 colleagues undertook learning in 2023 to build future-ready skills, including in sustainable finance, data and analytics, digital, cyber security, and leadership.
- We continue to strengthen a work environment that supports inclusion, innovation, and high performance, with an ongoing focus on wellbeing. This includes further embedding flexible working across our markets, providing enhanced benefits, and building the capabilities of our people leaders.
- Across our international network, we are investing in capabilities such as digital channels and client experiences to access new high-growth segments, grow our share of wallet with existing clients and create new business model opportunities.
- We are strengthening our Transaction Banking, Financial Markets and Sustainable Finance solutions in CCIB and Wealth Management offerings in CPBB to meet the needs of our cross-border clients across our network.
- We continue to enhance our product, advisory and digital capabilities to serve our individual clients. In 2023, we launched more than 20 new digital wealth capabilities, made our Signature Chief Investment Office (CIO) funds available in 12 markets and launched new digital loan partnerships.
- In Business Banking, we continued to support the growth of small and medium-sized enterprises by making digital loan origination available in five markets and expanding the SC Women's International Network, our offering for women entrepreneurs, to five markets.
- In 2023, we continued to invest in our brand through our 'Possibilities are Everywhere' global advertising campaign, highlighting our distinctive brand promise to be here for good and showcasing how we help people, companies and communities grow and prosper across our international network.
- We have been successful in leveraging our brand and insights to support business growth. Media sentiment towards the Group continued to exceed the average for the banking sector and ranked top three in most of our key markets over 2023.
- Our capital position remains strong, with a CET1 ratio of 14.1% at the end of 2023, above the target range of 13–14 per cent.
- We continue to maintain a strong and resilient funding profile, with a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) of 145% and a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) of 138% at the end of 2023.
- We are maintaining momentum on simplification and harmonisation of our technology estate, integrating platforms using the cloud where appropriate, and investing in our engineering capabilities and best-in-class tools to provide secure and resilient technology.
- We are accelerating automation to optimise our technology stack and enhancing the end-to-end delivery from requirements to deployment via a new, single platform that enables our colleagues to collaborate on technology projects in a consistent and efficient manner.
- We have continued delivering value to our clients by improving speed to market, as enabled by more efficient and scalable technology development and delivery processes.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Read more on stakeholder engagement on pages 54 to 64
# The value we create
We aim to create long-term value for a broad range of stakeholders in a sustainable way.
## Clients
We deliver banking solutions for our clients across our network, both digitally and in person. We help individuals grow their wealth while connecting corporates and financial institutions to opportunities across our network.
## Suppliers
We engage diverse suppliers, locally and globally, to provide efficient and sustainable goods and services for our business.
| Total active individual clients^{1} | Total CCIB and Business Banking clients^{1} | Total spend in 2023 | Active suppliers |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 11.8m 2022^{2}: 10.4m | 226,000 2022^{2}: 232,000 | $4.5bn 2022: $4.3bn | 11,600 2022: 11,700 |
## Employees
We believe that great employee experience drives great client experience. We want all our people to pursue their ambitions, deliver with purpose and have a rewarding career enabled by great people leaders.
| Senior appointments which are internal | Employees committed to our success |
| --- | --- |
| 60% 2022: 67% | 97% 2022: 96% |
## Security
We strive to operate as a sustainable and responsible company, working with local partners to promote social and economic development.
## Community investment
$68.6m
2022: $51.3m
## Regulators and governments
We play our part in supporting the effective functioning of the financial system and the broader economy by proactively engaging with public authorities and by paying our taxes.
## Corporate Taxes and Bank Levy paid in 2023
$1,476m
2022: $926m
## Investors
We aim to deliver robust returns and long-term sustainable value for our investors.
## Dividends declared in 2023
$728m
2022: $523m
## Share buy-backs in 2023
$2.0bn
2022: $1.3bn
1. Excluding customers served or supported by Ventures segment
2. 2022 figures restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME and (ii) Aviation Finance
3. 2022 restated to include bank levy
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Strategy
# Our strategy
To become a leader in global finance
Over the past year, we have executed strongly against our strategy, with a considerable uplift in our return on tangible equity (RoTE) delivered.
We continue to focus on:
- Four strategic priorities: Network business, Affluent client business, Mass Retail business, and Sustainability
- Three critical enablers: People and Culture, Ways of Working, and Innovation.
While the macroeconomic and industry environments continue to evolve, we believe the strategy remains fit for the Bank.
Our strategic priorities and enablers will continue to be supported by our three Stands: Accelerating Zero, Lifting Participation and Resetting Globalisation (please find more details of our Stands on page 26).
# Critical enablers
## People and Culture
We invest in our people by building future-ready skills, providing a differentiated employee experience, and strengthening our inclusive and innovative culture. We do this by:
- Embedding our refreshed approach to performance, reward and recognition that puts greater focus on ambition, collaboration, and innovation
- Increasing re-skilling and upskilling towards future roles and work, aligned with our business strategy and workforce's aspirations
- Strengthening leadership capability through modernised development programmes and measurement platforms
- Focusing on wellbeing to enhance resilience, productivity and performance, as well as offering progressive, purpose-led benefits
- Further embedding flexible working across our footprint, with over 52,000 employees in 44 markets now on agreed flexi-working arrangements.
### Culture of inclusion score
83.2% 2022: 83.1%
Women in senior roles
32.5% 2022: 32.1%
## Ways of Working
We drive client-centricity with a focus on speed to value for our clients. We are improving our operating rhythm and organisational agility while empowering our people to continuously improve the way we work.
We continue strong progress on:
- Simplifying and transforming the way we invest, operate and execute
- Harnessing operational efficiencies to help us continue the drive of commerce and prosperity in our markets
- Enhancing the way we deliver and manage change across the Bank, anchored around simplifying our processes end-to-end.
### Speed to value
150 days 2022: 160 days
Consumer client satisfaction metric²
56.6% 2022: 49.8%
## Innovation
We embed innovation through digitising our core, leveraging partnerships to drive scale and extended reach, and building new business models through ventures.
We continue to focus on:
- Modernising and strengthening our technology estate and data management
- Exploring and experimenting to enhance client experience, develop new platforms and improve operational resilience
- Leveraging partnerships to access new clients and strengthen our capabilities
- Building, launching, and scaling innovative ventures while driving ventures' collaboration with the broader Bank and its clients.
### Percentage of revenue from new businesses³
36% 2022: 22%
1. Speed to value measures the time taken to deliver a change from ideation till customer go-live and is based on the weighted average of lead time across Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (COB) and Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) businesses.
2. Excludes COB and Business Banking clients. Includes Private Banking. Restated for 2022.
3. Income from digital initiatives, innovation and transformation of the core, the majority of which will come from new and upgraded platforms and partnerships. Also includes Sustainable Finance income and 100 per cent of Ventures income.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic priorities
# Network business
Through our unique network, we enable global trade and investment through financing, payments, asset origination and risk management, with an increasing focus on Sustainable Finance.
Our on-the-ground presence and capabilities in more than 50 markets give us an advantage in advice and deal execution for corporates and financial institutions by:
- Helping our clients seize opportunities in shifting supply chains, tapping into existing and emerging trade and investment corridors such as intra-Asia, and supporting our European and American clients' access to emerging markets assets
- Continuously improving client experience with market-leading digital platforms that allow seamless onboarding, client servicing and application programming interface (API) connectivity
- Developing differentiated propositions in high-returning, high-growth sectors such as Technology, Media & Telecom (TMT), Healthcare, Cleantech and Electric Vehicles.
## CCIB network income
Percentage of CCIB transactions digitally initiated
$6.9bn
65.7%
2022: 61.5%
2022: 61.5%
# Mass Retail business
Mass Retail is strategically important to our client continuum. It demonstrates our deep local expertise, commitment to and relevance in the markets where we operate.
Besides providing a continuous stream of clients who become more affluent over time, Mass Retail underscores our commitment to lifting participation in the communities we serve.
Our focus is on:
- Continuing the pivot towards a digital-first model to become more personalised, relevant and real-time
- Sharpening our onboarding and engagement capabilities through digital sales and marketing, advanced analytics capabilities and straight-through self-service
- Launching and developing new business models with leading global and regional partners to leverage synergies in distribution, digital capabilities and risk management to serve customers at scale.
## Active Mass retail clients
Percentage of digital sales for Retail Products
9.5m
56%
2022: 48%
2022: 8.3m
2022: 48%
# Affluent client business
We offer comprehensive solutions, personalised advice, and exceptional client experiences to help our Affluent clients manage and grow their wealth, at home and abroad.
As a leading international wealth manager, we are strengthening our competitive advantage by:
- Unlocking the value of our network, leveraging our wealth hubs in Hong Kong, Singapore, UAE and Jersey to deliver a seamless global proposition and client experience with wealth, advisory and digital capabilities
- Maximising synergies across our client portfolios and the Bank by nurturing clients up the Affluent client continuum with our deep local expertise and differentiated propositions, and by partnering with CCIB to offer solutions such as real estate and acquisition financing to ultra-high-net-worth clients
- Delivering expert advice and digital-first wealth solutions via an open architecture approach, supported by investments in innovation and scalable platforms.
## Affluent client income
Active Affluent clients
$4.6bn
2.3m
2022: 2.1m
2022: 48%
# Sustainability
We aim to support the sustainable economic and social development of our markets, helping people to thrive long-term.
In line with our Stands, we are committed to accelerating the transition to net zero, lifting participation in the economy and resetting globalisation. Our focus includes:
- Continuing to scale our sustainable and transition finance business by integrating sustainability as a core component of our value proposition and enhancing our suite of Sustainable Finance products and solutions across CCIB and CPBB
- Progressing on our pathway to achieve net zero financed emissions by 2050, including setting interim 2030 targets for additional high-emitting sectors and enhancing our existing climate risk governance and management processes
- Contributing our skills, experience and networks to initiatives and coalitions that aim to further develop the global sustainability ecosystem
- Seeking to partner with our clients and communities to mobilise social capital and drive economic inclusion and entrepreneurship through our Futuremakers global initiative.
## Cumulative Sustainable Finance mobilised since 2021¹
Sustainable Finance income in 2023²
$87bn⁴
2022: $57bn⁵
2022: $720m
2022: $508m
1. 2022 figures restated for removal of (i) exit markets and business in Africa and Middle East (AME) and (ii) Aviation Finance.
2. 2022 figures restated for removal of exit markets and business in AME.
3. Defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients which supports: (i) the preservation and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, including alignment of a client's business and operations with a 15 degrees Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentives clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance).
4. January 2021 to September 2023 cumulative progress towards $300 billion mobilisation target by 2030.
5. January 2021 to September 2022 cumulative progress towards $300 billion mobilisation target by 2030.
6. Defined as income generated from Sustainable Finance products as listed in the Green and Sustainable Product Framework. For further information, please refer to pages 99 to 101.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Our Stands
# Our Stands
Climate change, stark inequality and the unfair aspects of globalisation impact us all. We're taking a stand by setting long-term ambitions on these issues where they matter most. This works in unison with our strategy, stretching our thinking, our action and our leadership to accelerate our growth.
## Accelerating Zero
The world must reach net zero carbon emissions by 2050 to limit the worst effects of climate change. This will require efforts across stakeholder groups to accelerate the transition to a low-carbon, climate-resilient economy. Policymakers, corporates and financial institutions must play a substantial part in this to ensure that finance is an enabler of change. The need for a just transition that addresses environmental challenges, while ensuring inclusive economic and social development in the footprint markets where we operate, is a priority for the Group.
## Lifting Participation
Inequality, along with gaps in economic inclusion, mean that many young people, women, and small businesses struggle to gain access to the financial system to save for their futures and to grow their businesses. We want to increase access to financial services and make them available at low cost. We strive to expand the reach and scale of accessible banking and to connect clients and our wider communities to the skills and educational opportunities that promote and sustain access to finance and economic opportunity.
## Resetting Globalisation
Globalisation has lifted millions out of poverty but left many behind. We advocate for a new model of globalisation based on transparency to build trust, renew confidence and promote dialogue and innovation. We connect the capital, expertise and ideas needed to drive new standards and create innovative solutions for sustainable growth. We work across our markets to shape a new understanding of growth, one that is based on inclusivity, sustainability and our ambition to support people and communities for the long term.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# SC Ventures launches Tawi
In May, SC Ventures, our innovation, fintech investments and ventures arms, launched Tawi – an Agritech B2B marketplace for smallholder farmers in Kenya. As part of the Tawi marketplace, farmers have access to an e-commerce platform helping them connect with commercial kitchens and reduce post-harvest losses.
Tawi also helps improve price transparency and efficient supply chain management. By the end of 2023, Tawi had onboarded more than 1,000 farmers (65 per cent women), more than 700 commercial kitchens (34 per cent women-led businesses) and fulfilled more than 6,000 orders. Tawi is also working to launch financial services including agri-loans, savings and working capital to enhance financial inclusion.
+ Read more at tawifresh.com
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Client segment reviews
# Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking
KPIs
m
Profit before taxation
$5,436m $5,747m
+ 42% + 49% underlying basis reported basis
Return on tangible equity (RoTE)
19.5% 20.6%
+ 610bps + 700bps underlying basis reported basis
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
$142bn + $1.6bn
Income Return on risk-weighted assets (Income RoRWA)
| 2023 | 7.8% |
| --- | --- |
| 2022 | 6.2% |
| 2021 | 4.7% |
Aim: Achieve RoRWA of 6.5% by 2024.
Analysis: CCIB income RoRWA improved to 7.8% in 2023, up 160bps YVY and in line with our 2024 target, driven by higher income and disciplined risk management.
Contribution of Financial Institutions segment to total income
Aim: Drive growth in high-returning Financial Institutions segment.
Analysis: Share of Financial Institutions income improved to 49 per cent in 2023 as we applied continued focus to this segment to drive income and returns.
# Segment overview
Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking supports local and large corporations, governments, banks and investors with their transaction banking, financial markets and borrowing needs. We provide solutions to nearly 20,000 clients in some of the world's fastest-growing economies and most active trade corridors. Our clients operate or invest across 45 markets across the globe.
Our strong and deep local presence enables us to help co-create bespoke financing solutions and connect our clients multilaterally to investors, suppliers, buyers and sellers. Our products and services enable our clients to move capital, manage risk and invest to create wealth. Our clients represent a large and important part of the economies we serve. Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking is at the heart of the Group's shared Purpose to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity.
We are also committed to promote sustainable finance in our markets and channeling capital to where the impact will be greatest. We are delivering on our ambition to support sustainable economic growth, increasing support and funding for financial offerings that have a positive impact on our communities and environment.
# Strategic priorities
- Deliver sustainable growth for clients by leveraging our network to facilitate trade, capital and investment flows across our footprint markets
- Generate high-quality returns by improving funding quality and income mix, growing capital-lite income and driving balance sheet velocity while maintaining disciplined risk management
- Be a digital-first and data-driven bank, that delivers enhanced client experiences
- Accelerate our sustainable finance offering to our clients through product innovation and enabling transition to a low-carbon future
# Progress
- Our underlying income performance is driven by our diversified product suite and expanded client solutions supported by the higher interest rate environment. Our cross-border income currently contributes to 61 per cent of total CCIB income with growth across strategic corridors
- Robust balance sheet quality with investment-grade net exposures representing 66 per cent of total corporate net exposures (2022: 70 per cent) and high-quality operating account balances broadly stable at 65 per cent of Transaction Banking and Securities Services customer balances (2022: 67 per cent)
- We defended against liabilities attrition through active pricing management
- Our client migration to the Straight to Bank NextGen platform is successfully completed. We achieved digital adoption of 65.7 per cent (2022: 61.5 per cent) across Cash, Trade and FX, by driving client awareness and adoption programs. Client experience remains at the centre of our digital transformation, with our Net Promoter Score at 78.6 per cent (2022: 68.4 per cent)
- We are ~70% of the way towards delivering our $1 billion income from sustainable finance franchise by 2025, and have mobilised $87 billion in sustainable financing against our $300 billion commitment by 2030
# Performance highlights
- Underlying profit before tax of $5,436 million up 42 per cent at constant currency ("ccy"), primarily driven by higher income and lower credit impairment charges, partially offset by higher expenses
- Underlying operating income of $11,218 million up 20 per cent at ccy primarily due to strong performance in Cash Management from pricing discipline in a rising interest rate environment. Financial Markets was down 2 per cent at ccy, mainly from lower revenue in FX and Commodities on the back of lower market volatility, subdued primary issuances and non-repeat of the gains on mark-to-market liabilities in 2022. Excluding the latter, Financial Markets was up 3 per cent
- Underlying operating expenses were up by 10 per cent at ccy largely due to inflationary pressure, targeted investments and strategic hires to support business growth
- Risk-weighted assets were down by $1.6 billion since 31 December 2022, mainly as a result of optimisation initiatives partly offset by business growth. We achieved $10.3 billion optimisation in risk-weighted assets in 2023 ($24.2 billion since January 2022)
- Underlying RoTE increased from 13.4 per cent to 19.5 per cent
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
29
# Consumer, Private and Business Banking
KPIs
Profit before taxation
$2,487m $2,427m
↑ 60% ↑ 63%
underlying basis reported basis
Return on tangible equity (RoTE)
25.3% 24.7%
↑ 950bps ↑ 950bps
underlying basis reporting basis
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
$51bn ↑ $0.6bn
Affluent Net New Money (NNM)
Aim: Acquire NNM from new and existing Affluent clients, via innovation, advisory-led and digital-first Wealth propositions.
Analysis: Affluent NNM increased by 50% Yotf in 2023, supported by strong new-to-bank client acquisition momentum, cross-border referrals and digital-driven client engagement
Digital Sales for Retail Products
Aim: Sharpen our on-boarding and engagement capabilities through digital sales and marketing, advanced analytic capabilities and straight-through self-service to improve client experience and efficiency
Analysis: Digital onboarding for Retail Products has seen significant growth increasing to 56% in 2023 vs. 41% in 2021.
We are committed to realising greater synergies from our international network and the Group's other client segments, from delivering holistic propositions to clients with cross-border investment needs to offering employee banking services to Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking clients. Consumer, Private and Business Banking also provides a source of high-quality liquidity for the Group.
## Strategic priorities
- Maximise the value of our international network, with wealth hubs in Hong Kong, Singapore, UAE and Jersey, to provide Affluent clients with a global wealth proposition built on deep local expertise and seamless cross-border client experience
- Unlock synergies from nurturing clients up our client continuum, by helping them grow and protect their wealth through expert advice and best-in-class wealth propositions
- Grow Mass Retail profitably, via digital-first sales and service business models, partnerships, and data analytics
- Continue to improve client experience and efficiency through digitalisation, process simplification and operational excellence
## Progress
- Accelerated Affluent growth momentum in New to Bank clients, NNM and income across Priority Banking and Private Bank
- Rolled out Standard Chartered-INSEAD Wealth Academy to more markets with over 900 senior frontline staff upskilled to be future-ready advisors
- Enhanced cross border digital capabilities to improve client experience
- Expanded myWealth suite of digital advisory tools to enable RMs to provide personalised portfolio construction and investment ideas for clients
- Recognised as a leader in digital Wealth capabilities with 20 industry awards received in 2023
- Enhanced digital capabilities in key markets focusing on frictionless mobile experience, leading to an average rating of 4.6 on App Store and Play Store in Hong Kong, Singapore, India, China and Pakistan
- Continued to transform our Mass Retail business by scaling sustainably through partnerships, digital client engagement, and automation
- Eight Mass Retail partnerships live across our footprint in China, Indonesia, Vietnam and Singapore, reaching more than 2.6 million clients
## Performance highlights
- Underlying profit before tax of $2,487 million was up 60 per cent at ccy driven by higher income, offsetting higher expenses and higher credit impairments
- Underlying operating income of $7,106 million was up 19 per cent (up 22 percent at ccy). Asia was up 20 per cent at ccy and Africa and the Middle East was up 36 per cent at ccy
- Strong income growth mainly from Deposits up 76 per cent at ccy with improved margins and balance sheet growth coupled with 10 per cent (ccy) growth from Wealth Management. This offsets lower income in Mortgages, and Unsecured Lending largely due to margin compression impacted by a rising interest rate environment
- Underlying RoTE increased from 15.8 per cent to 25.3 per cent
## Segment overview
Consumer, Private and Business Banking serves more than 11 million clients in many of the world's fastest-growing markets. Our client continuum spans from Mass Retail to Affluent, including high-net worth clients served by our Private Bank. We leverage digital banking channels with a human touch to provide clients with differentiated products and services such as deposits, payments, financing, wealth management and personalised advice. We also support small business clients with their business banking needs.
---
Strategic report Client segment reviews
# Ventures
KPIs
| Loss before taxation | External Funds Raised |
| --- | --- |
| $408m | $64m |
| + 12% underlying basis | + 41% |
| Risk-weighted assets (RWA) | New Ventures launched |
| $1.9bn | 5 |
| + $0.6bn | + 2 |
| Gross Transaction Value | Customers |
| $18bn | 2m |
| + $2bn | |
| Gross Transaction Value | |
| 2023 | $18bn |
| 2022 | $16bn |
| 2021 | $10bn |
| Customers | |
| 2023 | 1.8m |
| 2022 | 1.3m |
| 2021 | 0.5m |
Customer numbers for 2021 and 2022 normalised for the exit of Cardspal in 2023
# Segment overview
Formed in 2022 the Ventures client segment is a consolidation of SC Ventures and its related entities as well as the Group's two majority-owned digital banks Mox in Hong Kong and Trust in Singapore.
- SC Ventures is the platform and catalyst for the Group to promote innovation, invest in disruptive financial technology and explore alternative business models. It represents a diverse portfolio of over 30 ventures and more than 20 investments.
- Mox, a cloud-native, mobile only digital bank, was launched in Hong Kong as a joint venture with HKT, PCCW and Trip. com in September 2020.
- Trust Bank is Singapore's first cloud-native bank and was launched in a partnership with FairPrice Group in September 2022.
# Strategic priorities
- SC Ventures' focus is on building and scaling new business models – across the four themes of Online Economy & Lifestyle, SMEs & World Trade, Digital Assets and Sustainability & Inclusion. We do this by connecting ecosystems, partners and clients to create value and new sources of revenue, providing optionality for the Bank. Through its fund SC Ventures advances the Fintech agenda by identifying, partnering, and taking minority interests in companies, which can be integrated into the Bank and Ventures. Focus is on innovative, fast-growing, technology-focused companies which accelerate transformation in the financial industry.
- Mox continues to grow the customer base and drive main bank relationships across mass and mass affluent segments in Hong Kong. Mox's vision is to set the global benchmark for digital banking from Hong Kong. It aims to be the leading Hong Kong virtual bank for Cards, Digital Lending and continues to further expand services, including the recent launch of Digital Wealth Management services.
- Trust Bank aims to become the fourth largest digital retail bank in Singapore by the end of 2024. To achieve this, it will scale through its partner ecosystem and deepen its customer relationships with the mass and mass affluent customer segments.
# Progress
- Business performance in 2023 saw continued positive momentum for SC Ventures – five ventures were launched, funds were raised amidst a challenging environment, geographical reach was expanded, and the business exited two investments successfully. As a result, the SC Ventures customer base grew by 25 per cent to reach 587,000 with Gross Transactional Value (GTV) growing by 15 per cent to $18 bn. One significant milestone for SC Ventures in 2023 was the establishment of a partnership with SBI Holdings setting up a $100m digital asset joint venture in the UAE, a region fast becoming a hub for fintechs in the digital asset space. SC Ventures, through a number of innovative fintech ventures (such as Shoal, Tawi and myZoi), continues to drive sustainability, financial inclusion and financial literacy for the underbanked.
- In 2023, Mox had a strong focus on expanding its card and digital lending services and recorded a strong performance and an engaged customer base. Mox has more than 523,000 customers, up 1.2 times YoY, with customers holding an average of 3.1x products. It delivered close to three times YOY growth in revenue with both deposits and lending expanding over 30 per cent YOY basis. Mox reached 36 per cent (ranked #1) and 30 per cent of (ranked #2) market share in lending and deposits respectively among all Hong Kong virtual banks in H1. The bank was recognised in Forbes' World's Best Banks 2023, and The Asian Banker Hong Kong Awards 2023 as the Best Digital-only Bank in Hong Kong, and was ranked fifth in the World's Top 50 Digital Banks 2023 by The Digital Banker. The Mox app is the top-rated Hong Kong virtual banking app in Apple App Store. Mox consistently has the best Net Promoter Score (NPS) among all Hong Kong virtual banks.
- Trust Bank continued to scale and, by reaching 12 per cent market share a year after launch, became one of the world's fastest growing digital banks. Product development remained on track, with the launch of unsecured loans, supplementary credit cards, and broadening of the general insurance offering. By the end of 2023, its customer base had grown 1.7 times YoY to 700,000 customers and deposit balances had grown 3.0 times YoY to $1.4bn. Customer engagement remained strong with card activation of 85 per cent and more than 2m digital coupons redeemed by customers in the Trust ecosystem. In its first year of operation, Trust was recognised as the best digital retail bank in Singapore and Southeast Asia by The Digital Banker and was the number one rated banking app in the Singapore Apple App Store.
# Performance highlights
- Underlying loss before tax of $408 million was up $45 million, driven mainly by higher expenses as we continue to invest in new and existing ventures.
- Risk-weighted assets of $1.9 billion have increased $0.6 billion mainly due to continued investment in new and existing ventures and minority interests.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Regional reviews
# Asia
Profit before taxation
**$4,740m**
+ 32% underlying basis
**$3,812m**
+ 16% reported basis
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
**$156bn**
+ $5bn
Loans and advances to customers (% of group)
Income split by key markets
| Hong Kong | 34% |
| --- | --- |
| Singapore | 20% |
| India | 10% |
| Others | 36% |
# Region overview
The Asia region has a long-standing and deep franchise across some of the world's fastest-growing economies. The region generates over two-thirds of the Group's income from its extensive network of 21 markets. Of these, Hong Kong and Singapore contributed the highest income, underpinned by a diversified franchise and deeply rooted presence.
The region is highly interconnected, with three distinct and potent sub-engines of Greater China, ASEAN and South Asia. Our global footprint and strong regional presence, distinctive proposition, and continued investment position us strongly to capture opportunities as they arise from the continuing opening up of China's economy where we now earn two dollars offshore from Chinese clients for every dollar we earn onshore, the growing connectivity of ASEAN and the strong economic growth in India.
The region is benefiting from rising trade flows, especially intra-Asia, continued strong investment, and a rising middle class which is driving consumption growth and improving digital connectivity.
# Strategic priorities
- Leverage our network strength to serve the inbound and outbound cross-border trade and investment needs of our clients, particularly across high-growth corridors e.g., China-ASEAN, China-South Asia, China-AME and KR-ASEAN
- Capture and monetise opportunities arising from China's opening and accelerate growth in Asia
- Turbocharge our Affluent and Wealth Management businesses through differentiated propositions and service
- Continue to invest and advance in technology, digital capabilities and partnerships to enhance client experience and build scale efficiently
- Support clients' sustainable finance and transition needs and continue to strengthen our thought leadership status
# Progress
- We continue to advance our China strategy both on- and off-shore, and have also made a material increase in both the number of, and the income contribution from New to Bank affluent Mainland China customers and adding new clients through digital partnerships. The China business delivered record income on-shore and has grown network income strongly along a number of key corridors in ASEAN, up 53 per cent and ME up 67 per cent YoY. We have also made progress with digital partnerships launching new partnerships JD.com and KCB.
- Strong Asia cross border momentum including India Singapore corridor up 29 per cent YoY highlighting the role of Singapore as a financial hub for clients in ASEAN as well as India
- Our two strong international financial hubs in Hong Kong and Singapore, delivered strong income growth driven by Wealth Management with Affluent clients, increased Financial Markets activity with Corporate and Institutional clients and a material improvement in the net interest margin.
- Our digital agendas have progressed; and our virtual bank Mox has the largest loan book and the 2nd largest deposits base among virtual banks in Hong Kong, while our digital bank Trust, is becoming one of the world's fasting growing digital banks; more than one in ten Singaporeans now bank with Trust.
# Performance highlights
- Underlying profit before tax of $4,740 million was up 32 per cent at constant currency (ccy) on the back of higher income and lower credit impairment, partially offset by 8 per cent (ccy) increase in operating expenses
- Underlying operating income of $12,429 million was up 15 per cent at ccy, mainly from strong double-digit increases across Cash Management and Retail Deposits, underpinned by expansion in margins and Wealth Management partly offset by lower Mortgage income and a loss in Treasury Markets
- Credit Impairment improved 18 per cent year-on-year (YoY)
- Loans and advances to customers were down 5 per cent (reported and ccy); Customer accounts were up 9 per cent (reported and ccy) YoY
- Risk-weighted assets up $5 billion YoY
- RoTE increased to 16.4 per cent from 11.9 per cent in FY22
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report Regional reviews
# Africa and the Middle East
Profit before taxation
**$1,311m**
+90% underlying basis
**$1,317m**
+87% reported basis
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
**$38.4bn**
+$2.3bn
Loans and advances to customers (% of group)
Income split by key markets
# Region overview
We have a rich heritage in Africa and the Middle East (AME) with deep client relationships and historical contributions to the economy and the communities. Our unique footprint in the region, as well as across centres in Asia, Europe and the Americas, enable us to seamlessly support our clients. AME is becoming increasingly important for global trade and investment corridors, and we are well placed to facilitate these flows.
Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) markets are expected to outpace global growth on the back of macro-economic tailwinds, higher government spend in diversified areas, bilateral trade negotiations and evolving economic partnerships. The macro-economic risk remains elevated in some markets in the region due to a high level of sovereign debt and FX liquidity challenges, but they remain integral to the economic corridors for our global clients. Overall, AME's medium and long-term attractiveness remains compelling and intact, and it is an important part of our global network proposition for our clients.
# Strategic priorities
- Provide best-in-class structuring and financing solutions and drive creation through client initiatives
- Accelerate growth in differentiated international network and Affluent client businesses
- Invest in market-leading digitisation initiatives in CPBB to protect and grow market share in core markets, continue with our transformation agenda to recalibrate our network and streamline structures
- Be an industry leader in the transition to net zero across the region
- Simplify footprint and refocus on strategic growth areas
# Progress
- Topped the regional DCM league tables for the tenth consecutive year and secured the first rank in GCC G3 Bond and Sukuk issuance
- Supported Sustainable Finance across our footprint through our comprehensive product offering. ESG DCM volumes across the Middle East grew by over 160 per cent year on year, on the back of some of the largest and most innovative ESG deals in the region
- Strong cross-border income growth of 39 per cent with broad-based growth across all our key corridors
Further embedded our International Banking proposition, activating our diverse footprint across Africa and the Middle East. This has resulted in more than 150 per cent growth in Priority Banking client base across our International Banking corridors for the region
- Enhanced our digital offering in Africa by becoming the first international bank with digital fixed income solutions in Kenya, Nigeria and Ghana, extending our micro-investment solution (SC Shillingi) to Uganda, and launching digital personal loans in Kenya
- Our Saudi franchise saw strong growth following the branch set-up in 2021 while a new branch launched recently in Egypt provides additional growth opportunities in the region
- The sale of the Jordan business has been completed and buyers have been announced for select sub-Saharan African businesses that were identified for exit as part of our strategic announcement in 2022
- Sustained productivity actions have resulted in an improved Cost to Income Ratio at 56 per cent (vs. 63 per cent in FY'22) and an improvement in productivity with income per headcount (up 18 per cent year-on-year)
# Performance highlights
- Underlying profit before tax of $1,311 million, the highest annual profit since 2015, was up 66 per cent (up 90 per cent at ccy), driven by higher income and a net release in credit provisions partially offset by an increase in expenses
- Underlying operating income of $2,806 million was up 14 per cent (up 26 per cent at ccy) with strong growth in Cash Management, Retail Deposits and Financial Markets. Income was up 29 per cent (up 38 per cent at ccy) in Middle East, North Africa, Pakistan, up 1 per cent (up 14 per cent at ccy) in Africa
- Credit Impairment net release of $91 million in FY23 compared to $119 million charge in FY22 reflecting a non-repeat of the prior year's sovereign related impairments and releases relating to historic CCIB provisions
- Loans and advances to customers were up 8 per cent YoY (up 15 per cent at ccy) and customer accounts were up 4 per cent (up 9 percent at ccy) since 31 December 2022
- Risk-weighted assets were 6 per cent lower than 31 December 2022, despite the impact of sovereign downgrades, due to continuing RWA optimisation activities, de-risking in markets with elevated macro-economic risk and currency devaluation
- RoTE increased to 16.6 per cent from 9.3 per cent in FY22
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
33
# Europe and the Americas
Loss before taxation
**$330m**
↓ 139% underlying basis
**$28m**
↓ 103% reported basis
# Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
**$46.1bn**
↓ $4bn
Loans and advances to customers (% of group)
Income split by key markets
| US | 62% |
| --- | --- |
| UK | 7% |
| Others | 31% |
# Region overview
The Group supports clients in Europe and the Americas through hubs in London, Frankfurt and New York as well as a presence in several other markets in Europe and Latin America. Our expertise in Asia, Africa and the Middle East allows us to offer our clients in the region unique network and product capabilities.
The region generates significant income for the Group's Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking business. Clients based in Europe and the Americas contribute over one-third of the Group's CCIB client income. Over three-quarters of client income is booked in the network, generating above-average returns.
In addition to being a key origination centre for CCIB, the region offers local, on-the-ground expertise and solutions to help internationally minded clients grow across Europe and the Americas. The region is home to the Group's two biggest payment clearing centres and the largest trading floor.
Our European CPBB business focuses on serving clients with links to our footprint markets.
# Strategic priorities
- Leverage our network capabilities to connect new and existing Corporate and Financial Institutions clients in the West to the fastest-growing and highest-potential economies across our footprint
- Supercharge our FI Franchise
- Grow the business we capture from inbound trade flows from our East to West Corridors
- Further develop our Sustainable Finance product offering and risk management capabilities
- Enhance capital efficiency, maintain strong risk oversight and further improve the quality of our funding base
- Expand assets under management in CPBB and continue to strengthen the franchise
# Progress
- Strong growth of 33 per cent in global cross-border network business with Europe and the Americas CCIB clients across key footprint markets
- Financial Institutions segment growth of 32 per cent, now accounting for 60 per cent of the CCIB business for European and Americas clients.
- Material growth in income from sustainable finance products and expansion of our sustainable product offering
- In CPBB we see positive momentum on Net New Money in 2023 coupled with strong growth in mortgage balances for our high net worth clients
# Performance highlights
- Underlying loss before tax of $330 million driven by lower income and increased expenses
- Underlying operating income of $1,397 million was down 40 per cent reflecting the increased cost of hedges within Treasury whilst strong growth in Transaction Banking income was partly offset by lower Financial Markets income
- Expenses increased by 12 per cent at ccy largely due to increased investment spend and the impact of inflation
- Credit impairments for the region remain well controlled
- FY23 RoTE negative 3.6 per cent down from 8.6% per cent in FY22
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Financial Officer's review
# Group Chief Financial Officer's review
# Back to growth and improving returns
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Summary of financial performance
The Group delivered on its key financial objective for 2023, achieving a 10 per cent underlying return on tangible equity, supported by significant progress on the five strategic actions set out in 2022. Underlying profit before tax increased 27 per cent at constant currency as the Group delivered 4 per cent positive income-to-cost jaws. Income grew 13 per cent on a constant currency basis as the Group took advantage of the favourable interest rate environment. Expenses increased 8 per cent at constant currency, while the Group incurred a loan loss rate of 17 basis points, well below its historical average. The Group reduced the carrying value of its investment in China Bohai Bank ('Bohai') by $850 million and booked a $262 million net gain from selling its Aviation Finance business. The Group remains well-capitalised and highly liquid with a liquidity coverage ratio of 145 per cent and a CET1 ratio of 14.1 per cent, above its target range, enabling the Board to announce a further $1 billion share buyback programme. The terms of the buyback will be published, and the programme will start shortly.
All commentary that follows is on an underlying basis and comparisons are made to the equivalent period in 2022 on a reported currency basis, unless otherwise stated.
- Operating income of $174 billion increased by 10 per cent year-on-year or 13 per cent on a constant currency basis as the Group benefitted from the positive impact of rising interest rates, and a partial recovery in Wealth Management partly offset by losses from hedges
- Underlying net interest income increased 20 per cent or 23 per cent on a constant currency basis as the net interest margin increased 26 basis points or 18 per cent with the Group having increased its pricing on assets and the yield on its Treasury portfolio more quickly than it repriced its liability base, reflecting strong pricing discipline and passthrough rate management as interest rates increased in key footprint currencies. This was partly offset by an additional 15 basis points drag from short-term and structural hedges due to rising interest rates, 16 basis points headwind from migration into higher priced term deposits from lower rate paid current and savings accounts ('CASA') as well as adverse changes in the mix between Treasury and customer assets
- Underlying non NII was stable, or 2 per cent higher on a constant currency basis. This was in part due to a strong Wealth Management performance, which was up 10 per cent on a constant currency basis as it benefitted from a steady flow of new to bank clients and net new money. An accounting asymmetry resulting from Treasury management of business as usual FX positions also contributed to an increase in non NII, with a partial offset from reduced net interest income
- Operating expenses excluding the UK bank levy increased 7 per cent, or 8 per cent on a constant currency basis, reflecting the Group's continued investment into business growth initiatives, strategic investments and higher inflation partly funded by cost efficiency actions. The Group generated 4 per cent positive income-to-cost jaws at constant currency and the cost-to-income ratio improved by 2 percentage points to 63 per cent
- Credit impairment was a $528 million charge, a reduction of $308 million representing an annualised loan loss rate of 17 basis points. The impairment charge includes $282 million in relation to the China commercial real estate sector, $354 million in the Consumer, Private and Business Banking ('CPBB') portfolio and $85 million from Ventures partly offset by a $45 million net release from sovereign-related exposures and a net release in other Corporate exposures
- Other impairment increased by $91 million to $130 million primarily relating to write-off of software assets
- Profit from associates and joint ventures decreased 44 per cent to $94 million reflecting a lower profit share from Bohai
- Restructuring, other items and goodwill and other impairment totalled $585 million. This included an impairment charge of $850 million reflecting a reduction in the carrying value of the Group's investment in Bohai following a refresh of the value-in-use calculation. Other items include the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans. Restructuring charges of $14 million include the impact of actions to transform the organisation to improve productivity, partly offset by profits from businesses classified as held-for-sale. Movements in the Debit Valuation Adjustment ('DVA') were a positive $17 million
- Taxation was $1,631 million on a reported basis, with an underlying effective tax rate of 29.1 per cent down from 29.9 per cent in the prior year reflecting a favourable change in the geographic mix of profits partly offset by increased losses in the United Kingdom where the Group currently does not recognise a tax benefit
- Underlying return on tangible equity increased by 240 basis points to 10.1 per cent reflecting an increase in profits and lower average tangible equity benefitting from distributions to shareholders and movements in reserves primarily through the course of 2022
- Underlying basic earnings per share ('EPS') increased 32 per cent to 128.9 cents and reported EPS of 108.6 cents increased by 26 per cent
- A final ordinary dividend per share of 21 cents has been proposed taking the full-year total to 27 cents, a 50 per cent increase. The Group also completed two share buyback programmes totalling $2 billion which along with a new share buyback programme of $1 billion to start imminently. Since 1 January 2022, total shareholder distributions announced total $5.5 billion
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
35
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Financial Officer's review
# Summary of financial performance
| | 2023 $million | 2022^{b} $million | Change % | Constant currency change^{1} % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Underlying net interest income^{5} | 9,557 | 7,967 | 20 | 23 |
| Underlying non NII^{5} | 7,821 | 7,795 | – | 2 |
| Underlying operating income | 17,378 | 15,762 | 10 | 13 |
| Other operating expenses | (11,025) | (10,307) | (7) | (8) |
| UK bank levy | (111) | (102) | (9) | (2) |
| Underlying operating expenses | (11,136) | (10,409) | (7) | (8) |
| Underlying operating profit before impairment and taxation | 6,242 | 5,353 | 17 | 22 |
| Credit impairment | (528) | (836) | 37 | 32 |
| Other impairment | (130) | (39) | nm^{7} | nm^{7} |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 94 | 167 | (44) | (43) |
| Underlying profit before taxation | 5,678 | 4,645 | 22 | 27 |
| Restructuring | (14) | (99) | 86 | 89 |
| Goodwill and other impairment^{3} | (850) | (322) | (164) | (164) |
| DVA | 17 | 42 | (60) | (60) |
| Other items^{6} | 262 | 20 | nm^{7} | nm^{7} |
| Reported profit before taxation | 5,093 | 4,286 | 19 | 24 |
| Taxation | (1,631) | (1,384) | (18) | (25) |
| Profit for the year | 3,462 | 2,902 | 19 | 24 |
| Net interest margin (%)^{2} | 1.67 | 1.41 | 26 | |
| Underlying return on tangible equity (%)^{2} | 10.1 | 7.7 | 240 | |
| Underlying earnings per share (cents) | 128.9 | 97.9 | 32 | |
1. Comparisons presented on the basis of the current period's transactional currency rate, ensuring like-for-like currency rates between the two periods
2. Change is the basis points ('bps') difference between the two periods rather than the percentage change
3. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank ('Bohai')
4. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
5. To be consistent with how we the compute Net Interest Margin ('NIM'), and to align with the way we manage our business, we have changed our definition of Underlying Net Interest Income ('NII') and Underlying non NII. The adjustments made to NIM, including interest expense relating to funding our trading book, will now be shown against Underlying Non NII rather than Underlying NII. Prior periods have been restated. There is no impact on total income
6. Other items include the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
7. Not meaningful
# Reported financial performance summary
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Change % | Constant currency change^{1} % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Net interest income | 7,769 | 7,593 | 2 | 5 |
| Non NII | 10,250 | 8,725 | 17 | 20 |
| Reported operating income | 18,019 | 16,318 | 10 | 13 |
| Reported operating expenses | (11,551) | (10,913) | (6) | (7) |
| Reported operating profit before impairment and taxation | 6,468 | 5,405 | 20 | 25 |
| Credit impairment | (508) | (836) | 39 | 34 |
| Goodwill and other impairment | (1,008) | (439) | (130) | (130) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 141 | 156 | (10) | (10) |
| Reported profit before taxation | 5,093 | 4,286 | 19 | 24 |
| Taxation | (1,631) | (1,384) | (18) | (25) |
| Profit for the year | 3,462 | 2,902 | 19 | 24 |
| Reported return on tangible equity (%)^{2} | 8.4 | 6.8 | 160 | |
| Reported earnings per share (cents) | 108.6 | 85.9 | 26 | |
1. Comparisons presented on the basis of the current period's transactional currency rate, ensuring like-for-like currency rates between the two periods
2. Change is the basis points ('bps') difference between the two periods rather than the percentage change
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Operating income by product
| | 2022 $million | 2022^{(c)} $million | Change % | Constant currency change^{4} % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Transaction Banking | 5,837 | 3,874 | 51 | 54 |
| Trade & Working capital | 1,294 | 1,343 | (4) | (1) |
| Cash Management | 4,543 | 2,531 | 79 | 83 |
| Financial Markets | 5,099 | 5,345 | (5) | (2) |
| Macro Trading | 2,827 | 2,965 | (5) | (1) |
| Credit Markets | 1,803 | 1,761 | 2 | 5 |
| Credit Trading | 554 | 488 | 14 | 17 |
| Financing Solutions & Issuance^{3} | 1,249 | 1,273 | (2) | – |
| Financing & Securities Services^{3} | 469 | 619 | (24) | (22) |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 498 | 558 | (11) | (9) |
| Wealth Management | 1,944 | 1,796 | 8 | 10 |
| Retail Products | 4,969 | 4,027 | 23 | 26 |
| CCPL & other unsecured lending | 1,161 | 1,202 | (3) | (1) |
| Deposits | 3,437 | 2,021 | 70 | 74 |
| Mortgage & Auto | 236 | 633 | (63) | (62) |
| Other Retail Products | 135 | 171 | (21) | (19) |
| Treasury | (902) | 337 | nm^{4} | nm^{4} |
| Other | (67) | (175) | 62 | 52 |
| Total underlying operating income | 17,378 | 15,762 | 10 | 13 |
1. Comparisons presented on the basis of the current period's transactional currency rate, ensuring like-for-like currency rates between the two periods
2. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
3. Shipping Finance is now reported under Financing Solutions & Issuance which was reported under Financing & Securities Services in 2022
4. Not meaningful
The operating income by product commentary that follows is on an underlying basis and comparisons are made to the equivalent period in 2022 on a constant currency basis, unless otherwise stated.
**Transaction Banking** income increased 54 per cent with Cash Management income up 83 per cent reflecting strong pricing discipline and passthrough rate management to take advantage of a rising interest rate environment. Trade & Working Capital decreased 1 per cent, reflecting lower balance sheet and contingent volumes due to a reduction in economic activity and clients' preference for local currency financing provided by local banks. This was partly offset by higher margins as the Group focused on higher-returning trade products.
**Financial Markets** income decreased 2 per cent and was up 3 per cent excluding the non-repeat of $244 million gain on mark-to-market liabilities in 2022. Flow income grew by 7 per cent which was more than offset by the 15 per cent reduction in episodic income, driven by subdued market volatility, reduced issuances and the non-repeat of prior year fair value gains on mark-to-market liabilities. Macro Trading was down 1 per cent with declines in FX and Commodities partly offset by a double-digit increase in Rates from an expanded product offering. Credit Markets income was up 5 per cent primarily from higher Credit Trading income. Financing & Securities Services income was down 22 per cent as the benefit of higher interest rates on Securities Services balances was offset by negative movements in XVA and the non-repeat of mark-to-market gains.
**Lending and Portfolio Management** income decreased 9 per cent reflecting the impact of risk-weighted assets optimisation actions which contributed to lower balances and an increase in portfolio management costs.
**Wealth Management** income grew 10 per cent with Bancassurance up 17 per cent and Treasury Products up 16 per cent partly offset by lower income from Wealth Management Lending which was down 15 per cent on the back of client deleveraging and margin compression. There was continued strong growth in net new sales, which totalled $14 billion and offset adverse market movements as Wealth Management assets under management remained broadly stable.
**Retail Products** income increased 26 per cent. Deposits income was up 74 per cent due to active passthrough rate management in a rising interest rate environment partly offset by migration of Retail CASA balances into Time Deposits. Mortgage & Auto income decreased 62 per cent on the back of lower volumes and the impact of the Best Lending Rate cap in Hong Kong restricting the ability to reprice mortgages, despite an increase in funding costs from higher interest rates. CCPL income decreased 1 per cent reflecting reduced margins from increased funding costs partly offset by increased balances, driven by partnerships and the new digital banks.
**Treasury income** was a $902 million loss primarily due to losses from structural and short-term hedges in a rising interest rate environment. The remaining short-term hedges mature in February 2024.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
37
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Financial Officer's review
Profit before tax by client segment and geographic region
| | 2023 $million | 2022' $million | Change % | Constant currency change' % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 5,436 | 3,990 | 36 | 42 |
| Consumer Private & Business Banking | 2,487 | 1,593 | 56 | 60 |
| Ventures | (408) | (363) | (12) | (12) |
| Central & other items (segment) | (1,837) | (575) | nm³ | nm³ |
| Underlying profit before taxation | 5,678 | 4,645 | 22 | 27 |
| Asia | 4,740 | 3,616 | 31 | 32 |
| Africa & Middle East | 1,311 | 792 | 66 | 90 |
| Europe & Americas | (330) | 834 | (140) | (139) |
| Central & other items (region) | (43) | (597) | 93 | 95 |
| Underlying profit before taxation | 5,678 | 4,645 | 22 | 27 |
1. Comparisons presented on the basis of the current period's transactional currency rate, ensuring like-for-like currency rates between the two periods
2. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
3. Not meaningful
The client segment and geographic region commentary that follows is on an underlying basis and comparisons are made to the equivalent period in 2022 on a constant currency basis, unless otherwise stated.
Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking ('CCIB') profit increased 42 per cent. Income grew 20 per cent with Cash Management benefitting from disciplined pricing initiatives in a rising interest rate environment partly offset by lower episodic income within Financial Markets and lower Lending income as CCIB delivered on its RWA optimisation initiatives. Expenses were 10 per cent higher while credit impairment decreased $302 million with lower charges in relation to the China commercial real estate sector and releases on historic provisions within the remaining portfolio.
Consumer, Private & Business Banking ('CPBB') profit increased 60 per cent, with income up 22 per cent, benefitting from higher interest rates on Retail Deposits income and a recovery in Wealth Management. This was partly offset by lower Mortgage income negatively impacted by the Best Lending Rate cap in Hong Kong. Expenses increased 6 per cent while credit impairment was $92 million higher.
Ventures loss increased 12 per cent to $408 million, reflecting the Group's continued investment in transformational digital initiatives. Income increased five-fold to $156 million while expenses grew by 27 per cent. This resulted in a lower operating loss before impairment year-on-year. The impairment charge increased $69 million to $85 million reflecting increased bankruptcy related write-offs in Mox where credit criteria have now been adjusted to reduce the current elevated delinquency rate.
Central & other items (segment) recorded a loss of $1.8 billion as income declined by $1.3 billion mostly reflecting the losses from structural and short-term hedges booked within Treasury. Expenses increased by $43 million while there was a net release in credit impairment primarily relating to sovereign-related exposures. Associate income reduced by $65 million reflecting lower profits at Bohai.
Asia profits increased 32 per cent as income grew 15 per cent, expenses increased by 8 per cent and credit impairments reduced by $146 million. The income growth reflects strong double-digit increases across Cash Management, Retail Deposits and Wealth Management partly offset by lower Mortgage income and a loss in Treasury Markets. The profit share from Bohai reduced by $65 million. The lower credit impairment charge reflects in part a lower level of impairments booked in the year relating to the China commercial real estate sector.
Africa & Middle East ('AME') profits increased 90 per cent as income increased 26 per cent with strong growth in Cash Management and Retail Deposit income partly offset by a loss in Treasury Markets following de-risking actions in certain markets. Expenses grew 6 per cent while credit impairment charges were a net release of $91 million, a $210 million reduction, reflecting a non-repeat of the prior year's sovereign-related impairments and releases relating to historic Corporate provisions.
Europe & Americas recorded a loss of $330 million as income reduced by 40 per cent, reflecting the increased cost of hedges within Treasury whilst strong growth in Transaction Banking income was partly offset by lower Financial Markets income. Expenses increased 12 per cent reflecting the impact of inflation and higher investment spend. There was a $59 million reduction in credit impairment releases.
Central & other items (region) recorded a loss of $43 million compared to a $597 million loss in the prior year. This improvement is mainly due to higher returns paid to Treasury on the equity provided to the regions in a rising interest rate environment while expenses increased by 8 per cent.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
39
Adjusted net interest income and margin
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Change¹ % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Adjusted net interest income² | 9,547 | 7,976 | 20 |
| Average interest-earning assets | 572,520 | 565,370 | 1 |
| Average interest-bearing liabilities | 540,350 | 525,351 | 3 |
| Gross yield (%)³ | 4.76 | 2.70 | 206 |
| Rate paid (%)³ | 3.27 | 1.38 | 189 |
| Net yield (%)³ | 1.49 | 1.32 | 17 |
| Net interest margin (%)³,⁴ | 1.67 | 1.41 | 26 |
1 Variance is better/(worse) other than assets and liabilities which is increase/(decrease)
2 Adjusted net interest income is reported net interest income less financial markets trading book funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest-earning assets
3 Change is the basis points (bps) difference between the two periods rather than the percentage change
4 Adjusted net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, annualised
Adjusted net interest income increased 20 per cent driven by an 18 per cent increase in the net interest margin, which averaged 167 basis points in the year, 26 basis points year-on-year uplift benefiting from a rapid increase in policy interest rates across many of our markets slightly offset by an adverse change in asset mix. The net interest margin was also depressed by loss making hedges within Treasury and an accounting asymmetry from Treasury's business as usual management of FX positions within its portfolio.
- Average interest-earning assets grew 1 per cent, or 2 per cent excluding the impact of currency translation and risk-weighted asset optimisation actions, reflecting an increase in cash and balances at central banks partly offset by lower customer loan balances. Gross yields increased 206 basis points compared with the average in the prior year
- Average interest-bearing liabilities increased 3 per cent, or 4 per cent excluding the impact of currency translation, reflecting an increase in customer accounts while the rate paid on liabilities increased 189 basis points compared with the average in the prior year
## Credit risk summary
## Income Statement (Underlying view)
| | 2023 $million | 2022¹ $million | Change¹ % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Total credit impairment charge/(release)³ | 528 | 836 | (37) |
| Of which stage 1 and 2³ | 138 | 407 | (66) |
| Of which stage 3³ | 390 | 429 | (9) |
1 Variance is increase/(decrease) comparing current reporting period to prior reporting period
2 Underlying credit impairment has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME and (ii) Aviation Finance. No change to reported credit impairment
3 Reconciliation from underlying to reported can be found on page 48
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Financial Officer's review
# Balance sheet
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Change/% |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Gross loans and advances to customers² | 292,145 | 316,107 | (8) |
| Of which stage 1 | 273,692 | 295,219 | (7) |
| Of which stage 2 | 11,225 | 13,043 | (14) |
| Of which stage 3 | 7,228 | 7,845 | (8) |
| Expected credit loss provisions | (5,170) | (5,460) | (5) |
| Of which stage 1 | (430) | (559) | (23) |
| Of which stage 2 | (420) | (444) | (5) |
| Of which stage 3 | (4,320) | (4,457) | (3) |
| Net loans and advances to customers | 286,975 | 310,647 | (8) |
| Of which stage 1 | 273,262 | 294,660 | (7) |
| Of which stage 2 | 10,805 | 12,599 | (14) |
| Of which stage 3 | 2,908 | 3,388 | (14) |
| Cover ratio of stage 3 before/after collateral (%)³ | 60 / 76 | 57 / 76 | 3 / 0 |
| Credit grade 12 accounts ($million) | 2,155 | 1,574 | 37 |
| Early alerts ($million) | 5,512 | 4,967 | 11 |
| Investment grade corporate exposures (%)³ | 73 | 76 | (3) |
1. Variance is increase/(decrease) comparing current reporting period to prior reporting period
2. Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $13,996 million at 31 December 2023, $10,267 million at 30 September 2023, $10,950 million at 30 June 2023 and $24,498 million at 31 December 2022
3. Change is the percentage points difference between the two points rather than the percentage change
Credit quality remained resilient, reflected in lower year-on-year credit impairment charges and an improvement in a number of underlying credit metrics. The Group continues to actively manage the credit portfolio whilst remaining alert to a volatile and challenging external environment including increased geopolitical tensions which has led to idiosyncratic stress in a select number of markets and industry sectors.
Credit impairment was a $528 million charge, down 37 per cent year-on-year, representing a loan loss rate of 17 basis points. There was a $282 million impairment charge relating to the China commercial real estate sector, including a $32 million decrease in the management overlay which now totals $141 million. The decrease in the management overlay reflects repayments and loans moving into stage 3. The Group has provided $1.2 billion in total, in relation to China commercial real estate sector primarily over the last three years. There was a net release of $45 million relating to sovereign downgrades. Excluding the China commercial real estate portfolio and sovereign-related exposures, there was a net release relating to Corporate exposures, primarily historical provisions. CPBB charge of $354 million reflects an uptick in delinquency trends across the year and the $85 million charge in Ventures is primarily from portfolio growth and increased bankruptcy related write-offs in Max where credit criteria have now been adjusted to reduce the current elevated delinquency rate.
Gross stage 3 loans and advances to customers of $7.2 billion were 8 per cent lower year-on-year as repayments, client upgrades and write-offs more than offset new inflows. Credit-impaired loans represented 2.5 per cent of gross loans and advances, flat on the prior year.
The stage 3 cover ratio before collateral of 60 per cent increased by 3 percentage points, while the cover ratio post collateral at 76 per cent was flat on the prior year, with the cover ratio before collateral increasing due to an increase in stage 3 provisions in relation to the China commercial real estate sector and a reduction in gross stage 3 balances.
Credit grade 12 balances have increased by 37 per cent to $2.2 billion substantially from a change in instrument on an existing sovereign exposure with no increase in risk. Excluding this temporary inflow, credit grade 12 balances declined 24 per cent reflecting both improvements into stronger credit grades and downgrades to stage 3. Early Alert accounts of $5.5 billion have increased by 11 per cent, reflecting new inflows relating to a select number of clients including sovereign-related exposures. The Group is continuing to carefully monitor its exposures in vulnerable sectors and select markets, given the unusual stresses caused by the currently challenging macro-economic environment.
The proportion of investment grade corporate exposures fell by 3 percentage points to 73 per cent, mainly due to a reduction in repurchase agreement balances across various central clearing counterparties.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Restructuring, goodwill impairment and other items
| | 2023 | | | | 2022¹ | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Restructuring $million | Goodwill and other impairment² $million | DVA $million | Other items $million | Restructuring $million | Goodwill and other impairment³ $million | DVA $million | Other items $million |
| Operating income | 362 | – | 17 | 262 | 494 | – | 42 | 20 |
| Operating expenses | (415) | – | – | – | (504) | – | – | – |
| Credit impairment | 20 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Other impairment | (28) | (850) | – | – | (78) | (322) | – | – |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 47 | – | – | – | (11) | – | – | – |
| Total | (14) | (850) | 17 | 262 | (99) | (322) | 42 | 20 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank ('Bohai')
3. Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
The Group's reported performance is adjusted for profits or losses of a capital nature, amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent, other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the period and items which management and investors would ordinarily identify separately when assessing underlying performance period-by period.
In 2022 the Group announced the exit of seven markets in the AME region and will focus solely on the CCIB segment in two more markets. In 2023, the Group completed the sale of its Jordan business, closed its Lebanon representative office and signed agreements for sale of the remaining exit markets. Additionally, the Group sold its global Aviation Finance leasing business to Aircraft Leasing Company ('AviLease') for proceeds of approximately $3.6 billion including $0.7 billion consideration and $2.9 billion repayment of net-intra-group financing, giving rise to a gain on disposal of $309 million. The $1 billion Aviation loan businesses was sold separately, giving rise to a loss on disposal of $47 million. Both of these transactions are recorded in Other Items. As a result of these disposals, effective 1st January 2023, the Group has not included the exit markets and the Aviation Finance business within the Group's underlying operating profit before taxation but reported them within restructuring.
The Group has also classified movements in the debit valuation adjustment ('DVA') out of its underlying operating profit before taxation and into Other items. To aid comparisons with prior periods the Group has removed the exit markets, Aviation Finance business and DVA from its underlying operating profit before taxation for 2022.
Restructuring loss of $14 million reflects the impact of actions to transform the organisation to improve productivity, primarily additional redundancy charges, technology simplification and optimising the Group's property footprint. This was partly offset by the profits from the AME exit markets and Aviation Finance business before the completion of their exit from the Group.
Other impairment of $850 million is in relation to a further reduction in the carrying value of the Group's investment in its associate Bohai, to align to a lower value-in-use computation following banking industry challenges and property market uncertainties in Mainland China, that may impact Bohai's future profitability. The carrying value of the Group's investment in Bohai has reduced to $0.7 billion from $1.5 billion.
Movements in DVA were a positive $17 million driven by the widening of the Group's asset swap spreads on derivative liability exposures. The portfolio subject to DVA did not change materially during the year.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
41
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Financial Officer's review
# Balance sheet and liquidity
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Increase/ (Decrease)¹ $million | Increase/ (Decrease)¹ % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Assets | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks | 44,977 | 39,519 | 5,458 | 14 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 286,975 | 310,647 | (23,672) | (8) |
| Other assets | 490,892 | 469,756 | 21,136 | 4 |
| Total assets | 822,844 | 819,922 | 2,922 | – |
| Liabilities | | | | |
| Deposits by banks | 28,030 | 28,789 | (759) | (3) |
| Customer accounts | 469,418 | 461,677 | 7,741 | 2 |
| Other liabilities | 275,043 | 279,440 | (4,397) | (2) |
| Total liabilities | 772,491 | 769,906 | 2,585 | – |
| Equity | 50,353 | 50,016 | 337 | 1 |
| Total equity and liabilities | 822,844 | 819,922 | 2,922 | – |
| Advances-to-deposits ratio (%)² | 53.3% | 57.4% | | |
| Liquidity coverage ratio (%) | 145% | 147% | | |
1 Variance is increase/(decrease) comparing current reporting period to prior reporting periods
2 The Group now excludes $20,710 million held with central banks (30.09.23: $21,241 million, 30.06.23: $24,749 million, 31.12.22: $20,798 million) that has been confirmed as repayable at the point of stress.
The Group's balance sheet remains strong, liquid and well diversified.
- Loans and advances to customers decreased 8 per cent, or $24 billion to $287 billion as at 31 December 2023 but declined 1 per cent on an underlying basis. The underlying reduction excludes the impact of $12 billion decrease in Treasury and securities backed loans held to collect, $7 billion reduction from risk-weighted asset optimisation actions undertaken by CCIB and a $1 billion reduction from currency translation
- Customer accounts increased $8 billion to $469 billion and up 2% excluding the $2 billion impact of currency translation. Retail time deposits increased $18 billion and Cash Management balances increased $11 billion partly offset by a $18 billion decrease in Corporate Term Deposits
- Other assets increased 4 per cent, or $21 billion from 31 December 2022 with a $41 billion increase in financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss, primarily reverse repurchase agreements and debt securities and other eligible bills. Cash and balances at central banks increased $12 billion. This was partly offset by a $13 billion reduction in derivative balances and a $8 billion reduction in investment securities fair valued through other comprehensive income
- Other liabilities decreased 2 per cent, or $4 billion from 31 December 2022 with a $14 billion decrease in derivative balances partly offset by a $10 billion increase in repurchase agreements
The advances-to-deposits ratio decreased to 53.3 per cent from 57.4 per cent at 31 December 2022 reflecting the reduction in loans and advances to customers. The liquidity coverage ratio decreased 2 percentage points to 145 per cent as at 31 December 2023 after increasing in the first half of the year as the banking industry as a whole navigated turbulent external market conditions and remains well above the minimum regulatory requirement of 100 per cent.
## Risk-weighted assets
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Change¹ $million | Change¹ % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| By risk type | | | | |
| Credit risk | 191,423 | 196,855 | (5,432) | (3) |
| Operational risk | 27,861 | 27,177 | 684 | 3 |
| Market risk | 24,867 | 20,679 | 4,188 | 20 |
| Total RWAs | 244,151 | 244,711 | (560) | – |
1 Variance is increase/(decrease) comparing current reporting period to prior reporting periods
Total risk-weighted assets ('RWA') of $244.2 billion were broadly flat in comparison to 31 December 2022.
- Credit risk RWA decreased by $5.4 billion to $191.4 billion. There was a $10.3 billion reduction from optimisation actions, relating to the CCIB low-returning portfolio, a $2.1 billion reduction from other RWA efficiency actions, $2.7 billion reduction from currency translation, and a $1.1 billion reduction from model and methodology changes. The impairment of Bohai further reduced RWAs by $2.1 billion and the sale of the Aviation Finance business by a further $1.6 billion. This was partly offset by a $11.8 billion increase from asset mix and $2.7 billion increase relating to adverse credit migration
- Operational risk RWA increased $0.7 billion primarily due to an increase in average income as measured over a rolling three-year time horizon, with higher 2022 income replacing lower 2019 income
- Market risk RWA increased by $4.2 billion to $24.9 billion reflecting an increase in traded risk positions and market volatility
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Capital base and ratios
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | Change¹ $million | Change¹ % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| CET1 capital | 34,314 | 34,157 | 157 | – |
| Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) | 5,492 | 6,484 | (992) | (15) |
| Tier 1 capital | 39,806 | 40,641 | (835) | (2) |
| Tier 2 capital | 11,935 | 12,510 | (575) | (5) |
| Total capital | 51,741 | 53,151 | (1,410) | (3) |
| CET1 capital ratio end point (%)² | 14.1 | 14.0 | 0.1 | |
| Total capital ratio transitional (%)³ | 21.2 | 21.7 | (0.5) | |
| Leverage ratio (%)³ | 4.7 | 4.8 | (0.1) | |
1 Variance is increase/(decrease) comparing current reporting period to prior reporting periods
2 Change is percentage points difference between two points rather than percentage change
The Group's CET1 ratio of 14.1 per cent was 10 basis points higher than the ratio as at 31 December 2022. The Group was able to fund $2.7 billion of capital returns to ordinary shareholders from underlying profits. The CET1 ratio remains 3.5 percentage points above the Group's latest regulatory minimum of 10.5 per cent and above the top of the 13-14 per cent target range.
As well as the 169 basis points of CET1 accretion from underlying profits, the Group's CET1 ratio decreased 34 basis points from an underlying $5.9 billion increase in risk-weighted assets as the Group exercised tight control over capital consumption. A further 22 basis points uplift was the result of an increase in Other Comprehensive Income from fair value gains on debt instruments as long-term interest rates began to fall in the latter half of the year. The sale of the Group's Aviation Finance business increased the CET1 ratio by 20 basis points.
Ordinary shareholder distributions reduced the CET1 ratio by approximately 111 basis points. The Group spent $2 billion purchasing 230 million ordinary shares of $0.50 each during the year, representing a volume-weighted average price per share of £7.06. These shares were subsequently cancelled, reducing the total issued share capital by 79 per cent and the CET1 ratio by 82 basis points. The Board has recommended a final dividend of 21 cents per share resulting in a total 2023 ordinary dividend of 27 cents per share or $728 million, reducing the CET1 ratio by approximately 30 basis points. Payments due to AT1 and preference shareholders cost approximately 17 basis points.
The Board has announced a share buyback for up to a maximum consideration of $1 billion to further reduce the number of ordinary shares in issue by cancelling the repurchased shares. The terms of the buyback will be published, and the programme will start shortly and is expected to reduce the Group's CET1 ratio in the first quarter of 2024 by approximately 40 basis points.
The $850 million impairment of Bohai also resulted in an RWA reduction of $2.1 billion, the net effect of which resulted in a reduction of the CET1 ratio by 23 basis points.
The Group's leverage ratio of 4.7 per cent is 6 basis points lower than at 31 December 2022. This is primarily driven by a decrease in Tier 1 capital of $0.8 billion as CET1 capital increased by $0.2 billion and was more than offset by the redemption of $1.0 billion Additional Tier 1 securities. The reduction in Tier 1 capital was broadly offset by a $7.2 billion reduction in leverage exposures. The Group's leverage ratio remains significantly above its minimum requirement of 3.7 per cent.
## Outlook
We have updated our guidance for 2024 and have provided additional guidance for 2025 and 2026 as follows:
- Income:
- Operating income to increase 5-7 per cent for 2024 to 2026 and around the top of 5-7 per cent range in 2024
- Net interest income for 2024 of $10 billion to $10.25 billion, at constant currency
- Expenses:
- Operating expenses to be below $12 billion in 2026, at constant currency
- Expense saves of around $1.5 billion and cost to achieve of no more than $1.5 billion from 2024 to 2026
- Positive income-to-cost jaws, excluding UK bank levy, at constant currency in each year from 2024 to 2026
- Assets and RWA:
- Low single-digit percentage growth in loans and advances to customers and RWA each year from 2024 to 2026 (pre-Basel 3.1 day-1 impact)
- Basel 3.1 day-1 impact, pending clarification of rules, expected to add no more than 5 per cent incremental RWA
- Continue to expect the loan loss rate to normalise towards the historical through-the-cycle 30 to 35 basis points range
- Capital:
- Continue to operate dynamically within the full 13-14 per cent CET1 target range
- Plan to return at least $5 billion to shareholders cumulative 2024 to 2026
- Continue to increase full-year dividend per share over time
- RoTE increasing steadily from 10%, targeting 12% in 2026 and to progress thereafter
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Risk Officer's review
# Group Chief Risk Officer's review
- Proactively managing our risks whilst keeping our focus on the execution of the Group's strategy
# Managing Risk
2023 presented challenges across many of our markets, with sustained high inflation levels from 2022 continuing to put pressure on the central banks to dampen rising prices through increases to interest rates. Increased levels of volatility were seen in early 2023 as several bank failures prompted fears of a global contagion. Despite having no material exposures to the failed banks, the Group took proactive steps to further strengthen our liquidity position and monitor for any signs of second order impacts. 2023 also saw a fundamental shift in global power dynamics, including with the BRICS expansion. Sovereign risks persisted across emerging markets in the Africa and Middle East region. In Asia, despite slower than expected economic growth in China, we saw positive signs of growth in the second half of the year. We continued to keep our focus on the challenges in the China real estate sector and any contagion risks. The Group has limited direct exposure in Ukraine and to the countries in the Middle East which are currently most impacted by conflict. However, we remained cognisant of the volatility and the potential second order market impacts, including those from elevated oil and commodity prices or supply chains disruption, which we continue to actively monitor through stress testing and portfolio reviews.
As we enter 2024, we stay vigilant and continue to review our exposure and limits across our portfolios to identify vulnerable industries and clients for closer monitoring.
# Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB)
Our CCIB credit portfolio remained resilient with overall good asset quality, as evidenced by our largely investment grade corporate portfolio (31 December 2023: 73 per cent, 31 December 2022: 76 per cent). We actively tracked geopolitical risks to enable us to act should the need materialise. In consideration of the macroeconomic challenges, additional reviews were conducted throughout 2023 across US regional Banks, Non-Bank Financial Institutions (NBFI), Leveraged Lending books, Global Commercial Real Estate (CRE) portfolio and select geographies. We closely monitored vulnerable sectors and identified clients that may face difficulties on account of increased interest rates, foreign exchange movements, commodity volatility or increased prices of essential goods. In China, the property market recovery remained slower than expected amidst government support measures and we continued to monitor our developers and sponsors portfolios through dedicated reviews.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
# Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB)
The CPBB credit portfolio remained alert to the risks of the uncertain economic outlook but continued to demonstrate resilience. An increase in delinquency rates (Stage 2 provisions as at 31 December 2023: $139 million, 31 December 2022: $118 million) highlights the emerging pressure on customers' debt servicing capacity, as our customers continue to adapt to the prolonged higher interest rate environment. We continued to monitor potential secondary impacts of local challenges arising from heightened country risks across Bangladesh, Ghana, Kenya, Nigeria, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka, amongst others. There was no material impact on the CPBB portfolio due to the war in Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East. For both our secured and unsecured consumer credit portfolios, we continued to monitor customer affordability across our key markets and dynamically adjusted origination criteria, portfolio management and collections strategies, as appropriate. We were mindful of the higher credit risk associated with increased lending to the mass market segment through our digital partnerships and digital banks and have tailored our lending criteria and portfolio management approach to the unique risks and customer behaviours observed in these segments.
# Treasury Risk
Our liquidity and capital risks are managed to ensure a strong and resilient balance sheet that supports sustainable growth. We continued to enhance our Treasury Risk framework to incorporate the lessons from recent market events as well as horizon risks. Liquidity remained resilient across the Group and major legal entities. Group liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) is 145.4 per cent as at December 2023 (31 December 2022: 147 per cent) with a surplus to both Risk Appetite and regulatory requirements. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 14.1 per cent as at December 2023 (31 December 2022: 14.0 per cent) while Leverage ratio was 4.7 per cent (31 December 2022: 4.8 per cent). In March 2023, we saw sharp moves in funding markets and customer behaviours triggering several bank failures in the US and Switzerland. This resulted in a heightened focus on Treasury risks including capital, liquidity, and interest rate risk on the banking book, with problems most acute in the US market and reverberating globally. We maintained a resilient liquidity position throughout the period and continued to focus on managing risks even as those event risks receded.
The Risk function remains actively engaged in providing independent review and challenge to internal and regulatory stress tests and recovery and resolution capabilities.
→ Further details on Risk Management for our Principal Risk Types can be found in page 314
→ Further details on Climate Risk can be found in page 298
# Risk Performance Summary
Asset quality is resilient. The percentage of investment-grade corporate net exposure remained high at 73 per cent (31 December 2022: 76 per cent). Exposure to our top 20 corporate clients as a percentage of Tier 1 capital decreased to 62 per cent (31 December 2022: 65 per cent), mainly driven by reduction in Transaction Banking exposures. However, the Group remained vigilant of persistent challenging conditions in some markets and sectors. In 2023, we saw a $0.5 billion increase in Early Alerts exposure (31 December 2023: $5.5 billion, 31 December 2022: $5.0 billion), driven by inflows relating to a select number of clients including sovereign-related exposures, partially offset by transfers to Purely Precautionary, regularisations, exposure reductions and outflows to Credit grades 12-14. Credit grade 12 balances increased to $2.2 billion (31 December 2022: $1.6 billion) due to sovereign and client downgrades, partially offset by outflows to non-performing loans.
45
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Risk Officer's review
## Key indicators
| | 2023 | 2022 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Group total business^{1} | 292.1 | 316.1 |
| Stage 1 loans ($ billion) | 273.7 | 295.2 |
| Stage 2 loans ($ billion) | 11.2 | 13.0 |
| Stage 3 loans, credit-impaired ($ billion) | 7.2 | 7.9 |
| Stage 3 cover ratio | 60% | 57% |
| Stage 3 cover ratio (including collateral) | 76% | 76% |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | | |
| Investment grade corporate net exposures as a percentage of total corporate net exposures | 73% | 76% |
| Loans and advances maturing in one year or less as a percentage of total loans and advances to customers^{3} | 68% | 68% |
| Early Alert portfolio net exposures ($ billion) | 5.5 | 5.0 |
| Credit grade 12 balances ($ billion) | 2.2 | 1.6 |
| Aggregate top 20 corporate net exposures as a percentage of Tier 1 capital^{2} | 62% | 65% |
| Collateralisation of sub-investment grade net exposures maturing in more than one year | 41% | 53% |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | | |
| Loan-to-value ratio of Consumer, Private & Business Banking mortgages | 47.2% | 44.7% |
1. These numbers represent total gross loans and advances to customers
2. Excludes reverse repurchase agreements
3. The 2022 figure has been restated from 65 per cent to 68 per cent
The Group's credit impairment was a net charge of $508 million (31 December 2022: $836 million), a decrease of $328 million. 2022 included overlays for sovereign downgrades and China commercial real estate, which was partly offset by a full release of COVID-19 overlays. Stage 3 was a charge of $369 million (31 December 2022: $430 million), and the reduction was driven by CCIB releases and lower impairment charges for our China commercial real estate clients. This reduction was offset by higher bankruptcy related write-offs in CPBB across Singapore, Hong Kong and Korea, and portfolio growth in digital partners.
## Credit impairment
| | 2023 | | | 2022^{1} | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Stage 1 & 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 & 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Ongoing business portfolio | | | | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 11 | 112 | 123 | 148 | 277 | 425 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 129 | 225 | 354 | 151 | 111 | 262 |
| Ventures | 42 | 43 | 85 | 13 | 3 | 16 |
| Central & other items | (44) | 10 | (34) | 95 | 38 | 133 |
| Credit impairment charge/(release) | 138 | 390 | 528 | 407 | 429 | 836 |
| Restructuring business portfolio | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Others | 1 | (21) | (20) | (1) | 1 | - |
| Credit impairment charge/(release) | 1 | (21) | (20) | (1) | 1 | - |
| Total credit impairment charge/(release) | 139 | 369 | 508 | 406 | 430 | 836 |
1. Underlying credit impairment has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME and (ii) Aviation Finance. No change in reported credit impairment
→ Further details of the risk performance for 2023 are set out in the full Risk review section (pages 232 to 343)
46 Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# An update on our risk management approach
Our Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) outlines how we manage risk across the Group, as well as at branch and subsidiary level¹. It gives us the structure to manage existing risks effectively in line with our Group Risk Appetite, as well as allowing for holistic risk identification. The ERMF also sets out the roles and responsibilities and the minimum governance requirements for the management of Principal Risks.
In revisions made in the ERMF in 2023, effective 1 January 2024, the concepts of Integrated Risk Types (IRTs) and IRT Owner roles were discontinued. Oversight on existing IRTs, i.e. Climate Risk, Digital Asset and Third Party Risk, is achieved through the Risk Type Frameworks (RTFs) and dedicated policies. The subject matter experts, as the policy owners for these risks, provide overall governance and ensure a holistic view of how risks are monitored and managed across the Principal Risk Types (PRTs).
# Principal Risk Types
PRTs are risks inherent in our strategy and business model. These are formally defined in our ERMF, which provides a structure for monitoring and controlling these risks through the Risk Appetite Statement. We will not compromise compliance with our Risk Appetite in order to pursue revenue growth or higher returns.
The table below provides an overview of the Group's PRTs and their corresponding risk appetite statements.
| Risk Types | Risk Appetite Statement |
| --- | --- |
| Credit Risk | The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client segments and industry sectors. |
| Traded Risk | The Group should control its financial markets and activities to ensure that market and counterparty credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
| Treasury Risk | The Group should maintain sufficient capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items does not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In addition, the Group should ensure its Pension plans are adequately funded. |
| Operational and Technology Risk | The Group aims to control operational and technology risks to ensure that operational losses (financial or reputational), including any related to conduct of business matters, do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
| Financial Crime Risk | The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to Financial Crime, recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Compliance Risk | The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to regulatory non-compliance; recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Information and Cyber Security Risk | The Group aims to mitigate and control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Bank material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage – recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Reputational and Sustainability Risk | The Group aims to protect the franchise from material damage to its reputation by ensuring that any business activity is satisfactorily assessed and managed with the appropriate level of management and governance oversight. This includes a potential failure to uphold responsible business conduct in striving to do no significant environmental and social harm. |
| Model Risk | The Group has no appetite for material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or errors in the development or implementation of models; whilst accepting some model uncertainty. |
In addition to the PRTs, the Group has defined the following Risk Appetite statement for Climate Risk: "The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, and reduce emissions related to our own activities and those related to the financing of clients in alignment with the Paris Agreement."
¹ The Group's Enterprise Risk Management Framework and system of internal control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to Associates, Joint Ventures or Structured Entities of the Group.
Further details on our Risk Management Approach can be found on page 314.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Group Chief Risk Officer's review
# Topical and Emerging Risks (TERs)
Emerging Risks refer to unpredictable and uncontrollable outcomes from certain events which may have the potential to adversely impact our business. Topical Risks refer to themes that may have emerged but are still evolving rapidly.
As part of our continuous risk identification process, we have updated the Group's TERs from those disclosed in the 2022 Annual Report and 2023 Half-Year Report; these remain applicable, with nuances in their evolution noted where pertinent. Below is a summary of the TERs, and the mitigating actions we are taking based on our current knowledge and assumptions. This reflects the latest internal assessment as performed by senior management.
The TER list is not exhaustive and there may be additional risks which could have an adverse effect on the Group. There are some horizon risks that, although not highly likely at present, could evolve into a threat in the future and we are therefore monitoring them. These include future pandemics and the world's preparedness for them, and other potential cross-border conflicts. Our mitigation approach for these risks may not eliminate them but demonstrates the Group's awareness and attempt to reduce or manage the risks. As certain risks develop and materialise over time, management will take appropriate steps to mitigate them based on their materiality on the Group.
# Macroeconomic and geopolitical considerations
There is interconnectedness between risks due to the importance of US Dollar financing conditions for global markets, the global or concentrated nature of key supply chains for energy, food, semi-conductors and rare metals, and the direct influence of geopolitics on geoeconomics.
The Group is exposed to these risks directly through investments, infrastructure and staff, and also indirectly through its clients. Whilst the main impacts are financial, other ramifications may exist such as reputational, compliance or operational considerations.
# Expanding array of global tensions and new geopolitical order
Global power dynamics have shifted, with different political and economic alliances beginning to create a multipolar power system. This has been accelerated by the war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East. Whilst the Group has limited direct exposure to Russia, Ukraine or Israel, it may be impacted by second order effects on its clients and markets for agricultural commodities, oil or gas.
The positioning of 'middle powers' is complex and evolving, and could tip the geopolitical scales. The negotiating power of exporters of energy and other natural resources has expanded and can shape global markets, as they can use global divisions to raise their own profile. One such example is the envisaged expansion of BRICS to seek a counterweight to Western power axes.
US-China tensions remain, with protectionist measures imposed by both sides. Tariffs, embargos, sanctions, new taxes such as that on carbon, and restrictions on technology exports and investments, are being used to achieve goals beyond just economic. Further economic or political actions could escalate distrust and accelerate the decoupling of trade links, leading to increasingly inefficient production and inflation pressures.
Despite attempts to become more pragmatic, a number of potential flashpoints remain. A push by China to increase RMB trade and establish RMB as a secondary global reserve currency presents new business opportunities but also potential disruption to the balance of power.
With many elections due across the world in the next twelve months, there is uncertainty over the political direction of domestic and foreign policy. There is a risk of short-term political expediency taking precedence over long-term strategic decision making. The malicious use of AI-enabled disinformation could also cause disruption and undermine trust in the political process.
There is an ongoing threat of terrorism, with unpredictability exacerbated by the wider range of ideologies at play. Cyber warfare by state related actors could also be used to disrupt infrastructure or institutions in rival countries.
A more complex and less integrated global political and economic landscape has the potential to challenge cross border business models, but also provides new business opportunities.
# Persistent high inflation and interest rates
Although rate cuts have been signalled by the Federal Reserve, global rates could remain elevated for longer. Structurally higher spending and continued supply disruptions increase the probability of inflation remaining sticky. During 2023, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Trade Organisation lowered their initial forecasts for trade growth and increased that of inflation in 2024, suggesting that several economies will walk a fine line between recession and stagflation.
Concern for the credit environment spans both commercial and retail lending, with price inflation and the cliff effects of energy, mortgage and debt re-pricing ultimately leading to higher defaults. This is visible in bond markets with yields widening markedly and prone to high volatility.
Drives to de-risk supply chains combined with no obvious resolution to ongoing conflicts continue to disrupt supply chains. This complicates efforts to combat inflation as supply constrained markets dent the effectiveness of monetary policy.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Some sectors are particularly sensitive to high rates, notably commercial real estate, non-bank financial institutions (NBFI) and leveraged finance due to their reliance on the availability of cheap financing. Bank failures in Q1 2023 highlighted challenges in managing liquidity, credit, refinancing and market risks. They also raised questions of competence and confidence in the finance industry.
## Economic slowdown in China
Whilst China's exit from COVID restrictions has had an overall positive impact, it has failed to deliver a sustained boost to the global economy as the country contends with strain in several sectors such as real estate. There has also been a change in the corporate operating environment, with reduced clarity on the economic outlook.
Given China's importance to global trade a slowdown would have wider implications across the supply chain, especially for its trading partners, as well as to countries which rely on it for investment, such as those in Africa. However, opportunities arise from the diversification of intra-Asia trade and other global trade routes, and growth acceleration in South Asia, especially India.
## Sovereign risk
Credit fundamentals have been eroding across both emerging and advanced economies due to persistently high interest rates, food and energy prices. Emerging markets will also be affected by weakness in local currencies versus the US Dollar and the resultant cost of refinancing existing debt, or availability of hard currency liquidity. Issues and challenges have already been observed across several of the Group's footprint markets, including the recent default of Ghana, political instability in Pakistan, high inflation in Turkey, economic turmoil in Sri Lanka, and coups in Africa.
For some countries there is a heightened risk of failure to manage social demands, which might culminate in increased political vulnerability. Furthermore, food security exacerbated by the influences of armed conflict and climate change, and energy security challenges have the potential to drive social unrest.
Debt moratoria and refinancing initiatives are complicated by larger number of financiers, with much financing done on a bilateral basis outside of the Paris Club. Whilst the Global Sovereign Debt Roundtable has made some progress on coordinating approaches between the Paris Club and other lenders their interests do not always match. This can lead to delays in negotiations on debt resolutions for developing nations.
## Supply chain issues and material shortages
Demand and supply imbalances in global supply chains are increasingly becoming structural in nature and affect a wide range of commodities including food, energy, minerals and raw materials, plus targeted restrictions on certain industry sectors.
There is growing political awareness around the need for key component and resource security at national level. Countries are enacting rules to "de-risk" by reducing reliance on rivals or concentrated suppliers (for example semiconductors) and look to either re-industrialise or make use of near-shoring and friend-shoring production.
The growing need for minerals and rare earth metals to power green energy technologies could increase the geopolitical standing of the main refiners, such as China, Indonesia and some African nations. However, there are also environmental and social costs to rapidly increasing extraction. A desire to avoid dependence may slow down the move by some nations towards the transition.
## How these risks are mitigated/next steps
- We remain vigilant in monitoring risk and assessing impacts from geopolitical and macroeconomic risks to portfolio concentrations.
- We conduct thematic stress tests and portfolio reviews at the Group, country, and business level, with regular reviews on vulnerable sectors, and undertake any necessary mitigating actions.
- We maintain a diversified portfolio across products and geographies, with specific risk appetite metrics to monitor concentrations.
- Increased scrutiny is applied when onboarding clients and in ensuring compliance with sanctions.
- Collateral and credit insurance are used to manage concentrations.
- We track the participation of our footprint countries in the G20's Common Framework Agreement and Debt Service Suspension Initiative for Debt Treatments and the associated exposure.
- Our NBFI exposure is closely monitored in terms of both limits, products and counterparties.
## Regulatory considerations
### Changing regulatory environment
Given notable bank failures in 2023 (and the response of resolution authorities to those failures), the regulatory framework for banks remains subject to continued change in addition to the implementation of Basel 3.1 in various jurisdictions. Additionally, the differing pace and scale of regulatory adoption between jurisdictions, along with increasing extraterritorial reach and prescriptiveness, can make it challenging for multinational groups to manage their business. Implementation timelines are a focus.
The scale of upcoming regulatory change in 2024 and 2025 is significant with major regime changes in capital and operational resilience due to take effect.
### How these risks are mitigated/next steps
- We actively monitor regulatory developments, including those related to sustainable finance and ESG, and respond to consultations either bilaterally or through well-established industry bodies.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
49
---
Strategic report Group Chief Risk Officer's review
# ESG considerations
## ESG stakeholder expectations
Organisations across the corporate and financial sectors are setting ambitious sustainability goals and net zero targets with many embedding them in their business models. This has prompted increased attention from various stakeholders in ensuring that net zero targets are being met with credible action plans. Stakeholder scrutiny around greenwashing risk relating to ESG focused financial products, as well as companies' commitments, transpires in the various regulatory developments and early enforcement actions taken by several key regulators.
Fragmentation in the pace and scale of adoption of ESG regulations around the world remains, particularly around taxonomies and disclosure requirements, which may lead to unintended consequences including misallocation of capital, increased implementation costs and litigation risks.
The Group's net zero aspirations may be impacted by governments or corporates scaling back their sustainability targets, especially as economic conditions remain challenging, and budgets are constrained. There have been examples in developed nations, such as the UK revisiting its electric vehicle transition timeline. A slower transition from key clients may also weigh reputational pressure on the Group's roadmap.
Higher frequencies of extreme weather-related events such as wildfires, floods and famines may lead to physical climate risk and the cost of managing it becoming a heavier burden on global economies. This will be particularly impactful to developing markets. Alongside climate change, biodiversity loss, pollution, and depletion of key resources, such as water, pose incremental risks to food and health systems, energy security and contribute to the disruption of supply chains.
Human rights concerns are increasingly in focus, with the scope expanding beyond direct abuses to cover other areas such as technological advancement and supply chains.
## How these risks are mitigated/next steps
- We update our environmental and social standards for providing financial services to clients every two years, with a new version scheduled for 2024.
- We focus on embedding our values through our Position Statements for sensitive sectors and a list of prohibited activities
- We integrate the management of greenwashing risks into our Reputational and Sustainability Risk Framework and policies
- 'Green', 'sustainable' and 'transition' labels for products and transactions reflect the criteria set out in the Group's Sustainable Finance frameworks, which are regularly reviewed. We obtain external verification on the Group's Sustainable Finance asset pool.
- We assess our clients and suppliers against various international human rights principles, as well as through our social safeguards and supplier charter.
+ Modern slavery statement: https://www.sc.com/modernslavery
+ Human Rights Position Statement: https://www.sc.com/humanrights
- Detailed portfolio reviews and stress tests are conducted to test resilience to climate-related risks and enhance modelling capabilities to understand the financial risks and opportunities from climate change.
- Work is underway to embed Climate Risk considerations across all relevant PRTs. This includes client-level Climate Risk assessments, including setting adequate mitigants or controls as part of decision making and portfolio management activities.
## Technological considerations
### Data and digital
The Group's digital footprint will expand as more services and products are digitised and made more accessible. Scale in operations and interactions with digital systems will further reduce the tolerance for errors and outages. The risk of data breaches is amplified by highly organised actors, with threats such as 'Ransomware as a Service' and affordable, sophisticated AI systems helping to facilitate attacks on organisations and individuals.
Data regulation continues to be fluid and fragmented. Geopolitical tensions have accelerated the implementation of data sovereignty laws, including data localisation requirements and cross-border access restrictions. These regulations often have an extraterritorial reach which could increase operating costs significantly, and also impact cross-border business models. Stakeholder expectations on data management have also increased, particularly relating to quality, integrity, record keeping, privacy, sovereignty, the ethical use of data and application of AI.
The sophistication and adoption of AI solutions are growing exponentially and will increase exposure to existing risks such as model, fraud, financial crime, compliance and Information and Cyber Security (ICS) risks. In response, regulation is accelerating, particularly around the ethical application of AI in decision-making, necessitating robust governance measures. The Group needs to ensure that it develops sufficient in-house subject matter expertise.
### New business structures, channels and competition
Failure to harness new technologies and new business models would place banks at a competitive disadvantage. The continued exploration of partnerships, alliances, digital assets, generative AI and nascent technologies, such as quantum computing, provides both opportunities and unique challenges. This is increasingly important as digital assets and distributed ledger technology become progressively prevalent and interconnected with the financial ecosystem. Supply chains are becoming more complex, interconnected and digital. Highly extended enterprises expand opportunities available for malicious actors, with risk cascading further down supply chains beyond just direct and third party risks.
These innovations require specialist in-house expertise, new operating models and adapting risk frameworks to perform robust risk assessment and management of new threats. There is also growing regulatory attention in many of these areas. Balancing resilience and agility is essential given the global nature of new technologies alongside the maintenance of existing systems. It is imperative to establish clear ownership, frameworks, and oversight of the use of emerging technologies.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
51
# How these risks are mitigated/next steps
- We monitor emerging trends, opportunities and developments in technology as well as emerging business models that may have implications for the banking sector.
- We invest in our capabilities, to better prepare and protect ourselves against possible disruption and new risks.
- We track the evolving regulatory landscape affecting key areas such as data management, digital assets and AI, including country-specific requirements, and actively collaborate with regulators to support important initiatives.
- We have established enhanced governance for novel areas through the Digital Asset Risk Committee and Responsible AI Council, which considers emerging regulatory guidance.
- We manage data risks through our Compliance Risk Type Framework and information security risks through our ICS Risk Type Framework.
- We have developed a Group Data Strategy, to strengthen ownership of related data risks.
- We maintain a dedicated Data Compliance Policy with globally applicable standards. These standards undergo regular review to ensure alignment with evolving regulations and industry best practice.
- We maintain programmes to enhance our data risk management capabilities and controls, including compliance with BCB5239 requirements on effective risk data aggregation, with progress tracked at executive level risk governance committees.
- The Group has implemented a 'defence-in-depth' ICS control environment strategy to protect, detect and respond to known and emerging ICS threats.
- New risks arising from partnerships, alliances, digital assets and generative technologies are identified through the New Initiatives Risk Assessment and Third Party Risk Management Policy and Standards.
# Demographic considerations
## Talent pools of the future
The expectations of the workforce, especially skilled workers, continue to evolve. The COVID pandemic accelerated changes on how people work, connect and collaborate, with expectations on hybrid working now a given. The focus is increasingly on 'what' work people do and 'how' they get to deliver it, which are becoming differentiators in the war for future talents. There is greater desire to seek meaning and personal fulfilment at work that is aligned to individual purpose.
These trends are even more distinct among Millennials and Generation Z who make up an increasing proportion of the global talent pool, and as digital natives possess the attributes and skills we seek to pursue our strategy.
To sustainably attract, grow and retain talent, we must continue to invest in and further strengthen our Employee Value Proposition (EVP) and our brand promise, here for good, through both firm-wide interventions as well as targeted action.
## Demographic trends
Divergent demographic trends across developed and emerging markets create contrasting challenges. Developed markets' state budgets could be strained by ageing and shrinking populations, whilst political stances reduce the ability to fill skills gaps through immigration. Conversely emerging markets are experiencing fast-growing, younger workforces. Whilst it is an opportunity to develop talent, population growth will put pressure on key resources such as food, water, education and health, as well as government budgets.
Population displacement, whether as a result of climate events, lack of key resources, political issues or war, may increase the fragility of societal structures in vulnerable centres. Large scale movement could cause social unrest, as well as propagate disease transmission and accelerate the spread of future pandemics.
## How these risks are mitigated/next steps
- Our culture and EVP work aims to address the emerging expectations of the diverse talent we seek. The Brand and Culture Dashboard monitors our diversity and inclusion, colleagues' perceptions of our EVP, and whether we are living our Valued Behaviours. Management teams discuss many of these metrics (including employee survey responses) to identify actions.
- We are undertaking a multi-year journey of developing future-skills amongst our colleagues by focusing on continuous learning, to balance appropriately between 'building' and 'inducting' skills into the Group.
- Our internal Talent Marketplace provides colleagues with opportunities to learn through experience by signing up for cross-functional (or even cross-geography) projects.
- Employees in 44 markets are on agreed flexible working arrangements. We continue to enhance support and resources to People Leaders and colleagues to help balance productivity, collaboration and wellbeing.
- Our Stands continue to be operationalised through our strategy, and help address the talent pool's increased expectations of us being purpose-led.
## Sadia Ricke
Group Chief Risk Officer
23 February 2024
---
Strategic report
# Stakeholders and Sustainability overview
54 Stakeholders
66 Our commitment to sustainability
68 Sustainability Aspirations
70 Sustainability Strategic Pillars
76 Managing Climate Risk
# The Women's International Network continues to grow
SC Women's International Network (SC WIN) went from strength to strength in 2023, launching in Malaysia in June, Kenya in July, Singapore in September, and Hong Kong in October.
SC WIN aims to provide female entrepreneurs with tailored financial solutions, business education and opportunities to connect with like-minded entrepreneurs so they can successfully grow their businesses. SC WIN launched in India in 2022 and is set to launch in further markets in 2024.
+ Read more at sc.com/SCWin
Standard Chartered
---
Strategie report
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
61
---
Strategic report Stakeholders
# Stakeholders
As an international bank operating in 52 markets, stakeholder engagement is crucial in ensuring we understand local, regional and global perspectives and trends which inform how we do business.
## Our stakeholders
- Clients
- Regulators and governments
- Investors
- Suppliers
- Society
- Employees
This section forms our Section 172 disclosure, describing how the directors considered the matters set out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006. It also forms the directors' statement required under section 414CZA of the Act.
See the following pages for:
- How we engage stakeholders to understand their interests. See pages 55 to 64
- How we engage employees and respond to their interests. See pages 60 to 64
- How we respond to stakeholder interests through sustainable and responsible business. See pages 54 to 64
Detailed information about how the Board engages directly with stakeholders and shareholders can be found in the Director's report on pages 134 to 229.
Examples of a selection of the Board's principal decisions are included throughout this section. This section also forms our key non-financial disclosures in relation to sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Our Non-financial information statement can be found at the end of this section on page 79.
Listening and responding to stakeholder priorities and concerns is critical to achieving our Purpose and delivering on our brand promise, here for good. We strive to maintain open and constructive relationships with a wide range of stakeholders including regulators, lawmakers, clients, investors, civil society, and community groups.
In 2023, we made improvements to some of our feedback processes, so relationship managers could address client needs as they emerged. Our engagement took many forms, including one-to-one sessions using online channels and calls, virtual roundtables, written responses, and targeted surveys. These conversations, and the issues that underpin them, help inform our business strategy and support us to operate as a responsible and sustainable business.
Stakeholder feedback, where appropriate, is communicated internally to senior management through the relevant forums and governing committees such as the Sustainability Forum, and to the Board's Culture and Sustainability Committee (CSC) which oversees the Group's approach to its main relationships with stakeholders.
We communicate progress regularly with external stakeholders through channels such as sc.com, established social media platforms and this report. More detailed information on material sustainability topics can be found in our Sustainability review on pages 90 to 133.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
## How we create value
We want to deliver easy, everyday banking solutions to our clients in a simple and cost-effective way with a great customer experience. We enable individuals to grow and protect their wealth; we help businesses trade, transact, invest and expand; and we help a variety of financial institutions, including banks, public sector and development organisations, with their banking needs.
## How we serve and engage
Our presence in high-growth markets -- and ongoing roll out of digital platforms -- helps connect our clients to the global engines of trade and innovation. As part of our aim to reach net zero carbon emissions by 2050, our transition finance team have been working closely with our clients in hard-to- abate sectors on their own transitions. This is in addition to our plan to mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance between 2021 and 2030.
Across the bank, we have processes and controls to mitigate greenwashing risks, and to support transparency we publish the details of what constitutes our sustainable products and investments universe externally.
We work closely with third-party Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) data providers to support the development of product ideas, and due diligence is conducted by our in-house team on our high conviction suite of sustainable funds.
Our push for a best-in-class client experience is underpinned by innovative products and digital straight-through services. This includes building capability to protect our clients against evolving risks in the ecosystem, like fraud and cyber security, and comes with education and increased client communication.
To act in the best interests of our clients, we use our insights gathered from our data alongside robust policies, procedures and the Group's risk appetite to design and offer products and services that meet client needs, regulatory requirements and Group performance targets, while contributing to a sustainable and resilient environment.
Fees and charges are disclosed to clients in line with regulatory requirements and industry best practice and, where available, benchmarked against competitors. For Personal and Business Banking products, agreed interest rates, fees and other charges as billed to clients are monitored and assessed locally, with global oversight.
Triggers for outlier fees and charges are defined and subject to annual review. Complaints are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are one of the factors that are taken into account prior to amendments to annual interest, fees and charges.
We also assess our product portfolio for new risks to ensure they remain appropriate for client needs and aligned to emerging regulation. These quantitative and qualitative assessments, including Periodic Product Reviews, are intended to provide a complete view of whether to continue, enhance, grow or retire products.
Training is provided to frontline staff across our branches, contact centres and digital channels to identify and support vulnerable clients, and we have also implemented an educational training programme for those clients who require assistance in navigating online and mobile channels.
Throughout 2023, we maintained our sharp focus on improving the client experience across the Bank. We engaged with clients to show them the opportunities trade corridors could bring and how using our network could help them flourish.
## Consumer, Private & Business Banking
In Consumer, Private & Business Banking (CPBB), 2023 saw significant enhancements in digital wealth with the delivery of around 20 new capabilities across our markets. This includes client DIY Wealth Lending for Funds in Hong Kong and the UAE and MyInsure in India where relationship managers can leverage a digital tool to perform comprehensive insurance needs analysis and portfolio reviews for clients.
Our focus on partnerships continues to show results with the growth of our existing partnerships business in China, Vietnam, Indonesia, and Singapore, and we have expanded the partnership business to Malaysia. In 2023, the Bank launched partnerships with Ctrip in China, SeaMoney in Indonesia, and Atome in Singapore and Malaysia. These new and existing partnerships have incrementally added 2.6 million active clients, growth to 1.7 billion in balances, and a total of 7.5 billion of new disbursements with impressive revenue growth in 2023.
Additionally, we made significant progress in our advisory business with the launch of SC Wealth Select in 14 markets. SC Wealth Select aims to bring a portfolio approach to client conversations and is supported by our digital advisory tool MyWealth Advisor. Across CPBB, 8,000 colleagues have completed the SC Wealth Select e-learning training and 930 frontline colleagues have completed or are undertaking the Standard Chartered INSEAD Wealth Academy Advisory programme.
Importantly, we leverage our cross-border scale by using the same technology and open architecture product platform in different markets to offer competitive products and solutions globally. Examples of this include our series of Signature CIO Funds which is now available in 12 markets, with more to come in 2024, and Wealth Saver, an innovative savings product, now available in three markets.
---
Strategic report Stakeholders
# Stakeholders
continued
## Clients continued
### Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking
In 2023, Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking (CCIB) strengthened its annual feedback process by capturing how clients feel about what we offer – including advice, customer service and digital channels. CCIB also focused on building a consistent digital experience and accelerated delivery through Cash, Trade, Financial Markets and Data Solutions.
Refining our processes through continuous improvement has enabled us to achieve benefits in revenue and cost savings by creating capacity and reducing client waiting times. We are transforming our bank-wide processes by taking a client-focused, data-driven digital bank approach that will enable us to serve the needs of our clients better and faster, and reduce the amount of friction and complexity in our network.
We have set in place processes and guidelines specific to our client businesses for us to better understand and promptly address issues.
We implemented self-serve digital tools and capabilities such as chatbot, our mobile banking app, application programming interface (API) connectivity and data analytics. These have reduced operational costs and enhanced the overall client experience. Agile ways of working accelerated our decision-making processes and change delivery to create great experiences and make it easier for our clients to bank with us.
We continue to engage in partnerships that help us offer enhanced services to customers. Collaborations with Linklogis and Taulia, which is part of SAP, aid clients with supply chain financing through blockchain and dynamic discounting. Our work with the Partior platform allows us to deliver the speed, efficiency and visibility of domestic settlement systems to cross-border payments and settlements networks to absolve significant wholesale cross border payment frictions and deliver instant, 24/7 settlement of digital assets on the blockchain.
Our work with digital trade transaction portal Trade Track-It integrates DHL's tracking system and Lloyd's List Intelligence vessel tracking system through API, to offer clients end-to-end visibility of their trade transaction status globally.
Across both CCIB and CPBB, throughout 2024, we will continue to listen and respond to stakeholder priorities and concerns, addressing feedback as it emerges, strengthen our digital transformation and innovation capabilities, and support our clients as they transition to net zero.
## Using artificial intelligence (AI) to serve CCIB clients
In 2023, we deployed artificial intelligence (AI) and other cutting-edge technology to improve how we serve our Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking clients. This included:
- client and frontline analytics that gave insights for better working capital decisions, FX hedging, more efficient liquidity deployment and cross-selling recommendations
- data science in the use of in-house proprietary ESG models
- the use of a cloud-based machine learning platform to automate manual processes and improve efficiency.
We continued our work with open banking APIs to support sector solutions for fintechs, shipping, retail, insurance and healthcare.
## Their interests
- Differentiated product and service offering
- Digitally enabled and positive experience
- Sustainable finance
- Access to international markets.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
## How we create value
We engage with public authorities to play our part in supporting the effective functioning of the financial system and the broader economy.
### How we serve and engage
We actively engage with governments, regulators and policymakers at a global, regional and national level to share insights and support the development of best practice, and adoption of consistent approaches, across our markets.
In 2023, we engaged with regulators, government officials and trade associations on a broad range of topics that included international trade, sustainability, data, cyber security, digital adoption, and innovation. We also engaged with officials on the financial services regulatory environment, in particular on prudential, financial markets, conduct and financial crime frameworks.
Our Group Public and Regulatory Affairs team supports most engagements while Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance, Risk, Legal and Finance identify and analyse relevant policies, legislation and regulation.
This work is overseen by various governance forums within the Bank, which comprise senior executives representing business and control functions to support alignment between advocacy and business strategies.
For more details on our engagement with regulators and governments, as well as our industry and membership associations please see sc.com/politicalengagement
### Their interests
Strong capital base and liquidity position appropriate to a global systemically important bank (G‐SIB)Robust standards for conduct and financial crimeHealthy economies, trade flows and competitive marketsSustainable Finance and net zero transitionDigital innovation in financial servicesOperational resilienceCustomer protectionFinancial stability
## Investors
### How we create value
We aim to deliver robust returns and long‐term sustainable value for our investors.
### How we serve and engage
We rely on capital from debt and equity investors to execute our business model. Whether they have short‐ or long‐term investment horizons, we provide our investors with information about progress against our strategic and financial frameworks.
Through our footprint and the execution of our sustainability agenda, we provide our investors with exposure to opportunities in emerging markets. We believe that our integrated approach to ESG issues, as well as a strong risk and compliance culture, are key differentiators.
The Group delivered a strong set of results in 2023 and achieved its financial objective of a double‐digit return on tangible equity (RoTE) for the year. We set out five actions in 2022 designed to accelerate delivery of this RoTE target. The strong execution of these actions over the last two years, where we either achieved our targets ahead of plan or they are well on‐track, supported us to reach that milestone in 2023. We will now build on this success, taking action to deliver sustainably higher returns with a focus on driving income growth and improving operational leverage, to deliver a RoTE of 12 per cent in 2026
Regular and transparent engagement with our investors, and the wider market, helps us understand investors' needs and tailor our public information accordingly. In addition to direct engagement from our Investor Relations team, we communicate through quarterly, half‐year and full‐year results, conferences, roadshows, investor days and media releases.
We continued to expand our use of virtual meetings during the year 2023, coupled with a growing number of face‐to‐face interactions. We hosted two capital market days, focusing on our Asia region and the Sustainability opportunity in May and November respectively.
Key investor feedback, recommendations and requests are considered by the Board, whose members keep abreast of current topics of interest. Standard Chartered PLC's Annual General Meeting (AGM) in May was open to shareholders to attend either in person or electronically where they were provided a platform to view a live video feed of the meeting. All participants were provided with the opportunity to submit their votes and ask the Board questions.
Similarly, the Group Chairman, alongside some members of the Board, hosted a hybrid stewardship event for institutional investors in November which provided a platform for shareholders to receive an update on a number of topics, including sustainability, net zero and governance matters. The event included an open question‐and‐answer session across a range of key issues.
---
Strategic report Stakeholders
# Stakeholders continued
## Investors continued
We continue to respond to growing interest from a wide range of stakeholders on ESG matters, including investors. We sought shareholder endorsement for our net zero pathway at the 2022 AGM, intended as a means by which we will measure progress, engage and gather views. We also work with sustainability analysts and participate in sustainability indices that benchmark our performance, including the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) Climate Change survey and Workforce Disclosure Initiative.
Regular engagement with different shareholder groups ensures that we act fairly between them. Our principal engagement event with our retail shareholders is our AGM and in order to hear from as wide a group as possible we encourage maximum participation by way of attendance in person and via a live web portal. Further details of our 2023 AGM are on page 159.
In 2024, we will continue to engage with investors on progress against our strategic priorities and actions, as well as our financial framework as we progress towards delivering sustainably higher returns.
## Their interests
- Safe, strong and sustainable financial performance
- Facilitation of sustainable finance to meet the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals
- Progress on ESG matters, including advancing our net zero agenda
## Suppliers
### How we create value
We are dedicated to engaging with suppliers who offer value-adding goods and services across our network, and we work closely with them to support global environmental and social standards. Our suppliers are expected to be ethical, respect human rights, diversity and inclusion, and the environment to support our colleagues, clients, and communities.
### How we serve and engage
We must effectively manage, monitor, and mitigate risks in our supply chain. We do this through our Third-Party Risk Management Policy. This, in conjunction with the Principal Risk Type Policies and Standards, set out the Group's minimum control requirements for the identification, mitigation and management of risks arising from the use of suppliers.
Our Supplier Charter sets out our principles in relation to ethics, human rights, diversity and inclusion, and environmental performance. All newly onboarded suppliers are expected to agree with these principles. We seek to reinforce this through the terms of our standard contract templates, where possible, and we further encourage alignment by sending an annual letter to all active suppliers. This includes guidance regarding our stance on ethics and conduct, sustainability aspirations, payment processes and other relevant principles such as Anti-Bribery and Corruption. Our Charter covers all geographies and categories of suppliers, and we plan to refresh the Charter in 2024.
### Supporting our suppliers to achieve net zero
Our supply chain is critical to achieving the Group's sustainability aspirations, and we continue to make good progress. We encourage our suppliers to set science-based emissions reduction targets and by 2028 we plan to direct 70 per cent of our total expenditure to suppliers who have set or committed to setting science-based emission reduction targets. In 2023, we held group sessions with our suppliers to support them reduce their emissions, discuss progress and next steps.
### Supporting a diverse and inclusive supply chain
We recognise the value of supply chain diversity to our business and society. In 2023, we continued to integrate supplier diversity into our business strategy and make efforts to include diverse suppliers in sourcing activities and improve spending levels with diverse suppliers as appropriate. To do this we have continued to collaborate with non-governmental organisations (NGOs), business incubators and others to help build and develop our diverse and talented supplier pool. In 2023, this included joining member-buyer events, local procurement networking activities and best practice sharing events with partners like WEConnect International – a global network supporting women-owned businesses to connect with larger companies.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Society
We have continued to build capacity with our own colleagues through online training on supplier diversity and inclusion. Highlighting our commitment, we have been awarded the Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply Asia Excellence in Procurement Award for outstanding Diversity and Inclusion practices in procurement teams and Best Initiative to Build a Diverse Supplier Base. In 2023, approximately 40 per cent of our newly onboarded suppliers were diverse* including, for example, KASHow. KASHow is a micro-owned and predominately women-led business, which managed the logistics and planning of Standard Chartered Hong Kong's 25th marathon in 2023. In addition, KASHow was supportive of our sustainability objectives by using recycled materials for the marathon event logistics and the building of the carnival event booth.
*For Standard Chartered, diverse suppliers are defined as:
- Small enterprise (10–49 employees + turnover <USD10 million)
- Micro enterprise (<10 employees + turnover <USD2 million)
- Medium enterprise (50–249 employees + turnover <USD50 million)
- Women owned (51 per cent or more owned by Women (South Africa 30 per cent owned by women as per local government regulations))
- Ethnic minority owned (51 per cent owned by ethnic minorities)
- Veteran Owned (51 per cent or more owned by veterans)
- Disabled owned (51 per cent or more owned by differently abled people)
- LGBT+ owned (51 per cent owned by LGBT+ (not possible in some countries due to local legal regulations))
- Social enterprises (NGOs and charities)
## Their interests:
- Open, transparent and consistent tendering process
- Accurate and on-time payments
- Willingness to adopt supplier-driven innovations
- Obtain guidance on implementation of Sustainability matters
## How we create value
We strive to operate as a sustainable and responsible company, working with local partners to promote social and economic development.
## How we serve and engage
We engage with a wide range of civil society, international and local NGOs, from those focused on environmental and public policy issues to partners delivering our community programmes. To shape our strategy, we aim for constructive dialogue that helps us to understand alternative perspectives and ensure that our approach to doing business is understood. This includes working with NGOs that approach us about a specific client, transaction or policy.
In 2023, climate change, our net zero pathway, human rights and nature continued to underpin many of our conversations. We primarily received NGO feedback via our public inbox and responded to queries in line with our standards. For complex issues such as climate change, we held bilateral virtual meetings with NGOs to exchange perspectives in greater depth.
In 2023, together with the Standard Chartered Foundation, we continued to engage with NGOs, charities and other organisations to empower the next generation to learn, earn and grow through Futuremakers by Standard Chartered, our global community initiative to tackle inequality by promoting greater economic inclusion. We provided education, employability and entrepreneurship support to more than one million young people, with 62 per cent of those engaged being women.
To close the gender gap and promote access to finance, we piloted financing facilities to support women-led microbusinesses with green and social ambitions. At the UN Climate Change Conference, COP 28, we held a Futuremakers Youth Panel in Dubai, and online in Nairobi to generate insights on scaling tech solutions for a green and inclusive economy. In 2024, we will conduct a study on our social return on investment to assess the impact of Futuremakers.
By offering three days paid volunteering leave, we instilled a strong culture of volunteering where 61 per cent of our colleagues contributed over 76,000 days giving back to the community. In 2024, we will increase our skills-based activities leveraging our colleagues' skills to deepen our impact, with a target of 75,000 skills-based hours across our footprint.
## Their interests
- Climate change and decarbonisation
- Nature
- Human rights
- Financial inclusion
- Economic empowerment
- Gender equity
- Community impact.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Keywords
## How we create value
We recognise that our workforce is key to driving our performance and productivity and that the diversity of our people, cultures and network sets us apart. To lead the way in addressing the evolving needs of our clients and advances in technology, we are developing a workforce that is future-ready, and are co-creating with our employees to build an inclusive, innovative and client-centric culture that drives ambition, action and accountability.
## How we serve and engage
By engaging employees and fostering a positive experience for them, we can better serve our clients and deliver on our Purpose. A culture of inclusion and ambition enables us to unlock innovation, make better decisions, deliver our business strategy, live our valued behaviours and embody our brand promise. We proactively assess and manage people-related risks, such as, capacity, capability and culture, as part of our Group Risk Management Framework.
Our People Strategy, which was approved by the Board, stays relevant and future-focused, with external events having accelerated many of the future of work trends which continue to inform our approach.
## Their interests
Translating our here for good brand promise and Purpose of driving commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity into our colleagues' day-to-day experience is critical to us remaining an employer of choice across our footprint. The research we have on our Employee Value Proposition (EVP) tells us that our existing and potential employees want to: have interesting and impactful jobs; innovate within a diverse set of markets and for a spectrum of clients; cultivate a brand that sustainably drives commerce and offers enriching careers and development; and be supported by great people leaders. They want these elements to be anchored in competitive rewards and a positive work-life balance. The employment proposition is a key input to our People Strategy which supports the delivery of our business strategy.
## Listening to employees
Frequent feedback from employee surveys helps us identify and close gaps between colleagues' expectations and their experience. In addition to our annual survey, colleague sentiment is captured more frequently, through a rolling culture survey and through surveys at key moments for our employees, such as when they join us, when they leave, and when they return to work after parental leave. In addition to leveraging inputs from employee surveys, the Board and Management Team also engage with and listen to the views of colleagues through interactive sessions. More information on the Board's engagement with the workforce can be found on page 161 in the Directors' report.
In 2023, our annual My Voice survey was conducted in May and June: 87 per cent of our employees (69,935) and 58 per cent of eligible agency workers (2,203) participated in the survey. Key measures of employee satisfaction have continued to improve year-on-year, with an 8.3 point increase in our employee Net Promoter Score (NPS) (which measures whether employees would recommend working for us) as well as a 3 percentage point increase in our employee engagement index. Over 87 per cent say that the Group meets or exceeds their expectations. More colleagues are saying that we are simplifying the client experience, that we are collaborating better to deliver results, that decision-making is becoming easier and our processes are becoming more efficient. It is also encouraging to see that 97 per cent of employees feel committed to doing what is required to help the Group succeed, and 90 per cent feel proud about working for the Group. The consistent increase in scores indicates that we are continuing to improve as a place to work.
This is also underscored by the ‘Great Place to Work' certifications that we have received across multiple markets, including in India, Vietnam, Bahrain, Poland, the UK and the US. Our Glassdoor rating (out of five) has increased from 3.7 in 2019 to 3.9 in 2023, and 77 per cent would recommend working with us to friends. We also continue to be recognised as an employer of choice and details of our accolades can be found on page 522 of the Report and on sc.com/awards.
All of this is indicative of our progress in further strengthening our EVP to attract, retain and grow the skills and talent that are critical to delivering our strategy and outcomes for clients.
## Strengthening our culture of high performance
As the Group transforms to achieve our strategic ambitions, we continue to embed our refreshed approach to managing, recognising and rewarding performance. We are strengthening a culture of ambition, action and accountability by increasing the frequency of performance and development conversations and emphasising the importance of two-way feedback. We are placing greater focus on recognising outperformance that is driven by collaboration and innovation, and are encouraging more aspiration during goal-setting and flexibility in reward decisions (supported by the removal of formulaic performance decisions starting 2022).
Behavioural changes are visible. Colleagues are telling us that they are having more regular performance check-ins with their leaders - with over two-thirds doing so at least every quarter. In 2023, almost 250,000 pieces of feedback were exchanged among colleagues (which is close to 1.4 times the amount of feedback exchanged in 2021, before our refreshed approach was launched across the Group). We know that recognition is also an important enabler of high performance, and we have launched a digital platform in January 2024 to encourage democratised, peer-to-peer recognition for all colleagues.
---
The wellbeing of our colleagues is critical to sustainable high-performance, and supporting their health, safety, and resilience continues to be a key priority. In 2023, levels of high work-related stress felt by employees continued to drop. Employees felt more supported with their mental, physical, social and financial wellbeing needs, and their satisfaction with work--life balance continued to increase. Globally, colleagues are provided with access to wide-ranging support and tools to manage their wellbeing, including several progressive benefits, a mental health app, an employee assistance programme, wellbeing toolkits, and a network of trained mental health first aiders. We continue to tackle the drivers of work-related stress, which includes inserting wellbeing skills-building into learning interventions.
We have been embedding the flexible working model that we initiated in 2021, combining flexibility in working patterns and locations, to enhance both the productivity and experience of our workforce. Over 52,000 employees in 44 markets are now on agreed flexi-working arrangements, with the majority having signed up to work from the office for two to three days a week. Our model consciously balances client needs and business priorities with individual choice, allowing us to be inclusive of the diverse needs of our workforce. Colleagues continue to adopt ways of working that balance the benefits of remote working with face-to-face interactions. Toolkits and guidance are being provided to people leaders and individuals to help navigate flexible working. These include support on organising team and individual work to enhance productivity and wellbeing; on leading in key moments such as onboarding new team members, returning from parental leave and during performance conversations; and on strengthening connections in flexible work environments. We also continue to re-imagine our physical workspaces with the relevant infrastructure and technology to provide hubs for teamwork, collaboration and learning. As a result of these ongoing interventions, employees who are working flexibly express greater satisfaction with overall employee experience and work--life balance in comparison to employees working fully remotely or fully in the office. Also, over 80 per cent of colleagues expressed in the 2023 My Voice survey that flexible working has had a positive impact on their ability to get work done and to collaborate, as well as their sense of belonging and social connection with others.
> Read more about our approach to flexible working at sc.com/flexibleworking
### Building leadership capabilities
Exceptional performance needs exceptional leadership, and it is encouraging to see that manager NPS continues to increase to 379 points in 2023 (up 4.8 points year-on-year). Engaging, developing, and measuring our people leaders continues to be a critical enabler of our performance and culture. Our Leadership Agreement sets out clear expectations from our leaders to Aspire, Inspire and Execute. It also forms the foundation of a modernised leadership development curriculum through which one-third of our people leaders are being covered each year to help them build new skills and habits across different leadership stages -- including skills on coaching, performance management in business-specific contexts, leading for transformation, and leading through ambiguity. While more than 4,700 leaders learned through face-to-face leadership programmes during the year, leadership skill-building was also made accessible to all colleagues to build the capability deeper into the organisation. Almost 17,000 employees signed up to our 60-day Leadership Health journey of regular micro-learning activities; over 26,000 accessed the monthly Leadership Insights newsletter and over 8,500 tuned into leadership sessions during our annual Global Learning Week.
In 2023, 84 per cent of our people leaders received feedback through our ‘always on' feedback tool available to all colleagues, as well as through the structured 360-degree feedback tool that is available to mid-to-senior people leaders. Leaders are also provided a consolidated view of the environment they are creating for their teams, and feedback on their leadership skills, as part of their Leadership Dashboard. The dashboard has been designed to bring transparency to performance and development conversations, and to highlight the value we place on leadership.
> Read our Leadership Agreement at sc.com/leadershipagreement
### Developing skills of future strategic value and enabling careers
To keep pace with technological innovation, evolving customer expectations and the changing world of work, we are adopting a ‘skills-led' approach -- accelerating the development of future skills among our workforce and bringing in greater agility to how skills are deployed to areas of opportunity across the Group. We are helping employees build the skills needed for high performance today, to reskill and upskill for tomorrow, and to be global citizens who understand the changing nature of the world in which we operate. This includes helping them strengthen a combination of human and technical skills, as well as building a culture of continuous learning that empowers them to grow and follow their aspirations. Since 2020, the average hours invested by employees in personal development has increased by 23.9 per cent to 26.8 hours in 2023.
---
Strategic report Stakeholders
# Stakeholders
continued
## Employees continued
Learning in classrooms is balanced with learning through our online learning platform diSCover, which is also accessible via a mobile app. Over 70,000 colleagues actively used the platform in 2023 and 30,000 colleagues have used one or more of our Future Skills Academies which include the Data & Analytics, Digital, Cyber, Client Advisory, Sustainable Finance and Leadership Academies. Employees are also building and practicing new skills on the job by signing up for projects (often cross-functional and cross-location) through our AI-enabled internal Talent Marketplace platform. Since its launch in 2020, over 28,000 employees have registered on the platform, with over 2,000 of them being assigned to projects. Deploying their skills at speed across our network has resulted in unlocking over $6.2 million in terms of productivity. By combining such project opportunities with purposeful internal talent moves, we continue to enhance the career experience of colleagues. The Marketplace also acts as a platform to connect employees to mentors across the Group.
The 2023 My Voice scores indicate that our efforts are in the right direction, as employee satisfaction with development and growth opportunities increased compared to previous years, and highlight that this is an area we must continue to focus on.
We continue to expand targeted learning journeys to upskill colleagues towards critical 'future' roles where our strategic workforce planning analysis has predicted an increasing need for talent, including universal banker, data translator, cloud security engineer, product owner/scrum master and cyber security analyst roles. At the same time, we have been strengthening and scaling the proposition to support colleagues in building systemic skills, in areas such as sustainability, innovation, data, digital and leadership, which an increasing population of the workforce is anticipated to need to keep pace with the changes happening in the sector.
## Embedding a focus on skills across the employee lifecycle
In our CCIB business, we have been embedding a focus on skills across the employee lifecycle in the way we hire, identify, develop and deploy talent. We have updated part of our skills library to develop 35 skills-based role profiles and job descriptions for the highest impact roles that will help enhance our client proposition and deliver on our business strategy. In 2024, we will further enable a democratised career and development experience for colleagues in CCIB through our internal Talent Marketplace, which will allow them to better understand and develop the skills needed to excel in their existing role as well as to grow and move to their aspired roles. It will also enable leaders and recruiters to rapidly identify, access and deploy skills at scale in a cost-efficient manner.
We are also further embedding a focus on skills across our talent management processes. Our refreshed approach to identifying the future potential of our workforce focuses on their ability against a range of skills, along with their aspiration to put these skills into action by taking on complex responsibilities (in turn moving away from the traditional emphasis on past performance being a primary indicator of future potential). Through this approach we are placing strong emphasis on learning agility to identify the talent that we want to accelerate as well as deploy in areas of highest impact for clients and the business.
## Creating an inclusive workplace
We believe that inclusion is what enables our diverse talent to truly deliver impact and drive business success. Through our annual My Voice survey and supplemented by qualitative feedback gathered, we aim to better understand the lived experiences of our colleagues, and then act to make targeted and meaningful changes to further drive inclusion and enhance their experience.
Our progress in this space is reflected in the 83.2 per cent of employees who shared positive sentiments around our culture of inclusion in the 2023 survey, consistent as last year. This has been enabled by continued efforts towards increasing awareness around diversity and inclusion principles, unconscious bias and micro-behaviours as well as by emphasising the importance of creating an inclusive environment – aspects that are covered in the 'When we're all included' learning programme which has been completed by more than 34,000 colleagues by the end of 2023. Further, the 'Respect at Work' e-learning programme that helps understand what constitutes harassment, bullying, discrimination and victimisation, is now mandatory for all employees.
We aim to further strengthen our inclusive culture, where all our people feel that their identity is understood and recognised for its uniqueness and anyone with the capability to excel can do so. Employees are provided, where legally permissible, with the ability to share their identity data through our internal employee portal. We are focused on initiatives that encourage and increase self-declaration (including socio-economic status in the UK), so that we can further improve colleague experience by introducing policies and interventions that are representative of the needs of our diverse workforce.
Our continued partnership with Purple Tuesday is one of the many initiatives through which we are creating a work environment where colleagues are encouraged to bring their whole selves to work. The partnership is helping increase the visibility of role models and careers for those with disabilities across more than 50 markets. It is also helping to drive an ongoing conversation, to build awareness and break down myths and stereotypes when engaging with clients and colleagues with disabilities. The SC-Out Pride Leadership Summit this year saw Employee Resource Group leads, allies and advocates come together from across 14 markets to define our approach for further building a respectful, supportive, and safe work environment for our LGBT+
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
#
Employees continued
# Female representation
## Board
Female
38%
(2022: 43%)
Female
5
Male
8
## Senior leadership
(Managing directors and band 4)
Female
32.5%
(2022: 32.1%)
Female
1,474
Male
3,050
Undisclosed
17
## Management Team and their direct reports
Female
36.1%
(2022: 32.8%)
Female
48
Male
85
## All employees
Female
44.8%
(2022: 45.3%)
Female
38,051
Male
46,004
Undisclosed
952
colleagues. We also recognise six key dates' across the year and use these as focal points to facilitate open dialogue on inclusion internally and externally. Through these global campaigns we engage and strengthen relationships with clients and external stakeholders, collectively raising awareness, promoting best practices and committing to take practical steps to advance the overall Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) agenda in our communities.
Our gender diversity continues to grow, with more women leaders moving up to senior roles. Women currently represent 38 per cent of the Board, 14 of our CEOs are women, and representation of women in senior leadership roles increased to 32.5 per cent at the end of 2023. We are committed to continuous improvement in this area and aspire to have 35 per cent representation of women at a senior level by 2025. We remain focused on building a workforce that is truly representative of our client base and footprint. As of 2023, 31 per cent of our Board identifies as being from a minority ethnic background, above our aspiration of 30 per cent. Further, 26.3 per cent of our Global Management Team and their direct reports identify as Black, Asian or minority ethnic. In the UK, Black representation in senior leadership is 2.5 per cent and Black, Asian and minority ethnic in senior leadership is 27.8 per cent. In the US, Black/African American representation in senior leadership is 4 per cent and Hispanic/Latinx in senior leadership is 10.1 per cent. We continue to develop strategic partnerships and experiment with programmes to widen our talent pools (such as the Spring Insights Programme in 2023 that provided a multi-day immersive experience to Black, African American, Hispanic and Latinx students in New York and London to learn about our CCIB business, and access internship opportunities).
As we work towards achieving our 2025 UK and US ethnicity senior leadership aspirations, we will also be updating these targets to extend to 2027. At the same time, we are focused on nurturing local talent in markets across Asia, Africa and the Middle East:
Leadership commitment is core to our approach on D&I. Our Global D&I Council is chaired by our CEO, CCIB and Europe & Americas and comprises of enterprise-wide leaders representing various business, functions and geographies from across the Group. The Council is responsible for our overall D&I strategy, direction setting, and overseeing the implementation of sustainable and measurable improvements. In 2023, as a result of our listening exercises and data insights, we also established a Black and African Talent Steering Committee and Working Group, and appointed Group Management Team and Global D&I Council sponsors to advocate for leadership action in focus areas identified, such as career progression and the international mobility experience.
Read more about our approach towards strengthening diversity and inclusion at sc.com/diversityfairpayreport
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Stakeholders
Stakeholders
continued
Employees continued
# Enhancing experience and inclusion through progressive, purpose-led benefits
Taking an intersectional approach to diversity, inclusion and wellbeing, we have continued to introduce progressive, purpose-led benefits. Going beyond our minimum standard for maternity leave, all colleagues, irrespective of gender, relationship status, or how a child comes to permanently join their family, are now eligible for a minimum of 20 weeks of paid parental leave. We are also expanding medical benefits to make comprehensive coverage accessible for menopause-related treatments to all colleagues and their partners, including access to specialised medical practitioners and prescription. This is in addition to the existing support for managing menopause symptoms through flexible working options, paid leave for treatment, workspace adjustments and access to menopause counselling. We believe that such benefits continue to be critical levelers for gender equality, encouraging women's participation in the workforce and LGBT+ inclusion, aligning to our Lifting Participation Stand.
# Equal pay – gender and ethnicity pay gaps
To better understand the strengths and gaps of the organisation and develop action plans to enable the potential of our truly diverse and inclusive workforce, we have been analysing and publishing our gender pay gap statistics for our five hub locations (UK, US, Hong Kong, Singapore, and UAE) since 2017. The gender pay gap is calculated based on the approach by the UK government and compares the average pay of men and women without accounting for some of the key factors which influence pay, including different roles, skills, seniority and market pay rates.
Compared with last year, our mean hourly and bonus pay gaps have decreased in most markets, particularly in the UK and the US. While this shows continuous improvement since our first disclosure, they remain at a level that signifies there are proportionally more male than female colleagues in senior roles and/or roles with higher market rates of pay.
To complement the legislative approach in the UK, we also calculate an adjusted pay gap, which compares women and men at the same hierarchy level and in the same business area. Mirroring previous years, the narrow margins for the adjusted pay gap analysis indicate that our female and male colleagues in the same business areas and at the same levels of seniority are paid similarly.
In addition to the gender pay gap analysis, we are publishing our ethnicity pay disclosure for the UK and the US for the second year, and this year we have expanded the disclosure to include hourly and bonus pay gaps for each ethnic group. The results indicate that there are proportionally more White and fewer Black, and in the case of the US, also fewer Hispanic, colleagues in senior roles and/or roles with higher market rates of pay. While our adjusted ethnicity pay gaps indicate that colleagues with different ethnicity backgrounds are paid similarly in the same business areas and at the same levels of seniority, there is still more work to be done to promote representation of different ethnic groups within the organisation.
Equal pay is a key commitment in our Fair Pay Charter and we carry out checks during hiring, promotion and year-end review in all markets to challenge potential bias and ensure there is equal pay for equal work.
Read more about our gender and ethnicity pay gap analysis at sc.com/diversityfairpayreport
| 2023 Gender pay gap | UK | Hong Kong | Singapore | UAE | US |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Mean hourly pay gap^{1} | 22% | 21% | 29% | 30% | 21% |
| Mean bonus pay gap^{2} | 44% | 35% | 40% | 56% | 36% |
1. The hourly pay gap is calculated by taking the difference between the mean female and male hourly pay, expressed as a percentage of the male amount
2. The Bonus pay gap is calculated by taking the difference between the mean female and male bonus payments received in the 12 months prior to 5 April, expressed as a percentage of the male amount.
| 2023 UK ethnicity pay gap^{1} | Mean Pay Gap | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | Hourly pay^{3} | Bonus pay^{4} |
| Asian | 13% | 26% |
| Black | 25% | 48% |
| Multi-racial | 6% | 14% |
| Other | 14% | 22% |
| 2023 US ethnicity pay gap^{1} | Mean Pay Gap | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | Hourly pay^{3} | Bonus pay^{4} |
| Asian | 14% | 28% |
| Hispanic | 27% | 51% |
| Black | 28% | 51% |
| Dual or Multi | 0% | -36% |
1. Analysis based on 77 per cent of our UK workforce that shared with us their ethnicity background, and 100 per cent of our US workforce
2. The hourly pay gap is calculated by taking the difference between the mean minority ethnic group and White hourly pay, expressed as a percentage of the White amount
3. The bonus pay gap is calculated by taking the difference between the mean minority ethnic group and White bonus payments received in the 12 months prior to 5 April, expressed as a percentage of the White amount.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Tackling food insecurity with micro-loans
In 2023, through Futuremakers by Standard Chartered - our flagship community initiative dedicated to helping the next generation learn, earn, and grow - we helped young entrepreneurs by providing micro loans and business acceleration programmes. Funded by the Standard Chartered Foundation, we partnered with Youth Business International and its member Somo in Kenya, to help Ivy (pictured) kickstart her now thriving mushroom farming business, tackling food insecurity in her area.
+ Read more at sc.com/IvyKenya
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Our commitment to sustainability
We are committed to the sustainable economic and social development of our footprint markets, helping people to thrive long-term.
With a long-standing presence in parts of the world where sustainable finance can have a significant impact, we facilitate the movement of capital to where it is needed most. We apply our knowledge across our market footprint and the innovative mindset of our teams to create financial solutions that help to address challenges and support sustainable growth.
The work we do to accelerate the transition to net zero, lift participation in the economy and reset globalisation is fundamental to our business.
These three areas of focus are known as our **Stands** and inform our overall strategy, including our approach to sustainable finance, our advocacy efforts on behalf of our markets and engagement with our employees and society.
→ Further details can be found in Our Stands on page 26
Embedding sustainability across our business is a strategic priority for the Group. To accelerate our Sustainability agenda, the Group's inaugural Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO) was appointed in 2022. Since then, our dedicated CSO organisation – which houses our Sustainable Finance, Sustainability Strategy, Net Zero Delivery, Strategic Initiatives and Environmental and Social Risk Management teams – acts as a centre of excellence and a catalyst for the execution of the Group-wide sustainability strategy and the achievement of our net zero roadmap.
We focus on delivering both our long-term sustainability goals – our **Sustainability Aspirations** – as well as our short-term targets and immediate priorities – our **Sustainability Strategic Pillars**.
Sustainability continues to be included in the 2024 Group scorecard and 2024–26 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) with performance measures that align with our Sustainability Aspirations and Sustainability Strategic Pillars.
→ Further details can be found in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 182 to 216
# Independent Limited Assurance
Ernst & Young LLP (EY) were appointed to provide independent limited assurance over certain data points within this Annual Report, indicated with a caret symbol (*). The assurance engagement was planned and performed in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (UK) 3000 (July 2020), Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (ISAE (UK) 3000 (July 2020)). This independent assurance report is separate from EY's audit report on the financial statements and is available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub. This report includes further detail on the scope, respective responsibilities, work performed, limitations and conclusions.
We obtained independent limited assurance on the Group's Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (excluding fugitive emissions) by Global Documentation Ltd. We also obtained reasonable assurance on the Group's Scope 3 emissions associated with business travel (air travel) from Eco-Act. These verifications were conducted in accordance with the ISO 14064-3 Greenhouse gases standard.
# Disclaimer
We report on Sustainability and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters throughout this Annual Report, in particular in the following sections: (i) Strategic report, Sustainability overview on pages 66 to 79; (ii) Sustainability review on pages 92 to 133; (iii) Risk review on pages 298 to 313; and (iv) in the Supplementary sustainability information section on pages 504 to 516.
In this 'Sustainability overview', we set out our approach and progress relating to sustainability and its content is subject to the statements included in: (i) the 'Forward-looking statements' section; and (ii) the 'Basis of preparation and caution regarding data limitations' section provided under 'Important notices' at pages 519 and 520. Additional information can be accessed through our suite of supporting sustainability reports and disclosures via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
# A word from our Chief Sustainability Officer, Marisa Drew
In 2022, the CSO organisation was established within Standard Chartered to build on the Group's long-standing sustainability agenda. Since its creation, we have made substantial progress, by continuing to embed sustainability across the organisation and strengthening our support for clients on their transition journeys. The longer-term vision and areas of focus expressed by our Stands and our Sustainability Aspirations have helped shape our near-term execution priorities defined by our Sustainability Strategic Pillars.
Our Sustainable Finance franchise has generated over $720 million^6$, or over six per cent of our total Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB) income in 2023, a year-on-year growth rate of 42 per cent. Following on from this performance and building on the momentum in our business, our focus turns to our stated ambition to deliver at least $1 billion in sustainable finance income in 2025. To do that, we are hard at work investing in people, systems and infrastructure to build further capability and capacity. This enables our teams across the Group to support our clients' transition and sustainable growth plans by deploying lending, cash, trade, corporate financing and advisory services, and providing capital to advance the next wave of sustainability and technological solutions.
Our footprint – with its access to capital markets and operations in regions most vulnerable to climate change – means that Standard Chartered sits at the intersection between capital providers and those who need it most. For many of our markets and clients, getting to net zero will be a long and complex task. Their transition must be on a just basis to address environmental challenges without sacrificing their economic growth and social development ambitions.
Delivering a just transition brings significant opportunity for innovation and growth. To leverage this, we created a series of thematic innovation hubs in 2023, covering: Adaptation Finance, Blended Finance, Carbon Markets and Nature Positive Solutions. Each hub is helping to advance emerging thematic areas of sustainability that are nascent, but offer the potential for scale, and are where the Group has a core competency. The themes covered by the hubs are particularly relevant to our clients across our footprint markets and serve to support innovation at the forefront of sustainability.
Furthermore in 2023, we expanded our work on social sustainability, with a dedicated investment to bring the breadth of our Sustainable Finance offering together with our commitment to the people and communities we serve.
We have also welcomed new team members including experts in blended finance, sustainable and transition finance, climate risk, nature and carbon accounting, building up our people power to allow us to effectively leverage the CSO organisation across the Group, as we look to deliver on our strategy.
As I reflect on my first full year at the bank, it is clear that our sustainability ambition has the unwavering commitment of the Group's Board of Directors and the Management Team, backed by an extraordinary level of enthusiasm and engagement. Looking ahead to 2024, my priority is on driving our four Sustainability Strategic Pillars: scaling up Sustainable Finance; further embedding sustainability across the Group; delivering on our net zero roadmap; and leveraging our innovation hubs to drive ecosystem development and future income.
## Sustainability overview content map
| Introduction and overview | | | Page 66 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Commitment and approach to sustainability | Sustainability Aspirations our long-term goals | Aspiration 1: Mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance by 2030 | Page 68 |
| | | Aspiration 2: Operationalise our interim 2030 financed emissions targets to meet our 2050 net zero ambition | Page 68 |
| | | Aspiration 3: Enhance and deepen the sustainability ecosystem | Page 68 |
| | | Aspiration 4: Drive social impact with our clients and communities | Page 68 |
| | Sustainability Strategic Pillars: our short-term targets and immediate priorities | Pillar 1: Scale Sustainable Finance income | Page 70 |
| | | Pillar 2: Further embed sustainability across the organisation | Page 71 |
| | | Pillar 3: Deliver on the annual milestones set forth in our net zero roadmap | Page 73 |
| | | Pillar 4: Leverage our innovation hubs | Page 75 |
| Managing Climate Risk | | | Page 76 |
| Non-financial and sustainability information statement | | | Page 79 |
Values noted with a caret symbol (°) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Sustainability Aspirations: our long-term goals
Since 2016, the Group's approach to sustainability has been underpinned by a suite of Sustainability Aspirations. During 2023, we refreshed and consolidated our Sustainability Aspirations into four overarching long-term goals, each supported by key performance indicators. Together, these reflect our commitment to sustainable social and economic development.
| Sustainability Aspiration | | Progress to date |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Aspiration 1: Mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance^{1,2} | Across our markets, many clients are at the early phase of evaluating the risks and opportunities associated with their transition to a low-carbon economy. We leverage a full suite of Sustainable Finance solutions – including loans, bonds, trade finance and carbon trading – to support their transition.
These are underpinned by our Sustainable Finance frameworks that outline how we apply the 'green', 'sustainable' or 'transition' labels across products and transactions. We also work with retail and wealth clients to mobilise diverse sources of capital in support of social and environmental outcomes. | $87.2bn^
cumulative mobilisation of Sustainable Finance from January 2021 to September 2023 against our commitment to mobilise $300 billion by 2030 |
| Aspiration 2: Operationalise our interim 2030 financed emissions targets to meet our 2050 net zero ambition | We aim to reach net zero in our financed emissions by 2050. To date, the Group has set and disclosed science-based interim 2030 financed emissions targets for 11 high-emitting sectors, in line with guidance from the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA).
We are working across our businesses and functions, and alongside our clients to deliver these targets, notwithstanding the challenges presented by a material portion of our markets not having a commitment to achieve net zero by 2050. | II out of I2
of the NZBA high-emitting sectors covered by 2030 science-based financed emissions targets |
| Aspiration 3: Enhance and deepen the sustainability ecosystem | We are utilising our experience and networks to actively contribute in a leadership position to global partnerships and initiatives that enhance the sustainability ecosystem.
These range from those that support the mobilisation and scaling of sustainable finance, to furthering the development of the voluntary carbon markets and fostering innovative solutions in the arena of conservation finance, through to supporting the advancement of social topics underpinning the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). | Leadership roles in key global partnerships and initiatives
including GFANZ, GISD, NZBA as further detailed on page 96 |
| Aspiration 4: Drive social impact with our clients and communities | We seek to partner with our clients and communities to mobilise social capital and drive economic inclusion as well as entrepreneurship through our Futuremakers initiative.
Our Employee Volunteering programme encourages employees to volunteer and organise activities, such as fundraising, that align to the Group's community strategy or respond to local issues. | 61%
of the Group's employees participated in employee volunteering activities in our communities in 2023 |
1. Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance is defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients that supports: (i) the preservation and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of GHG emissions, including the alignment of a client's business and operations with a 1.5 degree Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentivising our clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance).
2. Values noted with a caret symbol (°) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Key initiatives and partnerships
Throughout 2023, senior leaders across Standard Chartered were involved in the leadership of several collaborative initiatives including, but not limited to, those listed in the table below.
| Global Investors for Sustainable Development (GISD) Alliance | Our Group Chairman co-chairs the United Nations' GISD Alliance, which has set ambitious objectives to scale up long-term finance and investment in sustainable development. |
| --- | --- |
| Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) | We are active participants of the GFANZ Principals Group, an ambitious programme to generate the commitment, investment and alignment needed to drive forward the transition to net zero. Our Group CEO co-chairs the GFANZ working group on Capital Mobilisation to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. |
| Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) | Our Group Head of Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance chairs the NZBA – the industry-led, UN-convened and sector-specific alliance for banks under GFANZ. |
| World Economic Forum's Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders | Our Group CEO and CSO are part of the World Economic Forum's Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders. This is a CEO-led community committed to raising bold climate ambition and accelerating the net zero transition by setting science-based targets, disclosing emissions and catalysing decarbonisation and partnerships across global value chains. |
| United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB) Adaptation Finance working group | Our Head of Sustainable Finance Solutions co-chairs the PRB Adaptation Finance working group, which developed a comprehensive framework and practical guidance for banks to set credible adaptation finance targets. |
| Integrity Council for the Voluntary Carbon Markets (ICVCM) | Our Head of Carbon Markets Development serves on the board of the ICVCM, which is focused on developing high-quality carbon markets. Our Group CEO sits on the Distinguished Advisory Group of the ICVCM, which is involved in the development of carbon markets around the world. |
| Center for Climate-Aligned Finance (CCAF) | We formally joined CCAF, which was established by Rocky Mountain Institute, in 2023. Standard Chartered participates in CCAF working groups for the Aviation and Aluminium industries. The Group is a signatory to both the Poseidon Principles, a global framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of financial institutions' shipping portfolios and the Sustainable STEEL Principles, which helps banks to measure and disclose the alignment of steel lending portfolios with 1.5 degree Celsius climate targets. |
| Ocean Risk and Resilience Action Alliance (ORRAA) | In 2023, the Group became a member of ORRAA. Our Head of Nature serves on the Ocean Investment Protocol Steering Committee convened by the UN Global Compact Ocean Stewardship Coalition. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Sustainability Strategic Pillars: our short-term targets and immediate priorities
Our four Sustainability Strategic Pillars represent our near-term strategic focus. Each member of the Group Management Team is responsible for strategically driving climate and sustainability considerations within their region, business segment or function in line with the Group's net zero roadmap. Selected sustainability-related measures are incorporated into Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards granted to senior executives and the Group scorecard, which contains financial and strategic measures and is applicable for the majority of our employees.
## Pillar 1: Scale Sustainable Finance income¹
We are building a scalable Sustainable Finance franchise, supporting our clients on their transition journeys by developing customised solutions that speak to their needs and ambitions. Our Sustainable Finance franchise generated over $720 million^ between January and December 2023 against our longer-term target of at least $1 billion annual income by 2025.
Sustainable Finance income¹
| Product ($m) | 2023 | 2022 | YoY |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Transaction Banking | 188 | 80 | 135% |
| Trade & Working Capital | 96 | 60 | 60% |
| Cash Management | 92 | 20 | 360% |
| Financial Markets | 393 | 326 | 21% |
| Macro Trading | 76 | 54 | 41% |
| Credit Markets | 306 | 268 | 14% |
| Financing & Securities Services | 11 | 4 | 175% |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 139 | 102 | 36% |
| | 720^ | 508 | 42% |
¹ Values noted with a caret symbol (*) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
## Our position in the market
As a UK-headquartered international bank, we work to deploy capital across our global markets. As can be seen in our 2023 Sustainable Finance Impact Report, we have raised $8.4 billion^ of sustainable liabilities in developed markets, while 85 per cent of our $17.6 billion^ Sustainable Finance asset base is located in Asia, Africa and the Middle East. We continued to expand and develop our product suite as set out in our Green and Sustainable Finance Product Framework. In total, we had 42 product variants across CCIB and CPBB segments, with selected products included in the table below.
| CCIB | | CPBB | | Group Treasury |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Transaction Banking | Financial Markets / Lending & Portfolio Management | Personal & Business Banking | Wealth Management | |
| Sustainable Trade Finance Sustainable Current and Savings Accounts | Green/Social/ Sustainability Bonds Sustainability-linked Bonds ESG Derivatives Carbon Trading Sustainable Repos ESG Structured Investments Green and Social Loans Sustainability-linked Loans ESG Advisory Sustainable Deposits | Sustainable Deposits Sustainable Current and Savings Accounts Green Mortgages Green Retrofit Loans ESG Structured Investments | Sustainable Investments | Standard Chartered PLC Sustainability Bonds |
→ For more information on the Group's progress on its Sustainable Finance commitments see pages 99 to 101
## Our Sustainable Finance Frameworks
- Our Green and Sustainable Product Framework governs all activities we as an organisation view as 'green' or 'social'. It is publicly available and was co-authored by Morningstar Sustainalytics.
- Our Sustainability Bond Framework provides the basis for the issuance of Green, Social and Sustainability bonds, drawing on the activities that we view as green or social.
- Informed by the International Energy Agency (IEA) Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE), we outline the assets and activities that qualify for the 'transition' label under our Transition Finance Framework.
→ For more, see page 123 or visit sc.com/sustainabilityhub
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
71
# Pillar 2: Further embed sustainability across the organisation
The CSO organisation aims to act as a catalyst for change and centre of excellence. We foster collaboration internally to embed sustainability across our business operations and functions. We collaborate externally with clients and other stakeholders who are aligned with our mission to drive change.
We aim to create a self-reinforcing cycle, which is built on established processes, clear frameworks, engagement with our clients and collaboration across risk and business teams. We support our clients to deliver on their decarbonisation plans, deploying financing and advisory services to provide capital alongside the next wave of sustainability and technological solutions, in which our clients are investing.
Our transition strategy also builds on the Group's financing experience by supporting the early adopters of these services in the US and Europe and leveraging this knowledge in our core markets across Asia, Africa and the Middle East. Our aim is to work with our clients to support their transition and decarbonisation journeys and where clients evidence transition, help to accelerate progress.
## 1. Client-level risk analysis
### Environmental, social and climate risk assessments are integrated into credit decision-making processes for existing and new-to-bank clients¹
- We maintain a suite of public Position Statements that outline the Group's environmental and social expectations for providing financial services to clients.²
- Relationship Managers carry out client and/or transaction level Environmental and Social Risk Assessments before we provide financial services.³
- Through client-level Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs), we assess the potential financial risks from climate change using quantitative and qualitative information and assign a Climate Risk grading.⁴
- As part of the CRA process, a Credible Transition Plan (CTP) score is assigned for each client in high-emitting sectors.⁴
- Our Prohibited Activities list details the activities that we will not finance.⁵
## 2. Portfolio steering
### Portfolio-level emissions are calculated to set and monitor financed emissions baselines and sectoral 2030 targets
- Client-level emission intensities are modelled in accordance with internationally accepted carbon accounting principles using the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) methodology.
- Science-based sectoral interim 2030 targets are set for high-emitting sectors in line with the Group's roadmap towards net zero financed emissions by 2050.⁶
- Industry or client coverage leads are appointed as responsible owners of sectoral net zero targets.
- Divergence from the portfolio-level emission pathway is monitored and reviewed quarterly along with our exposure to clients associated with high Climate Risk.⁷
## 3. Sustainable and transition finance opportunities
### Products, financing and advisory services are deployed to support clients transitioning their businesses and seeking to achieve their sustainability goals
- The Group's ESG and Transition Finance advisory teams prioritise engagements with clients associated with high Climate Risk with weak or no transition plans and/or insufficient disclosures to recommend enhancements.
- Sustainability considerations are incorporated into account plans and engagement strategies with an aim to identify and prioritise clients that are divergent from portfolio-level emission pathways or associated with high Environmental and Social Risk.
- We endeavour to support and guide our clients to a low-carbon pathway by utilising our full suite of Sustainable Finance solutions.
- We continue to increase our financing of low-carbon technologies and infrastructure, including project financing in the developing world where power grid modernisation is critical.
1. Refers to applicable banking clients, please refer to sc.com/esriskframework.
2. Read more about our Position Statements at sc.com/positionstatements.
3. For further information, please refer to sc.com/esriskframework.
4. Read more about our CRA process in the Risk review section of this Annual report on pages 298-313.
5. Read more about our list of Prohibited Activities at sc.com/prohibitedactivities.
6. Read more about our sectoral 2030 net zero targets in this Annual Report on page 74.
7. In 2023, this commenced for Oil & Gas, Power, Steel, Aluminium and Automotive Manufacturers sectors with the rest of the sectoral reviews to be added from 2024.
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Our net zero roadmap
We aim to reach net zero carbon emissions in our financing activity by 2050 and in our own operations by 2025. We made progress in setting interim 2030 targets for the most carbon-intensive and highest-emitting sectors in the Group's portfolio.
To help us remain on track, we have set short- and medium-term objectives and quantifiable targets to manage and report on our progress on an annual basis.
## 2021
- Launched our roadmap to net zero by 2050, including interim targets and a supporting methodology
- Announced plans to mobilise $300 billion in Sustainable Finance by 2030
- Published our inaugural Transition Finance Framework
## 2022
- Developed financed emissions baselines and interim 2030 targets for the Aviation, Shipping and Automotive Manufacturers sectors
- Joined Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF)
- Announced our enhanced Oil and Gas absolute financed emissions target
- Updated our Power and Steel sector baselines and targets moving from a revenue-based intensity metric to a production-based intensity metric
- Developed financed emissions baselines and set interim 2030 targets for four additional sectors: Cement, Aluminium, Residential Mortgages, Commercial Real Estate, bringing the total number of science-based targets set for high-emitting sectors to eleven
- Financed emissions baselines and sectoral progress against targets, where indicated, assured for the first time by Ernst & Young
- Calculated the Group's facilitated emissions baseline from debt capital markets following the final PCAF guidance (published in December 2023) under both the 33 per cent and 100 per cent weighting factors
- Updated the Group's net zero methodological white paper, first published in 2021
## 2024
- We will develop an interim 2030 financed emissions target for the Agriculture sector, planned to be communicated in our 2024 Annual Report, which will be published in Q1 2025
- Aim to set targets for facilitated emissions
## 2025
- Aim to be net zero in our own operations
## 2030
- We will have substantially reduced our exposure to the Thermal Coal Mining sector in line with our Position Statements
- Aim to meet the Group's financed emissions interim targets set for high-emitting sectors
## 2032
- Targeted end date for legacy direct Thermal Coal Mining financing globally
## 2050
Aim to become net zero in our financed emissions
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Pillar 3: Deliver on the annual milestones set forth in our net zero roadmap
We aim to reach net zero emissions in our financed emissions by 2050 and in our own operations by 2025. Since 2018 we have been working on aligning our direct and indirect emissions to the Paris Agreement's goal of well below two degrees Celsius of global warming by the end of the century. We focus on three areas to reduce emissions: our operations, our supply chain and financed emissions associated with our clients. The majority of our GHG emissions are linked to our lending activities, known as financed emissions. Therefore, we have prioritised our measurement and decarbonisation efforts in the highest-emitting and most carbon-intensive sectors of our portfolio, and where working with our clients can have the greatest impact. Due to our footprint – with many emerging markets reliant on carbon-intensive industries – our financed emissions may increase before they decrease but our approach is to remain aligned to a science-based 1.5 degrees Celsius pathway by 2050.
High-emitting and carbon-intensive sectors with interim 2030 targets
# Financed emissions
A brief summary of the movements in the 11 high-emitting sectors is as follows:
Aluminium sector emissions have trended down as the power supply into the smelters has become less carbon-intensive and the Group has funded clients with less emission intensive operations.
The physical intensity of the Automotive manufacturers' sector (CO₂ per km distance travelled) decreased slightly due to the Group having a larger exposure to zero tailpipe Electric Vehicle manufacturing within the Group's Automotive Manufacturers portfolio.
The physical intensity of the Cement sector has remained relatively consistent year-on-year. This will be a hard-to-abate sector in the medium-term until lower carbon energy sources are utilised, especially in emerging markets where we are actively engaging with our clients on their decarbonisation plans and strategies.
In the Commercial Real Estate portfolio, building intensities have fallen due to investment in regions with lower emissions power supplies and certain markets' power suppliers decarbonising. We continue to work with technology providers on solutions for individual building emissions measurement and management.
Absolute Oil and Gas emissions remained relatively stable year-on-year and are significantly lower versus the baseline year. We continued to pursue overall portfolio decarbonisation, pivoting exposure to counterparties and technologies that are less carbon-intensive.
The Power sector's intensity decreased as some of our contractual obligations to coal-fired power plants ended. We also actively pursued lower emissions technologies, including new gas power plants, and expanded our renewables financing.
The emissions intensity of the Residential Mortgage portfolio has remained consistent year-on-year and will decrease over time in line with electricity grid decarbonisation.
The Shipping sector's alignment delta has worsened due to the impact from the container sector, which enjoyed very strong profits in 2022, encouraging owners to sail faster, leading to higher emissions. Looking ahead, tightening environmental regulations and mechanisms from both the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and European Union (EU) are expected to lead to better alignment between shipowners' behaviours and the Group's 2030 targets.
The Steel sector is hard-to-abate and requires significant capital to decarbonise. Decarbonisation is reliant on the shift from blast to electric arc furnaces and many of our emerging markets are at early stages of their transition journeys. While the emissions intensity of our steel portfolio remained relatively unchanged year-on-year, we are actively working with our clients in this sector to support their transition.
Our Thermal Coal Mining exposure is decreasing in line with our coal revenue thresholds as detailed in our Position Statements and related contractual commitments. No new Thermal Coal Mining use of proceeds loans have been provided in line with our Position Statements.
The Group completed the sale of its global Aviation finance leasing business and the majority of its aviation lending book in August 2023. Noting the distortive effects that the sale of this business would create in our emissions profile, the progress against this target has been paused for year-end 2023. This will be re-assessed based on the size and materiality of the remaining portfolio in 2024.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Setting science-based targets
The Group set interim 2030 financed emissions targets for 11 of the 12 high-emitting sectors with Agriculture being the 12th planned for 2024.
We follow the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) guidance on sectors for target-setting, further expanding the Transport sector into Automotive Manufacturers, Aviation and Shipping.
We set four sectoral targets and updated three targets in 2023. All targets have been informed by what the Group considers pre-eminent scientific forward-looking scenario providers. This includes the International Energy Agency (IEA) for energy sectors, the Mission Possible Partnership (MPP) for metals, International Maritime Organization (IMO) for shipping and Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor (CRREM) for the residential real estate sector.
For our Scope 3 financed emissions, we set science-based targets accounting for differing states of transition readiness across our markets. Due to our footprint – with many emerging markets reliant on carbon-intensive industries – our financed emissions may increase before they decrease. The upper end of our 2030 target may represent low-overshoot scenarios. However, our approach is to remain aligned to a science-based 1.5 degrees Celsius scientific pathway by 2050. Given our science-based approach, we will strive to update our targets both as the scientific community updates their reference scenarios and as data availability improves.
In 2023, the Group:
- Strengthened our Oil and Gas emissions metric from a revenue-based intensity to an absolute financed emissions target and trajectory. This places an emissions budget on the sector and requires a reduction of 29 per cent by 2030 when calculated from a 2020 baseline, aligned with the IEA's NZE trajectory. Our approach ensures we maintain a direct link to absolute GHG emissions in the Oil and Gas sector and allows us to directly assess our progress with the IEA NZE scenario that we have set our target against. By moving away from a revenue-based intensity metric, we remove an element of financial volatility and complexity from our calculations that could restrict transparency and accountability in measuring and disclosing our financed GHG emissions. Oil and Gas is the second sector for which the Group set an absolute financed emission target, in addition to our target for Thermal Coal Mining.
- Updated our Power and Steel sector targets from a revenue-based intensity metric to a production-based intensity metric (i.e., emissions intensity per unit of production). The progression from an economic-based intensity to a production/physical-based intensity reduces the financial volatility in the calculation and improves the connection to clients' actual GHG emissions by linking directly to units of production, or a physical activity.
We published the second edition of the Group's 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues', which sets out the methodology, assumptions and scientific pathways for each high-emitting sector and is available via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
| Sector1 | Emissions approach2 | Scientific reference scenario | 2030 | | 20223 | | 20213 | | Cumulative % change from baseline |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | 2030 Target | 2030 Target reduction % from baseline | Absolute emissions (MtCO2,e) | Production/ Physical intensity | Absolute emissions (MtCO2,e) | Production/ Physical intensity | |
| CCIB | | | | | | | | | |
| Aluminium | Production intensity | MPP | 6.1 tCO2e/t Aluminium | Maintain | - | 4.59^a tCO2e/t Aluminium | - | 5.62^a tCO2e/t Aluminium | -18% |
| Automotive Manufacturers | Physical intensity | IEA APS/NZE | 66-100 gCO2/V.km | 44-63% | - | 165^a gCO2/V.km | - | 178^a gCO2/V.km | -7% |
| Cement | Production intensity | IEA NZE | 0.52 tCO2/t Cement | 22% | - | 0.66^a tCO2/t Cement | - | 0.67^a tCO2/t Cement | -1% |
| Commercial Real Estate | Physical intensity | IEA APS/NZE | 19-39 kgCO2e/sq.m | 47-74% | - | 62^a kgCO2e/sq.m | - | 73^a kgCO2e/sq.m | -15% |
| Oil and Gas | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE | 9.3 MtCO2e | 29% | 10.3^a | - | 10.2^a | - | -21% |
| Power | Production intensity | IEA APS/NZE | 0.17-0.28 tCO2/MWh | 46-67% | - | 0.47^a tCO2/MWh | - | 0.52^a tCO2/MWh | -10% |
| Shipping | Physical intensity | IMO 2023 | 0% delta | 0% delta | - | +6.4%^a delta | - | +2.6%^a delta | +4.5% |
| | | | 0% delta | | | +11.8%^a delta | | +7.3%^a delta | |
| | | | 0% delta | | | +16%^a delta | | +10%^a delta | |
| Steel | Production intensity | MPP | 1.4-1.6 tCO2/t Steel | 22-32% | - | 1.97^a tCO2/t Steel | - | 2.06^a tCO2/t Steel | -4% |
| Thermal Coal Mining | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE | 0.5 MtCO2e | 85% | 1.6^a | - | 2.3^a | - | -52% |
| CPBB | | | | | | | | | |
| Residential Mortgages | Physical intensity | CRREM | 29-32 kgCO2e/Sq.m | 15-32% | - | 37.7^a kgCO2e/Sq.m | - | 37.6^a kgCO2e/Sq.m | 0% |
1 Values noted with a caret symbol (°) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
2 For further detailed information on sectoral financed emissions and progress against targets, refer to pages 110-111.
3 Due to third-party data sets that feed into our calculations, the Group's reported financed emissions figures have a one-year lag. The Group reports on 2022 and 2021 data in this 2023 Annual Report.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Pillar 4: Leverage our innovation hubs
Announced in 2023, the four thematic innovation hubs – Adaptation Finance, Blended Finance, Carbon Markets and Nature Positive Solutions – focus on emerging sustainability themes that are nascent but ripe for scale, aligned to areas where the Group has a core competency, and are particularly suited to clients in our footprint markets.
Each hub is transversal, run by senior leaders in the CSO organisation, and aims to identify opportunities for future returns outside of our core range of traditional products and services. By being deliberate in demonstrating leadership to advance the ecosystem in these emerging thematic areas, the Group will be well-positioned to take advantage of the significant and differentiated revenue potential that will result from maturation of these themes in the future.
1. Adaptation Finance
There is an urgent global need to unlock and scale public and private climate adaptation finance to build shared societal resilience, especially across our footprint markets, where adaptation represents both a risk and an opportunity for clients and communities.
Acknowledging our geographical footprint and the multiplier effect of investment in adaptation – where every dollar spent on adaptation this decade could generate up to $12 of economic benefit – it is our ambition to act decisively and mobilise others on adaptation.
In 2023, we closed the Group's first Adaptation Finance transaction – an adaptation letter of credit with a parametric insurance provider for the renewable energy sector.
We also collaborated with KPMG and the United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction (UNDRR) to develop the market's first Guide to Adaptation and Resilience Finance (GARF), which was announced at COP28 and is due to be published in early 2024.
→ For more see our Adaptation Economy report via sc.com/adaptation-economy or page 118
2. Blended Finance
The Independent High-Level Expert Group on Climate Finance estimate that by 2030 there will be a $2.5–3 trillion per year financing gap between current baselines and what is required to deliver the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in emerging markets and developing countries other than China. Blended finance – using concessional public funds to mobilise much larger volumes of private capital – can help to close this gap. We work to bring together public and private expertise across the Group to help commercialise blended finance.
In 2023, we worked through international fora and industry groups (e.g., GFANZ) to leverage the Group's expertise and support – alongside other international banks – blended finance projects and programmes, including the development of frameworks for early coal retirement, and hosted both the Vietnamese and Indonesian governments as they launched their Just Energy Transition Partnership (JETP) events at COP28.
→ For more on Blended Finance see page 118
3. Carbon Markets
A high-integrity carbon market, combined with corporate commitments to cut emissions and high standards of reporting can accelerate the global progress towards net zero by 2050.
The use of high-quality carbon credits can play a part in a multi-faceted and urgent approach to decarbonisation, as it enables climate action in sectors and geographies that remain severely underfunded today.
Carbon credits can be complementary to a credible corporate net zero transition plan and help bridge the gap between the emissions reductions that can be implemented now, and the longer lead time for technological solutions that are yet to scale.
Standard Chartered has been at the forefront of several initiatives that are working to ensure that high-integrity, scalable carbon markets develop. We offer trading, advisory, financing and risk management services to our clients around the world.
In 2023, we were involved in some of the largest carbon market transactions, including the Regional Voluntary Carbon Market Company (RVCMC) and Climate Impact X (CIX) auctions, and established primary supply partnerships with clients in Kenya, Brazil, China and Vietnam.
→ For more on Carbon Markets see page 119
4. Nature Positive Solutions
It is estimated that over half of global GDP is moderately or highly dependent upon nature. Despite its importance, biodiversity is rapidly declining. Having applied international environmental and social standards in our financing for more than 20 years, our presence in markets with some of the richest biodiversity in the world positions us to engage with a range of stakeholders. We are guided by our commercial ambition to increasingly shift financial flows toward nature-positive outcomes and thereby contribute to the halting and reversing of biodiversity loss.
Nature is also a critical lever for climate change mitigation and adaptation and the hub collaborates with the Carbon Markets and Adaptation Finance hubs to explore natural climate solutions and ecosystem-based adaptation opportunities.
In 2023, we conducted an initial impact and dependency assessment to identify our exposure to potentially material sectors in our CCIB segment. In January 2024, we joined a cohort of early adopters of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) framework, preparing to publish our first TNFD-aligned disclosures in early 2026.
→ For more on Nature Positive Solutions see page 119
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Sustainability overview
# Managing Climate Risk
The Group is exposed to Climate Risk through our clients, our own operations, our suppliers and from the industries and markets we operate in.
| Climate Risk taxonomy | Description |
| --- | --- |
| Climate Risk | The potential for financial loss and non-financial detriments arising from climate change and society's response to it. |
| Sub-Risk Types | |
| Physical Risk | Risks arising from increasing severity and frequency of climate- and weather-related events, which can damage property and other infrastructure, disrupt supply chains, and impact food production. It may also reduce asset valuations, leading to lower profitability for companies. Indirect effects on the macroeconomic environment, such as lower output and productivity, may exacerbate these direct impacts. |
| | Acute Specific event-driven weather events, including increased severity of extreme weather events, such as cyclones, hurricanes, floods, or wildfires. |
| | Chronic Longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as changing precipitation patterns, sea-level rise, and longer-term drought. |
| Transition Risk | Risk arising from the adjustment towards a carbon-neutral economy, which will require significant structural changes to the economy. These changes will prompt a reassessment of a wide range of asset values, a change in energy prices, and a fall in income and creditworthiness of some borrowers. In turn, this entails credit losses for lenders and market losses for investors. |
The Group's Board is responsible for the long-term success of the Group and its supporting committees consider climate- and sustainability-related risks and opportunities when reviewing and guiding strategic decisions. Board-level oversight is exercised through the Board Risk Committee (BRC), and regular Climate Risk updates are provided to the Board and BRC. At an executive level, the Group Risk Committee has appointed the Climate Risk Management Committee (CRMC), consisting of senior representatives from business, risk, and other functions such as audit, which oversees the implementation of our Climate Risk workplan and progress made by the Group in meeting regulatory requirements. The CRMC meets at least six times a year to monitor the Group's Climate Risk profile, review, challenge and provide input on climate-related disclosures and stress tests and provide oversight on the development and results of climate models. We have also strengthened country and regional governance oversight for the Climate Risk profile across our key markets in 2023 by cascading relevant Risk Appetite metrics, supported by management information.
Our Climate Risk Appetite Statement is approved annually by the Board and supported by Board and Group Management Team (MT) metrics across impacted risk types. The metrics are approved by the Group Risk Committee (for MT-level metrics) and the Board (for Board-level metrics) annually and any breaches are reported to the Group Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee.
# Group Climate Risk Appetite Statement
"The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, and reduce the emissions related to our own activities and those related to the financing of clients in alignment with the Paris Agreement."
For more information on the Group's governance approach for climate-related risks and opportunities see pages 120 to 123
We are continuously expanding the scope and coverage of our risk appetite metrics for enhanced risk identification and management. As such, new metrics such as divergence from the Group's interim 2030 targets across key sectors and a stress loan impairment metric built on short-term scenario outcomes will be monitored in 2024.
| Risk type | Metrics reported |
| --- | --- |
| Credit Risk – CPBB | Concentration of retail mortgage exposure with loan-to-value exceeding 80 per cent and with high gross physical flood risk across seven of the Group's key markets. |
| Credit Risk – CCIB | Exposure concentration to clients with high transition risk and low transition readiness. |
| Traded Risk | Climate scenarios incorporated within Traded Risk stress scenarios inventory. |
| Country Risk | Concentration of Gross Country Risk exposure to countries exposed to extreme transition and physical risks. |
| Enterprise-wide | Sectors that are divergent from the Group's interim 2030 targets, starting with Power, Oil and Gas, Automotive Manufacturing and Steel sectors. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Our approach
We manage Climate Risk according to the characteristics of the impacted risk types and are embedding Climate Risk considerations into relevant frameworks and processes. Risk Framework Owners for the relevant Principal Risk Types are responsible for embedding such requirements within their Risk Type Frameworks, policies, standards, as well as risk appetite statements and metrics as appropriate and ensuring compliance to the minimum requirements defined by the Climate Risk Policy. In 2023, we have continued to build on embedding Climate Risk into existing risk-management processes, focusing on a 'Business as Usual' state to identifying, assessing, and monitoring across risk types.
| Risk type | Description |
| --- | --- |
| Credit Risk – CCIB | We assess Climate Risk vulnerabilities and readiness levels for ~85–90 per cent of the CCIB corporate portfolio for subsequent consideration within our credit decisioning process. Linkages to Credit Underwriting Principles have been finalised for four sectors (Oil and Gas, Shipping, Commercial Real Estate, and Mining including Steel and Aluminium), including improved climate-related analysis, portfolio-level caps and additional data gathering measures. A key focus area in 2024 and beyond remains to further embed Climate Risk and net zero targets into business and credit decisions. |
| Credit Risk – CPBB | As of September 2023, we assessed physical risk for 79 per cent and transition risk for 54 per cent of our CPBB portfolios. During 2023, the physical risk profile across products and markets has remained stable, with slight variations in exposure to high flood risk due to enhancements in Munich Re's flood risk model. For key markets of the Group's residential mortgage portfolio such as Korea and Taiwan, where homeowners' insurance coverage does not cover damages from acute physical risk, we have established zoning policies and corresponding risk mitigation and trigger monitoring. Our analysis of the impact from transition risk on our residential mortgage portfolio, estimated by quantifying the robustness of borrowers' repayment capability across our key residential mortgage markets, shows that transition risk levels appear to be low. |
| Operational and Technology Risk | The focus for Operational and Technology Risk has been to assess physical risks for our properties and data centres, as well as third parties. |
| Country Risk | Our assessment of Physical and Transition Risk Sovereign Rankings serves as an input into the annual sovereign reviews and quarterly early warning indicators. Country limit benchmark computations also consider climate factors. |
| Traded Risk | We continue to assess the market impacts from Climate Risk, including an assessment of transition effects from climate change policies and two physical risk scenarios as part of the global Traded Risk scenarios inventory. These flow into existing Traded Risk Board-level Risk Appetite (RA) metrics. |
| Treasury Risk | Concentration of top CCIB corporate liability providers associated with high transition risk and low levels of mitigation are being monitored, leveraging our client-level Climate Risk Assessments. |
| Reputational and Sustainability Risk | Climate Risk Assessments are considered as part of Reputational and Sustainability reviews for clients and transactions in high-emitting sectors. |
| Model Risk | Work is also underway to build in-house first generation transition risk models for our Corporates and Sovereigns portfolios which have been used to estimate climate adjusted Expected Credit Loss and stress testing use cases. These models will continue to be evolved over 2024 to further help our risk assessment and portfolio management capabilities. |
For more information on how the Group embeds Climate Risk considerations within the business and across Principal Risk Types see pages 127-129
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
### Scenario analysis
In 2023, significant progress was made to enhance our climate scenario design and analysis capabilities. We assessed the resilience of 95 per cent of CCIB Exposure at Default across three external scenarios based on Version 3 of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS). These were Net Zero 2050, Delayed Transition and Current Policies and three internal scenarios. The internal scenarios include a Base Case linked to current sovereign commitments to meet their net zero targets, and two short term ‘tail risk scenarios' to assess Transition Risk from a green trade war and Physical Risk from population migration linked to climate change. The tail scenarios also include second order impacts such as food price inflation and displacement leading to decreased productivity. The severity of the scenarios is aligned to the annual cyclical scenario and driven by GDP shocks in our key markets.
Across the NGFS scenarios, the impact on incremental Expected Credit Loss (ECL) as of 2050 for the overall CCIB portfolio is highest in the Net Zero 2050 scenario, followed by Delayed Transition and Current Policies, primarily driven by impact on our corporate clients. Sectors such as Oil and Gas, Construction, Transportation and Utilities are most impacted, primarily due to the rise in carbon prices in the scenarios and to some extent, by the consequent macroeconomic changes. For internal scenarios, the impacts of GDP and second order risks in the short-term impacts corporate clients across Transportation, Automobiles, Construction, and Commercial Real Estate sectors. The highest impact in the short-term (2030) is seen in the tail transition risk scenario.
Results from the scenario analysis are consistent with the hot spots identified with our net zero strategy across high-emitting sectors. At a client level, outputs from scenario analysis inform our Climate Risk Assessments, while at a portfolio level we have put in place Risk Appetite metrics to measure stressed losses under the Base Case and Net Zero 2050 scenarios.
Key limitations include: (i) benign impact from physical risk due to nascent methodologies for transforming the level of physical risk into business disruption, which is compounded by lack of client-level asset locations; (ii) assuming static balance sheets; and (iii) client business models remaining unchanged.
It's also pertinent to note that while the results do not factor in the potential impact from management actions from our net zero strategy, outputs were reviewed by an expert panel comprising first line and second line representatives, followed by a discussion at the Climate Risk Management Committee and subsequent update to the Board Risk Committee.
### Qualitative review of climate risks and opportunities in annual business strategy and financial planning
In 2023, Climate Risk was considered as part of our formal annual corporate strategy and financial planning process. In addition, we developed management scenarios with an aim to strengthen business strategy and financial planning to support the Group's net zero roadmap.
We use both qualitative and quantitative aspects focusing on revenue reliance from clients in high-emitting sectors and/or locations in regions most exposed to physical risk, considering adequacy of mitigation plans. The results are then independently reviewed by regional and client-segment Chief Risk Officers (CROs) and the ESG and Reputational Risk team. Climate Risk impact is also included in the Risk review of our Corporate Plan, which is considered by the Board as part of their approval of the overall Corporate Plan. The 2024 Corporate Plan includes an increase in loan impairment due to the impact from Climate Risk.
In most cases, the physical and transition risks identified were assessed to be well controlled in the short term. We are starting to work with our clients in high-emitting sectors by prioritising sustainable finance products to decarbonise their business models and help enable their transition journeys. We also continue to proactively work with clients in sectors with lower carbon intensity and emissions such as clean technology to support the growth of these industries. Our Sustainable and Transition Finance product suite and our dedicated Sustainable Finance, Transition Acceleration and ESG Advisory teams, are a robust response to transition risks in the short term, strengthening our resilience towards a two degrees Celsius or lower transition scenario. However, longer-term transition risks were highlighted, particularly for the Africa and Middle East region, given its dependency on fossil fuels; and longer-term physical risks were deemed to be most relevant for the Asia region.
### Regulatory landscape
Key financial regulators across our footprint have proposed or set supervisory expectations on climate and environmental risk management. Those expectations are broadly aligned with the Basel Committee principles for the management of climate-related financial risks, but local implementations vary.
We have been and are actively engaging with industry bodies and regulators to drive consistency in policymaking across our markets. A process has been established for tracking various Climate Risk-related regulatory developments and obligations set by both financial and non-financial service regulators at Group, regional and country level, with roles and responsibilities set out in the Group's Climate Risk Policy. Regulatory requirements or enhancements are recorded through workplans across various country and regional teams.
---
# Non-financial and sustainability information statement
This table sets out where shareholders and stakeholders can find information about key non-financial matters in this report, in compliance with the non-financial reporting requirements contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Further disclosures are available via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
| Reporting requirement | Where to find more information in this report about our policies and impact including risks, due diligence processes and outcomes | Page |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Description of business model | Business model | 20 |
| | Our strategy | 24 |
| Principal Risks and uncertainties | Risk overview | 230 |
| | Risk review and Capital review | 230 |
| Environmental matters | Our operations | 106 |
| | Our suppliers | 107 |
| | Our clients – Reducing our financed emissions | 108 |
| Employees | Employees | 60 |
| | Employee policies and engagement | 222 |
| | Health, safety and wellbeing | 224 |
| Human rights | Suppliers | 58 |
| | Respecting human rights | 133 |
| Social matters | Society | 59 |
| | Drive social impact through our clients and communities | 97 |
| Anti-corruption and bribery | Code of conduct and ethics | 130 |
| | Fighting financial crime | 131 |
| | Political donations | 218 |
| Non-financial KPIs | Supplementary people information | 498 |
| | Supplementary sustainability information | 504 |
| | 2023 Sustainability Aspirations | 508 |
→ See the Sustainability Review section from pages 92 to 133 for further information and details
# Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
In line with our 'comply or explain' obligation under the UK's Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Rules, we can confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures in this Annual Report. Our TCFD disclosures also meet the new climate-related financial disclosure requirements contained in section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. We have also taken into account the implementation guidance included in the TCFD 2021 Annex.
| Section | TCFD recommendation | | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Governance | a) | The Board's oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities | 120 |
| | b) | Management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities | 120 |
| Strategy | a) | Climate-related risks and opportunities the Group has identified over the short, medium and long term | 309 |
| | b) | Impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the Group's businesses, strategy and financial planning | 78 |
| | c) | Resilience of the Group's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a two degrees Celsius or lower scenario | 309 |
| Risk Management | a) | Our processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks | 298 |
| | b) | Our processes for managing climate-related risks | 298 |
| | c) | How the Group's processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the Group's overall risk management | 127 |
| Metrics and Targets | a) | The metrics used by the Group to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with our strategy and risk management processes | 66 |
| | b) | Disclosures on Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and related risks | 105 |
| | c) | The targets used by the Group to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and our performance against targets | 25 |
→ For a more detailed TCFD Summary and Alignment Index referencing relevant disclosures see pages 511 to 516
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Underlying versus reported results
# Underlying versus reported results reconciliations
Reconciliations between underlying and reported results are set out in the tables below:
Operating income by client segment
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 11,218 | 7,106 | 156 | (1,102) | 17,378 |
| Restructuring | 291 | 45 | – | 26 | 362 |
| DVA | 17 | – | – | – | 17 |
| Other items² | 262 | – | – | – | 262 |
| Reported operating income | 11,788 | 7,151 | 156 | (1,076) | 18,019 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 9,608 | 5,969 | 29 | 156 | 15,762 |
| Restructuring | 436 | 47 | – | 11 | 494 |
| DVA | 42 | – | – | – | 42 |
| Other items | – | – | – | 20 | 20 |
| Reported operating income | 10,086 | 6,016 | 29 | 187 | 16,318 |
1 Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Operating income by region
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 12,429 | 2,806 | 1,397 | 746 | 17,378 |
| Restructuring | 203 | 110 | 35 | 14 | 362 |
| DVA | (16) | 26 | 7 | – | 17 |
| Other items² | 35 | (18) | 263 | (18) | 262 |
| Reported operating income | 12,651 | 2,924 | 1,702 | 742 | 18,019 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 10,912 | 2,460 | 2,303 | 87 | 15,762 |
| Restructuring | 304 | 140 | 35 | 15 | 494 |
| DVA | 20 | 8 | 14 | – | 42 |
| Other items | 20 | – | – | – | 20 |
| Reported operating income | 11,256 | 2,608 | 2,352 | 102 | 16,318 |
1 Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Net interest income and Non NII
| | 2023 | | | | 2022¹ | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Adjustment for Financial Markets funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets $million | Reported $million | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Adjustment for Financial Markets funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets $million | Reported $million |
| Net interest income²,³ | 9,557 | (10) | (1,778) | 7,769 | 7,967 | 9 | (383) | 7,593 |
| Non NII²,³ | 7,821 | 651 | 1,778 | 10,250 | 7,795 | 547 | 383 | 8,725 |
| Total income | 17,378 | 641 | - | 18,019 | 15,762 | 556 | - | 16,318 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. To be consistent with how we the compute Net Interest Margin, we have changed our definition of Underlying Net Interest Income (NII) and Underlying Non NII. The adjustments made to NIM, including Interest expense relating to funding our trading book, will now be shown against Underlying Non NII to be updated as rather than Underlying NII. There is no impact on total income
Profit before taxation (PBT)
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Net gain on businesses disposed of $million | Goodwill and other Impairment² $million | DVA $million | Reported $million |
| Operating income | 17,378 | 362 | 262 | - | 17 | 18,019 |
| Operating expenses | (11,136) | (415)
| - | - | - |
(11,551) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 6,242 | (53) | 262 | - | 17 | 6,468 |
| Credit impairment | (528) | 20
| - | - | - |
(508) |
| Other impairment | (130) | (28) | - | (850) | - | (1,008) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 94 | 47
| - | - | - |
141 |
| Profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,678 | (14) | 262 | (850) | 17 | 5,093 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Net gain on businesses disposed of $million | Goodwill and other Impairment² $million | DVA $million | Reported $million |
| Operating income | 15,762 | 494 | 20 | - | 42 | 16,318 |
| Operating expenses | (10,409) | (504)
| - | - | - |
(10,913) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,353 | (10)
| - | - |
42 | 5,405 |
| Credit impairment | (836)
| - | - | - | - |
(836) |
| Other impairment | (39) | (78) | - | (322) | - | (439) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 167 | (11)
| - | - | - |
156 |
| Profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,645 | (99) | 20 | (322) | 42 | 4,286 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Net gain on businesses disposed of includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Underlying versus reported results
Profit before taxation (PBT) by client segment
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 11,218 | 7,106 | 156 | (1,102) | 17,378 |
| External | 8,543 | 3,902 | 157 | 4,776 | 17,378 |
| Inter-segment | 2,675 | 3,204 | (1) | (5,878) | - |
| Operating expenses | (5,627) | (4,261) | (429) | (819) | (11,136) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,591 | 2,845 | (273) | (1,921) | 6,242 |
| Credit impairment | (123) | (354) | (85) | 34 | (528) |
| Other impairment | (32) | (4) | (26) | (68) | (130) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures
| - | - |
(24) | 118 | 94 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,436 | 2,487 | (408) | (1,837) | 5,678 |
| Restructuring | 32 | (60) | (4) | 18 | (14) |
| Goodwill and other impairment²
| - | - | - |
(850) | (850) |
| DVA | 17
| - | - | - |
17 |
| Other items³ | 262
| - | - | - |
262 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,747 | 2,427 | (412) | (2,669) | 5,093 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 9,608 | 5,969 | 29 | 156 | 15,762 |
| External | 8,462 | 4,942 | 29 | 2,329 | 15,762 |
| Inter-segment | 1,146 | 1,027 | - | (2,173) | - |
| Operating expenses | (5,193) | (4,104) | (336) | (776) | (10,409) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 4,415 | 1,865 | (307) | (620) | 5,353 |
| Credit impairment | (425) | (262) | (16) | (133) | (836) |
| Other impairment | - | (10) | (24) | (5) | (39) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures
| - | - |
(16) | 183 | 167 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,990 | 1,593 | (363) | (575) | 4,645 |
| Restructuring | 14 | (56) | (1) | (56) | (99) |
| Goodwill and other impairment²
| - | - | - |
(322) | (322) |
| DVA | 42
| - | - | - |
42 |
| Other items
| - | - | - |
20 | 20 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,046 | 1,537 | (364) | (933) | 4,286 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Other items include the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Profit before taxation (PBT) by region
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 12,429 | 2,806 | 1,397 | 746 | 17,378 |
| Operating expenses | (7,096) | (1,571) | (1,733) | (736) | (11,136) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,333 | 1,235 | (336) | 10 | 6,242 |
| Credit impairment | (644) | 91 | 19 | 6 | (528) |
| Other impairment | (63) | (15) | (13) | (39) | (130) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 114
| - | - |
(20) | 94 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,740 | 1,311 | (330) | (43) | 5,678 |
| Restructuring | (97) | (2) | 32 | 53 | (14) |
| Goodwill and other impairment² | (850)
| - | - | - |
(850) |
| DVA | (16) | 26 | 7 | - | 17 |
| Other items³ | 35 | (18) | 263 | (18) | 262 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,812 | 1,317 | (28) | (8) | 5,093 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 10,912 | 2,460 | 2,303 | 87 | 15,762 |
| Operating expenses | (6,675) | (1,551) | (1,548) | (635) | (10,409) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 4,237 | 909 | 755 | (548) | 5,353 |
| Credit impairment | (790) | (119) | 78 | (5) | (836) |
| Other impairment | (10) | 2 | 1 | (32) | (39) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 179
| - | - |
(12) | 167 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,616 | 792 | 834 | (597) | 4,645 |
| Restructuring | (46) | 21 | (13) | (61) | (99) |
| Goodwill and other impairment² | (308)
| - | - |
(14) | (322) |
| DVA | 20 | 8 | 14 | - | 42 |
| Other items | 20
| - | - | - |
20 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,302 | 821 | 835 | (672) | 4,286 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Other items include the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Underlying versus reported results
Return on tangible equity (RoTE)
| | 2023 $million | 2022¹ $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Average parent company Shareholders' Equity² | 43,549 | 44,237 |
| Less Average preference share capital and share premium | (1,494) | (1,494) |
| Less Average intangible assets | (5,957) | (5,557) |
| Average Ordinary Shareholders' Tangible Equity | 36,098 | 37,186 |
| Profit for the period attributable to equity holders | 3,462 | 2,902 |
| Non-controlling interests | 7 | 46 |
| Dividend payable on preference shares and AT1 classified as equity | (452) | (401) |
| Profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders | 3,017 | 2,547 |
| Items normalised: | | |
| Restructuring | 14 | 99 |
| Goodwill & other impairment³ | 850 | 322 |
| Net gains on sale of businesses⁴ | (262) | (20) |
| Ventures FVOCI unrealised gains/(losses) net of tax | 69 | (36) |
| DVA | (17) | (42) |
| Tax on normalised items | (21) | (3) |
| Underlying profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders | 3,650 | 2,867 |
| Underlying Return on Tangible Equity | 10.1% | 7.7% |
| Reported Return on Tangible Equity | 8.4% | 6.8% |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Excludes other equity instruments including AT1s
3. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
4. Includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate Commercial & Institutional Banking % | Consumer Private & Business Banking % | Ventures % | Central & other Items (Segment) % | Total % |
| Underlying RoTE | 19.5 | 25.3 | nm³ | (27.0) | 10.1 |
| Provision for regulatory matters | – | – | – | – | – |
| Restructuring | | | | | |
| Of which: Income | 1.4 | 0.6 | – | 0.3 | 1.0 |
| Of which: Expenses | (1.3) | (1.4) | nm³ | (0.6) | (1.1) |
| Of which: Credit impairment | 0.1 | – | – | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| Of which: Other impairment | (0.1) | – | – | (0.2) | (0.1) |
| Of which: Profit from associates and joint ventures | – | – | – | 0.6 | 0.1 |
| Net gain on businesses disposed/held for sale² | 1.3 | – | – | – | 0.7 |
| Goodwill and other impairment¹ | – | – | – | (11.1) | (2.3) |
| Ventures FVOCI Unrealised gains/(losses) net of Taxes | – | – | – | – | (0.2) |
| DVA | 0.1 | – | – | – | – |
| Tax on normalised items | (0.4) | 0.2 | nm³ | 1.1 | 0.1 |
| Reported RoTE | 20.6 | 24.7 | nm³ | (36.8) | 8.4 |
1. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
2. Includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
3. Not meaningful
4. Segmental RoTE is the ratio of the current year's underlying profit to the average tangible equity. Average Tangible Equity has been derived based on average RWA
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
| | 20221 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate,Commercial&InstitutionalBanking% | ConsumerPrivate &BusinessBanking% | Ventures% | Central &other Items(Segment)% | Total% |
| Underlying RoTE | 13.4 | 15.8 | nm3 | (14.2) | 7.7 |
| Provision for regulatory matters | - | - | - | - | - |
| Restructuring | | | | | |
| Of which: Income | 1.9 | 0.6 | - | 0.1 | 1.3 |
| Of which: Expenses | (1.6) | (1.4) | nm3 | (0.5) | (1.4) |
| Of which: Credit impairment | - | - | - | - | - |
| Of which: Other impairment | (0.2)
| - | - |
(0.3) | (0.2) |
| Of which: Profit from associates and joint ventures
| - | - | - |
(0.1) | - |
| Net loss on businesses disposed/held for sale
| - | - |
nm3 | 0.3 | 0.1 |
| Goodwill and other impairment2
| - | - | - |
(4.5) | (0.9) |
| Ventures FVOCI Unrealised gains/(losses) net of Taxes
| - | - | - | - |
0.1 |
| DVA | 0.2
| - | - | - |
0.1 |
| Tax on normalised items | (0.1) | 0.2 | nm3 | - | - |
| Reported RoTE | 13.6 | 15.2 | nm3 | (19.2) | 6.8 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Not meaningful
4. Segmental RoTE is the ratio of the current year's underlying profit to the average tangible equity. Average Tangible Equity has been derived based on average RWA
Net charge-off ratio
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Credit impairment (charge)/release for the year/ period $million | Net average exposure $million | Net Charge-off Ratio % | Credit impairment (charge)/release for the year/ period $million | Net average exposure1 $million | Net Charge-off Ratio1 % |
| Stage 1 | 42 | 320,649 | (0.01)% | 5 | 321,099 | (0.00)% |
| Stage 2 | (262) | 11,674 | 2.24% | (325) | 13,162 | 2.47% |
| Stage 3 | (386) | 3,117 | 12.38% | (423) | 3,074 | 13.76% |
| Total exposure | (606) | 335,440 | 0.18% | (743) | 337,335 | 0.22% |
1. Prior year has been restated
Earnings per ordinary share (EPS)
| | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $ million | Restructuring $ million | DVA $ million | Net gain on sale of businesses $ million | Goodwill and other impairment $ million | Tax on normalised items $ million | Reported $ million |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders | 3,581 | (14) | 17 | 262 | (850) | 21 | 3,017 |
| Basic – Weighted average number of shares (millions) | 2,778 | | | | | | 2,778 |
| Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 128.9 | | | | | | 108.6 |
| | 20222 | | | | | | |
| | Underlying $ million | Restructuring $ million | DVA $ million | Net loss on sale of businesses $ million | Goodwill impairment2 $ million | Tax on normalised items $ million | Reported $ million |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders | 2,903 | (99) | 42 | 20 | (322) | 3 | 2,547 |
| Basic – Weighted average number of shares (millions) | 2,966 | | | | | | 2,966 |
| Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 97.9 | | | | | | 85.9 |
1. Includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Alternative performance measures
# Alternative performance measures
An alternative performance measure is a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework. The following are key alternative performance measures used by the Group to assess financial performance and financial position.
| Measure | Definition |
| --- | --- |
| Advances-to-deposits/customer advances-to-deposits (ADR) ratio | The ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer accounts, excluding approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress. A low advances-to-deposits ratio demonstrates that customer accounts exceed customer loans resulting from emphasis placed on generating a high level of stable funding from customers. |
| Average interest earning balance | Daily average of the interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities balances excluding the daily average cash collateral balances in other assets and other liabilities that are related to the Financial Markets trading book |
| Constant currency basis | A performance measure on a constant currency basis is presented such that comparative periods are adjusted for the current year's functional currency rate. The following balances are presented on a constant currency basis when described as such: • Operating income • Operating expenses • Profit before tax • RWAs or risk-weighted assets |
| Cost-to-income ratio | The proportion of total operating expenses to total operating income. |
| Cover ratio | The ratio of impairment provisions for each stage to the gross loan exposure for each stage. |
| Cover ratio after collateral/cover ratio including collateral | The ratio of impairment provisions for stage 3 loans and realisable value of collateral held against these non-performing loan exposures to the gross loan exposure of stage 3 loans. |
| Gross yield | Reported interest income divided by average interest earning assets. |
| Income return on risk weighted assets (IRoRWA) | Annualised Income excluding Debit Valuation Adjustment as a percentage of Average RWA |
| Jaws | The difference between the rates of change in revenue and operating expenses. Positive jaws occurs when the percentage change in revenue is higher than, or less negative than, the corresponding rate for operating expenses. |
| Loan loss rate | Total credit impairment for loans and advances to customers over average loans and advances to customers. |
| Net charge-off ratio | The ratio of net credit impairment charge or release to average outstanding net loans and advances. |
| Net tangible asset value per share | Ratio of net tangible assets (total tangible assets less total liabilities) to the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of a reporting period. |
| Net yield | Gross yield on average assets less rate paid on average liabilities |
| NIM or Net interest margin | Reported net interest income adjusted for interest expense incurred on amortised cost liabilities used to fund the Financial Markets business and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets, divided by average interest-earning assets excluding financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. |
| RAR per FTE or Risk adjusted revenue per full-time equivalent | Risk adjusted revenue (RAR) is defined as underlying operating income less underlying impairment over the past 12 months. RAR is then divided by the 12 month rolling average full-time equivalent (FTE) to determine RAR per FTE. |
| Rate paid | Reported interest expense adjusted for interest expense incurred on amortised cost liabilities used to fund financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, divided by average interest bearing liabilities. |
| RoE or Return on equity | The ratio of the current year's profit available for distribution to ordinary shareholders plus fair value movements through other comprehensive income relating to the Ventures segment to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity for the reporting period. |
| RoTE or Return on ordinary shareholders' tangible equity | The ratio of the current year's profit available for distribution to ordinary shareholders to the average tangible equity, being ordinary shareholders' equity less the average intangible assets for the reporting period. Where a target RoTE is stated, this is based on profit and equity expectations for future periods. |
| TSR or Total shareholder return | The total return of the Group's equity (share price growth and dividends) to investors. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
| Measure | Definition |
| --- | --- |
| Underlying net interest income | Reported net interest income normalised to an underlying basis adjusted for interest expense incurred on amortised cost liabilities used to fund the Financial Markets business and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets. |
| Underlying/Normalised | A performance measure is described as underlying/normalised if the reported result has been adjusted for restructuring and other items representing profits or losses of a capital nature; DVA; amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent, excluding amounts consequent to Ventures transactions, as these are considered part of the Group's ordinary course of business; and other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the period, and items which management and investors would ordinarily identify separately when assessing performance period-by-period. Restructuring includes impacts to profit or loss from businesses that have been disclosed as no longer part of the Group's ongoing business, redundancy costs, costs of closure or relocation of business locations, impairments of assets and other costs which are not related to the Group's ongoing business. Restructuring in this context is not the same as a restructuring provision as defined in IAS 37. A reconciliation between underlying/normalised and reported performance is contained in Note 2 to the financial statements. The following balances and measures are presented on an underlying basis when described as such:• Operating income• Operating expense• Profit before tax• Earnings per share (basic and diluted)• Cost-to-income ratio• Jaws• RoTE or return on tangible equity |
| Non NII | Reported Non NII is a sum of net fees and commission, net trading income and other operating income |
| Underlying Non NII | Reported Non NII normalised to an underlying basis adjusted for interest expense incurred on amortised cost liabilities used to fund the Financial Markets business and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets. In prior periods Underlying Non NII was described as underlying other income. |
| Underlying RoTE | The ratio of the current year's profit available for distribution to ordinary shareholders plus fair value on OCI equity movement relating to Ventures segment to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity for the reporting period. |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Strategic report
Viability statement
# Viability statement
The directors are required to issue a viability statement regarding the Group, explaining their assessment of the prospects of the Group over an appropriate period of time and state whether they have reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due.
The directors are to also disclose the period of time for which they have made the assessment and the reason they consider that period to be appropriate.
In considering the viability of the Group, the directors have assessed the key factors including, but not limited to; inflationary pressures, spikes in oil prices, market volatility, economic recession, and geopolitical events likely to affect the Group's business model and strategic plan, future performance, capital adequacy, solvency and liquidity taking into account the emerging risks as well as the principal risks.
The viability assessment has been made over a period of three years, which the directors consider appropriate as it is within both the Group's strategic planning horizon and, the basis upon which its regulatory capital stress tests are undertaken and is representative of the continuous level of regulatory change affecting the financial services industry. The directors will continue to monitor and consider the appropriateness of this period.
The directors have reviewed the corporate plan, the output of the Group's formalised process of budgeting and strategic planning. For the 2024 Corporate Plan, the forward-looking cash flows and balances includes the anticipated impact of global interest rates on revenues and inflationary pressure on costs. The Corporate Plan is evaluated and approved each year by the Board with confirmation from the Group Chief Risk Officer that the Plan is aligned with the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and within Group Risk Appetite Statement and considers the Group's future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and resources, liquidity ratios and other key financial and regulatory ratios over the period. The Corporate Plan details the Group's key performance measures, of forecast profit, CET 1 capital ratio forecast, return on tangible equity forecasts, cost to income ratio forecasts and cash investment projections. The Board has reviewed the ongoing performance management process of the Group by comparing the reported results to the budgets and corporate plan.
The Group performs enterprise-wide stress tests using a range of bespoke hypothetical scenarios that explore the resilience of the Group to shocks to its balance sheet and business model.
To assess the Group's balance sheet vulnerabilities and capital and liquidity adequacy, severe but plausible macro-financial scenarios explore shocks that trigger one or more of:
- Global slowdowns including recessions in China, Asian and Western economies that can be acute or more protracted, resulting in severe declines in property prices
- Sharp falls in world trade volumes and disruption to global supply chains, including the severe worsening of trade tensions and rise of protectionism.
- Inflationary pressures in the global economy including volatility in commodity prices
- Significant rises in interest rates and depreciation in emerging market currencies, resulting in heightened sovereign risk
- Financial market volatility, including significant moves in asset prices driven by a combination of macroeconomic and geopolitical events
This year, the primary focus has been on:
- The effect of high interest rates and persistent inflation, including spikes in the oil price, combined with severe market volatility and severe economic downturns in China and other economies.
- The impact of intensifying geopolitical tensions on economic and financial activity in our footprint markets including an assessment of both financial and operational risks.
- Testing liquidity resilience of the Group in case it experiences a very severe stress informed by different, actual stress events observed for e.g. Silicon Valley Bank or by Credit Suisse
In 2023, the Group undertook a number of Climate Risk stress tests, including those mandated by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, Central Bank UAE and internal management scenario analysis. We expanded our portfolio coverage to assess the resilience of 95 per cent of CCIB Exposure at Default across three external scenarios based on Version 3 of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and three internal management scenarios. The three internal scenarios refer to one bespoke base case and a physical and a transition tail risk scenario.
The loan impairment (LI) intensity which measures the level of gross expected credit losses (ECL) against the exposure at default (EAD) enables us to assess the relative size of our exposure subject to potential losses from climate risks. LI intensity is not currently material.
Overall, we believe that the level of potential credit losses can be mitigated by continuing to take necessary actions which the Group is already doing across sectors, engaging with our clients on this topic and support them in enhancing their climate transition plans. The impact of sea level rises under various Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) scenarios was used to explore the Physical Risk impact on the Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) residential mortgage portfolio. In 2023, Climate Risk was also considered as part of our formal annual corporate strategy and financial planning process.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Under this range of scenarios, the results of these stress tests demonstrate that the Group has sufficient capital and liquidity to continue as a going concern and meet regulatory minimum capital and liquidity requirements.
To assess the Group's business model vulnerabilities, extreme and unlikely scenarios are explored that, by design, result in the Group's business model no longer being viable these scenarios have included for the Group escalation of geopolitical tensions which results in reciprocal target sanctions and the bifurcation of financial system between the West and East, impacting key industries including technology, telecommunications and financial institutions. Insights from these reverse stress tests can inform strategy, risk management and capital and liquidity planning.
Further information on stress testing is provided in the Risk management approach section (page 314).
The directors further considered the Group's Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which considers the Group's liquidity position, its framework and whether sufficient liquidity resources are being maintained to meet liabilities as they fall due. Funding and liquidity was considered in the context of the risk appetite metrics, including the ADR and LCR ratios.
The Board Risk Committee (BRC) exercises oversight on behalf of the Board of the key risks of the Group and reviews the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and Enterprise Risk Management Framework, including reviewing the appropriateness and effectiveness of the Group's risk management systems, key controls and considering the implications of material regulatory change proposals, and reviewing reports on principal risks, including Climate Risk, to the Group's business.
The BRC receives regular reports on the Group's key risks, as well as updates on the macroeconomic environment, geo-political outlook, market developments, and relevant regulatory updates. In 2023, the BRC had deeper discussion covering: CCIB Risk deep dives with particular focus on change management and regulatory programmes; the CPBB portfolio, particularly credit cards, personal loans, partnerships, Financial Crime and ICS risks; the Group's approach to Liquidity and Funding Risk management; Country risk including Sovereign risk; credit portfolio management activities risk and progress made in balance sheet optimisation; Reputational and Sustainability Risk including the Group's approach to Environmental, Social and Governance Risk; Climate Risk particularly climate risk integration and scenario analysis; Safety and Security Risk; Credit Risk review particularly large exposures, resources and scope of climate risk assessment and stress testing; and Chief Risk Officer treasury report, including risk observations and recommendations around the current balance sheet; SC Ventures Risk and governance. The BRC also held a joint horizon scanning session with the Audit Committee on the forward looking geo-political agenda and emerging risks.
Based on the information received, the directors' considered the principal uncertainties as well as the principal risks in their assessment of the Group' viability, how these impact the risk profile, performance and viability of the Group and any specific mitigating or remedial actions necessary.
For further details of information relevant to the directors, assessment can be found in the following sections of the annual report and accounts:
- The Group's Business model (pages 20 to 23) and Strategy (pages 24 and 25)
- The Group's current position and prospects including factors likely to affect future results and development, together with a description of financial and funding positions are described in the client segment reviews and regional reviews (pages 26 to 33)
- An update on the key risk themes of the Group is discussed in the Group Chief Risk Officer's review, found in the Strategic Report (pages 34 to 43)
- The BRC section of the Director's report (pages 44 to 48)
- The Group's Topical and Emerging Risks, sets out the key external factors that could impact the Group in the coming year (pages 48 to 51).
- The Group's Enterprise Risk Management Framework details how the Group identifies, manages and governs risk (pages 314 to 320)
- The Group's Risk profile provides an analysis of our risk exposures across all major risk types (page 320 to 337)
- The capital position of the Group, regulatory development and the approach to management and allocation of capital are set out in the Capital review (pages 338 to 343)
Having considered all the factors outlined above, the directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of the assessment up to 31 December 2026.
Our Strategic report from pages 01 to 89 has been reviewed and approved by the Board.
Our Strategic report from pages 01 to 89 has been reviewed and approved by the Board.
Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Sustainability review
92 Sustainability review
94 Sustainability Aspirations
99 Sustainability Strategic Pillars
120 Climate and sustainability-related governance
125 Managing Environmental and Social Risk
126 Managing Climate Risk
130 Integrity, conduct and ethics
# Supporting financial institutions with sustainable trade loans
In September, we launched a sustainable trade loan offering for financial institutions. The loans can be used for renewable energy sector projects such as the installation of wind turbines, purchase of solar panels, and sale of renewable energy battery storage systems. The offering builds on our sustainable trade finance proposition, announced in 2021, designed to help companies implement more sustainable practices across their ecosystems and build more resilient supply chains.
+ Read more at sc.com/sustainabletrade
Standard Chartered Level 2011 | Issue 2012
---
Sustainability review
---
Sustainability review
# Sustainability review
This section provides information on the Group's approach to sustainability, related governance structures, how we manage environmental, social, and climate risk, and progress in 2023. Further information is available in the Risk review section from pages 298 to 313 and in the Supplementary sustainability information section from pages 504 to 516.
## Sustainability Review content map
| Driving a sustainable future | | | Page 67 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Our approach to sustainability reporting | | | Page 93 |
| Approach to sustainability | Sustainability Aspirations: our long-term goals | Aspiration 1: Mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance by 2030 | Page 94 |
| | | Aspiration 2: Operationalise our interim 2030 financed emissions targets to meet our 2050 net zero ambition | Page 95 |
| | | Aspiration 3: Enhance and deepen the sustainability ecosystem | Page 96 |
| | | Aspiration 4: Drive social impact with our clients and communities | Page 97 |
| | Sustainability Strategic Pillars: our short-term targets and immediate priorities | Pillar 1: Scale Sustainable Finance income | Page 99 |
| | | Pillar 2: Further embed sustainability across the organisation | Page 102 |
| | | Pillar 3: Deliver on the annual milestones set forth in our net zero roadmap | Page 105 |
| | | Pillar 4: Leverage our innovation hubs | Page 118 |
| Climate- and sustainability-related governance | | | Page 120 |
| Managing environmental and social risk | | | Page 125 |
| Managing climate risk | | | Page 126 |
| Integrity, conduct and ethics | | | Page 130 |
## Disclaimer
We report on sustainability and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters throughout this Annual Report, in particular in the following sections: (i) Sustainability overview in the Strategic report, Sustainability overview on pages 66 to 79; (ii) Sustainability review on pages 92 to 133; (iii) Risk review and Capital review on pages 298 to 313; and (iv) in the Supplementary Sustainability Information section on pages 504 to 516.
In this 'Sustainability review' chapter, we set out our approach and progress relating to sustainability and its content is subject to the statements included in (i) the 'Forward-looking statements' section; and (ii) the 'Basis of preparation and caution regarding data limitations' section provided under 'Important notices' on pages 519 and 520. Additional information can be accessed through our suite of supporting sustainability reports and disclosures via our website www.sc.com.
To access the Group's suite of sustainability-related reports and disclosures please visit sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
## Independent Limited Assurance
Ernst & Young LLP (EY) were appointed to provide independent limited assurance over certain data points within this Annual Report, indicated with a caret symbol (°) in this report. The assurance engagement was planned and performed in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (UK) 3000 (July 2020), Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (ISAE (UK) 3000 (July 2020)). This independent assurance report is separate from EY's audit report on the financial statements and is available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub. This report includes further detail on the scope, respective responsibilities, work performed, limitations and conclusions.
We obtained independent limited assurance on the Group's Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (excluding fugitive emissions) by Global Documentation Ltd. We also obtained reasonable assurance on the Group's Scope 3 emissions associated with business travel (air travel) from Eco-Act. These verifications were conducted in accordance with the ISO 14064-3 Greenhouse gases standard.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Our suite of sustainability-related reports and disclosures
| Report or disclosure | Description |
| --- | --- |
| Diversity, Equality and Inclusion Impact Report | Includes gender and ethnicity pay gap assessment and the actions we have taken to support a culture of inclusion. |
| Equator Principles Reporting | As a member since 2003, we report on how we apply the principles to ensure that the projects we finance and advise on are developed in a manner that is socially responsible and reflect sound environmental management practices. |
| ESG Data Pack | The ESG and sustainability data disclosed within this Annual Report is provided in a spreadsheet format. |
| ESG Reporting Index | Alignment table referencing our disclosures using voluntary sustainability reporting frameworks: SASB Standards, Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and World Economic Forum (WEF) Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics. |
| Modern Slavery Statement | This report sets out the steps we have taken to assess and manage the risk of modern slavery and human trafficking in our operations and supply chain. |
| Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues | Describes the Group's approach to net zero laying out the methodologies we have used to calculate our financed and facilitated emissions and setting our interim 2030 targets at sector level. |
| Position Statements and Prohibited Activities | We use our cross-sector and sector-specific Position Statements and Prohibited Activities list to assess whether to provide financial services to clients. |
| PRB Reporting and Self-assessment | The Group's disclosures on actions undertaken related to the six principles as defined by the United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB). |
| Sustainable Finance Impact Report | We present the impact of our Sustainable Finance assets on a portfolio basis. |
| Sustainable Finance Frameworks | Our Green and Sustainable Product Framework and Sustainability Bond Framework outline our definition of green, sustainable finance. Our Transition Finance Framework sets out the activities and entities that we consider eligible for transition finance. |
| TCFD Summary and Alignment Index | A summary and alignment index referencing the Group's relevant disclosures against the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework can be found on pages 511 to 516. |
## Driving a sustainable future
With a long-standing presence in parts of the world where sustainable finance can have a significant impact, we facilitate the movement of capital to where it is needed most. We apply our knowledge across our market footprint and the innovative mindset of our teams to create financial solutions that help to address challenges and support sustainable growth.
The work we do to accelerate the transition to net zero, lift participation in the economy and reset globalisation is fundamental to our business. These three areas of focus are known as our **Stands** and inform our overall strategy, including our approach to sustainability, our advocacy efforts on behalf of our markets and engagement with our employees and society.
> Our Stands are described in more detail on page 26 of this Annual Report
## Our approach to sustainability
Embedding sustainability across our business is a strategic priority for the Group. To accelerate our sustainability agenda, the Group's inaugural Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO) was appointed in 2022. Since then, our dedicated CSO organisation – which houses our Sustainable Finance, Sustainability Strategy, Net Zero Delivery, Strategic Initiatives and Environmental and Social Risk Management teams – acts as a centre of excellence and a catalyst for the execution of the Group-wide sustainability strategy, including the achievement of our net zero roadmap.
We focus on delivering both our long-term sustainability goals – our **Sustainability Aspirations** – as well as our short-term targets and immediate priorities – our **Sustainability Strategic Pillars**.
## Our approach to sustainability reporting
The Group includes Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) and sustainability information in this Annual Report, providing investors and stakeholders with an understanding of the implications of relevant sustainability-related risks and opportunities, and progress against our objectives. In line with our 'comply or explain' obligation under the UK Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Rules, we confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures throughout this Annual Report. For our TCFD content table please refer to page 79 and for our TCFD Summary and Alignment Index see pages 511 to 516.
In preparing this report we have given consideration to (but do not align in full with) the guidance provided by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) in 2023: IFRS S1 and IFRS S2, noting that IFRS S2, although largely based on TCFD, requires a more granular level of disclosure. IFRS S1 and S2 are voluntary standards and compliance is not yet required in the Group's listing locations.
Materiality is considered to be the threshold of significance for reporting sustainability-related risks and opportunities for users of financial statements: investors and wider stakeholders. We consider guidance provided by the IFRS Foundation, which focuses on meeting the sustainability data and information needs of our investors. Determining materiality for sustainability-related risks and opportunities should consider both quantitative and qualitative aspects related to sustainable social and economic development.
Our approach to sustainability reporting will continue to evolve subject to regulatory and voluntary standards across our listing locations and footprint markets. Our disclosures are guided by international standards, frameworks and principles to the extent relevant to our business. We publish an ESG Reporting Index against the disclosures captured in the GRI Universal and select Topic Standards, relevant metrics from sector-specific SASB Standards and WEF's Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Sustainability Aspirations: our long-term goals
The Group's approach to sustainability is underpinned by our Stands and shaped by our Sustainability Aspirations. During 2023, we refreshed and consolidated our Sustainability Aspirations into four overarching long-term goals, each supported by key performance indicators. Together, these reflect our commitment to our brand promise, here for good, in support of sustainable social and economic development.
# Aspiration 1: Mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance
Across our markets, many clients are at the early phase of evaluating the risks and opportunities associated with their transition to a low-carbon economy. We leverage a full suite of Sustainable Finance solutions – including loans, bonds, trade finance and carbon trading – to support their transition. These are underpinned by our Sustainable Finance frameworks that outline how we apply the 'green', 'sustainable' or 'transition' labels across products and transactions. We also work with corporate, retail and wealth clients to mobilise diverse sources of capital in support of social outcomes.
We have mobilised $872 billion^A of Sustainable Finance from January 2021 through to September 2023 against our commitment to mobilise $300 billion by 2030. We made strong progress against this target in the year and we anticipate that our future progress will not be linear as our markets mature further, providing opportunities for us to support our clients in their transition.
Sustainable Finance Mobilised¹
| Product | Oct 2023 – Sep 2023 $m | Jan 2021 – Sep 2022²⁰ $m | Jan 2021 – Sep 2023 $m Cumulative Progress |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Use of Proceeds³,³ | 7,678 | 11,849 | 19,527 |
| Sustainability-Linked Loans (SLLs)³,⁴ | 8,319 | 19,781 | 28,100 |
| Transition Finance³,⁵ | 418 | 344 | 762 |
| SME Lending³,⁶ | 1,014 | 1,839 | 2,853 |
| Microfinance³,⁶ | 774 | 1,166 | 1,940 |
| Green Mortgages³,⁷ | 538 | 4,284 | 4,822 |
| Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)/Advisory⁸ | 1,432 | 4,354 | 5,786 |
| Green and Social Bonds facilitated⁹ | 9,617 | 13,806 | 23,423 |
| Total Sustainable Finance Mobilised¹¹ | 29,790 | 57,423 | 87,213^A |
| Of the above | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking (CCIB) | 28,238 | 51,300 | 79,538 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking (CPBB) | 1,552 | 6,123 | 7,675 |
| Total Sustainable Finance Mobilised¹¹ | 29,790 | 57,423 | 87,213^A |
1 Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance is defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients that supports: (i) the preservation and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of GHG emissions, including the alignment of a client's business and operations with a 1.5 degree Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentivising our clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance).
2 Amounts include transactions with restricted use of the proceeds of the financing that align to our Green and Sustainable Product Framework.
3 Lending transactions are measured as per the loan commitment/underwritten amount provided to the counterparty.
4 SLLs refer to any type of loan instrument for which the economic characteristics can vary depending on whether the counterparty achieves ambitious, material and quantifiable predetermined sustainability performance targets (SPTs). The counterparties' sustainability performance is measured by applying predefined SPTs to predefined KPIs. The use of proceeds in relation to an SLL is not a determinant in its categorisation and, in most instances, SLLs will be used for general corporate purposes. SLLs are not issued in line with the Group's Green and Sustainable Product Framework.
5 Amount includes any financial service provided to clients to support them to align their business and/or operations with a 1.5-degree trajectory issued in line with our Transition finance framework.
6 SME and Microfinance lending which is the provision of finance to Development Assistance Committee (DAC) lower- and middle- lower income countries as per the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). The inclusion of business banking is linked to the 'Access to Finance' sub-theme within the Group's Green and Sustainable Product Framework incorporating employment generation, and programmes designed to prevent and/or alleviate unemployment, including through the potential effect of small and medium enterprise (SME) financing and micro-finance.
7 Green Mortgages are loans from Consumer, Private & Business Banking (CPBB) where the underlying property meets a specific energy rating. Value mobilised in 2021 includes mortgages originated before 2021 but identified as Green in 2021.
8 M&A/Advisory represents where the Group is the financial advisor to the transaction. The amount attributed to M&A/Advisory mobilisation is proportional and represents the total deal size divided by the number of financial advisors on the deal.
9 Capital market bonds are measured by the proportional bookrunner share of facilitated activities as determined by third-party league table rankings based on the level of services provided.
10 During 2023 additional deals that meet the definition of the Group's Green and Sustainable product framework were identified and approved as sustainable resulting in a restatement to cumulative mobilisation in the prior year. Use of proceed transactions have increased from $9,820mn to $11,849mn, Transition Finance transactions have increased from $144mn to $344mn and Mergers and Acquisitions have increased from $3,184mn to $4,354mn, Sustainability Linked Loans have increased from $13,745mn to $19,781mn and Green Mortgages have increased from $3,500mn to $4,354mn.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Aspiration 2: Operationalise our interim 2030 financed emissions targets to meet our 2050 net zero ambition
The Paris Agreement recognises that the world needs to reach net zero carbon emissions by 2050 to mitigate the worst effects of climate change and ensure a habitable planet for the next generation. This will require efforts from a wide range of stakeholders, governments and the private sector to accelerate the just transition to a low-carbon, nature positive and climate-resilient economy. We aim to reach net zero in our financed emissions by 2050 and in our operations by 2025.
To date, the Group has set and disclosed science-based interim 2030 financed emissions targets for 11 high-emitting sectors, in line with guidance from the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA). We are working across our businesses and functions, and alongside our clients to deliver these targets, notwithstanding the challenges presented by a material portion of our markets not having a commitment to achieve net zero by 2050.
| Sector | Emissions approach | Scientific reference scenario | Drivers of sectoral decarbonisation | Our approach in 2023^{1} |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| CCIB | | | | |
| Aluminium | Production intensity | MPP^{1} | Decarbonisation of the power supply into the aluminium smelter. | We have set a production intensity baseline using CO_{2}e per tonne of aluminium produced. The 2023 portfolio progress (based on the 2022 year-end balance sheet) was subsequently calculated. |
| Automotive Manufacturers | Physical intensity | IEA APS/NZE^{2,3,4} | Change in powertrain from internal combustion engines (ICE) to electric vehicles (EVs) for light commercial vehicle manufacturers. | The industry has changed the assumptions for calculating tailpipe emissions and adopted a test procedure that better reflects real-world driving conditions. We have therefore adjusted the 2021 baseline and subsequent progress accordingly. |
| Cement | Production intensity | IEA NZE^{2,4} | Removal of coal in the cement manufacturing process and utilising lower-carbon energy sources. | We have set a production intensity baseline using CO_{2} per tonne of cement produced. The 2023 portfolio progress was subsequently calculated. |
| Commercial Real Estate | Physical intensity | IEA APS/NZE^{2,3,4} | Lower-carbon electricity supply and retrofitting buildings to improve energy efficiency. | We have set a physical intensity baseline using CO_{2}e per square metre. The 2023 progress of portfolio was subsequently calculated. |
| Oil and Gas | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE^{2,4} | Reducing emissions associated with Oil and Gas production and supporting our clients on their transition towards lower-emission intensive energy sources and renewable energy portfolios. | We have re-baselineed during the year from a revenue intensity to an absolute emission basis. The 2023 portfolio progress was subsequently calculated. |
| Power | Production intensity | IEA APS/NZE^{2,3,4} | Supporting our clients on their transition away from high-emitting fuels in favour of lower-emitting fuels and a transition to renewable energy sources. | We have re-baselineed during the year from a revenue to a production intensity using CO_{2} per megawatt hour produced. The 2023 portfolio progress was subsequently calculated. |
| Shipping | Physical intensity | IMO 2023^{5} | Financing modern best-in-class vessels equipped with latest design and energy efficiency measures. Use of alternative fuels and operational efficiency measures such as slow steaming and weather routing services can enhance decarbonisation. | Following revisions to the IMO decarbonisation strategy, Poseidon Principles have added two additional GHG strategy scenarios: the minimum and striving trajectories. We have recalculated our portfolio alignment deltas to the released trajectories. |
| Steel | Production intensity | MPP^{1} | Improving steel plant efficiency and replacing coal furnaces with electric arc furnaces. | We have set a production intensity baseline using CO_{2} per tonne of steel produced. The 2023 portfolio progress was subsequently calculated. |
| Thermal Coal Mining | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE^{2,4} | Exposure is decreasing in line with contractual commitments. | No new Thermal Coal Mining use of proceeds loan have been provided in line with our Position Statements. |
| Aviation | Physical intensity | MPP^{1} | The Group completed the sale of its global aviation finance leasing business and the majority of its aviation lending book in August 2023. | Noting the distortive effects that the sale of this business would create in our emissions profile for this sector, the progress against this target has been paused for year-end 2023. This will be re-assessed based on the size and materiality of the remaining portfolio in 2024. |
| CPBB | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Residential Mortgages | Physical intensity | CRREM^{6} | Lower carbon electricity supply and retrofitting buildings to improve energy efficiency. | We have set physical intensity baseline using CO_{2}e per square metre. The 2023 portfolio progress was subsequently calculated. |
1 MPP – Mission Possible Partnership – Industrial decarbonisation forward-looking pathway provider most prominent in the metals industry.
2 IEA – International Energy Agency – Pre-eminent forward-looking pathway provider for energy sectors.
3 APS – Announced Policies Scenario – a 1.7 degree Celsius low overshoot scenario.
4 NZE – Net Zero Emissions – a 1.5 degree Celsius aligned scenario.
5 IMO – International Maritime Organization – Global shipping regulator.
6 CRREM – Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor – European Union backed foundation to provide forward-looking pathways for the real estate sector.
7 For further information, please refer to our ‘Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues’ publication. Sectoral emissions are calculated in CO2 except where other GHGs are material which are noted as CO2e (this includes Oil and Gas, Thermal Coal Mining, Shipping, Aluminium, Commercial Real Estate and Residential Mortgages)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Aspiration 3: Enhance and deepen the sustainability ecosystem
We are utilising our expertise and networks to actively contribute in a leadership position to global partnerships and initiatives that enhance and further develop the sustainability ecosystem. These range from those that support the mobilisation and scaling of Sustainable Finance, to furthering the development of voluntary carbon markets and fostering innovative solutions in the arena of conservation finance, through to supporting the advancement of social topics underpinning the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
# Key initiatives and partnerships
Throughout 2023, senior leaders across Standard Chartered were involved in the leadership of several collaborative initiatives including, but not limited to, those listed in the table below.
| Global Investors for Sustainable Development (GISD) Alliance | Our Group Chairman co-chairs the United Nations' GISD Alliance, which has set ambitious objectives to scale up long-term finance and investment in sustainable development. |
| --- | --- |
| Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) | We are active participants of the GFANZ Principals Group, an ambitious programme to generate the commitment, investment and alignment needed to drive forward the transition to net zero. Our Group CEO co-chairs the GFANZ working group on Capital Mobilisation to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. |
| Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) | Our Group Head of Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance chairs the NZBA – the industry-led, UN-convened and sector-specific alliance for banks under GFANZ. |
| World Economic Forum (WEF) Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders | Our Group CEO and CSO are part of the WEF Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders. This is a CEO-led community committed to raising bold climate ambition and accelerating the net zero transition by setting science-based targets, disclosing emissions and catalysing decarbonisation and partnerships across global value chains. |
| United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB) Adaptation Finance working group | Our Head of Sustainable Finance Solutions co-chairs the PRB Adaptation Finance working group, which developed a comprehensive framework and practical guidance for banks to set credible adaptation finance targets. |
| Integrity Council for the Voluntary Carbon Markets (ICVCM) | Our Head of Carbon Markets Development serves on the board of ICVCM which is focused on developing high-quality carbon markets. Our Group CEO sits on the Distinguished Advisory Group of the ICVCM, which is involved in the development of carbon markets around the world. |
| Center for Climate-Aligned Finance (CCAF) | We formally joined CCAF, which was established by Rocky Mountain Institute, in 2023. Standard Chartered participates in CCAF working groups for the Aviation and Aluminium industries. The Group is also a signatory to both the Poseidon Principles, a global framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of financial institutions' shipping portfolios and the Sustainable STEEL Principles, which helps banks to measure and disclose the alignment of steel lending portfolios with 1.5°C climate targets. |
| Ocean Risk and Resilience Action Alliance (ORRAA) | In 2023, the Group became a member of the ORRAA. Our Head of Nature serves on the Ocean Investment Protocol Steering Committee convened by the UN Global Compact Ocean Stewardship Coalition. |
For further information on the Group's external engagement related to our four thematic innovation hubs, Adaptation Finance, Blended Finance, Carbon Markets and Nature Positive Solutions, refer to page 118
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Aspiration 4: Drive social impact with our clients and communities
We seek to partner with our clients and communities to mobilise social capital and drive economic inclusion and entrepreneurship through our Futuremakers initiative. We aim to foster collaboration with local partners to support young people and economic development across our markets.
## Futuremakers
Established in 2019, Futuremakers by Standard Chartered is our global youth economic empowerment initiative, which aims to help disadvantaged young people learn, earn and grow.
In 2023, we contributed $14.6 million to Futuremakers, including donations from the Group and fundraising of $1.7 million from our employees and partners. With our international and local partners, in 2023 alone we reached more than one million young people through Futuremakers, including providing financial education to 159,190 unbanked or young people.
We published the latest Futuremakers Impact Report to share progress and capture lessons learned through Futuremakers. In the past five years, we have reached more than 2.1 million young people, across 43 markets. We were able to exceed our initial $75 million fundraising target reaching $93.3 million by end of 2023.
Nearly 517,000 of the over 2.1 million young people reached participated in intensive Futuremakers activities. And of those:
| More than 72,000 adolescent girls were supported to continue in secondary education | Over 40,000 girls and young women showed increased confidence and self-esteem | More than 39,000 young people secured employment | More than 46,000 young people improved their business-related knowledge and skills | More than 12,000 jobs created by entrepreneurs that were supported by Futuremakers activities |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
## Access to finance for female entrepreneurs
Futuremakers' women entrepreneurs programmes, known as Women in Tech and Women in Entrepreneurship in Asia, have expanded from 9¹ to 13 markets – adding South Africa, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan and Singapore – with a network of alumni established.
- In Africa, the Middle East and the US, Futuremakers Women in Tech has partnered with Village Capital to provide financing for alumni. With a primary focus on women-led, impactful start-ups, this project provides dedicated financial support for micro-businesses that are addressing local and global challenges. So far, 107 young women have signed up for the alumni network and expressed interest in financing. Five investments totalling $375,000 have been agreed, and at least another three investments are expected in early 2024.
- For female entrepreneurs in Kenya, at an earlier stage in establishing their sustainable, environmentally focused ventures, there is financial support from our innovative revolving loan fund with Youth Business International and Soma. As of end of September 2023, the fund has supported 60 low-income, high-potential entrepreneurs aged 18–35 from marginalised communities and contributed directly to the creation of 188 jobs.
- At COP28, we held a Futuremakers Youth Panel as part of the Business Fights Poverty Climate Justice Summit. We heard first-hand from our Women in Tech alumni about their green and social ambitions, the problems they are tackling and some of the financing solutions that are needed to scale for a sustainable and inclusive future.
## Supporting young people with disabilities
Futuremakers partners with Sightsavers and Youth Business International, who worked with the African Disability Forum to develop a series of inclusion resources to build greater disability confidence for readers, and help partners understand how to include young people with disabilities in their Futuremakers programmes.
## Futuremakers in 2024 and beyond
Based on our successes and learning since 2019, we have set out a seven-year strategy for Futuremakers to maximise impact with a consistent approach to measurement, evaluation and impact analysis.
Between 2024 and 2030 we aim to provide $120 million to Futuremakers with the ambition to create and sustain 140,000 jobs, focusing on two target groups:
- Helping 70,000 disadvantaged young women to gain skills and sustainable employment.
- Supporting entrepreneurs to build thriving green and social micro-businesses and create 70,000 jobs.
All programmes target disability, gender and financial inclusion. During 2024 we plan to develop a methodology to measure the wider societal impacts of Futuremakers, which we will then apply to all future projects.
+ Read more about Futuremakers by Standard Chartered at sc.com/futuremakers
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
## Gender
To unleash girls' potential, Standard Chartered and later the Standard Chartered Foundation have supported 1,044,359 girls and young women through Goal. We were able to exceed our target to reach one million girls through our global education programme by the end of 2023. Since its launch, Goal has become an internationally recognised global, sport and activity-based movement operating in more than 20 markets, equipping adolescent girls with the confidence, knowledge and skills they need to be economic leaders in their families and communities.
In 2023, we announced our sponsorship of the Women of the World Foundation as their Global Girls Champion. The programme of events concludes on International Women's Day in March 2024 and aims to promote the power and potential of girls and non-binary young people in the UK and globally.
## Financial inclusion
In partnership with Primark, we worked with IDEO.org to design and test peer-led, financial health training for workers in factories in Vietnam. A successful pilot with approximately 170 workers tested a model supporting individuals to identify and understand their money personality, how to set financial goals, save and invest, improve their budgeting and understand available social protections. During 2024, we intend to explore how to scale this model across our broader Futuremakers portfolio.
## Health and education
In some of our footprint markets, we support projects, which provide basic health and education services as preconditions to economic empowerment.
- In Nepal and Bangladesh we support eye health and environmental projects.
- In India, we have supported eye health since 2003 and supported the screening of more than 2,700 villages to ensure they are free from avoidable-blindness.
Since 2017, our WASHE (water, sanitation and hygiene education) programme has reached more than 880,000 beneficiaries, including over 416,000 women. Tangible improvements include over 100 water ATMs installed and over 5,300 sanitation facilities constructed, creating 1.07 billion litres of annual freshwater capacity.
## Employee volunteering
In 2023, 61% of colleagues gave back to their communities by contributing over 76,000 days to support worthwhile causes.
Our Employee Volunteering programme won several awards, including the prestigious Lord Mayor's Dragon Award in the Inclusive Employment category, for our UK-based Futuremakers RISE (Reach, Inspire, Support, Empower) programme which focuses on employability and mentorship delivered in partnership with the East London Business Alliance. In China, Standard Chartered became the only international bank to be recognised in the Top 10 of China's Employee Volunteering Enterprises in 2023.
**61%**
of colleagues gave back to their communities through employee volunteering
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Sustainability Strategic Pillars: our short-term targets and immediate priorities
Our four Sustainability Strategic Pillars represent our near-term strategic focus. Each member of the Group Management Team is responsible for strategically driving climate and sustainability considerations within their region, business segment or function in line with the Group's net zero roadmap. Selected sustainability-related measures continue to be included in the 2024-26 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards granted to senior executives and within the 2024 Group scorecard, which contains financial and strategic measures and is applicable for the majority of our employees.
→ Further details can be found in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 182-216
## Pillar 1: Scale Sustainable Finance income
We are building a scalable Sustainable Finance franchise, supporting our clients on their transition journeys by developing customised solutions that speak to their needs and ambitions. Our Sustainable Finance franchise generated over $720 million between January and December 2023 against our longer-term target of at least $1 billion annual income by 2025. This represents over 6 per cent of our total CCIB income in 2023, a year-on-year growth rate of 42 per cent.
Sustainable Finance income¹
| Product | 2023 $m | 2022 $m | YOY $m |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Transaction Banking | 188 | 80 | 135% |
| Trade & Working capital | 96 | 60 | 60% |
| Cash Management | 92 | 20 | 360% |
| Financial Markets | 393 | 326 | 21% |
| Macro Trading | 76 | 54 | 41% |
| Credit Markets | 306 | 268 | 14% |
| Financing & Securities Services | 11 | 4 | 175% |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 139 | 102 | 36% |
| Total | 720² | 508 | 42% |
¹ Values noted with a caret symbol (°) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
As a UK-headquartered international bank we work to deploy capital across our global markets. As can be seen on the following pages and in our 2023 Sustainable Finance Impact Report, we have raised $8.4 billion of sustainable liabilities in developed markets, while 85 per cent of our $17.6 billion sustainable finance asset base is located in Asia, Africa and the Middle East.
In 2023, we continued to expand and develop our Sustainable Finance product suite, with 42 product variants as set out in our Green and Sustainable Product Framework. Co-authored with Morningstar Sustainalytics – a leading ESG data, research and ratings firm – our framework is reviewed annually to ensure that it reflects the latest markets trends and industry standards.
Our pureplay clients are also key in advancing our progress to achieving our Sustainable Finance goals. These are companies that generate at least 90 per cent of their revenues from activities outlined in our Green and Sustainable Product Framework. Their significance lies in their ability to deliver credible and robust impact, driven by the inherent green and socially sustainable nature of their business models and operations.
→ Read more in our Sustainable Finance Impact Report at sc.com/sfimpactreport
## Sustainable Finance assets and Sustainability-Linked assets
Our Sustainable Finance income includes net income generated from our green, social and sustainable lending activity, as well as from clients recognised as green, social or sustainable pureplays.
Our Sustainable Finance assets reflect the assets on our balance sheet generated as a result of this green, social and sustainable lending activity, and it is against these assets which we raise sustainable liabilities.
The Group's Sustainable Finance asset base increased by 31 per cent to $17.6 billion between September 2022 and September 2023. The majority of our Sustainable Finance asset base ($13.6 billion of the $17.6 billion) is made up of lending to green projects such as renewable energy projects, green commercial real estate and funding for the development of rail projects.
Our social finance assets make up the remaining $3.5 billion of our total Sustainable Finance asset pool and encompasses categories such as healthcare, education and access to finance in low income countries.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
99
---
Sustainability review
Green finance assets¹,²
| Theme | Sep 2023 $m | Sep 2022 $m | SDGs |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Clean Transportation | 901 | 942 | |
| Electric vehicles (EVs) | 197 | 94 | |
| EV battery manufacturers | 372 | 307 | |
| Manufacturing of specialised component parts of EVs | 112 | – | |
| Rail | 220 | 541 | |
| Climate Change Adaptation | 4 | – | |
| Energy Efficiency | 482 | – | |
| LED lighting | 7 | – | |
| Modernisation of broadband network | 475 | – | |
| Green Buildings | 8,742 | 7,014 | |
| Green buildings | 5,066 | 3,216 | |
| Mortgage portfolio HK | 3,657 | 3,785 | |
| Mortgage portfolio TW/SG | 19 | 13 | |
| Pollution Prevention and Control | 14 | 102 | |
| Portfolio of Green Projects | 351 | – | Multiple |
| Renewable Energy | 3,100 | 2,227 | |
| Grid expansion | 102 | 59 | |
| Hybrid wind & solar | 38 | 154 | |
| Hydropower | 32 | 25 | |
| Manufacture of components for renewable energy technology | 457 | 379 | |
| Solar | 940 | 785 | |
| Waste to energy | 166 | 111 | |
| Wind | 1,178 | 714 | |
| Energy storage | 68 | – | |
| Green hydrogen | 9 | – | |
| Mixed renewables | 110 | – | |
| Sustainable Water and Wastewater Management | – | 10 | |
| Total Green Assets | 13,594 | 10,295 | |
| Portfolio of green and social projects³ | 473 | – | Multiple |
1 Amounts included in the table are as of September 2023 and September 2022 and are aligned to the Group's Sustainable Finance Impact Report available at sc.com/sfimpactreport. September 2023 and 2022 figures have been prepared on the same basis as the Impact Report.
2 Values noted with a caret symbol (°) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
3 The underlying assets could potentially span across various categories, including renewable energy, sustainable water and wastewater management, access to essential services and food security. These assets, while included in the overall totals, remain unidentified in terms of specific green and social classification until allocation reports are received.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Social finance assets¹,²
| | Sep 2023 $m | Sep 2022 $m | SDGs |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Access to water | 72 | 42 | |
| COVID-19 | – | 39 | |
| Access to essential services | 145 | 105 | |
| Education infrastructure – universities | 6 | – | |
| Healthcare infrastructure – hospitals | 131 | 101 | |
| Provision of supporting healthcare-related products and services | 8 | 4 | |
| Road infrastructure | 46 | 57 | |
| Access to finance | 3,062 | 2,930 | |
| SME lending | 2,506 | 2,589 | |
| Microfinance | 555 | 341 | |
| Affordable basic infrastructure | 198 | – | |
| Sewage treatment | 1 | – | |
| Telecommunications/Internet connectivity | 197 | – | |
| Food security | 22 | – | |
| Total Social Assets | 3,545 | 3,173 | |
| Total Green and Social Finance Assets | 17,612^ | 13,468 | |
Sustainability-Linked assets¹,²
| | Sep 2023 $m | Sep 2022 $m |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Total Sustainability-Linked loans | 4,805 | 3,422 |
| Total Sustainability-Linked assets | 4,805 | 3,422 |
Total Green and Social finance and Sustainability-Linked assets¹,²,³
| | Sep 2023 $m | Sep 2022 $m |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CCIB | 17,103 | 10,505 |
| CPBB | 5,314 | 6,385 |
Sustainable liabilities¹,²
| Theme | Sep 2023 $m | Sep 2022 $m |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Total bond issuances | 2,353 | 2,083 |
| Total sustainable term deposits | 4,554 | 3,154 |
| Total sustainable accounts | 1,027 | 335 |
| Total sustainable retail current and savings accounts and deposits | 513 | 217 |
| Total Sustainable Liabilities | 8,447^ | 5,789 |
1 Amounts included in the table are as of September 2023 and September 2022 and are aligned to the Group's Sustainable Finance Impact Report available at sc.com/sfimpactreport. September 2023 and 2022 figures have been prepared on the same basis as the Impact Report.
2 Values noted with a caret symbol (*) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
3 Our Sustainable Liabilities are referenced against our Sustainable Assets held in aggregate by SCB Group. The features of our Sustainable Liabilities products are clearly signposted in product documentation to clients as 'sustainable'.
+ See sc.com/sfimpactreport for more highlights on our Green and Social Finance assets in 2023.
CPBB sustainable investing momentum
Sustainable investing (SI) assets under management (AUM) increased 25 per cent year-on-year to $13.3 billion in 2023, driven by an expansion of the SI universe and focused client engagement. This figure includes Mutual Funds, Exchange Traded Funds, Bonds, Equities, and Structured Products. We will look to disclose against advised sustainable AUM in future periods. For further information on our Sustainable Investments universe, refer to sc.com/sustainable-investing.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Pillar 2: Further embed sustainability across the organisation
The CSO organisation aims to act as a catalyst for change and a centre of excellence. We foster collaboration internally to embed sustainability across our business operations and functions. We collaborate externally with clients and other stakeholders who are aligned with our mission to drive change. This is achieved by:
- People – Rolling out an expanding curriculum of sustainability- and climate-related training across the Group.
- Processes – Integrating our 2030 sectoral net zero targets into our credit risk appetite and capital allocation processes, allowing us to track, monitor and continually assess progress against our targets.
- Technology – Investing to build a robust single-source data architecture to facilitate engagement with our clients, including automated or semi-automated tools that will support decision-making and analysis of the expected impact of a transaction on the Group's financed emissions.
We aim to create a self-reinforcing cycle, which is built on established processes, clear frameworks, engagement with our clients and collaboration across risk and business teams. We support our clients to deliver on their decarbonisation plans, deploying financing and advisory services to provide capital alongside the next wave of sustainability and technological solutions in which our clients are investing.
Our transition strategy also builds on the Group's financing experience by supporting the early adopters of these services in the US and Europe, and leveraging this knowledge in our core markets across Asia, Africa and the Middle East. Our aim is to work with our clients to support their transition and decarbonisation journeys and where clients evidence transition, help to accelerate progress.
## 1. Client-level Risk analysis
### Environmental, social and climate risk assessments are integrated into credit decision-making processes for existing and new-to-bank clients¹
- We maintain a suite of public Position Statements that outline the Group's environmental and social expectations for providing financial services to clients.²
- Relationship Managers carry out client and/or transaction level Environmental and Social Risk Assessments before we provide financial services.³
- Through client-level Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs), we assess the potential financial risks from climate change using quantitative and qualitative information and assign a Climate Risk grading.⁴
- As part of the CRA process, a Credible Transition Plan (CTP) score is assigned for each client in high-emitting sectors.⁴
- Our Prohibited Activities list details the activities that we will not finance.⁵
## 2. Portfolio Steering
### Portfolio-level emissions are calculated to set and monitor financed emissions baselines and sectoral 2030 targets
- Client-level emission intensities are modelled in accordance with internationally accepted carbon accounting principles using the PCAF methodology.
- Science-based sectoral interim 2030 targets are set for high-emitting sectors in line with the Group's roadmap towards net zero financed emissions by 2050.⁶
- Industry or client coverage leads are appointed as responsible owners of sectoral net zero targets.
- Divergence from portfolio-level emission pathway is monitored and reviewed quarterly along with our exposure to clients associated with high Climate Risk.⁷
## 3. Sustainable and transition finance opportunities
### Products, financing and advisory services are deployed to support clients transitioning their businesses and seeking to achieve their sustainability goals
- The Group's ESG and Transition Finance advisory teams prioritise engagements with clients associated with high Climate Risk with weak or no transition plans and/or insufficient disclosures to recommend enhancements.
- Sustainability considerations are incorporated into account plans and engagement strategies with an aim to identify and prioritise clients that are divergent from portfolio-level emission pathways or associated with high Environmental and Social Risk.
- We endeavour to support and guide our clients to a low-carbon pathway by utilising our full suite of Sustainable Finance solutions.
- We continue to increase our financing of low-carbon technologies and infrastructure including project financing in the developing world where power grid modernisation is critical.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
1. Refers to applicable banking clients, please refer to sc.com/esriskframework.
2. Read more about our Position Statements at sc.com/positionstatements.
3. For further information, please refer to sc.com/esriskframework.
4. Read more about our CRA process in the Risk review section of this Annual Report on pages 298-305.
5. Read more about our list of Prohibited Activities at sc.com/prohibitedactivities.
6. Read more about our sectoral interim 2030 targets in this Annual Report on page 74.
7. In 2023, this commenced for the Oil and Gas, Power, Steel, Aluminium and Automotive Manufacturers sectors, with the rest of the sectoral reviews to be added from 2024.
---
# Education and training
We continued to build the Group-wide sustainability-related education and training programme. The overarching objective of our upskilling programme is to establish foundational knowledge on sustainability across the Group, while tailoring in-depth, capability-based curricula to cater to the needs of practitioners and sustaining the momentum in continuous learning in line with industry best practices.
This objective is achieved by the continued development of our in-house sustainability curricula and partnerships with leading academic institutions, including Imperial College London and Kite Climate School, to ensure that we benefit from cutting-edge expertise in sustainability and remain at the forefront of industry development. A tiered curriculum has been rolled out leveraging both in-house and external expertise via this two-pronged approach.
- Given the role that the Board plays in sustainability governance, the Group Board and subsidiary Boards received training on climate scenarios, with a focus on regulatory expectations, key features of industry-level climate scenarios, in-house base and tail risk scenarios and key second-order impacts from climate change.
- In addition, 154 country and regional CEOs and Heads of Business joined targeted training covering the energy transition and related financing opportunities, clean technology, and sustainability-related risks and regulation.
- Bespoke training has been provided to clusters of practitioners across all lines of defence, ranging from CCIB, CPBB, Risk, CFCC and Audit on a broad range of topics: from how physical and transition risks may manifest, to specialised topics around how climate stress tests are conducted and how we embed Climate Risk into Credit Risk processes.
- At a foundational level, we encourage all employees across our global footprint to improve their understanding on how we embed sustainability into our business, operations and communities, and how they can actively play their part in this journey. 4,870 colleagues completed this programme in 2023, a total of 20,436 colleagues since the launch in 2022.
- To further embed sustainability and continuous learning into the Group's day-to-day operations, 48 ad-hoc training courses were also held throughout the year that reached 3,369 employees, covering specific learning needs and topics, including the Group's progress related to sectoral net zero target setting, sector-specific voluntary carbon markets and Sustainable Finance products and related governance.
In 2024, we plan to further refine the programmes to target specific roles in the Group and further build knowledge and expertise in Sustainable Finance and Environmental and Social Risk Management.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
103
---
Sustainability review
# Our net zero roadmap
We aim to reach net zero carbon emissions in our financing activity by 2050 and in our own operations by 2025. We made progress in setting interim 2030 targets for the most carbon-intensive and highest-emitting sectors in the Group's portfolio.
To help us remain on track, we have set short- and medium-term objectives and quantifiable targets to manage and report on our progress on an annual basis.
## 2021
- Launched our roadmap to net zero by 2050, including interim targets and a supporting methodology
- Announced plans to mobilise $300 billion in Sustainable Finance by 2030
- Published our inaugural Transition Finance Framework
## 2022
- Developed financed emissions baselines and 2030 targets for the Aviation, Shipping and Automotive Manufacturers sectors
- Joined Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF)
- Announced our enhanced Oil and Gas absolute financed emissions target
- Updated our Power and Steel sector baselines and targets moving from a revenue-based intensity metric to a production-based intensity metric
- Developed financed emissions baselines and set interim 2030 targets for four additional sectors: Cement, Aluminium, Residential Mortgages, Commercial Real Estate, bringing the total number of science-based targets set for high-emitting sectors to eleven
- Financed emissions baselines and sectoral progress against targets, where indicated, assured for the first time by Ernst & Young
- Calculated the Group's facilitated emissions baseline from debt capital markets following the final PCAF guidance (published in December 2023) under both the 33 per cent and 100 per cent weighting factor
- Updated the Group's net zero methodological white paper, first published in 2021
## 2024
- We will develop an interim 2030 financed emissions target for the Agriculture sector, planned to be communicated in our 2024 Annual Report, which will be published in Q1 2025
- Aim to set targets for facilitated emissions
## 2025
- Aim to be net zero in our own operations
## 2030
- We will have substantially reduced our exposure to the Thermal Coal Mining sector in line with our Position Statements
- Aim to meet the Group's financed emissions interim targets set for high-emitting sectors
## 2032
- Targeted end date for legacy direct Thermal Coal Mining financing globally
## 2050
Aim to become net zero in our financed emissions
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Pillar 3. Deliver on our annual milestones set forth in our net zero roadmap
# Our emission sources
We aim to reach net zero carbon emissions in our financed emissions by 2050 and in our own operations by 2025. Since 2018 we have been working to align our direct and indirect emissions to the Paris Agreement's goal of well below two degrees Celsius of global warming by the end of the century. We focus on three areas to reduce emissions: our operations, our supply chain, and financed emissions associated with our clients.
+ To access the Group's updated 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues' publication, visit sc.com/sustainabilityhub
# Operational emissions: 0.1% (0.03 MtCO₂e) Scope 1 and 2
Emissions from the combustion of fuels in owned or controlled sources e.g. boilers, generators and vehicles, refrigeration and air conditioning equipment and the purchase of electricity
# Value chain emissions: 1.2% (0.5 MtCO₂e) Scope 3 Categories 1-14
Emissions from our upstream and downstream supply and value chain
# Investments: 98.7% (41.94 MtCO₂e) Scope 3 Category 15
Emissions from transacting with our clients
| Scopes of GHG emissions | 2021* (tCO₂e) | 2022 (tCO₂e) | 2021 (tCO₂e) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Scope 1 emissions¹ | 8,488 | 2,071 | 2,902 |
| Scope 2 emissions² | 26,246 | 47,363 | 82,761 |
| Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions³ | 34,734 | 49,434 | 85,663 |
| Scope 3 emissions: | | | |
| Category 1: Purchased goods and services (other) | 286,304 | 380,732 | 330,224 |
| Category 1: Purchased goods and services (data centres)⁴ | 4,431 | 7,060 | 43,132 |
| Category 2: Capital goods | 42,707 | 34,496 | 47,217 |
| Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution | 24,125 | 20,300 | 20,949 |
| Category 5: Waste generated in operations⁴ | 520 | 747 | |
| Category 6: Business travel (air travel) | 60,279 | 39,107 | 3,654 |
| Category 6: Business travel (miscellaneous other than air travel) | 8,918 | 2,654 | 4,994 |
| Category 7: Employee commuting | 71,228 | 61,917 | |
| Category 13: Downstream leased assets (real estate) | 7,898 | 8,594 | |
| Category 15: Investments¹⁹ | 41,944,000 | 49,512,000 | 45,200,000 |
| Total Scope 3 emissions | 42,450,410 | 50,067,607 | 45,650,190 |
| Total emissions | 42,485,144 | 50,117,041 | 45,735,853 |
1 As we aim to improve our emissions measurement and reporting year-on-year, we have included fugitive emissions in our Scope 1 figures for the first time in 2023: 5,266 tCO₂e. Prior year data was not available for fugitive emissions. For more information on the methodology and assumptions used to calculate GHG emissions, please refer to the Environmental Reporting Criteria at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
2 Scope 2 indirect emissions include indirect emissions from purchased electricity measured under the market-based approach as set out in the GHG protocol.
3 Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions calculations for the most recent reporting year were independently assured by Global Documentation Ltd., the assurance scope excluded fugitive emissions. Market-based emissions have decreased from 2022 to 2023 due to footprint reduction, efficiency gains and the purchase of additional energy attribution certificates by the Group.
4 The reporting period for GHG emissions is 1 October to 30 September. This only differs for Category 1: Purchased Goods (other); Category 2: Capital goods; Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution; Category 6: Business travel (miscellaneous other than air travel) and Category 15: Investments where a period of 1 January to 31 December is used. Emissions data for these categories is also on a one-year lag with emissions reported in 2023 based on 2022 emissions data.
5 Purchased goods and services (data centres) have been restated from 706tCO₂e to 7,060tCO₂e due to an error in converting the unit of emissions.
6 Waste emissions have been restated from 498tCO₂e to 747tCO₂e due to an out of date emissions factor being used in prior year.
7 Category 15: Investments only includes financed emissions and are measured on a one-year lag, with emissions reported in 2023 being based on 2022 emissions and financial data. Financed emissions are included on page 110. A facilitated emissions baseline was measured for the first time during the year. Refer to page 112 for more details.
8 2022 absolute emissions have been restated from 58.5MtCO₂e to 49.5MtCO₂e. This is due to (i) reduction in shipping absolute emissions as improved data has resulted in individual ship-level fair values being obtained; (ii) pausing of aviation emissions reporting due to the sale of the Group's aviation leasing and lending business; (iii) decreases in Automotive Manufacturers' emissions due to changes in the industry emissions reporting methodology referenced earlier on page 95; (iv) decreases in emissions from the 'Others' sector where improved data has been obtained to calculate emissions; and (v) the sectoral baselining of emissions reporting for Cement and Commercial Real Estate as separate high-emitting sectors.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
## Our operations
### Our approach to managing our environmental footprint
The Group's Property function is responsible for driving efficiency in terms of our space and energy use. In line with the Group's operational net zero target, we set year-on-year improvement targets for our footprint markets.
### Our goals and targets
- We aim to achieve net zero in our operations by 2025. We have measured and reduced our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions since 2008 and have been targeting a 90 per cent reduction in these emissions since 2018.
- The Group joined RE100 in 2022, a global corporate renewable energy initiative bringing together businesses that are committed to 100 per cent renewable electricity.
- In terms of waste, we aim to achieve 90 per cent avoidance of landfill by 2030.
### Operational emissions
We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 30 per cent to 34,734 tonnes during 2023. Our measured real estate decreased by 7 per cent during this time. 66 per cent of electricity came from renewable sources across our portfolio. We were able to achieve this by:
- continuing to optimise our office and branch network by retiring unused or inefficient space and creating a working environment that matches office- and hybrid-working patterns of our workforce;
- having a rolling asset replacement strategy for major plant and lighting in our offices. The Group installs LED and circadian lighting, and energy efficient materials throughout all new projects;
- launching a large-scale initiative in 2023 to simplify our technology estate, decommissioning underutilised or inefficient systems and their servers;
- actively seeking to increase the proportion of our electricity usage that comes from renewable sources. These can take the form of power purchase agreements, clean energy contracts, on-site solar installations and renewable energy certificates; and
- purchasing and retiring carbon credits for our residual operational Scope 1 and 2 emissions.
### Waste
In 2023, we reduced our overall waste by 37 per cent and achieved 52 per cent avoidance of landfill (up from 31 per cent). We were able to achieve this by:
- commencing the externally verified True Zero Waste (TZW) programme and seeing the first results in India and Poland, both achieving TZW Platinum certification;
- self-certifying 313 buildings across our portfolio being free of single-use plastic in 2023. We aim to continue this programme and promote more sustainable waste management practices; and
- minimising electronic waste by prolonging the lifespan of our technology assets through partnerships with third parties.
### Water
We retained a water efficiency metric of less than 0.5 kilolitre per square metre in 2023 despite an increase in the proportion of our employees returning to the office. While water availability is a growing challenge in many of our markets, we did not face any issues sourcing potable water in 2023. We continue to take a responsible approach to managing water use across the Group.
- For detailed environmental performance data see page 505 or our ESG data pack at sc.com/esg-data-pack
- Read the principles and methodology for measuring our environment data at sc.com/environmentcriteria
- Read the independent assurance statement related to Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions at sc.com/environmentalassurance
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Our suppliers
## Our approach to managing impacts in our upstream value chain
The Supply Chain Management team within our Group Chief Financial Officer function provides procurement services internally to drive sustainability, risk mitigation and commercial advantages in third-party engagements. In line with the Group's sustainability agenda, we set long-term targets to decrease emissions associated with our supply chain and increase spend with diverse suppliers across our footprint.
With 11,563 suppliers, we recognise our contribution to climate impacts through the goods and services we procure. Severe weather events could result in material disruptions to our supply chain that may potentially impact our ability to serve our clients. As such, we are working to gather site locations for our material suppliers to assess their physical risk exposures, such that suitable continuity plans can be developed.
## Our goals and targets
- We targeted a 28 per cent reduction in our emissions associated with air travel from our 2019 baseline of 94,000 tCO₂e by the end of 2023 and managed to exceed this target.
- We aim to increase the breadth of our climate-related engagement with our suppliers. By 2028 we plan to direct 70 per cent of our total spending to suppliers who have set or committed to setting science-based emission reduction targets.
## Supply chain-related emissions
- Overall, our emissions associated with the products, services and equipment that we purchase and those related to business travel – Scope 3 Categories 1, 2, 4 and 6 (miscellaneous other than air travel) – have shown an estimated 17 per cent year-on-year reduction.
- We have reduced our air travel emissions from our 2019 baseline of 94,000 to 60,279 tCO₂e. Due to increased travel post COVID-19 we have seen an increase in our emissions associated with air travel in 2023. Nonetheless, the Group was able to exceed our target and managed to reduce these emissions by 36 per cent from our baseline. To ensure a downward trajectory from our baseline, we are implementing demand and control measures including upgrading how we monitor our travel volumes. To help influence behaviours, we implemented a process to charge the price of carbon credits to departmental expense budgets, while also emphasising the need to reduce emissions and avoid any non-essential business trips.
- We aim to engage and work with technology partners that are committed to reducing their emissions in line with their science-based targets.
- Carbon credits were purchased and retired by the Group for select categories of our value chain emissions. In 2023, these included emissions associated with air travel and outsourced on-premise data centres.
## Supplier engagement
Emissions data reporting among our suppliers remains limited. Therefore, we continue to use a hybrid methodology for emissions calculations using supplier-specific spend and sector average emissions data. In 2023, we:
- continued our outreach to suppliers to collect emissions data directly from them, thereby improving the accuracy of our Scope 3 Categories 1, 2, 4 and 6 (miscellaneous other than air travel) emissions calculations and reporting;
- began measuring our spending with suppliers who have set a science-based emissions reduction target or committed to setting one in the future. In 2023, we held working sessions with our suppliers to discuss progress against their plans and further opportunities for emissions reduction; and
- joined forces with our key logistics partner DHL to co-invest in sustainable aviation fuel for all consignments globally through DHL's GoGreen Plus programme, which is an example of how we work with suppliers to support the Group's emission reductions goals.
## Supplier Charter
Through our Supplier Charter, we expect our suppliers to support and promote environmental protection, and to comply with local environmental laws and regulations. We expect our suppliers to promote the development and distribution of environmentally-friendly technologies and manage environmental concerns in their own supply chains.
+ Our Supplier Charter can be viewed at sc.com/suppliercharter
+ For further information on how we engage with suppliers see page 157 and for supplier spend data see page 507
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Our clients – Reducing our financed emissions
The majority of our GHG emissions are linked to our lending activities, known as financed emissions. Therefore, we have prioritised our efforts in the highest-emitting and most carbon-intensive sectors of our portfolio, and where working with our clients can have the greatest impact.
A brief summary of the movements in the eleven high-emitting sectors is as follows:
Aluminium sector emissions have trended down as the power supply into the smelters has become less carbon-intensive and the Group has funded clients with less emission intensive operations.
The physical intensity of the Automotive Manufacturers sector decreased slightly due to the Group having a larger exposure to zero tailpipe Electric Vehicle manufacturing within the Group's Automotive Manufacturers portfolio.
The physical intensity of the Cement sector has remained relatively consistent year-on-year. This will be a hard-to-abate sector in the medium-term until cleaner energy sources are utilised, especially in emerging markets.
In the Commercial Real Estate portfolio, building intensities have fallen due to investment in regions with lower emissions power supplies and certain markets' power suppliers decarbonising. We continue to work with technology providers on solutions for individual building emissions measurement and management.
Absolute Oil and Gas emissions remained relatively stable year-on-year and are significantly lower versus the baseline year. We continued to pursue overall portfolio decarbonisation, pivoting exposure to counterparties and technologies that are less carbon-intensive.
The Power sector's intensity decreased as some of our contractual obligations to coal-fired power plants have ended. We also actively pursued lower emissions technologies including new gas power plants, and expanded our renewables financing.
The emissions intensity of the Residential Mortgages sector has remained consistent year-on-year and will decrease over time in line with electricity grid decarbonisation.
The Shipping sector's alignment delta has worsened due to the impact from the container sector, which enjoyed very strong profits in 2022, encouraging owners to sail faster, leading to higher emissions. Looking ahead, tightening environmental regulations and mechanisms from both the IMO and EU are expected to lead to better alignment between shipowners' behaviours and the Group's 2030 targets.
The Steel sector is hard-to-abate and requires significant capital to decarbonise. Decarbonisation is reliant on the shift from blast to electric arc furnaces and many of our emerging markets are at early stages of their transition journeys. While the emissions intensity of our steel book remained relatively unchanged year-on-year, we are actively working with our clients in this sector to support their transition.
Our Thermal Coal Mining exposure is decreasing in line with our coal revenue thresholds as detailed in our Position Statements and related contractual commitments. No new Thermal Coal Mining use of proceeds loans have been provided in line with our Position Statements.
The Group completed the sale of its global Aviation finance leasing business and the majority of its aviation lending book in August 2023. Noting the distortive effects that the sale of this business would create in our emissions profile, the progress against this target has been paused for year-end 2023. This will be re-assessed based on the size and materiality of the remaining portfolio in 2024.
+ For further information, please refer to the Group's 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues' via sc.com/sustainabilityhub
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sectors included in financed emissions calculations
## Setting science-based targets
The Group set interim 2030 financed emissions targets for 11 of the 12 high-emitting sectors with Agriculture being the 12th planned for 2024.
We follow the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) guidance on sectors for target-setting, further expanding the Transport sector into Automotive Manufacturers, Aviation and Shipping.
We set four sectoral targets and updated three targets in 2023. All targets have been informed by what the Group considers pre-eminent scientific forward-looking scenario providers. This includes the International Energy Agency (IEA) for energy sectors, the Mission Possible Partnership (MPP) for metals, International Maritime Organization (IMO) for shipping and Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor (CRREM) for the residential real estate sector.
For our Scope 3 Financed Emissions, we set science-based targets accounting for differing states of transition readiness across our markets. Due to our footprint – with many emerging markets reliant on carbon-intensive industries – our financed emissions may increase before they decrease. The upper end of our 2030 target may represent low-overshoot scenarios. However, our approach is to remain aligned to a science-based 1.5 degrees Celsius scientific pathway by 2050. Given our science-based approach, we will strive to update our targets both as the scientific community updates their reference scenarios and as data availability improves.
In 2023, the Group:
- Strengthened our Oil and Gas emissions metric from a revenue-based intensity to an absolute financed emissions target and trajectory. This places an emissions budget on the sector and requires a reduction of 29 per cent by 2030 when calculated from a 2020 baseline, aligned with the IEA's NZE trajectory. Our approach ensures we maintain a direct link to absolute GHG emissions in the Oil and Gas sector and allows us to directly assess our progress with the IEA NZE scenario that we have set our target against. By moving away from a revenue-based intensity we remove an element of financial volatility and complexity from our calculations that could restrict transparency and accountability in measuring and disclosing our financed GHG emissions. Oil and Gas is the second sector for which the Group set an absolute financed emission target, in addition to our target for Thermal Coal Mining.
- Updated our Power and Steel sector targets from a revenue-based intensity metric to a production-based intensity metric (i.e., emission intensity per unit of production). The progression from an economic-based intensity to a production/physical-based intensity reduces the financial volatility in the calculation and improves the connection to clients' actual GHG emissions by linking directly to units of production, or a physical activity.
We published the second edition of the Group's 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues', which sets out the methodology, assumptions and scientific pathways for each high-emitting sector and is available via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
Detailed progress against our sectoral financed emissions targets $^{12,13,16}$
| Sector | 2022 Exposure in scope ($bn) | Target | 20221 | | 20211 | | Baseline year | % change cumulative to baseline | Year target set |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Absolute emissions (MtCO2e) | Physical intensity | Absolute emissionsa (MtCO2e) | Physical intensity | | | |
| CCIB | | | | | | | | | |
| Aluminium2,4 | 0.2 | 6.1 t CO2e/tonne Aluminium (-) | 0.3 | 4.59a tCO2e/tonne Aluminium | 0.6 | 5.62a tCO2e/tonne Aluminium | 2021 | -18% | 2023 |
| Automotive Manufacturers3 | 2.8 | 66-100 gCO2/Vkm (44-63%) | 2.8 | 165a gCO2/Vkm | 3.3 | 178a gCO2/Vkm | 2021 | -7% | 2022 |
| Cement4 | 0.9 | 0.52 tCO2/tonne Cement (22%) | 3.5 | 0.66a tCO2/tonne Cement | 2.4 | 0.67a tCO2/tonne Cement | 2021 | -1% | 2023 |
| Commercial Real Estate4 | 4.8 | 19-39 kgCO2e/Sq.m (47-74%) | 0.1 | 62a kgCO2e/Sq.m | 0.1 | 73a kgCO2e/Sq.m | 2021 | -15% | 2023 |
| Oil and Gas5,14 | 6.8 | 9.3 MtCO2e (29%) | 10.3a | nm1) | 10.2a | nm1) | 2020 | -21% | 2023 |
| Others2,6 | 59.3 | nm1) | 12.6 | nm1) | 19.6 | nm1) | 2021 | | |
| Power5 | 5.3 | 0.17-0.28 tCO2/MWh (46-67%) | 5.9 | 0.47a tCO2/MWh | 6.6 | 0.52a tCO2/MWh | 2021 | -10% | 2023 |
| Shipping7 | 4.1 | 0% delta 0% delta 0% delta | 2.8 | +6.4%a delta +11.8%a delta +16%a delta | 2.5 | +2.6%a delta +7.3%a delta +10%a delta | 2021 | +4.5% | 2022 |
| Steel1 | 1.3 | 1.4-1.6 tCO2/tonne Steel (22-32%) | 2.0 | 1.97a tCO2/tonne Steel | 1.9 | 2.06a tCO2/tonne Steel | 2021 | -4% | 2023 |
| Thermal Coal Mining15 | 0.04 | 0.5 MtCO2e (85%) | 1.6a | nm1) | 2.3a | nm1) | 2020 | -52% | 2021 |
| | 85.5 | | 41.9 | | 49.5 | | | | |
| CPBB | | | | | | | | | |
| Residential Mortgages4,8 | 74.3 | 29-32 kgCO2e/Sq.m (15-23%) | 0.04 | 37.7a kgCO2e/Sq.m | 0.04 | 37.6a kgCO2e/Sq.m | 2021 | 0% | 2023 |
| | 74.3 | | 0.04 | | 0.04 | | | | |
| Total CCIB and CPBB | 159.8 | | 41.9 | | 49.5a | | | | |
1 Due to third-party data sets that feed into our calculations, the Group's reported financed emissions figures have a one-year lag. The Group reports on 2022 and 2021 data in this 2023 Annual Report.
2 During the year a sector-specific deep dive was performed on Aluminium as the majority of the 'Other Metals and Mining' sector reported in the prior year was lending to Aluminium clients. Due to this the sector has been disaggregated from the 'Other Metals and Mining' sector we reported in the prior year. The remainder of the 'Other Metals and Mining' sector has been included in the 'Others' category.
3 Automotive Manufacturers has been re-baselineed during the year. This was due to an update in methodology from the industry's progress in adopting a test procedure that better reflects driving conditions in the real world.
4 Cement, Commercial Real Estate, Residential Mortgages and Aluminium are new sectors reported for the first time this reporting cycle. Two reporting cycles have been calculated and disclosed including a baseline and current year progression value.
5 During the year the Group has re-baselineed the Oil and Gas sector from a revenue intensity to an absolute emissions metric, additionally the absolute baseline was revised from 13.7 to 13.1 due to a methodology refinement. Power and Steel have been re-baselineed from a revenue intensity to a production intensity metric.
6 Others includes miscellaneous non-specific high-emitting sectors not included in a sector deep dive.
7 Following revisions to the IMO decarbonisation strategy, Poseidon Principles have replaced the initial TtW (tank to wake) delta with two additional GHG strategy scenarios. The Group has disclosed the alignment deltas for the IMO existing strategy, IMO revised minimum and the IMO striving scenarios above in that order. The Group's baseline has been set as the IMO revised minimum strategy.
8 The Group has set its Residential Mortgage target range at the most ambitious end of the public commitments made by governments and power companies in the countries where we operate and has been benchmarked to the CRREM scientific pathway.
9 2021 Absolute emissions have been restated from 58.5MtCO2e to 49.5MtCO2e. This is due to: (i) reduction in shipping absolute emissions as improved data has resulted in individual ship-level fair values being obtained; (ii) pausing of aviation emissions reporting due to the sale of the Group's aviation leasing and lending business; (iii) decreases in Automotive Manufacturers' emissions due to changes in the industry emissions reporting methodology referenced earlier; (iv) decreases in emissions from the 'Others' sector where improved data has been obtained to calculate emissions; and (v) the sectoral baselining of emissions reporting for the Cement and Commercial Real Estate as separate high-emitting sectors.
10 Value is not required as the Group has not set a target for the 'Others' sector.
11 Value is not required as the Group has set an absolute emissions target and therefore the production intensity of the portfolio has not been measured.
12 Values noted with a caret symbol (*) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
13 Emissions are calculated in CO2 except where other GHGs are material which are noted as CO2e (this includes Oil and Gas, Coal, Aluminium, CRE, Shipping and Residential Mortgages).
14 Of the cumulative movement of $-21\%$ , there was a $1\%$ increase in emissions between 2021 and 2022.
15 Of the cumulative movement of $-52\%$ , there was a $30\%$ decrease in emissions between 2021 and 2022.
16 For further information, please refer to our 'Net zero methodological white paper - The journey continues' publication via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Our approach to measuring financed emissions
| Sector | Emissions approach | Scenario | Value chain | Scope of emissions* | 2022 PCAF score | 2021 PCAF score | In scope exposure coverage |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| CCIB¹ | | | | | | | |
| Aluminium | Production intensity | MPP STS | Aluminium producers | 1,2 | 2.4 | 2.2 | 100% |
| Automotive Manufacturers | Physical intensity | IEA APS and NZE | Automotive manufacturers | 1,2 | 2.2¹ | 2.4¹ | 100% |
| Cement | Production intensity | IEA NZE | Clinker and cement manufacturing | 1,2 | 2.3 | 2.9 | 100% |
| Commercial Real Estate | Physical intensity | IEA APS and NZE | Real estate leasing | 1,2 | 4 | 4 | 99% |
| Oil and Gas | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE | Upstream, midstream and downstream | 1,2 | 3.2¹ | 3.2¹ | 97% |
| Others | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE | Other sectors | 1,2 | 3.3 | 3.3 | 86% |
| Power | Production intensity | IEA APS and NZE | Electricity Generation & Distribution | 1,2 | 3.3 | 3.2 | 100% |
| Shipping | Physical intensity | IMO existing, IMO rev. min. IMO striving | Shipping lessors and companies | 1,3 | 1 | 1 | 99% |
| Steel | Production intensity | MPP TM | Steel producers | 1,2 | 3.8 | 3.7 | 98% |
| Thermal Coal Mining | Absolute emissions | IEA NZE | Thermal coal | 1,2 | 3.7¹ | 3.8¹ | 100% |
| CPBB | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Residential Mortgages | Physical intensity | CRREM | Residential households | 1,2 | 4.4 | 4.4 | 100% |
Sector emissions for material Scope 3 high-emitting sectors
| Sector | 2022 | | 2021 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Scope 1,2 | Scope 3 | Scope 1,2 | Scope 3 |
| Automotive Manufacturers | 0.1 | 2.7 | 0.1 | 3.2 |
| Oil and Gas | 1.7 | 8.6 | 1.3 | 8.9 |
| Thermal Coal Mining | 0.1 | 1.5 | 0.1 | 2.2 |
1 PCAF score for Scope 1 and 2 emissions.
2 PCAF score for Scope 3 emissions.
3 In scope coverage remained consistent from 2021 to 2022 improving from 87% to 90% on CCIB financing.
4 For further information, please refer to our 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues' publication via sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Facilitated emissions
During 2022, Standard Chartered joined the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) to support the development of a methodology to measure facilitated emissions associated with the arranging of capital markets issuances. PCAF recognises that capital market facilitation is essential for the climate transition. Therefore, this year we are expanding our reporting to cover facilitated emissions associated with our debt capital markets services. In line with PCAF recommendations, we are reporting our facilitated emissions separately from financed emissions due to the inherent difference in the underlying nature of these activities. The Group is reporting its baseline facilitated emissions under the 33% weighting factor in line with PCAF guidance, noting that facilitated emissions relate to the provision of a service and not financing. PCAF recognises that facilitated emissions are distinct from financed emissions given that capital market transactions are rarely held on a financial institution's balance sheet and typically a financial institution's association with the transaction is temporary. However, the Group is also disclosing facilitated emissions using a 100% weighting factor to reflect the maximum potential GHG emissions that theoretically could be associated with capital market activities.
| Scope of emissions1,2 | 2021 | | PCAF Score | Emissions in scope5 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 33% weighting factor4 MtCO₂e | 100% weighting factor4 MtCO₂e | | |
| Scope 1 and 2 | 1.5 | 4.5 | 3.1 | Scope 1 and 2 emissions are covered for all sectors |
| Scope 3 | 1.2 | 3.7 | 5.0 | Scope 3 emissions are included for Oil and Gas, Thermal Coal Mining and Automotive Manufacturing |
| Total3 | 2.7^ | 8.2^ | | |
1 Our 2021 emissions are calculated using 2021 debt capital markets data from Dealogic and 2021 emissions data from S&P Trucost.
2 Nearly 90% of emissions are based on reported emissions data from S&P Trucost. For the remaining we utilise proxy calculations based on economic activities.
3 Values noted with a caret symbol (↑) are subject to independent limited assurance by EY, report available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub
4 Following the release of the final Facilitated Emissions guidance by PCAF in December 2023 the Group has measured its Facilitated Emissions baseline for 2021. 2022 and 2023 Facilitated Emissions will be published in the 2024 Annual Report.
5 For further information, please refer to our 'Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues' publication via sc.com/sustainabilityhub
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Aluminium
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0.2 | 6.1tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium (Maintain at 1.5°C scientific pathway) | -18% |
# Sector background
The production of aluminium is emissions-intensive and is responsible for roughly 2% of global CO₂e emissions per year. The sector is heavily reliant on electricity from the local grid with over 60% of the sector's CO₂e emissions occurring from the electricity consumed during smelting.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
# Progress in the year
During the year, the Group measured the Aluminium portfolio baseline using a production intensity (tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium). A baseline of 5.62tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium has been measured with 2021 as the baseline year. This baseline is below the Mission Possible Partnership Aluminium Sector Transition Strategy (MPP STS) pathway 2030 target of 6.1tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium, as the Group's current exposure is to clients with lower emissions-intensive energy sources.
Nonetheless, we have issued facilities which have not yet been drawn to counterparties with less efficient smelters and therefore the Group's target is to maintain below the MPP STS 1.5°C pathway. Note that our MPP STS pathway has been adjusted downwards to include recycled aluminium production.
When calculating our emissions, we measure the aluminium producer's Scope 1 and 2 emissions. This is in line with the 'Fixed System Boundary' set out by the SAFF (Sustainable Aluminium Finance Framework).
During the year the physical intensity of the portfolio decreased by 18% from 5.62tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium to 4.59tCO₂e/tonne Aluminium. This was due to year-on-year decreases in exposure to some of the Group's higher-intensity primary aluminium producing clients.
Automotive Manufacturers
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2.8 | 66-100g CO₂/V.km (44-63% reduction) | -7% |
# Sector background
The automotive industry is a significant contributor to climate change through annual exhaust emissions, accounting for 8% of global CO₂ emissions. Transitioning from internal combustion engines (ICE) to electric vehicles (EVs) is crucial to reach net-zero by 2050 through decreasing the demand of Oil and Gas products.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
# Progress in the year
During the year the Group re-baseline the emissions intensity reported for the 2021 baseline year from 160gCO₂/V.km to 178gCO₂/V.km. This was due to the industry's progress in adopting a test procedure that better reflects driving conditions in the real world. This change in assumption was completed by the Transition Pathway Initiative (TPI) through a Worldwide Harmonised Light Duty Driving Test Procedure, which has been globally adopted as the standard against which all global manufacturers are evaluated.
The Group's target aligns with two scenarios of the IEA, the IEA NZE and the IEA APS.
When measuring the sector emissions, the boundary covers Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) of newly manufactured light duty vehicles. The Group includes Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (excluding well-to-tank emissions) in our financed emissions calculation. For Scope 3 we include the lifetime tailpipe emissions of the vehicles produced during the reporting cycle and a factor derived from supply chain emissions of the OEM.
The Group's sector intensity for 2022 is 165gCO₂/V.km, a 7% decrease from 178gCO₂/V.km. This emission decrease is due to a larger exposure to zero tailpipe EV manufacturing within the Group's Automotive Manufacturers portfolio.
On track Transition alignment required
1 Emissions contribution per the IEA's World Energy Outlook 2023.
2 Graphs reflect 2022 balance sheet values reported during 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
## Cement
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0.9 | 0.52 tCO₂/tonne Cement (22% reduction) | -1% |
## Sector background
Cement contributes to approximately 7% of total GHG emissions on a global scale. The primary source of carbon dioxide emitted is due to the chemical reaction that takes place between limestone and heat throughout the manufacturing procedure.
By increasing energy efficiency and utilising alternative fuels in the limestone heating process, the industry can reduce its carbon emissions.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
## Progress in the year
During the year the Group measured its 2021 balance sheet baseline and current year emissions progress in addition to setting a target. Our target range has been set using the IEA NZE pathway.
When calculating our portfolio emissions, the midstream processes are measured, including heating of limestone and combustion of the fuels used in the cement kiln and other plant processes.
In setting our emissions baseline and target, we have measured our cement sector portfolio emissions with a production-based emissions intensity metric of tonnes CO₂ per tonne of cementitious material (tCO₂/tonne Cement). Our selection of a production-based emissions intensity metric for the cement industry is motivated by the need to balance the rising demand for cementitious materials in emerging economies with the pressing requirement to decarbonise the cementitious material production process.
The portfolio emissions have remained static during the year with new clients having carbon intensities that are consistent with our portfolio. We have started to work with cement counterparties on their transition plans and commitments where their decarbonisation ambition does not match our own.
## Commercial Real Estate
| Balance in scope ($bn) | interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 4.8 | 19–39 kgCO₂/Sq.m (47–74% reduction) | -15% |
## Sector background
The building sector currently contributes 8% of the global energy-related emissions in 2022 per the IEA WEO 2023. Key drivers of the emissions in the portfolio include the size and type of the building as well as the energy source powering the building.
Insulation and ventilation, building energy management, electrification and cleaner electricity will be key drivers of decarbonisation in the portfolio.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
## Progress in the year
During the year the Group measured our Commercial Real Estate (CRE) portfolio's 2021 balance sheet baseline and 2022 progress of GHG emissions. The Group has also set a target to reduce emissions in the portfolio by 47% to 74% by 2030 using the IEA APS and NZE scenarios to set the target.
The emissions measured cover CRE assets being leased to earn rental returns and include the Scope 1 and 2 emissions from these buildings. A physical intensity of kgCO₂e/m² is the metric used to measure the portfolio's progress to net zero. This is calculated by summing the portfolio's Scope 1 and 2 emissions and dividing this by the floor area of the portfolio.
Our portfolio intensity moved from 73kgCO₂e/Sq.m to 62kgCO₂e/Sq.m, a reduction of 15% year-on-year. This was primarily due to our CRE regions' power supplies starting to decarbonise and macroeconomic changes resulting in geographical shifting of the portfolio from the east to the west, and less carbon-intensive energy supplies. We continue to work with technology providers on solutions for individual building carbon emissions measurement and management.
On track Transition alignment required
1 Emissions contribution per the IEA's World Energy Outlook 2023.
2 Graphs reflect 2022 balance sheet values reported during 2023.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
115
# Oil and Gas
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 6.8 | 9.3 MtCO₂e (29% reduction) | -21% |
# Sector background
The Oil and Gas industry's production emissions and consumption emissions account for approximately 15%¹ and 36%² of global energy-related emissions respectively. As such, the decarbonisation of the Oil and Gas sector is crucial for achieving global net zero carbon emissions.
The transition requires the development of new technologies such as abating emissions at source through deployment of carbon capture and (underground) storage technologies, and the evolution of Oil and Gas companies to energy companies through investment in renewables.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2020 to 2030³
# Progress in the year
During the year, the Group replaced its existing revenue intensity target with an absolute Oil and Gas target, which now requires a 29% reduction in absolute financed emissions by 2030 against our 2020 balance sheet baseline. This effectively sets a carbon budget for the Oil and Gas team which can only be achieved through Oil and Gas companies decarbonising or via the Group's exposure to this sector decreasing.
The emissions measured in our reporting include upstream (exploration, extraction and production), midstream (transportation and storage) and downstream (refinement and gas station operation) activities. An absolute emissions metric is used to manage the portfolio, recognising the importance of phasing out oil and gas through the transition but also recognising the importance of gas in the transition period.
Oil and Gas absolute emissions have remained relatively consistent year-on-year from 10.2 MtCO₂e as reported on the 2021 balance sheet to 10.3 MtCO₂e in 2022. This has been a result of greater exposure in scope offset by a decrease of production intensity of certain clients, in line with our expectations of reductions.
# Power
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 5.3 | 0.17–0.28 tCO₂/MWh (46–67% reduction) | -10% |
# Sector background
Power generation is a material source of CO₂ emissions globally, through the Scope 1 burning of fossil fuels. It is also a leading sector in the transition to net zero emissions through the rapid increase of renewables such as solar and wind.
Decarbonising the portfolio will require scaling renewable lending or funding of lower-emission plants fuelled by cleaner energy sources.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030³
# Progress in the year
During the year the Group has measured its 2021 balance sheet baseline emission intensity and its 2022 progress towards the 2030 target. The Group's target range was set using an IEA APS and NZE reference scenario range, recognising the importance of decarbonising the power sector but also reflecting our positioning as an emerging markets bank and our commitment to a just energy transition.
In setting our emissions baseline and target, we have measured our Power portfolio emissions with an intensity metric (tCO₂/MWh). We primarily measure the Scope 1 emissions associated with the generation of power through combustion of fossil fuels or biomass when calculating our emissions.
From 2021 to 2022 the portfolios emissions intensity moved from 0.52tCO₂/MWh to 0.47tCO₂/MWh, a reduction of 10%. This was caused by a shift in the portfolio mix with more lending to lower-emitting gas generation and renewables.
# On track Transition alignment required
1. IEA: The Oil and Gas Industry in Net Zero Transition.
2. Emissions contribution per the IEA's World Energy Outlook 2023.
3. Graphs reflect 2022 balance sheet values reported during 2023.
---
Sustainability review
## Shipping
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 4.1 | 0% delta | +4.5% |
## Sector background
International shipping plays an essential role in the facilitation of world trade as the most cost-effective and energy-efficient mode of cargo transport. It contributed 2% of global emissions per the IEA WEO 2023.
With oil-based fuels historically meeting over 99% of shipping energy needs, transition to low emission fuels will be key in decarbonising the sector. The Group is a signatory of the Poseidon Principles, which determines the decarbonisation principles to follow when providing shipping finance.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
## Progress in the year
In 2022, the Group set a target to achieve a 0% alignment delta for its shipping portfolio by 2030. This alignment delta is measured using the Poseidon Principles framework based on a 50% CO₂ reduction pathway by 2050 using 2008 as a baseline. A positive alignment score means that the portfolio is misaligned (above the decarbonisation trajectory), whereas a negative or zero score means that the portfolio is aligned. In 2023, Poseidon Principles added two additional pathways: the revised minimum (the Group's base case) and striving trajectory. These new scenarios are more stringent and are net zero by 2050.
During the year, the Group's revised minimum alignment delta increased from 7.3% to 11.8%, placing the Group in the top quarter on an efficiency basis of Poseidon Principle signatories, which collectively represents 70% of global shipping finance exposure. This increase of 4.5% in alignment delta is primarily due to new vessels financed, which were delivered late in the year and therefore were very inefficient, as they travelled very short distances in the start-up phase. These vessels are expected to improve their efficiency once annualised. Secondly, container shipping operators saw strong demand and profitability in 2022, which encouraged faster and more fuel-inefficient journeys. Next year, the Group will further observe the impact of the Carbon Intensity Indicator measurement of ships' efficiency which has come into effect in 2023, and incentivises shipowners to optimise their emissions impact.
## Steel
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1.3 | 1.4–1.6 tCO₂/tonne Steel (22–32% reduction) | -4% |
## Sector background
The steel industry is the largest source of industrial CO₂ emissions and accounts for roughly 7% of global CO₂ emissions. This is largely due to the sector's reliance on metallurgical coal as the primary fuel source.
Technological solutions to decarbonise this sector will include scrap-based electric arc furnaces, natural gas or hydrogen-based direct reduction plants with electric arc furnaces (all with clean power supplies) and the potential for CCUS.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
## Progress in the year
During the year the Group updated its original revenue-based intensity baseline to a production-based intensity metric with a baseline year of 2021. We also measured our progress during the year.
We have set a target of 1.4–1.6 tCO₂/tonne Steel by 2030 using a production intensity metric, recognising the urgent need to decarbonise the steel production process, while balancing the growing demand of steel in emerging economies.
When calculating our emissions, we measure the steelmaker's Scope 1 and 2 emissions. This is in line with the 'Fixed System Boundary' as set out by the Sustainable Steel Principles (SSP).
From 2021 to 2022 the physical intensity of the portfolio moved from 2.06 tCO₂/tonne Steel to 1.97 tCO₂/tonne Steel, a decrease of 4%. This was due to a year-on-year decrease to the Group's higher-emitting clients and improvements in the energy performance of some clients in Asia.
On track Transition alignment required
1 Emissions contribution per the IEA's World Energy Outlook 2023.
2 Graphs reflect 2022 balance sheet values reported during 2023.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Residential Mortgages
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 74.3 | 29–32 kgCO₂e/Sq.m (15–23% reduction) | 0% |
# Sector background
The key drivers of the emissions in the residential mortgages portfolio include the size and energy efficiency, and the energy source powering the residential floor area.
Insulation and ventilation, building energy management, electrification and cleaner electricity will be key drivers of decarbonisation in the portfolio.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2021 to 2030²
# Progress in the year
During the year the Group measured its 2021 balance sheet baseline and 2022 progress of GHG emissions from the four main residential mortgage portfolios, namely Hong Kong, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan, accounting for approximately 89% of the Group's exposure. Emissions measured in our baseline and annual progress include Scope 1 and 2 emissions from the residential properties the Group lends against. A physical intensity of kgCO₂e/Sq.m is the metric used to measure the portfolio's progress.
Standard Chartered, as a UK headquartered Group with a large footprint in Asia, is one of the first banks to set a target on its mortgage portfolio across multiple countries. While we have set a single group-level target, the very nature of the residential real estate market means all decarbonisation actions will take place at the local level. Achieving our target is dependent on actions by local governments and power companies decarbonising power generation. The target range has been set at the more ambitious end of the public commitments made by governments and power companies in the countries where the Group operates. These targets have been benchmarked to, and currently sit above, the global CRREM pathway to 2030. We will review this over time based on changes to country commitments and ambition. The Group has set a target of 29–32 kgCO₂e/Sq.m being a 15% to 23% reduction by 2030 of the baseline portfolio intensity of 37.6 kgCO₂e/Sq.m. The portfolio intensity remained consistent and will decrease over time through the decarbonisation of the national grids in our markets.
# Thermal Coal Mining
| Balance in scope ($bn) | 2030 interim target | Cumulative performance versus baseline |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0.04 | 0.5 MtCO₂e (85% reduction) | -52% |
# Sector background
The coal sector is the largest energy source for electricity generation globally as well as being the largest single source of carbon emissions, contributing 42% of total CO₂e missions when combusted.
Although global emissions related to coal have increased in 2022 due to the ongoing energy crisis, coal is expected, and is required to be phased out over the transition towards net zero.
Baseline target and portfolio progress 2020 to 2030²
# Progress in the year
The Group has set a target of reducing our absolute baseline emissions by 85% by 2030. This target, in addition to our Position Statements, which places ever increasing limits on financial services the Group can provide to coal-reliant clients, recognises there is limited opportunity to reduce carbon intensities associated with the Coal sector and sets a decreasing carbon budget on this sector.
During the year we calculated our progress up to 2022 towards our absolute target against our 2020 balance sheet baseline. This includes thermal coal upstream (exploration and extraction), midstream (transportation) and downstream (refinement) when measuring our absolute emissions.
The absolute emissions of the portfolio from 2021 to 2022 decreased from 2.3 MtCO₂e to 1.6 MtCO₂e a decrease of 30%. This was due to the portfolio being run down subject to contractual commitments with no new use of proceeds financing having been provided.
On track Transition alignment required
1 Emissions contribution per the IEA's World Energy Outlook 2023.
2 Graphs reflect 2022 balance sheet values reported during 2023.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
## Pillar 4: Leverage our Innovation hubs
Announced in 2023, the four thematic innovation hubs – Adaptation Finance, Blended Finance¹, Carbon Markets and Nature Positive Solutions – focus on emerging themes of sustainability aligned to areas where the Group has a core competency and are particularly suited to our clients in our footprint markets. Each hub is transversal, run by senior leaders in the CSO organisation, and aims to identify opportunities for future returns outside of our core range of traditional products and services. By being deliberate in demonstrating leadership to advance the ecosystem in these emerging thematic areas, the Group will be well positioned to take advantage of the significant and differentiated revenue potential that will result from maturation of these thematic areas in the future.
For further information on collaborative initiatives the Group participates in, refer to page 96
## 1. Adaptation Finance
The world is experiencing impacts from changes in average temperature, seasonal shifting, an increasing frequency and intensity of extreme weather events, and slow onset events.
A significant proportion of our Group's footprint markets are coastal, which means that adaptation represents both a risk and an opportunity for us and our clients.
There is an urgent global need to unlock and scale public and private climate adaptation finance to build shared societal resilience. This need is applicable to all nations but is particularly acute in emerging and developing economies.
Acknowledging our geographical footprint and the multiplier effect of investment in adaptation – where every dollar spent on adaptation this decade could generate up to $12 of economic benefit (sc.com/adaptation-economy) – it is our ambition to act decisively and mobilise others on adaptation.
## In 2023:
- Closed the Group's first Adaptation Finance transaction; an adaptation letter of credit with a parametric insurance provider for the renewable energy sector.
- Reviewed our Group's portfolio to analyse data on past transactions related to adaptation.
- Used data collected from our Climate Risk Assessments to design an 'adaptation readiness' test at the client level.
- Collaborated externally with KPMG and the United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction (UNDRR) to develop the market's first Guide to Adaptation and Resilience Finance (GARF), which was announced at COP28 and published in early 2024.
"The Adaptation Hub has drawn on our diverse experience from across the Group. Our first Adaptation Finance deal provided a test case to scaling our efforts internally and demonstrate how private sector finance can be deployed into Adaptation. The new Guide for Adaptation and Resilience Finance (GARF) is centred around bankable opportunities and we hope it will unlock significant private sector capital flow towards adaptation in emerging markets."
**Alex Kennedy**
Head of Sustainable Finance Solutions
## 2. Blended Finance¹
The Independent High-Level Expert Group on Climate Finance estimate that by 2030 there will be a $2.5–3 trillion per year financing gap between current baselines and what is required to deliver the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in emerging markets and developing countries other than China.
Such sums cannot be delivered through public financing alone. They require the international private sector to step up, including in markets historically considered as too risky for high levels of investment. Blended finance – using concessional public funds to mobilise much larger volumes of private capital – can help to close this gap. The Just Energy Transition Partnerships (JETPs) are an example of such blended finance.
Our hub brings together public and private expertise across the Group, including one of the architects of the South Africa and Vietnam JETPs, to help commercialise blended finance. Some of the objectives of the JETPs – e.g., financing the early retirement of coal-fired power plants – will require truly innovative approaches and collaboration.
## In 2023:
- Worked through international fora and industry groups (e.g., GFANZ) to leverage the Group's expertise and support – alongside other international banks – blended finance projects and programmes, including the development of frameworks for early coal retirement.
- Hosted both the Vietnamese and Indonesian governments as they launched their JETP events at COP28.
- Standard Chartered became one of the founding partners of the Bangladesh Climate and Development Partnership, which aims to use blended finance to help Bangladesh adapt to climate change.
"Where money goes today shapes tomorrow's world was the theory of change for the COP26 organisers. While the scale of the challenge remains significant – the Vietnam and Indonesian JETPs alone each require over $100bn of private finance – the opportunities also remain clear. Blended Finance offers us in Standard Chartered the chance to make use of donor financing to help the markets that we call home accelerate their journeys towards net zero."
**John Murton**
Senior Sustainability Advisor
¹ The hub developed an internal working definition in order to differentiate and build upon the Group's already long-established blended finance reputation in Export Credit Agency financing. We use 'Blended Finance' here to refer to the strategic use of catalytic public (and/or philanthropic) capital and regulatory reform to increase private sector investment that supports the SDGs. This can happen at a programme level or at a project level and may involve the creation and use of innovative financing instruments and structures to overcome barriers to investment.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
# 3. Carbon Markets
A high-integrity carbon market, combined with corporate commitments to cut emissions and high standards of reporting, can accelerate the global progress towards net zero by 2050. The use of high-quality carbon credits can play a part in a multi-faceted and urgent approach to decarbonisation, as it enables climate action in sectors and geographies that remain severely underfunded today.
Carbon credits can be complementary to a credible corporate net zero transition plan and help bridge the gap between the emissions reductions that can be implemented now, and the longer lead time for technological solutions that are yet to scale.
Standard Chartered has been at the forefront of several initiatives that are working to ensure that a high integrity, scalable market develops. We offer trading, advisory, financing and risk management services to our clients around the world.
## In 2023:
- Involved in some of the largest carbon market transactions, including the Regional Voluntary Carbon Market Company and Climate Impact X (CIX) auctions.
- Established primary supply partnerships with clients in Kenya, Brazil, China and Vietnam.
- Educated policymakers, clients and colleagues on the benefits of a liquid carbon market to bring funding to people and projects that likely would not receive it otherwise.
- Participated in several industry initiatives that support development of the global carbon market: the International Emissions Trading Association (IETA), the Integrity Council for the Voluntary Carbon Markets (ICVCM), the Voluntary Carbon Markets Integrity Initiative (VCMI) and the Africa Carbon Markets Initiative (ACMI).
> "For many years, we have faced a huge challenge and a degree of scepticism, to build the framework for a global carbon market. With the arrival of the ICVCM's Core Carbon Principles and the development of end-to-end carbon market announced at COP28, that framework now exists. We have all the component parts of a vibrant market. We need to make it work in practice and make sure it grows big enough to make a meaningful contribution to global net zero."
**Chris Leeds**
Head of Carbon Markets Development
# 4. Nature Positive Solutions
It is estimated that over half of global GDP is moderately or highly dependent upon nature. Despite its importance, biodiversity is rapidly declining.
Having applied international environmental and social standards in our financing for more than 20 years, our presence in markets with some of the richest biodiversity in the world positions us to engage with a range of stakeholders. We are guided by our commercial ambition to increasingly shift financial flows toward nature positive outcomes and thereby contribute to the halting and reversing of biodiversity loss. Nature is also a critical lever for climate change mitigation and adaptation and the hub collaborates with the Carbon Markets and Adaptation Finance hubs to explore natural climate solutions and ecosystem-based adaptation opportunities.
## In 2023:
- Conducted initial impact and dependency assessment to identify our exposure to potentially material sectors in our CCIB segment.
- Partnered externally with organisations such as the Ocean Risk and Resilience Action Alliance (ORRAA) and were invited to participate in the UN Global Compact Ocean Investment Protocol Steering Committee.
- Welcomed the publication of the Taskforce for Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) guidance and recommendations as we see the value in transparency and comparability when reporting on nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities.
- In January 2024, the Group joined a cohort of early adopters of the TNFD framework preparing to publish our first TNFD-aligned disclosures in early 2026.
> "The Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework signed by 196 nations puts the global economy on a policy trajectory that is needed to bend the curve on biodiversity loss. Now is the opportunity for collective action to halt and reverse biodiversity loss to allow species and ecosystems to recover."
**Oliver Withers**
Head of Nature
119
---
Sustainability review
# Climate- and sustainability-related governance
Sustainability-related risks, opportunities and organisational implications are overseen by the Group's Board, Management Team and multiple supporting sub-committees.
## Board oversight of climate- and sustainability-related risks and opportunities
The Board is responsible for the long-term success of the Group and its supporting committees consider climate- and sustainability-related risks and opportunities when reviewing and guiding strategic decisions. Throughout 2023, Board activities have included reviewing and guiding strategic decisions on our approach to reach net zero financed emissions by 2050. Since 2019, the Board has approved a Climate Risk Appetite Statement annually to reflect our aim to measure and manage the financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change and to reduce emissions related to the Group's own activities, including those associated with providing financial services to clients, in line with the Paris Agreement.
## Management-level governance
Each member of the Group Management Team is responsible for strategically driving climate considerations within their geography, business segment or function in line with our net zero roadmap.
The responsibility for identifying and managing financial risks from climate change sits with the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) as the appropriate Senior Management Function (SMF) under the Senior Managers Regime (SMR). The GCRO is supported by the Global Head, Enterprise Risk Management, who has day-to-day oversight and responsibility for the Group's second line of defence against Climate Risk.
> The structure of the Group's Board and Management Team can be found on pages 137 to 144.
## Supporting governance
The oversight and management of climate and sustainability-related risks and opportunities are an integral part of our business management, involving several executive committees. These committees operate under their terms of reference, delineating responsibilities, decision-making process, authority and the escalation route for any material issues. Additionally, a number of teams across our business, risk and functional areas are either dedicated to, or spend a proportion of their time, working on climate and sustainability-related activities. We are also expanding governance and risk management at the regional, country and segment levels to better identify and manage climate-related risks and opportunities.
Structural overview of Standard Chartered PLC's climate- and sustainability-related governance
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Governance committees and steering groups
Several committees and steering groups support the Group's Board and Management Team on the management and monitoring of climate and sustainability-related risks and opportunities and associated impacts on our business and for our key stakeholders.
Climate- and sustainability-related governance
| Governance body | Chair | Agenda frequency and inputs | Roles and responsibilities | Topics covered in 2023 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Standard Chartered PLC Board | Group Chairman | Annual update on Sustainability Climate Risk updates delivered quarterly through the Group CRO report | • Oversight of the Group's sustainability strategy | • Received an update on the Group's sustainability strategy, including progress made against key performance indicators and public commitments • Received quarterly Climate Risk updates through the GCRO reports • Approved Climate Risk Appetite Statement and Board-level Risk Appetite (RA) metrics • The Board received training on climate risk scenarios |
| Board Risk Committee (BRC) | Independent Non-Executive Director | Climate Risk updates are provided to BRC in Group CRO reports six times a year | • Provide oversight of the Group's key risks on behalf of the Board and is the primary risk committee at Board level that oversees Climate Risk • Consider the Group's Risk Appetite and make recommendations to the Board on the Climate Risk Appetite Statement • Assess risk types (including Climate Risk) and the effectiveness of risk management frameworks and policies • Provide oversight and challenge the design and execution of climate-related Group-wide enterprise stress tests mandated by a regulator | • Reviewed, discussed and challenged: (i) the Group's progress on embedding climate risk in line with the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) Supervisory Statement (SS 3/19) (ii) the results of the Group's first bespoke short-term base case and tail risk scenarios and development of the Group's internal modelling capabilities, and (iii) key focus areas for 2024 • Reviewed Climate Risk Information Report quarterly • Monitored adherence to RA metrics |
| Audit Committee (AC) | Independent Non-Executive Director | Updated annually in the fourth quarter and more frequently if any material disclosures are made outside of the Group's Annual Report | • Responsible for oversight of the Group's quantitative reporting metrics and controls over those metrics | • Reviewed changes to the climate and carbon emissions-related quantitative disclosures to be reported in this Annual Report, and the key controls around those quantitative disclosures |
| Culture and Sustainability Committee (CSC) | Independent Non-Executive Director | Three times in 2023 | • Review the Group's overall sustainability strategy and monitor its execution • Monitor the development and implementation of the Group's public commitment to net zero financed emissions by 2050 | • Received an update on the Group's sustainability strategy, including risk, regulatory and governance matters, public commitments, and Position Statements • Reviewed progress on the Group's net zero roadmap • Oversaw the update and consolidation of the Group's Sustainability Aspirations • Reviewed and discussed the Group's Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) rating scores against prioritised frameworks |
| Group Risk Committee (GRC) | Group Chief Risk Officer (CRO) | Climate Risk updates were provided to GRC in Group CRO report 10 times during 2023 | • Ensure the effective management of Climate Risk in support of the Group's strategy • Review Risk Appetite (RA) and approve Management Team-level RA metrics and thresholds for Principal Risk Types and integrated risks, including Climate Risk | • Received an update on Climate Risk embedding and the Climate Risk profile as part of the Risk Information Report • Approved the Management Team-level Climate RA metrics and monitored adherence to these |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
| Governance body | Chair | Agenda frequency and inputs | Roles and responsibilities | Topics covered in 2023 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC) | Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance | Monthly | - Oversee and approve Position Statements including sector-specific and cross-sector statements including Climate Risk - Oversee climate-driven Reputational and Sustainability Risk Appetite - Oversee changes to Climate Risk decision frameworks | Reviewed:
- Exposure to clients that do not comply with enhanced environmental and social criteria
- Transactions where Position Statement criteria are not fully met
- Transactions with high or very high Reputational Risk with climate change factors and decisions on whether to decline transactions or not
- The process for net zero portfolio steering and governance, including:
- (i) evaluating clients' transition plans,
- (ii) refreshed financed emissions data for clients in sectors where the Group has set net zero targets and
- (iii) ongoing approach to net zero portfolio management
- Updates for cross-sector and sector-specific Position Statements |
| Sustainability Executive Committee (Sustainability ExCo) | Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO) | At least eight times a year | - Hold ultimate decision-making authority over all material Sustainability initiatives as delegated by the Group Management Team - Direct actions as necessary for areas of improvement to ensure the effective implementation of Sustainability initiatives - Review findings and escalations from delegated committees (including but not limited to the Sustainability Operating Steering Committee) - Oversees the net zero programme | Reviewed and approved:
- New or updated net zero sector targets for Aluminium, Steel, Power, Cement, Residential Mortgages and Commercial Real Estate
- Consolidation of the Group's Sustainability Aspirations
Discussed:
- The Group's approach to integrating nature-related risk into the business model
- The Group's ESG ratings and priority disclosures |
| Climate Risk Management Committee (CIMC) | Global Head, Enterprise Risk Management | Six times in 2023 | - Oversee development and implementation of the Climate Risk framework, including relevant regulatory requirements - Oversee all aspects of risk management practices for climate-related financial and non-financial risks, including leadership and oversight in developing and effectively implementing the Group's Climate Risk management framework - Provide structured governance around engagement with relevant Principal Risk Types impacted by or linked to Climate Risk - Provide challenge and recommend Climate Risk-related Enterprise Stress Test results - Review, challenge and provide input on external disclosures such as Climate Risk-related financial disclosures, including those set out by the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) - Monitor and manage the Climate Risk and net zero profile of the Group within Risk Appetite | Drove delivery of:
- Climate-related Group-wide stress testing and management scenario analysis
- Progress associated with integrating Climate Risk across all impacted risk types
- Climate Risk-related external disclosures, including those discussed in this report
- Climate Risk research with Imperial College London
- Regulatory feedback and supervision
- Climate-related management information and Risk Appetite metrics
- Approach to delivering training and upskilling staff on Climate Risk across the Group
- Oversight on the development, ownership, as well as the results of Climate Risk models in scope |
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
123
| Governance body | Chair | Agenda frequency and inputs | Roles and responsibilities | Topics covered in 2023 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Sustainable Finance Governance Committee (SFGC) | Global Head of Sustainable Finance (SF) | At least six times a year | • Provide leadership, governance and oversight in delivering the Group's SF offerings • Review and endorse SF products • Guide the Group in identifying opportunities in SF and managing the greenwashing risks relating to SF | Reviewed and approved: • SF products including sustainable cash products, sustainable trade finance products and SF retail loan products • Green and sustainable finance transactions including transactions with climate-related key performance indicators • The Group's approach to launching sustainable and climate products • The Group's Green and Sustainable Product Framework (GSPF), encompassing a range of climate finance activities • The Group's Transition Finance Framework outlining our approach to defining transition activities • The Group's approach to pureplay clients which align to the Group's GSPF |
| Sustainability Operating Steering Committee (SFSEC) | Head Strategic Initiatives, Sustainable Finance | Monthly | • Central forum where all strategic priorities related to sustainability are consolidated, prioritised and agreed upon • Oversee and monitor milestones and deliverables of sustainability initiatives • Ensure sustainability investment budget is centrally prioritised and allocated to Business and Function's Quarterly Performance Reviews • Be a forum for escalation and decision-making | • Tracked delivery of net zero sectoral target setting against our commitments • Enforced accountability and fostered collaboration across the Group to implement the Group's net zero plan requirements and advance the digitalisation of Sustainable Finance data and reporting • Provided updates on advancement within the Group's innovation hubs |
## Governance of our Sustainable Finance frameworks
We have Product Programme Guidance documents which underpin each Sustainable Finance product that we offer, signed off by a delegate of the Sustainable Finance Governance Committee (SFGC) following approval of the product construct by the SFGC.
The SFGC is our forum for reviewing Sustainable Finance products and derives its authority from the Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC). The SFGC is our foremost committee on managing greenwashing risk in Sustainable Finance product design and labelling.
- Our Green and Sustainable Product Framework sets out our approach to mitigating greenwashing risk across our product suite and defines the themes and activities that we consider eligible for green and social financing. The Framework is informed by international market guidelines and standards on green and sustainable finance, among others, the Climate Bonds Standard, EU Taxonomy for sustainable activities and the Green Loan Principles. Co-authored with Morningstar Sustainalytics, our Framework is reviewed annually to ensure it remains in line with the latest industry standards. For more information, please visit sc.com/gspf.
- Our Sustainability Bond Framework governs our sustainable debt products, providing transparency and guidance on the use of proceeds and the impact of the green, social and sustainability bonds and notes issued by the Group. It has received a Second Party Opinion from Morningstar Sustainalytics, which confirms our Framework is credible, impactful and aligns with industry guidelines. For more information, please visit sc.com/sustainability-bond-framework.
- We have outlined our approach to defining Transition Finance in our Transition Finance Framework. This Framework is informed by the 2023 IEA NZE 2050 scenario and is reviewed annually to ensure it is in line with the latest available science and industry standards. For more information, please visit sc.com/transition-finance-framework.
---
Sustainability review
## Incentive structure
Our sustainability-related goals and targets are reflected in the measures that determine employee incentives and variable remuneration. Variable remuneration is based on measurable performance criteria linked to the Group's strategy and overseen by the Remuneration Committee.
## Annual incentive
Annual incentives are based on the assessment of the Group scorecard which contains financial and strategic measures and is operated for the majority of our employees.
Sustainability-related measures continue to be included in the 2024 Group scorecard related to:
- Growing Sustainable Finance income in our CCIB segment
- Reducing our financed emissions for key sectors in line with our risk appetite and based on our interim 2030 sectoral targets
- Meeting key milestones for building client and transaction-related, and central data infrastructure for delivering on our net zero ambition
- Reducing Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line with our operational net zero by 2025 target
## Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
LTIP awards are granted to senior executives who have the ability to influence the long-term performance of the Group. Members of the Group Management Team are eligible for LTIP awards, which may also be granted to other employees in the Group.
Sustainability continues to be included in the 2024–26 LTIP through the following performance measures:
- Accelerating zero: Progress towards our 2030 Sustainable Finance mobilisation target in each of the three performance years
- Lifting participation: Year-on-year growth in financing activity with female and/or small and medium enterprise (SME) clients and other underserved populations
- Delivering on our Sustainability Aspiration to further develop the global sustainability ecosystem by actively contributing to global partnerships, initiatives and cross-sector collaborations
Further details can be found in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 195 to 204
## Key individuals or teams with climate-related objectives which impact variable remuneration
In addition to the Group scorecard and LTIP performance measures, dedicated climate and sustainability-related objectives apply across functional and regional scorecards including the Risk function, and individual objectives add a further link between sustainability outcomes and reward.
| Individual or team | Objectives/performance linkage |
| --- | --- |
| Group Management Team (MT) | Members of the Group MT are eligible for an annual incentive based on the outcome of our Group scorecard and an LTIP award which both include sustainability-related measures. Further details can be found on pages 200 to 203 of this Annual Report. |
| Group Chief Risk Officer (CRO) | The Group CRO is responsible and accountable for Climate Risk under the Financial Conduct Authority's Senior Managers and Certification Regime. This includes responsibility for overseeing the delivery of the Climate Risk workplan covering Climate Risk governance, Climate Risk assessment, Climate Risk scenario analysis and stress testing, and Climate Risk disclosure. |
| Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO) | The CSO helps drive the Group's sustainability agenda and brings together its Sustainable Finance, Sustainability Strategy, Net Zero Delivery, Strategic Initiatives and Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) teams. Performance measures for the CSO include progress against the delivery of net zero roadmap and Sustainable Finance targets. |
| Global Head of Supply Chain Management | The Global Head of Supply Chain Management is responsible for ensuring and overseeing the delivery of supply chain emissions and climate related objectives and plans in partnership with contract owners across the Bank. This includes baselining our supply chain emissions related to products and services, supply chain emissions disclosures, and the implementation of plans to reduce supply chain-related emissions and managing climate risks in partnership with our suppliers. |
| Global Head, Property | The Global Head, Property is responsible for delivering on our aim to reach net zero carbon emissions in our own operations by 2025. |
| All employees | Selected sustainability-related targets are incorporated into our annual Group scorecard which determines annual incentives for the majority of our employees. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Managing Environmental and Social Risk
We seek to proactively manage Environmental and Social (E&S) Risks and impacts arising from the Group's client relationships and transactions.
For over 20 years, our cross-sector Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) Framework has helped us apply international standards and best practices across all our markets. In the frontline, our ESRM team within the Chief Sustainability Officer (CSC) organisation oversees the management of E&S Risks associated with our client relationships.
+ For further information please refer to our ESRM Framework at sc.com/esriskframework
Our approach is embedded directly into our credit approval process and supports us to work with our stakeholders to identify, manage, mitigate and monitor the potential impacts that stem from our financing decisions.
Our Position Statements, approved by the Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC), outline the cross-sector and sector-specific criteria we apply to assess whether to provide financial services to our clients.
We use these statements – which draw on International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards, the Equator Principles (EP) and global best practice – to assess E&S risk related to our financing.
## Position Statements
| Cross-sector Position Statements | | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Climate Change | Human Rights | Nature |
| Sector-specific Position Statements | | |
| Agribusiness | Chemicals and Manufacturing | Extractive Industries |
| Infrastructure and Transport | Power Generation | Thermal Coal |
## Prohibited Activities
We reviewed 1,341 clients and 708 transactions that presented potential for elevated E&S risk in 2023. If we find a material E&S issue, we take steps to proactively engage the client to mitigate identified risks and impacts, and support and guide our clients to improve their E&S performance over time. However, for clients who do not meet our Position Statement criteria, we may look to withdraw financial services and exit the relationship if we cannot work with them to align over time.
In 2023, we completed the review and update of our cross-sector Climate Change and sector-specific Position Statements covering all sensitive sectors, with the requirements to take effect in 2024. We also commenced the review of our cross-sector Human Rights Position Statement.
During the year, we evolved our approach to nature risk assessment. This included a loan book analysis to identify impacts and dependencies from nature-related risks at sector, country and financial services levels. The Group's cross-sector Nature Position Statement provides a consolidated view of our approach to managing Nature Risk across our business, operations and supply chain.
+ Read more about our Position Statements at sc.com/positionstatements
+ Our list of Prohibited Activities can be found at sc.com/prohibitedactivities
→ Our reporting against the Equator Principles can be found on page 504 or at sc.com/equatorprinciples
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
125
---
Sustainability review
# Managing Climate Risk
We have designed an approach that begins to embed Climate Risk with impacted Principal Risk Types (PRTs) within our central Enterprise Risk Management Framework based around two principles:
1. Treat Climate Risk like a traditional risk type. Climate Risk may lead to financial losses and non-financial detriments, much like Credit Risk, and should be managed as such to limit the Group's exposure to these detriments. This means embedding Climate Risk considerations into existing risk identification and management processes, governance, reporting, scenario analysis, strategy, and financial planning.
2. Recognise and build for where Climate Risk is different. Climate Risk is likely to crystallise over much longer time horizons and is inherently difficult to quantify. Its unique features and a need for granular forward-looking measurements require the use and development of new tools and methodologies to quantify and analyse the implications.
# Our climate toolkit – Processes for identifying and assessing Climate Risks
We have invested in a number of toolkits and partnerships to quantitatively measure climate-related physical and transition risks and we have conducted scenario analysis across a range of plausible scenarios in 2023. We continue to engage with our clients to understand their climate adaptation, mitigation and transition plans. In 2024 and beyond, we aim to reduce reliance on third-party models with the development of our internal carbon elasticity and IFRS 9 expected credit loss models including climate-related impacts.
| Toolkits and Partnerships | Description |
| --- | --- |
| In-house Climate Risk Questionnaires | Client-level Climate Risk Questionnaire (CRQ) to assess and gather information on client mitigation and adaptation plans. The information gathered through these CRQs form part of the Client-level Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs). |
| Munich Re | Physical Risk assessment tool built on extensive re-insurance experience to obtain location-based hazard and risk scores under current day for acute weather events (e.g., storms, floods, or wildfire) and longer-term time horizons (2050, 2100) for Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) scenarios 2.6, 4.5 and 8.5, and for chronic risks such as sea level rise. |
| Baringa Partners | Scenario expansion models and expertise used to design bespoke short-term scenario narratives and build scenarios for management stress tests and implement them within the Aladdin Climate transition risk models. |
| BlackRock | Aladdin Climate transition risk models are used to translate the impact of transition and Physical Risk scenario variables on company financials and probabilities of default, and obtain temperature alignment results to assess a temperature score to indicate client- and portfolio-level global warming potential up to 2030.1 |
| S&P Global | Asset locations, energy mixes and client-level emissions i.e., absolute emissions (tonnes of CO2e) and emissions intensities by revenue (tonnes of CO2e/$ million) for Scope 1 and 2 and, where available, for Scope 3 emissions. |
| Imperial College London | Academic expertise leveraged to advance our understanding of climate science, upskill our employees and senior management, and progress independent research on climate risks with a focus on emerging markets. |
1 The inclusion of the Aladdin Climate analytics, based on models from BlackRock, contained in this report should not be construed as a characterisation regarding the materiality or financial impact of that information. The Aladdin Climate analytics include non-financial metrics that are subject to measurement uncertainties resulting from limitations inherent in the nature and the methods used for determining such data. The Aladdin Climate analytics are not fixed and are likely to change and evolve over time. The Aladdin Climate analytics rely on comparatively new analysis and there is limited peer review or comparable data available. BlackRock does not guarantee and shall not be responsible for the content, accuracy, timeliness, non-infringement, or completeness of Aladdin Climate analytics contained herein, or have any liability resulting from the use of the Aladdin Climate analytics in this report, or any actions taken in reliance on any information herein.
# Limitations with existing tools and data
We recognise that there are limitations when assessing Climate Risk, given approaches to quantifying Climate Risk are nascent and data availability and coverage across our clients continue to present challenges. This is particularly true in emerging markets where Climate Risk-related disclosure and preparedness can be less advanced. We have seen limitations in coverage, granularity of information at client group and entity level and timeliness of data leading to the use of proxies such as regional and/or sector averages and sovereign heatmaps. Most tool outputs do not factor in
existing adaptation measures, governmental policies to protect and build for changing climate, and structural adaptation e.g., age and quality of construction or flood defences and dams protecting the property. Over time, sovereigns and policymakers are also expected to drive market trends such as investment in adaptation plans, technological advancements, innovative risk transfer and mitigation approaches to combat the potential impacts of climate change. Such assumptions are not factored into our analysis.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
We have seen an improvement in data coverage since the creation of our Climate Analyst team in the first line of defence and Relationship Managers engaging clients to close data gaps. Additionally, we are in the process of setting up a centralised data store which will capture all sustainability-related data for our clients, including monitoring of the data quality, and reduce the usage of proxies over time. We recognise that data coverage will keep pace with client disclosures and reporting, which is likely to be aligned with timelines on sovereign requirements and commitments. This places some reliance on proxy information, and we will refine our evaluations and methodologies progressively as the availability and quality of data improves.
The data we have captured through various sources has helped us develop our client-level climate-risk assessments for both existing and new clients, improve our internal climate modelling capabilities and strengthen the risk measurement and monitoring of our portfolios.
# Integrating climate-related risks into overall risk management, client segments and own operations
We manage Climate Risk according to the characteristics of the impacted Principal Risk Types (PRTs). Risk Framework Owners for the impacted PRT are an integral component of the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and responsible for embedding Climate Risk requirements within their respective risk types. In 2023, we have continued to build Climate Risk into existing risk management frameworks and processes. The areas where we have made progress to embed Climate Risk considerations within the first line of defence and across PRTs are listed in the following table.
| Impacted Risk Type | Key updates in 2023 | Next steps | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Credit Risk – CCIB Disruption to clients' business models due to physical or transition risk impacting their profitability and thereby affecting their capacity to repay debt, or the capital and collateral required to back the loan. | • Completed ~4,100 Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs) accounting for ~85-90 per cent of our corporate portfolio limits. • Established linkages to Credit Underwriting Principles for four sectors (Oil and Gas, Shipping, Commercial Real Estate (CRE) and Mining), spanning climate-related analysis, portfolio-level caps and additional data gathering measures. • Designed Version 3 of the Climate Risk Questionnaire with sector-specific nuances and covering questions related to net zero and Credible Transition Plans (CTPs). • Established a Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum to discuss account plans and risk decisions on high Climate Risk and net zero divergent clients. • Initiated work on building our approach to assess physical and transition risk to underlying collateral specifically for CRE and Shipping portfolios. • Assessed the impact of climate risks for approximately 95 per cent of our CCIB portfolio under different climate scenarios. • The first-generation transition risk models, for Corporates (priority sectors including Oil & Gas, Mining, Steel and Power, and a generic Carbon Elasticity Model), Sovereign, as well as the Temperature Alignment models for Automotive Manufacturers, Oil and Gas, Steel, and sector agnostic models have been developed. | • Enhance portfolio management and oversight on clients exposed to climate-related risks within the credit decisioning processes. • Enhance quality and streamlining underlying client-level assessments across financial and non-financial impacts from ESG risks including climate and net zero. • Upskill all impacted client relationship staff including credit officers with a net zero certification. • Build Physical Risk grading capabilities. | 300 |
| Credit Risk – CPBB Physical risks, such as rising sea levels and severe flood events, could adversely impact repayment ability through damages to properties or loss of insurance cover, leading to potential increases in credit losses or due to changes in the economic environment as the economy transitions towards lower emissions. | • We now assess physical risk for 79 per cent and transition risk for 54 per cent of our CPBB credit portfolio as of September 2023. • We have quantified the transition risk for our top consumer mortgage markets using energy bills data, where available and proxies based on financed emissions, while utilising actual energy performance certificate data for the markets where this information is available (currently only Jersey). • Worked with Imperial College London to enhance the Retail Mortgages physical risk approach (through Property Price Index haircut), for usage in stress testing exercises. | • Expand our scenario analysis capabilities for CPBB across physical and transition risks. • Continue to refine the transition risk approach to enable factoring in the impact from transition risk on underlying collateral. | 298 |
Physical Risk Transition Risk
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
127
---
Sustainability review
| Impacted Risk Type | Key updates in 2023 | Next steps | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Operational and Technology Risk Impact of acute or chronic physical risks may disrupt our own properties, data centers and third parties leading to business disruptions. Furthermore, increased costs may arise through implementation of practices such as renewable energy sources and waste reduction to reduce emissions. | • Physical risk scenarios impacting our sites and causing disruption to services are assessed for loss estimates. • New sites onboarded within the Group are assessed for physical risk vulnerabilities. • Third-party continuity plans have been enhanced to include climate risk related disruptions. | • Gather site locations for our material vendors to assess their physical risk exposures, such that suitable continuity plans can be developed. | 308 |
| Country Risk Both Physical and Transition risks can have a direct impact on a sovereign's economic strength and increase their cost of borrowing, directly impacting overall creditworthiness. | • Our methodology for Physical and Transition Risk Sovereign Rankings serves as an input into the annual sovereign reviews and quarterly early warning indicators. • We have developed Climate Risk report cards for approximately -30 sovereigns covering 75% of GCR exposure across our footprint, which provide a detailed breakdown of the Physical and Transition Risk scores, along with key takeaways and historic climate disaster statistics. • We have built an in-house Sovereign climate model that forecasts Sovereign credit grades across the various NGFS scenarios. • Country limit benchmark computations consider climate factors. | • Enhance our methodology for the assessment of sovereign physical risks to limit reliance on static data sources from external research and expand coverage to include nature/biodiversity risks. | 306 |
| Reputational and Sustainability Risk Potential for stakeholders to view the Group negatively due to actual or perceived actions or inactions in response to our stated climate, ESG and net zero commitments. Increasing expectations from governments, regulators, NGOs, investors, and individuals heightens reputational risks. | • Additional due diligence is conducted to support client or transaction level assessments for (i) clients covered by the Group's net zero targets for high-carbon sectors (Oil & Gas, Power, Steel, Aluminium, Cement, Automobiles, Shipping, Aviation & CRE) (ii) clients with a coal nexus as well as (iii) those assessed as high climate risk. • Governance standards and new controls rolled out to mitigate the greenwashing risk throughout the lifecycle of Sustainable Finance products. The controls aim to ensure accurate Sustainable Finance labelling and ongoing monitoring of clients, products, and transactions, and are continuously reviewed and tested for control effectiveness, bearing in mind the changing regulatory landscape and innovation in Sustainable Finance. • Established key management information to track divergence of net zero pathways from group-level sector targets to aid the monitoring of the impact of climate risk on various portfolios. | • Increase in the pace and variety of Regulations around Sustainability with a focus on greenwashing will be a key priority for 2024. • Ensure framework and controls consider new regulations and the controls are embedded in an effective manner. | 305 |
| Traded Risk Acute physical risk events or a disruptive transition can cause sudden changes in the fair value of assets driven by commodity price changes. Additional impact may result due to trigger sales, sudden and negative price adjustments where these risks are not yet incorporated into prices. | • The Traded Risk stress testing framework covers market impacts from Climate Risk, including an assessment of transition effects from climate change policies and two physical risk scenarios as part of the global Traded Risk scenarios inventory. These flow into existing Traded Risk Appetite metrics. | • Extend the tail scenario narratives developed for the CCIB portfolio to develop transition risk scenarios for the trading book and implement enhancements related to Market Risk factors and shorter-term shocks. | 308 |
Physical Risk Transition Risk
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Impacted Risk Type | Key updates in 2023 | Next steps | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Treasury Risk ▲▲Impact on client business models and their overall financial stability from transition to a low-carbon economy can impact capital adequacy and/or liquidity levels needed to ensure financial stability during periods of stress. | • Progressed towards a more quantitative approach as we continue to consider capital requirements as part of the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). • Commenced monitoring of climate risk-related vulnerabilities and readiness of our top corporate liquidity providers, leveraging our client-level climate risk assessments. | • Review risk pockets within high Climate Risk and net zero divergent sectors as part of the ICAAP. • Advance our capabilities to assess Climate Risk as part of the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP). | 309 |
| Model Risk ▲▲Model Risk may exist from inappropriate design / specification / development / governance of a model relative to the intended business objectives and/or ineffective model remediation in response to issues identified by model validation. | • The first-generation of internal models have been developed and are in various stages of model governance. | • Target to enhance physical risk modelling capabilities, advancing sector models to factor in sector-specific nuances and building carbon elasticity models for Shipping and Automobile. • Implementation of models within the Group's infrastructure. | 309 |
## Investing in Climate Risk research
Since the launch of our four-year partnership with Imperial College London in 2020, the Group has sponsored a series of public research projects. As part of our ongoing academic partnership, we supported new climate research on the range of opportunities that exist for private investors in nature-related investments and cross-sectoral implications of electrification of transport in India. In 2023 we have cooperated with Imperial College London on three specific projects:
### 1. Asset haircuts
For our key residential mortgage markets, we have collaborated with our academic partner to develop an internal model for revaluating property valuations under different climate scenarios using the forward-looking risk indices from Munich Re. These revaluations are then used to inform haircuts on the property prices and arrive at climate adjusted Expected Credit Loss values for the mortgage book.
### 2. Country Risk
The cooperation involves the construction of a methodology used to project sovereign ratings along selected NGFS climate scenarios for 40 target countries. The model develops a term structure of sovereign Probability of Defaults (PDs) along each climate scenario and associated projected ratings and compares it with a term structure of sovereign PDs and ratings in a counterfactual (non-climate change) scenario.
### 3. Cross-sectoral implications of transport electrification in India
Exploring the potential impact of introducing a legislative requirement for the switch to electric vehicles (EVs), including, but not limited to supply chain management, the strain on existing power supply (as some regions are already experiencing regular blackouts), and the need for expansion of the power grid to support the connection of the required number of chargers. The research has been completed and preparations for the publication have been made.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
# Integrity, conduct and ethics
We aim to live our valued behaviours, which are 'Never settle', 'Better together' and 'Do the right thing' through our actions, decisions and interactions day-to-day with colleagues and clients.
Good conduct is critical to delivering positive outcomes for our clients, markets and stakeholders. It is fundamental to achieving our brand promise, here for good. Conduct Risk may arise anywhere in the Group at any time. The Group therefore expects all employees to be responsible for managing Conduct Risk given it is a transversal risk, which means it impacts every aspect of the Group's operations.
Our Conduct Risk management approach has been strengthened since 2022 through several initiatives, including launching the new Group Conduct Risk Management Standard, which sets minimum standards for the management of Conduct Risk across our operations. The Group employs a risk-based, three lines of defence approach to Conduct Risk management, where oversight, governance and controls applied are proportionate to our assessment of the risk. We set target Conduct Outcomes that the Group aspires to deliver for clients, external stakeholders, employees, and the environment.
# Code of Conduct and Ethics
The Code of Conduct and Ethics (the Code) remains the primary tool through which we communicate our conduct expectations. In October 2023, we launched the refreshed Code to improve alignment with our Stands, strengthen the link between ethics, culture, conduct, and the Group's strategy. The Code is intended to be more than a guidance document: rather, it is a code to live by, designed to guide colleagues through how to live our valued behaviours on a day-to-day basis, whatever their business, function, region, or role. We have made the Code more user friendly, interactive and accessible to all colleagues. The Code also includes more content on ethical leadership, the way we use personal data, having a culture of inclusion and feeling safe to speak up.
+ Download our Code of Conduct and Ethics at sc.com/codeofconductandethics and visit sc.com/speakingup to find more about how our Speaking Up programme works
To reinforce our shared commitment to the highest possible standards of conduct, each year we ask our colleagues to reconsider what the Code means to them through a refresher e-learning, and to reaffirm their commitment. In 2023, 99.8 per cent of our colleagues completed the mandatory training and affirmation. Colleagues who are overdue without a valid reason are subject to a 25 per cent reduction in their annual variable compensation for the year they failed to attest.
99.8%
of employees affirmed recommitment to our Code annually
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Speaking Up
Our Speaking Up programme provides a safe, independent and confidential way to report concerns. It helps build and maintain a strong ethical culture, with integrity, trust, and transparency. The early disclosure of concerns reduces the risk of financial and reputational loss caused by misconduct. We encourage colleagues, contractors, clients, suppliers and members of the public to use our Speaking Up programme without fear of retaliation. When a concern is raised, our Shared Investigative Services team will determine whether the matter is a Speaking Up disclosure or if it is an out-of-scope disclosure. Examples of Speaking Up concerns may include breaches of regulatory requirements or breaches of Group policy or standards. Out-of-scope disclosures will be referred to the appropriate internal teams. If a matter is considered a Speaking Up Disclosure, relevant Shared Investigative Services and/or Employee Relations colleagues will conduct fact-finding into the matter, with any follow-up action taken as required following the fact-finding process.
Throughout 2023, we hosted a series of awareness campaigns to ensure that our colleagues understand the importance of upholding our conduct standards and know how, and when, to Speak Up. To recognise Whistleblowers' Day on 23 June, the Global Head of Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance issued a Group-wide communication underlining the importance of Speaking Up. A World Whistleblowers' Day panel discussion was held, covering Speaking Up and ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) topics, with Group Independent Non-Executive Director and Whistleblowing Champion Phil Rivett as a panellist.
This event was part of the wider Global Conduct Week from 19 to 23 June, themed 'Be the Change', which encouraged colleagues to think about how their individual actions on a daily basis can aggregate to a much wider impact on outcomes for our clients, customers and other stakeholders. In addition, in October 2023, a Group-wide panel discussion was held to celebrate Global Ethics Day, with the theme 'Ethics Empowered'. All campaigns included interactive messages from our senior leaders and live panel discussions designed to both set the tone from the top and nurture it from within.
The Speaking Up programme continues to be utilised across all countries, businesses and functions, and our 2023 MyVoice survey found that 88 per cent of employees (no change from 2022) felt comfortable raising concerns through these channels. The Board reviews a Speaking Up report annually. For the period July 2022 to June 2023 a three per cent (34 cases) decrease was noted in the volume of total disclosures via Speaking Up channels compared with the previous period (i.e. July 2021 to June 2022).
**88%**
of employees in our MyVoice survey felt comfortable raising concerns through Speaking Up channels
+ Visit our Speaking Up programme's website https://secure.ethicspoint.eu/domain/media/en/gui/108379/index.html
# Fighting financial crime
Access to the financial system helps transform lives around the world, helping to reduce poverty and spur economic development. But the financial system is also used by those involved in some of today's most damaging crimes – from human trafficking to terrorism, corruption and the drug trade. Our ambition is to help tackle these crimes by making the financial system a hostile environment for criminals and terrorists. We have no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to financial crime.
Our Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance (CFCC) team sets our financial crime risk management framework. We seek to protect our clients and communities against money laundering (AML), terrorist financing, sanctions, fraud and other risks, applying core controls such as client due-diligence, screening and monitoring, and strengthening our people's understanding as to how to identify, manage and mitigate such risks. In addition, anti-bribery and corruption (ABC) controls aim to prevent colleagues, or third parties working on our behalf, from engaging in bribery or corruption.
A particular focus of our financial crime investigatory teams is the use of data analytics to identify those clients and cases which generate the greatest financial crime risk. This has strengthened the second line of defence in support of colleagues in business lines and country teams across the Group.
To mitigate the risk of financial crime, particularly laundering the proceeds of corruption, in the lead-up to, during and after major political elections in footprint markets, the Group conducts enhanced monitoring designed to identify and investigate transactions of potential concern. In 2023, enhanced monitoring was conducted during major elections and times of political transition or conflict, for example in Nigeria, Sierra Leone and Zimbabwe.
Since the beginning of the war in Ukraine on 24 February 2022, the authorities of the European Union, United Kingdom, United States, and several other nations have imposed multiple rounds of sanctions against Russia by targeting a wide range of Russian entities (state-owned and private) and a large number of Russian elites, oligarchs, political leaders and officials. While the pace of change and the complexity of these sanctions against Russia are unprecedented and had the potential to create areas of uncertainty as to the scope of some of the regulatory prohibitions, we have sought to comply with these requirements fully and promptly. This work remains a significant area of focus for teams across the first and second line of defence.
We have invested significantly to ensure our employees are properly equipped to combat financial crime. In 2023, 99.9 per cent of colleagues and governance body members completed financial crime mandatory e-learnings which cover topics such as ABC, AML including terrorist financing, sanctions, tax evasion and fraud topics (Asia: 99.9 per cent, AME: 99.8 per cent, EA: 99.8 per cent, Governance body members: 100 per cent).
**99.9%**
of colleagues and governance members completed financial crime mandatory e-learnings
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Sustainability review
## Fighting financial crime continued
For those in high-risk roles and functions, we delivered additional training across all financial crime areas, including in-depth awareness on Russia sanctions, ABC training for targeted roles, training on tax evasion risks, trade AML, and money laundering risks concerned with money mules and shell companies. We also delivered new training modules on financial crime risks in fintech and digital assets. In addition, masterclasses and forums were held to deepen understanding. We shared our Supplier Charter, which sets out our principles and expectations, and provides guidance related to ABC, with 11,563 suppliers and third parties across 48 markets.
This was supported by our Group-wide financial crime awareness campaign, 'The Whole Story', which aimed to raise employee awareness of the real-life impact of financial crime and highlight the work we are doing individually and collectively to build a robust risk culture and lead in the fight against financial crime. The Whole Story 2023 theme of 'Let's get #fightingfit' focused on how we can reboot and recharge the fight against financial crime and play a part in driving the right outcomes for our clients, through the right conduct and culture, vigilance and risk management.
## Collaborative initiatives
Our public-private partnerships are aimed at producing new insights about various criminal typologies and advances in how we collectively combat financial crime in an increasing number of jurisdictions, including Singapore, Hong Kong, South Africa, India, the UK and UAE.
Throughout 2023, we also engaged with peers in contributing to the ongoing dialogue to advance effectiveness in combating financial crime through our active participation in several of the leading industry groups, including the Wolfsberg Group of global banks, Madison Group and UK Finance.
We also participated in discussions and forums with many external thought leaders including participation with the World Economic Forum's Partnering Against Corruption Initiative and United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, in addition to hosting events with clients designed to foster dialogue on the tackling of financial crime.
+ For more, visit sc.com/fightingfinancialcrime
## Responsible lending and fair treatment of our customers in our CPBB segment
The Group's Board of Directors provides oversight of the Group's treatment of customers through its reporting and committee structures. The relevant governance forum or Risk Committee is required to challenge the business for any new or material product proposals prior to the commencement of the product approval process.
Escalations may be taken to the CPBB Risk Committee chaired by the CPBB Chief Risk Officer or the Group Risk Committee chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer, and ultimately to the Group's Board and Board Risk Committee. Oversight and governance of Collections is performed by the CPBB Risk function with regular reviews of performance metrics and complaints-handling data.
## Complaints management
Formal avenues are established for CPBB customers to lodge complaints. A complaints-handling process has been put in place to enable the proper receipt, acknowledgement and independent and effective handling of complaints, which are to be resolved and notified to customers within a reasonable turnaround time without compromising the quality of the review.
At the global level, key complaints insights, trends and root causes are provided to the CPBB Risk Committee every month. Examples of key metrics that are used to track and manage complaints across CPBB markets include: total number of complaints received in the month split by type and root cause, including sub-categories such as potential inappropriate sales, proven mis-selling or fraud, and percentage of complaints resolved within the predetermined turnaround time.
## Loan modifications
Where possible, practical support programmes may be offered to customers experiencing financial difficulty. Loan modification options that may be offered to our customers take into account the most recently available information on the customer's income, expenditures and circumstances. Collections staff managing these arrangements are trained to discuss options thoroughly with customers in order that any restructured payments, if agreed, are kept affordable.
## Collections
Across the Group, while the approach may vary across markets in line with local regulations, programmes to assist retail banking borrowers in financial distress are handled by Collections teams.
The expectation on the Bank's Collections teams include meeting the following requirements:
- Providing a fair and reasonable treatment regarding any late fees
- Aligning calling and visitation hours to local regulations and practices
- Updating the financial status of customers on a timely basis in our systems to support fair treatment
- Having all customer interactions with the Collections teams, complaints and feedback monitored and regularly reviewed
All Collections staff responsible for dealing with customers in financial distress are trained prior to commencement of collection activities, and in particular, are required to be familiar with the Bank's Code of Conduct and Ethics. Where external collections agencies are utilised, these agencies undergo assessment and due diligence in accordance with Group sourcing standards and their staff must undertake the same training as the Group's internal Collections teams.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Respecting human rights
We strive to be a responsible company and respect human rights across our business. We recognise that the global nature of our business may expose us to the risk of modern slavery and human trafficking in our operations, supply chain and client relationships and we are committed to managing and mitigating these risks. Our Modern Slavery Statement details our approach and actions to manage modern slavery risks across our value chain.
+ Read our Modern Slavery Statement at sc.com/modernslavery
Due diligence is a central part of our approach in assessing and managing risks associated with the provision of financial services to our clients. We approach this due diligence in accordance with our Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) and Financial Crime Compliance (FCC) frameworks.
Our Position Statement on Human Rights is a key part of our framework and was developed following engagement with a range of external stakeholders, including expert practitioners and civil society organisations. Like our cross-sector Position Statements, the Human Rights Position Statement applies to our clients, suppliers and employees and is regularly reviewed to ensure it addresses emerging risks and issues.
+ Read more about our ESRM Framework and Position Statements at sc.com/esriskframework or sc.com/positionstatements
Standard Chartered will not enter into relationships with suppliers involved in human trafficking, modern slavery, or forced labour. Suppliers that are identified as presenting higher risks of modern slavery are subject to enhanced due diligence. Our Supplier Charter sets out the principles for the behavioural standard that Standard Chartered expects from all its suppliers, and those within a supplier's sphere of influence that assist them in performing their obligations to us.
+ Read our Supplier Charter at sc.com/suppliercharter
Our Fair Pay Charter sets out the principles by which we seek to deliver fair and competitive remuneration to all employees. We use these principles to guide reward and performance decision-making globally, including how we set, structure and deliver remuneration. Further information on our alignment to the Fair Pay Charter can be found in our 2023 Diversity, Equality and Inclusion Report available at sc.com/diversityfairpayreport.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
# Directors' report
136 Group Chairman's governance overview
137 Board of Directors
142 Management Team
145 Corporate governance
182 Directors' remuneration report
208 Additional remuneration disclosures
217 Other disclosures
229 Statement of Directors' responsibilities
# Liverpool FC and Standard Chartered encourage girls to 'Play On'
In May, alongside our long-time partners Liverpool FC, we launched 'Play On', our four-year campaign aimed at encouraging girls to play sport because of the transferable life skills it teaches off the pitch. As well as raising awareness that twice as many girls than boys drop out of sport by age 14, the programme delivers physical support and training for female grassroots coaches in our key markets.
The campaign also provides a digital repository where girls, teachers, coaches and parents can access useful resources.
+ Read more at sc.com/playon
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – annual Report 2023
155
---
Directors' report
Group Chairman's governance overview
# Group Chairman's governance overview
Dr José Viñals
Group Chairman
# "In times of uncertainty, a robust corporate governance framework is especially important."
In my opening letter, I referred to the uncertainties in our markets caused by the multiple geopolitical and macroeconomic events affecting the year. These require our close attention given their ability to impact our various businesses in quite different ways. The Board has monitored these developments carefully and proactively, devoting agenda time at the Board and across our committees and also considering them at the Group's International Advisory Council (IAC), which includes representatives from our Management Team.
The Board also received a series of briefings from internal and external experts who provided valuable insights from their diplomatic, central banking, economic, regional and political vantage points to help us prepare for events which may occur in the future. In the same vein, the Board Risk Committee (BRC) and Audit Committee (AC) jointly held a Blue Sky Thinking session on forward-looking geopolitics and their impact on the work of those committees. The session was facilitated by Robert Zoellick, the Chair of our IAC.
In times of uncertainty, a robust corporate governance framework is especially important, and this report sets out how the Board and our committees work to ensure that risks are addressed, opportunities are taken, and the Group continues to deliver sustainable value.
The Board was disappointed with the market reaction to the Group's third-quarter results. We considered carefully the reasons for that with our advisers and also at our December Board meeting, from which we drew a number of lessons.
The Board's priorities for 2023 were guided by our business objectives, the environment in which we operate and suggestions from last year's externally facilitated Board evaluation. These were woven into agendas at the beginning of the year and reviewed regularly.
In February 2023, the banking sector faced volatility caused by the collapse of the Silicon Valley Bank which was followed by that of Credit Suisse. The BRC monitored the situation carefully, receiving regular updates from management on our own financial position and actions to address issues arising in the markets. These were also shared with the Board which also received updates at meetings.
Information and cybersecurity (ICS) risk was also a key area of focus for both the Board and the BRC in 2023. The BRC devoted significant time to reviewing and discussing ICS matters, including a new ICS Risk Appetite Statement that was also brought to the Board. The AC had a very busy year, reviewing internal controls and assurance around the Group's activities. It paid close attention to the carrying value of loans and investments in certain industries, locations and subsidiaries, especially China.
The Remuneration Committee continues to work hard to implement the remuneration strategy approved in 2022. Our Directors' Remuneration Report, which details the key activities of the Remuneration Committee in 2023, can be found on page 182.
In January, we appointed Linda Yueh as an independent Non-Executive Director (INED). Linda then succeeded Jasmine Whitbread as chair of the Sustainability and Culture Committee (CSC) following Jasmine's retirement from the Board in May. Jasmine has been an excellent contributor to the Board across her eight years and has led the CSC with distinction. We are also very sorry to see the departure of Andy Halford, who stepped down from his Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO) role in January 2024, after a tenure of over nine years, marked by his very significant contributions to the Group.
We welcomed Diego De Giorgi to the Group in September 2023 as GCFO Designate, following a thorough external talent mapping and selection process overseen by the Governance and Nomination Committee (GNC). Following regulatory approval, Diego began his role in January 2024 following a thorough induction programme and handover from Andy. Further detail regarding the changes made to our Board appears in the GNC report starting on page 177.
We have been following the proposals for UK Audit and Corporate Governance (ACG) reforms, both at Board level and across our committees. Following the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) publication of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2024, we are considering the changes in readiness for the application of the new UK Code in 2025, and additional internal control reporting provisions coming into force in the following year.
We travelled to a number of markets as a Board during 2023, with visits to Hong Kong, Jakarta and Seoul; in addition, onward market visits were made by a number of directors to obtain an on-the-ground perspective of the business, opportunities and challenges faced. In each market we visited as a Board, employee engagement sessions were held where directors met and listened to colleagues from across our footprint, either face-to-face or through hybrid mechanisms. We welcomed the opportunity to engage with so many of our valued colleagues, both long-standing employees and newer recruits. These market visits provided an opportunity to test enhancements made to the Board's workforce engagement model, which facilitate more face-to-face contact following our emergence from the COVID pandemic. Details of the changes to our workforce engagement model are set out in the CSC report on page 174. Apart from allowing us to connect with colleagues from across our footprint, overseas board visits also provide opportunities for the Board to strengthen the links with subsidiary boards. The Board is planning to visit several countries across our footprint in 2024. Further detail regarding Board engagement with stakeholders appears on page 157.
Engagement with all stakeholders, including, of course, our investors is key to our decision-making. I hosted a stewardship event in November alongside the chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees to provide an update regarding the Group's strategy, including with respect to sustainability, and on the work of our Board committees. Close engagement has continued between the Board and our subsidiary boards, through regular exchanges among the chairs, committee chairs and other INEDs.
The Corporate Plan is an important part of the Board's agenda each year. In June, we held a deep and productive two-day strategy discussion, which considered any impact from the economic and political headwinds emerging in 2023. The session concluded with the Board's firm belief that it remains the right strategy for the Group. Throughout the year, the Board considered a number of strategic opportunities for growth in the context of our Corporate Plan and Risk Appetite.
Finally, the Board remains confident for the Group's future and is committed to our strategy and our purpose, and is laser focused on developing sustained and sustainable returns within our Risk Appetite.
Dr José Viñals
Group Chairman
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Board of Directors
Committee key
- Committee Chair shown in green
- A Audit Committee
- B Board Risk Committee
- S Culture and Sustainability Committee
- M Governance and Nomination Committee
- R Remuneration Committee
# Dr José Viñals (69)
# Group Chairman
Appointed October 2016 and Group Chairman in December 2016. José was appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in April 2019.
Experience José has substantial experience in the international regulatory arena and has exceptional understanding of the economic, financial and political dynamics of our markets and of global trade. He has a broad network of decision-makers in the jurisdictions in our footprint.
Career Until 2016, José was the Financial Counsellor and the Director of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department at the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and was responsible for the oversight and direction of the IMF's monetary and financial sector work. He was the IMF's chief spokesperson on financial matters, including global financial stability. During his tenure, José was a member of the Plenary and Steering Committee of the Financial Stability Board, playing a key role in the reform of international financial regulation. Prior to the IMF, José began his career as an economist and as a member of the faculty at Stanford University, before going to the Central Bank of Spain, where he was the Deputy Governor. He is a past President of the International Monetary Conference.
José has held many other board and advisory positions, including chair of Spain's Deposit Guarantee Fund, chair of the International Relations Committee at the European Central Bank, member of the Economic and Financial Committee of the European Union, and chair of the Working Group on Institutional Investors at the Bank for International Settlements.
External appointments José is Co-Chair of the United Nations' Alliance of Global Investors for Sustainable Development (GISD). He is a board member of the Institute of International Finance (IIF), a member of the board of directors of the Bretton Woods Committee, member of the Leadership Council of CityUK, and member of the Business Advisory Group to the Director General of the World Trade Organisation (WTO).
# Committees 10
# Bill Winters (62)
# Group Chief Executive
Appointed June 2015. Bill was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in June 2015.
Experience Bill is a career banker with significant frontline global banking experience and a proven track record of leadership and financial success. He has extensive experience of working in emerging markets and a proven record in spotting and nurturing talent.
Career Bill began his career with JP Morgan, where he went on to become one of its top five executives and later Co-Chief Executive Officer at the investment bank from 2004 until he stepped down in 2009. Bill was invited to be a committee member of the Independent Commission on Banking to recommend ways to improve competition and financial stability in banking. Subsequently, he served as an adviser to the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards and was asked by the Court of the Bank of England to complete an independent review of the bank's liquidity operations.
In 2011, Bill founded Renshaw Bay, an alternative asset management firm, where he was chairman and CEO. He stepped down on appointment to the Standard Chartered PLC Board. Bill was previously a non-executive director of Pension Insurance Corporation plc and RIT Capital Partners plc. He received a CBE in 2013. Bill is a director of Standard Chartered Holdings Limited.
External appointments Bill is an independent non-executive director of Novartis International AG, listed on SIX Swiss Exchange. He is also an Advisory Group Member of the Integrity Council for Voluntary Carbon Markets and a member of the Steering Committee of the UK Voluntary Carbon Markets Forum.
+ Bill leads the Management Team
As announced on 1 August 2022, Christine Hodgson retired from the Board on 31 January 2023. Jasmine Whitbread retired from the Board on 3 May 2023.
As announced on 21 December 2023, Andy Halford stepped down as Group Chief Financial Officer and from the Board on 2 January 2024, and therefore will not seek re-election at the 2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
As announced on 16 February 2024, Gay Huey Evans will step down from the Board with effect from 29 February 2024. Carlson Tong's departure from the Board will take place on 9 May 2024, ahead of the AGM. Diane Jurgens will join the Board as an INED, with effect on 1 March 2024.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Board of Directors
# Diego De Giorgi (53)
## Group Chief Financial Officer
Appointed January 2024. Diego was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in January 2024.
# Maria Ramos (65)
## Senior Independent Director
Appointed January 2021. Maria was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in January 2021. She was appointed as Senior Independent Director in September 2022.
# Shirish Apte (71)
## Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed May 2022. Shirish was appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in January 2023.
Experience Diego has more than three decades of experience in the global financial services sector, working with clients across the UK, Europe, the US, Asia, the Middle East and Africa. This has helped him build a strong understanding of the complexity of delivering across diverse markets.
Career Diego spent 18 years at Goldman Sachs, with leadership roles in the Equity Capital Markets Group and the Financial Institutions Group before becoming the Chief Operating Officer for the Global Investment Banking division. Following this, he moved to Bank of America Merrill Lynch, where he spent six years, rising to Head of Global Investment Banking. He served as a non-executive director at UniCredit and a member of their Compensation Committee in 2020 and 2021.
Experience Maria has extensive CEO, banking, commercial, financial, policy and international experience.
Career Based in South Africa, Maria served as chief executive officer of ABSA Group Limited (previously Barclays Africa Group), a diversified financial services group serving 12 African markets, from 2009 to 2019. Before joining ABSA, Maria was the group chief executive of Transnet Ltd, the state-owned freight transport and logistics service provider, for five years. Prior to her CEO career, Maria served for seven years as director-general of South Africa's National Treasury (formerly the Department of Finance), where she played a key role in transforming the National Treasury into one of the most effective and efficient state departments in the post-apartheid administration. Maria has served on a number of international boards, including Sanlam Ltd, Remgro Ltd, and SABMiller plc and more recently was a non-executive director of The Saudi British Bank and Public Investment Corporation Limited before stepping down in December 2020.
External appointments Maria is Chair of AngloGold Ashanti PLC and a non-executive director of Compagnie Financière Richemont SA. She is also a member of the Group of Thirty, sits on the International Advisory Board of the Blavatnik School of Government at Oxford University and on the Wits Foundation Board of Governors.
Committees A R H
Experience Shirish has extensive corporate, investment banking, risk management, commercial and retail banking experience. He has a deep understanding of financial services, notably across the Asia Pacific, Middle East, Africa and Central and Eastern European regions.
Career Shirish spent over 30 years with Citigroup, where he focused on corporate and investment banking, and managed commercial and retail banking businesses at country and regional level. He has strong risk experience at country and regional level and was a Senior Credit Officer and a Senior Securities Officer at Citigroup. Shirish was Co-CEO for Citi's Europe, Middle East and Africa business from 2008 to 2009, and Regional CEO Asia Pacific from 2009 to 2011.
He was Chairman of Asia Pacific Banking from 2012 until his retirement in 2014.
He was on the Executive and Operating Committees of Citigroup from 2008 to 2014. From June 2014, he was an independent non-executive director at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia until stepping down in October 2022.
External appointments Shirish is an independent non-executive director at Singapore Life Pte Ltd, and an independent non-executive director of Keppel Corporation Limited, where he is a member of its Audit and Board Risk Committees.
Committees A R H
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
139
# Phil Rivett (68)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed May 2020. Phil was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered.
# Dr Linda Yueh, CBE (52)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed January 2023. Linda was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in January 2023.
# David Conner (75)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed January 2016.
Experience Phil has significant professional accountancy and audit experience, specifically focused in the financial services sector. He has a strong technical accounting knowledge and understanding of disclosure requirements. He has broad financial and business experience especially of the financial services sector.
Career Phil joined PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) as a graduate in 1976, becoming a Partner in 1986. He spent more than 30 years at PwC and was lead relationship Partner for several FTSE 100 companies, including a number of international banks and financial services institutions. He also has substantial international experience, having worked with banks across the Middle East and Asia,
in particular China. He became Leader of PwC's Financial Services Assurance practice in 2007 and was appointed Chairman of its Global Financial Services Group in 2011. Phil has sat on a number of global financial services industry groups, producing guidelines for best practice in governance, financial reporting and risk management.
External appointments Phil is an independent non-executive director and Chair of the Audit Committee at Nationwide Building Society.
Committees A H H
Experience Linda is a renowned economist and financial broadcaster with a diverse range of skills and experience across financial services, technology, not-for-profit and business-to-business service sectors.
Career Linda has held various academic roles and acted in various advisory roles after starting her career as a corporate lawyer at Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison.
Linda was Economics Editor at Bloomberg News from 2010 to 2012 and Chief Business Correspondent for the BBC between 2013 and 2015. She was a Visiting Professor at LSE IDEAS at the London School of Economics and Political Science from 2019 to 2022 and served on the Independent Review Panel on Ring-Fencing and Proprietary Trading for HM Treasury. Linda held non-executive directorships with Scottish Mortgage Investment Trust Plc, London & Partners Ltd and JPMorgan Asia Growth & Income Plc.
She was Senior Independent Director of Fidelity China Special Situations Plc. Linda was awarded a CBE for Services to Economics in the New Year Honours List of 2023. Linda was a Trustee of the Coutts Foundation and Adviser to the UK Board of Trade.
External appointments Linda is a Fellow at St Edmund Hall, Oxford University and Adjunct Professor of Economics at London Business School. She currently serves as an independent non-executive director of Rentokil Initial Plc and Segro Plc. She is Chair of the Baillie Gifford The Schiehallion Fund Ltd, an investment company listed on the Specialist Fund Segment of the London Stock Exchange Main Market. Linda is Executive Chair of the Royal Commonwealth Society, and an Associate Fellow at Chatham House.
Committees A H H
Experience David has significant global and corporate, investment and retail banking experience, strong risk management credentials and an in-depth knowledge of Asian markets.
Career David spent his career in the financial services industry, living and working across Asia for 37 years, for both Citibank and OCBC Bank. He joined Citibank in 1976 as a management trainee and went on to hold a number of Asia-based senior management roles, including Chief Executive Officer of Citibank India and managing director and marketing manager at Citibank Japan, before leaving Citibank in 2002. David joined OCBC Bank in Singapore as Chief Executive Officer and director in 2002. He implemented
a strategy of growth and led the bank through a period of significant turbulence. David stepped down as Chief Executive Officer in 2012 but remained as a non-executive director on the board of OCBC Bank, before leaving the group in 2014. He was previously a non-executive director of GasLog Ltd.
External appointments David is Chair of the Barnard Cancer Institute and an emeritus trustee of Washington University in St Louis.
Committees A H H
David is also a member of the Combined US Operations Risk Committee of Standard Chartered Bank.
---
Directors' report
Board of Directors
# Gay Huey Evans, CBE (69)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed April 2015. Gay was appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in April 2019.
# Jackie Hunt (55)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed October 2022. Jackie was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in October 2022.
# Robin Lawther, CBE (62)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed July 2022. Robin was appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in December 2022.
Experience Gay has extensive banking and financial services experience with significant commercial and UK regulatory and governance experience.
Career Gay spent over 40 years working within the financial services industry, the international capital markets and with the UK financial regulator. Gay spent seven years with the Financial Services Authority from 1998 to 2005, where she was director of markets division, capital markets sector leader, with responsibility for establishing a market-facing division for the supervision of market infrastructure, oversight of market conduct and developing markets policy. From 2005 to 2008, Gay held a number of roles at Citibank, including head of governance, Citi Alternative Investments, EMEA, before joining Barclays Capital where she was vice chair of
investment banking and investment management. She was previously a non-executive director at Aviva plc, the London Stock Exchange Group plc and Itau BBA International Plc. In 2016, she received an OBE for services to financial services and diversity and a CBE for services to the economy and philanthropy in the Queen's Birthday Honours 2021. Gay is a former Chair of the London Metal Exchange.
External appointments Gay is a non-executive director of ConocoPhillips and S&P Global, and a non-executive member of the HM Treasury board. Gay also sits on the panel of senior advisers at Chatham House and the board of the Benjamin Franklin House.
# Committees (N)
Experience Jackie is a Chartered Accountant and has spent most of her career within financial services. She brings significant UK and international financial services experience, including asset management, insurance, regulatory and accounting knowledge.
Career Jackie has held a number of senior management positions in companies including Aviva, Hibernian Group, Norwich Union Insurance, PwC and RSA Insurance. From 2016, Jackie was a member of the Allianz SE management Board with executive responsibility for the asset management and US life insurance divisions, a position she held until 2021. Prior to that, Jackie was an executive director of Prudential plc and CEO of Prudential UK, Europe
and Africa. She was Group Chief Financial Officer of Standard Life plc from 2010 to 2013, where she helped transform the life insurer into a diverse savings, pensions and asset management business. Jackie was previously the Senior Independent Director of National Express Group PLC, a non-executive director of TheCityUK and the Deputy Chair of the FCA Practitioner Panel. She was also an independent non-executive director of Man Group PLC, Rothesay Life PLC and OneWeb Holdings Limited.
External appointments Jackie is an independent non-executive director of Willis Towers Watson plc.
# Committees (A, B)
Experience Robin brings extensive international banking experience in global markets and financial institutions. In addition to a broad understanding of commercial banking, she has specialist knowledge in investment banking, mergers and acquisitions and capital raising.
Career Robin spent over 25 years at JP Morgan Chase in a number of senior executive positions. She has valuable executive and non-executive experience across global markets and has considerable understanding of regulatory and governance issues. From 2019 to 2021, she served as a non-executive director on the board of M&G plc. In January 2014, Robin joined Shareholder Executive, which later became UK Government Investments (UKGI), as a non-executive board member until
completing her term in May 2022. She received a CBE for services to finance and diversity in the Queen's Birthday Honours 2020. From 2018 to 2023, she served as an independent non-executive director of Nordea Bank Abp.
External appointments Robin is an independent board member of Ashurst LLP and a member of the advisory board at Aon PLC.
# Committees (N, S, R)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
141
# David Tang (69)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed June 2019. David was also appointed to the Court of Standard Chartered Bank in June 2019.
# Carlson Tong (69)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed February 2019.
# Adrian de Souza (53)
Group Company Secretary
Appointed Adrian was appointed Group Company Secretary in May 2022.
Experience David has a deep understanding and experience of emerging technologies in the context of some of our key markets, most notably mainland China.
Career David has more than 30 years of international and Chinese operational experience in the technology and venture capital industries, covering venture investments, sales, marketing, business development, research and development and manufacturing. From 1989 to 2004, David held a number of senior positions in Apple, Digital Equipment Corp and 3Com based in China and across the Asia Pacific region. From 2004 to 2010, David held various positions in Nokia, including corporate vice president, chairman of Nokia Telecommunications Ltd and vice chairman of Nokia (China) Investment Co. Ltd. He went on to become corporate senior vice president
and regional president of Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Greater China, before joining NGP Capital (Nokia Growth Partners) in Beijing as managing director and partner in 2013, a position he held until retiring in June 2021. David was a non-executive director of Kingsoft Corporation, a leading Chinese software and internet services company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.
External appointments David joined Kaiyun Motors, an electric vehicle start-up based in China, in June 2021 as Chief Value Officer. David is also a non-executive director of JOYY Inc., the Chinese live streaming social media platform listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market. He is also an adviser to NGP Capital.
# Committees (H) (S)
Experience Carlson has a deep understanding and knowledge of operating in the financial services and regulatory sectors in mainland China and Hong Kong.
Career Carlson joined KPMG UK in 1979, becoming an Audit Partner of the Hong Kong firm in 1989. He was elected Chairman of KPMG China and Hong Kong in 2007, before becoming Asia Pacific chairman and a member of the global board and global executive team in 2009. He spent over 30 years at KPMG and was actively involved in the work of the securities and futures markets, serving as a member of the Main Board and Growth Enterprise Market Listing Committee of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong from 2002 to 2008 (Chair from 2006 to 2008). After retiring from KPMG in 2011, he was appointed a non-executive director of the Securities and Futures Commission, becoming its Chair in 2012 until he stepped down in October 2018. He oversaw a number of major policy initiatives during his term as the Chair, including the introduction of the Hong Kong and Shanghai/Shenzhen Stock
career Adrian qualified as a lawyer in 1997. Prior to joining Standard Chartered, he was General Counsel for Vivo Energy PLC, a FTSE-250 pan-African fuel retailer, where he was responsible for the Company Secretarial, Governance, Ethics, Compliance and Forensic Investigations functions, and was a member of the group's Executive Committee.
After working in private practice at international law firms Hogan Lovells and Clifford Chance, Adrian served as General Counsel and Company Secretary at IQSA Group (a Goldman Sachs private equity business); Company Secretary at Barclays Bank UK PLC, General Counsel and Company Secretary of the FTSE 100 company, Land
connect schemes and the mutual recognition of funds between the mainland and Hong Kong. From 2017 until July 2020, Carlson was a non-executive director of the Hong Kong International Airport Authority. He was a member of the Hong Kong Human Resource Planning Commission from April 2020 until December 2022 and Chair of the Hong Kong University Grants Committee from January 2016 until he stepped down in December 2022.
External appointments Carlson is an independent non-executive director of MTR Corporation Limited, Chairman of its Audit & Risk Committee and a member of its Finance and Investment Committee. He sits on various Hong Kong SAR government bodies and is also an observer on behalf of the Hong Kong Government for Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. He is a board member of Hong Kong Investment Corporation Limited and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.
# Committees (A) (H)
Securities Group PLC, where he was a member of the Group's Executive Committee and Head of Legal at SABMiller PLC, Europe.
Reasons why the contribution of each director standing for re-election is, and continues to be, important to Standard Chartered PLC's long-term sustainable success will be included in the Notice of AGM 2024.
---
Directors' report
Management Team
# Management Team
Bill Winters (62)
Group Chief Executive
Diego De Giorgi (53)
Group Chief Financial Officer
Simon Cooper (56)
CEO, Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking and Europe & Americas
Claire Dixon (51)
Group Head of Corporate Affairs, Brand & Marketing
Judy Hsu (60)
CEO, Consumer, Private & Business Banking
Simon joined the Group as CEO, Corporate & Institutional Banking in April 2016. He assumed additional responsibility for Commercial Banking in March 2018 and the Europe & Americas region in January 2021.
Career Simon was previously group managing director and chief executive of Global Commercial Banking at HSBC. He has extensive experience across our markets and client segments. Simon joined HSBC in 1989 and held a number of senior roles there, including deputy chairman and chief executive officer, Middle East and North Africa; chief executive officer, Korea; and
Claire joined Standard Chartered as Group Head, Corporate Affairs, Brand & Marketing in March 2021.
Career Claire is a seasoned communications expert who has led teams at global brands in a variety of sectors, in Europe and the US. She spent nearly eight years living and working in Silicon Valley, including for eBay/ PayPal and latterly as Chief Communications Officer at Intel. Throughout her career she has been a champion for creating positive global impact, including leading Global Corporate Responsibility at GlaxoSmithKline. Claire is Chair of the Standard Chartered Foundation.
Judy was appointed CEO, Consumer, Private & Business Banking on 1 January 2021 and has been a member of the Group Management Team since 2018.
Career Prior to her most recent appointment, Judy was Regional CEO, ASEAN & South Asia, a position she held from June 2018. Judy was the country CEO for Standard Chartered Singapore from 2015 to 2018. She joined Standard Chartered in December 2009 as the Global Head of Wealth Management and led the strategic advancement of the Bank's wealth management business.
Head of Corporate and Investment Banking, Singapore. He has extensive experience in the areas of investment banking, corporate banking and transaction banking.
External appointments Simon is Chairman of the advisory board of the Lee Kong Chian School of Business.
External appointments None.
Prior to this, Judy spent 18 years at Citibank, where she held various leadership roles in its Consumer Banking business in Asia.
External appointments Judy was appointed to the board of CapitaLand Investment Limited as a Non-executive Independent Director in June 2021.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
143
# Mary Huen (56)
CEO, Hong Kong and Cluster CEO, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau
# Benjamin Hung (59)
CEO, Asia
# Tanuj Kapilashrami (46)
Group Head, Human Resources
# Sunil Kaushal (58)
CEO, Africa & Middle East
Mary was appointed Chief Executive Officer (CEO) for Hong Kong in March 2017, and took on an expanded role as Cluster CEO for Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau in January 2021.
Career Mary has over 30 years of experience in business management and banking services. Prior to her current role, Mary was Regional Head of Retail Banking, Greater China & North Asia, and the Head of Retail Banking, Hong Kong. She is a board member of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited and the chairperson of the Board of Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Limited.
External appointments Mary is the vice chairperson of the Hong Kong Association of Banks, a member of the Banking Advisory Committee of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Aviation Development and Three-runway System Advisory Committee.
She is also a representative of Hong Kong, China to the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Business Advisory Council, and holds Board positions in the Hong Kong Tourism Board, the Hospital Authority, and the Community Chest of Hong Kong.
Ben was appointed CEO, Asia on 1 January 2021. He is the Chairman of Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited.
Career Ben joined Standard Chartered in 1992 and has held a number of senior management positions spanning corporate and retail banking. Prior to his current role, Ben was Regional CEO for Greater China & North Asia and CEO for the Bank's Retail Banking and Wealth Management businesses globally. He is currently based in Hong Kong and has international banking experience in the United Kingdom and in Canada. Ben was previously chairman of the Hong Kong Association of Banks, a member
of the Financial Services Development Council and a board member of the Hong Kong Airport Authority and the Hong Kong Hospital Authority. He was also a Council Member of the Hong Kong University.
External appointments Ben is an independent non-executive director of the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited. He also sits on the Exchange Fund Advisory Committee and is a member of the General Committee of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce. He is a strategic adviser at the International Consultative Conference on the Future Economic Development of Guangdong Province, China.
Tanuj joined the Management Team as Group Head, Human Resources (HR) in November 2018.
Career Prior to joining the Group, Tanuj built her career at HSBC. She has worked across multiple HR disciplines in many of our footprint markets (Hong Kong, Singapore, Dubai, India and London). Tanuj joined the Bank in March 2017 as Group Head, Talent, Learning and Culture and took on additional responsibility as Global Head HR, Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking in May 2018.
# Sunil was appointed CEO, Africa & Middle East on 1 October 2015.
Career Prior to his current role, Sunil was regional CEO South Asia, responsible for Standard Chartered's operations in South Asia (which included India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Nepal). He has over 36 years of banking experience in diverse markets and has been with Standard Chartered for over 26 years, holding senior roles across the Wholesale and Consumer Bank. Sunil has rich experience across the Group's footprint, having served as the Head of Corporate
Banking in UAE, Head of Originations and Client Coverage in Singapore, Global Head Small and Medium Enterprises and New Ventures in Singapore and Chief Executive Officer of Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Ltd.
Before joining Standard Chartered in 1998, Sunil held various banking positions at a number of leading international financial institutions.
External appointments None.
---
Directors' report
Management Team
# Roel Louwhoff (58)
Chief Technology, Operations and Transformation Officer
# Tracey McDermott, CBE (54)
Group Head Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance
# Sandie Okoro, OBE (59)
Group General Counsel
# Sadia Ricke (53)
Group Chief Risk Officer, director of Standard Chartered Bank
Roel joined the Group in November 2021 as Chief Digital, Technology & Innovation Officer, before becoming the Chief Transformation, Technology & Operations Officer from 1 April 2022. He spearheads the Bank's Technology and Operations strategy and the development of its technology systems, business resilience framework and infrastructure which support its clients and employees globally and leads the innovation agenda of the Bank. Roel is also responsible for leading bank-wide transformation, which includes the digital transformation of the Bank into an agile, digital and future-focused organisation.
Career Prior to joining Standard Chartered, Roel was Chief Operations and Transformation Officer at ING Bank, where
Tracey has been the Group Head Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance since January 2019.
Career Tracey originally joined Standard Chartered as Group Head of Corporate, Public and Regulatory Affairs in March 2017, subsequently adding Brand and Marketing to her portfolio in December 2017 and Compliance in March 2018. Prior to joining the bank, Tracey served as Acting Chief Executive of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) from September 2015 to June 2016. She joined the then Financial Services Authority (FSA) in 2001 where she held a number of senior roles, including Director of Supervision and Authorisations, and Director of Enforcement and Financial Crime. Tracey also served as a Board Member of the FSA from April 2013, as a member of the Financial Policy Committee of the Bank of England, and as non-executive
# Sandie Okoro, OBE (59)
Group General Counsel
# Sandie Okoro (59)
Group Chief Risk Officer, director of Standard Chartered Bank
Roel joined the Group in November 2021 as Chief Digital, Technology & Innovation Officer, before becoming the Chief Transformation, Technology & Operations Officer from 1 April 2022. He spearheads the Bank's Technology and Operations strategy and the development of its technology systems, business resilience framework and infrastructure which support its clients and employees globally and leads the innovation agenda of the Bank. Roel is also responsible for leading bank-wide transformation, which includes the digital transformation of the Bank into an agile, digital and future-focused organisation.
career Prior to joining Standard Chartered, Roel was Chief Operations and Transformation Officer at ING Bank, where
the oversaw operations, technology and the broader transformation agenda. During his seven years in this role, Roel led the successful digital transformation of ING, seen by many as a trailblazer in digitising financial services. Before ING, Roel spent 10 years at British Telecom (BT), latterly as CEO of BT-Operate based in the UK. At BT, he redefined the technology and operational approach and led the BT communication side of the 2012 Olympics before applying that learning in delivering turn-key digital and infrastructure solutions for major exhibition and sporting events.
# External appointments None.
Director of the Prudential Regulation Authority from September 2015 to June 2016. Prior to joining the FCA, Tracey worked as a lawyer in private practice, having spent time in law firms in the UK, USA and Brussels. In 2016, Tracey received a CBE for her services to financial service consumers and markets. She is a trustee of the Standard Chartered Foundation.
External appointments Tracey chairs the Net Zero Banking Alliance, is a member of the International Regulatory Strategy Group Council and chairs the Conduct and Ethics Committee of the Fixed Income, Currencies and Commodities Markets Standards Board. She is also a non-executive director of 25x25 Limited and a Member of the Management Board of Cambridge Endowment for Research in Finance.
Sandie Okoro joined the Bank as Group General Counsel in April 2022. In the role, she leads the Bank's Legal, Group Corporate Secretariat and Shared Investigative Services functions.
Career Sandie is a pre-eminent lawyer, having served as General Counsel and Senior Vice President, and Vice President for Compliance, at the World Bank Group. Prior to joining the World Bank, Sandie was General Counsel for HSBC Global Asset Management and Global General Counsel at Barings. Sandie is an Honorary Bencher of Middle Temple in the United Kingdom (2018) and was named one of the Upstanding 100 Leading Ethnic Minority Executives (2016), Top 20 Global General Counsel (2019) by the Financial Times, and was recognised as Britain's 10th most
influential person of African and African Caribbean heritage by Powerlist (2023).
Sandie received a lifetime achievement award from the UK Black Solicitors Network (2016), was named one of the Power 100 Women by City A.M., 100 Women to Watch by Female FTSE Board and received an OBE for services to Diversity in International Finance in 2024.
External appointments Sandie was appointed inaugural Chair of the UK-based charity Women of the World Foundation in June 2021, she received an honorary lifetime Emeritus membership of the Law Societies' Compact and Forum for Sustainable Development Goal 16 in June 2022, and she is a Governor of the Royal Shakespeare Company.
Sadia Ricke joined the Bank in February 2023.
Career Sadia has a broad range of financial and risk experience and a thorough understanding of our footprint markets.
She joined the Bank from Société Générale, where she started in 1994 in the Financial Institutions Credit department. She gained more than 13 years of structured finance experience in the Natural Resources and Energy Finance division where she was Co-Deputy Head, a position she held until 2010. She then became Head of Credit Risk for SG CIB in Paris, before moving to Hong Kong to take on the role of Head of Global Finance for Asia Pacific in January 2015.
She was appointed Group Country Head and Head of Coverage and Investment Banking for the UK in 2017. In 2019, Sadia became Deputy Chief Risk Officer and then Group Chief Risk Officer in January 2021.
External appointments Sadia became a member of the International Financial Risk Institute Foundation Board in February 2023 and was appointed as Vice-Chair in March 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Corporate governance
This section provides an insight into key Board items and activities covered during the year, as well as the structure of the Board, its committees, and its meetings.
## Code compliance
The directors are pleased to confirm that the Company continued to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (UK Code) and the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code contained in Appendix C1 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules (HK Code) for the whole of the year under review.
We share insights into how governance operates within the Group and how we have applied the principles set out in the UK Code and HK Code in the pages that follow and in particular on page 217. Copies of the UK Code and the HK Code can be found at frc.org.uk and hkex.com.hk respectively.
The Group confirms that it has adopted a code of conduct regarding directors' securities transactions on terms no less exacting than required by Appendix C3 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.
Having made specific enquiry of all directors, the Group confirms that all directors have complied with the required standards of the adopted code of conduct.
> To the extent applicable, information required by paragraphs 13(2) (c), (d), (f), (h) and (i) of Schedule 7 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 is available in Other disclosures on pages 217 to 228
## Our stakeholders, their interests: driving commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity
The Board is conscious of the need to create and maintain positive stakeholder relationships and spends significant time interacting with them to better understand their views, as well as the opportunities, challenges and the Group's impact across our diverse markets.
These relationships were considered extensively during Board and Committee meetings and in decision-making, and also in the individual and collective engagements that took place throughout the year. Examples of this can be found in the stakeholder engagement section on pages 157 to 161, within the feature sections on the following pages and on pages 54 to 64.
| Clients | Regulators and governments | Investors | Suppliers | Society | Employees |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Key areas of Board discussion and activities during 2023
## Strategy
- Reviewed the Group's strategy over two days at a Board and senior management offsite, discussing progress, possible enhancements and confirming that it remains appropriate
- Reviewed and approved the 2024–2028 Corporate Plan as a basis for preparation of the 2024 budget, receiving confirmation from the Group Chief Risk Officer that the plan is aligned to the Enterprise Risk Management Framework and the Group Risk Appetite Statement
- Reviewed and scrutinised the strategic and operational performance of the business across client segments, product groups and regions, which included details of their priorities, progress, opportunities and response to current events. This included deep dives into the following areas:
- Information and Cybersecurity
- Private Banking
- SC Ventures
- Hong Kong, South Korea, and the ASEAN region
- Received and discussed regular corporate development updates
- Discussed and reviewed the Group's sustainability strategy
- Discussed and reviewed the Group's Transformation, Technology & Operations strategy
- Received updates on the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank and on real estate investments in China
- Approved the sale of its global aviation finance leasing business
- Monitored the sales of its subsidiaries in Angola, Cameroon, The Gambia, and Sierra Leone, and its Consumer, Private & Business Banking (CPBB) business in Tanzania
## Spotlight
### Driving transformation with SC Ventures
SC Ventures, the Group's innovation, fintech investment and ventures arm, was set up in 2018 and now encompasses a portfolio of 36 ventures across four themes: Digital Assets, Sustainability & Inclusion, Online Economy & Lifestyle and SME & World Trade. In 2023, the Group completed the restructuring and ringfencing of SC Ventures' activities. Within the Group, SC Ventures is driving a culture of innovation by scaling up intrapreneurship, fintech engagement, and collaborating with the bank's clients. SC Ventures is continuing to build a sustainable ecosystem of ventures and partners for the bank and accelerating transformation in banking.
Given the size of the SC Ventures portfolio, the Board considered how best to articulate its value both to the organisation and externally to investors. The Board scrutinised management's plans in respect to SC Ventures' current and future business model. The Group will focus on putting Ventures in a position where it would help transform the core bank.
### Stakeholders
- Clients
- Investors
- Employees
## Risk management
- Received and discussed briefings from management on ICS matters, approved a revised ICS Risk Appetite and completed training on the topic
- Approved the Operational Resilience Self-assessment
- Reviewed work on projects to replace and upgrade data centres in Asia
- Discussed macroeconomic headwinds and tailwinds as both risks and opportunities for the Group
- Reviewed and discussed risk reports from the Group Chief Risk Officer
- Reviewed and approved the draft Group's Resolvability Assessment, delegating the final approval to the Board Risk Committee
- Engaged with the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) on the findings of their 2023 Periodic Summary Meeting Letter
- Reviewed the FCA's periodic Firm Evaluation Letter
- Assessed progress in continuing to strengthen the Group's risk culture
- Approved the Risk Appetite for 2024 which included a consideration of principal risks
- Approved the renewal of the Group's insurance policies for 2023/2024
- Approved material changes to the Enterprise Risk Management Framework
## Spotlight
### Blue Sky Thinking session facilitated by Robert Zoellick, a former President of the World Bank and Chair of our International Advisory Council
The Board Risk and Audit Committees jointly attended a Blue Sky Thinking session entitled the "Forward-Looking Geopolitical Agenda". Robert Zoellick led the session by introducing three key meta-trends (technology innovation, demographics and the environment) and three key constituents (consumers, workers and investors). Drawing upon analyses prepared by our Group Regulatory and Public Affairs team, committee members considered the interaction of meta-trends, key constituents and policy levers. Committee members then analysed how key policy and regulatory levers can be used in response to pressures created by the meta-trends and constituents.
### Stakeholders
- Clients
- Regulators and governments
- Investors
- Suppliers
- Society
- Employees
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Key areas of Board discussion and activities during 2023 continued
## Financials and performance
- Monitored the Group's financial performance
- Approved the 2022 full year and 2023 half year results
- Monitored and assessed the strength of the Group's capital and liquidity positions
- Considered the carrying value of the Group's investments
- Considered the Group's approach to capital management and returns
- Approved a 2022 final dividend and 2023 interim dividend
- Approved two share buy-back programmes
- Received half yearly updates on, and discussed, the Group's major investment programmes in 2023
- Received half yearly updates on, and discussed, investor relations matters
- Approved the Group's 2022 Country-by-Country Reporting disclosures
## Spotlight
### Dividend payments and share buy-backs
In 2023, the Board approved two dividend payments and two ordinary share buy-back programmes. As part of its decision-making process, the Board noted the importance of approving distributions and other capital management activities within an appropriately prudent framework. Assurance was also sought from management regarding the protection of the Group's capital position and its ability to execute planned investment activities for future growth. By November 2023, the two share buy-back programmes initiated during the year successfully completed approximately $2 billion in shareholder returns for 2023, complemented by a total dividend payment of $569 million. This progress brings us closer to our goal of achieving at least $5 billion in shareholder returns by 2024.
### Stakeholders
- Clients
- Regulators and governments
- Investors
## People, culture and values
- Approved the Group's 2022 Modern Slavery Statement
- Approved the Group's refreshed Code of Conduct and Ethics
- Discussed progress made against the Group's people strategy and culture aspirations
- Discussed aspects of the Group's global employee engagement survey, My Voice
- Received updates on the progression and evolution of the Management Team's and senior management's succession plans following a number of recent appointments
- Discussed the Group's diversity and inclusion initiatives
- Reviewed the Board Diversity Policy
- Approved changes to the Group's operational resilience strategy
- Reviewed an annual report update on the operation and effectiveness of the Group's Speaking Up programme
## Spotlight
### Culture of Excellence
The Board considered the Group's People Strategy and discussed the extent to which objectives could be introduced to better measure the transformation of the organisation. They discussed with management the Group's culture aspiration, which is to encourage a culture of ambition, action and accountability, improve operational efficiency and drive client centricity through a culture of high performance and execution. The Board noted the importance of the People Strategy to the success of the transformation of the business, and ultimately the delivery of the Group's strategic objectives.
### Stakeholders
- Clients
- Employees
- Society
## External environment
- Received updates on the macroeconomic headwinds and tailwinds in the global economy, including an assessment of the impact on the key drivers of the Group's financial performance
- Received internal and external briefings and input across a range of subjects, including:
- global market trends
- the global macro impact of geopolitical uncertainties in the Middle East
- China's emergence from the COVID pandemic
- Russia-Ukraine war
- China/ US tensions
- societal and business implications of global demographic trends
- strategic insights into global markets, geopolitics and policy
- regulatory developments and updates
## Spotlight
### Global market trends
The Board invited a number of internal experts and guest speakers to attend Board dinners providing important and specialist insight and context to the Board discussion on a variety of matters. Geopolitical uncertainties and global market trends were among the topics which were covered this year.
### Stakeholders
- Clients
- Regulators and governments
- Investors
- Suppliers
- Society
- Employees
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Key areas of Board discussion and activities during 2023 continued
## Governance
- Monitored developments and trends in corporate governance, focusing on changes proposed by the UK Government, FRC and Hong Kong Stock Exchange
- Noted and/or approved changes to the membership of the Board's committees, including the appointment of Linda Yueh as the new Committee Chair of the CSC
- Received reports at each scheduled meeting from the Board committee chairs on key areas of focus for the committees and quarterly updates from Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited (SCBHK) and its Audit and Board Risk committees
- Undertook training on directors' duties and the governance landscape
- Discussed and reviewed the independence, performance and annual re-election of the non-executive directors
- Approved the re-appointment of the independent adviser to the Board on cyber security and cyber threats
- Approved the replacement of the independent adviser to the Board on financial crime with an annual externally-facilitated session on financial crime risk
- Authorised potential conflicts of interest relating to directors' external appointments
- Discussed the observations and themes arising from the 2023 internal Board and committees' effectiveness review ahead of approving the 2024 Action Plan
- Reviewed, and where appropriate, approved updates to the Terms of Reference for each Board committee
- Further developed meaningful linkages between the Board and its subsidiaries at chair, board and committee level
## Spotlight
### Appointment of the Group Chief Financial Officer
In 2023, the GNC led the search process for a successor to Andy Halford as GCFO. The GNC oversaw a robust search and assessment process, conducted in conjunction with executive search firm Russell Reynolds, which resulted in some exceptionally talented internal and external candidates being interviewed and considered. Diego De Giorgi emerged as the preferred choice, and joined the Group as GCFO Designate in September 2023. He received a thorough induction and training programme, meeting colleagues and other stakeholders from around the Group's footprint. Following regulatory approval, Diego's appointment as GCFO took effect on 3 January 2024.
#### Stakeholders
| Clients | Suppliers |
| --- | --- |
| Regulators and governments | Society |
| Investors | Employees |
## Shareholder and stakeholder engagement
- Engaged with investors, held meetings with brokers, discussed the views of institutional shareholders
- Discussed and reviewed the approach to engaging investors and other relevant stakeholders ahead of the 2023 AGM
- Engaged with clients, shareholders and regulators
- Engaged with colleagues around the business throughout the year
- Hosting a stewardship event, with a focus on strategy, including sustainability
- Received bi-annual updates from Investor Relations, including share price and valuation analysis, market engagement and ownership analysis and sell-side sentiment
## Spotlight
### Stewardship Event
The Group Chairman welcomed external investors to our annual stewardship event in November 2023, alongside the chairs of the Board Audit and Remuneration Committees. The event took a hybrid format and was attended by investors representing 43 per cent of the Group's shareholders by value. The Group Chairman provided an update regarding the Group's strategy, including with respect to sustainability, and was supplemented by opening remarks from the Remuneration Committee Chair. The Audit Committee Chair also discussed key updates on the activities of the Audit and Board Risk Committees during the year. This was followed by a Q&A session.
#### Stakeholders
Investors
For a detailed overview of our strategy see pages 24 and 25
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Board and committee structure: decisions, responsibilities and delegation of authority
| Standard Chartered PLC | The Board sets the Company's purpose, values and strategy. Under the Board's Terms of Reference, it is collectively responsible to shareholders for the governance, strategic direction and performance of the Company and the delivery of sustainable value within a framework of prudent and effective controls to which the Company's culture is aligned. The Board is responsible for understanding the views and interests of key stakeholders and for considering those views and interests during Board discussions and decision-making. It is responsible for overseeing the Group's conduct and affairs and for promoting its long-term sustainable success. |
| --- | --- |
| | The Board discharges its responsibilities directly or, in order to ensure effective independent oversight and stewardship, delegates specified responsibilities to its committees. Detail of how the Board fulfilled its responsibilities in 2023, as well as key topics discussed and considered by the Board committees, can be found in this Directors' report. |
| → Biographies for each director are set out on pages 137 to 141 | |
| Audit Committee | The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight and review of matters relating to financial reporting, the Group's internal controls, including internal financial controls, and the work undertaken by the Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance, Group Internal Audit and the Group's Statutory Auditor, Ernst & Young LLP (EY). |
| Board Risk Committee | The Board Risk Committee is responsible for oversight and review of the Group's Risk Appetite Statement, the appropriateness and effectiveness of the Group's risk management systems and the principal risks, including Climate Risk, to the Group's business. Furthermore, it considers the implications of material regulatory change proposals and due diligence on material acquisitions and disposals. |
| Culture and Sustainability Committee | The Culture and Sustainability Committee is responsible for oversight and review of the Group's culture and sustainability priorities. |
| Governance and Nomination Committee | The Governance and Nomination Committee is responsible for oversight and review of Board and executive succession, overall Board effectiveness and corporate governance issues. |
| Remuneration Committee | The Remuneration Committee is responsible for oversight and review of remuneration, share plans and other incentives. |
The Board delegates authority for the operational management of the Group's business to the Group Chief Executive for further delegation by him in respect of matters that are necessary for the effective day-to-day running and management of the business. The Board holds the Group Chief Executive accountable in discharging his delegated responsibilities.
# Group Chief Executive
The Board delegates authority for the operational management of the Group's business to the Group Chief Executive for further delegation by him in respect of matters that are necessary for the effective day-to-day running and management of the business. The Board holds the Group Chief Executive accountable in discharging his delegated responsibilities.
# Management Team
The Management Team comprises the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer, regional CEOs, client segment CEOs, and our global function heads. It has responsibility for executing the strategy. Details of the Group's Management Team can be found on pages 142 to 144.
Terms of Reference for the Board and each committee are in place to provide clarity over where responsibility for decision-making lies. These are reviewed annually against industry best practice and corporate governance provisions and guidance, including the PRA Supervisory Statement on Board Responsibilities (as amended).
With the exception of the Governance and Nomination Committee (where the Group Chairman is its Chair) all of the Board committees are composed of INEDs who bring a diversity of skills, experience and knowledge to the discussion.
→ Written Terms of Reference for the Board and its committees can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Our Board meetings
The Board is committed to maintaining a comprehensive schedule of meetings and a forward agenda to ensure its time is used most effectively and efficiently, and is supported by the Group Company Secretary to facilitate this. Flexibility in the programme is important and permits key items to be added to any agenda so that the Board can focus on evolving and important matters at the most appropriate time.
Performance against delivery of the agreed key financial priorities is reviewed at every scheduled meeting, with particular reference to the detailed Group management accounts. The Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer comment on current trading, business performance, the market, colleagues, relevant stakeholders, and regulatory and external developments at each scheduled meeting, and present comparative data and client insight.
In addition, the Group Chief Risk Officer periodically attends meetings to update the Board on key risks.
The Group Chairman holds INED-only meetings ahead of each scheduled Board meeting, which provides the opportunity for discussion on key agenda items and other matters without the executive directors and management present.
Sir Iain Lobban and Paul Khoo, as independent advisers to the Board and its committees on cyber security and cyber threat management and financial crime respectively, attended a combination of Board and committee meetings to provide an independent and current view on the Group's progress in this area.
# Our Board committees
The Board places significant reliance on its committees by delegating a broad range of responsibilities and issues to them. It therefore remains crucial that effective linkages are in place between the committees and the Board as a whole, not least as it is impracticable for all INEDs to be members of all of the committees. Mechanisms are in place to facilitate these linkages, including ensuring that there are no gaps or unnecessary duplications between the remit of each committee and overlapping membership between Board committees where necessary. Alongside interconnected committee membership, the Board regularly receives a written summary of each of the committee's meetings, and verbal updates at the Board, where appropriate.
Further details on each committee, including their oversight and focus during 2023, can be found in the Board committee reports starting on page 162.
Board activities during 2023
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Board composition, roles and attendance in 2023
The Group Chairman is committed to ensuring optimal Board effectiveness. A key mechanism to drive this is the appropriate composition and balance of the Board.
The Board is composed of a majority of independent non-executive directors who provide an independent perspective, constructive challenge, and monitor the performance and delivery of the strategy within the Risk Appetite and controls set by the Board.
Detail regarding Board diversity can be found within the Governance and Nomination Committee report on pages 177 to 181
# Group Chairman
## Group Chairman
José Viñals
### Responsibilities
Responsible for leading the Board, ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role and developing the Group's culture with the Group Chief Executive. Promotes high standards of integrity and governance across the Group and ensures effective communication and understanding between the Board, management, shareholders and wider stakeholders.
| | Attendance |
| --- | --- |
| AGM | Y |
| Scheduled | 8/8 |
| Ad hoc | 1/1 |
## Executive directors
## Group Chief Executive
Bill Winters
### Responsibilities
Responsible for the management of all aspects of the Group's businesses, developing the strategy in conjunction with the Group Chairman and the Board and leading its implementation.
## Group Chief Financial Officer
Andy Halford
### Responsibilities
Responsible for Finance, Corporate Treasury, Strategy, Group Corporate Development, Group Investor Relations, Property and Supply Chain Management functions.
As announced on 21 December 2023, Diego De Giorgi succeeded Andy as Group Chief Financial Officer on 3 January 2024.
| | Attendance | | Attendance |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| AGM | Y | AGM | Y |
| Scheduled | 8/8 | Scheduled | 8/8 |
| Ad hoc | 1/1 | Ad hoc | 1/1 |
# Independent non-executive directors
## Senior Independent Director
Maria Ramos
### Responsibilities
Provides a sounding board for the Group Chairman and discusses concerns that are unable to be resolved through the normal channels or where such contact would be inappropriate with shareholders and other stakeholders. Chairs the Governance and Nomination Committee when considering succession of the Group Chairman. Is available to shareholders if they have concerns that cannot be resolved or for which the normal channels would be inappropriate. Can be contacted via the Group Company Secretary at 1 Basinghall Avenue, London EC2V 5DD.
| | Attendance | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| AGM | Y | AGM | Scheduled Ad hoc |
| David Conner | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Gay Huey Evans, CBE | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Phil Rivett | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| David Tang | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Shirish Apte | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Robin Lawther, CBE | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Jackie Hunt | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Jasmine Whitbread | N/A | 3/3 | 1/1 |
| Linda Yueh, CBE | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
| Carlson Tong | Y | 8/8 | 1/1 |
## INEDs who stepped down in 2023
Christine Hodgson and Jasmine Whitbread stepped down from the Board on 31 January 2023 and 3 May 2023 respectively. No Board meetings took place in 2023 prior to Christine leaving the Board.
## INEDs who joined in 2023
Linda Yueh joined the Board on 1 January 2023.
Board committee roles and attendance can be found in the committee sections starting from page 162.
The biographies of each director are set out on pages 137 to 141
Linda Yueh joined the Board on 1 January 2023. Further information can be found on page 139
The roles of the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are distinct from one another and are clearly defined in detailed role descriptions which can be viewed at sc.com/roledescriptions
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Director induction
Linda Yueh joined the Board on 1 January 2023. Her experience can be found in her biography on page 139. Along with Shirish Apte, Robin Lawther and Jackie Hunt, who were all appointed in 2022, the new directors were given a comprehensive induction programme, tailored to meet each director's individual level of experience and expertise.
Diego De Giorgi was appointed as Group Chief Financial Officer on 3 January 2024, following the retirement of Andy Halford on 2 January 2024. Diego received in-depth handovers from Andy, which included a period of shadowing from September 2023 to January 2024. As well as numerous tailored, individual training sessions, Diego also attended formal training sessions on topics including Directors' Duties (on 20 September 2023), Climate Risk (on 28 September 2023), Trading Activity Wind-Down Governance (on 28 September 2023), Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) litigation (on 30 November 2023), ICS Horizon Scanning (on 5 December 2023) and Directors' Duties applicable to directors of Hong Kong-listed companies (on 14 December 2023). Following his relevant training provided by a firm of solicitors on 14 December 2023, Diego confirmed his understanding of the obligations as a director of a listed issuer pursuant to Rule 3.09D of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.
The Group Company Secretary supports new directors as they undertake their induction programmes, which are typically completed within the first six to twelve months of their appointment. The induction programmes are regularly reviewed and take into account directors' feedback to ensure continuous development and improvement.
# Progress against induction programmes
The Governance and Nomination Committee is responsible for periodically reviewing the induction programme of all new INEDs, to understand the level of progress made and to consider where any areas of additional focus might be required. The Committee is satisfied that all new INEDs have made good progress completing induction work, both in London and as part of overseas Board visits to our markets.
# Ongoing development plans
Continuous training and development beyond a director's induction plan is essential for maintaining a highly engaged, effective and well-informed Board. Ongoing development plans also help ensure directors lead with integrity and promote the Group's culture, purpose and values.
Mandatory learning and training are important elements of directors' fitness and propriety assessments as required under the UK Senior Managers and Certification Regime. During the year, all directors received a combination of mandatory learning and training, internal and external briefings, presentations from guest speakers, and papers on a wide range of topics to ensure the directors are well informed and that the Board remains highly effective. The table below gives further detail on who received these briefings.
In 2023, Board members received briefings from and engaged with leading diplomats, former national security advisers, former leaders of international organisations and economists on topics including China's emergence from the COVID pandemic, the evolving geopolitical landscape in the Middle East, and the global macroeconomic environment.
The Board committee members also received specific training relevant to the work of their respective committees. In 2023, the Board Risk Committee received training on topics including: Threat Scenario-led Risk Assessment, Trading Activity Wind-Down Governance, Operational Risk and the implications of Basel 3.1.
The Group Chairman reviews with each director their training and development needs both in real time and as part of the annual performance cycle. Where it is recognised that the Board or individual directors need further training or development in key areas, additional sessions are arranged with subject matter experts.
2023 director training overview
| | Induction^{1} | Directors' duties and regulatory updates | Digital assets | Climate Risk | ICS Horizon Scanning Emerging Risks |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| José Viñals | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Bill Winters | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Andy Halford | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Shirish Apte^{2} | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| David Conner | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Gay Huey Evans, CBE | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Jackie Hunt^{2} | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Robin Lawther, CBE^{2} | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Maria Ramos | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Phil Rivett | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| David Tang | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Carlson Tong | N/A | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
| Jasmine Whitbread^{3} | N/A | N/A | ☑ | N/A | N/A |
| Linda Yueh, CBE^{2} | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ | ☑ |
1. Applicable to directors who received induction training during 2023
2. Shirish Apte, Robin Lawther, Jackie Hunt and Linda Yueh joined the Board on 4 May 2022, 1 July 2022, 1 October 2022 and 1 January 2023 respectively
3. Jasmine Whitbread stepped down from the Board on 3 May 2023
☑ Director attended the session
☑ Director was unable to attend the session but received any accompanying material and had opportunities to raise questions and observations with the Group Chairman and Group Company Secretary
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
All of the directors have access to the advice of the Group Company Secretary, who provides support to the Board and is responsible for advising the Board on governance matters. Directors also have access to independent, professional advice at the Group's expense where they judge it necessary to discharge their responsibilities as directors.
## Directors' performance
The Group Chairman led the evaluation of individual director performance during 2023. These one-to-one sessions considered:
- their performance against core competencies and their individual effectiveness
- their time commitment to the Group, including (where relevant) the potential impact of any outside interests
- their ongoing development and training needs
- the Board's composition, taking into account when each INED envisaged stepping down from the Board
- the current and future committee membership and structure
- their engagement across the Group.
These performance reviews are used as the basis for recommending the re-election of directors by shareholders at the 2024 AGM and to assist the Group Chairman with his assessment of the INEDs' competencies. In addition, the Group Chairman has responsibility for assessing annually the fitness and propriety of the Company's INEDs and the Group Chief Executive Officer under the Senior Managers Regime. These assessments were carried out in respect of each INED and the Group Chief Executive and no issues in relation to fitness and propriety were identified.
## Group Chairman's performance
Maria Ramos, as Senior Independent Director, reviewed José Viñals' performance as Group Chairman, meeting with each director separately to take their feedback. Consolidated feedback was shared with him.
## Time commitment
Our INEDs commit sufficient time in discharging their responsibilities as directors of Standard Chartered. In general, we estimate that each INED spent approximately 40 to 90 days on Board-related duties.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
153
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Spotlight
## Interview with Dr Linda Yueh
An insight into one of our new INEDs
Dr Linda Yueh
Independent Non-Executive Director
## Q. What drew you to Standard Chartered and have your initial impressions aligned with your experiences as an INED one year on?
A. One of the key things that attracted me to Standard Chartered was the Group's culture and its people. Prior to my appointment, I had a number of discussions with several directors, including the Group Chairman, who offered insights into serving on the Board of a global financial institution. I was particularly impressed with their willingness to listen and engage collaboratively in constructive discourse over issues of importance to the Group. One year on, I'm pleased to say that I am working with a great group of people from a variety of backgrounds, who possess strong skills and industry-leading experience in their respective fields. In my role as Chair of the Culture and Sustainability Committee (CSC), I am able to actively engage with the issues around culture that are central to a people business. This has been particularly rewarding.
## Q. How effective have you found your induction programme in preparing you as an INED and for the Standard Chartered Board and committee discussions?
A. The induction programme, designed to be undertaken over several months, is extensive and well-designed. As my knowledge of the Group grew, my induction meetings became a mixture of introductions and substantive discussions, which worked well. I met with various employees and stakeholders around the Group, which provided a great opportunity to listen to, and understand, a number of different aspects of the bank. The induction programme also included joint sessions with other INEDs who joined the Board in 2022. These joint induction sessions were extremely helpful, as we learned from each other's perspectives and got to know each other better through the process. In addition, I joined part of the BRC meetings as an observer, on discussions covering topics such as reputation and sustainability risks, which dovetail into the work of the CSC. I also travelled with the Board to Hong Kong, Seoul and Singapore and undertook part of my induction in these overseas locations. Market visits are a helpful part of the induction programme and provide important commercial and regulatory context, which helped me to better understand the global nature of Standard Chartered's business.
## Q. As the new chair of the Culture and Sustainability Committee, what do you see as its key priorities over the next five years?
A. It is a privilege to chair the CSC and to help define the priorities of the Group in areas which lie at the heart of our organisation and inform everything that we do.
In terms of culture, our priorities include embedding a high-performance culture, whereby our people can excel and do so in prudent ways. Diversity and inclusion are essential building blocks which will go a long way in ensuring that our employees can succeed and thrive. Another key component to driving a healthy culture is through embedding valued behaviours, such as risk awareness, into the Group's culture.
In terms of sustainability, our key priorities include achieving the Group's net zero transition pathway, with particular focus being placed on ensuring that the milestones are clearly defined, measured and delivered. In addition, biodiversity and other emerging issues around safeguarding our planet will also be in focus in the coming years.
## Q. How important is a company's culture to you and what are your views on the culture at Standard Chartered?
A. Standard Chartered is a people business, so culture is central to its success and ability to contribute positively to our stakeholders, including clients, investors, employees and wider society. The Group is a global institution with footprints in over 52 markets, so it is particularly important that INEDs and executive directors continually engage with our stakeholders and always remain sensitive to the cultural and business context in which particular issues arise in individual markets. In the year I've been on the Board, I have been impressed by the focus on culture and the thoughtfulness of the Group in this area that is not straightforward to manage.
## Q. As an INED, how do you build connections and maintain relationships with our key stakeholders?
A. Delivering for our stakeholders is an area I have placed great focus on. I am pleased that the CSC has been refocused on supporting the Board's engagement notably with our employees, communities, suppliers and shareholders. For instance, our relationship with our colleagues has been strengthened by honing our Board workforce engagement sessions this year. During our workforce engagement sessions, which regularly take place as part of the Board's overseas market visits as well as in the Group's London headquarters, INEDs will spend time with colleagues to understand the areas in which the business excels, and also the areas where the My Voice survey scores are below average. With those insights, the CSC and the Board can have informed follow-up discussions, where we can reflect and act upon what we have heard to continually improve the Group's operations.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Board effectiveness
The 2023 Board and committees' effectiveness review was conducted internally, facilitated by the Group Company Secretary, and in accordance with the UK Code.
## Progress against the 2023 Action Plan
The 2023 Action Plan set out a number of actions to be achieved following the externally facilitated Board evaluation conducted in 2022. The 2023 Action Plan was regularly reviewed during the year and good progress had been made against many of the actions as evidenced by this year's internally facilitated Board effectiveness review.
## Key observations from the 2023 internal effectiveness review
- The Board remains effective at testing and shaping the Group's strategy.
- Board meetings had focused well on business opportunities with a good level of discussion and challenge, which helped to set strategic priorities.
- The Board has a comprehensive understanding of the Group's principal risks and explores them extensively.
- The Board engaged well with a range of key stakeholders at different levels.
- The Board agenda had accommodated the impact of emerging geopolitical vulnerabilities and the evolving macroeconomic landscape.
- The management of the transition of new INEDs on the Board had been handled well.
## 2024 Action Plan
- Review the length and focus of Board papers, ensuring a focus on key points for the Board to understand, discuss, challenge and agree on actions.
- Evaluate the balance of topics on the Board agenda to maximise time allocation and focus on key strategic items, challenges and commercial opportunities.
- Enhance measurement of progress on the Group's engagement with its key stakeholders.
- Continue to enhance the sustainability aspect of the Board's education programme.
## Internal evaluation process
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
155
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# 2023 Board effectiveness review
This year's review took the form of a questionnaire-based evaluation for the Board and its committees which was completed by every Board member. These questionnaires explored some of the themes for the previous year's review as well as probing the Board's and committees' performance through the year.
The results were compiled into a detailed report and conclusions were discussed with the Group Chairman and by the Governance and Nomination Committee ahead of a Board discussion. At the Board meeting, the key findings and recommendations were presented along with an Action Plan for 2024, which was then approved. Details of the key observations from this year's review and the agreed Action Plan are set out on page 155.
The Board's five committees were also included as part of the effectiveness review. The observations and key themes arising from the review were shared with the relevant committee Chairs before being circulated to each of the committees and action plans for 2024 agreed. Details of the key observations and action plans for each of the committees can be found within each of the committees' reports.
# Director independence
The GNC reviews the independence of each of the non-executive directors, taking into account any circumstances likely to impair, or which could impair, their independence. Recommendations are then made to the Board for further consideration.
In determining the independence of a non-executive director, the Board considers each individual against the criteria set out in the UK Code and the Hong Kong Listing Rules and also considers their contribution and conduct at Board meetings, including how they demonstrate objective judgement and independent thinking.
The Board considers all of the non-executive directors to be independent of Standard Chartered, concluding that there are no relationships or circumstances likely to impair any INED's judgement.
# External directorships and other business interests
Board members hold external directorships and other outside business interests. We recognise the significant benefits that broader boardroom exposure provides for our directors. However, we closely monitor the nature and quantity of external directorships our directors hold, in order to satisfy ourselves that any additional appointments will not adversely impact their time commitment to their role at Standard Chartered, and to ensure that all of our Board members remain compliant with the PRA directorship requirements, as well as the shareholder advisory groups' individual guidance on 'overboarding'. These requirements impose a limit on the number of directorships both executive and INEDs are permitted to hold.
Details of the directors' external directorships can be found in their biographies on pages 137 to 141. Before committing to an additional appointment, directors confirm the existence of any potential or actual conflicts, that the role will not breach their limit as set out by the PRA, and provide the necessary assurance that the appointment will not adversely impact their ability to continue to fulfil their role as a director of the Company. All directors continue to hold no more than four non-executive directorships (or one executive directorship alongside two non-executive directorships) permitted under the General Organisational Requirements Part of the PRA Rulebook.
Our established internal processes ensure that directors do not undertake any new external appointments without first receiving formal approval of the Board. The Board has delegated authority to make such approvals to the Group Chairman, with the exception of his own appointments. Of those INEDs who took on new external directorships during the year, two were regarded as significant directorships (appointed to the board of a listed company) and as such were announced to the market in line with our listing obligations. Further detail on the specific appointments are provided below:
- Carlson Tong was appointed to the board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange as a Board member on 23 April 2023.
- Jackie Hunt was appointed to the Board of Willis Towers Watson plc as an independent non-executive director on 1 April 2023.
The two directors discussed their respective appointments with the Group Chairman in advance of accepting the positions. Each director confirmed the existence of any potential or actual conflicts; provided assurance that the respective roles would not breach their limits as set out by the PRA; and confirmed that their appointments would not impact their abilities to devote sufficient time and focus to both their Board and committee responsibilities.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Stakeholder engagement
# Ensuring authentic engagement across our markets
The Board recognises the importance of stakeholder consideration and interaction. It forms a crucial part of Board decisions and discussions, as well as the review of our purpose, values and strategy.
Board activities led to a number of invaluable opportunities to engage with stakeholders across the Group's diverse network, including those identified on the following pages. Directors did not just engage collectively with stakeholders, but also individually. The Remuneration, Culture and Sustainability, Board Risk and Audit Committees also engaged directly with employees. Informal and formal sessions with stakeholders across our footprint help provide INEDs and independent adviser members with a comprehensive understanding of the Group's market operations, implementation of strategy, and the external and internal impact of the Group's activities.
Further detail regarding the Board's engagement with our stakeholders can be found on the following pages. Detail regarding how Board committees and their members engaged with stakeholders can be found in the committee report sections starting from page 162.
# Chairman and INED travel across our markets
The Chairman and INEDs, either together or individually, visited a range of markets.
- **Europe and the Americas**
1. Germany
2. Poland
3. UK
4. US
- **Africa and Middle East**
5. Ghana
6. Kenya
7. South Africa
8. UAE
- **Asia**
9. China, including Hong Kong
10. Indonesia
11. Japan
12. South Korea
13. Malaysia
14. Singapore
15. Vietnam
## 3. London, United Kingdom
In September 2023, the Board and committees held their meetings in London. The Board was joined by UK-based colleagues for an informal top talent lunch at which colleagues shared their experiences of working at Standard Chartered. The Board also heard from other UK colleagues through the employee townhall, held to mark 170 years of Standard Chartered's presence in the UK. Board members also met with the UK PRA, and Hong Kong Trade Development Council in London.
## 9. Hong Kong, China
The Board and committees held their meetings in Hong Kong in March 2023. During this visit, the Board met with clients, colleagues, senior government officials and regulators. An informal top talent lunch was held where the Board met with employees from Hong Kong representing different functions and discussed the goals, challenges and opportunities of the business. The Board also took the opportunity to visit Mox Bank, the Group's virtual bank in Hong Kong and hosted a client dinner.
## 10. Jakarta, Indonesia
In June 2023, the Board travelled to Jakarta. During this visit, the Board took the opportunity to meet with a wide range of stakeholders, including informal discussions with senior leaders, other colleagues at the bank as well as top government officials. The Board also hosted an employee townhall and concluded the visit with a client dinner celebrating 160 year of Standard Chartered's presence in Indonesia.
## 12. Seoul, South Korea
The Board held its November meetings in Seoul. The week's programme began with a global townhall, with colleagues around the world tuning in virtually. The Board also hosted a talent lunch and met with colleagues based in Korea. As part of the trip, the Board met with clients, top government officials, and local regulators, and engaged with local entrepreneurs for a community engagement session.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# The Board's engagement with investors
## Our approach
Aiming to deliver robust returns and long-term, sustainable value for shareholders is of key importance to the Board. We continuously reflect on how the Board engages with our investors, openly seeking feedback and reviewing previous activities. We believe this strengthens engagements and helps support the Board's focus on developing open and trusted relationships with investors.
During the year, we maintained a comprehensive programme of engagement, including with investor advisory bodies and credit rating agencies, and provided updates on progress made to transform our business for improved returns.
The Group Chairman and other Board directors had direct contact with investors and advisory voting bodies during the year, and received regular updates from the Investor Relations team, including reports on market developments. The Group Chairman, as part of his role, leads engagement with shareholders and hosted the 2023 AGM alongside fellow Board members. The Group Chairman and certain Board members also held an investor stewardship event.
Maria Ramos, our Senior Independent Director, was available as an alternative point of contact for shareholders.
Bill Winters and Andy Halford were the primary spokespeople for the Group in 2023. Throughout the year they engaged extensively with existing shareholders and potential new investors during individual or group meetings and conferences, either in person or virtually. Diego De Giorgi has replaced Andy, following his retirement, in this regard from January 2024. In addition, Ben Hung, CEO Asia hosted investors and analysts in Asia aimed at promoting greater awareness of our strategy and progress in that region. Various members of the Group's Management Team also participated in investor conferences throughout the year.
## Institutional shareholders
The Group maintains a diverse, high-quality and predominantly institutional shareholder base. The Investor Relations team has primary responsibility for managing day-to-day communications with these shareholders and provides support to the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer, other Board members and senior management in conducting a comprehensive engagement programme.
+ Presentation material and webcast transcripts are made available on the Group's website and can be viewed at sc.com/investors
## Investor stewardship event
The Group Chairman hosted a stewardship event in November 2023 alongside the chairs of the Board Audit and Remuneration committees. The Group Chairman provided an update regarding the Group's strategy, including with respect to sustainability, which was supplemented by opening remarks from the Remuneration Committee Chair. The Audit Committee Chair also provided updates on both the Audit and Risk committees and their activities during the year. This was followed by a Q&A session. Questions could be submitted in advance of the event, asked live in person or via a web-based platform for those who joined electronically.
## Debt investors and credit rating agencies
Our Debt Investor Relations team has primary responsibility for managing the Group's relationships with debt investors and the three major rating agencies, with local market chief executives and chief financial officers leading on smaller subsidiary ratings. In 2023, management met with debt investors across the regions, and maintained a regular dialogue with the rating agencies.
It is important that the Group, as an active issuer of senior unsecured and non-equity capital, maintains regular contact with debt investors to ensure continued appetite for the Group's credit. The Group's credit ratings are a key part of the external perception of our financial strength and creditworthiness.
+ Further information can be viewed at sc.com/investors
Engagement with investors: what we did during 2023
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
159
# The Board's engagement with investors
## Retail shareholders
The Group Company Secretary oversees communication with our retail shareholders.
### AGM
The meeting was held on 3 May 2023. We were pleased that in addition to in-person attendance, we offered shareholders the opportunity to participate electronically via a live web portal. Within this portal, shareholders were able to view a live video feed of the AGM, submit voting instructions and questions in writing or ask them through an audio line. Shareholders who attended the meeting in person were able to submit voting instructions and ask questions directly.
The AGM is a key date in the Board's calendar and the hybrid format ensured that shareholders could engage with them regarding the Company's recent performance and strategic priorities. Questions received from shareholders covered a diverse range of topics, including climate and the Group's net zero pathway; diversity; the Group's strategy; director remuneration; shareholder engagement; share price and regulatory developments.
All Board-proposed resolutions were passed, with shareholder support for each ranging from 94.70 per cent. to 100 per cent. We remain very grateful for the support of our shareholders.
Detail regarding the directors' remuneration report resolution can be found in the Directors' Remuneration Report starting on page 182. Further detail on how the Group engaged with investors more generally can be found on page 57.
+ Voting results from the 2023 AGM can be viewed at sc.com/investors
+ A summary of responses to questions on key themes raised by shareholders was made available on our website after the meeting and can be found at sc.com/agm
# The Board's engagement with clients and suppliers
Clients are central to everything we do and promoting productive, sustainable relationships with them is a key priority. In 2023, Board members, either collectively or individually, met clients face-to-face or virtually to keep abreast of developing client trends, experiences and needs. As part of our overseas Board programme, members of the Board also travelled within our footprint for meetings with clients and hosted client dinners throughout the year. In addition, updates on clients' insights form part of deep dives into product segment strategy at Board meetings.
Suppliers provide efficient and sustainable goods and services for our business and certain members of the Board also met with them during the year. Detail on how the Group engaged more generally with clients and suppliers can be found on pages 55, 56, 58 and 59 of the Strategic report.
# The Board's engagement with regulators and governments
The Board, either collectively or individually, engaged with relevant authorities and regulators including in the UK, Hong Kong and South Korea to discuss key items and developments. Topics of discussion varied, including change management, Execution Risk, information and cybersecurity, Data Risk, Model Risk management, Climate
Risk, Credit Risk and macroeconomic developments, resolvability, and risk-free rate transition. Further detail on how the Group engaged with regulators and governments more generally can be found on page 57 of the Strategic report.
# The Board's engagement with society
The Board receives regular updates from management concerning the communities and environment in which we operate.
Either collectively or individually, directors were able to visit some of the Group's markets this year. Directors participated in a volunteering day in Jakarta, where they taught four modules from our financial education programme to children aged 15-16. In Seoul, directors took part in a community engagement session where they facilitated a mock investment and solution challenge with three female start-up CEOs from our Women in Entrepreneurship programme.
In addition, external and internal speakers provided input to the Board's discussions, which covered key societal issues such as China's emergence from the COVID pandemic, the evolving geopolitical landscape in the Middle East, and the global macroeconomic environment. Further detail on how the Group engaged with society more generally can be found on page 59.
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# The Board's engagement and linkages with the Group's subsidiaries
The Board and its committees recognise the importance of creating, maintaining and building upon appropriate linkages with the Group's subsidiaries. In 2023, the Group Chairman and INEDs engaged with the Group's subsidiaries through a number of forums. This included a video-enabled chair and committee chair engagement session, as well as other forms of interaction.
The Group Chairman hosted a virtual subsidiary chair engagement session during 2023. The event opened with an update from Bill Winters on the third-quarter results, progress against our strategic priorities, and areas of focus for the remainder of the year and going into 2024. The subsidiary chairs asked questions, both on the Group's performance and questions specific to their markets. José Viñals then updated the subsidiary chairs on Board changes, areas of focus for the year so far at the PLC Board, and Board diversity. The Chairman finished his thoughts on the macro outlook and challenges for the Group into 2024.
# Committee chair engagement
The Audit Committee held its annual videoconference during the year, followed by a Q&A session. This was hosted by the Audit Committee Chair and attended by the Group Chairman and the chairs of subsidiary audit committees. The Group Financial Controller; Group Head, Internal Audit; Regional Head, Audit, Europe and the Americas, and Africa and the Middle East; Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance; members of the Group's statutory auditor, EY, including the lead audit partner; the Group Company Secretary and the Committee Secretary also participated in the call. Items discussed during the call included:
- 2023 Audit Committee focus areas
- Group Finance update, which featured UK Audit and Corporate Governance reforms and likely impact on subsidiaries, IFRS 9 models, increased sustainability disclosure and an update on capitalised software
- Conduct, financial crime and compliance update
- Group Internal Audit reporting to subsidiary audit committees
- Group statutory audit update from EY.
The Board Risk Committee Chair hosted the annual videoconference with chairs of the subsidiary board risk committees, followed by a Q&A session. The Group Chairman; Group Chief Risk Officer; Global Head of Enterprise Risk Management and Deputy Chief Risk Officer Standard Chartered Bank; the Group Company Secretary and Committee Secretary also participated in the call.
Items discussed during the call included:
- 2023 Board Risk Committee focus areas
- Group Chief Risk Officer's 2023 priorities
- Update on Model and Treasury Risk.
The Remuneration Committee Chair also held a videoconference attended by the subsidiary remuneration committee chairs and the chairs of subsidiary boards that have remuneration responsibilities. The call was also attended by the Group Chairman, other members of the Group Remuneration Committee and executives from Human Resources and Reward. The call fostered knowledge sharing and best practice between the Group Remuneration Committee and the subsidiary remuneration committees and raises awareness of the priorities felt by the wider workforce in our markets. Topics that were discussed included:
- The Fair Pay Charter and recent benefits-related initiatives
- Key focus areas for the 2023 year-end pay review and our drive to embed a high-performance culture through strong differentiation
- Discussion on key focus areas for the subsidiaries
- 2024 priorities, including the development of a new recognition platform.
Other activities that took place during 2023 to further strengthen the linkages across the Group included the following:
- The Group Chairman attended a SCBHK board meeting
- The Chair of the Group Audit Committee attended an audit committee meeting of Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited (SCBSL). The audit committee chairs of SCBHK and SCBSL attended one Group Audit Committee Meeting
- The Chair of the Board Risk Committee attended a risk committee meeting of SCBHK. The risk committee chairs of SCBHK and SCBSL joined one Group Board Risk Committee meeting.
Further detail regarding how the Group engages with its stakeholders can be found on pages 54 to 64.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The Board's engagement with employees
21
The Board places great importance on workforce engagement and values its interactions at all levels of the Group. Two-way dialogue through a variety of forums helps build the Board's understanding of key issues and developments around its markets, as well as providing an insight into the hands-on experiences of colleagues.
The role of the Board is distinct from management, and the directors are aware of the importance of overseeing, supporting and, where necessary, challenging management in implementing its people strategy and ensuring that the voice of colleagues is heard and reflected in decision-making.
Following a review of the existing Board workforce engagement model by the CSC, an enhanced model involving more face-to-face colleague interaction was approved and implemented during the year. This enhances the model that was put in place immediately preceding the COVID pandemic and was reliant on virtual touchpoints. As part of these changes, the Board continues to adopt an alternative workforce engagement method as set out in the UK Code.
The enhanced model is designed to improve how Board members gather and share feedback obtained from colleagues, while paying special attention to expanding participation in engagement sessions to a more diverse set of voices. In 2023, the Board met colleagues in various markets, including Hong Kong, Jakarta, Seoul and London, with the enhanced model being trialled successfully in London, where the Board conducted informal listening sessions in September, and again as part of the Board's trip to Seoul in November. Ahead of these informal listening sessions, directors were briefed on the individual market,
including local trends provided by the annual employee engagement survey (My Voice) and other relevant data points offered by local and regional management teams. Following the listening sessions, feedback was subsequently shared with the CSC and other stakeholders, where appropriate. Through these sessions directors were able to appreciate the challenges, successes and concerns shared by colleagues in each of the markets. The Board will continue to implement our enhanced model of engagement in London and in three overseas markets which the Board plans to visit in 2024.
In addition to this enhanced model, the Group has a comprehensive employee listening programme, through which the Board has an opportunity to understand diverse employee perspectives. These tools include the annual employee engagement survey, a continuous listening programme, lifecycle surveys and diagnostic research on specific areas of focus, such as flexible working and performance management. Details on all of our employee engagement can be found on page 60.
The Board is also informed about the operation of the Speaking Up programme, including on the themes of employee concerns raised through Speaking Up, employee confidence level in Speaking Up and the programme's usage volume. For more details on Speaking Up, please refer to page 131. Our Brand and Culture Dashboard has been in place since 2018 and provides a comprehensive overview of cultural change by reporting on several key metrics that allow us to monitor progress of our culture journey.
Further detail regarding employee engagement this year can be found within the Culture and Sustainability Committee report starting on page 174.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Audit Committee
"In light of the challenging external environment, the Group's investment in China Bohai Bank (Bohai), and the Group's exposures to China Commercial Real Estate (CRE) in particular, was an area of significant focus."
Committee composition
1 Christine stepped down from the Committee on 1 May 2023.
# What are the main responsibilities of the Committee?
The Committee is responsible for oversight and advice to the Board on matters relating to financial, non-financial and narrative reporting. The Committee's role is to review, on behalf of the Board, the Group's internal controls, including internal financial controls. The Committee has exercised oversight of the work undertaken by the internal Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance (CFCC) and Group Internal Audit (GIA) functions and EY. The Committee Chair reports to the Board on the Committee's key areas of focus following each meeting.
The Committee has written Terms of Reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
# Who else attended 2023 Committee meetings?
The Group Chairman; Group Chief Executive; Group Chief Financial Officer; Group Chief Financial Officer Designate (from 2 September); Group Chief Risk Officer; Group General Counsel; Group Head, Internal Audit; Group Head of CFCC; Group Head, Central Finance; representatives from Group Finance; Group Statutory Auditor; and the Group Company Secretary. Paul Khoo, independent adviser to the Board, attended a discussion on Financial Crime Compliance-related matters.
As part of, and in addition to most scheduled Committee meetings, the Committee held private members-only meetings. The Committee also met with the Group's Statutory Auditor, EY and the Group Head, Internal Audit, without management being present. The Committee members have detailed and relevant experience and bring an independent mindset to their role.
The Board is satisfied that Phil Rivett has recent and relevant financial experience. Phil is a chartered accountant with over 40 years' experience of professional accountancy and audit focused on banks and insurance companies. He led the audits of a number of leading banks during his career as senior audit partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers. He is also chair of the audit committee for Nationwide Building Society.
Biographical details of the Committee members can be viewed on pages 137 to 141
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year ended 31 December 2023. This report sets out the areas of significant focus for the Committee and its activities over the course of the year.
Throughout the year, the Committee has carefully scrutinised and challenged credit impairments, key accounting issues, significant accounting estimates and judgements made by management to ensure that they are appropriate and clearly communicated in the Group's public disclosures. In light of the challenging external environment, the Group's investment in China Bohai Bank (Bohai), and the Group's exposures to China Commercial Real Estate (CRE) in particular, was an area of significant focus. The Committee reviewed carrying values for larger investments and management overlays.
Sovereign ratings and credit impairments have also been reviewed and discussed, including Sri Lanka, Pakistan, Nigeria and Ghana. The Committee is mindful of the work of the BRC on emerging sovereign and country risks. The Audit Committee's work during the year complemented the wider review undertaken by the BRC on sovereign and country risks.
The Committee has been focused on the Group's implementation plan addressing UK ACG reforms, including the FRC's consultation on the UK Code and legislation published, and later withdrawn, by the UK government. In readiness for those proposals, work has been done on controls, process improvement and examining work already undertaken on stress testing, going concern and viability statements. Following its consultation, the FRC decided not to take forward a number of proposals. The Committee is considering which of the proposals the Group may decide to take forward on a voluntary basis. The updated UK Code was published in January 2024 and management is reviewing the implications and timings, with reporting being provided to the Committee regularly throughout the year.
As the Board-appointed Consumer Duty Champion, I am fully engaged on the progress of Standard Chartered Bank's implementation plans, through regular briefings with the Consumer Duty Accountable Executive. The Committee also receives updates on Consumer Duty, including progress on agreed commitments and actions to ensure that Consumer Duty is fully embedded in our customer experience.
The Committee reviewed and discussed the refresh of the Group, Code of Conduct and Ethics, and recommended this to the Board for endorsement. This was a substantial refresh, designed to provide a guide for colleague behaviour in a fast-changing world with new technologies including artificial intelligence, customer expectations and the shifting geopolitical landscape. We were keen to understand the roll-out and training that would be provided to fully embed this within the Group.
The Committee is cognisant of the benefits of engaging with broader stakeholders and updating them on the Committee's priorities and activities. As Audit Committee Chair, I participated in the Group's stewardship event in November 2023, where the work of the Audit Committee was discussed. Details on the stewardship event may be found on page 158.
The Committee has exercised its authority delegated by the Board for ensuring the integrity of the Group's published financial information by discussing and challenging the judgements and disclosures made by management, and the assumptions and estimates on which they are based. The Committee has exercised judgement in deciding which of the issues it considered to be significant in the financial statements, and this report sets out the material matters that it has considered in these deliberations.
As a result of the Committee's work in 2023, assurance has been provided to the Board on the quality and appropriateness of the Group's financial reporting, and on internal audit, compliance and regulatory matters, to continue to safeguard the interests of the Group's broader stakeholders. The following pages provide insight and context into the Committee's work and activities during the year.
Phil Rivett
Chair of the Audit Committee
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
163
# Activities during the year
## Financial reporting
- Satisfied itself that the Group's accounting policies and practices are appropriate.
- Reviewed the clarity and completeness of the disclosures made within the published financial statements, in particular, that they are fair, balanced and understandable.
- Monitored the integrity of the Group's published financial statements and formal announcements relating to the Group's financial performance, reviewing the significant financial judgements, estimates and accounting issues.
- Considered the forthcoming UK ACG Reforms and discussed how the Group will implement the new proposals.
- Considered the 'Audit Committees and External Audit Minimum Standard' published by the FRC in May 2023 and is satisfied that the Committee met the relevant requirements.
Significant accounting judgements considered during 2023 are shown below.
The Committee can confirm that the key judgements and significant issues reported are consistent with the disclosures of key estimation uncertainties and critical judgements as set out in Note 1 starting on page 367.
| Key area | Action taken |
| --- | --- |
| Impairment of loans and advances | - Reviewed and challenged, on a quarterly basis, reports detailing the composition and credit quality of the loan book, concentrations of risk and provisioning levels. - Understood the Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model output, reviewed, considered and challenged judgemental Post Model Adjustments (PMAs) and management overlays in both the wholesale and retail portfolios on a quarterly basis, that were required to estimate ECL. - Applied careful consideration and challenge on ECL provisions relating to China CRE lending and sovereign exposures. - In the case of PMAs, understood adjustments made where model performance breached monitoring standards or validation standards. - Reviewed and challenged management's proposed reduction of management COVID overlays for CPBB, as the outlook has improved during 2023. - As well as the expectation of elevated losses in industries and locations, paid particular attention to the China CRE sector and certain sovereigns. In respect of high-risk credit grade exposures, received briefings on business plans, including remedial actions and management assessment of the recoveries and collateral available. - Received a briefing on the assessment of the output of the Group's Monte Carlo model incorporating a wider range of scenario outcomes than the previous model, with the effect of increasing non-linearity in the model output. Reviewed and challenged the judgement to release the previously held PMA for CPBB, as a result of the output of these model changes. Benchmarked the ECL non-linearity calculated using the Monte Carlo model against discrete scenarios as a stand-back assessment. - Reviewed the Group's high-level quantitative assessment of the impact of Climate Risk on the Group's ECL and considered the materiality of the impact and the judgement to disclose a potential range of impact, rather than to adjust the ECL given the immaterial impact. - Received a briefing on the performance of ECL models and the remediation plans in place to address material non-performance issues, where these had been identified. - Received a briefing on the Group's adoption of the high-quality practices relating to IFRS 9 ECL and the areas of focus recommended by the PRA in recent Dear CFO letters. - Considered the appropriateness of the staging of higher-risk loans. For Stage 3 loans, monitored the impairment coverage rates, recovery forecasts and material movements. |
| Carrying value of investments in associates | - Challenged management on the assumptions made on the decline in Bohai's Net Interest Margin (NIM), and the outlook should China GDP not improve. - Reviewed and challenged management's assessment that the Group maintained significant influence and satisfied itself that it remained appropriate to continue to equity account for the investment. |
| Valuation of financial instruments held at fair value | - Received reports and updates at each reporting period detailing the key processes undertaken to produce and validate valuations of financial instruments, including any changes in methodology from prior years and significant valuation judgements. - Received regular updates on the level of unsold positions in the syndications portfolio and the valuation of these positions and plans for sell down. - Reviewed credit valuation adjustments, debit valuation adjustments, funding valuation adjustments and own credit adjustments, and considered the explanation and rationale for any significant movements. |
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Activities during the year continued
## Other areas of focus
| Goodwill impairment | · Reviewed management’s annual assessment of goodwill impairment, covering key assumptions (including forecasts, discount rate and significant changes from the previous year), headroom availability and sensitivities to possible changes in key assumptions and related disclosures. |
| --- | --- |
| Recoverability of parent company’s investment in subsidiaries | · Discussed and challenged management’s impairment assessment of investments in subsidiaries. |
| Disposals of aviation finance business and businesses in the Africa and Middle East (AME) region | · Reviewed and challenged the accounting treatment and impact of the disposals of the aviation finance business and businesses in the AME region. |
| Classification of assets as held for sale | · Reviewed management’s assessment of whether certain assets or disposal groups should be reclassified as held for sale. This included reviewing the facts and circumstances for the proposed sale of the business exits in the AME region, the sale of the aviation finance business, shipping assets and remaining Principal Finance investments. |
| Hold to collect portfolio | · After the collapse of several US banks during the first quarter of the year, reviewed the Group’s portfolio of hold to collect debt securities on a quarterly basis to monitor the amount of any unrecognised losses and to understand the potential impact. |
| Restructuring costs | · Reviewed and considered, on a quarterly basis, income statement charges and credits classified as restructuring. |
| Taxation | · Reviewed and considered a paper on the key drivers of the Group’s tax rate, and updates on the Group’s Deferred Tax Assets, tax exposures and recent tax developments. · Considered the impacts of the global minimum tax rules which will apply from 2024. |
| Provisions for legal and regulatory matters | · Considered advice presented on the current status of significant legal and regulatory matters, and reviewed management’s judgements on the level of provisions and the adequacy of disclosure, as set out in Note 26 on page 434. |
| Going concern assessment and viability statement | · Reviewed management’s process, assessment and conclusions with respect to the Group’s going concern assessment and viability statement, including the forward-looking Corporate Plan cashflows, the results of various stress tests that explore the resilience of the Group to shocks to its balance sheet and business model, principal and emerging risks, liquidity and capital positions and key assumptions. Ensured that the going concern assessment and viability statement is consistent with the Group’s Strategic report and other risk disclosures. ➤ Further details can be found on pages 369, 218 and 229 |
| Fair, balanced and understandable | · Considered, satisfied itself and recommended to the Board that the processes and procedures in place ensure that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, and the business risks it faces. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Activities during the year continued
## Examples of deeper discussions into specific topics
- EY regional partner and topical overviews: Received a presentation from EY's local regional partners in India on the Group's global business services hubs. We also held discussions with EY's specialist partners on Climate Risk and ACG reforms, providing external perspective and peer comparison. These EY regional partner overviews and technical topics will continue in 2024 and beyond.
- UK ACG reforms implementation approach: Received and discussed updates on the implementation by the Group, including end-to-end controls and process improvement. Discussion focused on the adequacy of resourcing, potential impact to Committee and Board responsibilities under the new requirements and broader market developments associated with the reforms. The proposed approach for an Audit and Assurance Policy (AAP) was discussed, with the Committee providing feedback on this. Even though this was a proposal not taken forward by the FRC, the Committee continues to consider what might be done on a voluntary basis, where beneficial for the Group.
- Aspire programme: Discussed an update on the Group's Aspire programme (a programme launched to deliver a modern technology system and data landscape for financial management and reporting). Discussion focused on the programme's potential in driving control enhancement and cost efficiencies in resourcing.
- Internal financial controls: Received and discussed a paper setting out the approach taken to safeguard the production of the Group's financial books and records.
- IFRS 9 models: Received and discussed updates on the Group's use of IFRS 9 ECL models.
- Finance resourcing: Reviewed and discussed a paper providing assurance that the Accounting and Financial Reporting function is adequately and appropriately resourced; the qualifications, experience and training of colleagues is appropriate; and in the context of a stretching agenda, the level of resource is deemed to be appropriate to cover the implementation of ACG reforms, new capital rules under Basel 3.1 and the deployment of the Aspire programme.
- Tax update: Received and discussed a paper setting out an update on international tax reform and a review of tax exposures and deferred tax assets. EY's specialist tax partner also joined this discussion.
- Large Exposures: Received and discussed reports on the methodology supporting the Group's Large Exposures reporting to the regulators.
- Financial regulatory reporting: Received and discussed an update on the Group's financial regulatory reporting remediation programme.
- Data management: Received and discussed updates on progress in reducing the Group's Data Risk exposure. The H1 2023 discussion focused on managing Data Privacy risks in SC Ventures investments and Data Sovereignty Risk in high-risk jurisdictions, given numerous data storage, transfer and access obligations across the Group's footprint. The H2 2023 discussion focused on progress made in refreshing the focus of the Data Shield Programme, previously known as the Group's Data and Privacy Transformation Programme, resourcing and the roadmap and timelines to reach the desired end-state. This will continue to be an area of focus for 2024.
- China Data Security: Received and discussed an update on China Data Security measures.
- Financial Crime: Reviewed and discussed an update on Financial Crime, cognisant of the work of the BRC and Board on this matter.
- Report of the Group Money Laundering Report Officer (MLRO): Reviewed and discussed the annual report from the MLRO.
- Group Code of Conduct Refresh: Received and discussed a paper setting out the refreshed Code, which better connects to the Group's valued behaviours and introduces additional areas such as data ethics. The Committee recommended the Code to the Board for endorsement.
- Politically Exposed Persons (PEP): In light of external events, received and discussed a paper setting out an overview of the Group's approach to managing PEP risk.
- FCA Consumer Duty: Received updates on Standard Chartered Bank's implementation plans and oversight for compliance with the FCA Consumer Duty. Particular focus was placed on management information, client documentation, pricing and processes. This will continue to be an area of focus for 2024.
- Major disputes, significant regulatory and government investigations: Received and discussed updates on major disputes and significant regulatory government investigations facing the Group.
- Technology costs: Reviewed and considered updates from management and EY on work undertaken on capitalised technology costs, including software as a service (SaaS) arrangements.
- Technology controls: Reviewed and considered updates from EY on the results of their testing of privileged user access management controls, noting improvements made by management in this area during 2023.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Activities during the year continued
## Group Statutory Auditor, EY
- Reviewed and discussed the risks identified by EY’s audit planning, as well as EY’s planned audit strategy in response to those risks.
- Satisfied itself that EY has allocated sufficient and suitably experienced resources to address these risks and reviewed the findings from the audit work undertaken.
- Sought and received assurance that no undue pressure has been asserted on the level of audit fees, to ensure that audit work can be conducted effectively and independently.
- Conducted an annual performance and effectiveness review of EY. Input was received from Committee members, chairs of subsidiary audit committees, the Group Management Team, regional/country chief financial officers, members of the Group Finance Leadership Team and GIA senior leadership. The results of this input were discussed by the Committee. Overall, it was felt that EY is considered to be effective, objective and independent in its role as the Group’s Statutory Auditor. The Committee agreed to propose to the Board that the re-appointment of EY as the Group’s Statutory Auditor for a further year be recommended to shareholders at the 2024 AGM. This recommendation was made without any influence from a third party and free from any contractual obligation to do so, including for the avoidance of doubt, any contractual term described in Article 16(6) of the Audit Regulation.
- Reviewed and discussed EY’s audit planning report and any updates, audit results reports and interim review reports.
- Received and discussed a paper setting out EY’s control themes and observations from the 31 December 2023 year-end audit, as well as an update on these matters later in the year.
- Reviewed and discussed EY’s approach to the private Written Auditor Report to the PRA for the year ended 31 December 2023. Updates from management were also provided.
- Received reports from EY and management regarding EY’s FCA Client Assets (CASS) audit of Standard Chartered Bank.
The Committee met privately with EY at the end of certain Committee meetings, without management being present.
Phil Rivett met regularly with the EY partners leading the Group’s audit during the course of the year.
The Company complies with the Statutory Audit services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Process and Audit Committee responsibilities) Order 2014, which relates to the frequency and governance of tenders for the appointment of the external auditor. As a UK public interest entity, the Group is required to tender the audit every 10 years and rotate the auditor every 20 years. As long as the Committee remains satisfied with EY’s performance, the Group has no current intention of tendering for an alternative external auditor to commence before the end of the current required 10 year period. Any tender would be in respect of 2030 onwards and would likely occur in 2027, in order to allow sufficient time to plan for a transition.
EY has been the Group’s Statutory Auditor for four years. In accordance with the Audit Practices Board’s requirements, the lead audit engagement partner will have held the role for five years following the completion of the audit for the year-ending 31 December 2025. The lead engagement partner, David Canning-Jones, has a background of auditing banks and understands the markets in which the Group operates. Following completion of the audit for the year-ending 31 December 2024, Micha Missakian, an EY senior audit partner who is also experienced in auditing global banking institutions, will assume the role of the lead audit engagement partner.
Following the 2017 audit tender, EY was appointed as the Group’s Statutory Auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2020. EY has been re-appointed as the Group’s Statutory Auditor for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 at the 2023 AGM.
## Non-audit services
- In 2023, the Group spent $14.1 million on non-audit services provided by EY (including audit-related assurance services such as quarterly and half year reviews and regulatory reporting) and $41.2 million on the audit of the Group and its subsidiaries.
- Further details on non-audit services provided by EY can be found in Note 3B on page 462 and the Group’s approach to non-audit services on page 228
## Internal controls
- Discussed reports from GIA that provide GIA’s view on the system of internal controls across all risk types, business and country functions, including summary highlights of the most significant matters identified by GIA and areas of thematic interest that have arisen as part of the audits and warrant the Committee’s attention. On a periodic basis, GIA reports on any overdue remediation of findings. The BRC and the CSC discussed separate reports from the Group Head, Internal Audit on GIA’s appraisal of controls across key risks, subject to each committee’s oversight.
- Further details on internal controls can be found on page 222
## Group Internal Audit
- Assessed the role and effectiveness of the GIA function, and reviewed and monitored GIA’s progress against the 2023 Audit Plan and the review and monitoring of audit themes, trends and significant issues. Significant changes to the Audit Plan were also discussed and approved by the Committee.
- Reviewed and approved GIA’s 2024 Audit Plan, resourcing and budget, and is satisfied that these are appropriate.
- Reviewed and approved the refreshed GIA Charter.
- Received and discussed reports from the Global Head, Audit Quality Assurance (QA) on the QA function’s view of the control environment in GIA.
- Scrutinised any long overdue issues raised by GIA and requested management to develop risk reduction plans for items with long closure periods to be monitored by GIA.
- Reviewed GIA’s functional strategy, including GIA’s mission, vision and priorities. The Committee is satisfied with the independence and objectivity of the GIA function.
- Received an update on the planned External Quality Assurance Review that will take place in 2024.
- Over the course of the year, Phil Rivett met regularly with the Group Head, Internal Audit and the Audit Executive Team. The Group Head, Internal Audit also met privately with the Committee.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
167
# Activities during the year continued
| Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance | In 2023, the Committee was updated on and discussed: • regulators' supervisory focus areas, regulatory updates and forward-looking themes, the status of the Group's core college regulatory relationships and enforcement matters • topical compliance issues, for example, the Committee was updated on transaction reporting and the use of unapproved communication channels, recognising progress made to date and issues faced by the Group • the importance of continuing to strengthen the effectiveness in our overall risk management • the function's operating model, including an overview of the CFCC budget and organisational changes to simplify the function • CFCC's resources and budget to deliver against its mandate, including the use of automation. Phil Rivett met regularly throughout the year with the Group Head, CFCC. |
| --- | --- |
| Speaking Up | The Committee reviewed and discussed an annual report on the operation and effectiveness of Speaking Up, the Group's confidential whistleblowing programme. The report provided the Committee with assurance of the Group's ongoing compliance with the PRA and the FCA's Whistleblowing Rules. Once reviewed and discussed by the Committee, this report was submitted to the Board. In 2023, the Committee Chair received updates on Speaking Up outside of formal Committee meetings and regularly met with senior management from Conduct and Compliance. → Further details on Speaking Up can be found on page 131 |
| Interaction with regulators | Phil Rivett attended a trilateral meeting with EY and the PRA and also met with the PRA in his capacity as Audit Committee Chair. |
| Linkages with subsidiary audit committees | In 2023, Phil Rivett attended an audit committee meeting of SCBSL. The audit committee chairs of SCBHK and SCBSL attended one Standard Chartered PLC Audit Committee meeting. This practice will continue in 2024 to reinforce these important linkages. Phil Rivett hosted an annual video-conference with the chairs of subsidiary audit committees and INEDs in May 2023. Please refer to page 160 on linkages between the Committee and chairs of subsidiary audit committees. |
# Progress against the 2023 Action Plan
The 2023 Action Plan set out a number of actions from the externally facilitated Committee evaluation conducted in 2022. The 2023 Action Plan was reviewed during the year and good process had been made against the actions, with all of them being completed.
# Committee effectiveness review
During 2023, the Group Company Secretary facilitated an internal Board and Board committee effectiveness review.
| | Key observations from the 2023 internal effectiveness review | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | The feedback on the Committee's functioning and effectiveness was positive and specifically highlighted the following: • The Committee's oversight and understanding of all the key issues under its remit was rated highly, with focused agendas and productive discussions. • While there were no identified gaps in the technical skills of Committee members, there is a need to monitor the Committee's composition to ensure that sufficient experience in banking, accounting and financial reporting remain in the Committee as Committee members step down. 2024 Action Plan The 2024 Action Plan for the Committee reflects suggestions from the evaluation and continues to build on the solid progress made last year: • Maintain focus on enhanced internal controls to meeting forthcoming legislative and corporate governance requirements. | The contributions from EY and GIA were well rated. A suggestion was made for more engagement with members of the GIA function, in addition to the Group Head, Internal Audit. • Continue to monitor the length, focus and timeliness of papers. • Schedule training sessions in 2024 to cover topics such as ECL, internal controls and an optimum control environment. |
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Board Risk Committee
"In an ever-changing and complex geopolitical and macroeconomic environment, the Committee remained focused to ensure efficient and effective risk management across the Group."
Committee composition
| Maria Ramos (Chief) | David Conner | Guy Tracy Evans, CRE | Phil Finett | David Tong | Carmen Tong | Shank Apte | Robin Cooper, FBC |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 | 6/6 |
| Ad hoc | | | | | | | |
| 5/5 | 5/5 | 5/5 | 5/5 | 5/5 | 5/5 | 5/5 | 4/5 |
1 Robin was unable to attend one ad hoc meeting due to a prior business commitment
I am pleased to present the Board Risk Committee's report for the year ended 31 December 2023.
In an ever-changing and complex geopolitical and macroeconomic environment, the Committee remained focused to ensure efficient and effective risk management across the Group.
Market volatility earlier in the year, resulting from the challenging external environment, prompted the Committee to focus on key macroeconomic issues. In particular, a severe liquidity stress test was performed, in light of banking sector events, and the Committee also reviewed and challenged the Group's Annual Cyclical Scenario (ACS) stress test results for submission to the Bank of England (BoE).
Credit Risk has been reviewed and discussed at most Committee meetings, given the uncertain external environment, with China CRE and global CRE being key areas of focus. Sovereign Risk remained a priority, with global trends throughout the year being closely monitored.
The Group's hedging strategies were robustly challenged, with specific deep dives on Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book, Foreign Exchange, Treasury Portfolios and Financial Markets.
The Committee is aware of its critical role in overseeing and assessing robust ICS defence strategies. A key focus of 2023 was ICS Risk management, with representation from the three lines of defence and our Cyber Advisor to the Board, Sir Iain Lobban. In particular, we scrutinised the Group's ICS Risk Appetite and Strategic Plan. The Committee has dedicated significant time to ICS Risk this year, including scheduling an ad hoc meeting and completing ICS training. ICS Risk will remain a key priority given the evolving and dynamic landscape in which we operate.
The Committee has had oversight of Operational Risk during the year, with particular focus on the Group's data centre migration programme.
Resolvability was discussed regularly throughout the year, and we reviewed and approved the Group's Resolvability Assessment Report, ahead of submission to the PRA in October 2023. Assurance was
# What are the main responsibilities of the Committee?
The Committee is responsible for exercising oversight, on behalf of the Board, of the key risks of the Group. It reviews the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and makes recommendations to the Board. Its responsibilities also include reviewing the appropriateness and effectiveness of the Group's risk management systems, key controls and considering the implications of material regulatory change proposals, reviewing reports on principal risks, including Climate Risk, to the Group's business, providing oversight and challenge to the design and execution of stress testing, and ensuring effective due diligence on material acquisitions and disposals. The Committee Chair reports to the Board on the Committee's key areas of focus following each meeting.
The Committee has written Terms of Reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
# Who else attended Committee meetings in 2023?
The Group Chairman; Group Chief Executive; Group Chief Financial Officer; Group Chief Financial Officer Designate (from 2 September); Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO); Group Head of Enterprise Risk Management; Group General Counsel; Group Treasurer; Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime & Compliance; Group Head, Internal Audit; the Group's Statutory Auditor; and the Group Company Secretary.
Sir Iain Lobban, independent adviser to the Board, regularly attended discussions on Information and Cyber Security Risk and technology. Paul Khoo, an independent adviser to the Board, attended discussions on Financial Crime Risk (FCR) related matters. EY attended all Committee meetings in 2023. As part of, and in addition to scheduled Committee meetings, the Committee held private members-only meetings. The Committee's membership comprises INEDs who have a deep and broad experience of banking and the risk factors affecting the Group, including geopolitical, economic, IT, Financial Crime (FC) and general business risks.
Biographical details of the Committee members can be viewed on pages 137 to 141
taken from the extensive work performed by the second and third lines of defence to review and challenge Resolvability documentation prepared by the first line.
Operational Resilience remained a key topic in 2023, with the Committee challenging the embedding of Important Business Services (IBS) and Impact Tolerance Statements (ITS) within the Group. The Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval the Group's Operational Resilience Self-Assessment. Furthermore, we considered and approved material changes to the Group's IBS and ITS arising from the annual review, in accordance with authority delegated by the Board. Progress to meet the 2025 regulatory deadline continues to be carefully monitored to ensure compliance.
Financial Crime Risk has been a key feature of the Committee's work during the year. The CCIB and CPBB Risk reviews both covered FCR matters, and we received dedicated papers on client due diligence and surveillance and Russian sanctions. Towards the end of the year, we considered emerging FC threats faced by the Group and risk mitigation; and we reviewed and discussed the coverage of FCR by the Committee, Audit Committee and the Board, to ensure that the balance is appropriate. This discussion provided useful suggestions for enhancement, which will be taken forward in 2024.
In December 2023, we welcomed the board risk committee chairs from the Group's Hong Kong and Singapore banking subsidiaries as observers. I hosted a call with subsidiary board risk committee chairs from across the Group in July 2023, designed to strengthen subsidiary governance linkages and engagement.
The following pages provide insight and context into the Committee's work and activities during the year.
Maria Ramos
Chair of the Board Risk Committee
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
169
| Activities during the year | |
| --- | --- |
| Risk Appetite | • Reviewed, challenged and approved at half year changes to the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and Board metrics. • Scrutinised and recommended to the Board for approval the revised ICS Risk Appetite Statement and Board metrics. • Reviewed and recommended to the Board revisions to the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and Board metrics for 2024. Challenge was provided to ensure that the Risk Appetite sets appropriate boundaries in respect of each Principal Risk Type and is affordable within the overall context of our financial resources. Specific consideration was given to redistribution of metrics between the Board and management-level, as well as appropriate Board oversight and reporting, including any breaches. • Monitored actual exposures throughout the year relative to Risk Appetite limits using regular Board Risk Information reports. Further details of the Group's Risk Appetite are set out on pages 314 to 316 |
| Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) | • Reviewed proposed material changes to the ERMF, arising from the 2023 annual review, including a refreshed definition of the Risk Culture and recommended these changes to the Board for approval. • Considered the approach and key outcomes of the 2023 annual effectiveness of the ERMF. Affirmation was received from the GCRO that the Group's risk management and internal control framework is materially effective and improvement areas were highlighted for management attention. Further details of the ERMF are set out on pages 314 to 316 |
| Principal Risk Types | • Received reports on the Group's Principal Risk Types at each of its scheduled meetings, through a Board Risk Information report. In addition, the Committee had deeper discussions on the topics set out on page 172. Further details on Principal Risk Types, including the definitions of each, are set out on pages 317 to 337 |
| Key area | Action taken |
| Operational and Technology Risk | • Received regular updates on the risk environment including progress of key change and technology programmes. • Discussed independent reports on Cash Payments systems and Client Lifecycle Management in CCIB, particularly the progress to address the recommendations provided. • Considered the Group's ISO 20022 readiness ahead of launch and the technological developments required. • Received updates on the progress of key technology transformation programmes, particularly data centre resilience and updates to the Group's Cloud strategy, from all three lines of defence. • Sought assurance as to appropriate risk management of the key programmes. |
| Model Risk | • Reviewed and discussed the key risks and issues relating to Model Risk management. • Provided review and challenge on the Group Model Risk Appetite. • Considered the progress of the programme for Advanced Internal Ratings Based model delivery. • Received updates on the Group Model Risk profile, Risk Appetite and the progress of Model Risk strategic initiatives. • Considered the recent PRA requirements relating to Model Risk management for banks (SS1/23), the implications for the Group's model framework and expectations of the Board. |
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Activities during the year continued
| Key area | Action taken |
| --- | --- |
| ICS Risk | • Reviewed and discussed ICS Risk management, with representation from the three lines of defence and our Cyber Adviser to the Board, Sir Iain Lobban. This included oversight of key milestones and topical deep dives. • Challenged management as to its progress on the ICS Transformation Programme and scrutinised the ICS Strategic Plan. • Considered the ICS Risk Appetite in detail. In particular, this included ICS Risk Appetite linkages to the Group's Threat-led Scenario Risk Assessment and calibration between Board and management-level metrics and leading indicators. • Recommended three refreshed ICS Risk Appetite Board-level metrics to the Board for approval. • Received assurance from GIA on the ICS programme and monitored management's progress to address audit actions. • Monitored progress of the Insider Threat Programme and endorsed management's holistic approach. • Committee members were invited to attend meetings of the Group's Cyber Security Advisory Forum, along with the rest of the Board. |
| Treasury Risk | • Received the Group Treasurer's report, at each scheduled meeting, which covers market developments, capital, liquidity, leverage and funding, recovery and resolution planning, regulatory updates and rating agency updates. • Reviewed and discussed papers on Hedging strategies: Interest Rate in the Banking Book, Foreign Exchange and Treasury Portfolios deep dives. • Considered and discussed the Group's capital and liquidity position and the regulatory environment in the context of regulatory submissions. • Reviewed, discussed and challenged the Group's ACS stress test results for submission to the BoE, as well as the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and a severe liquidity stress test in response to external market events. → For further detail on the Committee's work on stress testing see page 171 → The Committee's work on Resolvability is set out on page 171 |
| Credit Risk | • Received and discussed updates on Credit Risk, with China-related impairments being key areas of focus, cognisant of the work of the Audit Committee. These discussions were further enhanced through deep dives into various countries, sovereigns, and business/client segments, details of which are set out in examples of deeper discussions on specific topics. |
| Traded Risk | • Received and discussed papers on developments and changes in the risk profile of Treasury and Financial Markets over the past year. The size and volatility of the Treasury book was reviewed, as well as the quality and resilience of the Financial Markets business. • Discussed management's work to de-risk the Treasury Markets portfolio and the review of the Treasury Market Risk Appetite. • Requested a deep dive on changes to the Financial Markets Fair Value portfolios. |
| Financial Crime Risk | • Reviewed FCR matters as part of regular CCIB and CPBB Risk reviews. • Discussed a paper on the Group's approach to managing FCR, including client due diligence and surveillance, as well as a Russian sanctions update. • Considered a paper setting out emerging FCR threats and the Group's risk mitigation. • Reviewed and discussed the coverage of FCR by the Committee, Audit Committee and the Board, whereby enhancements for 2024 were discussed. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
171
# Activities during the year continued
## Stress Testing
- Provided oversight, challenge and, where required, approval for:
- the Group Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) submission, including the scenario and stress test results
- the Group ICAAP submissions, including the scenarios, stress test and reverse stress test results
- the Group's ACS Stress Test results submission to the BoE
- results of the Group Recovery Plan stress test
- results of management's ad hoc stress tests.
- Considered the results of a severe liquidity stress test ran in early 2023, due to considerable banking sector market volatility, with the particular objective of testing the speed with which the Group could execute management actions to mitigate the outflows.
- Reviewed, discussed and challenged the outcome and key findings of the liquidity stress test, particularly management's assumptions and the quality of management information.
→ Further details of stress testing are set out on pages 314 to 316
## Regulatory
### Resolvability
- Received regular updates from the three lines of defence which provided the Committee with oversight of the Group's progress on resolvability since its first regulatory submission in 2022, with learnings from the external market events in early 2023 particularly considered.
- Welcomed management's active dialogue with the BoE on the Group's 2023 submission.
- Approved the final Group Resolvability Assessment Report for submission to the BoE and PRA, in accordance with delegated authority from the Board.
### Recovery Plan
- Reviewed and challenged the enhancements to the Group's Recovery Plan.
### Trading Book Wind-Down
- Reviewed and discussed the Trading Book Wind-Down (TWD) programme.
- Attended a training session ahead of discussing and probing the expertise and resource capacity for the TWD programme.
- Approved TWD Governance roles and responsibilities for submission to the PRA.
### Operational Resilience – IBS and ITS
- Reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval the Group's Operational Resilience self-assessment.
- Considered and approved material changes to the Group's IBS and ITS, arising from an annual review, in line with authority delegated by the Board.
- Challenged the embedding of the IBS and ITS in the Group's day-to-day processes.
### IBOR transition
- Received updates on the IBOR transition programme tracking remediation closely ahead of the LIBOR cessation in September 2023, noting the transition of the programme into business as usual at the end of 2023.
### BCBS 239 principles
- Received and discussed an update on the outcome of the BCBS 239 self-assessment as of end 2022 and the roadmap for compliance with BCBS 239.
- Received an update on the trajectory of the BCBS 239 programme at year end 2023, including the progress made and challenges faced.
## Internal controls
- Discussed reports from the Group Head, Internal Audit which provided summaries of GIA's appraisals of controls across key risks, subject to the Committee's oversight, together with the key risk issues identified by GIA's work and management actions put in place to address the findings.
- Reviewed the annual Risk and Control self-assessment and challenged the key areas of elevated residual risk.
→ Further details on internal controls are set out on page 222
## Remuneration as a risk management tool
- Considered advice provided by the GCRO to the Remuneration Committee concerning the risk factors to be taken into account by the Remuneration Committee in determining incentives for the Group Chief Executive and other colleagues. Such advice assists the Remuneration Committee in its assessment as to whether the Group's remuneration policy, practices and procedures are consistent with and promote sound and effective risk management, and do not encourage risk-taking that exceeds the level of tolerated risk of the Group.
→ Further details concerning the Group's approach to using remuneration as a risk management tool is set out in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 182 to 216
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
| Activities during the year continued | |
| --- | --- |
| Group regulator communications Examples of deeper discussions into specific topics | • Discussed key communications from the PRA and FCA, where ICS, Resolvability and TWD Governance were the main themes.
• CCIB Risk deep dive: Received and discussed updates on the key risk areas and recent GIA work, with a particular focus on change management and regulatory programmes.
• CPBB Risk review: Received and discussed papers covering the CPBB portfolio and particularly, Credit Cards and Personal Loans, Partnerships, FC and ICS risks.
• Funding and Liquidity review: Considered a paper outlining the Group approach to liquidity and funding risk management and enhancements made in response to bank failures in early 2023.
• Country Risk including Sovereign Risk: Discussed the key Country Risk actions during 2022 and a forward-looking view of the material risks for 2023 and also reviewed the Group's Country Risk Early Warning System.
• Credit Portfolio Management (CPM) annual review: Reviewed and discussed the risks relating to CPM activities and the progress made in balance sheet optimisation, better funds transfer pricing and more accurate capital and liquidity forecasting.
• Reputational and Sustainability Risk: Discussed a paper setting out the Group's approach to Environmental, Social and Governance risk and key enhancements planned, as well as the challenges relating to regulatory change and data.
• Climate Risk: Discussed a paper on Climate Risk integration and scenario analysis, probing into the embedding of Climate Risk in the Group's three lines of defence. Received training, along with other members of the Board, on Climate Risk in November 2023. Cognisant of the UK regulator's focus on Climate Risk, this will remain a key priority in 2024.
• Safety and Security Risk: Received an update on safety and security issues over the past 12 months.
• Credit Risk review: Reviewed progress reports including the key themes from the 2023 reviews and the review plan for 2024. Discussion focused on large exposures, resourcing and scope of Climate Risk assessments and stress testing.
• Chief Risk Officer Treasury report: Reviewed the second line view of Treasury Risk including risk observations and recommendations around the current balance sheet and management of capital and liquidity.
• SC Ventures Risk and Governance: Discussed an update on the key business risks, the governance model adopted in the past year and outcomes of, and work to address recent GIA work.
• Blue Sky Thinking/Horizon Scanning: Jointly held a horizon scanning session with the Audit Committee on the forward-looking geopolitical agenda, where emerging risks were discussed. Further details on the Blue Sky Thinking session on geopolitical risks are set out on page 146. |
# Progress against the 2023 Action Plan
The 2023 Action Plan set out a number of actions from the externally facilitated Committee evaluation conducted in 2022. The 2023 Action Plan was reviewed during the year and good process had been made against the actions, with them all being completed.
# Committee effectiveness review
During 2023, the Group Company Secretary facilitated an internal Board and Board committee effectiveness review.
| | ## Key observations from the 2023 internal effectiveness review | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | The feedback on the Committee's functioning and effectiveness was positive and specifically highlighted the following: • Work had been done to make Committee papers more focused and succinct. | • The Committee, in conjunction with the Audit Committee, had placed appropriate and balanced focus on the oversight of FCR, following the retirement of the Board Financial Crime Committee in April 2022. However, this is an important topic which will remain on the agenda. • The contributions by the GCRO and the Risk function were well rated. |
| | ## 2024 Action Plan | |
| | The 2024 Action Plan for the Committee reflects suggestions from the evaluation and continues to build on the solid progress made last year: • Continue to monitor the length, focus and timeliness of papers, with consideration to be given as to how peer analysis can be included in relevant Committee papers. | • Schedule a joint BRC and Audit Committee session in Q4 2024 to cover FCR. • Schedule training sessions in 2024 to cover topics such as PRA model requirements, ICS and future developments, FCR trends and Climate Risk. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
173
# Risk information provided to the Committee
The Committee is authorised to seek any information that it requires in connection with its purpose consistent with the requirements of BCBS 239 (a set of principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting to enable enhanced risk management and decision-making) that will allow the Committee to fulfil its governance mandate relating to risks to which the Group is exposed, and alert senior management when risk reports do not meet its requirements. The Committee will receive an update on the level of compliance with the requirements of BCBS 239 (as at 31 December 2023), once the outcome of the self-assessment is available on 29 February 2024.
The Committee receives regular reports on risk management and tracks a wide range of risk metrics through a Board Risk Information report. This report provides an overview of the Group's risk profile against the Group's Risk Appetite Statement. The GCRO's report covers the macroeconomic environment, geopolitical outlook, material events and disclosures and ongoing risks. Coverage of Principal Risk Types and regulatory matters are also included in this report. Regular updates on Country Risk and geopolitical tensions have been reported on and discussed throughout the year.
# Risk management disclosures
The Committee has reviewed the risk disclosures in the Annual Report and the Half Year Report, and has also reviewed the disclosures regarding the work of the Committee.
# Interaction with the Group Chief Risk Officer
The Committee Chair meets individually with the GCRO regularly in between formal Committee meetings. These meetings allow open discussion of any matters relating to issues arising from the Committee's formal discussions and inform the forward-looking agenda.
# Interaction with management
The Committee is mindful of the need to hold management directly accountable when issues have arisen and have been reported by the GCRO. Senior management has attended Committee meetings for deeper discussions in such instances. The Committee Chair also meets individually with senior leaders of the Risk function.
# Interaction with regulators
Maria Ramos attended meetings with the PRA and the BoE over the course of 2023 and in early 2024.
# Interaction between Board committees on risk-related issues
In the few instances where it does not have primary oversight for a given type of risk, the Committee interacts closely with other Board committees where the remit of these other Committees clearly covers risk-related matters. For example, the Audit Committee reviews the Group's internal financial controls and has oversight of regulatory compliance and the Culture and Sustainability Committee has oversight of culture and sustainability-related matters. The interaction assists the Committee in ensuring that it is well informed on discussions held, and the close collaboration of the Committee Chairs helps to ensure that there are no gaps and any potential for unnecessary duplication is avoided.
# Risk function resourcing
The Committee has sought and received assurance that the Risk function is adequately resourced to perform its remit effectively. The Committee reviewed and discussed a paper setting out an overview of the changes to the Risk function in 2023, management's assessment of the adequacy of people resources within the function and the forward-looking view of the Risk function.
# Linkages with subsidiary board risk committees
In 2023, Maria Ramos attended a risk committee meeting of SCBHK. The risk committee chairs of SCBHK and SCBSL attended one Board Risk Committee meeting. This practice will continue in 2024 to reinforce these important linkages.
Maria Ramos hosted an annual video-conference with the chairs of subsidiary board risk committees and INEDs in July 2023.
Please refer to page 160 on linkages between the Committee and chairs of subsidiary board risk committees.
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Culture and Sustainability Committee
"The Group's Stands are particularly important as they represent not only for what the Group stands but also how we can deliver concrete impact over a multi-year time horizon."
Committee composition
1 Jasmine stepped down from the Committee on 3 May 2023
# What are the main responsibilities of the Committee?
The Committee was formed by the Board to oversee the Group's culture and sustainability priorities.
+ The Committee has written Terms of Reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
# Who else attended Committee meetings in 2023?
The Group Chairman; Group Chief Executive; Group Head, Human Resources; Group Head Corporate Affairs, Brand & Marketing; Chief Sustainability Officer, Group General Counsel and Group Company Secretary.
+ Biographical details of Committee members can be found on pages 137 to 141
I am delighted to present my first Culture and Sustainability Committee report, and I extend my thanks to Jasmine Whitbread for her skilful stewardship of the Committee over the past seven years. I have reviewed the operation and scope of the Committee, including how it enhances the scrutiny of the Board in key areas, how it interacts with the Board and other committees, and how it discharges its responsibilities. Building on a strong foundation, the Committee has been refocused on the development of our Sustainability, Climate and Culture initiatives and the Stands.
Sustainability is a strategic priority for the Group, helping people to thrive long term. Following the Board's approval of our refreshed Sustainability Strategy, the Committee has been overseeing the implementation of this plan, which includes delivering on our net zero commitments, scaling up Sustainable Finance, leveraging our Innovation Hubs to drive ecosystem development and future income, and further embedding sustainability across the Group. At every meeting, the Committee has been monitoring the fast-moving global sustainability landscape to ensure the Group continues to strengthen its support for clients on their transition journeys.
The Committee has overseen the rationalisation of the Group's approach to sustainability, underpinned by both long-term goals – our Sustainability Aspirations – and short-term targets and priorities – our Strategic Pillars. These objectives are explicitly linked to performance metrics, to assist the Group in narrowing its focus to deliver greater relevance and impact for our stakeholders.
Last year, Jasmine spoke about the work that was in progress to enhance our Board workforce engagement programme. I'm pleased to report that the Board has revamped its approach and it is being monitored by the Committee. Under this framework, all INEDs will participate in engagement sessions with targeted groups of colleagues as part of our programme of Board visits and in our London headquarters. These sessions will provide directors with a better sense of our colleagues' challenges, successes and concerns, and add to the information received from employee surveys and other engagements.
The Group's Stands are particularly important as they represent not only for what the Group stands but also how we can deliver concrete impact over a multi-year time horizon. During the year, the Committee
received a progress update on how the Stands were being 'lived' in practice and the ongoing initiatives framed around three key areas: financial inclusion through lifting participation, initiatives in supporting SMEs, and the contributions of ESG Products/Sustainable Finance. The Committee is also overseeing a review of the metrics underpinning each of the Stands to ensure that we can measure progress and look to incorporate relevant aspects within our annual and longer-term remuneration incentives.
This year, the Committee endorsed phase 2 of Futuremakers – the Group's global initiative to tackle inequality and promote economic inclusion. The Committee applauded the achievement of phase 1 which raised USD93.3 million from 2019 to 2023 and reached more than 2.1 million young people across 43 countries to empower the next generation to learn, earn and grow. Building on the successes of phase 1, we have refined our focus to create greater impact in our communities in the next seven years (2024 to 2030). With a select group of value-adding programme partners, we will lift the economic participation of disadvantaged young women and micro businesses.
The Group's culture of excellence has been defined as 'a one Bank culture of ambition, action and accountability that puts our clients at the heart of all we do'. The Committee has been overseeing the ongoing work to deliver on this aspiration, and it is pleasing to see the effect of this with the most recent My Voice survey showing that the employee experience is improving across the Group.
Focus on diversity and inclusion (D&I) initiatives continued, and the Committee was supportive of the attention and focus on 'inclusion sentiment', measured through an index of eight indicators in the My Voice survey. The Committee has overseen the Group's progress on advancing its D&I maturity and performance culture.
The following report provides further insight into the Committee's work over the year.
# Dr Linda Yueh
Chair of the Culture and Sustainability Committee
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
175
# Activities during the year
## Sustainability and ESG
- Continued to review and challenge the Group's progress on the net zero pledge made at the 2021 AGM, tracking the Group's progress in the ever-evolving landscape.
- Oversaw the Group's Sustainability Strategy, receiving progress updates from the Group Chief Sustainability Officer.
- Monitored the assessment of the Group's performance by the various external ratings agencies on its approach to ESG matters, focusing on the agencies that the Group's investors prioritise.
- Oversaw the rationalisation of the Sustainability Aspirations into a framework of four high-level overarching Aspirations: scale sustainable finance, drive social impact through our business and communities, uplift and deliver on net zero commitments, and enhance and deepen leadership within the sustainability ecosystem. These four overarching Aspirations will remain constant with the metrics underpinning them being periodically reviewed and amended.
- Discussed and endorsed the revised Global Community Engagement Strategy, phase 2 of Futuremakers by Standard Chartered, following achievement of the ambition set out in phase 1.
## Stands (Accelerating Zero, Lifting Participation and Resetting Globalisation)
- Received an update on how CPBB was embedding the immediate and longer-term aspects of its work on the Stands into its business strategy.
- Continued to monitor the Accelerating Zero Stand through the work outlined in the Sustainability section above, including overseeing the net zero pathway and the rationalisation of the sustainability Aspirations.
- Reviewed and discussed the year-end assessment on the achievement of the Stands.
- Under the revised terms of reference, a progress update on one of the Stands will be presented to each meeting and a written update will be provided on the other two. The Committee will also review and challenge the annual Stands assessment and make recommendations to the Remuneration Committee.
## Culture and Diversity and Inclusion (D&I)
- Received an update on the Group's culture work which had been completed in 2023 and the areas of focus for the remainder of the year and into 2024.
- Monitored progress against the D&I strategy and discussed the Group's approach to inclusion against an evolving employee advocacy landscape.
- Received an update from Group Internal Audit on its activities and opinions with respect to culture and sustainability.
## Board workforce engagement and workforce policies and practices
The Committee has responsibility for overseeing the Board's workforce engagement programme and ensuring workforce policies and practices remain consistent with the Group's valued behaviours.
During the year, the Committee has overseen the following activity:
- Received the annual employee engagement survey (My Voice) and probed the results to understand what was driving the scores and challenged the team on areas for improvement.
- Reviewed the existing framework for Board workforce engagement and launched a new enhanced model at the end of the year. Under the new model, informal listening sessions will be included in the programme for every overseas visit, and in our London headquarters, with an expectation that all INEDs will participate in at least one session annually. These are in addition to the channels that are currently in place for the Board to understand the views of the workforce, including management reporting to the Board on culture, the My Voice survey, and other people-related topics presented to the Committee.
- Informal lunches hosted by the Board, with UK Talent in September and Seoul Talent in November, provided an opportunity for the Board to hear directly from employees on how the Bank's direction and strategy was lived and embedded in different parts of the Bank.
→ More information on listening to our employees can be found on page 60
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Progress against the 2023 Action Plan
The 2023 Action Plan set out a number of actions from the externally facilitated Committee evaluation conducted in 2022. The 2023 Action Plan was reviewed during the year and good process had been made against the actions, with all of them being completed.
# Committee performance review
During 2023, an internal Board and Committee performance review was facilitated by the Group Company Secretary.
# Key observations from the 2023 internal effectiveness review
The feedback on the Committee's functioning and effectiveness was positive and specifically highlighted the following:
- The review of the Committee's responsibilities had been completed during the year, including strengthening the links between the Committee and the Board and its other committees.
- There were no identified gaps in the technical skills of the Committee, but consideration is being given to continuing to enhance the Committee with expertise in technology, employee engagement and climate.
- Committee papers were rated as high quality and could be further improved by clearly stating the action required by the Committee.
# 2024 Action Plan
The 2024 Action Plan for the Committee reflects suggestions from the evaluation and continues to build on the solid progress made last year:
- Monitor the refocus of the Committee to ensure that the Committee's mandate is clear, that papers clearly set out their purpose, and that the links between the Committee and the Board and other Board committees continue to be strengthened.
- Monitor and reduce the overlap with the Board, other Board committees and Management, with particular focus placed on the alignment between the Committee and the Remuneration Committee in relation to the Stands.
- Arrange further training on net zero, ESG and sustainability/climate.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Governance and Nomination Committee
"This year, the Committee has been focused on the recruitment of high-quality candidates with a diversity of skills and backgrounds including technology, sustainability, consumer focus and improving gender diversity and representation."
Committee composition
1 Linda joined the Committee on 3 May 2023
2 Jasmine stepped down from the Committee on 3 May 2023
The year started with a number of changes to the Board's composition. We welcomed Linda Yueh to the Board as an INED on 1 January 2023, Christine Hodgson retired on 31 January 2023 after nine years on the Board, and Jasmine Whitbread retired after eight years, at the Annual General Meeting. Following Jasmine's retirement, Linda was appointed Chair of the Culture and Sustainability Committee and a member of the Governance and Nomination Committee. This year, we are sorry to say goodbye to Gay Huey Evans and Carlson Tong. As announced on 16 February 2024, Gay will step down from the Board with effect from 29 February 2024. Carlson will step down on 9 May 2024, ahead of the AGM. We thank Gay for her dedication and significant contribution, particularly as chair of the Board Financial Crime Risk Committee, and Carlson for his dedication and contribution as a member of the Audit and Board Risk Committees. We also thank Paul Khoo, who steps down this year as Financial Crime Advisor to the Board. Paul's wise counsel has been invaluable in our financial crime compliance journey over the past nine years.
After nine years as GCFO, Andy Halford decided to retire from the Group. The Committee spent considerable time overseeing the search for his replacement. A robust search and assessment process was undertaken, both internally, through the succession plans which were in place, and mapped externally, in conjunction with executive search firm Russell Reynolds. A number of exceptional candidates were identified, both internal and external, and Committee members met with a range of shortlisted candidates, of which Diego De Giorgi emerged as the preferred successor. The Committee was impressed by Diego's profound commercial acumen and strong business experience, including deep investor and entrepreneurial experience, which he has developed over more than three decades in the global financial services sector. Diego joined the Group in September 2023 as GCFO Designate and began a comprehensive induction into the Group. After receiving regulatory approval he was appointed to the Board as GCFO in January 2024. Andy will remain with the Group as a senior adviser until the end of August 2024.
On 16 February 2024 we announced that we are welcoming Diane Jurgens to the Board from 1 March 2024. Diane is a highly experienced and respected technologist who will bring significant technology and transformation expertise and insight to the Board having operated across a variety of sectors and the Group's key markets.
The Committee spends a great deal of its time considering INED succession planning and the wider composition of the Board, ensuring that the Board has, and will continue to have, the necessary mix of skills, knowledge, expertise and diversity, in the broadest sense, to
## What are the main responsibilities of the Committee?
The Committee has responsibility for assisting and advising the Board in relation to the composition of, and appointments to, the Company's Board and its committees, and the development of a diverse pipeline for succession.
The Committee is also responsible for considering the impact of material changes to corporate governance regulation and legislation affecting the Group, and has oversight of the Group's approach to subsidiary corporate governance.
The Committee reports to the Board on its key areas of focus following each Committee meeting.
+ The Committee has written Terms of Reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
## Who else attended Committee meetings in 2023?
The Group Chief Executive; Group Head, HR; and Group Company Secretary.
+ Biographical details of the Committee members can be viewed on pages 137 to 141
enable the Group's long-term success. This year, the Committee has been focused on the recruitment of high-quality candidates with a diversity of skills and backgrounds including technology, sustainability, consumer focus, and improving gender diversity and representation. Throughout we remain committed to the importance of maintaining gender diversity on the Board. The Committee also provided oversight of the detailed executive and senior management succession plans.
While, as a result of the departure of Christine and Jasmine, we were disappointed to end the year just below both our own gender diversity target of at least 40 per cent female representation and that set out in the UK Listing Rules, following the composition changes to the Board announced on 16 February 2024, by the 2024 AGM female representation on the Board will be 42 per cent.
As part of the Committee's governance oversight role, it considered proposals from the FRC and the UK Government for ACG reforms. The new UK Code was published in January 2024. The Committee will consider the changes to the UK Code as part of its Committee agenda in 2024, ahead of the UK Code 2024 becoming applicable to the Company in 2025, and additional internal control reporting provisions becoming applicable the following year. It also received updates from the three regional CEOs who each have responsibility for the subsidiary governance processes across their regions and provide a holistic view of the governance framework and challenges faced across the Group's footprint.
The Committee reviewed the progress of our induction programme for Linda Yueh, Robin Lawther and Jackie Hunt, and found that the programme had been well received and that good progress had been made. The Committee also paid significant attention to enhancing the effectiveness of the Board and its committees. In the autumn of 2023, a Board effectiveness review was undertaken, internally facilitated by the Group Company Secretary, which concluded that the Board continues to operate effectively while also signalling several areas for improvement, details of which can be found on page 155.
## Dr José Viñals
Chair of the Governance and Nomination Committee
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Board composition as at 31 December 2023
In compliance with the UK Listing Rule 9.8.6(10), we report on the ethnic background and gender of directors on our Board and senior management in this section.
## Gender and ethnic diversity
Board gender diversity
Female
5
Male
8
Number of senior of positions (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)
Female
1
Male
3
Board ethnic diversity
White
9
Ethnic minority background
4
## Experience
### International experience
### Representation from our markets
### Banking, risk, finance and accounting experience among INEDs and Chair
### INED tenure (including Chair)
## Gender diversity – Board members, senior positions and executive management
| | Number of Board members | Percentage of the Board1 (%) | Number of senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair) | Number in executive management | Percentage of executive management1 (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Men | 8 | 61.5 | 3 | 7 | 50.0 |
| Women | 5 | 38.5 | 1 | 7 | 50.0 |
| Not specified/prefer not to say | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
## Ethnic diversity – Board members, senior positions and executive management
| | Number of Board members | Percentage of the Board1 (%) | Number of senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair) | Number in executive management | Percentage of executive management1 (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) | 9 | 69.2 | 4 | 5 | 35.7 |
| Mixed/multiple ethnic groups | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Asian/ Asian British | 4 | 30.8 | 0 | 6 | 42.9 |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 7.1 |
| Other ethnic group, including Arab | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Not specified/prefer not to say | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2 | 14.3 |
1 The figures are presented to 1 decimal place
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
179
| Activities during the year | |
| --- | --- |
| Board and senior talent succession planning | • Engaged Russell Reynolds¹, a signatory to the voluntary code of conduct for executive search firms, to review the market for future INED candidates with capabilities in technology, consumer experience, sustainability and market representation. • Discussed the composition of the Board and considered the orderly succession of current INEDs and the skills, knowledge, experience, diversity (in the widest sense) and attributes required of future INEDs, both immediately and in the medium to longer term. In considering the Board's succession, the Committee takes into account the length of tenure of the INEDs, and the importance of regularly refreshing the Board membership. • Systematically reviewed a number of INED long and short lists throughout the year to identify potential candidates with a diverse range of skills, experience, knowledge and perspectives. • Worked with Russell Reynolds to conduct an external talent mapping and search process for the Group Chief Financial Officer role. Oversaw a thorough assessment and interview process for both external and internal candidates for the role. The process resulted in the Committee recommending to the Board the appointment of Diego De Giorgi. • Maintained oversight of the progress made by Shirish Apte, Robin Lawther, Jackie Hunt and Linda Yueh, against their tailored Board and committee induction programmes. • Provided oversight of the detailed executive and senior management (level below Management Team) succession plans, alongside other critical roles, including the oversight of a process of external market mapping of key management roles. • Reviewed succession plans for the committee chair roles, identifying appropriate individuals with the necessary skills and attributes to provide emergency cover as required, as well as on a longer-term basis, including acknowledging and addressing where gaps exist. As part of this process, the Committee recommended to the Board the appointment of Linda Yueh as Chair of the CSC. |
| Board and committees' effectiveness review | • Provided oversight of the Board and committees' evaluation, and monitored progress against the 2023 Action Plan, which addressed the key observations from the 2022 effectiveness review. • Discussed the observations and recommendations which flowed from the 2023 internally facilitated Board and committees' review and recommended to the Board the 2024 Action Plan. *Details of this year's Board and committees' evaluation, including the process which we followed, observations from the review and the resulting 2024 Action Plan can be found on pages 155 and 156* |
| Board Diversity Policy | • Reviewed progress made in 2023 against the agreed commitments set out in the Board Diversity Policy. • Conducted a review of the Board Diversity Policy to ensure that it continued to drive diversity in its broadest sense, while continuing to take account of best practice, specifically in the area of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, knowledge, personal attributes, skills and experience. No changes were made to the Policy in 2023. • Considered the Company's current and projected compliance against the targets set out in the UK Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTRs) in relation to diversity and inclusion on company boards. *Further details of progress the Board has made against the key objectives set out in the Board Diversity Policy are set out on page 180* |
| Independent advisers | • Recommended to the Board the extension, for a further 12 months, of Sir Iain Lobban's appointment as independent adviser to the Board and its committees on cyber security and cyber threats. |
| Outside interest | • Conducted an annual review of the directors' existing and previously authorised potential and actual situational conflicts of interest and considered whether any circumstances would necessitate the authorisation being revoked or amended. Also noted directors' other directorships and business interests taken during the year in the context of time commitment, overboarding and the PRA limits on directorships as well as other regulatory requirements in this area. |
| Assessment of the non-executive directors' independence | • Considered the independence of each of the non-executive directors, taking into account any circumstances likely to impair, or which could impair, their independence. Noted the thorough process undertaken to assess individual director performance and effectiveness, taking these reviews into account along with tenure and succession plans in making its recommendation to appoint the INEDs for a further year. |
| Subsidiary governance | • Received updates from the three regional CEOs on the Group's approach to subsidiary governance. Received assurance of effective oversight and compliance with the Group's Subsidiary Governance Policy and discussed material regulatory trends, initiatives and considerations likely to impact the current or future governance of the Group's banking subsidiaries; the key actions arising from banking subsidiary board effectiveness reviews; and linkages between banking subsidiaries and the Group. |
| Corporate governance | • Considered the FRC's proposed reforms to the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, the outcome of the FRC's consultation and potential implications on the Group's governance, including on risk management, internal controls and reporting obligations. |
| Terms of Reference | • Conducted a review of the Committee's Terms of Reference during the year, taking into account the responsibilities, obligations and best practice principles it has in the UK and Hong Kong. |
1. Russell Reynolds also provides senior resourcing to the Group. The Company is not aware of any connections between Russell Reynolds and the Company's directors.
## Implementation of the Board Diversity Policy
The Committee conducted its annual review of the Board Diversity Policy (the Policy) in 2023. No changes were made to the Policy.
Although our Board Diversity Policy does not contain specifications or targets for committee membership, the Policy provides for a diverse Board with a wide range of skills and perspectives which its members bring to our Board committees.
---
Directors' report
Corporate governance
# Progress against the Board Diversity Policy objectives, and targets set out in the UK Listing Rules 9.8.6(9)
As the composition of the Board continues to change, the balance of women directors on the Board this year fell slightly compared with last year, with female representation on the Board ending the year at 38 per cent following the departures of Christine Hodgson and Jasmine Whitbread (as at 31 December 2022 it was at 43 per cent). This falls short of both the requirements set out in the Policy and in the Listing Rules. The Board is absolutely committed to ensuring female representation on the Board is at least in line with the target of 40 per cent set out in the Listing Rules and the Policy. Following the composition changes to the Board, announced on 16 February 2024, by the 2024 AGM female representation on the Board will be 42 per cent.
As of 31 December 2023, the senior positions on the Board, as defined by the Listing Rules, are held by one female director and three male directors, in line with the minimum requirement set out in the Listing Rules. More details are set out on page 178.
As of 31 December 2023, directors from an ethnic minority background represented 31 per cent of the Board, above the 30 per cent target set out in our Policy. Of the thirteen directors on our Board, four directors are from an ethnic minority background, above the minimum requirement set out in the Listing Rules. More details are set out on page 178.
Aligned to the Policy's broad ambition, this year we continue to report on the progress made against the seven objectives set out in the table below.
| Board Diversity Policy objectives | Progress |
| --- | --- |
| Increasing the representation of women on the Board with an aim to have a minimum of 40 per cent female representation | Increasing gender representation on the Board remains an important focus of the Board's succession planning process, ensuring that female candidates are fairly represented on long and short lists. The composition of the Board continued to change during the year, with the retirement of two INEDs, Christine Hodgson and Jasmine Whitbread from the Board on 31 January 2023 and 3 May 2023 respectively. Linda Yueh was appointed an INED to the Board on 1 January 2023 and we announced the appointment of Diego De Giorgi as Chief Financial Officer Designate to succeed Andy Halford, with effect from 3 January 2024. Female representation on the Board is currently 38 per cent, below both the Board's target and that set out in the Listing Rules. Following the composition changes to the Board, announced on 16 February 2024, by the 2024 AGM female representation on the Board will be 42 per cent. |
| Adopting an ethnicity aspiration of a minimum of 30 per cent from an ethnic minority background | Following the changes to the composition of the Board during the year, representation from ethnic minority background has increased from 21 per cent in 2022 to 31 per cent at the end of 2023. We remain committed to our ethnicity aspiration and to ensuring a broad representation of our directors from across our markets. |
| Ensuring that our Board reflects the diverse markets in which we operate | What sets Standard Chartered apart is our diversity of people, cultures and networks. The Board has representation from across the regions in which we operate, including the UK, EU, North America, North and South-East Asia and Africa. Many of the INEDs have additional experience of having worked and lived in many of the Group's markets. As part of the Committee's succession planning in 2023, it has considered a significant number of potential future INED candidates who are representative of some of our key regions and markets. |
| Ensuring that the Board is comprised of a good balance of skills, experience, knowledge, perspective and varied backgrounds | Throughout the year the Committee has focused on identifying the collective experience, skills and attributes required both immediately and in the medium to longer term. The Committee has systematically reviewed candidate longlists and shortlists to identify potentially suitable INED candidates. Areas of particular focus in 2023 included: • Expertise from the Technology sector • Global Consumer experience (non-FS) • Former CEO experience • Representation from Group's markets. |
| Ensuring that we consider the Group's aspirations in relation to disability, sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression | We remain committed to all aspects of diversity as we undertake any Board succession process. |
| Only engaging search firms who are signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive Search firms | We continue to only engage search firms signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct. We worked with Russell Reynolds to assist us in identifying and building a pipeline of high-quality potential INED candidates for a number of assignments. Russell Reynolds is signed up to the Voluntary Code and is committed in supporting our ambitions to widen all aspects of diversity on the Board. |
| Reporting annually on the diversity of the executive pipeline as well as the diversity of the Board, including progress being made on reaching the Board's gender and ethnicity aspirations | The Committee takes an active role in reviewing the succession planning for the Executive, Management Team and senior management one level below the Management Team. We continue to improve our reporting of Board and senior talent succession planning as well as reporting on the importance of a diverse Board as a means of capturing differing perspectives and enhancing discussion. Progress enhancing diversity along with the Board's gender and ethnicity aspirations will continue to be developed. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Details of the Board's diverse composition are set out on pages 137 to 141 of this report, and that of the Management Team can be found on pages 142 to 144. Our approach to collecting Board diversity data is set out on page 503.
Details of the Group's wider diversity and inclusion strategy, including gender balance across the Group and targets for ethnic representation, can be found on pages 60 to 63 of this report.
A copy of the full Board Diversity Policy can be viewed at sc.com/boarddiversitypolicy and further details on the Group's approach to Diversity and Inclusion can be viewed at sc.com/diversity-and-inclusion
## Progress against the 2023 Action Plan
The 2023 Action Plan set out a number of actions from the externally facilitated Committee evaluation conducted in 2022. The 2023 Action Plan was reviewed during the year and good process had been made against the actions.
## Committee effectiveness review
During 2023, the Group Company Secretary facilitated an internal Board and Board committee effectiveness review.
## Key observations from the 2023 internal effectiveness review
The feedback on the Committee's functioning and effectiveness was positive and specifically highlighted the following:
- Work had been done to improve the pace of the identification and assessment of candidates.
- The Committee's focus and diligence in identifying skills and experience required on the Board, and oversight of CEO, CFO and INED succession was rated highly.
- The INED induction programmes, including the phased nature of their delivery, were well rated.
## 2024 Action Plan
The 2024 Action Plan for the Committee reflects suggestions from the evaluation and continues to build on the solid progress made last year:
- Continue to focus on Board succession planning, with particular focus placed on increasing diversity and adding further deep banking expertise, global markets representation and sustainability expertise to the Board.
- Consider increasing the time allotted for meetings to ensure sufficient deliberation.
- Follow up on the suggestions for training to be provided in 2024, including on diversity and inclusion.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Directors' remuneration report
"Rewarding strong performance and delivering on our targets."
## Key sections
- Page 186: Remuneration at a glance
- Page 188: Summary of the directors' remuneration policy
- Page 190: Remuneration alignment
- Page 192: Committee at a glance
- Page 194: Group-wide remuneration
- Page 195: Directors' remuneration in 2023
- Page 205: 2024 policy implementation for directors
- Page 208: Additional remuneration disclosures
# Summary of 2023 remuneration decisions
- Group performance in 2023 was strong across both financial and non-financial metrics. Remuneration decisions have been made to reflect this performance and the delivery of our targets.
- Discretionary incentives are USD1,574m, down 1 per cent on 2022, reflecting Group performance and affordability.
- Annual incentive awards for executive directors, Bill Winters, Group Chief Executive (CEO) and Andy Halford, Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO), were assessed at 66 per cent and 65 per cent of the maximum, and are 2.5 per cent and 2.6 per cent lower than 2022 awards respectively.
- Global average salary increases of 2.2 per cent for 2024, focused on junior employees and those in high inflation markets. No salary increases for executive directors in line with this approach.
- Projected performance outcome of 66 per cent for the 2021-23 long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards.
- Reward for all Group employees, including the executive directors, continues to be aligned to the Group's strategic priorities, through the annual and long-term incentive scorecards.
I am pleased to present our directors' remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2023. This report provides an overview of the Remuneration Committee's work on remuneration for the executive directors and the wider workforce. The directors' remuneration policy has operated as intended, incentivising performance linked to the Group's strategy and aligning with shareholder interests.
The Group continues to make significant progress and has delivered strong performance in 2023, achieving our ambition of a double-digit return on tangible equity (RoTE) for the full year. The decisions taken by the Committee were based on careful consideration of a broad range of factors including the economic environment in our markets, performance across the Group, and the need for appropriate and fair reward for our workforce.
# Our performance in 2023
Underlying profit before tax is up 27 per cent at ccy on 2022, reflecting significant progress in our high-growth markets despite an uncertain picture for the global economy. RoTE has continued to grow above pre-pandemic levels and is up 240 basis points to 10.1 per cent.
## RoTE performance
The Group remains well capitalised with Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio at 14.1 per cent.
The formulaic outcome for Group performance, based on the balanced scorecard, was 80 per cent. Of this, 38 per cent (out of a possible 50 per cent) related to financial performance including income up 13 per cent and the increase in RoTE. The remaining 42 per cent related to the achievement of non-financial goals, including strong client satisfaction performance, improved growth across target markets and achievements against our sustainability targets.
See pages 196 and 197 for more information
## Financial KPIs
| Profit before taxation | Common Equity Tier 1 ratio |
| --- | --- |
| $5,678m | 14.1% |
| ↑ 27% | ↑ 10bps |
| Return on tangible equity | Total shareholder return |
| 10.1% | 9.4% |
| ↑ 240bps (underlying basis) | 2022: 41.4% |
## Group-wide remuneration
### 2023 discretionary annual incentives
The Group scorecard formulaic assessment of 80 per cent is the starting point for determining discretionary incentives.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
To arrive at a distributable pool, the Committee considers additional factors not captured by the scorecard, such as the external environment, market competitiveness and overall affordability. The Committee also considers risk, control and conduct matters, including ongoing investigations and matters raised by regulators.
Following its review of these factors, the Committee determined that a reduction of 15 percentage points from the initial scorecard outcome was appropriate. In making this decision, while noting that 2023 performance was very positive, the Committee was conscious to maintain an appropriate balance between rewarding our employees and delivering appropriate value to shareholders.
Calculating the Group scorecard outcome for discretionary incentives
65% Group scorecard outcome
See pages 196 and 197 for further details
Discretionary incentive pool
| Incentive pool ($m) | % change (reported) | % change (same store basis) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1,574 | (1%) | (2%) |
## 2024 salaries
We have increased salaries in 2024 by 2.2 per cent on average globally. This is lower than last year, reflecting falling inflation in a number of our locations. We have focused the increases on junior employees, and on markets that continue to experience high rates of inflation.
Additionally, we have provided targeted support through off-cycle salary increases to colleagues facing economic hardships in countries such as Angola, Argentina, Egypt, Ghana, Nigeria, Pakistan, Sierra Leone, Turkey and Zimbabwe.
## Executive director remuneration in 2023
### Annual incentives for executive directors
Annual incentives for Bill and Andy are based predominantly on the Group scorecard with an additional element for personal performance, as below.
For 2023, the Committee approved the following annual incentive outcomes, including individual performance assessments, for Bill and Andy. The Committee is satisfied that these are appropriate given 2023 Group performance and the significant personal contributions from Bill and Andy.
| | 2023 annual incentive ($) | % of maximum | Year-on-year change (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 1,461,874 | 66% | (2.5%) |
| Andy Halford | 920,348 | 65% | (2.6%) |
## 2021-23 LTIP awards vesting in March 2024
The 2021-23 LTIP awards are due to start vesting in March 2024 with a projected performance outcome of 66 per cent, based on RoTE performance of 10.1 per cent (maximum outcome), relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking between median and upper quartile and above target performance against sustainability and other strategic measures. As usual, the final relative TSR outcome will be assessed three years from the date of award, in March 2024. The values delivered by this projected outcome are based on the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 and are included in the single total figures of remuneration for Bill and Andy.
| | Award share price (£) | Valuation share price (£) | 2021-23 LTIP projected outcome (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 4.90 | 6.72 | 3,340,237 |
| Andy Halford | 4.90 | 6.72 | 2,135,206 |
The Committee considered the grant price against that of the previous year's award, and against the average share price in the period leading up to the grant date. Based on the review, the Committee determined that the price difference was not significant and, therefore, there was no windfall gain and no adjustment to the award was required.
+ See pages 200 and 201 for further details
## Single total figure of remuneration for 2023
The 2023 annual incentive and projected 2021-23 LTIP performance outcome results in a 2023 single figure for Bill of GBP7,836,987 and for Andy of GBP4,921,095. This represents year-on-year increases of 22 and 23 per cent respectively, largely due to the projected performance outcome of the 2021-23 LTIP award.
## 2023 single total figure of remuneration (£000)
Salary, pension, benefits
Annual incentive LTIP
Bill Winters
Andy Halford
A significant portion of both Bill's and Andy's total remuneration is share-based with delivery and release over an eight-year period. The deferral, retention and recovery provisions of their pay continue to reinforce alignment with shareholder interests and the Group's long-term performance. Both Bill and Andy continue to exceed their shareholding requirements.
+ See page 195 for further details
+ See pages 196 to 199 for further details
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Directors' remuneration report
continued
# Executive directors' remuneration in 2024
## Change in GCFO
On 31 August 2023 we announced that Andy Halford had decided to retire as GCFO and as an executive director. He has been succeeded by Diego De Giorgi who joined on 1 September 2023. Diego was appointed as GCFO and joined the Board as an executive director on 3 January 2024, after receiving regulatory approval.
## Andy
Andy remained as GCFO and an executive director until 2 January 2024, helping to ensure a smooth transition. After stepping down as GCFO, he is continuing as a Senior Adviser, working on strategic projects for the Group. He will continue to receive his salary and benefits until he retires on 31 August 2024.
Andy will be considered an eligible leaver and, in accordance with the directors' remuneration policy, was eligible for a 2023 annual incentive award, determined by the Committee based on Group and individual performance during 2023.
As an eligible leaver, Andy will retain all existing LTIP awards subject to the achievement of performance measures. He will receive the full value of his 2021-23 LTIP award given the performance period will complete during his employment. His other awards will be pro-rated for the period until he retires. All outstanding awards will vest and release as scheduled and remain subject to malus and clawback arrangements. Andy is not eligible for any further LTIP awards and will not receive an award in March 2024.
Andy will be eligible to be considered for a pro-rated 2024 annual incentive award for time served as a Senior Advisor, based on contribution.
## Diego
Diego's remuneration arrangements have been set in accordance with the directors' remuneration policy.
| | Value (£) | Delivery method |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Salary | 1,650,000 | 67% cash 33% delivered in shares – released in equal amounts over five years |
| Pension | 110,000 | 10% of the cash element of salary |
Diego also receives core benefits in line with the approach for all UK employees with additional role-specific benefits appropriate to his responsibilities.
Diego was eligible for a 2023 annual incentive which has been pro-rated to reflect the period for which he was employed during the year. He is also eligible to receive an LTIP award that will be granted in 2024.
Diego did not receive a buyout award.
In line with the approved directors' remuneration policy, the Committee considers annual salary increases for executive directors taking account of any increase in scope or responsibility, market competitiveness, and any salary increases across the Group. Taking these factors into account, and in line with the approach of focusing increases on junior employees, fixed pay for Bill and Diego will not be increased in 2024 with their salaries being GBP2,517,000 and GBP1,650,000 respectively.
## 2024-26 LTIP awards to be granted in March 2024
Having considered 2023 performance, the Committee has approved the following LTIP awards for the period of 2024-26.
| | 2024-26 LTIP award (£) | % of salary |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 3,322,440 | 132% |
| Diego De Giorgi | 2,178,000 | 132% |
The LTIP awards are performance-linked and outcomes will depend upon achieving specified targets by the end of the three-year performance period.
Following the assessment of performance, resulting shares will vest pro-rata from years three to seven, with an additional retention period of 12 months after vesting.
Performance will be assessed on:
| RoTE | Relative TSR | ESG | Other strategic |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 30% | 30% | 25% | 15% |
| Financial | | Non-financial | |
See pages 202 and 203 for further details
Working closely with the Culture and Sustainability Committee we have considered the categorisation of performance measures and reorganised the non-financial strategic measures that relate to environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues. These are now combined with the existing sustainability measures, with a weighting of 25 per cent for this category. The overall scorecard continues to be split 60 per cent financial and 40 per cent non-financial.
Discussions with shareholders were held in December 2023 and January 2024 on the development of these performance measures and targets and the input received was incorporated into the final decisions by the Committee.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Removal of the bonus cap
On 24 October 2023, the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) confirmed the removal of the bonus cap in the UK, effective immediately.
We aim to pay our colleagues competitively for performance aligned to the strategic aims of the Group, through structures that are consistent with and promote sound and effective risk management. This should support the Group in generating sustained and sustainable returns in the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders. The removal of the cap does not change this.
We are considering our pay structures and how they might evolve now that the cap has been removed. For our executive directors, remuneration will continue to be set in line with relevant regulations and guidance and our approved directors' remuneration policy which includes maximums in respect of variable pay. These maximums do not change as a result of the cap being removed and the current structure will continue until a new policy is proposed and approved by shareholders, scheduled to be at the 2025 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
In January 2024 the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) published a revised UK Corporate Governance Code which will apply from 1 January 2025. Following a consultation on potential changes during 2023, many of the proposed changes were not included in the revised Code. We will reflect the updates that have been made in our 2025 report.
In the rest of this report we present the disclosures required by regulations, as well as additional information to explain how remuneration for our executives aligns with our strategy, shareholder interests and wider workforce pay. In making remuneration decisions for 2023 and beyond, we have also been mindful of the experience of our wider stakeholder group.
I would like to thank my fellow Committee members for the work they have put into the Committee, and our shareholders for their ongoing support and engagement.
## Shirish Apte
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
(All disclosures in the directors' remuneration report are unaudited unless otherwise stated. Disclosures marked as audited should be considered audited in the context of the financial statements as a whole.)
## How to use this report
Within the directors' remuneration report we have used colour coding to denote different elements of remuneration, as follows:
- Salary, pension, benefits (fixed remuneration)
- Annual incentive
- LTIP
We have also used the following icons for ease of navigation through this section and to show alignment between remuneration and the strategic objectives of the Group.
- See pages 20 to 26 for further details
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Remuneration at a glance
How does remuneration link to Group strategy?
| | | As measured by | 2023 Annual incentive | 2021-23 LTIP |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Financial KPIs | • Income | | ✓ | |
| Further details can be found on pages 196 and 202 | • Costs | Financial results | ✓ | |
| | • Return on tangible equity | | ✓ | ✓ |
| | • Common Equity Tier 1 ratio | | ✓ | ✓ |
| | • Relative total shareholder return | | | ✓ |
| Strategic priorities | • Network business | | ✓ | ✓ |
| Further details can be found on page 25 | • Affluent client business | | ✓ | ✓ |
| | • Mass Retail business | Achievement against objectives | ✓ | ✓ |
| | • Sustainability | | ✓ | ✓ |
| Critical enablers | • People and culture | | ✓ | ✓ |
| Further details can be found on page 24 | • Ways of Working | | ✓ | ✓ |
| | • Innovation | | | ✓ |
How did we determine variable remuneration outcomes in 2023?
2023 Group scorecard
2021-23 LTIP
How do executive directors' remuneration outcomes compare with the maximum opportunity?
2023 annual incentive (£000)
1 The values of the projected outcome and maximum opportunity are calculated using a three-month average share price to 31 December 2023
2021-23 LTIP projected outcome (£000) $^{1}$
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
187
# How did we pay our executive directors in 2023 (single total figure of remuneration)?
# How is executive director remuneration delivered over time?¹
| | Awarded for 2023 £000 | Delivery method | Structure and timing of payment | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Salary | CEO: £2,496 | CEO: 50% cash | Cash | | | | | | | |
| | | CEO: 50% shares | | Shares Released in equal amounts between 2024 and 2028 | | | | | | |
| Pension | CEO: £251 | 100% cash | Cash | | | | | | | |
| Annual Incentive² | CEO: £1,462 | 50% cash | | Cash | | | | | | |
| | | 50% shares | | | Shares | | | | | |
| LTIP³ | CEO: £3,322 | 100% shares | Performance measured over 3 years | | | Shares Delivered in equal amounts between 2027 and 2031 (subject to 12 month retention post release) | | | | |
| | | | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2030 |
1 Information is provided for the CEO only due to the change in GCFO at the end of the year
2 Annual incentive and LTIP shares are subject to clawback for up to 10 years from grant
68% of Bill's maximum remuneration opportunity is delivered in shares creating strong alignment of interests between executives and shareholders to generate long-term value.
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Summary of the directors' remuneration policy
The forward-looking remuneration policy for executive directors and independent non-executive directors (INEDs) was approved at the AGM held on 4 May 2022 and applies for three years from that date. A summary of the executive director policy, including the key remuneration elements, is set out below for information.
→ The full policy, including recruitment and leaver provisions, can be found on pages 159 to 164 of the 2021 Annual Report and on our website at sc.com
Our approach to remuneration is consistent for all employees and is designed to create alignment with our Fair Pay Charter, which applies globally. However, our pay structures may vary according to location (to comply with local requirements) and, therefore, the table below explains the alignment between the executive directors and our UK workforce, being the most relevant market.
| Fixed remuneration | Policy | Alignment with UK employees |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Salary Set to reflect the role, and the skills and experience of the individual. | • Delivered part in cash and part in shares. • To maintain alignment with shareholders, the share element is subject to a holding period of five years, with 20 per cent being released annually. | • The process of setting and annually reviewing salaries against market information is the same for all employees. • For all other UK employees, salary is paid 100 per cent in cash in line with market practice. |
| Pension To facilitate long-term retirement savings. | • For directors who joined before 4 May 2022, an annual pension allowance or contribution of 10 per cent of salary is payable. • For directors who joined after 4 May 2022, 10 per cent of the cash element of salary only will be payable. | • Pension is set at 10 per cent of salary for both the executive directors and other UK employees, aligned with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. |
| Benefits A competitive benefits package to support executives to carry out their duties effectively. | • A range of benefits is provided including holiday and sick pay, a benefits cash allowance, private medical insurance, life insurance, financial advice and tax return preparation. A car and driver or other car-related service is available to the CEO, which is a role-based provision due to security requirements. • Executive directors receive a lower cash benefits allowance than other UK employees as a percentage of their salary. | • Core benefits are aligned with all employees. Some additional, role-specific benefits are received by the current executive directors. • Employees are eligible for tax return preparation in the year of an international relocation. |
| Variable remuneration | Policy | Alignment with UK employees |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Annual incentive Remuneration based on measurable performance criteria linked to the Group's strategy and assessed over a period of one year. | • Annual incentive awards are delivered as a combination of cash and shares subject to holding requirements, and deferred shares. • The maximum value of an annual incentive award cannot exceed 88 per cent of salary and can be any amount from zero to the maximum. • Awards are determined by the Committee, based on the assessment of the Group scorecard which contains financial (at least 50 per cent of the scorecard) and strategic measures, as well as the personal performance of the individual. | • The annual incentive plan is operated for all employees, paid in cash up to certain limits with the balance deferred over at least three years in shares and/or cash. • The same Group scorecard is used in assessing incentives for executive directors and other UK employees. |
| LTIP LTIP awards are granted to senior executives who have the ability to influence the long-term performance of the Group. Awards are performance dependent based on measurable, long-term criteria. | • LTIP awards are granted annually, based on performance in the relevant year. • The maximum value of an LTIP award cannot exceed 132 per cent of salary and can be any amount from zero to the maximum. • Following the grant of awards, performance is measured over three years with no vesting before the third anniversary of the grant. • LTIP awards are delivered in shares and subject to holding requirements. | • Members of the Management Team are also eligible for LTIP awards, granted annually and assessed on the same performance measures and targets, with awards typically at a lower level. • LTIP awards may also be granted to other employees in the Group which may be subject to the same or different performance conditions. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
189
| Other remuneration | Policy | Alignment with UK employees |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Sharesave Provides an opportunity for all employees to invest voluntarily in the Group. | • Participants are able to open a savings contract to fund the exercise of an option over shares. • The option price is set at a discount of up to 20 per cent of the share price at the date of the invitation to participate. • Savings per month of between £5 and the maximum set by the Group, which is currently £250. | • All employees are eligible to participate in Sharesave, which enables employees to share in the success of the Group at a discounted share price. |
| Shareholding requirements Provides alignment with the interests of shareholders during employment. | • The CEO and the GCFO are required to hold 250 per cent and 200 per cent of salary in shares, respectively. • Post-employment shareholding requirement in place for two years following cessation of employment. The amount to be held is as described above or, if lower, the actual shareholding on departure. | • Formal shareholding and post-employment shareholding requirements are operated for the executive directors only. • However, material risk takers are also required to hold shares in-line with regulatory deferral and retention requirements. |
## Appropriateness of executive directors' remuneration
We maintain a consistent remuneration approach for all employees, in line with our Fair Pay Charter. Remuneration for executive directors is reviewed annually against internal and external measures to ensure appropriate levels, aligned with the approach for other employees.
## Executive director policy at target opportunity compared with industry peers
We compete for talent in a global marketplace, with many of our key competitors based outside the UK. We review executive director fixed and variable remuneration opportunity against a peer group of international banks to ensure that it remains appropriately competitive. This peer group reflects both our global footprint and where we compete for talent. Market data used in benchmarking is based on the latest published report and accounts. In addition, we consider executive director remuneration against FTSE30 companies, with data sourced from an external provider.
Bank peer group
FTSE 30
The current bank peer group comprises: ANZ, Bank of America, Bank of Nova Scotia, Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, CIBC, Citigroup, DBS, Deutsche Bank, FirstRand, HSBC, IOCI, JPMorgan Chase & Co, Lloyds Banking Group, National Australia Bank, NatWest, OCBC, Santander, Société Générale, UBS, United Overseas Bank
1 GCFO total compensation is based on Diego De Giorgi's target opportunity
## Executive director remuneration compared with wider workforce
The balance between fixed and variable remuneration is geared to provide a greater proportion of fixed remuneration for more junior employees to give more financial security. In comparison, for more senior employees, including the executive directors, the variable remuneration opportunity is larger reflecting their ability to influence the Group's performance and in turn, their remuneration outcome.
See pages 196 to 198 for how Bill's remuneration links to Group performance, individual performance, and risk, control and conduct-related matters
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Remuneration alignment
Alignment with...
## Our culture
Our performance and reward framework supports us in embedding a high performance culture and aligns with our principle that colleagues should share in the success of the Group. For example:
- All remuneration decisions are grounded in our Fair Pay Charter.
- See page 194 for further details on our Fair Pay Charter
- The wider workforce and our executive directors participate in continuous performance management and feedback, to ensure that performance is discussed and assessed throughout the year.
- Employee performance is assessed based on what is achieved and how it is achieved in line with our valued behaviours. Our remuneration structure and policies ensure that behaviours consistent with these values are appropriately recognised and rewarded.
- Our LTIP further supports this with an assessment to ensure appropriate levels of conduct have been demonstrated to meet our conduct gateway requirement.
## Our strategy
Remuneration decisions made across the Group, including for our executive directors, align with our strategic priorities and our Stands, including our commitment to sustainable social and economic development:
- Performance measures in our Group and LTIP scorecards are designed to drive achievement of the financial and strategic goals that will deliver long-term sustainable value for our stakeholders.
- Sustainability and our Stands are key considerations for setting and measuring financial and strategic targets.
- If scorecard outcomes are not consistent with progress against our strategic commitments the Committee has the discretion to make adjustments.
- See page 186 for further details on how our incentive plans are aligned to our strategy
## Our approach to risk and control
The determination of our remuneration policy and outcomes align with the Group's risk and control framework. In particular:
- Our scorecards include risk and control measures, and the Committee has the discretion to adjust incentive outcomes for risk and control matters that are not reflected in the scorecards.
- The Committee can apply a discretionary risk adjustment in respect of the Group scorecard outcome and has a track record of applying discretion appropriately.
- Long-term sustainable performance is supported through the ability to make adjustments to variable remuneration for risk, control and conduct behaviours, the deferral of variable remuneration, and the ability to apply malus and clawback where appropriate.
- See page 215 for further details
- Incentives for employees engaged in Audit, Risk and Compliance functions are set independent of the businesses they oversee.
## Managing risk and control
The Group has a robust formal process for reviewing risk and control matters and reflecting these in remuneration outcomes at both an individual and Group level. All material risk events (MREs) are reviewed by a dedicated group of senior colleagues in Control Functions to ensure lessons are learned and appropriate actions are taken for accountable individuals. If necessary, a deep dive will be commissioned to understand risk, control and conduct issues in a particular location or business area. The most severe MREs are escalated for oversight by the Remuneration Committee. At year end, a summary of risk and control matters will be reviewed and discussed to determine any impact to Group incentives. The outcomes of the 2023 reviews are one component in the adjustment to the 2023 scorecard outcome as detailed on pages 196 and 197. Details of our approach to risk adjustment, including our malus and clawback provisions, are provided on page 215.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
How does our directors' remuneration policy address other key features set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code?
## Proportionality
- In line with our commitment to pay for performance, a significant proportion of executive director pay is delivered through incentives based on performance metrics aligned with our strategy. The Committee sets robust and stretching targets to ensure there is a clear link between Group performance and executive director awards.
- Executive directors' interests are further aligned with shareholders' long-term interests through the deferred release of salary, annual incentive and LTIP awards over a period ranging from one to eight years. Incentive awards are also subject to clawback provisions for up to 10 years from grant.
- Shareholding requirements are in place for executive directors, requiring them to build and maintain a significant shareholding in Company shares while in employment and for a period of two years post-employment. Bill and Andy currently exceed their respective shareholding requirements.
## Predictability
- The range of possible rewards to individual executive directors is set out in the scenario charts on page 205 where we also demonstrate the impact of a 50 per cent share price appreciation over the three-year performance period of the LTIP.
- In addition to maximum award levels specified in our remuneration policy, the value of incentive awards will vary depending on achievement against specified performance targets and the share price at the time of delivery for the significant part of reward which is delivered in shares.
## Simplicity and clarity
- Simplicity is a key driver for the structure of our executive pay, subject to adherence to regulatory requirements arising from operating as a UK regulated bank.
- Our remuneration structure comprises straightforward and well-understood components. The purpose, structure, alignment with strategy and consistency with arrangements for the wider workforce are clearly set out in the remuneration policy.
→ See pages 188 and 189 for further details
- We set and report our performance-related measures, targets and outcomes in a clear, transparent and balanced way.
## How is our executive director remuneration aligned to stakeholder experience?
- Remuneration outcomes reflect key financial and non-financial performance delivered in the year.
- Variable remuneration awards are based on stretching targets.
- A significant portion of executive remuneration is paid in shares and shareholding requirements apply.
- Post-employment shareholding requirements further reinforce the importance of sustainable long-term performance.
- The Remuneration Committee Chair regularly engages with shareholders on remuneration matters to seek feedback which helps guide decision-making.
- Remuneration outcomes take into account risk, control and conduct considerations.
- Pay structures are aligned to relevant best practice, including the application of deferrals and malus/ clawback.
- Remuneration outcomes from both annual incentive and LTIP awards consider performance against sustainability objectives.
- The Committee tracks gender and ethnicity pay gaps, and actively monitors the actions being taken to close them.
- Remuneration outcomes reflect performance delivered including client-related performance objectives (e.g. improved client satisfaction).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Committee at a glance
## Committee composition
## Who else attended Committee meetings in 2023?
The Group Chairman; Group Chief Executive; Group Chief Financial Officer; Group Chief Risk Officer; Group Head, HR; Global Head, Performance, Reward and Benefits; Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance; Group Company Secretary; Chair of the Audit Committee; Group Head, Internal Audit.
> See pages 137 to 141 for biographical details of the Committee members
1. Jasmine stepped down from the Committee on 3 May 2023
2. Linda joined the Committee on 1 January 2023
## What are the main responsibilities of the Committee?
The Committee is responsible for setting the principles, parameters and governance framework for the Group's remuneration policy and overseeing its implementation. This includes:
- Determining the framework and policies for the remuneration of the Group Chairman, the executive directors and other senior management considering our Fair Pay Charter, wider workforce remuneration and alignment with culture and conduct.
- Overseeing the alignment of reward, culture, the strategic priorities and our Stands.
- Approving Group discretionary remuneration, including adjustment for risk, control and conduct for current and future risks.
- Overseeing the Fair Pay Charter.
> The Committee has written terms of reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
## How did the Committee spend their time during their 2023 meetings?
| 25% | Executive remuneration and policy |
| --- | --- |
| 10% | Senior management remuneration |
| 25% | Group-wide reward, the Fair Pay Charter and pay diversity |
| 20% | Business performance and risk assessment review |
| 15% | Shareholder engagement, regulatory and governance |
| 5% | Other, inc. Group Share Plans |
## Committee focus for 2023
During the year, the Committee determined the retirement arrangements and remuneration arrangements for the outgoing and incoming GCFO respectively, working to ensure appropriate arrangements were put in place to facilitate a smooth and effective transition to the new GCFO.
> Read more on page 184
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
.
How did our shareholders vote?
| | For | Against | Withheld |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Advisory vote on the 2022 remuneration report at 2023 AGM1 | 521,070,732 94.7% | 29,151,006 5.3% | 14,890,207 |
| Binding vote to approve the 2022 directors' remuneration policy at 2022 AGM | 404,531,068 68.8% | 183,344,607 31.2% | 24,340,637 |
1 If withheld votes are considered as part of the overall voting outcome distribution, 92.2 per cent of votes would have been 'For' the resolution
The Committee Chair continues to engage with shareholders to seek views and feedback on key decisions the Committee takes each year. In 2024, shareholders will be consulted with on the development of the new directors' remuneration policy scheduled to be put to shareholders for approval at the 2025 AGM.
# What advice does the Committee receive?
PwC was re-appointed as the Committee's remuneration adviser in 2021. The Committee conducts a detailed review of potential advisers every three or four years.
PwC is a signatory to the voluntary remuneration consulting Code of Conduct. It provides other services to the Group including assurance, advisory, consultancy and tax advice. The Committee is satisfied the advice received was objective and independent and that no potential or actual conflict arose. The total fees paid to PwC (partly a fixed fee and partly on a time and materials basis) was GBP148,175, which included advice to the Committee relating to executive directors' remuneration and regulatory matters.
The Group CFO and Chief Risk Officer regularly update the Committee on finance and risk matters. The Committee manages conflicts of interest when receiving views from senior individuals on remuneration proposals and no individual is involved in deciding their own pay.
# How effective was the Committee in 2023?
The feedback from the internally conducted 2023 Committee effectiveness review was positive. The key points raised and the action plan for 2024 are summarised below.
- The Committee performed well against an extensive agenda. The Chair works effectively, prioritising key issues and allowing for the appropriate level of challenge and engagement.
- The Committee has a good composition of technical skills including understanding the work of other committees, with other Board members being drawn upon where needed.
- Positive commentary was given on the support received from internal specialists (e.g. human resources, finance, risk) and PwC.
# 2024 action plan
The 2024 action plan for the Committee reflects the recommendations from the effectiveness review and continues to build on the progress made last year:
- Establish the Group's position on the removal of the bonus cap.
- Develop the new 2025 directors' remuneration policy.
- Follow up on Committee suggested training to be provided in 2024.
# How does the Committee understand the views of our workforce?
## 87%
of colleagues responded to the Group's engagement survey, My Voice, which seeks to understand colleague sentiment in respect of performance management, the process of giving and receiving feedback and reward.
The Committee recognises the importance of seeking feedback from colleagues on remuneration matters to inform decision-making. The Culture and Sustainability Committee (CSC) is responsible for the Group's workforce engagement programme and provides colleague feedback to the Remuneration Committee to inform remuneration decision-making.
The Board engages with and listens to the views of employees. In 2023, the Board hosted informal events with employees which provided an opportunity for the Board to understand how the Bank's strategy and culture are being lived and embedded across the Group.
See our Culture and Sustainability Committee report on pages 174 to 176 and our Stakeholder section on pages 54 to 64 for further information on our workforce engagement framework
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Group-wide remuneration
## Our Fair Pay Charter
The Fair Pay Charter is the compass for our performance and reward strategy and outlines how we aim to ensure fairness in our approach to reward. It supports our focus on being a great place to work and the achievement of our strategic goals.
Together with broader human resources initiatives supporting diversity and inclusion, organisational and individual development, and the recognition of high performance, we are building a culture of excellence where, through innovation and continuous improvement, every one of our colleagues can fulfil their potential.
- Full details of the Charter can be found in our Diversity, Equality and Inclusion Impact Report here: sc.com/diversityfairpayreport
## Revising our Fair Pay Charter
Since the introduction of the Charter in 2017, our Group priorities and the external environment have shifted.
We have made significant progress in areas such as living wage and have laid a foundation for a more consistent and transparent approach to remuneration, supporting equal pay and greater flexibility.
Building on this progress, our focus has now shifted to better aligning our proposition to our values and evolving employee needs, while supporting the culture of excellence needed to drive long-term success and maintaining the progress made to date.
The revised Charter serves to reiterate our commitment to fair and equitable reward and hold ourselves accountable. It reflects our latest priorities, focusing on four priority areas, each critical to driving the Bank forward:
- Equal pay – we commit to offering equal pay for equal work by market and do not tolerate unlawful discrimination.
- Purpose-led – we provide a holistic set of reward and benefits that align with our valued behaviours and Stands.
- Competitive opportunities – we aim to pay colleagues competitively.
- Performance driven – we are committed to motivating, recognising and rewarding sustainable high performance.
## Other key 2023 highlights
### myPerformance
We have continued to embed our new approach to performance management which is designed to motivate outperformance and deliver a culture of excellence. With this new approach, we are creating a more transparent, real-time feedback culture underpinned by continuous feedback, coaching, and open two-way performance and development conversations with people leaders. Data gathered through sentiment surveys and metrics on goal setting, as well as feedback and year-end review decisions have shown positive signs on achieving our aim to embed the behaviours of a high performance culture across the Bank. For example, more than 70 per cent of employees feel that myPerformance has had a positive impact on their ability to perform at their best.
We will continue to work on areas such as further encouraging upward feedback, upskilling people leaders and ensuring the new approach is well understood Bank wide.
### Group-wide variable remuneration
To support our objective of embedding a high performance culture in the organisation, during 2023 the Committee reviewed the effectiveness of our existing Target Total Variable Compensation plan which c. 75 per cent of our colleagues participate in.
For the 2023 performance year, to strengthen the link between performance and pay, we allocated a greater proportion of our incentive pool for individual differentiation. Further changes will be communicated and implemented for the 2024 performance year.
### New recognition platform
Appreciate
As part of our drive to reinforce a high performance culture, in 2024 we have launched a new recognition platform, Appreciate, enabling colleagues to recognise one another's outstanding achievements, further promoting the habit of recognising and celebrating excellence.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Directors' remuneration in 2023 (audited)
This section, which is subject to an advisory vote at the 2024 AGM, outlines the 2023 executive director remuneration delivered under the 2022 shareholder-approved remuneration policy and the 2023 fees for the Group Chairman and INEDs.
The following table sets out the 2023 single total figure of remuneration for the CEO and GCFO showing a year-on-year increase of 22 and 23 per cent respectively, largely due to the projected performance outcome of the 2021-23 LTIP awards. Diego De Giorgi was appointed to the role of GCFO on 3 January 2024 and details of his remuneration are included in the 2024 policy implementation for directors section on page 205.
| Single total figure of remuneration £000 | | Bill Winters | | Andy Halford | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Variable remuneration | 7,837 | 6,408 | 4,921 | 3,988 |
| | | 3,340 | 1,868 | 2,135 | 1,210 |
| | Fixed remuneration | 1,462 | 1,499 | 920 | 945 |
| | | 1,055 | 2,960 | 1,866 | 1,833 |
| £000 | | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Salary | | 2,496 | 2,418 | 1,596 | 1,546 |
| Pension | | 251 | 245 | 160 | 154 |
| Benefits | | 288 | 297 | 110 | 133 |
| Total fixed remuneration | | 3,035 | 2,960 | 1,866 | 1,833 |
| Annual incentive award | | 1,462 | 1,499 | 920 | 945 |
| LTIP outcome | | | | | |
| Value based on performance | | 2,435 | 1,540 | 1,557 | 956 |
| Value based on share price growth | | 905 | 409 | 578 | 254 |
| Total variable remuneration | | 4,802 | 3,448 | 3,055 | 2,155 |
| Single total figure of remuneration | | 7,837 | 6,408 | 4,921 | 3,988 |
Notes to the single total figure of remuneration table
| Benefits | • Bill receives a contribution towards his annual tax preparation due to the complexity of his tax affairs, partly due to Group business travel requirements. • Bill has the use of a vehicle and driver. This is a role-based provision given the executive role and the associated security and privacy requirements. • Figures relate to UK tax years 2022/23 and 2021/22. |
| --- | --- |
| Annual incentive award | • Received in respect of 2023. |
| Outcome of LTIP award | • Projected outcome values of the 2021-23 LTIP awards vesting, awarded in 2021. • The values of the 2020–22 LTIP vesting awards for 2022 have increased compared with the projected values disclosed in last year’s report and have been restated. At that time, the projected performance outcome was 22 per cent. When the relative TSR performance was assessed in March 2023, the actual outcome was 36.8 per cent with a share price of £6.577, resulting in the increased outcome value. |
No payments, including no pension contributions, were made to, or in respect of, past directors in the year in excess of the minimum threshold of GBP50,000, set for this purpose.
→ See pages 188 and 189 for a summary of the directors' remuneration policy
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
195
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Annual incentive awards for the executive directors (audited)
Annual incentive awards for executive directors are based on the assessment of the Group scorecard and personal performance, in line with the remuneration policy. The Group scorecard is used for all eligible employees, including the executive directors, to maintain alignment and a shared sense of purpose.
For Bill and Andy, the Committee considered Group and individual performance, as well as risk, control, and conduct-related matters with input from Risk and other control functions. The Committee considered that both directors exhibited appropriate levels of conduct and had met the gateway requirement to be eligible for an incentive.
The annual incentive scorecard outcomes for Bill and Andy are summarised below:
## Executive director scorecard outcomes
| Measure | Weighting | Bill Winters outcome | Andy Halford outcome |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Financial | 50% | 38% | 38% |
| Strategic | 40% | 34% | 34% |
| Personal performance | 10% | 9% | 8% |
| Total | 100% | 81% | 80% |
| Committee adjustment (see page 183 for further detail) | | (15%) | (15%) |
| Final scorecard for determining annual incentives | | 66% | 65% |
| Maximum annual incentive opportunity (£000) | | 2,215 | 1,416 |
| Annual incentive outcome (£000) | | 1,462 | 920 |
The Committee has the ability to make an adjustment to reflect progress against our Stands. In 2023, good progress has been made against all Stands and no adjustment is required.
Set out below are the assessments of performance in 2023 for the Group and for Bill and Andy.
## Assessment of the 2023 scorecard – financial measures
| | Measure | Weighting | Threshold (0%) | Target | Maximum (100%) | Achievement | Outcome |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Income^{1} | 10% | 16,142m | 16,814m | 17,487m | 17,378m | 9% |
| | Costs | 10% | 11,246m | 10,813m | 10,380m | 11,025m | 3% |
| | RoTE^{2} with a CET1^{3} underpin of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | 8.5% | 9.3% | 10.2% | 10.1% | 26% |
1. Total income and operating profit are on an underlying basis. Certain items are presented as restructuring and other items that are excluded from the underlying results of the Group. These are income, costs and impairment and resulting operating profit relating to identifiable business units, products or portfolios from the relevant dates that they have been approved for restructuring, disposal, wind-down or redundancy. This includes realised and unrealised gains and losses from management's decisions to dispose of assets, as well as residual income, direct costs and impairment of related legacy assets of those identifiable business units, products or portfolios. See Note 2 on page 370
2. Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's profit available for distribution to ordinary shareholders, to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines but, for remuneration purposes, this would be subject to review by the Committee
3. The CET1 underpin was set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level at 31 December 2023. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Assessment of the 2023 scorecard – strategic measures
## Clients (Network, Affluent, Mass)
| Target | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Improve client satisfaction and client experience ratings. • Deliver growth in qualified clients across Affluent, Private Banking and Wealth Management activity. • Deliver network income growth in Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking (CCIB). • Grow value of Digital Ventures. • Mass market Retail growth through new to bank personal customers. | • Client satisfaction outperformed with strong loyalty and satisfaction ratings. • Substantially improved growth delivered across target markets, significantly exceeding our maximum target. • Increased network income in CCIB to $6.9 billion ($5.2 billion in 2022). • Strong performance in Ventures with new customers approaching 1.8 million. • Strong performance of Mass Retail with 2.3 million active clients, exceeding our maximum target. |
| Weighting – 12% | Outcome – 10% |
## Sustainability
| Target | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Progress against the Group's Sustainable Finance income targets and its aim to achieve net zero by 2050. • Improve community engagement through employee volunteering participation. | • Income targets from Sustainable Finance products exceeded at $720 million. • Community engagement exceeded our aspirational target with an employee participation rate of 61%. |
| Weighting – 8% | Outcome – 8% |
## Enablers (Ways of Working and people)
| Target | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Grow proportion of digitally initiated transactions and digital sales adoption. • Improve end-to-end speed to deliver change (from idea formation to commercialisation). • Improve organisational effectiveness. • Improve employee engagement, diversity and inclusion. | • Digital adoption through mobile channel take up above targets as a result of focused efforts to drive customers to mobile channel in major markets. • Speed to deliver improved by 6% and targets achieved. • Organisational effectiveness targets achieved. • Improved employee inclusion and engagement outcomes based on the results of specific questions in our employee survey, and an increase in number of females in senior roles, achieving baseline levels. |
| Weighting – 8% | Outcome – 5% |
## Risk and controls
| Target | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Non-financial risk reduction. • Self-identification of audit issues. | • Strong performance of non-financial risk reduction across the Bank. • Improved self-identification of audit issues with targets exceeded in key areas and nearly 60% of all issues now being self-identified. |
| Weighting – 12% | Outcome – 11% |
## Our Stands: Accelerating Zero; Lifting Participation; Resetting Globalisation
| A holistic assessment of the embedding of our Stands showed good progress has been made across the Group with all areas on track. No adjustment was made to the scorecard outcome. |
| --- |
| No adjustment |
# Assessment of the 2023 scorecard – personal performance
The Committee considers areas of responsibility together with progress against key objectives for the year and personal contribution to the Group scorecard outcome. This element focuses on measures that reflect real personal impact, such as transformation of processes and improving the culture within the Bank. Key achievements against Bill's and Andy's personal objectives are summarised in the tables on the next pages.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Bill Winters
2023 has been a strong year for Bill in which he continued to lead the Group with passion and focus. Our positive financial and strategic results have been significantly influenced by his leadership and focus on delivery. In particular, Bill has had an extensive influence on our sustainability achievements, where we have exceeded many of our targets and continued to enhance, update and implement our sustainability strategy (see more details on pages 66 to 79). Our achievement of RoTE of 10.1 per cent has followed a cultural embedding of the need to deliver sustainable improvement of the metric into the Group's psyche, making it an understandable and focused target for all.
## Innovation
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| Continue personal push for innovation and simplification across the Group | • The Bank is now recognised as a very strong innovator, driving improvements in its existing businesses and developing its Venture portfolio. • Bill has increased his personal visibility during the year, actively promoting themes of innovation including digitalisation, digital assets and AI. • He was a keynote / panel speaker at the Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai FinTech Festivals and Point Zero, and is a key contributor to many climate organisations including the Net Zero Banking Alliance and Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ). • As a core member of the World Bank's Private Sector Investment Lab, Bill is providing his expertise to help the Lab identify new approaches and recommendations that support the World Bank's capital mobilisation in support of emerging markets. • Bill has continued his push for further efficiency and simplification, establishing our Operating Excellence programme to improve our ability to get things done. This has resulted in substantial reductions in turnaround time in key onboarding processes with improved customer satisfaction and material cost saves. • Bill has personally embraced the transformation of our Technology, Transformation and Operations business which is generating substantial reduction in operating risk and cost savings. • Through Tech Simplification, $66.5 million has been secured in 2023 in sustainable saves, with further saves forecast for future years. • Bill is a leading advocate for our Ventures business, for which 300 new venture ideas have been reviewed, 10 ventures are currently in incubation, 5 are in acceleration, 5 have been commercially launched during 2023 and two have been profitably exited. |
## Financial performance
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| Grow other sources of income in our footprint | • Bill continues to actively drive for further growth to support sustainable and sustained performance, through both innovation and expansion in traditional business areas, and has personally engaged in our growth objectives across key markets. • In CCB, our risk-weighted assets optimisation target between 2022-2024 has been achieved ahead of target, creating capacity for growth opportunities. • Strong progress has been made in establishing the Group as a partner of choice bridging banking and technology/non-banking sectors, with over 20 fully active partnerships in place leading to asset and profitable income growth. • Bill participated in the B20 and co-Chaired the UK-India Financial Partnership, and took part in a number of client engagement events during the year. • 43 Sustainable Finance products are now on offer (32 in 2022) and we have seen momentum in the transition finance team with a number of key firsts and incremental deals. • He has supported the expansion of Ventures into new markets and the launch of our Digital Assets Joint Venture with SBI Holdings in the UAE following that in Japan. |
## Risk and controls
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| Further improve the Group's risk and control framework, accelerating progress and embedding a robust preventative risk culture | • Bill remains focused on improving the Group's risk culture and frameworks through personal participation in relevant forums and a strong tone from the top. • He has overseen good progress on improving our risk culture, with recognition from our regulators that dedicated work is promoting a healthier risk culture. • Bill played a crucial role in the successful delivery of an improved Cyber Risk and control framework. • We have extended our capabilities in New Economy risk origination and management, keeping pace with business growth. • We have managed through various episodes of sovereign risk stresses in our markets with good results. |
## People and culture
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| Continue drive for a high performance culture, including the development of internal talent and effective succession planning | • Bill has instilled a high performance culture underpinned by teamwork and innovation. He has been vocal in supporting the changes we have made to embed a culture of high-quality feedback, including role-modelling with his own team. • Through our employee survey, we have seen our employee net promoter score (eNPS) (a way of measuring whether employees would recommend working for the Bank) record its biggest ever increase against a prior year outcome that was our highest ever result. • In addition, all dimensions of our employee value proposition recorded a year-on-year increase in the survey, most to a 5-year 'high-water mark'. • He has continued the development of Management Team members, with strong hires into the team and overseeing the effective and smooth succession of GCFO from Andy to Diego. • The Management Team is now more than 50% female. • Bill has continued to focus on internal talent, with the development of internal successors for key roles. |
Weighting – 10%
Outcome – 9%
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Andy Halford
Having served over nine years as our Group Chief Financial Officer, Andy stepped down from the Board on 2 January 2024. Throughout his tenure and during 2023, Andy provided strong financial leadership to the Bank and served as an effective partner to Bill, the Management Team and the Board. Andy leaves the Board on track to deliver our external financial targets and the Group strategy. In particular, strong progress has been made in the year across our regulatory projects including substantial improvements in resolution planning. Andy actively supported the on-boarding and induction of the incoming GCFO and ensured a smooth transition period.
## Ways of Working
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Drive collaboration within the Finance function across segments and markets | • Andy has played a significant role in driving collaboration across the Finance function working closely with business stakeholders to deliver the Group's corporate plan with positive endorsement received from the Board. • He played a key role in driving the articulation of the strategic priorities for the Group which have been translated into a set of actionable strategic plans through collaborating with colleagues across segments and markets. • Andy has continued to drive improvements in the Finance control environment through investments in the Group's regulatory reporting infrastructure. |
| • Continue to improve financial reporting procedures | • He has been instrumental in driving the upgrade of the financial systems used across the Group through a multi-year programme which is targeting to substantially complete at the end of 2024. • He has continued to maintain open and transparent relationships with regulators and kept them abreast of our progress on regulatory topics including Group resolvability and regulatory reporting remediation. • Andy partnered with the Chief Sustainability Office to redesign the content to be included in the annual report and uplifted the controls with regards to Sustainability including key KPIs. |
## Financial performance
| Goal | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Deliver the focus on achieving target RoTE and other strategic objectives | • Andy has continued to actively manage the Group's cost base to ensure positive jaws. • He has played a significant role in raising awareness of RoTE as a central financial metric across the Bank. • He was key to driving maximum value from the Group's exit from a number of markets in the Africa and Middle East region and the sale of our Aviation Finance business. • Andy played an active role in driving our efforts to diversify the footprint of our shareholders to focus on Asia, through targeted investor events in Asia. • He has been an active Board member contributing on key initiatives outside his core areas of finance expertise, including process simplification and enhancing governance and oversight of Group investments. • Andy has led a multi-year upgrade and rationalisation of the Bank's property portfolio, enhancing client and employees' experience and delivering on the Bank's net zero commitments. |
Weighting – 10% Outcome – 8%
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# LTIP awards
The LTIP values included in the single total figure of remuneration for 2023 are based on the awards that will be subject to final performance testing in March 2024. These awards were granted in 2021 with a face value of 120 per cent of fixed pay, to incentivise the achievement of the Group's priorities over the three-year period 2021 to 2023. The awards are share-based and are subject to the performance targets set out below which were set when the awards were granted and have not been adjusted since. A conduct gateway requirement must be met before any awards vest.
The Committee concluded that Bill and Andy exhibited appropriate conduct during the performance period and, therefore, the conduct gateway was met.
| | Award share price (£) | Valuation share price (£) | 2021-23 LTIP projected outcome (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 4.90 | 6.72 | 3,340,237 |
| Andy Halford | 4.90 | 6.72 | 2,135,206 |
See page 195 for the value attributable to share price growth in the single total figure of remuneration
RoTE performance of 10.1 per cent was achieved, resulting in a 30 per cent outcome and relative TSR is projected to be ranked between median and upper quartile resulting in a projected outcome of 9 per cent. The Committee considered performance against the sustainability and strategic proof points set out in the table below and determined that an outcome of 27 per cent was appropriate. Based on these assessments, the total projected performance outcome is 66 per cent. The final relative TSR performance will be assessed in March 2024 and any change to the overall outcome will be reported in the 2024 directors' remuneration report.
The awards will vest pro rata over 2024 to 2028 and the shares will be subject to a 12-month retention period post-vesting. Malus and clawback provisions apply.
## Projected outcome
| | Measure | Weighting | Minimum performance (25% outcome) | Maximum performance (100% outcome) | Assessment of achievement | Outcome status | Projected outcome |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| i | RoTE^{1} in 2023 plus CET1^{2} underpin of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | 6% | 10% | RoTE 10.1% and CET1 14.1% | Confirmed | 30% |
| ii | Relative TSR performance against the peer group | 30% | Median | Upper quartile | Currently estimated between median and upper quartile | Projected^{3} | 9% |
| iii | Sustainability | 15% | Targets set for sustainability measures linked to the business strategy | | Improved performance against our strategic priorities | Confirmed | 13% |
| iv | Strategic measures | 25% | Targets set for strategic measures linked to the business strategy | | Improved performance against our strategic priorities | Confirmed | 14% |
| Total 2021-23 LTIP awards projected outcomes | | | | | | | 66% |
1. Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's profit available for distribution to ordinary shareholders, to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines but, for remuneration purposes, this would be subject to review by the Committee
2. The CET1 underpin was set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level at 31 December 2023. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period
3. TSR performance will be assessed three years from the date of award, in March 2024, making the projected outcome subject to change
## Assessment of non-financial measures
### Sustainable finance
| Proof point | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Develop and implement a framework to align our financial services with net zero emissions by 2050, and deliver 2023 targets consistent with that plan. | • Delivered all milestones against publicly stated net zero roadmap including setting an Oil & Gas absolute emissions target. |
| • Provide $35 billion (cumulative) worth of project financing services, M&A advisory, debt structuring, transaction banking and lending services for renewable energy that align to our verified Green and Sustainable Product Framework. | • Provided financing in excess of $40 billion. • Targets achieved and are on track to meet the longer-term 10-year commitment of $300 billion. |
| • Only provide financial services to clients who are less than 80% dependent on earnings from thermal coal (based on % EBITDA at group level). | • Exited 54 entities that derived >80% of income from thermal coal and those that remain have exit plans agreed/in progress based on contractual obligations. |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
201
# Responsible company
| Proof point | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Reduction in property emissions of 10% annually. | • Achieved. |
| • Reduction of flight emissions of 25%. | • Achieved with a 36% reduction in flight emissions against our 2019 baseline. |
| • Offset 95% of all residual emissions from our operations. | • Successfully completed our carbon credit purchases against our residual operating emissions since 2021. |
# Clients
| Proof point | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Improve client satisfaction rating evidenced in surveys and internal benchmarks. | • Significantly improved performance in all three years, with consumer client satisfaction metric of 56.6%, increased from 29.5% in 2020. |
| • Deliver growth in qualified clients across Private, Priority & Premium Banking, and Wealth Management. | • Improved growth in qualified clients across our Affluent business, with strong performance achieved in 2023. |
| • Deliver network income growth in CCIB. | • Exceeded targets in 2023 ($6.9 billion) following strong performance in 2022 and improving on performance in 2021 (from $4.4 billion in 2020). |
| • Add more than 2 million new customers via digital partnerships, platforms and technologies. | • Added 1.8 million new customers by the end of 2023 following weaker performance in 2022 and 2021. |
# Enablers
| Proof point | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Drive culture of innovation to generate new revenues. | • 36% of Group revenue coming from innovation, digital and transformation revenue streams |
| • Adopt new ways of working that result in quicker decision-making and delivery. | • Speed of decision-making and delivery have improved in each of the three years including 'speed to value', which measures time from ideation until customer go-live. |
| • Increase senior female representation to 33%. | • Increase in the number of females in senior roles by 3 ppt over the three years to 32.5%. |
| • Increase our culture of inclusion score from 81% to 84% (internal index). | • Increased by 1.5 ppt over the three years to 83.2%. |
# Risk and controls
| Proof point | Assessment |
| --- | --- |
| • Maintain effective risk and control governance. | • Improved performance of risk reduction across the Bank and good progress in embedding a healthier risk culture. |
| • Successfully deliver milestones within the Cyber Risk management plan. | • Continued reduction of Cyber Risk including the delivery of information and Cyber security strategic plan with all objectives achieved. |
# Windfall gains
When making LTIP awards the Committee reviews the proposed size of the award and considers the change in share price in the period leading up to the award compared with the share price when awards were made in the previous year. A significant fall in share price will increase the overall number of shares being awarded, and the Committee considers this, being mindful of the potential for a 'windfall gain'.
For awards made in 2021 the Committee reviewed the change in share price compared with the previous year and, being comfortable that the change was not significant, at -5.7 per cent, determined not to adjust the size of the awards.
The Committee further reviews any increase in share price at the end of the performance period, when awards are due to vest, and considers potential outcomes to determine if any adjustment should be made where an increase in share price is not reflective of a corresponding improvement in underlying financial performance. To date no adjustments have been made.
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Directors' remuneration in 2023: LTIP awards
continued
## LTIP awards for the executive directors to be granted in 2024
Based on Group and individual performance during 2023 awards for the performance year will be granted in March 2024 at the maximum amount under the 2022 directors' remuneration policy. Performance measures are aligned to our strategic priorities. In line with his retirement arrangements, Andy Halford is not eligible for this LTIP award.
| | Award as % of salary | Award value on grant (£) | Award value on vesting (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 132% | 3,322,440 | To be determined based on the level of performance achieved at the end of the three-year period against the performance measures and the future share price. |
| Diego De Giorgi | 132% | 2,178,000 | |
The RoTE target range for the awards is increased to 10 to 13 per cent, versus 10 to 12.5 per cent for the 2023-25 awards, reflecting the progress in RoTE achieved in 2023 and our increased ambition of 12.5 per cent by 2026.
## Peer group for the relative TSR measure in the 2024-26 LTIP
The peer group of companies selected for the relative TSR performance calculation are those with generally comparable business activities, size or geographic spread to Standard Chartered or with which we compete for investor funds and talent. The group is reviewed annually, prior to new LTIP awards being made and following the 2023 review the group for the 2024-26 LTIP awards has been updated. Bank of China, ICBC and State Bank of India are no longer considered to be comparable peers as they are state-owned banks which have significantly different purpose, strategies and performance profiles. In addition, Credit Suisse has been removed as it ceased public trading during 2023.
TSR is measured in sterling for each company and the data is averaged over a month at the start and end of the three-year measurement period which starts from the date of grant.
| Banco Santander | DBS Group | Oversea Chinese Banking Corporation |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Bank of America | Deutsche Bank | Société Générale |
| Bank of East Asia | HSBC | Standard Bank |
| Barclays | ICICI | UBS |
| BNP Paribas | JPMorgan Chase | United Overseas Bank |
| Citigroup | KB Financial Group | |
## Financial measures for 2024-26 LTIP awards
| | Measure | Weighting | Minimum performance (25%) | Between minimum and maximum performance | Maximum performance (100%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | RoTE: in 2026 with a CETT of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | 10% | Straight-line assessment between minimum and maximum | 13% |
| | Relative TSR performance against peer group | 30% | Median | Straight-line assessment between peer companies positioned immediately above and below the Group | Upper quartile |
1. Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's underlying operating profit attributable to ordinary shareholders to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines and certain other adjustments but, for remuneration purposes, such adjustments are subject to review by the Committee
2. The CETT underpin will be set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level as of 31 December 2026. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period, for example in relation to Basel IV
## Non-financial measures for 2024-26 LTIP awards
### Environmental, social and governance
- Accelerating Zero: Progress towards our 2030 Sustainable Finance mobilisation target in each of the three performance years.
- Actively contributing to the development of the sustainability ecosystem through global partnerships, initiatives and cross-sector collaborations.
- Lifting participation: Year-on year growth in financing activity with female and/or small and medium enterprise (SME) clients and other underserved populations.
- Resetting Globalisation: Maintaining our presence and supporting international/cross border trade in key developing markets that we serve.
- Improve eNPS target.
- Increase senior female representation and increase our 'culture of inclusion' (internal index).
Weighting – 25%
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
203
# Other strategic measures
| Clients | • Improve client satisfaction rating. • Deliver growth across our markets including in cross-border income in CCIB, in Affluent wealth client activity and in Ventures. |
| --- | --- |
| Productivity | • Improve Operating Profit less credit impairment per FTE. • Percentage of transformation programmes on track. |
| Risk and controls | • Improve effectiveness of risk and control governance. |
# Weighting – 15%
Remuneration regulations for UK banks prohibit the award of dividend equivalent shares on vesting. The number of shares awarded in respect of the LTIP will take into account the lack of dividend equivalents (calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield) such that the overall market value of the award is maintained.
These awards will vest in five annual tranches beginning after the third anniversary of the grant (i.e. March 2027 to March 2031) subject to meeting the performance measures set out at the end of 2026. All vested shares are subject to a 12-month retention period.
## Total variable remuneration awarded to directors in respect of 2023 (audited)
| | Bill Winters | | Andy Halford | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Annual incentive (£000) | 1,462 | 1,499 | 920 | 945 |
| Annual incentive as a percentage of salary | 58% | 62% | 57% | 61% |
| LTIP award (value of shares subject to performance conditions) (£000) | 3,322 | 3,213 | N/A | 2,054 |
| LTIP award as a percentage of salary | 132% | 132% | N/A | 132% |
| Total variable remuneration (£000) | 4,784 | 4,712 | 920 | 2,999 |
| Total variable remuneration as a percentage of salary | 190% | 194% | 57% | 193% |
1 LTIP awards for the 2023 performance year will be granted to executive directors in March 2024 and are based on 2023 salary
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# Directors' remuneration in 2023
continued
## Service contracts for executive directors
Copies of the executive directors' service contracts are available for inspection at the Group's registered office. These contracts have rolling 12-month notice periods and the dates of the executive directors' current service contracts are shown below. The contracts were updated effective 1 January 2020 to reflect the changes made following the implementation of the 2019 remuneration policy and the change to pension contributions.
Executive directors are permitted to hold non-executive directorship positions in other organisations. Where such appointments are agreed with the Board, the executive directors may retain any fees payable for their services. Bill and Andy served as non-executive directors elsewhere and received fees for the period covered by this report as set out below. Andy joined the Board of UK Government Investments Limited on 17 October 2023.
| | Date of Standard Chartered employment contract | Details of any non-executive directorship | Fees retained for any non-executive directorship (local currency) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bill Winters | 1 January 2020 | Novartis International AG | CHF360,000 |
| Andy Halford | 1 January 2020 | Board of UK Government Investments Limited | GBP5,208 |
| Diego De Giorgi | 1 September 2023 | – | – |
## Single figure of remuneration for the Chairman and INEDs (audited)
The Chairman and INEDs were paid in monthly instalments during the year. The INEDs are required to hold shares with a nominal value of $1,000. The table below shows the fees and benefits received by the Chairman and INEDs in 2023 and 2022. The INEDs' 2023 benefit figures are in respect of the 2022/23 tax year and the 2022 benefit figures are in respect of the 2021/22 tax year to provide consistency with the reporting of similar benefits in previous years and with those received by executive directors.
| | Fees £000 | | Benefits £000^{1} | | Total £000 | | Shares beneficially held as at 31 December^{2} |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 |
| Group Chairman | | | | | | | |
| José Viñals | 1,293 | 1,250 | 69 | 45 | 1,362 | 1,295 | 45,000 |
| Current INEDs | | | | | | | |
| Shirish Apte | 287 | 128 | 0 | 0 | 287 | 128 | 2,000 |
| David Conner^{3} | 250 | 233 | 1 | 1 | 251 | 234 | 10,000 |
| Christine Hodgson, CBE^{4} | 17 | 289 | 0 | 0 | 17 | 289 | – |
| Gay Huey Evans, CBE | 150 | 155 | 0 | 1 | 150 | 156 | 2,615 |
| Jackie Hunt | 185 | 43 | 3 | 0 | 188 | 43 | 2,000 |
| Robin Lawther, CBE | 225 | 93 | 0 | 0 | 225 | 93 | 2,000 |
| Maria Ramos | 332 | 239 | 0 | 0 | 332 | 239 | 2,000 |
| Phil Rivett | 247 | 234 | 0 | 0 | 247 | 234 | 2,128 |
| David Tang | 185 | 170 | 1 | 1 | 186 | 171 | 2,000 |
| Carlson Tong | 190 | 183 | 0 | 0 | 190 | 183 | 2,000 |
| Jasmine Whitbread^{5} | 82 | 210 | 0 | 0 | 82 | 210 | – |
| Linda Yueh, CBE^{6} | 219 | – | 0 | – | 219 | – | 2,000 |
1 The costs of benefits (and any associated tax costs) are paid by the Group
2 The beneficial interests of Chairman and INEDs, and connected persons in the shares of the Company are set out above. These directors do not have any non-beneficial interests in the Company's shares. None of these directors used shares as collateral for any loans. No director had either: (i) an interest in the Company's preference shares or loan stocks of any subsidiary or associated undertaking of the Group; or (ii) any corporate interests in the Company's ordinary shares. All figures are as of 31 December 2023 or on the retirement of a director unless otherwise stated
3 David Conner's fee includes his role on the Combined US Operations Risk Committee
4 Christine Hodgson stepped down from the Board on 31 January 2023 and we are no longer tracking her shareholding. Her reported fee for 2023 of £17,000 is in respect of the period of 1 January 2023 to 31 January 2023
5 Jasmine Whitbread stepped down from the Board on 3 May 2023 and we are no longer tracking her shareholding. Her reported fee for 2023 of £82,000 is in respect of the period of 1 January 2023 to 3 May 2023
6 Linda Yueh was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2023
## INEDs' letters of appointment
The INEDs have letters of appointment, which are available for inspection at the Group's registered office. INEDs are appointed for a period of one year, unless terminated by either party with three months' notice.
Details of the INEDs' appointments are set out on pages 137 to 141
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 2024 policy implementation for directors
Remuneration for the executive directors in 2024 will be in line with our directors' remuneration policy, approved at the AGM in May 2022. Key elements include salary, pension, benefits, an annual incentive and an LTIP award.
Our policy is summarised on pages 188 and 189 of this report and set out in full on pages 159 to 164 of the 2021 Annual Report and on our website at sc.com
The Committee annually reviews the executive directors' salaries, considering changes to the scope or responsibility of the role, market alignment and Group-wide increases. Fixed pay for Bill and Diego will not be increased in 2024.
| £000 | Bill Winters | | | Diego De Giorgi | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2024 | 2023 | % change | 2024 | 2023 | % change |
| Salary | 2,517 | 2,517 | 0 | 1,650 | - | - |
| of which cash | 1,258 | 1,258 | 0 | 1,100 | - | - |
| of which shares | 1,259 | 1,259 | 0 | 550 | - | - |
| Pension | 252 | 252 | 0 | 110 | - | - |
| Total fixed pay | 2,769 | 2,769 | 0 | 1,760 | - | - |
| Proportion of total fixed pay paid in cash | 55% | 55% | - | 69% | - | - |
| Proportion of total fixed pay paid in shares | 45% | 45% | - | 31% | - | - |
## Illustration of application of 2024 remuneration policy
The charts below illustrate potential directors' remuneration outcomes based on our policy (i.e. March 2024 awards based on 2023 performance and fixed remuneration with effect from 1 April 2024). These illustrate four performance scenarios and the percentages in each bar show the remuneration provided by each pay element. 2022 and 2023 single figures of remuneration for Bill are also shown.
## Executive director remuneration (£000)
Fixed remuneration Annual incentive LTIP
Bill Winters
Diego De Giorgi
| | £000 | Salary | Benefits | Pension | Total |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Fixed remuneration | Bill Winters | 2,517 | 288 | 252 | 3,057 |
| Consists of salary and pension for all 1 April 2024 and benefits (received in 2023, annualised for GCFs) | Diego De Giorgi | 1,650 | 59 | 110 | 1,819 |
| | Minimum | On-target | Maximum | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | £000 | % of target | % of salary | % of target | % of salary |
| Annual incentive | No annual incentive is awarded | 50% | 44% | 100% | 88% |
| LTIP award | No LTIP award vests | 50% | 66% | 100% | 132% |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Directors' remuneration report
# 2024 policy implementation for directors
continued
# 2024 annual incentive scorecard
Our annual incentive scorecard reflects our strategic priorities. Targets are set annually by the Committee based on the Group's annual financial plans and strategic priorities. Targets and performance achieved will be disclosed retrospectively in the 2024 Annual Report due to commercial sensitivity.
Financial measures make up 50 per cent of the scorecard. The Committee assesses strategic and personal measures using a quantitative and qualitative framework.
# 2024 scorecard – financial measures
| Measure | Weighting | Target |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Income^{1} | 9% | |
| CCIB Sustainable Finance Income | 3% | |
| Costs | 8% | • Targets to be disclosed retrospectively |
| RoTE^{2} with a CET1^{3} underpin of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | |
1 The Group's reported performance is adjusted for profits or losses of a capital nature, amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent, other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the period and items which management and investors would ordinarily identify separately when assessing underlying performance period by period
2 Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's underlying operating profit attributable to ordinary shareholders to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines and certain other adjustments but, for remuneration purposes, such adjustments are subject to review by the Committee
3 The CET1 underpin will be set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level as at 31 December 2024. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period
# 2024 scorecard – strategic measures
## Clients (Network, Affluent, Mass)
### Target
- Improve client satisfaction and client experience ratings.
- Deliver cross border income growth in CCIB.
- Deliver network growth in qualified clients across Affluent activity.
- Grow value of Ventures.
- Mass market Retail growth through new to bank personal customers.
Weighting – 12%
## Sustainability
### Target
- Meeting key milestones through building infrastructure relating to client, transaction and central data for delivering on our net zero ambition.
- Reducing our financed emissions for key sectors in line with our risk appetite and based on interim 2030 sectoral targets.
- Reducing Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line with our operational net zero target by 2025.
Weighting – 4%
## Productivity and transformation
### Target
- Grow proportion of digitally initiated transactions and digital sales adoption.
- Transformational Change: % of transformation change programmes on track.
- Productivity: Increase Operating Profit less Credit Impairment per FTE.
Weighting – 8%
## People and culture
### Target
- Improve employee engagement as evidenced in our annual My Voice survey.
- Improve senior female representation to support reaching 35% by 2025.
- Improve our 'culture of inclusion' score (internal index).
Weighting – 4%
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
207
# Risk and controls
## Target
- Non-financial risk reduction.
- Self-identification of audit issues.
Weighting – 12%
# 2024 scorecard – personal performance measures
## Bill – performance goals
### Target
- Further progress towards an efficient and more profitable Bank while maintaining focus on risk and control.
- Further promote our culture of innovation and maximise synergies between the main bank and our various Ventures.
- Continue to build a high performance environment and embed the culture of excellence.
Weighting – 10%
## Diego – performance goals
### Target
- Financial performance: contribute to the delivery of Group financial performance and operating leverage.
- Finance function performance: partner with and support business in the execution of the Group's strategy.
- Transformation and simplification: lead implementation of strategic change initiatives across the Group.
- Process and controls: continue to progress on major multi-year programs and address regulatory requirements.
Weighting – 10%
# INED fees
The Board regularly reviews the fee levels, considering market data and the duties, time commitment and contribution expected for the PLC Board and, where appropriate, subsidiary boards. Considering the increasing demands made of our INEDs the Board determined an increase in INED basic fees of GBP5,000 to GBP115,000 to be appropriate. The revised fees are effective from 1 January 2024.
The Chairman and the INEDs are eligible for benefits in line with the directors' remuneration policy. Neither the Chairman or INEDs receive any performance-related remuneration.
→ Our policy is summarised on pages 188 and 189 of this report and set out in full on pages 159 to 164 of the 2021 Annual Report and on our website at sc.com
| Role | Annual fee |
| --- | --- |
| Group Chairman¹ | £1,293,000 |
| Senior Independent Director | £45,000 |
| Independent Non-Executive Director | £115,000 |
| Committee | Member fee | Chair fee |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Audit, Board Risk, Remuneration | £40,000 | £80,000 |
| Culture and Sustainability | £35,000 | £70,000 |
| Governance and Nomination | £17,000 | Nil |
1 The Group Chairman receives a stand-alone fee which is inclusive of all services (including Board and Committee responsibilities)
2 The Group does not currently utilise the role of Deputy Chairman and does not plan to do so
---
Directors' report Additional remuneration disclosures
# Additional remuneration disclosures
The following disclosures provide further information and context on executive director and wider workforce remuneration as required by the Directors' Remuneration Report Regulations and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.
## The relationship between the remuneration of the Group CEO and all UK employees
Ratio of the total remuneration of the CEO to that of the UK lower quartile, median and upper quartile employees
| Year | Method | CEO £000 | UK employee - £000 | | | Pay ratio | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | P25 | P50 | P75 | P25 | P50 | P75 |
| 2023 | A | 7,837 | 110 | 162 | 247 | 71:1 | 48:1 | 32:1 |
| 2022 | A | 6,408 | 95 | 145 | 228 | 67:1 | 44:1 | 28:1 |
| 2021 | A | 4,740 | 92 | 139 | 215 | 52:1 | 34:1 | 22:1 |
| 2020 | A | 3,926 | 84 | 128 | 199 | 46:1 | 31:1 | 20:1 |
| 2019 | A | 5,360 | 83 | 128 | 212 | 65:1 | 42:1 | 25:1 |
| 2018 | A | 6,287 | 78 | 124 | 208 | 80:1 | 51:1 | 30:1 |
| 2017 | A | 4,683 | 76 | 121 | 203 | 61:1 | 39:1 | 23:1 |
The ratio will depend materially on yearly LTIP outcomes for the CEO, and accordingly may fluctuate. Therefore, the Committee also discloses salary and salary plus annual incentive ratios, as most UK employees do not typically receive LTIP awards.
## Additional ratios of pay based on salary and salary plus annual incentive
| Salary | CEO £000 | UK employee - £000 | | | Pay ratio | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | P25 | P50 | P75 | P25 | P50 | P75 |
| 2023 | 2,496 | 78 | 103 | 149 | 32:1 | 24:1 | 17:1 |
| 2022 | 2,418 | 72 | 87 | 138 | 34:1 | 28:1 | 18:1 |
| 2021 | 2,370 | 68 | 100 | 136 | 35:1 | 24:1 | 17:1 |
| 2020 | 2,370 | 63 | 93 | 116 | 38:1 | 25:1 | 20:1 |
| 2019 | 2,353 | 65 | 90 | 128 | 36:1 | 26:1 | 18:1 |
| 2018 | 2,300 | 59 | 86 | 142 | 39:1 | 27:1 | 16:1 |
| 2017 | 2,300 | 55 | 81 | 124 | 42:1 | 28:1 | 19:1 |
| Salary plus annual incentive | CEO £000 | UK employee - £000 | | | Pay ratio | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | P25 | P50 | P75 | P25 | P50 | P75 |
| 2023 | 3,958 | 96 | 138 | 220 | 41:1 | 29:1 | 18:1 |
| 2022 | 3,917 | 84 | 123 | 202 | 47:1 | 32:1 | 19:1 |
| 2021 | 3,559 | 79 | 122 | 186 | 45:1 | 29:1 | 19:1 |
| 2020 | 2,756 | 74 | 104 | 175 | 37:1 | 26:1 | 16:1 |
| 2019 | 3,604 | 73 | 109 | 187 | 49:1 | 33:1 | 19:1 |
| 2018 | 3,691 | 72 | 105 | 183 | 52:1 | 35:1 | 20:1 |
| 2017 | 3,978 | 69 | 103 | 182 | 58:1 | 39:1 | 22:1 |
## CEO pay ratio methodology
- Pay ratios are calculated using Option A methodology, aligned with investor guidance.
- Employee pay data is based on full-time equivalent UK employees as of 31 December for the relevant year, excluding leavers, joiners, and transfers in/out of the UK during the year for like-for-like comparison. Total remuneration is calculated in line with the single figure methodology and insured benefits data is based on notional premiums. No other adjustments or assumptions have been made.
- CEO pay is the single figure of remuneration for 2023 and restated for 2022 to reflect the final LTIP performance outcome assessed in March 2023. The 2023 ratio will be restated in the 2024 report to reflect the final LTIP performance outcome for eligible employees and the CEO.
- The Committee considered the data for three individuals identified at the quartiles for 2023 and believes it fairly reflects UK employee pay. They were full-time employees and received remuneration in line with policy, without exceptional pay.
- Our LTIP links remuneration to the achievement of long-term strategy and reinforces alignment with shareholder interests. Participation is typically senior employees who directly influence the award's performance targets. The identified quartile employees are not LTIP participants.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Group performance versus the CEO's remuneration
The graph below shows the Group's TSR performance on a cumulative basis over the past 10 years alongside that of the FTSE 100 and peer banks. The graph also shows CEO remuneration based on the single figure over the 10 years ended 31 December 2023 for comparison. The FTSE 100 provides a broad comparison group against which shareholders may measure their relative returns.
The table below shows the single figure of total remuneration for the CEO since 2014 and the variable remuneration delivered as a percentage of maximum opportunity.
| Salary | PS | PS | BW | BW | BW | BW | BW | BW | BW | BW | BW |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2014 | 2015 | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 |
| Single figure of total remuneration £000 | 3,093 | 1,290 | 8,399 | 3,392 | 4,683 | 6,287 | 5,360 | 3,926 | 4,740 | 6,408 | 7,837 |
| Annual incentive as percentage of maximum opportunity | 0% | 0% | 0% | 45% | 76% | 63% | 55% | 18.5% | 57% | 70% | 66% |
| Vesting of LTIP awards as a percentage of maximum1 | 10% | 0%
| - | - | - |
27% | 38% | 26% | 23% | 36.8% | 66% |
1 TSR performance will be assessed three years from the date of award, in March 2024, making the projected 2023 LTIP outcome of 66 per cent subject to change
- Bill's single figure of total remuneration in 2015 includes his buyout award of £6.5 million to compensate for the forfeiture of share interests on joining from his previous employment.
- The 2022 single figure for Bill has been restated based on the actual performance outcome and share price when the 2020-22 LTIP awards started vesting in March 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report Additional remuneration disclosures
Additional remuneration disclosures
continued
Annual percentage change in remuneration of directors and UK employees
In line with our Fair Pay Charter, we monitor CEO and wider workforce remuneration changes annually. Additionally, complying with the Shareholder Rights Directive, we compare PLC Board directors with an average FTE UK employee. As individuals are employed by subsidiary companies rather than Standard Chartered PLC we voluntarily disclose comparison against UK employees as we feel this is a suitable comparison.
| | Salary % change | | | | Taxable benefits % change | | | | Annual incentive % change | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 |
| CEO Bill Winters | 3.2 | 2.0 | 0.0 | 0.7 | (3.0) | 79.8 | (26.5) | (2.9) | (2.5) | 26.1 | 208.1 | (69.2) |
| GCFO Andy Halford | 3.2 | 2.0 | 0.7 | 3.7 | (17.0) | 23.9 | (5.6) | 30.2 | (2.6) | 24.3 | 208.9 | (68.2) |
| Workforce average FTE UK employee | 10.4 | 3.3 | 3.1 | 3.8 | 2.2 | (7.0) | (2.0) | 2.9 | 0.8 | 14.3 | 38.2 | (22.1) |
| Group Chairman José Viñals1 | 3.4 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 53.2 | 170.2 | (61.5) | (11.7) | - | - | - | - |
| Shirish Apte | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| David Conner | 7.5 | (8.8) | (6.7) | (0.6) | 0.0 | 0.0 | 5.9 | (57.5) | - | - | - | - |
| Christine Hodgson, CBE2 | - | (11.0) | 0.0 | 0.0 | - | 0.0 | (100.0) | 28.2 | - | - | - | - |
| Gay Huey Evans, CBE | (3.2) | (22.5) | 0.0 | 0.0 | (100.0) | 100.0 | (100.0) | 233.9 | - | - | - | - |
| Jackie Hunt | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Robin Lawther, CBE | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Maria Ramos3 | 38.8 | 25.9 | - | - | 0.0 | 0.0 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Phil Rivett | 5.7 | 3.9 | - | - | 0.0 | 0.0 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| David Tang | 8.8 | 0.0 | 18.3 | - | 0.0 | 0.0 | (82.3) | - | - | - | - | - |
| Carlson Tong | 4.1 | (11.0) | 0.0 | - | 0.0 | 0.0 | (100.0) | - | - | - | - | - |
| Jasmine Whitbread2 | - | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | - | 0.0 | (100.0) | (49.2) | - | - | - | - |
| Linda Yueh | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
1 The increase in 2023 taxable benefits for José Viñals is primarily due to the continuing increase in business travel to pre-pandemic levels
2 In 2023, Christine Hodgson and Jasmine Whitbread stepped down from the Board on 31 January and 3 May respectively. Linda Yueh was appointed to the Board on 1 January
3 The increase in fees for Maria Ramos is due to changes in Board and Committee responsibilities in 2022
+ See pages 195 and 204 for the CEO, GCFO, Group Chairman and INEDs data the changes relates to
Annual percentage change in remuneration of directors and UK employees methodology
- Employee pay data is based on FTE UK employees as of 31 December for the relevant year, excluding leavers, joiners, and transfers in/out of the UK during the year for like-for-like comparison. Salary percentage change reflects increases decided at the end of 2022 and implemented in 2023.
- Average FTE UK employee percentage change is calculated on a mean basis to allow for a more consistent year-on-year comparison.
- Due to the low value taxable benefits received by INEDs, small value changes may lead to annual percentage change fluctuations.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Scheme interests awarded, exercised and lapsed during the year
Employees, including executive directors, are not permitted to engage in any personal investment strategies with regards to their Company shares, including hedging against the share price of Company shares. The main features of the outstanding shares and awards are summarised below:
| Award | Performance measures | | Performance outcome (100%) | | Accrues notional dividends?¹ | Delivery |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 2016-18 LTIP | | 33% RoE² | 27% | | Yes | • Tranche 1: 50% • Tranches 2-5: 12.5% |
| 2017-19 LTIP | | 33% TSR | 38% | | Yes | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2018-20 LTIP | | 33% Strategic | 26% | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2019-21 LTIP | | 33% RoTE | 23% | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2020-22 LTIP | | 33% TSR | 36.8% | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2021-23 LTIP | | 30% RoTE | 66% | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2022-24 LTIP | | 30% TSR | To be assessed at the end of 2024 | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| 2023-25 LTIP | | 15% Sustainability | To be assessed at the end of 2025 | | No | • 5 equal tranches |
| | | 25% Strategic | | | | |
1 2016-18 and 2017-19 LTIP awards may receive dividend equivalent shares based on dividends declared between grant and vest. From 1 January 2017 remuneration regulations for European banks prohibited the award of dividend equivalent shares. Therefore, the number of shares awarded in respect of the LTIP awards granted after this date took into account the lack of dividend equivalents (calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield) such that the overall value of the award was maintained
2 Return on equity
# Change in interests during the period 1 January to 31 December 2023 (audited)
Bill Winters¹
| | Date of grant | Share award price (£) | As at 1 January | Awarded² | Dividends awarded³ | Vested/ exercised⁴ | Lapsed | As at 31 December | Performance period end | Vesting date |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 2016-18 LTIP | 4 May 2016 | 5.560 | 33,507 | – | 3,292 | 36,799 | – | – | 11 Mar 2019 | 4 May 2023 |
| 2017-19 LTIP | 13 Mar 2017 | 7.450 | 45,049 | – | 4,421 | 49,470 | – | – | 13 Mar 2020 | 13 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 45,049 | – | – | – | – | 45,049 | | 13 Mar 2024 |
| 2018-20 LTIP | 9 Mar 2018 | 7.782 | 28,178 | – | – | 28,178 | – | – | 9 Mar 2021 | 9 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 28,178 | – | – | – | – | 28,178 | | 9 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 28,179 | – | – | – | – | 28,179 | | 9 Mar 2025 |
| 2019-21 LTIP | 11 Mar 2019 | 6.105 | 30,604 | – | – | 30,604 | – | – | 11 Mar 2022 | 11 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 30,604 | – | – | – | – | 30,604 | | 11 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 30,604 | – | – | – | – | 30,604 | | 11 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 30,605 | – | – | – | – | 30,605 | | 11 Mar 2026 |
| 2020-22 LTIP | 9 Mar 2020 | 5.196 | 161,095 | – | – | 59,282 | 101,813 | – | 9 Mar 2023 | 9 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 161,095 | – | – | – | 101,813 | 59,282 | | 9 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 161,095 | – | – | – | 101,813 | 59,282 | | 9 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 161,095 | – | – | – | 101,813 | 59,282 | | 9 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 161,095 | – | – | – | 101,813 | 59,282 | | 9 Mar 2027 |
| 2021-23 LTIP | 15 Mar 2021 | 4.901 | 150,621 | – | – | – | – | 150,621 | 15 Mar 2024 | 15 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 150,621 | – | – | – | – | 150,621 | | 15 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 150,621 | – | – | – | – | 150,621 | | 15 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 150,621 | – | – | – | – | 150,621 | | 15 Mar 2027 |
| | | | 150,621 | – | – | – | – | 150,621 | | 15 Mar 2028 |
| 2022-24 LTIP | 14 Mar 2022 | 4.876 | 151,386 | – | – | – | – | 151,386 | 14 Mar 2025 | 14 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 151,386 | – | – | – | – | 151,386 | | 14 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 151,386 | – | – | – | – | 151,386 | | 14 Mar 2027 |
| | | | 151,386 | – | – | – | – | 151,386 | | 14 Mar 2028 |
| | | | 151,388 | – | – | – | – | 151,388 | | 14 Mar 2029 |
| 2023-25 LTIP | 13 Mar 2023 | 7.398 | – | 101,209 | – | – | – | 101,209 | 13 Mar 2026 | 13 Mar 2026 |
| | | | – | 101,209 | – | – | – | 101,209 | | 13 Mar 2027 |
| | | | – | 101,209 | – | – | – | 101,209 | | 13 Mar 2028 |
| | | | – | 101,209 | – | – | – | 101,209 | | 13 Mar 2029 |
| | | | – | 101,209 | – | – | – | 101,209 | | 13 Mar 2030 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Additional remuneration disclosures
Additional remuneration disclosures
continued
Andy Halford¹
| | Date of grant | Share award price (£) | As at 1 January | Awarded² | Dividends awarded³ | Vested/exercised⁴ | Lapsed | As at 31 December | Performance period end | Vesting date |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 2016-18 LTIP | 4 May 2016 | 5.560 | 20,009 | – | 1,966 | 21,975 | – | – | 11 Mar 2019 | 4 May 2023 |
| 2017-19 LTIP | 13 Mar 2017 | 7.450 | 27,888 | – | 2,740 | 30,628 | – | – | 13 Mar 2020 | 13 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 27,890 | – | – | – | – | 27,890 | | 13 Mar 2024 |
| 2018-20 LTIP | 9 Mar 2018 | 7.782 | 17,448 | – | – | 17,448 | – | – | 9 Mar 2021 | 9 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 17,448 | – | – | – | – | 17,448 | | 9 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 17,448 | – | – | – | – | 17,448 | | 9 Mar 2025 |
| 2019-21 LTIP | 11 Mar 2019 | 6.105 | 19,571 | – | – | 19,571 | – | – | 11 Mar 2022 | 11 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 19,571 | – | – | – | – | 19,571 | | 11 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 19,571 | – | – | – | – | 19,571 | | 11 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 19,572 | – | – | – | – | 19,572 | | 11 Mar 2026 |
| 2020-22 LTIP | 9 Mar 2020 | 5.196 | 99,976 | – | – | 36,791 | 63,185 | – | 9 Mar 2023 | 9 Mar 2023 |
| | | | 99,976 | – | – | – | 63,185 | 36,791 | | 9 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 99,976 | – | – | – | 63,185 | 36,791 | | 9 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 99,976 | – | – | – | 63,185 | 36,791 | | 9 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 99,977 | – | – | – | 63,186 | 36,791 | | 9 Mar 2027 |
| 2021-23 LTIP | 15 Mar 2021 | 4.901 | 96,283 | – | – | – | – | 96,283 | 15 Mar 2024 | 15 Mar 2024 |
| | | | 96,283 | – | – | – | – | 96,283 | | 15 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 96,283 | – | – | – | – | 96,283 | | 15 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 96,283 | – | – | – | – | 96,283 | | 15 Mar 2027 |
| | | | 96,283 | – | – | – | – | 96,283 | | 15 Mar 2028 |
| 2022-24 LTIP | 14 Mar 2022 | 4.876 | 96,772 | – | – | – | – | 96,772 | 14 Mar 2025 | 14 Mar 2025 |
| | | | 96,772 | – | – | – | – | 96,772 | | 14 Mar 2026 |
| | | | 96,772 | – | – | – | – | 96,772 | | 14 Mar 2027 |
| | | | 96,772 | – | – | – | – | 96,772 | | 14 Mar 2028 |
| | | | 96,773 | – | – | – | – | 96,773 | | 14 Mar 2029 |
| 2023-25 LTIP | 13 Mar 2023 | 7.398 | – | 64,700 | – | – | – | 64,700 | 13 Mar 2026 | 13 Mar 2026 |
| | | | – | 64,700 | – | – | – | 64,700 | | 13 Mar 2027 |
| | | | – | 64,700 | – | – | – | 64,700 | | 13 Mar 2028 |
| | | | – | 64,700 | – | – | – | 64,700 | | 13 Mar 2029 |
| | | | – | 64,702 | – | – | – | 64,702 | | 13 Mar 2030 |
| 2022 Sharesave⁵⁶ | | 4.230 | 2,127 | – | – | – | – | 2,127 | – | 1 Feb 2026 |
1 The unvested LTIP awards held by Bill and Andy are conditional rights. They do not have to pay towards these awards. Under these awards, shares are delivered on vesting or as soon as practicable thereafter
2 For the 2023-25 LTIP awards granted to Bill and Andy on 13 March 2023, the values granted were: Bill: £3.2 million; Andy £2.1 million. The number of shares awarded in respect of the LTIP took into account the lack of dividend equivalents (calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield) such that the overall value of the award was maintained. Performance measures apply to 2023-25 LTIP awards. The closing price on the day before grant was £7.398
3 Dividend equivalent shares may be awarded on vesting for awards granted prior to 1 January 2018. On 31 March 2020, Standard Chartered announced that in response to the request from the PRA and as a consequence of the unprecedented challenges facing the world due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board decided to withdraw the recommendation to pay a final dividend for 2019. Dividend equivalent shares allocated to the 2016-18 and 2017-19 LTIP awards vesting in 2023 did not include any shares relating to the cancelled dividend
4 Shares (before tax) were delivered to Bill and Andy from the vesting element of LTIP awards. The closing share price on the day before the shares were delivered was as follows:
- 4 May 2023: Shares in respect of the 2016-18 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £6.114
- 13 March 2023: Shares in respect of the 2017-19 LTIP and 2019-21 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £7.398
- 9 March 2023: Shares in respect of the 2018-20 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £7.874
- 15 March 2023: Shares in respect of the 2020-22 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £6.968
5 Andy chose to participate in the 2022 Sharesave invitation. This unvested option was granted on 28 November 2022 under the 2013 Plan – to exercise this option, Andy has to pay an exercise price of £4.23 per share, which has been discounted by 20 per cent
6 The vesting date relates to the end of the savings contract and the start of the six month exercise window
As at 31 December 2023, none of the directors had registered an interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or any of its associated corporations that was required to be recorded pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers.
See page 450 for details of share plan dilution limits
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Executive directors' shareholdings and share interests including share awards (audited)
Shares that count towards the executive director shareholding requirements are beneficially owned shares, including shares subject to a retention period, and unvested share awards for which performance conditions have been satisfied (on a net of tax basis). As of 31 December 2023, both Bill and Andy significantly exceeded their shareholding requirement.
Shares purchased voluntarily from their own funds are equivalent to 82 and 60 per cent of salary for Bill and Andy, respectively. No shares were purchased voluntarily in 2023. The following chart and table summarise the executive directors' shareholdings and share interests.
1 All figures are as of 31 December 2023 unless stated otherwise. The closing share price on 29 December 2023 was £6.67. No director had either: (i) an interest in Standard Chartered PLC's preference shares or loan stocks of any subsidiary or associated undertaking of the Group; or (ii) any corporate interests in Standard Chartered PLC's ordinary shares
2 The beneficial interests of directors and connected persons in the ordinary shares of the Company are set out above. The executive directors do not have any non-beneficial interest in the Company's shares. Neither of the executive directors used ordinary shares as collateral for any loans
3 The salary and shares held beneficially include shares awarded to deliver the executive directors' salary shares
4 36.8 per cent of the 2020-22 LTIP award is no longer subject to performance measures due to achievement against 2020-22 TSR and strategic measures
5 As Bill and Andy are both UK taxpayers zero per cent tax is assumed to apply to Sharesave (as Sharesave is a UK tax qualified share plan) and 47 per cent tax is assumed to apply to other unvested share awards (marginal combined PAYE rate of income tax at 45 per cent and employee National Insurance contributions at 2 per cent) - rates may change
# Historical LTIP awards
The current position on projected vesting for unvested LTIP awards from the 2021 and 2022 performance years based on current performance as at 31 December 2023 is set out in the tables below.
# Current position on the 2022-24 LTIP award: projected partial vesting
| Measure | | Weighting | Minimum (25%) | Maximum (100%) | 2022-24 LTIP assessment as of 31 December 2023 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RoTE^{1} in 2024 with a CET1^{2} underpin of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | 7% | 11% | | RoTE between threshold and maximum: indicative partial vesting |
| Relative TSR performance against peer group | 30% | Median | Upper quartile | | TSR positioned between median and upper quartile: indicative partial vesting |
| Sustainability | 15% | Targets set for sustainability measures linked to the business strategy | | | Tracking above target performance: indicative partial vesting |
| Other strategic measures | 25% | Targets set for strategic measures linked to the business strategy | | | Tracking above target performance: indicative partial vesting |
1 Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's underlying operating profit attributable to ordinary shareholders to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines and certain other adjustments but, for remuneration purposes, such adjustments are subject to review by the Committee
2 The CET1 underpin will be set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level as at 31 December 2024. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Additional remuneration disclosures
# Additional remuneration disclosures
continued
# Current position on the 2023-25 LTIP award: projected partial vesting
| Measure | | Weighting | Minimum (25%) | Maximum (100%) | 2023-25 LTIP assessment as of 31 December 2023 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | RoTE^{1} in 2025 with a CET1^{2} underpin of the higher of 13% or the minimum regulatory requirement | 30% | 10% | 12.5% | RoTE between threshold and maximum: indicative partial vesting |
| | Relative TSR performance against peer group | 30% | Median | Upper quartile | TSR positioned below the median: indicative 0% vesting |
| | Sustainability | 15% | Targets set for sustainability measures linked to the business strategy | | Tracking above target performance: indicative partial vesting |
| | Other strategic measures | 25% | Targets set for strategic measures linked to the business strategy | | Tracking above target performance: indicative partial vesting |
1. Underlying RoTE represents the ratio of the current year's underlying operating profit attributable to ordinary shareholders to the weighted average ordinary shareholders' equity less the average goodwill and intangibles for the reporting period. Underlying RoTE normally excludes regulatory fines and certain other adjustments but, for remuneration purposes, such adjustments are subject to review by the Committee
2. The CET1 underpin will be set at the higher of 13 per cent or the minimum regulatory level as at 31 December 2025. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account at the end of the performance period any changes in regulatory capital and risk-weighted asset requirements that might have been announced and implemented after the start of the performance period
The Committee assesses the value of LTIP awards on vesting and has the flexibility to adjust if the formulaic outcome is not considered to be an appropriate reflection of the performance achieved and to avoid windfall gains.
The approach used to determine Group-wide total discretionary incentives in 2023 is explained on pages 182 and 183 of this report. The following tables show the income statement charge for these incentives.
# Income statement charge for Group discretionary incentives
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Total discretionary incentives | 1,574 | 1,589 |
| Less: discretionary incentives that will be charged in future years | (242) | (242) |
| Plus: current year charge for discretionary incentives from prior years | 188 | 150 |
| Total | 1,520 | 1,497 |
| Year in which income statement is expected to reflect discretionary incentives | Actual | | Expected | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2022 $million | 2023 $million | 2024 $million | 2025 and beyond $million |
| Discretionary incentives awarded for 2021 and earlier | 150 | 82 | 37 | 27 |
| Discretionary incentives awarded for 2022 | 77 | 106 | 60 | 60 |
| Discretionary incentives awarded for 2023 | – | 81 | 116 | 126 |
| Total | 227 | 269 | 213 | 213 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Allocation of the Group's earnings between stakeholders
When considering Group variable remuneration, the Committee takes account of shareholders' concerns about relative expenditure on pay and determines the allocation of earnings to expenditure on remuneration carefully, and has approached this allocation in a disciplined way. The amount of corporate tax, including the bank levy, is included in the chart because it is a significant payment and illustrates the Group's contribution through the tax system.
## Approach to risk adjustment
| Risk adjustment | What and how? | When? |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Collective adjustments | • At a collective level, the Group annual scorecard and LTIP performance criteria include risk and control measures. • In addition, the Committee carries out a detailed review of all risk, control and conduct matters including ongoing investigations and any matters raised by regulators, and may use its discretion to adjust scorecard outcomes or remuneration to reflect matters not adequately captured by the scorecards. | • Material restatement of the Group's financials. • Significant failure in risk management. • Discovery of endemic problems in financial reporting. • Financial losses, due to a material breach of regulatory guidelines. • The exercise of regulatory or government action to recapitalise the Group following material financial losses. |
| Individual adjustments | • Individual risk adjustments to variable remuneration are considered based on the materiality of the issue. • At an individual level, risk adjustments can be applied through the reduction or forfeiture of the value of current year variable remuneration or the application of malus or clawback to unpaid or paid variable remuneration as appropriate, at the Committee's discretion. | • Deemed to have: (i) caused in full or in part a material loss for the Group as a result of reckless, negligent or wilful actions, or (ii) exhibited inappropriate behaviours, or (iii) applied a lack of appropriate supervision and due diligence. • The individual failed to meet appropriate standards of fitness and propriety. |
↑ Our Pillar 3 remuneration disclosures can be viewed in our 2023 Pillar 3 Report at sc.com
# Remuneration of the five highest paid individuals and the remuneration of senior management
In line with the requirements of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, the following table sets out, on an aggregate basis, the annual remuneration of: (i) the five highest paid employees; and (ii) senior management for the year ended 31 December 2023.
| Components of remuneration | Five highest paid^{1} $000 | Senior management^{2} $000 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Salary, cash allowances and benefits in kind | 19,537 | 28,286 |
| Pension contributions | 358 | 1,428 |
| Variable remuneration awards paid or receivable | 31,376 | 42,928 |
| Payments made on appointment | – | 1,070 |
| Remuneration for loss of office (contractual or other) | – | – |
| Other | – | – |
| Total | 51,271 | 73,712 |
| Total HKD equivalent | 401,528 | 577,275 |
1 The five highest paid individuals include Bill Winters
2 Senior management comprises the executive directors and the members of the Group Management Team at any point during 2023
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report Additional remuneration disclosures
Share award movements for the five highest paid individuals for the year to 31 December 2023¹
| | LTIP² | Deferred shares³ | Sharesave | Weighted average Sharesave exercise price (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Outstanding at 1 January 2023 | 4,483,528 | 3,097,427 | 4,246 | 4.23 |
| Granted⁴,⁵ | 997,172 | 1,303,485 | 88 | – |
| Lapsed | 729,613 | – | – | – |
| Vested/Exercised | 253,569 | 738,051 | – | – |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2023 | 4,497,518 | 3,662,861 | 4,334 | 4.26 |
| Exercisable as at 31 December 2023 | – | – | – | – |
| Range of exercise prices (£) | – | – | – | 4.23 – 5.88 |
1 The five highest paid individuals include Bill Winters
2 Granted under the 2021 Plan and 2011 Plan. Employees do not contribute to the cost of these awards
3 993,801 (LTIP) granted on 13 March 2023, 2,821 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2023, 550 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 September 2023, 1,302,503 (Deferred shares) granted on 13 March 2023, 690 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2023, 292 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 September 2023. 88 (Sharesave) granted on 18 Sep 2023
4 LTIP and Deferred shares were granted at a share price of £7.398, the closing price on the last trading day preceding the grant date. The vesting period for these awards ranges from 1 to 7 years
5 For Sharesave granted in 2023 the exercise price is £5.88 per share, a 20% discount from the average of the closing prices over the five days to the invitation date of 21 August 2023. The closing share price on 18 August 2023 was £7.214
See page 211 for details of awards and options for Bill Winters
See page 451 for a view of share awards and options for all employees
See page 447 for details on the accounting standard adopted for share awards is IFRS2
The table below shows the emoluments of: (i) the five highest paid employees; and (ii) senior management for the year ended 31 December 2023.
| Remuneration band HKD | Number of employees | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Remuneration band USD equivalent | Five highest paid | Senior management¹ |
| 20,000,001 – 20,500,000 | 2,553,789 – 2,617,634 | – | 1 |
| 22,000,001 – 22,500,000 | 2,809,168 – 2,873,013 | – | 1 |
| 23,500,001 – 24,000,000 | 3,000,702 – 3,064,547 | – | 1 |
| 24,000,001 – 24,500,000 | 3,064,547 – 3,128,392 | – | 1 |
| 26,500,001 – 27,000,000 | 3,383,771 – 3,447,615 | – | 1 |
| 27,000,001 – 27,500,000 | 3,447,616 – 3,511,460 | – | 1 |
| 32,000,001 – 32,500,000 | 4,086,063 – 4,149,907 | – | 1 |
| 32,500,001 – 33,000,000 | 4,149,908 – 4,213,752 | – | 1 |
| 34,500,001 – 35,000,000 | 4,405,286 – 4,469,131 | – | 1 |
| 41,000,001 – 41,500,000 | 5,235,268 – 5,299,113 | – | 1 |
| 44,500,001 – 45,000,000 | 5,682,181 – 5,746,026 | – | 1 |
| 52,000,001 – 52,500,000 | 6,639,852 – 6,703,697 | 1 | – |
| 75,500,001 – 76,000,000 | 9,640,554 – 9,704,399 | 1 | 1 |
| 78,000,001 – 78,500,000 | 9,959,778 – 10,023,623 | 1 | 1 |
| 84,500,001 – 85,000,000 | 10,789,759 – 10,853,604 | 1 | 1 |
| 110,500,001 – 111,000,000 | 14,109,685 – 14,173,530 | 1 | – |
| Total | | 5 | 14 |
1 Senior management comprises the executive directors and the members of the Group Management Team at any point during 2023
Shirish Apte
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Other disclosures
The Directors' report for the year ended 31 December 2023 comprises pages 134 to 229 of this report (together with the sections of the Annual Report incorporated by reference). The Company has chosen, in accordance with section 414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006, and as noted in this Directors' report, to include certain matters in its Strategic report that would otherwise be disclosed in this Directors' report. Both the Strategic report and the Directors' report have been drawn up and presented in accordance with English company law, and the liabilities of the directors in connection with that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. Other information to be disclosed in the Directors' report is given in this section. In addition to the requirements set out in the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules relating to the Annual Report, information required by UK Listing Rule 9.8.4 to be included in the Annual Report, where applicable, is set out in the table below and cross-referenced.
## Information to be included in the Annual Report (UK Listing Rules 9.8.4)
| Relevant Listing Rule | Pages |
| --- | --- |
| LR 9.8.4 (1) (2) (4-11) (14) (A) (B) | N/A |
| LR 9.8.4 (12-13) | 439 |
## Principal activities
We are a leading international banking group, with over 170 years of history. Our unique geographical footprint in Asia, Africa and the Middle East helps connect the world's most dynamic markets. Our purpose is to drive commerce and prosperity through our unique diversity. The Group's roots in trade finance and commercial banking have been at the core of its success throughout its history, but the Group is now more broadly based across Consumer, Private and Business Banking and Ventures. The Group operates in the UK and overseas through a number of subsidiaries, branches and offices.
Further details on our business, including key performance indicators, can be found within the Strategic report on pages 11 to 89
## Fair, balanced and understandable
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee has reviewed the Annual Report and the process by which the Group believes that the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the position and performance, strategy and business model of the Group. Following its review, the Audit Committee has advised the Board that such a statement can be made in the Annual Report.
## UK Corporate Governance Code compliance
The table below contains examples of where the Company has applied the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code in this Annual Report.
A copy of the UK Corporate Governance Code can be found at frc.org.uk
| | Principles | Pages/reference |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Board leadership and company purpose | A – Promoting long-term sustainable success and value | 11 to 89, and 137 to 141 |
| | B – Purpose, value, strategy and alignment with culture | 2 to 3, 24, 130 and 225 |
| | C – Performance measures, controls and risk management | 14 to 15, and 314 to 319 |
| | D – Shareholder and other stakeholder engagement | 54 to 64, and 157 to 161 |
| | E – Workforce policies and practices | 60 to 64 |
| Division of responsibilities | F – Chair role and responsibilities | 151 to 153, and 155 to 156 |
| | G – Board roles and responsibilities | 151 |
| | H – Non-executive directors’ role and capacity | 151 |
| | I – Board effectiveness and efficiency | 155 to 156 |
| Composition, succession and evaluation | J – Board appointments and succession plans | 179 |
| | K – Board skills, experience, knowledge and tenure | 137 to 141 |
| | L – Board evaluation of composition, diversity and effectiveness | 153 and 155 to 157 |
| Audit, risk and internal control | M – Independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit functions, integrity of financial and narrative statements | 166 |
| | N – Fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects | 164 |
| | O – Risk management and internal controls | 314 to 319 |
| Remuneration | P – Remuneration policies and practices | 182 to 216 |
| | Q – Procedure for developing remuneration policy | Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference |
| | R – Independent judgement and discretion when authorising remuneration outcomes | Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference |
| | | |
The Remuneration Committee has written Terms of Reference that can be viewed at sc.com/termsofreference
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Other disclosures
# Events after the balance sheet date
For details on post balance sheet events, see Note 35 to the financial statements.
# Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure
The Group's 2023 financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the principles of the UK Finance Disclosure Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure.
# Viability and going concern
Having made appropriate enquiries, the Board is satisfied that the Company and the Group as a whole has adequate resources to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for a period of at least 12 months from 23 February 2024 and therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
The directors' viability statement in respect to the Group can be found in the Strategic report on pages 88 and 89, while the directors' going concern considerations for the Group can be found on page 369.
# Sufficiency of public float
As at the date of this report, the Company has maintained the prescribed public float under the rules governing the listing of securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the Hong Kong Listing Rules), based on the information publicly available to the Company and within the knowledge of the directors.
# Research and development
During the year, the Group invested $2.01 billion (2022: $198 billion) in research and development, of which $0.99 billion (2022: $0.94 billion) was recognised as an expense. The research and development investment primarily related to the planning, analysis, design, development, testing, integration, deployment and initial support of technology systems.
# Political donations
The Group has a policy in place which prohibits donations being made that would: (i) improperly influence legislation or regulation, (ii) promote political views or ideologies, and (iii) fund political causes. In alignment to this, no political donations were made in the year ended 31 December 2023.
# Directors and their interests
The membership of the Board, together with the Directors' biographical details, are given on pages 137 to 141. Details of the directors' beneficial and non-beneficial interests in the ordinary shares of the Company as at 31 December 2023 are shown in the Directors' remuneration report on pages 204 and 213. As at 16 February 2024, there had been no changes to those interests in relation to directors remaining in office at that date. The Group operates a number of share-based arrangements for its directors and employees.
Details of these arrangements are included in the Directors' remuneration report and in Note 29 to the financial statements
The Company has received from each of the INEDs an annual confirmation of independence pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules and still considers all of the non-executive directors to be independent.
At no time during the year did any director hold a material interest in any contracts of significance with the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, we have established a process requiring directors to disclose proposed outside business interests before any are entered into. This enables prior assessment of any conflict or potential conflict of interest and any impact on time commitment. On behalf of the Board, the GNC reviews existing conflicts of interest annually to consider if they continue to be conflicts of interest, and also to revisit the terms upon which they were authorised. The Board is satisfied that our processes in this respect continue to operate effectively.
Subject to company law, the Articles of Association and the authority granted to directors in general meeting, the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company and may delegate authorities to committees. The Articles of Association contain provisions relating to the appointment, re-election and removal of directors. Newly appointed directors retire at the AGM following appointment and are eligible for election. All directors are nominated for annual re-election by shareholders subject to continued satisfactory performance based upon their annual assessment.
Non-executive directors are appointed for an initial period of one year and subject to (re)election by shareholders at AGMs, in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018.
The Company has granted indemnities to all of its directors on terms consistent with the applicable statutory provisions. Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions for the purposes of section 234 of the Companies Act 2006 were accordingly in force during the course of the financial year ended 31 December 2023 and remain in force at the date of this report.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Qualifying pension scheme indemnities
Qualifying pension scheme indemnity provisions (as defined by section 235 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force during the course of the financial year ended 31 December 2023 for the benefit of the UK's pension fund corporate trustee (Standard Chartered Trustees (UK) Limited), and remain in force at the date of this report.
## Significant agreements
The Company is not party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate following a change of control of the Company. The Company does not have agreements with any director or employee that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from a takeover, except that provisions of the Company's share schemes and plans may cause awards granted to employees under such schemes and plans to vest on a takeover, subject to any regulatory or tax considerations that may prevent this.
## Future developments in the business of the Group
An indication of likely future developments in the business of the Group is provided in the Strategic report.
## Results and dividends
2023: paid interim dividend of 6 cents per ordinary share
(2022: paid interim dividend of 4 cents per ordinary share)
2023: proposed final dividend of 21 cents per ordinary share
(2022: paid final dividend of 14 cents per ordinary share)
2023: total dividend of 27 cents per ordinary share
(2022: total dividend, 18 cents per ordinary share)
## Share capital
The issued ordinary share capital of the Company was reduced by a total of 229,693,294 over the course of 2023.
This was due to the cancellation of ordinary shares as part of the Company's two share buy-back programmes. No ordinary shares were issued during the year. The Company has one class of ordinary shares, which carries no rights to fixed income. On a show of hands, each member present has the right to one vote at our general meetings. On a poll, each member is entitled to one vote for every $2 nominal value of share capital held.
The issued nominal value of the ordinary shares represents 84.3 per cent of the total issued nominal value of all share capital. The remaining 15.7 per cent comprises preference shares, which have preferential rights to income and capital but which, in general, do not confer a right to attend and vote at our general meetings.
Further details of the Group's share capital can be found in Note 28 to the financial statements
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. There are no specific restrictions on voting rights and the directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company's shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. No person has any special rights of control over the Company's share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.
## Articles of Association
The Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. They were last amended at the 2023 AGM. The amendments primarily related to compliance with regulatory requirements in Hong Kong, but we also took the opportunity to amend them to reflect developments in market practice.
A copy of the Company's Articles of Association can be found on our website here sc.com/investors
## Authority to purchase own shares
At the AGM held on 3 May 2023, our shareholders renewed the Company's authority to make market purchases of up to 284,703,272 ordinary shares, equivalent to approximately 10 per cent of issued ordinary shares as at 20 March 2023, and up to all of the issued preference share capital.
The authority to make market purchases up to 10 per cent of issued ordinary share capital was used during the year through two buy-back programmes announced in February and August 2023. These were utilised to reduce the number of ordinary shares in issue and as part of the Group's approach to dividend growth and capital returns. The first share buy-back programme commenced on 20 February 2023 and ended on 29 September 2023. The second share buy-back programme commenced on 1 August 2023 and ended on 6 November 2023. A total of 229,693,294 ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.50 were re-purchased for an approximate aggregate consideration paid of $2 billion.
A monthly breakdown of the shares purchased during the period including the lowest and highest price paid per share is set out in Note 28 to the financial statements. All ordinary shares which were bought back were cancelled.
In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (HKSE) as subsequently modified, the Company will comply with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to holding of any shares in treasury and with the conditions of granting the waiver by the HKSE. No treasury shares were held during the year.
Further details can be found in Note 28 to the financial statements
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Other disclosures
# Authority to issue shares
The Company is granted authority to issue shares by the shareholders at its AGM. The size of the authorities granted depends on the purposes for which shares are to be issued and is within applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
# Shareholder rights
Under the Companies Act 2006, shareholders holding 5 per cent or more of the paid-up share capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company are able to require the directors to hold a general meeting. A request may be in hard copy or electronic form and must be authenticated by the shareholders making it. Where such a request has been duly lodged with the Company, the directors are obliged to call a general meeting within 21 days of becoming subject to the request and must set a date for the meeting not more than 28 days from the date of the issue of the notice convening the meeting.
Under the Companies Act 2006, shareholders holding 5 per cent or more of the total voting rights at an AGM of the Company, or 100 shareholders entitled to vote at the AGM with an average of at least £100 paid-up share capital per shareholder, are entitled to require the Company to circulate a resolution intended to be moved at the Company's next AGM. Such a request must be made not later than six weeks before the AGM to which the request relates or, if later, the time notice is given of the AGM. The request may be in hard copy or electronic form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given and must be authenticated by the shareholders making it.
+ Shareholders are also able to put forward proposals to shareholder meetings and enquiries to the Board and/or the Senior Independent Director by using the 'contact us' information on the Company's website sc.com or by emailing the Group Corporate Secretariat at group-corporate.secretariat@sc.com
| Notifiable interests | Interest in ordinary shares (based on voting rights disclosed) | Percentage of capital disclosed | Nature of holding as per disclosure |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited | 474,751,383 | 16.00 | Indirect |
| BlackRock Inc. | 183,640,172 | 5.55 | Indirect (5.01%) Securities Lending (0.39%) Contracts for Difference (0.14%) |
| Dodge & Cox | 150,620,884 | 5.08 | Indirect |
# Related party transactions
Details of transactions with directors and officers and other related parties are set out in Note 36 to the financial statements.
# Major interests in shares and voting rights
As at 31 December 2023, Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (Temasek) is the only shareholder that has an interest of more than 10 per cent in the Company's issued ordinary share capital carrying a right to vote at any general meeting.
Information provided to the Company pursuant to the FCA's DTRs is published on a Regulatory Information Service and on the Company's website.
As at 16 February 2024, the Company has been notified of the following information, in accordance with DTR 5, from holders of notifiable interests in the Company's issued share capital. The information provided in the table below was correct at the date of notification; however, the date received may not have been within 2023. It should be noted that these holdings are likely to have changed since the Company was notified.
However, notification of any change is not required until the next notifiable threshold is crossed.
# Connected/continuing connected transactions
By virtue of its shareholding of over 10 per cent in the Company, Temasek and its associates are related parties and connected persons of the Company for the purposes of the UK Listing Rules and the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited ("HKEx") ("the HK Listing Rules") respectively (together "the Rules").
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The Rules are intended to ensure that there is no favourable treatment to Temasek or its associates to the detriment of other shareholders in the Company. Unless transactions between the Group and Temasek or its associates are specifically exempt under the Rules or are subject to a specific waiver, they may require a combination of announcements, reporting and independent shareholders' approval.
On 12 November 2021, the HKEx extended a waiver (the "Waiver") it previously granted to the Company for the revenue banking transactions with Temasek which do not fall under the passive investor exemption ("the Passive Investor Exemption") under Rules 14A.99 and 14A.100 of the HK Listing Rules. Under the Waiver, the HKEx agreed to waive the announcement requirement, the requirements to enter into written agreements and to set annual caps, and the annual report disclosure (including annual review) requirements under Chapter 14A of the HK Listing Rules for the three-year period ending 31 December 2024 on the conditions that:
a) The Company will disclose details of the Waiver (including nature of the revenue banking transactions with Temasek and reasons for the Waiver) in subsequent annual reports; and
b) The Company will continue to monitor the revenue banking transactions with Temasek during the three years ending 31 December 2024 to ensure that the 5 per cent threshold for the revenue ratio will not be exceeded.
The main reasons for seeking the Waiver were:
- The nature and terms of revenue banking transactions may vary and evolve over time; having fixed-term written agreements would not be suitable to accommodate the various banking needs of the Company's customers (including Temasek) and would be impractical and unduly burdensome.
- It would be impracticable to estimate and determine an annual cap on the revenue banking transactions with Temasek as the volume and aggregate value of each transaction are uncertain and unknown to the Company as a banking group due to multiple factors including market driven factors.
- The revenues generated from revenue banking transactions were insignificant. Without a waiver from the HKEx or an applicable exemption, these transactions would be subject to various percentage ratio tests which cater for different types of connected transactions and as such may produce anomalous results.
As a result of the Passive Investor Exemption and the Waiver, the vast majority of the Company's transactions with Temasek and its associates fall outside of the connected transactions regime. However, non-revenue transactions with Temasek or any of its associates continue to be subject to monitoring for connected transaction issues.
The Company confirms that:
- The revenue banking transactions entered into with Temasek and its associates in 2023 were below the 5 per cent threshold for the revenue ratio test under the HK Listing Rules; and
- It will continue to monitor revenue banking transactions with Temasek during the three years ending 31 December 2024 to ensure that the 5 per cent threshold for the revenue ratio will not be exceeded.
The Company therefore satisfied the conditions of the Waiver.
## Fixed assets
Details of additions to fixed assets are presented in Note 18 to the financial statements.
## Loan capital
Details of the loan capital of the Company and its subsidiaries are set out in Notes 22 and 27 to the financial statements.
## Debenture issues and equity-linked agreements
During the financial year ended 31 December 2023, the Company made no issuance of debentures. Further details of the equity-linked agreements the Group entered into can be found in Note 28 to financial statements.
## Risk management
The Board is responsible for maintaining and reviewing the effectiveness of the risk management system. An ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks that we face is in place. The Board is satisfied that this process constitutes a robust assessment of all of the principal risks, topical and emerging risks and integrated risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.
1. The Group's Risk Management Framework and System of Internal Control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to Associates, Joint Ventures or Structured Entities of the Group.
Key areas of risk on financial instruments for the directors included the impairment of loans and advances and valuation of financial instruments held at fair value. This risk assessment and management is explained further in the Audit Committee Key areas and Action taken on pages 163 and 164.
→ The Risk review and Capital review on pages 44 to 51, and 314 to 337 sets out the principal risks, topical and emerging risks and integrated risks, our approach to risk management, including our risk management principles, an overview of our Enterprise Risk Management Framework and the risk management and governance practices for each principal risk type. The Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement can be found on pages 47, and 314 to 337
In accordance with Article 435(1)(e) of the Disclosure (CRR) Part of the PRA Rulebook, the Board Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, has considered the adequacy of the risk management arrangements of the Group and has sought and received assurance that the risk management systems in place are adequate with regard to the Group's profile and strategy.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Other disclosures
# Internal control²
The Board is responsible for maintaining and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal control system. Its effectiveness is reviewed regularly by the Board, its committees, the Management Team and Group Internal Audit.
For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Board Risk Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of the Group's system of internal control and discussed a report on the 2024 annual risk and control self-assessment. Group Internal Audit represents the third line of defence and provides independent assurance of the effectiveness of management's control of business activities (the first line) and of the control processes maintained by the Risk Framework Owners and Policy Owners (the second line). The audit programme includes obtaining an understanding of the processes and systems under audit review, evaluating the design of controls, and testing the operating effectiveness and outcomes of key controls. The work of Group Internal Audit is focused on the areas of greatest risk as determined by a risk-based assessment methodology. The Board considers the internal control systems of the Company to be effective and adequate.
2 The Group's Risk Management Framework and System of Internal Control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to Associates, Joint Ventures or Structured Entities of the Group.
Group Internal Audit reports regularly to the Audit Committee, the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive; and the Group Head, Internal Audit reports directly to the Chair of the Audit Committee and administratively to the Group Chief Executive. The findings of all adverse audits are reported to the Audit Committee, the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive where immediate corrective action is required.
The Board Risk Committee is responsible for exercising oversight, on behalf of the Board, of the key risks of the Group. It reviews the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and Enterprise Risk Management Framework and makes recommendations to the Board. The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight and advice to the Board on matters relating to financial, non-financial and narrative reporting. The Committee's role is to review, on behalf of the Board, the Group's internal controls including internal financial controls. The Audit Committee receives and discusses a paper on the internal controls for financial books and records.
The risk management approach starting on page 314 describes the Group's risk management oversight committee structure.
Our business is conducted within a developed control framework, underpinned by policy statements and standards. There are written policies and standards designed to ensure the identification and management of risk, including Credit Risk, Traded Risk, Treasury Risk, Operational and Technology Risk, Information and Cyber Security Risk, Compliance Risk, Financial Crime Risk, Model Risk and Reputational and Sustainability Risk. This framework incorporates the Group's internal controls on financial reporting. The Board has established a management structure that clearly defines roles, responsibilities and reporting lines.
Delegated authorities are documented and communicated. Executive risk committees regularly review the Group's risk profile. The performance of the Group's businesses is reported regularly to senior management and the Board. Performance trends and forecasts, as well as actual performance against budgets and prior periods, are monitored closely. Group financial information is prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and financial reporting is subject to the Group's control framework for reconciliation processes.
Operational procedures and controls have been established to facilitate complete, accurate and timely processing of transactions and the safeguarding of assets. These controls include appropriate segregation of duties, the regular reconciliation of accounts and the valuation of assets and positions. In respect of handling inside information, we have applied controls to help ensure only those explicitly required receive inside information as well as controls regarding the onward dissemination of inside information. Controls are also in place to approve and review dealings in the Company's shares. Such systems and controls are designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
# Employee policies and engagement
We work hard to ensure that our employees are kept informed about matters affecting or of interest to them, and more importantly that they have opportunities to provide feedback and engage in a dialogue.
We strive to listen and act on feedback from colleagues to ensure internal communications are timely, informative, meaningful, and in support of the Group's strategy and transformation. In November 2023, we launched our new employee communications platform – Pulse. Pulse will become our primary internal communications channel that will allow colleagues to receive key dynamic updates that are personalised by role and location, sign up for events, provide feedback, and navigate to other internal platforms. In addition to targeted digital communications, we also deploy audio and video calls, virtual and face-to-face townhalls, and other staff engagement and recognition events. To continue to improve the way we communicate and ensure our employee communications remain relevant, we also periodically analyse and measure the impact of our communications through a range of survey and feedback tools.
Our senior leaders and people leaders play a critical role in engaging our teams across the network, ensuring that they are kept up to date on key business developments related to our performance and strategy. We offer additional support to our people leaders with specific calls and communications packs to help them provide context and guidance to their team members to better understand their role in executing and delivering the Group's strategy.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Across the organisation, regular team meetings with people leaders, one-to-one conversations and various management meetings provide an important platform for colleagues to discuss and clarify key issues. Regular performance conversations provide the opportunity to discuss how individuals, the team and the business area have contributed to our overall performance and how any recognition and reward relate to this. The Group's senior leadership also regularly shares global, business, function, region and market updates on performance, strategy, structural changes, HR programmes, community involvement and other campaigns. The Board also engages with and listens to the views of the workforce through several sources, including through interactive engagement sessions. More information can be found on page 161 in the Directors' report.
Employees past, present and future can follow our progress through the Group's LinkedIn network and Facebook page, as well as other social network channels including Instagram, which collectively have over 2.7 million followers.
The diverse range of internal and external communication tools and channels we have put in place aim to ensure that all colleagues receive timely and relevant information to support their effectiveness.
The wellbeing of our employees is central to our thinking about benefits and support, so that they can thrive at work and in their personal lives. Our Group minimum standards provide employees with a range of flexible working options, in relation to both location and working patterns. In terms of leave, employees are provided with at least 30 days' leave (through annual leave and public holidays), and new parents are provided a minimum of 20 calendar weeks' fully paid leave irrespective of gender, relationship status or how a child comes to permanently join a family. These are above the International Labour Organisation's (ILO) minimum standards.
We seek to build productive and enduring partnerships with various employee representative bodies (including unions and work councils). In our recognition and interactions, we are heavily influenced by the 1948 United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR), and several ILO conventions including the Right to Organise and Collective Bargaining Convention, 1949 (No. 98) and the Freedom of Association and Protection of the Right to Organise Convention, 1948 (No. 87). 12.6 per cent of employees, across 20 markets, have collective representation through unions or employee representative bodies. The working conditions and terms of employment of other employees are based on our Group and country policies, and in accordance with individual employment contracts issued by the Group.
The Group Grievance Standard provides a formal framework for dealing with concerns that employees have in relation to their employment or another colleague, which affect them directly, and cannot be resolved through informal mechanisms, such as counselling, coaching or mediation. This can include concerns related to bullying, harassment, discrimination and victimisation, as well as concerns regarding conditions of employment (for example, working practices or the working environment).
Employees can raise grievances to their People Leader or a Human Resources (HR) Representative. The global process for addressing grievances involves an HR representative and a member of the business reviewing the grievance, conducting fact finding into the grievance and providing a written outcome to the aggrieved employee. Where employees raise concerns regarding alleged wrongdoing which does not pertain to those employees themselves, or in circumstances where the alleged wrongdoing does pertain to the employees themselves but they do not wish to raise a grievance, such concerns are investigated in accordance with the Group Investigations Standard.
If a grievance or investigation is upheld, the next steps might include remedying a policy or process, or initiating a disciplinary review of the conduct of the colleague who is the subject of the concern. The Group Grievance Standard and accompanying process is reviewed on a periodic basis in consultation with stakeholders across HR, Legal, Compliance and Shared Investigative Services. Grievance trends are reviewed on a quarterly basis and action is taken to address any concerning trends.
There is a distinct Group Speaking Up Policy and Standard which covers instances where an employee wishes to 'blow the whistle' on actual, planned or potential wrongdoing by another employee or the Group.
The Group is committed to creating a fair, consistent and transparent approach to making decisions in a disciplinary context. This commitment is codified in our Fair Accountability Principles, which underpin our Group Disciplinary Standard. Dismissals due to misconduct issues and/or performance (where required by law to follow a disciplinary process) are governed by the Group Disciplinary Standard. Where local law or regulation requires a different process with regards to dismissals and other disciplinary outcomes, we have country variances in place.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
223
---
Our Group Diversity and Inclusion Standard has been developed to ensure a respectful workplace, with fair and equal treatment, diversity and inclusion, and the provision of opportunities for employees to participate fully and reach their full potential in an appropriate working environment. The Group aims to provide equality of opportunity for all, protect the dignity of employees and promote respect at work. All individuals are entitled to be treated with dignity and respect, and to be free from harassment, bullying, discrimination and victimisation. This helps to support productive working conditions, decreased staff attrition, positive employee morale and engagement, maintains employee wellbeing, and reduces people-related risk. All colleagues are responsible for fostering an inclusive culture where individuality and differing skills, capabilities and experience are understood, respected and valued. All colleagues, consultants, contractors, volunteers, interns, casual workers and agency workers are required to comply with the Standard, including conducting themselves in a manner that demonstrates appropriate, non-discriminatory behaviours.
We do not accept unlawful discrimination in our recruitment or employment practices on any grounds including but not limited to: sex, race, colour, nationality, ethnicity, national or indigenous origin, disability, age, marital or civil partner status, pregnancy or maternity, sexual orientation, gender identity, expression or reassignment, HIV or AIDS status, parental status, military and veterans status, flexibility of working arrangements, religion or belief. We are committed to provide equal opportunities and fair treatment in recruitment, appraisals, pay and conditions, training, development, succession planning, promotion, grievance/disciplinary procedures and employment termination practices, that are inclusive and accessible; and that do not directly or indirectly discriminate. Recruitment, employment, training, development and promotion decisions are based on the skills, knowledge and behaviour required to perform the role to the Group's standards. Implied in all employment terms is the commitment to equal pay for equal work. We also endeavour to make reasonable workplace adjustments (including during the hiring process) to ensure all individuals feel supported and are able to participate fully and reach their potential. If employees become disabled, we will aim to support them with appropriate training and workplace adjustments where possible and to support their continued employment.
## Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Our Health, Safety and Wellbeing (HSW) vision is to support employee productivity through a healthy and resilient workforce, and our mission is for employees to deliver every day in a safe, secure and resilient way. Our corporate HSW programme covers both mental and physical health and wellbeing. The Group complies with both external regulatory requirements and internal policy and standards for HSW in all markets. It is Group policy to ensure that the more stringent of the two requirements is always met, ensuring our HSW practices meet or exceed the regulatory minimum. Compliance rates are reported at least biannually to each country's Management Team.
We follow the International Labour Organisation (ILO) code of practice on recording and notification of occupational accidents and diseases, and guidance published by the UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE), and ensure that we meet all local Health and Safety (H&S) regulatory reporting requirements. We record and report all work-related illness and injuries, including from sub-contractors, visitors and clients.
HSW performance and risks are reported annually to the Group Risk Committee and Board Risk Committee. We use an H&S management system and local regulatory compliance tracker across all countries to ensure a consistently high level of H&S reporting and compliance for all our colleagues and clients.
The Group sponsors medical and healthcare services for all employees, except in markets where cover is provided through State-mandated healthcare, which represent less than 0.6 per cent of the Group's employees.
Across the Group, support for employee mental wellbeing is available. All employees have access to professional counselling via our Employee Assistance Programme, as well as to more proactive mental health support through our holistic wellbeing app and wellbeing platform. Our global Mental Health First Aid (MHFA) programme offers help to anyone developing a mental health problem, experiencing a worsening of an existing mental illness or a mental health crisis. The mental health support is given until appropriate professional help is received, or the crisis resolved. To date we have trained more than 600 mental health first aiders in 51 markets, covering over 99 per cent of colleagues.
In 2023, we recorded two work-related fatalities. A contractor was tragically and fatally injured while crossing a road on her way to work in Nigeria. An employee was tragically and fatally injured in a road accident in India. Major injuries (per the UK HSE definition) decreased from 20 in 2022 to 16, with fractures the most common type of major injury (75 per cent). Overall, reported injuries increased by 28 per cent, with ‘slips/trips/falls' and ‘transport/commuting' remaining the most common causes of injury. The overall increase in reported injuries was a post COVID result, with all markets moving into the new normal in 2023. Our injury rates remain aligned to, or better than industry benchmarks. Hazards and near-miss reports decreased 4 per cent between 2022 and 2023.
In 2023, we ran a back-to-basics programme to re-establish commitment and responsibility in safety and security at all levels, and address post pandemic and new normal practices. All premises are inspected at least annually to identify any hazards, risks and incidences of non-compliance. HSW communication is provided through mandatory training for all new joiners, along with annual refreshers. In 2023, we also created a pathway in the Group's learning platform using engaging bite-sized video content to help educate colleagues on their responsibilities to keep the Group safe. The Group celebrated World Day for Safety and Health at Work in April with the theme ‘Safety is Everyone's Responsibility' in line with the back-to-basics intent.
---
One hundred and fifty eight (158) buildings, which covers more than 90 per cent of our employees, were certified with the WELL Health & Safety Rating; an evidence-based, third-party certification that validates our efforts to address the hygiene and safety of our workspaces. Four major head office projects also obtained the broader WELL certification.
Our regular Office and Home Working Experience survey, conducted across 49 markets, demonstrated continued high scores around wellbeing with 80 per cent of respondents agreeing that the workplace has a positive impact on their wellbeing and 87 per cent saying they are able to be physically active and maintain a healthy work-life balance.
In 2023, all of the Group's markets saw relaxation of COVID restrictions with business moving to new normal, and continued uptake of the Group's Future Workplace Now (flexible working) programme. An ergonomic online assessment tool is available for employees to assess their home working area for hazards, with a virtual assessment of the individual's work environment, and a workplace adjustment procedure available for employees who require support based on personal circumstances. Our work injury insurance covers all employees working from home.
Business travel returned to pre-pandemic levels in 2023, and we put together a Travel Risk Management Framework aligned to ISO 31030:2021 Travel Risk Management Standards and supported by external travel risk and security advisers at International SOS to support travellers.
## Major customers
Our five largest customers together accounted for 2.1 per cent of our total operating income in the year ended 31 December 2023.
## Major suppliers
In 2023, USD $4.479 billion was spent with 11,563 suppliers. Of this, 74 per cent of the total spend was spent in the Asia region, with 18 per cent in Europe and the Americas, and 8 per cent in Africa and the Middle East.
Furthermore, 80 per cent of total spend in 2023 was with 474 suppliers. In addition, 80 per cent of carbon emissions were with 481 suppliers (excluding air travel suppliers). In 2023, our five largest suppliers together accounted for 14.8 per cent of total spend, with the largest ten amounting to 23 per cent of total spend.
## Supply chain management
To support the operation of our businesses we source a variety of goods and services governed through a third-party risk management framework through which we aim to follow the highest standards in terms of supplier selection, due diligence and contract management.
For information about how the Group engages with suppliers on environmental and social matters, please see our Supplier Charter and Supplier Diversity and Inclusion Standard.
Our Supplier Charter and Supplier Diversity and Inclusion standard can be viewed at sc.com/suppliercharter and sc.com/supplierdiversity
Details of how we create value for our suppliers and other stakeholder groups can be found on pages 58 and 59
## Product responsibility
We aim to design and offer products based on client needs to ensure fair treatment and outcomes for clients.
The Group has in place a risk framework, comprising policies, standards and controls to support these objectives in alignment with our Conduct Risk Framework. This framework covers sales practices, client communications, appropriateness and suitability, and post-sales practices. There are controls across all activities above and the controls are tested on a regular basis to provide assurance on the framework. As part of this, we ensure products sold are suitable for clients and comply with relevant laws and regulations. We also review our products on a periodic basis and refine them to keep them relevant to the changing needs of clients and to meet regulatory obligations.
We have processes and guidelines specific to each of our client industries, to promptly resolve client complaints and understand and respond to client issues. Conduct considerations are given significant weighting in frontline incentive structures to drive the right behaviours.
For more information on our approach to product design, product pricing, treating customers fairly and protecting customers, and incentivising our frontline employees, see pages 55 and 56. For more information on fraud identification see page 131.
## Safeguarding intellectual property rights
The Group has processes in place to manage the Group's trade mark rights and it respects third-party intellectual property rights.
## Group Code of Conduct
The Board has adopted a Group Code of Conduct and Ethics (the Code) relating to the lawful and ethical conduct of business and this is supported by the Group's valued behaviours. This has been communicated to all directors and employees, all of whom are expected to observe high standards of integrity and fair dealing in relation to customers, employees and regulators in the communities in which the Group operates. Directors and employees are asked to recommit to the Code annually, and 99.75 per cent have completed the 2023 recommitment. All Board members have recommitted to the Code.
## Community engagement
We collaborate with local partners to support social and economic development in communities across our footprint. We aim to create more inclusive economies by sharing our skills and expertise and supporting community initiatives that transform lives.
Established in 2019, Futuremakers by Standard Chartered is our global youth economic empowerment initiative, helping disadvantaged young people learn, earn and grow. We are committed to improving economic participation and equitable access to finance for young women and microbusinesses. For more information on Futuremakers, as well as our employee volunteering and community expenditure, please see pages 97 and 98.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Other disclosures
# ESG reporting guide
## Compliance with Listing Rules
We comply with the requirements of the ESG Reporting Guide contained in Appendix C2 to The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. With respect to the key performance indicators (KPIs) noted in Part C: "Comply or explain" provisions, the Group does not report on KPI A1.3 and KPI A1.6 related to the production and handling of hazardous waste; KPI A2.5 related to packaging materials used for finished products; KPI B2.2 related lost days due to work injury; KPI B6.1 total products recalled due to safety and health reasons, and KPI B6.4 product recall procedures. As an office-based financial services provider these issues were not deemed material. For further information related to Aspect B4 Labour Standards and B5 Supply Chain Management, please also refer to the Group's annual Modern Slavery Statement.
## Compliance with Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
In line with our "comply or explain" obligation under the UK's Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Rules, we can confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures in this Annual Report.
Our TCFD disclosures also meet the new climate-related financial disclosure requirements contained in section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. We have also taken into account the implementation guidance included in the TCFD 2021 Annex. Further information on net zero progress and financed emissions is available on pages 104 to 117. For a detailed TCFD summary and alignment index referencing relevant disclosures see page 511 to 516.
## Modern Slavery Act
The Group publishes a Modern Slavery Statement annually. This document gives further detail on the actions the Group has taken as it seeks to prevent modern slavery and human trafficking in its operations (workforce), financing and supply chain. The Group publishes a Statement under the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 for the financial year ending 31 December 2023.
+ See more via sc.com/modernslavery
## Sustainable finance taxonomies
Standard Chartered continues to assess the applicability of sustainable finance taxonomies across the Group's footprint. Reporting has commenced in several markets in Asia in accordance with local sustainable finance taxonomy regulatory requirements. An assessment on the applicability and implementation timeline of the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) for Standard Chartered Bank AG and Standard Chartered PLC has also been undertaken. Preparatory work has commenced to embed EU Taxonomy classifications and metrics. We will continue to monitor expected policy developments from the UK and the European Commission concerning guidance on taxonomy alignment and technical screening criteria to incrementally enhance our assessment and support reporting as required.
The Group is developing scalable digital capability to facilitate reporting against taxonomies being developed across the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. The solution adopts a rules-based approach to assess whether a client and any client activity with the Group is in-scope and eligible for taxonomy reporting and will facilitate broader implementation of taxonomy compliance by relevant Group entities as and when compliance implementation will be required. Taxonomy data availability and quality will continue to evolve via client engagement, data vendors and partnerships.
The Group will consider applicable taxonomy alignment in our business decisions, including at a client and transaction level, as well as more broadly at a sector strategy level. Given our footprint across Europe and the UK, Asia, Africa and the Middle East, we need to continually assess taxonomy-alignment requirements based on information available from clients and through our due diligence processes.
## Environmental impact of our operations
We aim to minimise the environmental impact of our operations as part of our commitment to be a responsible company. We report on the actions we take to reduce energy and water usage and non-hazardous waste generated in our operations in the Sustainability Review on page 106 and in the Supplementary sustainability information section on pages 505 and 506.
Our reporting methodology is based on the 'The Greenhouse Gas Protocol - A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (Revised Edition)'. We have adopted the operational control approach to define our reporting boundary for GHG Scope 1 and 2 emissions. For Scope 3 financed emissions, boundaries are noted for each high-emitting sector in the 'Our approach to measuring financed emissions' table in the Sustainability Review.
Information on the principles and methodologies used to calculate the GHG emissions of the Group can be found in our Environmental Reporting Criteria document at sc.com/environmentcriteria.
## Reporting period, boundary and scope
We report on Sustainability and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters throughout this Annual Report, in particular in the following sections: (i) Strategic report, Sustainability overview on pages 66 to 79; (ii) Sustainability review on pages 92 to 133; (iii) Risk review on pages 298 to 313; and (iv) in the Supplementary sustainability information section on pages 504 to 516.
The Sustainability and ESG information in this Annual report was compiled for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2023, unless otherwise specified.
The reporting period of operational environmental performance indicators is from 1 October 2022 to 30 September 2023. This allows sufficient time for independent third-party assurance to be completed prior to the publication of the Group's Annual Report. Accordingly, the operating income used for associated environmental intensity metrics corresponds to the same time period, rather than the calendar year used in financial reporting.
There was no significant change in the boundary and scope of this Annual Report from that of Standard Chartered PLC Annual Report 2022, published on 16 February 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Assurance
Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions are assured by an independent company, Global Documentation, against the requirements of ISO 14064.
The Group as disclosed GHG emissions and energy consumption data as required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.
| | Units | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Reporting coverage of data | | | | |
| Annual operating income from 1 October to 30 September | $ million | 17,414 | 15,863 | 14,541 |
| Net internal area of occupied property | m² | 880,515 | 946,234 | 998,571 |
| GHG emissions | | | | |
| Scope 1 & 2: | | | | |
| Scope 1 emissions | tCO₂e | 8,488¹ | 2,071 | 2,902 |
| Scope 2 emissions (location-based)² | tCO₂e | 85,741 | 89,410 | 96,256 |
| Scope 2 emissions (market-based)³ | tCO₂e | 26,246 | 47,363 | 82,761 |
| Scope 1 & 2 emissions (market-based)³ | tCO₂e | 34,734 | 49,434 | 85,663 |
| Scope 1 & 2 emissions (UK and offshore area only) | tCO₂e | 248 | - | - |
| GHG emissions – Intensity: | | | | |
| Total Scope 1 & 2 emissions (market-based)/ intensity | tCO₂e/$ million | 2 | 3 | 6 |
| Environmental resource efficiency | | | | |
| Energy | | | | |
| Indirect non-renewable energy consumption | GWh | 142 | 142 | 142 |
| Indirect renewable energy consumption | GWh | 16 | 24 | 28 |
| Direct non-renewable energy consumption | GWh | 13 | 10 | 12 |
| Direct renewable energy consumption | GWh | 2 | 1 | 1 |
| Energy consumption | GWh | 173 | 177 | 183 |
| Energy consumption (UK and offshore area only) | GWh | 6 | 6 | 5 |
1 Scope 1 figure includes fugitive emissions for the first time in 2023 (2023: 5,266 tCO₂e). Prior year data was not available for fugitive emissions. For more information on the methodology and assumptions used to calculate GHG emissions, please refer to the Environmental Reporting Criteria at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
2 Location based emissions have been restated for prior comparative periods. Emissions erroneously included renewable energy certificates and power purchase agreements. Other scope 2 reductions outside clean power are attributed to footprint reduction and efficiency gains.
3 Market based emissions have decreased from 2022 to 2023 due to footprint reduction, efficiency gains and the purchase of additional energy attribution certificates by the Group.
Further detail on our environment performance can be found on pages 104 to 117; associated assumptions and methodologies in our reporting criteria document at sc.com/environmentalcriteria
# Electronic communication
The Board recognises the importance of good communications with all shareholders. Directors are in regular contact with our institutional shareholders and general presentations are made when we announce our financial results. The AGM presents an opportunity to communicate with all shareholders. Our shareholders are encouraged to receive our corporate documents electronically. The annual and interim financial statements, Notice of AGM and any dividend circulars are all available electronically. If you do not already receive your corporate documents electronically and would like to do so in future, please contact our registrars at the address on page 517. Shareholders are also able to vote electronically on the resolutions being put to the AGM through our registrars' website at investorcentre.co.uk.
# Annual General Meeting
Our 2024 AGM will be held at 11:00am (UK time) (6:00pm Hong Kong time) on 10 May 2024. Further details regarding the format, location and business to be transacted will be disclosed within the 2024 Notice of AGM.
Our 2023 AGM was held on 3 May 2023 at 11:00am (UK time) (6:00pm Hong Kong time). Special business at the meeting included the approval of the power to allot ECAT1 Securities for cash without certain formalities.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Directors' report
Other disclosures
# Non-audit services
The Group's non-audit services policy (the Policy) was reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee on 23 October 2023. The Policy is based on an overriding principle that, to avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest, the Group's auditor should only be used when there is evidence that there is no alternative in terms of quality and when there is no conflict with their duties as auditor. EY can be used where the work is required by a regulator or competent authority.
The Policy clearly sets out the criteria for when the Audit Committee's prior written approval is required. The Policy requires a conservative approach to be taken to the assessment of requests for EY to provide non-audit services. Subject to the overriding principle, the Audit Committee's view is that EY can be of value in a range of non-audit service activities and should be allowed to tender subject to the terms of the Policy. The Group is required to take a conservative approach to interpreting the potential threats to auditor independence and requires commensurately robust safeguards against them.
UK legislation and guidance from the FRC sets out threats to audit independence, including self-interest, self-review, familiarity, taking of a management role or conducting advocacy. In particular, maintaining EY's independence from the Group requires EY to avoid taking decisions on the Group's behalf. It is also recognised as essential that management retains the decision-making capability as to whether to act on advice given by EY as part of a non-audit service. This means not just the ability to action the advice given, but to have sufficient knowledge of the subject matter to be able to make a reasoned and independent judgement as to its validity.
All of this is contained within the Policy.
By way of (non-exhaustive) illustration of the application of the principles set out in the Policy, the following types of non-audit services are likely to be permissible under the Policy:
- Reviews of interim financial information and verification of interim profits – the Group would also extend this to work on investor circulars in most foreseeable circumstances
- Extended audit or assurance work on financial information and/or financial or operational controls, where this work is closely linked to the audit engagement
- Agreed-upon procedures on materials within or referenced in the Annual Report of the Group or an entity within the Group
- Internal control review services
Strictly prohibited under the Policy:
- Bookkeeping, information technology and internal audit services
- Corporate finance services, valuation services or litigation support
- Tax or regulatory structuring proposals
- Services where fees are paid on a contingent basis (in whole or in part)
- Consulting services that actively assist in running the business in place of management as opposed to providing or validating information, which management then utilises in the operation of the business
The Policy is not a prescribed list of non-audit services that EY is permitted to provide. Rather, each request for EY to provide non-audit services will be assessed on its own merits. The Audit Committee believes that such a case-by-case approach best accommodates (i) the need for the appropriate rigour and challenge to be applied to each request for EY to provide non-audit services while (ii) preserving sufficient flexibility for the Group to engage EY to provide non-audit services where they are able to deliver particular value to the Group and where the proposed services can be provided without compromising EY's objectivity and independence. To ensure that the Group will comply with a cap that limits fees on non-audit services provided by EY to under 70 per cent of the average Group audit fee from the previous three consecutive financial years (which will apply from EY's fourth year of being the Group's external auditor), the Policy requires that annual non-audit service fees are lower than 70 per cent of the average annual Group audit fee up to this time. The caps exclude audit related non-audit services and services carried out pursuant to law or regulation. For 2023, without deducting non-audit service fees which were required by law or regulation and performed by EY, the ratio was 0.31. Details relating to EY's remuneration as the Group statutory auditor and a description of the broad categories of the types of non-audit services provided by EY are given in Note 38 to the financial statements.
# Auditor
The Audit Committee reviews the appointment of the Group's statutory auditor, its effectiveness and its relationship with the Group, which includes monitoring our use of the auditors for non-audit services and the balance of audit and non-audit fees paid.
Following an annual performance and effectiveness review of EY, it was felt that EY is considered to be effective, objective and independent in its role as Group statutory auditor.
Each director believes that there is no relevant information of which our Group statutory auditor is unaware. Each has taken all steps necessary as a director to be aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group statutory auditor is made aware of any pertinent information.
EY will be in attendance at the 2024 AGM. A resolution to re-appoint EY as auditor was proposed at the Company's 2023 AGM and was successfully passed.
EY is a Public Interest Entity Auditor recognised in accordance with the Hong Kong Financial Reporting Council Ordinance.
By order of the Board
# Adrian de Souza
Group Company Secretary
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered PLC
Registered No. 966425
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Statement of directors' responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law:
- The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union;
- The Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and
- The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit or loss for that period.
In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the directors are required to:
- Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
- Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable;
- State whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union;
- Assess the Group and the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and
- Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control¹ as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors' Report, Directors' Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
## Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
- The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
- The Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the emerging risks and uncertainties that they face
We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's position and performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
# Risk review and Capital review
234 Risk profile
298 Climate risk
314 Enterprise Risk Management Framework
320 Principal risks
338 Capital review
# Thousands run our 2023 marathons
In 2023, more than 160,000 elite runners, passionate amateurs and first-timers completed our sponsored marathons and races. We sponsor marathons in Singapore, Hong Kong, Taipei, Nairobi, Kuala Lumpur, Stanley (Falkland Islands) and Jersey, as well as a 10km run in Shanghai and a 5km run in London.
These events champion a range of charitable causes, including underprivileged communities, healthcare, education, and the environment. We sponsored our first marathon in 1997 in Hong Kong and will introduce our first heritage marathon in Vietnam in 2024 – our 10th annual race.
$\clubsuit$ Read more at sc.com/marathons
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
231
---
Risk review Index
# Risk review and Capital review
| Risk Index | | Annual Report and Accounts |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Risk profile | Credit risk | 234 |
| | Basis of preparation | 234 |
| | Credit risk overview | 234 |
| | Impairment model | 234 |
| | Staging of financial instruments | 234 |
| | IFRS 9 expected credit loss principles and approaches | 234 |
| | Summary of Performance in 2023 | 235 |
| | Maximum exposure to credit risk | 237 |
| | Analysis of financial instrument by stage | 238 |
| | Credit quality analysis | 240 |
| | • Credit quality by client segment | 240 |
| | • Credit quality by geographic region | 248 |
| | Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees | 248 |
| | Movement of debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills | 251 |
| | Analysis of Stage 2 balances | 256 |
| | Credit impairment charge | 257 |
| | Problem credit management and provisioning | 257 |
| | • Forborne and other modified loans by client segment | 257 |
| | • Forborne and other modified loans by region | 258 |
| | • Credit-impaired (stage 3) loans and advances by geographic region | 258 |
| | Credit risk mitigation | 258 |
| | • Collateral | 259 |
| | • Collateral held on loans and advances | 259 |
| | • Collateral – Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 259 |
| | • Collateral – Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 260 |
| | • Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by geography | 261 |
| | • Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon | 261 |
| | • Other Credit risk mitigation | 262 |
| | Other portfolio analysis | 262 |
| | • Maturity analysis of loans and advances by client segment | 262 |
| | • Credit quality by industry | 263 |
| | • Industry and Retail Products analysis of loans and advances by geographic region | 264 |
| | • Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors | 265 |
| | • China commercial real estate | 271 |
| | • Debt securities and other eligible bills | 272 |
| | IFRS 9 expected credit loss methodology | 273 |
| | Traded risk | 286 |
| | Market risk movements | 286 |
| | Counterparty Credit risk | 289 |
| | Derivative financial instruments Credit risk mitigation | 289 |
| | Liquidity and Funding risk | 290 |
| | Liquidity & Funding risk metrics | 290 |
| | Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet | 293 |
| | Interest Rate risk in the Banking Book | 296 |
| Operational and Technology risk | 297 | |
| Operational and Technology risk profile | 297 | |
| Other principal risks | 297 | |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Risk Index | | Annual Report and Accounts |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Climate risk | Managing financial and non-financial risks from climate change | 298 |
| | Assessing the resilience of our strategy using scenario analysis | 309 |
| Risk management approach | Enterprise Risk Management Framework | 314 |
| | Principal Risks | 320 |
| Capital | Capital summary | 338 |
| | • Capital ratio | 338 |
| | • Capital base | 339 |
| | Movement in total capital | 340 |
| | Risk-weighted asset | 341 |
| | Leverage ratio | 343 |
The following parts of the Risk review and Capital review form part of these financial statements and are audited by the external auditors:
- a) Risk review: Disclosures marked as 'audited' from the start of Credit risk section (page 234) to the end of other principal risks in the same section (page 297); and
- b) Capital review: Tables marked as 'audited' from the start of 'Capital base' to the end of 'Movement in total capital', excluding 'Total risk-weighted assets' (pages 339 and 340).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Risk profile
## Credit Risk (audited)
### Basis of preparation
Unless otherwise stated the balance sheet and income statement information presented within this section is based on the Group's management view. This is principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses and/or regions. This view reflects how the client segments and regions are managed internally.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held at amortised cost in this Risk profile section include reverse repurchase agreement balances held at amortised cost, per Note 16 Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing.
### Credit Risk overview
Credit Risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to pay the Group. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and trading books.
### Impairment model
IFRS 9 mandates an impairment model that requires the recognition of expected credit losses (ECL) on all financial debt instruments held at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees.
### Staging of financial instruments
Financial instruments that are not already credit-impaired are originated into stage 1 and a 12-month expected credit loss provision is recognised.
Instruments will remain in stage 1 until they are repaid, unless they experience significant credit deterioration (stage 2) or they become credit-impaired (stage 3).
Instruments will transfer to stage 2 and a lifetime expected credit loss provision is recognised when there has been a significant change in the Credit Risk compared to what was expected at origination.
The framework used to determine a significant increase in credit risk is set out below.
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| • 12-month ECL • Performing | • Lifetime expected credit loss • Performing but has exhibited significant increase in Credit Risk (SICR) | • Credit-impaired • Non-performing |
## IFRS 9 expected credit loss principles and approaches
The main methodology principles and approach adopted by the Group are set out in the following table.
| Title | Supplementary Information | Page |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Approach for determining expected credit losses | IFRS 9 methodology | 273 |
| | Determining lifetime expected credit loss for revolving products | 273 |
| | Post model adjustments | 280 |
| Incorporation of forward-looking information | Incorporation of forward-looking information | 275 |
| | Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the expected credit loss calculation and the impact of non-linearity | 275 |
| | Judgemental adjustments and sensitivity to macroeconomic variables | 279 |
| Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) | Quantitative and qualitative criteria | 282 |
| Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets | Consumer and Business Banking clients | 284 |
| | CCIB and Private Banking clients | 284 |
| | Write-offs | 284 |
| Transfers between stages | Movement in loan exposures and expected credit losses | 248 |
| Modified financial assets | Forbearance and other modified loans | 257 |
| Governance and application of expert credit judgement in respect of expected credit losses | | 284 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Summary of performance in 2023
## Loans and Advances
94 per cent (31 December 2022: 93 per cent) of the Group's gross loans and advances to customers remain in stage 1 at $273.7 billion (31 December 2022: $295.2 billion), reflecting our continued focus on high-quality origination.
Stage 1 loans decreased by $21.5 billion to $274 billion (31 December 2022: $295 billion). For Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB), stage 1 balances increased to 90 per cent of the gross loans and advances to customers (31 December 2022: 88 per cent), while there was an overall decrease due to reductions in the financing, insurance and non-banking sectors. Stage 1 balances for Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) decreased by $5.6 billion, mainly driven by a slowdown in mortgages sales in Korea and Hong Kong, which was partly offset by new Credit Cards and Personal Loans businesses in Asia. Stage 1 balances for Central and other items decreased by $10.8 billion due to exposure reductions to a Central Bank in the Asia region. Stage 1 cover ratio remained stable at 0.2 per cent (31 December 2022: 0.2 per cent).
Stage 2 gross loans and advances to customers decreased by $1.8 billion to $11.2 billion (31 December 2022: $13 billion). This was due to CCIB exposure reductions and transfers to stage 3 in the Commercial Real Estate (CRE) sector, and exposure reductions in the Transport sector. This was partially offset by an increase in CPBB Korea and Hong Kong Mortgage portfolio and Singapore Private Banking. Higher risk exposure net increase of $1 billion from Central and other items, was due to a short-term exposure to a Central Bank in the Africa and Middle East region, which was partly offset by exposure reductions and transfers to stage 3 in CCIB. Stage 2 cover ratio increased by 0.3 per cent to 3.7 per cent (31 December 2022: 3.4 per cent). The increase was driven by Ventures due to increased delinquencies and portfolio growth mainly in Mox Bank. The increase in CCIB cover ratio was due to a decrease in expected credit losses from exposure reductions and transfers to Stage 3. The decrease in CPBB stage 2 cover ratio was mainly due to an increase in secured portfolio exposures with relatively lower Loss Given Default.
Stage 3 loans decreased by $0.6 billion to $7.2 billion (31 December 2022: $7.8 billion) as a result of repayments, debt sales and write-offs in CCIB. Although the portfolio reduced year on year, China CRE clients were the major inflows this year. The CCIB stage 3 cover ratio increased by 4.5 per cent to 64 per cent as a result of repayments and incremental provisions taken (31 December 2022: 60 per cent). The CPBB stage 3 cover ratio reduced by 2.2 per cent to 51 per cent (31 December 2022: 53 per cent), due to a small exposure increase mainly in Secured wealth products. Ventures stage 3 exposures increased by $11 million to $12 million (31 December 2022: $1 million). The cover ratio after collateral remained stable at 76 per cent (31 December 2022: 76 per cent)
Further details can be found in the 'Analysis of financial instruments by stage' section in pages 238 and 239: 'Credit quality by client segment' section in pages 240 to 247: 'Credit quality by industry' section in pages 263 and 264. Stage 3 cover ratio is also disclosed in the 'Stage 3 cover ratio' and 'Credit-impaired (stage 3) loans and advances by geographic region' sections in page 258.
## Maximum exposure
The Group's on-balance sheet maximum exposure to Credit Risk increased by $8.6 billion to $798 billion (31 December 2022: $790 billion). Cash at Central bank increased by $11.6 billion to $70 billion (31 December 2022: $58 billion) due to deposits placed with the US Federal Reserve. Loans to banks also increased by $5 billion to $45 billion (31 December 2022: $40 billion). Fair Value through profit and loss increased by $42 billion to $144 billion (31 December 2022: $103 billion), largely due to an increase in Debt Securities and Reverse Repos. This was partly offset by a $13 billion decrease in Derivative financial instruments, and a $23.7 billion decrease in loans and advances to customers to $287 billion (31 December 2022: $311 billion). Out of the $23.7 billion decrease in loans and advances to customers, a $10.5 billion reduction relates to reverse repos, and a $11 billion reduction relates to Amortised Cost Debt Securities, as part of the Group's liquidity management actions. Off-balance sheet instruments increased by $28 billion to $257 billion (31 December 2022: $229 billion), which was driven by new businesses.
Further details can be found in the 'Maximum exposure to Credit Risk' section in page 237.
## Analysis of stage 2
The key SICR driver that caused exposures to be classified as stage 2 remains increase in probability of default. The proportion of exposures in CCIB in stage 2 due to increased PD has decreased partly due to an increase in clients placed on non-purely precautionary early alert that have not breached PD thresholds. In CPBB, the proportion of loans in stage 2 loans from 30 days past due trigger decreased by 2 per cent to 6 per cent (31 December 2022: 8 per cent). 'Others' category includes exposures where origination data is incomplete and the exposures are getting allocated into stage 2.
Further details can be found in the 'Analysis of stage 2 balances' section in page 256.
## Credit impairment charges
The Group's ongoing credit impairment was a net charge of $508 million (31 December 2022: $836 million).
For CCIB, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $137 million to $11 million (31 December 2022: $148 million), as 2022 included Pakistan Sovereign downgrades and China CRE overlays, which was partly offset by a $102 million full release of COVID-19 overlay. In 2023, $11 million impairment charges were due to portfolio movements, including impairments on Pakistan Sovereign clients, and China CRE overlays, which was partly offset by a $13 million net release from model and methodology updates.
CCIB stage 3 impairment charges decreased by $165 million to $112 million (31 December 2022: $277 million) largely due to higher releases and lower impairments on China CRE clients. In 2023, $112 million impairment charges were largely driven by impairments on China CRE clients, and releases across multiple clients.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review Risk profile
For CPBB, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $22 million to $129 million (31 December 2022: $151 million). In 2023, $129 million impairment charges were from normal flows, largely from unsecured portfolios in China, Hong Kong, India and Singapore. This was partially offset by $21 million of COVID-19 overlay releases, including the full release of $16 million remaining COVID-19 overlays in Bahrain.
CPBB stage 3 impairment charges increased by $114 million to $225 million (31 December 2022: $111 million). The increase has been driven mainly by the unsecured business due to a mix of higher bankruptcies in Singapore, Hong Kong and Korea, and portfolio growth in digital partnerships.
For Ventures, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges increased by $29 million to $42 million (31 December 2022: $13 million), mainly due to portfolio growth in Mox Bank.
Ventures stage 3 impairment charges increased by $40 million to $43 million (31 December 2022: $3 million), mainly due to portfolio growth in Mox Bank, and higher bankruptcies. Mitigating actions have been taken to address these.
For Central and other items, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $139 million due to a net release of $44 million (31 December 2022: $95 million) as 2022 included Pakistan Sovereign CG12 downgrades. In 2023, $44 million net release of impairment charges were driven by exposure reductions and shortening tenors of balances to the Pakistan Government. This was partly offset by a $8 million charge due to Kenya Sovereign downgrade.
Central and other items stage 3 impairment charges decreased by $28 million to $10 million (31 December 2022: $38 million) as Sri Lanka and Ghana exposures were downgraded to Stage 3 in 2022.
Further details can be found in the 'Credit impairment charge' section in page 257.
## Vulnerable and Cyclical Sectors
Total net on-balance sheet exposure to vulnerable and cyclical sectors decreased by $3 billion to $29 billion (31 December 2022: $32 billion) largely due to the exit of the Aviation business and lower drawn balances particularly in the CRE sector, where on-balance sheet exposure decreased by $1.8 billion to $14.5 billion (31 December 2022: $16.3 billion). Stage 2 vulnerable and cyclical sector loans decreased by $2.3 billion to $3.3 billion (31 December 2022: $5.6 billion), primarily driven by a $1.4 billion exposure reduction in the CRE sector and transfers to Stage 3. Stage 3 vulnerable and cyclical sector loans decreased by $0.5 billion to $3.6 billion (31 December 2022: $4 billion), mainly due to the Oil and Gas, and Commodity sectors, which was partly offset by new inflows into the CRE sector.
The Group provides loans to CRE counterparties of which $9.6 billion is to counterparties in the CCIB segment where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral. The remaining CRE loans comprise working capital loans to real estate corporates, loans with non-property collateral, unsecured loans and loans to real estate entities of diversified conglomerates. The average LTV ratio of the performing book CRE portfolio has increased to 52 per cent (31 December 2022: 49 per cent). The proportion of loans with an LTV greater than 80 per cent has increased to 3 per cent (31 December 2022: 1 per cent).
Further details can be found in the 'Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors' section in pages 265 to 270.
## China commercial real estate
Total exposure to China CRE decreased by $0.8 billion to $2.6 billion (31 December 2022: $3.4 billion) mainly from exposure reductions. The proportion of credit impaired exposures increased to 58 per cent (31 December 2022: 33 per cent) as market conditions continued to deteriorate during the period, and provision coverage increased to 72 per cent (31 December 2022: 56 per cent) reflecting increased provision charges during the period. The proportion of the loan book rated as Higher Risk decreased by 8 per cent to 0.3 per cent (31 December 2022: 8.4 per cent) primarily due to downgrades in the period.
The Group continues to hold a judgemental management overlay, which decreased by $32 million to $141 million (31 December 2022: $173 million), reflecting changes in the portfolio and downgrades to Stage 3.
The Group is further indirectly exposed to China CRE through its associate investment in China Bohai Bank.
Further details can be found in the 'China commercial real estate' section in page 271.
## Management adjustments
Given the evolving nature of the risks in the China CRE sector, a management overlay of $141 million (31 December 2022: $173 million) has been taken by estimating the impact of further deterioration to exposures in this sector. Overlays of $5 million (31 December 2022: $16 million) have been applied in CPBB to capture macroeconomic environment challenges caused by sovereign defaults or heightened sovereign risk and an overlay of $17 million (31 December 2022: nil) was applied in Central and other items, due to a temporary market dislocation in the Africa and Middle East.
The remaining COVID-19 overlay in CPBB of $21 million that was held at 31 December 2022 has been fully released in 2023. The stage 3 overlay in CCIB of $9 million that was held at 31 December 2022, following the Sri Lanka Sovereign default was also fully released in 2023.
Further details can be found in the 'Judgemental management overlays' section in page 280. Model performance and judgemental post model adjustments are also disclosed in the 'Model performance post model adjustments' section in page 275.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Maximum exposure to Credit Risk (audited)
The table below presents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments as at 31 December 2023, before and after taking into account any collateral held or other credit risk mitigation.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Maximum exposure $million | Credit risk management | | Net Exposure $million | Maximum exposure $million | Credit risk management | | Net exposure $million |
| | | Collateral® $million | Master netting agreements $million | | | Collateral® $million | Master netting agreements $million | |
| On-balance sheet | | | | | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 69,905 | | | 69,905 | 58,263 | | | 58,263 |
| Loans and advances to banks1 | 44,977 | 1,738 | | 43,239 | 39,519 | 978 | | 38,541 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending7 | 1,738 | 1,738 | | - | 978 | 978 | | - |
| Loans and advances to customers1 | 286,975 | 118,492 | | 168,483 | 310,647 | 135,194 | | 175,453 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending7 | 13,996 | 13,996 | | - | 24,498 | 24,498 | | - |
| Investment securities – Debt securities and other eligible bills2 | 160,263 | | | 160,263 | 171,640 | | | 171,640 |
| Fair value through profit or loss3,7 | 144,276 | 81,847 | - | 62,429 | 102,575 | 64,491 | - | 38,084 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 2,265 | | | 2,265 | 976 | | | 976 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 7,212 | | | 7,212 | 6,546 | | | 6,546 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar lending7 | 81,847 | 81,847 | | - | 64,491 | 64,491 | | - |
| Investment securities – Debt securities and other eligible bills2 | 52,952 | | | 52,952 | 30,562 | | | 30,562 |
| Derivative financial instruments4,7 | 50,434 | 8,440 | 39,293 | 2,701 | 63,717 | 9,206 | 50,133 | 4,378 |
| Accrued income | 2,673 | | | 2,673 | 2,706 | | | 2,706 |
| Assets held for sale9 | 701 | | | 701 | 1,388 | | | 1,388 |
| Other assets5 | 38,140 | | | 38,140 | 39,295 | | | 39,295 |
| Total balance sheet | 798,344 | 210,517 | 39,293 | 548,534 | 789,750 | 209,869 | 50,133 | 529,748 |
| Off-balance sheet4 | | | | | | | | |
| Undrawn Commitments | 182,390 | 2,940 | | 179,450 | 168,668 | 2,951 | | 165,717 |
| Financial Guarantees and other equivalents | 74,414 | 2,590 | | 71,824 | 60,410 | 2,592 | | 57,818 |
| Total off-balance sheet | 256,804 | 5,530 | - | 251,274 | 229,078 | 5,543 | - | 223,535 |
| Total | 1,055,148 | 216,047 | 39,293 | 799,808 | 1,018,828 | 215,412 | 50,133 | 753,283 |
1. An analysis of credit quality is set out in the credit quality analysis section (page 240). Further details of collateral held by client segment and stage are set out in the collateral analysis section (page 259)
2. Excludes equity and other investments of $992 million (31 December 2022: $808 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments
3. Excludes equity and other investments of $2,940 million (31 December 2022: $3,230 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments
4. The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions
5. Other assets include Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness, cash collateral, and acceptances, in addition to unsettled trades and other financial assets
6. Excludes ECL allowances which are reported under Provisions for liabilities and charges
7. Collateral capped at maximum exposure (over-collateralised)
8. Adjusted for over-collateralisation, which has been determined with reference to the drawn and undrawn component as this best reflects the effect on the amount arising from expected credit losses
9. The amount is after ECL. Further details are set out in Note 21 Assets held for sale and associated liabilities
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Analysis of financial instruments by stage (audited)
The table below presents the gross and credit impairment balances by stage for the Group's amortised cost and FVOCI financial instruments as at 31 December 2023.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| | Gross balance/ $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying value $million | Gross balance/ $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying value $million | Gross balance/ $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying value $million | Gross balance/ $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying value $million |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 69,313 | - | 69,313 | 207 | (7) | 200 | 404 | (12) | 392 | 69,924 | (19) | 69,905 |
| Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) | 44,384 | (8) | 44,376 | 540 | (10) | 530 | 77 | (6) | 71 | 45,001 | (24) | 44,977 |
| Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) | 273,692 | (430) | 273,262 | 11,225 | (420) | 10,805 | 7,228 | (4,320) | 2,908 | 292,145 | (5,170) | 286,975 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills5 | 158,314 | (26) | | 1,860 | (34) | | 164 | (61) | | 160,338 | (121) | |
| Amortised cost | 56,787 | (16) | 56,771 | 103 | (2) | 101 | 120 | (57) | 63 | 57,010 | (75) | 56,935 |
| FVOCI2 | 101,527 | (10) | | 1,757 | (32) | | 44 | (4) | | 103,328 | (46) | - |
| Accrued income (amortised cost)4 | 2,673 | - | 2,673
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
2,673 | - | 2,673 |
| Assets held for sale4 | 661 | (33) | 628 | 76 | (4) | 72 | 1 | - | 1 | 738 | (37) | 701 |
| Other assets | 38,139 | - | 38,139
| - | - | - |
4 | (3) | 1 | 38,143 | (3) | 38,140 |
| Undrawn commitments3 | 176,654 | (52) | | 5,733 | (39) | | 3 | - | | 182,390 | (91) | |
| Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 | 70,832 | (10) | | 2,910 | (14) | | 672 | (112) | | 74,414 | (136) | |
| Total | 834,662 | (559) | | 22,551 | (528) | | 8,553 | (4,514) | | 865,766 | (5,601) | |
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material
5 Stage 3 gross includes $80 million (31 December 2022: $28 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $14 million (31 December 2022: $13 million)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance1$ million | Total credit impairment$ million | Net carrying value$ million | Gross balance1$ million | Total credit impairment$ million | Net carrying value$ million | Gross balance1$ million | Total credit impairment$ million | Net carrying value$ million | Gross balance1$ million | Total credit impairment$ million | Net carrying value$ million |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 57,643 | - | 57,643 | 333 | (8) | 325 | 295 | - | 295 | 58,271 | (8) | 58,263 |
| Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) | 39,149 | (9) | 39,140 | 337 | (3) | 334 | 59 | (14) | 45 | 39,545 | (26) | 39,519 |
| Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) | 295,219 | (559) | 294,660 | 13,043 | (444) | 12,599 | 7,845 | (4,457) | 3,388 | 316,107 | (5,460) | 310,647 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills5 | 166,103 | (25) | | 5,455 | (90) | | 144 | (106) | | 171,702 | (221) | |
| Amortised cost | 59,427 | (9) | 59,418 | 271 | (2) | 269 | 78 | (51) | 27 | 59,776 | (62) | 59,714 |
| FVOCI3 | 106,676 | (16) | | 5,184 | (88) | | 66 | (55) | | 111,926 | (159) | |
| Accrued income (amortised cost)4 | 2,706 | - | 2,706
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
2,706 | - | 2,706 |
| Assets held for sale4 | 1,083 | (6) | 1,077 | 262 | (4) | 258 | 120 | (67) | 53 | 1,465 | (77) | 1,388 |
| Other assets | 39,294 | - | 39,294
| - | - | - |
4 | (3) | 1 | 39,298 | (3) | 39,295 |
| Undrawn commitments3 | 162,958 | (41) | | 5,582 | (53) | | 128 | - | | 168,668 | (94) | |
| Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 | 56,683 | (11) | | 3,062 | (28) | | 665 | (147) | | 60,410 | (186) | |
| Total | 820,838 | (651) | | 28,074 | (630) | | 9,260 | (4,794) | | 858,172 | (6,075) | |
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material
5 Stage 3 gross includes $28 million originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $13 million
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Credit quality analysis (audited)
## Credit quality by client segment
For CCIB, exposures are analysed by credit grade (CG), which plays a central role in the quality assessment and monitoring of risk. All loans are assigned a CG, which is reviewed periodically and amended in light of changes in the borrower's circumstances or behaviour. CGs 1 to 12 are assigned to stage 1 and stage 2 (performing) clients or accounts, while CGs 13 and 14 are assigned to stage 3 (credit-impaired) clients. Consumer and Business Banking portfolios are analysed by days past due and Private Banking by the type of collateral held.
## Mapping of credit quality
The Group uses the following internal risk mapping to determine the credit quality for loans.
| Credit quality description | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | | | Private Banking^{1} | Consumer & Business Banking^{2} |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Internal grade mapping | S&P external ratings equivalent | Regulatory PD range (%) | Internal ratings | Internal grade mapping |
| Strong | 1A to 5B | AAA/AA+ to BBB-/BB+^{2} | 0 to 0.425 | Class I and Class IV | Current loans (no past dues nor impaired) |
| Satisfactory | 6A to 11C | BB+/BB to B-/CCC+^{3} | 0.426 to 15.75 | Class II and Class III | Loans past due till 29 days |
| Higher risk | Grade 12 | CCC+ to C^{4} | 15.751 to 99.999 | Stressed Assets Group (SAG) managed | Past due loans 30 days and over till 90 days |
1. For Private Banking, classes of risk represent the type of collateral held. Class I represents facilities with liquid collateral, such as cash and marketable securities. Class II represents unsecured/partially secured facilities and those with illiquid collateral, such as equity in private enterprises. Class III represents facilities with residential or commercial real estate collateral. Class IV covers margin trading facilities
2. Banks' rating: AAA/AA+ to BB+. Sovereigns' rating: AAA to BB+
3. Banks' rating: BB to "CCC+ to C". Sovereigns' rating: BB+/BB to B-/CCC+
4. Banks' rating: CCC+ to C. Sovereigns' rating: CCC+ to "CCC+ to C"
5. Medium enterprise clients within Business Banking are managed using the same internal credit grades as CCIB
The table below sets out the gross loans and advances held at amortised cost, expected credit loss provisions and expected credit loss coverage by business segment and stage. Expected credit loss coverage represents the expected credit loss reported for each segment and stage as a proportion of the gross loan balance for each segment and stage.
→ Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Loans and advances by client segment (audited)
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Banks$ million | Customers | | | | | Undrawncommitment$ million | FinancialGuaranteed$ million |
| | | Corporate,Commercial&InstitutionalBanking$ million | Consumer,Private&BusinessBanking$ million | Features$ million | Central&other banks$ million | CustomerTotal$ million | | |
| Stage 1 | 44,384 | 120,886 | 123,486 | 1,015 | 28,305 | 273,692 | 176,654 | 70,832 |
| - Strong | 35,284 | 84,248 | 118,193 | 1,000 | 27,967 | 231,408 | 162,643 | 47,885 |
| - Satisfactory | 9,100 | 36,638 | 5,293 | 15 | 338 | 42,284 | 14,011 | 22,947 |
| Stage 2 | 540 | 7,902 | 2,304 | 54 | 965 | 11,225 | 5,733 | 2,910 |
| - Strong | 55 | 1,145 | 1,761 | 34 | - | 2,940 | 1,090 | 830 |
| - Satisfactory | 212 | 5,840 | 206 | 7 | - | 6,053 | 4,169 | 1,823 |
| - Higher risk | 273 | 917 | 337 | 13 | 965 | 2,232 | 474 | 257 |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | - | 78 | 206 | 7 | - | 291 | - | - |
| - More than 30 days past due | - | 10 | 337 | 13 | - | 360 | - | - |
| Stage 3, credit-impairedfinancial assets | 77 | 5,508 | 1,484 | 12 | 224 | 7,228 | 3 | 672 |
| Gross balance1 | 45,001 | 134,296 | 127,274 | 1,081 | 29,494 | 292,145 | 182,390 | 74,414 |
| Stage 1 | (8) | (101) | (314) | (15) | - | (430) | (52) | (10) |
| - Strong | (3) | (34) | (234) | (14) | - | (282) | (31) | (2) |
| - Satisfactory | (5) | (67) | (80) | (1) | - | (148) | (21) | (8) |
| Stage 2 | (10) | (257) | (141) | (21) | (1) | (420) | (39) | (14) |
| - Strong | (1) | (18) | (65) | (14) | - | (97) | (5) | - |
| - Satisfactory | (2) | (179) | (22) | (3) | - | (204) | (23) | (7) |
| - Higher risk | (7) | (60) | (54) | (4) | (1) | (119) | (11) | (7) |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | - | (2) | (22) | (3) | - | (27) | - | - |
| - More than 30 days past due | - | (1) | (54) | (4) | - | (59) | - | - |
| Stage 3, credit-impairedfinancial assets | (6) | (3,533) | (760) | (12) | (15) | (4,320) | - | (112) |
| Total credit impairment | (24) | (3,891) | (1,215) | (48) | (16) | (5,170) | (91) | (136) |
| Net carrying value | 44,977 | 130,405 | 126,059 | 1,033 | 29,478 | 286,975 | | |
| Stage 1 | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.3% | 1.5% | 0.0% | 0.2% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - Strong | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.2% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - Satisfactory | 0.1% | 0.2% | 1.5% | 6.7% | 0.0% | 0.4% | 0.1% | 0.0% |
| Stage 2 | 1.9% | 3.3% | 6.1% | 38.9% | 0.1% | 3.7% | 0.7% | 0.5% |
| - Strong | 1.8% | 1.6% | 3.7% | 41.2% | 0.0% | 3.3% | 0.5% | 0.0% |
| - Satisfactory | 0.9% | 3.1% | 10.7% | 42.9% | 0.0% | 3.4% | 0.6% | 0.4% |
| - Higher risk | 2.6% | 6.5% | 16.0% | 30.8% | 0.1% | 5.3% | 2.3% | 2.7% |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | 0.0% | 2.6% | 10.7% | 42.9% | 0.0% | 9.3% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - More than 30 days past due | 0.0% | 10.0% | 16.0% | 30.8% | 0.0% | 16.4% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Stage 3, credit-impairedfinancial assets (S3) | 7.8% | 64.1% | 51.2% | 100.0% | 6.7% | 59.8% | 0.0% | 16.7% |
| Cover ratio | 0.1% | 2.9% | 1.0% | 4.4% | 0.1% | 1.8% | 0.0% | 0.2% |
| Fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | |
| Performing | 32,813 | 58,465 | 13 | - | - | 58,478 | - | - |
| - Strong | 28,402 | 38,014 | 13 | - | - | 38,027 | - | - |
| - Satisfactory | 4,411 | 20,388 | - | - | - | 20,388 | - | - |
| - Higher risk | - | 63 | - | - | - | 63 | - | - |
| Defaulted (CG13-14) | - | 33 | - | - | - | 33 | - | - |
| Gross balance (FVTPL)2 | 32,813 | 58,498 | 13 | - | - | 58,511 | - | - |
| Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) | 77,790 | 188,903 | 126,072 | 1,033 | 29,478 | 345,486 | - | - |
1. Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $13,996 million under Customers and of $1,738 million under Banks, held at amortised cost
2. Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $51,299 million under Customers and of $30,548 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
2022
| Amortised cost | Banks $million | Customers | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items $million | Customer Total $million | Undrawn commitments $million | Financial Guarantees $million |
| Stage 1 | 39,149 | 126,261 | 129,134 | 691 | 39,133 | 295,219 | 162,958 | 56,683 |
| - Strong | 27,941 | 89,567 | 124,734 | 685 | 39,133 | 254,119 | 148,303 | 39,612 |
| - Satisfactory | 11,208 | 36,694 | 4,400 | 6 | - | 41,100 | 14,655 | 17,071 |
| Stage 2 | 337 | 11,355 | 1,670 | 18 | - | 13,043 | 5,582 | 3,062 |
| - Strong | 148 | 2,068 | 1,215 | 10 | - | 3,293 | 1,449 | 522 |
| - Satisfactory | 119 | 7,783 | 146 | 4 | - | 7,933 | 3,454 | 2,134 |
| - Higher risk | 70 | 1,504 | 309 | 4 | - | 1,817 | 679 | 406 |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | 5 | 109 | 148 | 4 | - | 261 | - | - |
| - More than 30 days past due | 6 | 23 | 310 | 4 | - | 337 | - | - |
| Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | 59 | 6,143 | 1,453 | 1 | 248 | 7,845 | 128 | 665 |
| Gross balance1 | 39,545 | 143,759 | 132,257 | 710 | 39,381 | 316,107 | 168,668 | 60,410 |
| Stage 1 | (9) | (143) | (406) | (10) | - | (559) | (41) | (11) |
| - Strong | (3) | (43) | (332) | (10) | - | (385) | (28) | (3) |
| - Satisfactory | (6) | (100) | (74)
| - | - |
(174) | (13) | (8) |
| Stage 2 | (3) | (323) | (120) | (1) | - | (444) | (53) | (28) |
| - Strong | - | (30) | (62) | (1) | - | (93) | (6) | - |
| - Satisfactory | (2) | (159) | (17)
| - | - |
(176) | (42) | (15) |
| - Higher risk | (1) | (134) | (41)
| - | - |
(175) | (5) | (13) |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | - | (2) | (17) | - | - | (19) | - | - |
| - More than 30 days past due | - | (1) | (41) | - | - | (42) | - | - |
| Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | (14) | (3,662) | (776) | (1) | (18) | (4,457) | - | (147) |
| Total credit impairment | (26) | (4,128) | (1,302) | (12) | (18) | (5,460) | (94) | (186) |
| Net carrying value | 39,519 | 139,631 | 130,955 | 698 | 39,363 | 310,647 | | |
| Stage 1 | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.3% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.2% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - Strong | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.3% | 1.5% | 0.0% | 0.2% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - Satisfactory | 0.1% | 0.3% | 1.7% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.4% | 0.1% | 0.0% |
| Stage 2 | 0.9% | 2.8% | 7.2% | 5.6% | 0.0% | 3.4% | 0.9% | 0.9% |
| - Strong | 0.0% | 1.5% | 5.1% | 10.0% | 0.0% | 2.8% | 0.4% | 0.0% |
| - Satisfactory | 1.7% | 2.0% | 11.6% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 2.2% | 1.2% | 0.7% |
| - Higher risk | 1.4% | 8.9% | 13.3% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 9.6% | 0.7% | 3.2% |
| Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | |
| - Less than 30 days past due | 0.0% | 1.8% | 11.5% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 7.3% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| - More than 30 days past due | 0.0% | 4.3% | 13.2% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 12.5% | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets (S3) | 23.7% | 59.6% | 53.4% | 100.0% | 7.3% | 56.8% | 0.0% | 22.1% |
| Cover ratio | 0.1% | 2.9% | 1.0% | 1.7% | 0.0% | 1.7% | 0.1% | 0.3% |
| Fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | |
| Performing | 24,930 | 44,461 | 28 | - | 2,557 | 47,046 | - | - |
| - Strong | 21,451 | 36,454 | 27 | - | 2,409 | 38,890 | - | - |
| - Satisfactory | 3,479 | 8,007 | 1 | - | 148 | 8,156 | - | - |
| - Higher risk | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Defaulted (CG13-14) | - | 37 | - | - | - | 37 | - | - |
| Gross balance (FVTPL)2 | 24,930 | 44,498 | 28 | - | 2,557 | 47,083 | - | - |
| Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) | 64,449 | 184,129 | 130,983 | 698 | 41,920 | 357,730 | - | - |
1. Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $24,498 million under Customers and of $978 million under Banks, held at amortised cost
2. Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $40,537 million under Customers and of $23,954 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | 2023 | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 84,248 | 1,145 | - | 85,893 | (34) | (18) | - | (52) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 10,891 | 81 | - | 10,972 | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 31,974 | 558 | - | 32,532 | (3)
| - | - |
(3) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 41,383 | 506 | - | 41,889 | (30) | (18) | - | (48) |
| Satisfactory | | | 36,638 | 5,840 | - | 42,478 | (67) | (179) | - | (246) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 24,296 | 1,873 | - | 26,169 | (38) | (77) | - | (115) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 8,196 | 2,273 | - | 10,469 | (13) | (90) | - | (103) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 4,146 | 1,694 | - | 5,840 | (16) | (12) | - | (28) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 917 | - | 917 | - | (60) | - | (60) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 917 | - | 917 | - | (60) | - | (60) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 5,508 | 5,508 | - | - | (3,533) | (3,533) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 5,508 | 5,508 | - | - | (3,533) | (3,533) |
| Total | | | 120,886 | 7,902 | 5,508 | 134,296 | (101) | (257) | (3,533) | (3,891) |
Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | 2022 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Gross | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 89,567 | 2,068 | - | 91,635 | (43) | (30) | - | (73) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 8,247 | 117 | - | 8,364 | (4)
| - | - |
(4) |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 36,379 | 321 | - | 36,700 | (5)
| - | - |
(5) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 44,941 | 1,630 | - | 46,571 | (34) | (30) | - | (64) |
| Satisfactory | | | 36,694 | 7,783 | - | 44,477 | (100) | (159) | - | (259) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 23,196 | 2,684 | - | 25,880 | (67) | (94) | - | (161) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 9,979 | 3,116 | - | 13,095 | (20) | (35) | - | (55) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 3,519 | 1,983 | - | 5,502 | (13) | (30) | - | (43) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 1,504 | - | 1,504 | - | (134) | - | (134) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 1,504 | - | 1,504 | - | (134) | - | (134) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 6,143 | 6,143 | - | - | (3,662) | (3,662) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 6,143 | 6,143 | - | - | (3,662) | (3,662) |
| Total | | | 126,261 | 11,355 | 6,143 | 143,759 | (143) | (323) | (3,662) | (4,128) |
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | Corporate lending* - Asia | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | 2023 | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 36,959 | 802 | - | 37,761 | (12) | (15) | - | (27) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 3,550 | 24 | - | 3,574 | - | - | - | - |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 12,634 | 400 | - | 13,034 | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 20,775 | 378 | - | 21,153 | (11) | (15) | - | (26) |
| Satisfactory | | | 22,581 | 2,534 | - | 25,115 | (35) | (137) | - | (172) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 14,740 | 739 | - | 15,479 | (28) | (68) | - | (96) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 5,243 | 1,134 | - | 6,377 | (5) | (66) | - | (71) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 2,598 | 661 | - | 3,259 | (2) | (3) | - | (5) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 231 | - | 231 | - | (19) | - | (19) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 231 | - | 231 | - | (19) | - | (19) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 2,870 | 2,870 | - | - | (2,014) | (2,014) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 2,870 | 2,870 | - | - | (2,014) | (2,014) |
| Total | | | 59,540 | 3,567 | 2,870 | 65,977 | (47) | (171) | (2,014) | (2,232) |
1 Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Corporate lending¹ - Asia
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Gross | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 40,402 | 1,361 | - | 41,763 | (28) | (21) | - | (49) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 3,857 | 52 | - | 3,909 | (3)
| - | - |
(3) |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 14,694 | 250 | - | 14,944 | (2) | (1) | - | (3) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 21,851 | 1,059 | - | 22,910 | (23) | (20) | - | (43) |
| Satisfactory | | | 22,064 | 3,859 | - | 25,923 | (55) | (99) | - | (154) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 14,512 | 1,285 | - | 15,797 | (47) | (81) | - | (128) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 5,091 | 1,451 | - | 6,542 | (7) | (7) | - | (14) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 2,461 | 1,123 | - | 3,584 | (1) | (11) | - | (12) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 463 | - | 463 | - | (106) | - | (106) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 463 | - | 463 | - | (106) | - | (106) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 3,063 | 3,063 | - | - | (1,748) | (1,748) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 3,063 | 3,063 | - | - | (1,748) | (1,748) |
| Total | | | 62,466 | 5,683 | 3,063 | 71,212 | (83) | (226) | (1,748) | (2,057) |
¹ Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
Corporate lending¹ - Africa & Middle East
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | 2023 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Gross | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 7,756 | 43 | - | 7,799 | (1) | (2) | - | (3) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 358 | - | - | 358 | - | - | - | - |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 1,952 | - | - | 1,952 | - | - | - | - |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 5,446 | 43 | - | 5,489 | (1) | (2) | - | (3) |
| Satisfactory | | | 2,801 | 492 | - | 3,293 | (18) | (13) | - | (31) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 1,512 | 82 | - | 1,594 | (2) | (3) | - | (5) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 587 | 175 | - | 762 | (4) | (7) | - | (11) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 702 | 235 | - | 937 | (12) | (3) | - | (15) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 515 | - | 515 | - | (37) | - | (37) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 515 | - | 515 | - | (37) | - | (37) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 1,435 | 1,435 | - | - | (1,079) | (1,079) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 1,435 | 1,435 | - | - | (1,079) | (1,079) |
| Total | | | 10,557 | 1,050 | 1,435 | 13,042 | (19) | (52) | (1,079) | (1,150) |
¹ Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
Corporate lending¹ - Africa & Middle East
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | 2022 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Gross | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 6,268 | 311 | - | 6,579 | - | - | - | - |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 338 | 6 | - | 344 | - | - | - | - |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 2,049 | 23 | - | 2,072 | - | - | - | - |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 3,881 | 282 | - | 4,163 | - | - | - | - |
| Satisfactory | | | 4,389 | 642 | - | 5,031 | (32) | (41) | - | (73) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 1,454 | 218 | - | 1,672 | (11) | (3) | - | (14) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 2,361 | 320 | - | 2,681 | (11) | (24) | - | (35) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 574 | 104 | - | 678 | (10) | (14) | - | (24) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 653 | - | 653 | - | (26) | - | (26) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 653 | - | 653 | - | (26) | - | (26) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 1,735 | 1,735 | - | - | (1,344) | (1,344) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 1,735 | 1,735 | - | - | (1,344) | (1,344) |
| Total | | | 10,657 | 1,606 | 1,735 | 13,998 | (32) | (67) | (1,344) | (1,443) |
¹ Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | Corporate lending' - Europe & Americas | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | 2023 | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 9,283 | 198 | - | 9,481 | (11)
| - | - |
(11) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 528 | - | - | 528 | - | - | - | - |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 4,413 | 124 | - | 4,537 | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 4,342 | 74 | - | 4,416 | (10)
| - | - |
(10) |
| Satisfactory | | | 4,778 | 1,621 | - | 6,399 | (5) | (22) | - | (27) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 3,912 | 768 | - | 4,680 | (4) | (2) | - | (6) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 596 | 821 | - | 1,417 | (1) | (15) | - | (16) |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 270 | 32 | - | 302 | - | (5) | - | (5) |
| Higher risk | | | - | 77 | - | 77 | - | (7) | - | (7) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 77 | - | 77 | - | (7) | - | (7) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 980 | 980 | - | - | (345) | (345) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 980 | 980 | - | - | (345) | (345) |
| Total | | | 14,061 | 1,896 | 980 | 16,937 | (16) | (29) | (345) | (390) |
1 Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
| Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) | S&P external ratings equivalent | Corporate lending' - Europe & Americas | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | 2022 | | | | Credit impairment | | | |
| | | | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Strong | | | 10,033 | 225 | - | 10,258 | (13)
| - | - |
(13) |
| 1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 575 | - | - | 575 | - | - | - | - |
| 3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 4,065 | 8 | - | 4,073 | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| 4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 5,393 | 217 | - | 5,610 | (12)
| - | - |
(12) |
| Satisfactory | | | 4,498 | 2,077 | - | 6,575 | (4) | (25) | - | (29) |
| 6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 3,867 | 1,376 | - | 5,243 | (4) | (25) | - | (29) |
| 8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 537 | 636 | - | 1,173 | - | - | - | - |
| 10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 94 | 65 | - | 159 | - | - | - | - |
| Higher risk | | | - | 387 | - | 387 | - | (1) | - | (1) |
| 12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 387 | - | 387 | - | (1) | - | (1) |
| Defaulted |
| | - | - | 1,230 | 1,230 | - | - | (398) | (398) |
| 13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 1,230 | 1,230 | - | - | (398) | (398) |
| Total | | | 14,531 | 2,689 | 1,230 | 18,450 | (17) | (26) | (398) | (441) |
1 Corporate loans and advances to customers excludes loans to "Financing, insurance and non-banking" and "Government" counterparties
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
| | Consumer, Private & Business Banking | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Asia | | | | Africa & Middle East | | | | Europe & Americas | | | | Total |
| | Maric-gages $million | Credit Cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | Maric-gages $million | Credit Cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | Maric-gages $million | Credit Cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | |
| Stage 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 77,270 | 6,234 | 30,027 | 113,531 | 974 | 263 | 2,471 | 3,708 | 335 | - | 619 | 954 | 118,193 |
| Satisfactory | 659 | 113 | 2,418 | 3,190 | 158 | 11 | 121 | 290 | 1,812 | - | 1 | 1,813 | 5,293 |
| Total | 77,929 | 6,347 | 32,445 | 116,721 | 1,132 | 274 | 2,592 | 3,998 | 2,147 | - | 620 | 2,767 | 123,486 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | (5) | (25) | (181) | (211) | (2) | (7) | (13) | (22)
| - | - |
(1) | (1) | (234) |
| Satisfactory | - | (57) | (19) | (76) | - | - | (2) | (2) | (2) | - | - | (2) | (80) |
| Total | (5) | (82) | (200) | (287) | (2) | (7) | (15) | (24) | (2) | - | (1) | (3) | (314) |
| Coverage % | 0% | 1% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 3% | 1% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% |
| Stage 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 1,014 | 124 | 583 | 1,721 | 17 | 8 | 15 | 40
| - | - | - | - |
1,761 |
| Satisfactory | 122 | 14 | 29 | 165 | 4 | 1 | 9 | 14 | 27
| - | - |
27 | 206 |
| Higher risk | 161 | 39 | 118 | 318 | 5 | 3 | 11 | 19
| - | - | - | - |
337 |
| Total | 1,297 | 177 | 730 | 2,204 | 26 | 12 | 35 | 73 | 27
| - | - |
27 | 2,304 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | (1) | (12) | (43) | (56) | (1) | (1) | (7) | (9)
| - | - | - | - |
(65) |
| Satisfactory | - | (14) | (7) | (21) | - | - | (1) | (1) | - | - | - | - | (22) |
| Higher risk | (1) | (17) | (34) | (52) | - | (1) | (1) | (2)
| - | - | - | - |
(54) |
| Total | (2) | (43) | (84) | (129) | (1) | (2) | (9) | (12)
| - | - | - | - |
(141) |
| Coverage % | 0% | 24% | 12% | 6% | 4% | 17% | 26% | 16% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 6% |
| Stage 3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross credit impaired | 382 | 53 | 841 | 1,276 | 53 | 3 | 59 | 115 | 85 | - | 8 | 93 | 1,484 |
| ECL | (84) | (36) | (566) | (686) | (25) | (2) | (33) | (60) | (14)
| - | - |
(14) | (760) |
| Coverage % | 22% | 68% | 67% | 54% | 47% | 67% | 56% | 52% | 16% | 0% | 0% | 15% | 51% |
| Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 78,284 | 6,358 | 30,610 | 115,252 | 991 | 271 | 2,486 | 3,748 | 335 | - | 619 | 954 | 119,954 |
| Satisfactory | 781 | 127 | 2,447 | 3,355 | 162 | 12 | 130 | 304 | 1,839 | - | 1 | 1,840 | 5,499 |
| Higher risk | 161 | 39 | 118 | 318 | 5 | 3 | 11 | 19
| - | - | - | - |
337 |
| Credit-Impaired | 382 | 53 | 841 | 1,276 | 53 | 3 | 59 | 115 | 85 | - | 8 | 93 | 1,484 |
| Total | 79,608 | 6,577 | 34,016 | 120,201 | 1,211 | 289 | 2,686 | 4,186 | 2,259 | - | 628 | 2,887 | 127,274 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | (6) | (37) | (224) | (267) | (3) | (8) | (20) | (31)
| - | - |
(1) | (1) | (299) |
| Satisfactory | - | (71) | (26) | (97) | - | - | (3) | (3) | (2) | - | - | (2) | (102) |
| Higher risk | (1) | (17) | (34) | (52) | - | (1) | (1) | (2)
| - | - | - | - |
(54) |
| Credit-Impaired | (84) | (36) | (566) | (686) | (25) | (2) | (33) | (60) | (14)
| - | - |
(14) | (760) |
| Total | (91) | (161) | (850) | (1,102) | (28) | (11) | (57) | (96) | (16) | - | (1) | (17) | (1,215) |
| Coverage % | 0% | 2% | 2% | 1% | 2% | 4% | 2% | 2% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 1% | 1% |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Consumer, Private & Business Banking
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia | | | Africa & Middle East | | | | | Europe & Americas | | | | |
| | Mort-gages $million | Credit cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | Mort-gages $million | Credit cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | Mort-gages $million | Credit cards $million | Others $million | Total $million | Total $million |
| Stage 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 81,738 | 5,781 | 32,297 | 119,816 | 1,004 | 281 | 2,590 | 3,875 | 397 | - | 646 | 1,043 | 124,734 |
| Satisfactory | 1,155 | 145 | 1,378 | 2,678 | 189 | 9 | 71 | 269 | 1,372 | - | 81 | 1,453 | 4,400 |
| Total | 82,893 | 5,926 | 33,675 | 122,494 | 1,193 | 290 | 2,661 | 4,144 | 1,769 | - | 727 | 2,496 | 129,134 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | - | (49) | (233) | (282) | (3) | (6) | (37) | (46) | (2) | - | (2) | (4) | (332) |
| Satisfactory | (6) | (37) | (27) | (70) | (1) | - | (1) | (2) | (2)
| - | - |
(2) | (74) |
| Total | (6) | (86) | (260) | (352) | (4) | (6) | (38) | (48) | (4) | - | (2) | (6) | (406) |
| Coverage % | 0% | 1% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 2% | 1% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% |
| Stage 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 576 | 88 | 388 | 1,052 | 112 | 2 | 46 | 160 | 1 | - | 2 | 3 | 1,215 |
| Satisfactory | 75 | 10 | 14 | 99 | 43 | 1 | 3 | 47
| - | - | - | - |
146 |
| Higher risk | 150 | 34 | 63 | 247 | 12 | 3 | 13 | 28 | 34
| - | - |
34 | 309 |
| Total | 801 | 132 | 465 | 1,398 | 167 | 6 | 62 | 235 | 35 | - | 2 | 37 | 1,670 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | (2) | (26) | (27) | (55) | (3) | (1) | (3) | (7)
| - | - | - | - |
(62) |
| Satisfactory | (1) | (9) | (7) | (17)
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(17) |
| Higher risk | (2) | (6) | (28) | (36) | - | (1) | (4) | (5)
| - | - | - | - |
(41) |
| Total | (5) | (41) | (62) | (108) | (3) | (2) | (7) | (12)
| - | - | - | - |
(120) |
| Coverage % | 1% | 31% | 13% | 8% | 2% | 33% | 11% | 5% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 7% |
| Stage 3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross credit impaired | 368 | 48 | 783 | 1,199 | 111 | 10 | 56 | 177 | 77
| - | - |
77 | 1,453 |
| ECL | (97) | (35) | (524) | (656) | (76) | (7) | (30) | (113) | (7)
| - | - |
(7) | (776) |
| Coverage % | 26% | 73% | 67% | 55% | 68% | 70% | 54% | 64% | 9% | 0% | 0% | 9% | 53% |
| Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 82,314 | 5,869 | 32,685 | 120,868 | 1,116 | 283 | 2,636 | 4,035 | 398 | - | 648 | 1,046 | 125,949 |
| Satisfactory | 1,230 | 155 | 1,392 | 2,777 | 232 | 10 | 74 | 316 | 1,372 | - | 81 | 1,453 | 4,546 |
| Higher risk | 150 | 34 | 63 | 247 | 12 | 3 | 13 | 28 | 34
| - | - |
34 | 309 |
| Credit-Impaired | 368 | 48 | 783 | 1,199 | 111 | 10 | 56 | 177 | 77
| - | - |
77 | 1,453 |
| Total | 84,062 | 6,106 | 34,923 | 125,091 | 1,471 | 306 | 2,779 | 4,556 | 1,881 | - | 729 | 2,610 | 132,257 |
| ECL | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | (2) | (75) | (260) | (337) | (6) | (7) | (40) | (53) | (2) | - | (2) | (4) | (394) |
| Satisfactory | (7) | (46) | (34) | (87) | (1) | - | (1) | (2) | (2)
| - | - |
(2) | (91) |
| Higher risk | (2) | (6) | (28) | (36) | - | (1) | (4) | (5)
| - | - | - | - |
(41) |
| Credit-Impaired | (97) | (35) | (524) | (656) | (76) | (7) | (30) | (113) | (7)
| - | - |
(7) | (776) |
| Total | (108) | (162) | (846) | (1,116) | (83) | (15) | (75) | (173) | (11) | - | (2) | (13) | (1,302) |
| Coverage % | 0% | 3% | 2% | 1% | 6% | 5% | 3% | 4% | 1% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 1% |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Credit quality by geographic region
The following table sets out the credit quality for gross loans and advances to customers and banks, held at amortised cost, by geographic region and stage.
Loans and advances to customers
| Amortised cost | 2022 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Gross (stage 1) | 229,289 | 17,536 | 26,867 | 273,692 | 248,625 | 17,553 | 29,041 | 295,219 |
| Provision (stage 1) | (363) | (39) | (28) | (430) | (454) | (73) | (32) | (559) |
| Gross (stage 2) | 6,660 | 3,276 | 1,289 | 11,225 | 8,302 | 3,122 | 1,619 | 13,043 |
| Provision (stage 2) | (321) | (70) | (29) | (420) | (337) | (104) | (3) | (444) |
| Gross (stage 3) | 4,604 | 2,273 | 351 | 7,228 | 4,562 | 2,725 | 558 | 7,845 |
| Provision (stage 3) | (2,734) | (1,387) | (199) | (4,320) | (2,483) | (1,765) | (209) | (4,457) |
| Net loans1 | 237,135 | 21,589 | 28,251 | 286,975 | 258,215 | 21,458 | 30,974 | 310,647 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
Loans and advances to banks
| Amortised cost | 2022 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Gross (stage 1) | 35,338 | 2,803 | 6,243 | 44,384 | 21,806 | 3,818 | 13,525 | 39,149 |
| Provision (stage 1) | (7) | - | (1) | (8) | (3) | (4) | (2) | (9) |
| Gross (stage 2) | 17 | 311 | 212 | 540 | 212 | 116 | 9 | 337 |
| Provision (stage 2) | (2) | (8) | - | (10) | (2) | (1) | - | (3) |
| Gross (stage 3) | 73 | - | 4 | 77 | 59
| - | - |
59 |
| Provision (stage 3) | (2) | - | (4) | (6) | (14)
| - | - |
(14) |
| Net loans1 | 35,417 | 3,106 | 6,454 | 44,977 | 22,058 | 3,929 | 13,532 | 39,519 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
# Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees (audited)
The tables overleaf set out the movement in gross exposures and credit impairment by stage in respect of amortised cost loans to banks and customers, undrawn commitments, financial guarantees and debt securities classified at amortised cost and FVOCI. The tables are presented for the Group, debt securities and other eligible bills.
# Methodology
The movement lines within the tables are an aggregation of monthly movements over the year and will therefore reflect the accumulation of multiple trades during the year. The credit impairment charge in the income statement comprises the amounts within the boxes in the table below, less recoveries of amounts previously written off. Discount unwind is reported in net interest income and related to stage 3 financial instruments only.
The approach for determining the key line items in the tables is set out below.
- Transfers - transfers between stages are deemed to occur at the beginning of a month based on prior month closing balances.
- Net remeasurement from stage changes - the remeasurement of credit impairment provisions arising from a change in stage is reported within the stage that the assets are transferred to. For example, assets transferred into stage 2 are remeasured from a 12-month to a lifetime expected credit loss, with the effect of remeasurement reported in stage 2. For stage 3, this represents the initial remeasurement from specific provisions recognised on individual assets transferred into stage 3 in the year.
- Net changes in exposures - new business written less repayments in the year. Within stage 1, new business written will attract up to 12 months of expected credit loss charges. Repayments of non-amortising loans (primarily within CCIB) will have low amounts of expected credit loss provisions attributed to them, due to the release of provisions over the term to maturity. In stages 2 and 3, the net change in exposures reflect repayments although stage 2 may include new facilities where clients are on non-purely precautionary early alert, are CG 12, or when non-investment grade debt securities are acquired.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
- Changes in risk parameters - for stages 1 and 2, this reflects changes in the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) of assets during the year, which includes the impact of releasing provisions over the term to maturity. It also includes the effect of changes in forecasts of macroeconomic variables during the year. In stage 3, this line represents additional specific provisions recognised on exposures held within stage 3.
- Interest due but not paid - change in contractual amount of interest due in stage 3 financial instruments but not paid, being the net of accruals, repayments and write-offs, together with the corresponding change in credit impairment.
Changes to ECL models, which incorporate changes to model approaches and methodologies, are not reported as a separate line item as these have an impact over a number of lines and stages.
## Movements during the year
Stage 1 gross exposures increased by $3.8 billion to $724 billion (31 December 2022: $720 billion). CCIB exposure increased by $21.8 billion to $337 billion (31 December 2022: $315 billion) due to off-balance sheet exposures, which was partly offset by a decrease in loans and advances to customers. CPBB decreased by $2.2 billion to $191 billion (31 December 2022: $193 billion) which was largely driven by the mortgage portfolio in Korea and Hong Kong. Stage 1 debt securities decreased by $7.8 billion to $158 billion (31 December 2022: $166 billion) due to liquidity management and maturities.
Total stage 1 provisions decreased by $119 million to $526 million (31 December 2022: $645 million). CCIB provisions decreased by $43 million to $151 million (31 December 2022: $194 million), primarily due to new originations, which was partly offset by model updates. Debt securities provisions was stable at $26 million (31 December 2022: $25 million). CPBB decreased by $88 million to $325 million (31 December 2022: $413 million), mainly driven by the release of the judgemental non-linearity post model adjustment and overlay releases, both of which are reported in 'Changes in risk parameters'.
Stage 2 gross exposures decreased by $5.2 billion to $22 billion (31 December 2022: $27 billion), primarily driven by a net reduction in exposures in CCIB, particularly in the CRE and Transport sectors. CPBB exposures increased by $0.7 billion to $2.5 billion (31 December 2022: $1.8 billion), of which $0.4 billion was from the Secured portfolio. Debt securities decreased by $3.6 billion to $1.9 billion (31 December 2022: $5.5 billion).
Stage 2 provisions decreased by $101 million to $517 million (31 December 2022: $618 million). CCIB provisions decreased by $93 million to $318 million (31 December 2022: $411 million) from releases due to exposure reductions, transfers to stage 3 for China CRE exposures and model updates. This was partly offset by a further downgrade of Pakistan sovereign clients within stage 2. CPBB provisions increased by $22 million to $140 million (31 December 2022: $118 million) due to higher delinquencies. This was partly offset by the release of judgemental non-linearity post model adjustment and overlay releases which are reported within 'Changes in risk parameters' due to underlying factors not being valid any more. Debt Securities decreased by $56 million to $34 million (31 December 2022: $90 million) largely due to exposure reductions and shortening of tenors, particularly in Pakistan.
The impact of model and methodology updates in 2023 reduced stage 1 and 2 provisions by $15 million, of which $10 million was in CCIB and Central and other items, while $5 million was in CPBB.
Stage 3 gross loans for CCIB decreased by $0.7 billion to $6.3 billion (31 December 2022: $7 billion) as repayments and write-offs were partly offset by the downgrade of China CRE clients. CCIB provisions decreased by $171 million to $3.7 billion (31 December 2022: $3.8 billion) as charges from new downgrades were offset by releases due to repayments and write-offs. CPBB stage 3 loans was stable at $1.5 billion (31 December 2022: $1.5 billion) but provisions decreased by $17 million to $0.8 billion (31 December 2022: $0.8 billion). Debt security gross assets increased by $20 million to $164 million (31 December 2022: $144 million).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
All segments (audited)
| Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 31 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 684,759 | (609) | 684,150 | 34,550 | (652) | 33,898 | 9,061 | (4,941) | 4,120 | 728,370 | (6,202) | 722,168 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 24,666 | (555) | 24,111 | (24,633) | 555 | (24,078) | (33) | - | (33) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (46,960) | 228 | (46,732) | 47,479 | (246) | 47,233 | (519) | 18 | (501) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (176) | 74 | (102) | (3,630) | 253 | (3,377) | 3,806 | (327) | 3,479 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 83,204 | (137) | 83,067 | (24,324) | 93 | (24,231) | (1,710) | 338 | (1,372) | 57,170 | 294 | 57,464 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 45 | 45 | - | (126) | (126) | - | (168) | (168) | - | (249) | (249) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 106 | 106 | - | (387) | (387) | - | (895) | (895) | - | (1,176) | (1,176) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(949) | 949 | - | (949) | 949 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(157) | 157 | - | (157) | 157 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
136 | 136 | - | 136 | 136 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements1 | (25,381) | 203 | (25,178) | (1,963) | (108) | (2,071) | (658) | 9 | (649) | (28,002) | 104 | (27,898) |
| As at 31 December 20222 | 720,112 | (645) | 719,467 | 27,479 | (618) | 26,861 | 8,841 | (4,724) | 4,117 | 756,432 | (5,987) | 750,445 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 14 | | | (420) | | | (725) | | | (1,131) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 293 | | | 293 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 14 | | | (420) | | | (432) | | | (838) | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 720,112 | (645) | 719,467 | 27,479 | (618) | 26,861 | 8,841 | (4,724) | 4,117 | 756,432 | (5,987) | 750,445 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 19,594 | (661) | 18,933 | (19,583) | 661 | (18,922) | (11) | - | (11) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (42,628) | 174 | (42,454) | 42,793 | (182) | 42,611 | (165) | 8 | (157) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (96) | 6 | (90) | (2,329) | 326 | (2,003) | 2,425 | (332) | 2,093 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 23,717 | (185) | 23,532 | (22,727) | 22 | (22,705) | (1,708) | 624 | (1,084) | (718) | 461 | (257) |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 52 | 52 | - | (199) | (199) | - | (163) | (163) | - | (310) | (310) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 202 | 202 | - | (32) | (32) | - | (1,100) | (1,100) | - | (930) | (930) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1,027) | 1,027 | - | (1,027) | 1,027 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(83) | 83 | - | (83) | 83 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
180 | 180 | - | 180 | 180 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements1 | 3,177 | 531 | 3,708 | (3,365) | (495) | (3,860) | (128) | (102) | (230) | (316) | (66) | (382) |
| As at 31 December 20232 | 723,876 | (526) | 723,350 | 22,268 | (517) | 21,751 | 8,144 | (4,499) | 3,645 | 754,288 | (5,542) | 748,746 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release6 | | 69 | | | (209) | | | (639) | | | (779) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 271 | | | 271 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release4 | | 69 | | | (209) | | | (368) | | | (508) | |
1 Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities
2 Excludes Cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Assets held for sale and Other assets gross balances of $111,478 million (31 December 2022: $101,740 million) and Total credit impairment of $59 million (31 December 2022: $88 million)
3 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments
4 Reported basis
5 Stage 3 includes gross of $80 million (31 December 2022: $28 million) and ECL $14 million (31 December 2022: $13 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities
6 Does not include release relating to Other assets (31 December 2022: $2 million)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Of which – movement of debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills (audited)
| Amortized cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3¹ | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 157,352 | (67) | 157,285 | 5,315 | (42) | 5,273 | 113 | (66) | 47 | 162,780 | (175) | 162,605 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 2,296 | (22) | 2,274 | (2,296) | 22 | (2,274) | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (3,942) | 38 | (3,904) | 3,942 | (38) | 3,904 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | - | - | - | (66) | 42 | (24) | 66 | (42) | 24 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 21,613 | (44) | 21,569 | (752) | 9 | (743) | - | 1 | 1 | 20,861 | (34) | 20,827 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 10 | 10 | - | (2) | (2) | - | (23) | (23) | - | (15) | (15) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 38 | 38 | - | (98) | (98) | - | (13) | (13) | - | (73) | (73) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(30) | 30 | - | (30) | 30 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements¹ | (11,216) | 22 | (11,194) | (688) | 17 | (671) | (5) | 7 | 2 | (11,909) | 46 | (11,863) |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 166,103 | (25) | 166,078 | 5,455 | (90) | 5,365 | 144 | (106) | 38 | 171,702 | (221) | 171,481 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 4 | | | (91) | | | (35) | | | (122) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | - | | | - | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 4 | | | (91) | | | (35) | | | (122) | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 166,103 | (25) | 166,078 | 5,455 | (90) | 5,365 | 144 | (106) | 38 | 171,702 | (221) | 171,481 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 371 | (65) | 306 | (371) | 65 | (306) | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (884) | 14 | (870) | 884 | (14) | 870 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | - | - | - | (16) | - | (16) | 16 | - | 16 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | (11,583) | (28) | (11,611) | (1,899) | (44) | (1,943) | 7 | - | 7 | (13,475) | (72) | (13,547) |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 7 | 7 | - | (18) | (18)
| - | - | - | - |
(11) | (11) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 32 | 32 | - | 105 | 105 | - | (4) | (4) | - | 133 | 133 |
| Write-offs | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements¹ | 4,307 | 39 | 4,346 | (2,193) | (38) | (2,231) | (3) | 49 | 46 | 2,111 | 50 | 2,161 |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 158,314 | (26) | 158,288 | 1,860 | (34) | 1,826 | 164 | (61) | 103 | 160,338 | (121) | 160,217 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 11 | | | 43 | | | (4) | | | 50 | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | - | | | - | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 11 | | | 43 | | | (4) | | | 50 | |
1 Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities
2 Stage 3 includes gross of $80 million (31 December 2022: $28 million) and ECL $14 million (31 December 2022: $13 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities
3 FVOCI instruments are not presented net of ECL. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount to $160,263 million (31 December 2022: $171,640 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking (audited)
| Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance/Equities | Total credit impairment/Equities | Net Equities | Gross balance/Equities | Total credit impairment/Equities | Net Equities | Gross balance/Equities | Total credit impairment/Equities | Net Equities | Gross balance/Equities | Total credit impairment/Equities | Net Equities |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 313,132 | (163) | 312,969 | 25,437 | (425) | 25,012 | 7,372 | (4,079) | 3,293 | 345,941 | (4,667) | 341,274 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 17,565 | (227) | 17,338 | (17,565) | 227 | (17,338) | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (37,505) | 48 | (37,457) | 37,944 | (66) | 37,878 | (439) | 18 | (421) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (42) | - | (42) | (2,478) | 134 | (2,344) | 2,520 | (134) | 2,386 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 30,508 | (44) | 30,464 | (21,915) | 65 | (21,850) | (1,314) | 340 | (974) | 7,279 | 361 | 7,640 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 2 | 2 | - | (42) | (42) | - | (104) | (104) | - | (144) | (144) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 21 | 21 | - | (154) | (154) | - | (551) | (551) | - | (684) | (684) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(384) | 384 | - | (384) | 384 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(130) | 130 | - | (130) | 130 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
110 | 110 | - | 110 | 110 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (8,221) | 169 | (8,052) | (1,275) | (150) | (1,425) | (631) | 64 | (567) | (10,127) | 83 | (10,044) |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 315,437 | (194) | 315,243 | 20,148 | (411) | 19,737 | 6,994 | (3,822) | 3,172 | 342,579 | (4,427) | 338,152 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release2 | | (21) | | | (131) | | | (315) | | | (467) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 49 | | | 49 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (21) | | | (131) | | | (266) | | | (418) | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 315,437 | (194) | 315,243 | 20,148 | (411) | 19,737 | 6,994 | (3,822) | 3,172 | 342,579 | (4,427) | 338,152 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 14,948 | (347) | 14,601 | (14,948) | 347 | (14,601) | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (34,133) | 80 | (34,053) | 34,175 | (88) | 34,087 | (42) | 8 | (34) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (17) | - | (17) | (1,270) | 141 | (1,129) | 1,287 | (141) | 1,146 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 41,314 | (73) | 41,241 | (20,084) | 89 | (19,995) | (1,335) | 623 | (712) | 19,895 | 639 | 20,534 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 15 | 15 | - | (45) | (45) | - | (82) | (82) | - | (112) | (112) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 60 | 60 | - | (68) | (68) | - | (668) | (668) | - | (676) | (676) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(340) | 340 | - | (340) | 340 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(120) | 120 | - | (120) | 120 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
155 | 155 | - | 155 | 155 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (360) | 308 | (52) | (1,148) | (283) | (1,431) | (188) | (184) | (372) | (1,696) | (159) | (1,855) |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 337,189 | (151) | 337,038 | 16,873 | (318) | 16,555 | 6,256 | (3,651) | 2,605 | 360,318 | (4,120) | 356,198 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release2 | | 2 | | | (24) | | | (127) | | | (149) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 31 | | | 31 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 2 | | | (24) | | | (96) | | | (118) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments
2 Does not include release relating to Other assets (31 December 2022: $2 million)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Consumer, Private and Business Banking (audited)
| Amortized cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance/Emillion | Total credit impairment/Emillion | Net $ million | Gross balance/Emillion | Total credit impairment/Emillion | Net $ million | Gross balance/Emillion | Total credit impairment/Emillion | Net $ million | Gross balance/Emillion | Total credit impairment/Emillion | Net $ million |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 190,860 | (377) | 190,483 | 3,675 | (185) | 3,490 | 1,578 | (797) | 781 | 196,113 | (1,359) | 194,754 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 4,798 | (314) | 4,484 | (4,765) | 314 | (4,451) | (33) | - | (33) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (5,498) | 92 | (5,406) | 5,578 | (92) | 5,486 | (80) | - | (80) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (81) | - | (81) | (890) | 151 | (739) | 971 | (151) | 820 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 9,072 | (49) | 9,023 | (1,611) | 19 | (1,592) | (396) | - | (396) | 7,065 | (30) | 7,035 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 32 | 32 | - | (82) | (82) | - | (25) | (25) | - | (75) | (75) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 63 | 63 | - | (132) | (132) | - | (331) | (331) | - | (400) | (400) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(535) | 535 | - | (535) | 535 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(27) | 27 | - | (27) | 27 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
26 | 26 | - | 26 | 26 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (5,912) | 140 | (5,772) | (166) | (111) | (277) | (24) | (60) | (84) | (6,102) | (31) | (6,133) |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 193,239 | (413) | 192,826 | 1,821 | (118) | 1,703 | 1,454 | (776) | 678 | 196,514 | (1,307) | 195,207 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 46 | | | (195) | | | (356) | | | (505) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 245 | | | 245 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 46 | | | (195) | | | (111) | | | (260) | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 193,239 | (413) | 192,826 | 1,821 | (118) | 1,703 | 1,454 | (776) | 678 | 196,514 | (1,307) | 195,207 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 4,265 | (246) | 4,019 | (4,254) | 246 | (4,008) | (11) | - | (11) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (7,544) | 73 | (7,471) | 7,667 | (73) | 7,594 | (123) | - | (123) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (64) | 1 | (63) | (1,049) | 187 | (862) | 1,113 | (188) | 925 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 1,965 | (78) | 1,887 | (1,713) | 14 | (1,699) | (395) | - | (395) | (143) | (64) | (207) |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 31 | 31 | - | (137) | (137) | - | (38) | (38) | - | (144) | (144) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 110 | 110 | - | (69) | (69) | - | (426) | (426) | - | (385) | (385) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(649) | 649 | - | (649) | 649 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
37 | (37) | - | 37 | (37) | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
24 | 24 | - | 24 | 24 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (862) | 197 | (665) | - | (190) | (190) | 59 | 33 | 92 | (803) | 40 | (763) |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 190,999 | (325) | 190,674 | 2,472 | (140) | 2,332 | 1,485 | (759) | 726 | 194,956 | (1,224) | 193,732 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 63 | | | (192) | | | (464) | | | (593) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 239 | | | 239 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 63 | | | (192) | | | (225) | | | (354) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Consumer, Private and Business Banking - Secured (audited)
| Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section | Gross balance/Section | Total credit impairment/Section | Net Section |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 136,600 | (96) | 136,504 | 2,685 | (32) | 2,653 | 1,103 | (517) | 586 | 140,388 | (645) | 139,743 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 3,080 | (28) | 3,052 | (3,054) | 28 | (3,026) | (26) | - | (26) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (3,254) | 11 | (3,243) | 3,319 | (11) | 3,308 | (65) | - | (65) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (38) | 1 | (37) | (473) | 1 | (472) | 511 | (2) | 509 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 3,093 | (8) | 3,085 | (945) | 1 | (944) | (259) | - | (259) | 1,889 | (7) | 1,882 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 1 | 1 | - | (1) | (1) | - | (4) | (4) | - | (4) | (4) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | (4) | (4) | - | 48 | 48 | - | (80) | (80) | - | (36) | (36) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(78) | 78 | - | (78) | 78 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Discount unwind | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (4,119) | 63 | (4,056) | (119) | (51) | (170) | (158) | (27) | (185) | (4,396) | (15) | (4,411) |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 135,362 | (60) | 135,302 | 1,413 | (17) | 1,396 | 1,028 | (552) | 476 | 137,803 | (629) | 137,174 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | (11) | | | 48 | | | (84) | | | (47) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 55 | | | 55 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (11) | | | 48 | | | (29) | | | 8 | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 135,362 | (60) | 135,302 | 1,413 | (17) | 1,396 | 1,028 | (552) | 476 | 137,803 | (629) | 137,174 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 3,311 | (20) | 3,291 | (3,302) | 20 | (3,282) | (9) | - | (9) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (5,340) | 11 | (5,329) | 5,436 | (9) | 5,427 | (96) | (2) | (98) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (28) | 1 | (27) | (463) | 1 | (462) | 491 | (2) | 489 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | (3,138) | (16) | (3,154) | (1,250) | 3 | (1,247) | (216) | - | (216) | (4,604) | (13) | (4,617) |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 4 | 4 | - | (16) | (16) | - | (3) | (3) | - | (15) | (15) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 22 | 22 | - | 24 | 24 | - | (110) | (110) | - | (64) | (64) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(109) | 109 | - | (109) | 109 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(3) | 3 | - | (3) | 3 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
12 | 12 | - | 12 | 12 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (369) | 25 | (344) | (7) | (22) | (29) | (24) | 20 | (4) | (400) | 23 | (377) |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 129,798 | (33) | 129,765 | 1,827 | (16) | 1,811 | 1,062 | (525) | 537 | 132,687 | (574) | 132,113 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 10 | | | 11 | | | (113) | | | (92) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 68 | | | 68 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 10 | | | 11 | | | (45) | | | (24) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Consumer, Private and Business Banking - Unsecured (audited)
| Amortized cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net $million |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 54,260 | (281) | 53,979 | 990 | (153) | 837 | 475 | (280) | 195 | 55,725 | (714) | 55,011 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 1,718 | (286) | 1,432 | (1,711) | 286 | (1,425) | (7) | - | (7) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (2,244) | 81 | (2,163) | 2,259 | (81) | 2,178 | (15) | - | (15) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (43) | (1) | (44) | (417) | 150 | (267) | 460 | (149) | 311 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 5,979 | (41) | 5,938 | (666) | 18 | (648) | (137) | - | (137) | 5,176 | (23) | 5,153 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 31 | 31 | - | (81) | (81) | - | (21) | (21) | - | (71) | (71) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 67 | 67 | - | (180) | (180) | - | (251) | (251) | - | (364) | (364) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(457) | 457 | - | (457) | 457 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(27) | 27 | - | (27) | 27 | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
26 | 26 | - | 26 | 26 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (1,793) | 77 | (1,716) | (47) | (60) | (107) | 134 | (33) | 101 | (1,706) | (16) | (1,722) |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 57,877 | (353) | 57,524 | 408 | (101) | 307 | 426 | (224) | 202 | 58,711 | (678) | 58,033 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 57 | | | (243) | | | (272) | | | (458) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 190 | | | 190 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 57 | | | (243) | | | (82) | | | (268) | |
| As at 1 January 2023 | 57,877 | (353) | 57,524 | 408 | (101) | 307 | 426 | (224) | 202 | 58,711 | (678) | 58,033 |
| Transfers to stage 1 | 954 | (226) | 728 | (952) | 226 | (726) | (2) | - | (2) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 2 | (2,204) | 62 | (2,142) | 2,231 | (64) | 2,167 | (27) | 2 | (25) | - | - | - |
| Transfers to stage 3 | (36) | - | (36) | (586) | 186 | (400) | 622 | (186) | 436 | - | - | - |
| Net change in exposures | 5,103 | (62) | 5,041 | (463) | 11 | (452) | (179) | - | (179) | 4,461 | (51) | 4,410 |
| Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 27 | 27 | - | (121) | (121) | - | (35) | (35) | - | (129) | (129) |
| Changes in risk parameters | - | 88 | 88 | - | (93) | (93) | - | (316) | (316) | - | (321) | (321) |
| Write-offs
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(540) | 540 | - | (540) | 540 | - |
| Interest due but unpaid
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
40 | (40) | - | 40 | (40) | - |
| Discount unwind
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
12 | 12 | - | 12 | 12 |
| Exchange translation differences and other movements | (493) | 172 | (321) | 7 | (168) | (161) | 83 | 13 | 96 | (403) | 17 | (386) |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 61,201 | (292) | 60,909 | 645 | (124) | 521 | 423 | (234) | 189 | 62,269 | (650) | 61,619 |
| Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 53 | | | (203) | | | (351) | | | (501) | |
| Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | - | | | 171 | | | 171 | |
| Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 53 | | | (203) | | | (180) | | | (330) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Analysis of stage 2 balances
The table below analyses total stage 2 gross on-and off-balance sheet exposures and associated expected credit provisions by the key significant increase in credit risk (SICR) driver that caused the exposures to be classified as stage 2 as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 for each segment.
Where multiple drivers apply, the exposure is allocated based on the table order. For example, a loan may have breached the PD thresholds and could also be on non-purely precautionary early alert; in this instance, the exposure is reported under 'Increase in PD'.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | Consumer, Private & Business Banking | Ventures | Central & other items' | Total | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Gross Position | ECL Position | Coverage % | Gross Position | ECL Position | Coverage % | Gross Position | ECL Position | Coverage % | Gross Position | ECL Position | Coverage % | Gross Position | ECL | Coverage % |
| Increase in PD | 8,262 | 75 | 0.9% | 1,962 | 109 | 5.6% | 96 | 23 | 24.0% | 599 | 13 | 2.2% | 10,919 | 220 | 2.0% |
| Non-purely precautionary early alert | 5,136 | 26 | 0.5% | 37 | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | 5,173 | 26 | 0.5% |
| Higher risk (CG12) | 1,008 | 56 | 5.6% | 26 | 1 | 3.8%
| - | - |
0.0% | 2,020 | 17 | 0.8% | 3,054 | 74 | 2.4% |
| Sub-investment grade | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% |
| Top up/Sell down (Private Banking) | - | - | 0.0% | 148 | 2 | 1.4% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | 148 | 2 | 1.4% |
| Others | 2,467 | 37 | 1.5% | 151 | 16 | 10.6%
| - | - |
0.0% | 489 | - | 0.0% | 3,107 | 53 | 1.7% |
| 30 days past due | - | - | 0.0% | 148 | 12 | 8.1% | 2 | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | 150 | 12 | 8.0% |
| Management overlay | - | 124 | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | 17 | 0.0% | - | 141 | 0.0% |
| Total stage 2 | 16,873 | 318 | 1.9% | 2,472 | 140 | 5.7% | 98 | 23 | 23.5% | 3,108 | 47 | 1.5% | 22,551 | 528 | 2.3% |
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | | | Consumer, Private & Business Banking | | | Ventures | | | Central & other items' | | | Total | | |
| | Gross Smillion | ECL Smillion | Coverage % | Gross Smillion | ECL Smillion | Coverage % | Gross Smillion | ECL Smillion | Coverage % | Gross Smillion | ECL Smillion | Coverage % | Gross Smillion | ECL Smillion | Coverage % |
| Increase in PD | 13,620 | 192 | 1.4% | 1,389 | 89 | 6.4%
| - | - |
0.0% | 2,973 | 11 | 0.4% | 17,982 | 292 | 1.6% |
| Non-purely precautionary early alert | 3,272 | 12 | 0.4% | 35 | - | 0.0%
| - | - |
0.0% | 5 | - | 0.0% | 3,312 | 12 | 0.4% |
| Higher risk (CG12) | 653 | 30 | 4.6% | 18 | 1 | 5.6%
| - | - |
0.0% | 2,534 | 69 | 2.7% | 3,205 | 100 | 3.1% |
| Sub-investment grade | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | 95 | 11 | 11.6% | 95 | 11 | 11.6% |
| Top up/Sell down (Private Banking) | - | - | 0.0% | 111 | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | 111 | - | 0.0% |
| Others | 2,603 | 41 | 1.6% | 122 | 4 | 3.3%
| - | - |
0.0% | 451 | 7 | 1.6% | 3,176 | 52 | 1.6% |
| 30 days past due | - | - | 0.0% | 146 | 12 | 8.2% | 47 | 3 | 6.4% | - | - | 0.0% | 193 | 15 | 7.8% |
| Management overlay | - | 136 | 0.0% | - | 12 | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | - | 0.0% | - | 148 | 0.0% |
| Total stage 2 | 20,148 | 411 | 2.0% | 1,821 | 118 | 6.5% | 47 | 3 | 6.4% | 6,058 | 98 | 1.6% | 28,074 | 630 | 2.2% |
1 Includes Gross and ECL for Cash and balances at central banks and Assets held for sale
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Credit impairment charge (audited)
The table below analyses credit impairment charges or releases of the ongoing business portfolio and restructuring business portfolio for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| | 2022 | | | 2022¹ | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Stage 1 & 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 & 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million |
| Ongoing business portfolio | | | | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 11 | 112 | 123 | 148 | 277 | 425 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 129 | 225 | 354 | 151 | 111 | 262 |
| Ventures | 42 | 43 | 85 | 13 | 3 | 16 |
| Central & other items | (44) | 10 | (34) | 95 | 38 | 133 |
| Credit impairment charge/(release) | 138 | 390 | 528 | 407 | 429 | 836 |
| Restructuring business portfolio | | | | | | |
| Others | 1 | (21) | (20) | (1) | 1 | - |
| Credit impairment charge/(release) | 1 | (21) | (20) | (1) | 1 | - |
| Total credit impairment charge/(release) | 139 | 369 | 508 | 406 | 430 | 836 |
¹ Underlying credit impairment has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME and (ii) Aviation Finance. No change to reported credit impairment
# Problem credit management and provisioning (audited)
## Forborne and other modified loans by client segment
A forborne loan arises when a concession has been made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to a customer's financial difficulties.
Net forborne loans decreased by $120 million to $1,005 million (31 December 2022: $1,125 million) largely on performing forborne loans stock. The net performing forborne loans declined from $151 million to $38 million while net non-performing forborne loans remained stable at $967 million (31 December 2022: $974 million).
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Total $million | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Total $million |
| All loans with forbearance measures | 2,340 | 314 | - | 2,654 | 2,129 | 377 | - | 2,506 |
| Credit impairment (stage 1 and 2) | - | (2) | - | (2) | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| Credit impairment (stage 3) | (1,529) | (118) | - | (1,647) | (1,253) | (127) | - | (1,380) |
| Net carrying value | 811 | 194 | - | 1,005 | 875 | 250 | - | 1,125 |
| Included within the above table | | | | | | | | |
| Gross performing forborne loans | - | 40 | - | 40 | 89 | 63 | - | 152 |
| Modification of terms and conditions¹ | - | 40 | - | 40 | 89 | 63 | - | 152 |
| Refinancing² | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Impairment provisions | - | (2) | - | (2) | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| Modification of terms and conditions¹ | - | (2) | - | (2) | (1)
| - | - |
(1) |
| Refinancing² | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Net performing forborne loans | - | 38 | - | 38 | 88 | 63 | - | 151 |
| Collateral | - | 31 | - | 31 | 7 | 60 | - | 67 |
| Gross non-performing forborne loans | 2,340 | 274 | - | 2,614 | 2,040 | 314 | - | 2,354 |
| Modification of terms and conditions¹ | 2,113 | 274 | - | 2,387 | 1,997 | 314 | - | 2,311 |
| Refinancing² | 227 | - | - | 227 | 43 | - | - | 43 |
| Impairment provisions | (1,529) | (118) | - | (1,647) | (1,253) | (127) | - | (1,380) |
| Modification of terms and conditions¹ | (1,337) | (118) | - | (1,454) | (1,210) | (127) | - | (1,337) |
| Refinancing² | (192) | - | - | (192) | (43) | - | - | (43) |
| Net non-performing forborne loans | 811 | 156 | - | 967 | 787 | 187 | - | 974 |
| Collateral | 341 | 49 | - | 390 | 243 | 68 | - | 311 |
¹ Modification of terms is any contractual change apart from refinancing, as a result of credit stress of the counterparty, i.e. interest reductions, loan covenant waivers
² Refinancing is a new contract to a borrower in credit stress, such that they are refinanced and can pay other debt contracts that they were unable to honour
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Forborne and other modified loans by region
Net forborne loans decreased by $120 million to $1,005 million (31 December 2022: $1,125 million) mainly in the performing forborne loans, in particular the Asia and the Europe and Americas regions.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Performing forborne loans | 34 | 4 | - | 38 | 129 | 9 | 13 | 151 |
| Stage 3 forborne loans | 661 | 75 | 231 | 967 | 568 | 144 | 262 | 974 |
| Net forborne loans | 695 | 79 | 231 | 1,005 | 697 | 153 | 275 | 1,125 |
# Stage 3 cover ratio (audited)
The stage 3 cover ratio measures the proportion of stage 3 impairment provisions to gross stage 3 loans, and is a metric commonly used in considering impairment trends. This metric does not allow for variations in the composition of stage 3 loans and should be used in conjunction with other Credit Risk information provided, including the level of collateral cover.
The balance of stage 3 loans not covered by stage 3 impairment provisions represents the adjusted value of collateral held and the net outcome of any workout or recovery strategies. Collateral provides risk mitigation to some degree in all client segments and supports the credit quality and cover ratio assessments post impairment provisions.
Further information on collateral is provided in the 'Credit Risk mitigation' section in pages 258 to 260.
Further details on stage 3 loans and advances and cover ratio can be found in the 'Summary of performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & Others $million | Total $million | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & Others $million | Total $million |
| Gross credit-impaired | 5,508 | 1,484 | 12 | 224 | 7,228 | 6,143 | 1,453 | 1 | 248 | 7,845 |
| Credit impairment provisions | (3,533) | (760) | (12) | (15) | (4,320) | (3,662) | (776) | (1) | (18) | (4,457) |
| Net credit-impaired | 1,975 | 724 | - | 209 | 2,908 | 2,481 | 677 | - | 230 | 3,388 |
| Cover ratio | 64% | 51% | 100% | 7% | 60% | 60% | 53% | 100% | 7% | 57% |
| Collateral ($ million) | 623 | 554 | - | - | 1,177 | 956 | 543 | - | - | 1,499 |
| Cover ratio (after collateral) | 75% | 89% | 100% | 7% | 76% | 75% | 91% | 100% | 7% | 76% |
# Credit-impaired (stage 3) loans and advances by geographic region
Stage 3 gross loans decreased by $0.6 billion to $7.2 billion (31 December 2022: $7.8 billion). The decrease was primarily driven by repayments and write-offs in the Africa and the Middle East, which was offset by new inflows in Asia.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Gross credit-impaired | 4,604 | 2,273 | 351 | 7,228 | 4,562 | 2,725 | 558 | 7,845 |
| Credit impairment provisions | (2,734) | (1,388) | (198) | (4,320) | (2,483) | (1,765) | (209) | (4,457) |
| Net credit-impaired | 1,870 | 885 | 153 | 2,908 | 2,079 | 960 | 349 | 3,388 |
| Cover ratio | 59% | 61% | 56% | 60% | 54% | 65% | 37% | 57% |
# Credit Risk mitigation
Potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as collateral, netting arrangements, credit insurance and credit derivatives, taking into account expected volatility and guarantees.
The reliance that can be placed on these mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and counterparty risk of the guarantor.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Collateral (audited)
A secured loan is one where the borrower pledges an asset as collateral of which the Group is able to take possession in the event that the borrower defaults.
The unadjusted market value of collateral across all asset types, in respect of CCIB, without adjusting for over-collateralisation, reduced to $290 billion (31 December 2022: $345 billion) predominantly due to a reduction in reverse repos.
The collateral values in the table below (which covers loans and advances to banks and customers, excluding those held at fair value through profit or loss) are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation. The extent of over-collateralisation has been determined with reference to both the drawn and undrawn components of exposure as this best reflects the effect of collateral and other credit enhancements on the amounts arising from expected credit losses. The value of collateral reflects management's best estimate and is backtested against our prior experience. On average, across all types of non-cash collateral, the value ascribed is approximately half of its current market value.
CCIB collateral decreased by $1.7 billion to $36.5 billion (31 December 2022: $38.2 billion) and CPBB collateral decreased by $5.5 billion to $86.8 billion (31 December 2022: $92.4 billion) due to exposure reductions from the mortgage portfolio. Total collateral for Central and other items decreased by $8.7 billion to $2.5 billion (31 December 2022: $11.2 billion) due to a decrease in stage 1 reverse repos. However, collateral for stage 2 Central and other items increased by $1 billion (31 December 2022: Nil) due to short-term reverse repo with a Central Bank in the Africa and Middle East region.
## Collateral held on loans and advances
The table below details collateral held against exposures, separately disclosing stage 2 and stage 3 exposure and corresponding collateral.
| Amortised cost | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Net amount outstanding | | | Collateral | | | Net exposure | | |
| | Total $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million | Total² $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million | Total $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking¹ | 175,382 | 8,175 | 2,046 | 36,458 | 2,972 | 623 | 138,924 | 5,203 | 1,423 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 126,059 | 2,163 | 724 | 86,827 | 1,136 | 554 | 39,232 | 1,027 | 170 |
| Ventures | 1,033 | 33
| - | - | - | - |
1,033 | 33 | - |
| Central & other items | 29,478 | 964 | 209 | 2,475 | 964 | - | 27,003 | - | 209 |
| Total | 331,952 | 11,335 | 2,979 | 125,760 | 5,072 | 1,177 | 206,192 | 6,263 | 1,802 |
| Amortised cost | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Net amount outstanding | | | Collateral | | | Net exposure | | |
| | Total $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million | Total² $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million | Total $ million | Stage 2 financial assets $ million | Credit-impaired financial assets ($3) $ million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking¹ | 179,150 | 11,366 | 2,526 | 38,151 | 3,973 | 956 | 140,999 | 7,393 | 1,570 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 130,955 | 1,550 | 677 | 92,350 | 1,019 | 543 | 38,605 | 531 | 134 |
| Ventures | 698 | 17
| - | - | - | - |
698 | 17 | - |
| Central & other items | 39,363 | - | 230 | 11,214
| - | - |
28,149 | - | 230 |
| Total | 350,166 | 12,933 | 3,433 | 141,715 | 4,992 | 1,499 | 208,451 | 7,941 | 1,934 |
1 Includes loans and advances to banks
2 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures
## Collateral – Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking (audited)
Collateral taken for longer-term and sub-investment grade corporate loans reduced to 41 per cent (31 December 2022: 53 per cent) primarily due to the exit of the Aviation business.
Our underwriting standards encourage taking specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high-quality, investment-grade collateral.
83 per cent (31 December 2022: 85 per cent) of tangible collateral excluding reverse repurchase agreements and financial guarantees held comprises physical assets or is property based, with the remainder held in cash. Overall collateral decreased by $2 billion to $36 billion (31 December 2022: $38 billion) mainly due to a decrease in property collateral.
Non-tangible collateral, such as guarantees and standby letters of credit, is also held against corporate exposures, although the financial effect of this type of collateral is less significant in terms of recoveries. However, this is considered when determining the probability of default and other credit-related factors. Collateral is also held against off balance sheet exposures, including undrawn commitments and trade-related instruments.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking
| Amortised cost | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Maximum exposure | 175,382 | 179,150 |
| Property | 9,339 | 10,152 |
| Plant, machinery and other stock | 933 | 1,168 |
| Cash | 2,985 | 2,797 |
| Reverse repos | 13,826 | 14,305 |
| AA- to AA+2 | 1,036 | 92 |
| A- to A+2 | 10,606 | 10,459 |
| BBB- to BBB+ | 855 | 1,485 |
| Lower than BBB- | 169 | - |
| Unrated | 1,160 | 2,269 |
| Financial guarantees and insurance | 5,057 | 5,096 |
| Commodities | 5 | 37 |
| Ships and aircraft | 4,313 | 4,596 |
| Total value of collateral1 | 36,458 | 38,151 |
| Net exposure | 138,924 | 140,999 |
1 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures
2 Prior year has been represented to provide granular credit ratings
## Collateral – Consumer, Private & Business Banking (audited)
In CPBB, fully secured products remain stable at 85 per cent of the total portfolio (31 December 2022: 86 per cent).
The following table presents an analysis of loans to individuals by product; split between fully secured, partially secured and unsecured.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Fully secured $million | Partially secured $million | Unsecured $million | Total $million | Fully secured $million | Partially secured $million | Unsecured $million | Total $million |
| Maximum exposure | 106,914 | 505 | 18,640 | 126,059 | 112,556 | 449 | 17,950 | 130,955 |
| Loans to individuals | | | | | | | | |
| Mortgages | 82,943 | - | - | 82,943 | 87,212 | - | - | 87,212 |
| CCPL | 375 | - | 17,395 | 17,770 | 221 | - | 16,711 | 16,932 |
| Auto | 312 | - | - | 312 | 502 | - | - | 502 |
| Secured wealth products | 20,303 | - | - | 20,303 | 19,551 | - | - | 19,551 |
| Other | 2,981 | 505 | 1,245 | 4,731 | 5,070 | 449 | 1,239 | 6,758 |
| Total collateral1 | | | | 86,827 | | | | 92,350 |
| Net exposure2 | | | | 39,232 | | | | 38,605 |
| Percentage of total loans | 85% | 0% | 15% | | 86% | 0% | 14% | |
1 Collateral values are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation
2 Amounts net of ECL
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by geography (audited)
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios measure the ratio of the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the properties on which they are secured.
In a majority of mortgages, the value of property held as security significantly exceeds principal outstanding of the mortgage loans. The average LTV of the overall mortgage portfolio increased to 47.1 per cent (31 December 2022: 44.7 per cent) driven by property prices decrease in a few key markets, including Hong Kong, Korea and China. Hong Kong, which represents 39.9 per cent of the residential mortgage portfolio, has an average LTV of 55.9 per cent (31 December 2022: 52.6 per cent). The increase of Hong Kong residential mortgage LTV is due to a decrease of the Property Price Index. All of our other key markets continue to have low portfolio LTVs (Korea, Singapore and Taiwan at 40.5 per cent, 43.0 per cent and 47.0 per cent respectively). Korea average LTV increase is due to government relaxations whereby highly regulated areas have eased up to accommodate customers with higher LTV.
An analysis of LTV ratios by geography for the mortgage portfolio is presented in the table below.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia % Gross | Africa & Middle East % Gross | Europe & Americas % Gross | Total Gross |
| Less than 50 per cent | 55.5 | 51.1 | 31.0 | 54.8 |
| 50 per cent to 59 per cent | 17.1 | 14.7 | 17.4 | 17.1 |
| 60 per cent to 69 per cent | 11.4 | 13.7 | 33.9 | 12.0 |
| 70 per cent to 79 per cent | 7.7 | 12.8 | 14.4 | 7.9 |
| 80 per cent to 89 per cent | 3.3 | 3.9 | 2.5 | 3.3 |
| 90 per cent to 99 per cent | 2.6 | 2.1 | 0.6 | 2.5 |
| 100 per cent and greater | 2.5 | 1.7 | 0.3 | 2.4 |
| Average portfolio loan-to-value | 46.9 | 51.1 | 56.0 | 47.1 |
| Loans to individuals – mortgages ($million) | 79,517 | 1,183 | 2,243 | 82,943 |
| Amortised cost | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia % Gross | Africa & Middle East % Gross | Europe & Americas % Gross | Total % Gross |
| Less than 50 per cent | 60.9 | 43.0 | 32.2 | 60.1 |
| 50 per cent to 59 per cent | 15.5 | 18.2 | 19.2 | 15.6 |
| 60 per cent to 69 per cent | 9.8 | 16.8 | 31.3 | 10.2 |
| 70 per cent to 79 per cent | 6.5 | 12.8 | 14.8 | 6.7 |
| 80 per cent to 89 per cent | 3.6 | 5.1 | 1.1 | 3.6 |
| 90 per cent to 99 per cent | 2.5 | 2.0 | - | 2.4 |
| 100 per cent and greater | 1.4 | 2.2 | 1.3 | 1.4 |
| Average portfolio loan-to-value | 44.4 | 54.3 | 56.6 | 44.7 |
| Loans to individuals – mortgages ($million) | 83,954 | 1,388 | 1,870 | 87,212 |
# Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon (audited)
The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion. Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance the excess is returned to the borrower.
Certain equity securities acquired may be held by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as fair value through profit or loss, and the related loan written off. The carrying value of collateral possessed and held by the Group is $16.5 million (31 December 2022: $14.9 million).
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Property, plant and equipment | 10.5 | 9.6 |
| Guarantees | 6.0 | 5.3 |
| Total | 16.5 | 14.9 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Other Credit risk mitigation (audited)
Other forms of credit risk mitigation are set out below.
## Credit default swaps
The Group has entered into credit default swaps for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $3.5 billion (31 December 2022: $5.1 billion). These credit default swaps are accounted for as financial guarantees as per IFRS 9 as they will only reimburse the holder for an incurred loss on an underlying debt instrument. The Group continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit default swaps and it continues to be exposed to related Credit Risk and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk on these assets.
## Credit linked notes
The Group has issued credit linked notes for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $22.5 billion (31 December 2022: $13.5 billion). The Group continues to hold the underlying assets for which the credit linked notes provide mitigation. The credit linked notes are recognised as a financial liability at amortised cost on the balance sheet.
## Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions. Credit Risk mitigation for derivative financial instruments is set out below.
## Off-balance sheet exposures
For certain types of exposures, such as letters of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash depending on internal Credit Risk assessments, as well as in the case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying assets should a default take place.
## Other portfolio analysis
This section provides maturity analysis by credit quality by industry and industry and retail products analysis by region.
## Maturity analysis of loans and advances by client segment
Loans and advances to the CCIB segment remain predominantly short-term, with $91 billion (31 December 2022: $98 billion) maturing in less than one year. 98 per cent (31 December 2022: 96 per cent) of loans to banks mature in less than one year, an increase compared with 2022 as net exposures increased by $5.5 billion to $45 billion (31 December 2022: $39.5 billion). Shorter maturities give us the flexibility to respond promptly to events and rebalance or reduce our exposure to clients or sectors that are facing increased pressure or uncertainty.
The CPBB short-term book of one year or less and long-term book of over five years is stable at 26 per cent (31 December 2022: 25 per cent) and 63 per cent (31 December 2022: 64 per cent) of the total portfolio respectively.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One year or less $million | One to five years $million | Over five years $million | Total $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 90,728 | 30,746 | 12,822 | 134,296 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 33,397 | 13,711 | 80,166 | 127,274 |
| Ventures | 747 | 334 | - | 1,081 |
| Central & other items | 29,448 | 43 | 3 | 29,494 |
| Gross loans and advances to customers | 154,320 | 44,834 | 92,991 | 292,145 |
| Impairment provisions | (4,872) | (185) | (113) | (5,170) |
| Net loans and advances to customers | 149,448 | 44,649 | 92,878 | 286,975 |
| Net loans and advances to banks | 43,955 | 1,021 | 1 | 44,977 |
| | 2022 | | | |
| Amortised cost | One year or less $million | One to five years $million | Over five years $million | Total $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 98,335 | 34,635 | 10,789 | 143,759 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 33,365 | 14,161 | 84,731 | 132,257 |
| Ventures | 548 | 162 | - | 710 |
| Central & other items | 39,373 | - | 8 | 39,381 |
| Gross loans and advances to customers | 171,621 | 48,958 | 95,528 | 316,107 |
| Impairment provisions | (4,767) | (574) | (119) | (5,460) |
| Net loans and advances to customers | 166,854 | 48,384 | 95,409 | 310,647 |
| Net loans and advances to banks | 38,105 | 1,211 | 203 | 39,519 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Credit quality by industry
## Loans and advances
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost portfolio by industry on a gross, total credit impairment and net basis.
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Energy | 9,397 | (8) | 9,389 | 672 | (22) | 650 | 949 | (535) | 414 | 11,018 | (565) | 10,453 |
| Manufacturing | 21,239 | (8) | 21,231 | 708 | (16) | 692 | 656 | (436) | 220 | 22,603 | (460) | 22,143 |
| Financing, insurance and non-banking | 31,633 | (13) | 31,620 | 571 | (1) | 570 | 80 | (77) | 3 | 32,284 | (91) | 32,193 |
| Transport, telecom and utilities | 14,710 | (8) | 14,702 | 1,722 | (36) | 1,686 | 481 | (178) | 303 | 16,913 | (222) | 16,691 |
| Food and household products | 7,668 | (15) | 7,653 | 323 | (7) | 316 | 355 | (262) | 93 | 8,346 | (284) | 8,062 |
| Commercial real estate | 12,261 | (30) | 12,231 | 1,848 | (129) | 1,719 | 1,712 | (1,191) | 521 | 15,821 | (1,350) | 14,471 |
| Mining and quarrying | 5,995 | (4) | 5,991 | 220 | (10) | 210 | 151 | (84) | 67 | 6,366 | (98) | 6,268 |
| Consumer durables | 5,815 | (3) | 5,812 | 300 | (21) | 279 | 329 | (298) | 31 | 6,444 | (322) | 6,122 |
| Construction | 2,230 | (2) | 2,228 | 502 | (8) | 494 | 358 | (326) | 32 | 3,090 | (336) | 2,754 |
| Trading companies & distributors | 581 | - | 581 | 57 | - | 57 | 107 | (58) | 49 | 745 | (58) | 687 |
| Government | 33,400 | (6) | 33,394 | 1,783 | (5) | 1,778 | 367 | (33) | 334 | 35,550 | (44) | 35,506 |
| Other | 4,262 | (4) | 4,258 | 161 | (3) | 158 | 187 | (70) | 117 | 4,610 | (77) | 4,533 |
| Retail Products: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Mortgage | 81,210 | (8) | 81,202 | 1,350 | (5) | 1,345 | 519 | (123) | 396 | 83,079 | (136) | 82,943 |
| Credit Cards | 7,633 | (104) | 7,529 | 244 | (65) | 179 | 69 | (50) | 19 | 7,946 | (219) | 7,727 |
| Personal loans and other unsecured lending | 10,867 | (188) | 10,679 | 324 | (77) | 247 | 315 | (165) | 150 | 11,506 | (430) | 11,076 |
| Auto | 310 | - | 310 | 1 | - | 1 | 1 | - | 1 | 312 | - | 312 |
| Secured wealth products | 19,923 | (22) | 19,901 | 278 | (10) | 268 | 474 | (340) | 134 | 20,675 | (372) | 20,303 |
| Other | 4,558 | (7) | 4,551 | 161 | (5) | 156 | 118 | (94) | 24 | 4,837 | (106) | 4,731 |
| Net carrying value (customers)1 | 273,692 | (430) | 273,262 | 11,225 | (420) | 10,805 | 7,228 | (4,320) | 2,908 | 292,145 | (5,170) | 286,975 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $13,996 million
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
| Amortised cost | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million | Gross balance $million | Total credit impairment $million | Net carrying amount $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Energy | 10,959 | (8) | 10,951 | 818 | (7) | 811 | 1,324 | (620) | 704 | 13,101 | (635) | 12,466 |
| Manufacturing | 20,990 | (23) | 20,967 | 1,089 | (27) | 1,062 | 777 | (518) | 259 | 22,856 | (568) | 22,288 |
| Financing, insurance and non-banking | 34,915 | (9) | 34,906 | 774 | (3) | 771 | 195 | (175) | 20 | 35,884 | (187) | 35,697 |
| Transport, telecom and utilities | 14,273 | (22) | 14,251 | 2,347 | (36) | 2,311 | 669 | (224) | 445 | 17,289 | (282) | 17,007 |
| Food and household products | 7,841 | (21) | 7,820 | 695 | (20) | 675 | 418 | (259) | 159 | 8,954 | (300) | 8,654 |
| Commercial real estate | 12,393 | (43) | 12,350 | 3,217 | (195) | 3,022 | 1,305 | (761) | 544 | 16,915 | (999) | 15,916 |
| Mining and quarrying | 5,482 | (4) | 5,478 | 537 | (5) | 532 | 248 | (174) | 74 | 6,267 | (183) | 6,084 |
| Consumer durables | 6,403 | (4) | 6,399 | 420 | (17) | 403 | 358 | (307) | 51 | 7,181 | (328) | 6,853 |
| Construction | 2,424 | (2) | 2,422 | 407 | (5) | 402 | 495 | (410) | 85 | 3,326 | (417) | 2,909 |
| Trading companies & distributors | 2,205 | (1) | 2,204 | 170 | (2) | 168 | 122 | (80) | 42 | 2,497 | (83) | 2,414 |
| Government | 42,825 | (2) | 42,823 | 603 | (1) | 602 | 168 | (15) | 153 | 43,596 | (18) | 43,578 |
| Other | 4,684 | (4) | 4,680 | 278 | (5) | 273 | 312 | (137) | 175 | 5,274 | (146) | 5,128 |
| Retail Products: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Mortgage | 85,859 | (12) | 85,847 | 996 | (7) | 989 | 556 | (180) | 376 | 87,411 | (199) | 87,212 |
| Credit Cards | 6,912 | (103) | 6,809 | 155 | (46) | 109 | 59 | (44) | 15 | 7,126 | (193) | 6,933 |
| Personal loans and other unsecured lending | 10,652 | (253) | 10,399 | 215 | (57) | 158 | 296 | (156) | 140 | 11,163 | (466) | 10,697 |
| Auto | 501 | - | 501 | 1 | - | 1
| - | - | - |
502 | - | 502 |
| Secured wealth products | 19,269 | (45) | 19,224 | 235 | (10) | 225 | 407 | (305) | 102 | 19,911 | (360) | 19,551 |
| Other | 6,632 | (3) | 6,629 | 86 | (1) | 85 | 136 | (92) | 44 | 6,854 | (96) | 6,758 |
| Net carrying value (customers)1 | 295,219 | (559) | 294,660 | 13,043 | (444) | 12,599 | 7,845 | (4,457) | 3,388 | 316,107 | (5,460) | 310,647 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $24,498 million
## Industry and Retail Products analysis of loans and advances by geographic region
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost loan portfolio, net of provisions, by industry and region.
In the CCIB and Central and other items segment, our largest industry exposures are to Government, Financing, insurance and non-banking and Manufacturing with each constituting at least 8 per cent of CCIB and Central and other items loans and advances to customers.
Financing, insurance and non-banking industry clients are mostly investment-grade institutions and this lending forms part of the liquidity management of the Group. The Manufacturing sector group is spread across a diverse range of industries, including automobiles and components, capital goods, pharmaceuticals, biotech and life sciences, technology hardware and equipment, chemicals, paper products and packaging, with lending spread over 3,255 clients.
The Mortgage portfolio continues to be the largest portion of the CPBB portfolio at $83.1 billion (31 December 2022: $87.4 billion), of which 96 per cent continues to be in Asia. Credit cards, personal loans and other unsecured lending increased to 15 per cent (31 December 2022: 14 per cent) of the CPBB portfolio, mainly in Asia due to the growth from Mox Bank and digital partnerships.
In Asia, the Financing, insurance and non-banking industry decreased by $1.9 billion to $22.8 billion (31 December 2022: $24.7 billion) while the CRE sector decreased by $2 billion to $11.2 billion (31 December 2022: $13.2 billion) due to exposure reductions. The Government sector decreased by $9.2 billion to $30.5 billion (31 December 2022: $39.7 billion) due to decreased lending to Korea.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Amortised cost | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | |
| Energy | 4,143 | 3,986 | 2,324 | 10,453 | 6,250 | 2,278 | 3,938 | 12,466 |
| Manufacturing | 16,828 | 1,077 | 4,238 | 22,143 | 17,388 | 1,267 | 3,633 | 22,288 |
| Financing, insurance and non-banking | 22,771 | 829 | 8,593 | 32,193 | 24,674 | 761 | 10,262 | 35,697 |
| Transport, telecom and utilities | 12,122 | 2,650 | 1,919 | 16,691 | 10,841 | 3,567 | 2,599 | 17,007 |
| Food and household products | 4,856 | 1,726 | 1,480 | 8,062 | 4,160 | 2,566 | 1,928 | 8,654 |
| Commercial real estate | 11,176 | 623 | 2,672 | 14,471 | 13,179 | 598 | 2,139 | 15,916 |
| Mining and quarrying | 3,856 | 375 | 2,037 | 6,268 | 3,785 | 390 | 1,909 | 6,084 |
| Consumer durables | 5,033 | 429 | 660 | 6,122 | 5,860 | 461 | 532 | 6,853 |
| Construction | 1,803 | 333 | 618 | 2,754 | 1,775 | 625 | 509 | 2,909 |
| Trading companies and distributors | 527 | 109 | 51 | 687 | 2,281 | 101 | 32 | 2,414 |
| Government | 30,487 | 4,778 | 241 | 35,506 | 39,713 | 3,759 | 106 | 43,578 |
| Other | 3,401 | 584 | 548 | 4,533 | 3,636 | 702 | 790 | 5,128 |
| Retail Products: | | | | | | | | |
| Mortgages | 79,517 | 1,183 | 2,243 | 82,943 | 83,954 | 1,388 | 1,870 | 87,212 |
| Credit Cards | 7,449 | 278 | - | 7,727 | 6,642 | 291 | - | 6,933 |
| Personal loans and other unsecured lending | 9,426 | 1,565 | 85 | 11,076 | 9,056 | 1,541 | 100 | 10,697 |
| Auto | 295 | 17 | - | 312 | 469 | 33 | - | 502 |
| Secured wealth products | 18,774 | 987 | 542 | 20,303 | 17,876 | 1,048 | 627 | 19,551 |
| Other | 4,671 | 60 | - | 4,731 | 6,676 | 82 | - | 6,758 |
| Net loans and advances to customers | 237,135 | 21,589 | 28,251 | 286,975 | 258,215 | 21,458 | 30,974 | 310,647 |
| Net loans and advances to banks | 35,417 | 3,106 | 6,454 | 44,977 | 22,058 | 3,929 | 13,532 | 39,519 |
## Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors
Vulnerable and cyclical sectors are those that the Group considers to be most at risk from current economic stresses, including volatile energy and commodity prices, and we continue to monitor exposures to these sectors particularly carefully.
Sectors are identified and grouped as per the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC codes used for target setting among the high carbon sectors.
The maximum exposures shown in the table include Loans and Advances to Customers at Amortised cost, Fair Value through profit or loss, and committed facilities available as per IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments in $million.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review Risk profile
Maximum exposure
| | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure (net of credit impairment) $million | Collateral $million | Net On Balance Sheet Exposure $million | Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) $million | Financial commitment (net of credit impairment) $million | Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure $million | Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net Exposure $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | |
| Automotive manufacturers1 | 3,564 | 65 | 3,499 | 3,791 | 538 | 4,329 | 7,828 |
| Aviation1,2 | 1,775 | 974 | 801 | 1,794 | 668 | 2,462 | 3,263 |
| Of which : High Carbon Sector | 1,330 | 974 | 356 | 944 | 615 | 1,559 | 1,915 |
| Commodity Traders2 | 7,406 | 303 | 7,103 | 2,591 | 6,281 | 8,872 | 15,975 |
| Metals & Mining1,2 | 4,589 | 307 | 4,282 | 3,373 | 1,218 | 4,591 | 8,873 |
| Of which: Steel1 | 1,596 | 193 | 1,403 | 601 | 358 | 959 | 2,362 |
| Of which: Coal Mining1 | 29 | 9 | 20 | 51 | 99 | 150 | 170 |
| Of which: Aluminium1 | 526 | 9 | 517 | 338 | 188 | 526 | 1,043 |
| Of which: Other Metals & Mining1 | 2,438 | 96 | 2,342 | 2,383 | 573 | 2,956 | 5,298 |
| Shipping1 | 5,964 | 3,557 | 2,407 | 2,261 | 291 | 2,552 | 4,959 |
| Construction2 | 2,853 | 448 | 2,405 | 2,753 | 5,927 | 8,680 | 11,085 |
| Commercial Real Estate2 | 14,533 | 6,363 | 8,170 | 4,658 | 311 | 4,969 | 13,139 |
| Of which: High Carbon Sector | 7,498 | 3,383 | 4,115 | 1,587 | 112 | 1,699 | 5,814 |
| Hotels & Tourism2 | 1,680 | 715 | 965 | 1,339 | 227 | 1,566 | 2,531 |
| Oil & Gas1,2 | 6,278 | 894 | 5,384 | 7,845 | 6,944 | 14,789 | 20,173 |
| Power1 | 5,411 | 1,231 | 4,180 | 3,982 | 732 | 4,714 | 8,894 |
| Total3 | 54,053 | 14,857 | 39,196 | 34,387 | 23,137 | 57,524 | 96,720 |
| Of which: Vulnerable and cyclical sectors | 38,880 | 9,983 | 28,897 | 24,842 | 21,511 | 46,353 | 75,250 |
| Of which: High carbon sectors4 | 34,634 | 10,411 | 24,223 | 23,783 | 10,450 | 34,233 | 58,456 |
| Total Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 130,405 | 32,744 | 97,661 | 104,437 | 63,183 | 167,620 | 265,281 |
| Total Group | 331,952 | 125,760 | 206,192 | 182,299 | 74,278 | 256,577 | 462,769 |
1 High carbon sectors
2 Vulnerable and cyclical sectors
3 Maximum On Balance sheet exposure include FVTPL portion of $955 million, of which Vulnerable sector is $821 million and High Carbon sector is $443 million
4 Excluded Cement to the value of $671 million net of ECL under Construction
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
2022
| | Maximum On Balance Sheet Exposure (net of credit impairment) $million | Collateral $million | Net On Balance Sheet Exposure $million | Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) $million | Financial Guarantees (net of credit impairment) $million | Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure $million | Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net Exposure $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Industry: | | | | | | | |
| Automotive manufacturers1 | 3,167 | 84 | 3,083 | 3,683 | 560 | 4,243 | 7,326 |
| Aviation1,2,3 | 3,154 | 1,597 | 1,557 | 1,762 | 632 | 2,394 | 3,951 |
| Of which: High Carbon Sector | 2,540 | 1,582 | 958 | 695 | 555 | 1,250 | 2,208 |
| Commodity Traders2 | 8,133 | 341 | 7,792 | 2,578 | 6,095 | 8,673 | 16,465 |
| Metals & Mining1,2 | 4,990 | 333 | 4,657 | 3,732 | 930 | 4,662 | 9,319 |
| Of which: Steel1 | 1,227 | 157 | 1,070 | 1,450 | 327 | 1,777 | 2,847 |
| Of which: Coal Mining1 | 48 | 15 | 33 | 8 | 7 | 15 | 48 |
| Of which: Aluminium1 | 728 | 107 | 621 | 285 | 74 | 359 | 980 |
| Of which: Other Metals & Mining1 | 2,987 | 54 | 2,933 | 1,989 | 522 | 2,511 | 5,444 |
| Shipping1 | 5,322 | 3,167 | 2,155 | 1,870 | 256 | 2,126 | 4,281 |
| Construction2 | 2,909 | 552 | 2,357 | 2,762 | 5,969 | 8,731 | 11,088 |
| Commercial Real Estate2 | 16,286 | 7,205 | 9,081 | 6,258 | 224 | 6,482 | 15,563 |
| Of which: High Carbon Sector | 6,547 | 2,344 | 4,203 | 3,996 | 90 | 4,086 | 8,289 |
| Hotels & Tourism2 | 1,741 | 919 | 822 | 1,346 | 138 | 1,484 | 2,306 |
| Oil & Gas1,2 | 6,668 | 806 | 5,862 | 7,630 | 7,158 | 14,788 | 20,650 |
| Power1 | 4,771 | 1,258 | 3,513 | 4,169 | 1,176 | 5,345 | 8,858 |
| Total4 | 57,141 | 16,262 | 40,879 | 35,790 | 23,138 | 58,928 | 99,807 |
| Of which: Vulnerable and cyclical sectors | 43,678 | 11,741 | 31,937 | 25,761 | 21,068 | 46,829 | 78,766 |
| Of which: High carbon sectors5 | 34,005 | 9,574 | 24,431 | 25,775 | 10,725 | 36,500 | 60,931 |
| Total Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 139,631 | 35,229 | 104,402 | 95,272 | 51,662 | 146,934 | 251,336 |
| Total Group | 350,166 | 141,715 | 208,451 | 168,574 | 60,224 | 228,798 | 437,249 |
1 High carbon sectors
2 Vulnerable and cyclical sectors
3 In addition to the aviation sector loan exposures, the Group owns $3.2 billion of aircraft under operating leases in 2022
4 Maximum On Balance sheet exposure include FVTPL portion of $1,251 million, of which Vulnerable sector is $1,072 million and High Carbon sector is $574 million
5 Excluded Cement to the value of $719 million net of ECL under Construction
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Loans and advances by stage
| Amortised Cost | 2023 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Aviation | 1,619 | - | 1,619 | 55 | (1) | 54 | 74 | (15) | 59 | 1,748 | (16) | 1,732 |
| Commodity Traders | 6,912 | (2) | 6,910 | 129 | (1) | 128 | 555 | (504) | 51 | 7,596 | (507) | 7,089 |
| Metals & Mining | 3,934 | (1) | 3,933 | 140 | (8) | 132 | 154 | (88) | 66 | 4,228 | (97) | 4,131 |
| Construction | 2,230 | (2) | 2,228 | 502 | (8) | 494 | 358 | (326) | 32 | 3,090 | (336) | 2,754 |
| Commercial Real Estate | 12,261 | (30) | 12,231 | 1,848 | (129) | 1,719 | 1,712 | (1,191) | 521 | 15,821 | (1,350) | 14,471 |
| Hotels & Tourism | 1,468 | (2) | 1,466 | 61 | - | 61 | 126 | (25) | 101 | 1,655 | (27) | 1,628 |
| Oil & Gas | 5,234 | (4) | 5,230 | 615 | (15) | 600 | 571 | (147) | 424 | 6,420 | (166) | 6,254 |
| Total | 33,658 | (41) | 33,617 | 3,350 | (162) | 3,188 | 3,550 | (2,296) | 1,254 | 40,558 | (2,499) | 38,059 |
| Total Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 120,886 | (101) | 120,785 | 7,902 | (257) | 7,645 | 5,508 | (3,533) | 1,975 | 134,296 | (3,891) | 130,405 |
| Total Group | 318,076 | (438) | 317,638 | 11,765 | (430) | 11,335 | 7,305 | (4,326) | 2,979 | 337,146 | (5,194) | 331,952 |
2022
| Amortised Cost | Stage 1 | | | Stage 2 | | | Stage 3 | | | Total | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million | Gross Balance $million | Total Credit Impair-ment $million | Net Carrying Amount $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Aviation1 | 2,377 | (1) | 2,376 | 573 | - | 573 | 155 | (32) | 123 | 3,105 | (33) | 3,072 |
| Commodity Traders | 7,187 | (6) | 7,181 | 138 | (2) | 136 | 689 | (435) | 254 | 8,014 | (443) | 7,571 |
| Metals & Mining | 4,184 | (1) | 4,183 | 475 | (4) | 471 | 257 | (157) | 100 | 4,916 | (162) | 4,754 |
| Construction | 2,424 | (2) | 2,422 | 407 | (5) | 402 | 497 | (412) | 85 | 3,328 | (419) | 2,909 |
| Commercial Real Estate | 12,393 | (43) | 12,350 | 3,217 | (195) | 3,022 | 1,305 | (761) | 544 | 16,915 | (999) | 15,916 |
| Hotels & Tourism | 1,448 | (2) | 1,446 | 108 | (1) | 107 | 206 | (18) | 188 | 1,762 | (21) | 1,741 |
| Oil & Gas | 5,468 | (4) | 5,464 | 708 | (6) | 702 | 919 | (442) | 477 | 7,095 | (452) | 6,643 |
| Total | 35,481 | (59) | 35,422 | 5,626 | (213) | 5,413 | 4,028 | (2,257) | 1,771 | 45,135 | (2,529) | 42,606 |
| Total Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 126,261 | (143) | 126,118 | 11,355 | (323) | 11,032 | 6,143 | (3,662) | 2,481 | 143,759 | (4,128) | 139,631 |
| Total Group | 334,368 | (568) | 333,800 | 13,380 | (447) | 12,933 | 7,904 | (4,471) | 3,433 | 355,652 | (5,486) | 350,166 |
1 In addition to the aviation sector loan exposures, the Group owns $3.2 billion of aircraft under operating leases in 2022
Loans and advances by region (net of credit impairment)
| | 2023 | | | | 20221 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Industry: | | | | | | | | |
| Aviation | 1,077 | 7 | 648 | 1,732 | 1,105 | 1,259 | 708 | 3,072 |
| Commodity Traders | 3,778 | 675 | 2,636 | 7,089 | 3,497 | 978 | 3,096 | 7,571 |
| Metals & Mining | 1,628 | 1,522 | 981 | 4,131 | 2,966 | 347 | 1,441 | 4,754 |
| Construction | 1,803 | 333 | 618 | 2,754 | 1,776 | 624 | 509 | 2,909 |
| Commercial Real Estate | 11,176 | 623 | 2,672 | 14,471 | 13,180 | 598 | 2,138 | 15,916 |
| Hotel & Tourism | 998 | 178 | 452 | 1,628 | 880 | 465 | 396 | 1,741 |
| Oil & Gas | 2,639 | 1,815 | 1,800 | 6,254 | 3,574 | 1,445 | 1,624 | 6,643 |
| Total | 23,099 | 5,153 | 9,807 | 38,059 | 26,978 | 5,716 | 9,912 | 42,606 |
1 In addition to the aviation sector loan exposures, the Group owns $3.2 billion of aircraft under operating leases in 2022
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Credit quality – loans and advances
| Amortised Cost | 2023 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Aviation Gross $million | Commodity Traders Gross $million | Construction Gross $million | Metals & Mining Gross $million | Commercial Real Estate Gross $million | Hotel & Tourism Gross $million | Oil & Gas Gross $million | Total Gross $million |
| Credit Grade | | | | | | | | |
| Strong | 1,452 | 4,444 | 1,012 | 3,213 | 7,326 | 1,090 | 4,024 | 22,561 |
| Satisfactory | 222 | 2,592 | 1,702 | 788 | 6,751 | 439 | 1,726 | 14,220 |
| Higher risk | - | 5 | 18 | 73 | 32 | - | 101 | 229 |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 74 | 555 | 358 | 154 | 1,712 | 126 | 569 | 3,548 |
| Total Gross Balance | 1,748 | 7,596 | 3,090 | 4,228 | 15,821 | 1,655 | 6,420 | 40,558 |
| Strong | - | (1) | (1) | - | (20) | (1) | (3) | (26) |
| Satisfactory | (1) | (2) | (6) | (1) | (139) | (1) | (12) | (162) |
| Higher risk | - | - | (4) | (8) | - | - | (4) | (16) |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | (15) | (504) | (325) | (88) | (1,191) | (25) | (147) | (2,295) |
| Total Credit Impairment | (16) | (507) | (336) | (97) | (1,350) | (27) | (166) | (2,499) |
| Strong | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.0% | 0.3% | 0.1% | 0.1% | 0.1% |
| Satisfactory | 0.5% | 0.1% | 0.4% | 0.1% | 2.1% | 0.2% | 0.7% | 1.1% |
| Higher risk | 0.0% | 0.0% | 22.2% | 11.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 4.0% | 7.0% |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 20.3% | 90.8% | 90.8% | 57.1% | 69.6% | 19.8% | 25.8% | 64.7% |
| Cover Ratio | 0.9% | 6.7% | 10.9% | 2.3% | 8.5% | 1.6% | 2.6% | 6.2% |
2022
| Credit Grade | Aviation¹ Gross $million | Commodity Traders Gross $million | Construction Gross $million | Metals & Mining Gross $million | Commercial Real Estate Gross $million | Hotel & Tourism Gross $million | Oil & Gas Gross $million | Total Gross $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Strong | 1,437 | 4,419 | 1,164 | 3,425 | 8,000 | 1,047 | 3,923 | 23,415 |
| Satisfactory | 1,413 | 2,894 | 1,634 | 1,208 | 7,334 | 494 | 2,215 | 17,192 |
| Higher risk | 100 | 12 | 33 | 26 | 276 | 15 | 38 | 500 |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 155 | 689 | 497 | 257 | 1,305 | 206 | 919 | 4,028 |
| Total Gross Balance | 3,105 | 8,014 | 3,328 | 4,916 | 16,915 | 1,762 | 7,095 | 45,135 |
| Strong | - | (3)
| - | - |
(25) | (1) | (1) | (30) |
| Satisfactory | (1) | (4) | (3) | (5) | (129) | (1) | (7) | (150) |
| Higher risk | - | (1) | (4) | - | (84) | (1) | (2) | (92) |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | (32) | (435) | (412) | (157) | (761) | (18) | (442) | (2,257) |
| Total Credit Impairment | (33) | (443) | (419) | (162) | (999) | (21) | (452) | (2,529) |
| Strong | 0.0% | 0.1% | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.3% | 0.1% | 0.0% | 0.1% |
| Satisfactory | 0.1% | 0.1% | 0.2% | 0.4% | 1.8% | 0.2% | 0.3% | 0.9% |
| Higher risk | 0.0% | 8.3% | 12.1% | 0.0% | 30.4% | 6.7% | 5.3% | 18.4% |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 20.6% | 63.1% | 82.9% | 61.1% | 58.3% | 8.7% | 48.1% | 56.0% |
| Cover Ratio | 1.1% | 5.5% | 12.6% | 3.3% | 5.9% | 1.2% | 6.4% | 5.6% |
1 In addition to the aviation sector loan exposures, the Group owns $3.2 billion of aircraft under operating leases in 2022
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Maturity and expected credit loss for high-carbon sectors
| Sector | 2023 Loans and advances (Drawn funding) $million | Maturity Buckets^{1} | | | 2023 Expected Credit Loss $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Less than 1 year $million | More than 1 to 5 years $million | More than 5 years $million | |
| Automotive Manufacturers | 3,566 | 3,106 | 460 | – | 2 |
| Aviation | 1,339 | 149 | 145 | 1,045 | 9 |
| Cement | 719 | 512 | 189 | 18 | 48 |
| Coal Mining | 42 | 9 | 33 | – | 13 |
| Steel | 1,649 | 1,258 | 185 | 206 | 53 |
| Other Metals & Mining | 2,151 | 1,886 | 240 | 25 | 34 |
| Aluminium | 537 | 442 | 63 | 32 | 11 |
| Oil & Gas | 6,444 | 2,980 | 1,576 | 1,888 | 166 |
| Power | 5,516 | 1,933 | 1,533 | 2,050 | 105 |
| Shipping | 5,971 | 1,051 | 2,568 | 2,352 | 7 |
| Commercial Real Estate | 7,664 | 3,722 | 3,935 | 7 | 166 |
| Total balance^{1} | 35,598 | 17,048 | 10,927 | 7,623 | 614 |
1 Excluded fair value of Other Metals & Mining of $321 million
| Sector | 2022 Loans and advances (Drawn funding) $million | Maturity Buckets^{1} | | | 2022 Expected Credit Loss $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Less than 1 year $million | More than 1 to 5 years $million | More than 5 years $million | |
| Automotive Manufacturers | 3,167 | 2,450 | 717 | – | – |
| Aviation | 2,595 | 118 | 749 | 1,728 | 55 |
| Cement | 762 | 661 | 63 | 38 | 43 |
| Coal Mining | 60 | 2 | 41 | 17 | 12 |
| Steel | 1,268 | 1,080 | 180 | 8 | 41 |
| Other Metals & Mining | 1,964 | 1,660 | 281 | 23 | 44 |
| Aluminium | 744 | 528 | 114 | 102 | 16 |
| Oil & Gas | 6,550 | 3,100 | 1,734 | 1,716 | 238 |
| Power | 4,903 | 1,615 | 1,279 | 2,009 | 132 |
| Shipping | 5,374 | 918 | 2,567 | 1,889 | 52 |
| Commercial Real Estate | 6,598 | 2,568 | 3,949 | 81 | 51 |
| Total balance^{2} | 33,985 | 14,700 | 11,674 | 7,611 | 684 |
1 Gross of credit impairment
2 Excluded fair value of Other Metals & Mining and Oil & Gas of $58 million
270
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# China commercial real estate
The table below represents the on and off-balance sheet items that are exposed to China CRE by credit quality.
Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Performance in 2023' in pages 235 and 236.
| | 2023 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | China $million | Hong Kong $million | Rest of Group1 $million | Total $million |
| Loans to customers | 584 | 1,821 | 39 | 2,444 |
| Off balance sheet | 42 | 82 | - | 124 |
| Total as at 31 December 2023 | 626 | 1,903 | 39 | 2,568 |
| Loans to customers – By Credit quality | | | | |
| Gross | | | | |
| Strong | 33
| - | - |
33 |
| Satisfactory | 339 | 619 | 39 | 997 |
| Higher risk | 8
| - | - |
8 |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 204 | 1,202 | - | 1,406 |
| Total as at 31 December 2023 | 584 | 1,821 | 39 | 2,444 |
| Loans to customers – ECL | | | | |
| Strong | - | - | - | - |
| Satisfactory | (3) | (134) | (12) | (149) |
| Higher risk | - | - | - | - |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | (70) | (941) | - | (1,011) |
| Total as at 31 December 2023 | (73) | (1,075) | (12) | (1,160) |
1 Rest of Group mainly includes Singapore
| | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | China $million | Hong Kong $million | Rest of Group1 $million | Total $million |
| Loans to customers | 953 | 2,248 | 39 | 3,240 |
| Off balance sheet | 74 | 85 | 8 | 167 |
| Total as at 31 December 2022 | 1,027 | 2,333 | 47 | 3,407 |
| Loans to customers – By Credit quality | | | | |
| Gross | | | | |
| Strong | 256 | 221 | - | 477 |
| Satisfactory | 459 | 921 | 39 | 1,419 |
| Higher risk | - | 271 | - | 271 |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | 238 | 835 | - | 1,073 |
| Total as at 31 December 2022 | 953 | 2,248 | 39 | 3,240 |
| Loans to customers – ECL | | | | |
| Strong | - | (19) | - | (19) |
| Satisfactory | (9) | (110) | - | (119) |
| Higher risk | - | (83) | - | (83) |
| Credit impaired (stage 3) | (37) | (559) | - | (596) |
| Total as at 31 December 2022 | (46) | (771) | - | (817) |
1 Rest of Group mainly includes Singapore
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Debt securities and other eligible bills (audited)
This section provides further detail on gross debt securities and treasury bills.
The standard credit ratings used by the Group are those used by Standard & Poor's or its equivalent. Debt securities held that have a short-term rating are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer. For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an internal credit rating, as described under the credit rating and measurement section on page 321.
Total gross debt securities and other eligible bills decreased by $11.4 billion to $160 billion (31 December 2022: $172 billion) due to action taken to manage liquidity, primarily in stage 1.
Stage 1 gross balance decreased by $7.8 billion to $158 billion (31 December 2022: $166 billion) of which $3.4 billion of the decrease was from unrated.
Stage 2 gross balance decreased by $3.6 billion to $2 billion (31 December 2022: $5 billion).
Stage 3 gross balance was broadly stable at $0.2 billion (31 December 2022: $0.1 billion).
| Amortised cost and FVOCI | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross $million | ECL $million | Net2 $million | Gross $million | ECL $million | Net2 $million |
| Stage 1 | 158,314 | (26) | 158,288 | 166,103 | (25) | 166,078 |
| AAA | 61,920 | (5) | 61,915 | 73,933 | (10) | 73,923 |
| AA- to AA+ | 34,244 | (2) | 34,242 | 42,327 | (4) | 42,323 |
| A- to A+ | 38,891 | (2) | 38,889 | 29,488 | (2) | 29,486 |
| BBB- to BBB+ | 13,098 | (7) | 13,091 | 7,387 | (1) | 7,386 |
| Lower than BBB- | 1,611 | (2) | 1,609 | 1,047 | (2) | 1,045 |
| Unrated | 8,550 | (8) | 8,542 | 11,921 | (6) | 11,915 |
| - Strong | 7,415 | (7) | 7,408 | 11,760 | (6) | 11,754 |
| - Satisfactory | 1,135 | (1) | 1,134 | 161 | - | 161 |
| Stage 2 | 1,860 | (34) | 1,826 | 5,455 | (90) | 5,365 |
| AAA | 98 | - | 98 | 21 | - | 21 |
| AA- to AA+ | 22 | - | 22 | 40 | - | 40 |
| A- to A+ | 81 | - | 81 | 17 | (1) | 16 |
| BBB- to BBB+ | 499 | (3) | 496 | 2,605 | (16) | 2,589 |
| Lower than BBB- | 893 | (30) | 863 | 2,485 | (71) | 2,414 |
| Unrated | 267 | (1) | 266 | 287 | (2) | 285 |
| - Strong | 217 | - | 217 | 26 | (2) | 24 |
| - Satisfactory | 50 | (1) | 49 | - | - | - |
| - Higher risk
| - | - | - |
261 | - | 261 |
| Stage 3 | 164 | (61) | 103 | 144 | (106) | 38 |
| Lower than BBB- | 72 | (4) | 68 | 67 | (55) | 12 |
| Unrated | 92 | (57) | 35 | 77 | (51) | 26 |
| Gross balance1 | 160,338 | (121) | 160,217 | 171,702 | (221) | 171,481 |
1 Stage 3 gross includes $80 million (31 December 2022: $28 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $14 million (31 December 2022: $13 million)
2 FVOCI instrument are not presented net of ECL. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount is $160,263 million (31 December 2022: $171,640 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# IFRS 9 expected credit loss methodology (audited)
## Approach for determining expected credit losses
### Credit loss terminology
| Component | Definition |
| --- | --- |
| Probability of default (PD) | The probability that a counterparty will default, over the next 12 months from the reporting date (stage 1) or over the lifetime of the product (stage 2), incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions that have an effect on Credit Risk, such as unemployment rates and GDP forecasts. The PD estimates will fluctuate in line with the economic cycle. The lifetime (or term structure) PDs are based on statistical models, calibrated using historical data and adjusted to incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions. |
| Loss given default (LGD) | The loss that is expected to arise on default, incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant, which represents the difference between the contractual cashflows due and those that the bank expects to receive. The Group estimates LGD based on the history of recovery rates and considers the recovery of any collateral that is integral to the financial asset, taking into account forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant. |
| Exposure at default (EAD) | The expected balance sheet exposure at the time of default, taking into account expected changes over the lifetime of the exposure. This incorporates the impact of drawdowns of facilities with limits, repayments of principal and interest, and amortisation. |
To determine the expected credit loss, these components are multiplied together: PD for the reference period (up to 12 months or lifetime) x LGD x EAD and discounted to the balance sheet date using the effective interest rate as the discount rate.
IFRS 9 expected credit loss models have been developed for the Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB) businesses on a global basis, in line with their respective portfolios. However, for some of the key countries, country-specific models have also been developed.
The calibration of forward-looking information is assessed at a country or region level to take into account local macroeconomic conditions.
Retail expected credit loss models are country and product specific given the local nature of the CPBB business.
For less material retail portfolios, the Group has adopted less sophisticated approaches based on historical roll rates or loss rates:
- For medium-sized retail portfolios, a roll rate model is applied, which uses a matrix that gives the average loan migration rate between delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket over different time horizons.
- For smaller retail portfolios, loss rate models are applied. These use an adjusted gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and recoveries over the preceding 12 months and total outstanding balances.
- While the loss rate models do not incorporate forward-looking information, to the extent that there are significant changes in the macroeconomic forecasts an assessment will be completed on whether an adjustment to the modelled output is required.
For a limited number of exposures, proxy parameters or approaches are used where the data is not available to calculate the origination PDs for the purpose of applying the SICR criteria; or for some retail portfolios where a full history of LGD data is not available, estimates based on the loss experience from similar portfolios are used. The use of proxies is monitored and will reduce over time.
The following processes are in place to assess the ongoing performance of the models:
- Quarterly model monitoring that uses recent data to compare the differences between model predictions and actual outcomes against approved thresholds.
- Annual independent validations of the performance of material models by Group Model Valuation (GMV); an abridged validation is completed for non-material models.
## Application of lifetime
Expected credit loss is estimated based on the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk. For the majority of exposures this equates to the maximum contractual period. For retail credit cards and corporate overdraft facilities, however, the Group does not typically enforce the contractual period, which can be as short as one day. As a result, the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk for these instruments reflects their behavioural life, which incorporates expectations of customer behaviour and the extent to which Credit Risk management actions curtail the period of that exposure. The average behavioural life for retail credit cards is between 3 and 6 years across our footprint markets.
The behavioural life for corporate overdraft facilities is 24 months.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Composition of credit impairment provisions (audited)
The table below summarises the key components of the Group's credit impairment provision balances at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022.
| 31 December 2023 | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $ million | Ventures $ million | Central & other items $ million† | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast) | 372 | 553 | 48 | 98 | 1,071 |
| Modelled impact of multiple economic scenarios | 20 | 18 | - | 6 | 44 |
| Total ECL provisions before management judgements | 392 | 571 | 48 | 104 | 1,115 |
| Includes: Model performance post model adjustments | (3) | (28)
| - | - |
(31) |
| Judgemental post model adjustments | - | 2
| - | - |
2 |
| Management overlays‡ | | | | | |
| - China commercial real estate | 141
| - | - | - |
141 |
| - Other | - | 5 | - | 17 | 22 |
| Total modelled provisions | 533 | 578 | 48 | 121 | 1,280 |
| Of which: Stage 1 | 151 | 325 | 15 | 68 | 559 |
| Stage 2 | 318 | 140 | 21 | 49 | 528 |
| Stage 3 | 64 | 113 | 12 | 4 | 193 |
| Stage 3 non-modelled provisions | 3,587 | 646 | - | 88 | 4,321 |
| Total credit impairment provisions | 4,120 | 1,224 | 48 | 209 | 5,601 |
| 31 December 2022 | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $ million | Ventures $ million | Central & other items $ million | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast) | 505 | 556 | 12 | 194 | 1,267 |
| Modelled impact of multiple economic scenarios | 38 | 6 | - | 6 | 50 |
| Total ECL provisions before management judgements | 543 | 562 | 12 | 200 | 1,317 |
| Includes: Model performance post model adjustments | (22) | (38)
| - | - |
(60) |
| Judgemental post model adjustments | - | 44
| - | - |
44 |
| Management overlays‡ | | | | | |
| - China commercial real estate | 173
| - | - | - |
173 |
| - Other | 9 | 37
| - | - |
46 |
| Total modelled provisions | 725 | 643 | 12 | 200 | 1,580 |
| Of which: Stage 1 | 194 | 413 | 10 | 34 | 651 |
| Stage 2 | 411 | 118 | 1 | 100 | 630 |
| Stage 3 | 120 | 112 | 1 | 66 | 299 |
| Stage 3 non-modelled provisions | 3,702 | 664 | - | 129 | 4,495 |
| Total credit impairment provisions | 4,427 | 1,307 | 12 | 329 | 6,075 |
1 $22 million (31 December 2022: $55 million) is in stage 1, $141 million (31 December 2022: $148 million) in stage 2 and $nil million (31 December 2022: $16 million) in stage 3
2 Includes ECL on cash and balances at central banks, accrued income, assets held for sale and other assets
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Model performance post model adjustments (PMA)
As part of normal model monitoring and validation operational processes, where a model's performance breaches the monitoring thresholds or validation standards, an assessment is completed to determine whether a model performance post model adjustment is required to correct for the identified model issue. Model performance post model adjustments are approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee and will be removed when the models are updated to correct for the identified model issue or the estimates return to being within the monitoring thresholds.
As at 31 December 2023, model performance post model adjustments have been applied for 5 models out of the total of 172 models. In aggregate, these post model adjustments reduce the Group's impairment provisions by $31 million (2 per cent of modelled provisions) compared with a $60 million decrease at 31 December 2022. The most significant of these relates to an adjustment to decrease ECL for Korea Personal Loans as the IFRS 9 PD model is sensitive to the higher range of interest rates.
In addition to these model performance post model adjustments, separate judgemental post model and management adjustments have also been applied as set out on pages 279 and 280.
| | 2023 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Model performance PMAs | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | (3) | (22) |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | (28) | (38) |
| Total model performance PMAs | (31) | (60) |
# Key assumptions and judgements in determining expected credit loss
## Incorporation of forward-looking information
The evolving economic environment is a key determinant of the ability of a bank's clients to meet their obligations as they fall due. It is a fundamental principle of IFRS 9 that the provisions banks hold against potential future Credit Risk losses should depend, not just on the health of the economy today, but should also take into account potential changes to the economic environment. For example, if a bank were to anticipate a sharp slowdown in the world economy over the coming year, it should hold more provisions today to absorb the credit losses likely to occur in the near future.
To capture the effect of changes to the economic environment, the PDs and LGDs used to calculate ECL incorporate forward-looking information in the form of forecasts of the values of economic variables and asset prices that are likely to have an effect on the repayment ability of the Group's clients.
The 'base forecast' of the economic variables and asset prices is based on management's view of the five-year outlook, supported by projections from the Group's in-house research team and outputs from a third-party model that project specific economic variables and asset prices. The research team takes consensus views into consideration, and senior management review projections for some core country variables against consensus when forming their view of the outlook. For the period beyond five years, management utilises the in-house research view and third-party model outputs, which allow for a reversion to long-term growth rates or norms. All projections are updated on a quarterly basis.
## Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the expected credit loss calculation and the impact on non-linearity
In the Base Forecast – management's view of the most likely outcome – the pace of growth of the world economy is expected to slow marginally in the near term. Global GDP is forecast to grow by just below 3 per cent in 2024. World GDP growth averaged 3.7 per cent for the 10 years prior to COVID-19 (between 2010 and 2019). The world economy should be able to achieve a soft landing after the most aggressive monetary tightening cycle in years, although risks abound. The lagged impact of aggressive central bank tightening is likely to be felt most acutely in developed economies.
Lingering inflation and geopolitical developments are risks to the global soft-landing scenario. The ongoing war in Ukraine, conflicts in the Middle East, ongoing US-China tensions, and the November 2024 US election are key sources of geopolitical and political risk; they come against a backdrop of increasing global fragmentation. On the inflation front, it is unclear whether it can slow on a sustained basis. Core inflation has remained sticky in some markets, signalling persistent underlying pressures. Structural factors – including higher fiscal deficits, the cost of the climate transition and recent under-investment in fossil fuels – could keep inflation higher than during the pre-COVID period. Oil prices and geopolitical conflict are also sources of upside inflation risk.
While the quarterly Base Forecasts inform the Group's strategic plan, one key requirement of IFRS 9 is that the assessment of provisions should consider multiple future economic environments. For example, the global economy may grow more quickly or more slowly than the Base Forecast, and these variations would have different implications for the provisions that the Group should hold today. As the negative impact of an economic downturn on credit losses tends to be greater than the positive impact of an economic upturn, if the Group sets provisions only on the ECL under the Base Forecast it might maintain a level of provisions that does not appropriately capture the range of potential outcomes. To address the inherent uncertainty in economic forecast, and the property of skewness (or non-linearity), IFRS 9 requires reported ECL to be a probability-weighted ECL, calculated over a range of possible outcomes.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
To assess the range of possible outcomes the Group simulates a set of 50 scenarios around the Base Forecast, calculates the ECL under each of them and assigns an equal weight of 2 per cent to each scenario outcome. These scenarios are generated by a Monte Carlo simulation, which addresses the challenges of crafting many realistic alternative scenarios in the many countries in which the Group operates by means of a model, which produces these alternative scenarios while considering the degree of historical uncertainty (or volatility) observed from Q1 1990 to Q3 2023 around economic outcomes, the trends in each macroeconomic variable modelled and the correlation in the unexplained movements around these trends. This naturally means that each of the 50 scenarios do not have a specific narrative, although collectively they explore a range of hypothetical alternative outcomes for the global economy, including scenarios that turn out better than expected and scenarios that amplify anticipated stresses.
The GDP graphs below illustrate the shape of the Base Forecast for key footprint markets in relation to prior periods' actuals. The long-term growth rates are based on the pace of economic expansion expected for 2030. The tables below provide a summary of the Group's Base Forecast for these markets. The peak/trough amounts show the highest and lowest points within the Base Forecast.
China's GDP growth is expected to ease to 4.8 per cent in 2024 from over 5 per cent in 2023. This reflects a continued contraction in the property sector, a negative contribution from foreign trade, and low consumer and business confidence. Similarly, Hong Kong is also facing several headwinds with its GDP growth expected to ease to 2.9 per cent from 3.3 per cent in 2023. These headwinds include a weak property sector and elevated interest rates which will weigh on investment appetite for Hong Kong assets. Limited external demand from key markets will also weigh on exports. Growth in the US is expected to slow on the impact of tighter financial and credit conditions and as the impact of previous interest rate increases by the central bank feed through to the economy. For similar reasons, Eurozone growth is expected to remain weak in 2024. The uncertainty over the ongoing war in Ukraine, conflicts in the Middle East has hit global investor and business confidence. Growth in India is expected to ease to 6 per cent from 6.7 per cent in 2023 due to impact from pre-election uncertainties, tighter lending conditions and global recession concerns.
In contrast, GDP growth for Singapore is expected to accelerate to just over 2.5 per cent in 2024 from 0.8 per cent last year. Favourable base effects may boost exports, despite the soft global growth outlook. The global electronics and semiconductor industry is showing signs of bottoming out. Although a strong rebound is not expected, inventory restocking may provide a small boost to Singapore's electronics sector. Korea's economic growth will also benefit from the turnaround in this key sector. GDP growth there is expected to reach 2.3 per cent in 2024 from 1.3 per cent last year.
China GDP YoY%
Hong Kong GDP YoY%
Korea GDP YoY%
Singapore GDP YoY%
India GDP YoY%
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| | 2023 year-end forecasts | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | China | | | | Hong Kong | | | |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices² (YoY %) | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY %) |
| Base forecast² | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | 5.4 | 4.1 | 2.0 | (0.8) | 3.3 | 3.0 | 4.8 | (6.8) |
| 2024 | 4.8 | 4.1 | 1.7 | 3.9 | 2.9 | 3.4 | 4.6 | 2.1 |
| 2025 | 4.5 | 4.0 | 1.8 | 5.6 | 2.5 | 3.4 | 4.1 | 3.8 |
| 2026 | 4.3 | 4.0 | 2.0 | 4.5 | 2.3 | 3.4 | 3.5 | 2.8 |
| 2027 | 4.0 | 3.9 | 2.2 | 4.4 | 2.4 | 3.4 | 2.5 | 2.7 |
| 5-year average² | 4.3 | 4.0 | 2.1 | 4.6 | 2.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 2.8 |
| Quarterly peak | 5.7 | 4.1 | 2.5 | 7.2 | 3.8 | 3.4 | 5.0 | 4.6 |
| Quarterly trough | 3.8 | 3.8 | 1.7 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 3.4 | 2.3 | (1.1) |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | | | | |
| Low² | 0.6 | 3.3 | 0.8 | (1.5) | (3.8) | 1.4 | 0.3 | (19.3) |
| High⁴ | 7.7 | 4.4 | 3.8 | 12.0 | 8.2 | 6.4 | 8.3 | 25.5 |
| | 2023 year-end forecasts | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Singapore | | | | Korea | | | |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment% | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment% | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) |
| Base forecast² | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | 0.8 | 2.7 | 4.1 | 6.8 | 1.3 | 2.7 | 3.8 | (5.8) |
| 2024 | 2.6 | 2.8 | 3.8 | (0.2) | 2.3 | 3.3 | 3.5 | 3.3 |
| 2025 | 3.1 | 2.8 | 3.3 | 0.4 | 2.5 | 3.3 | 3.1 | 5.0 |
| 2026 | 3.3 | 2.8 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.4 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 3.5 |
| 2027 | 2.8 | 2.8 | 2.4 | 3.9 | 2.2 | 3.0 | 3.1 | 2.4 |
| 5-year average² | 2.9 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.2 | 2.3 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 3.3 |
| Quarterly peak | 3.8 | 2.9 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 2.6 | 3.5 | 3.7 | 5.3 |
| Quarterly trough | 1.9 | 2.8 | 2.3 | (0.7) | 2.0 | 3.0 | 3.1 | (0.3) |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | | | | |
| Low² | (2.4) | 1.7 | 0.6 | (16.2) | (2.3) | 1.4 | 0.7 | (6.1) |
| High⁴ | 8.5 | 3.8 | 5.9 | 19.2 | 7.0 | 5.8 | 6.3 | 12.5 |
| | 2023 year-end forecasts | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | India | | | | Brent Crude $ p/c |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) | |
| Base forecast² | | | | | |
| 2023 | 6.7 | NA | 6.4 | 5.3 | 84.2 |
| 2024 | 6.0 | NA | 5.9 | 5.3 | 89.5 |
| 2025 | 6.0 | NA | 6.3 | 6.3 | 90.3 |
| 2026 | 6.4 | NA | 6.3 | 6.5 | 92.8 |
| 2027 | 6.5 | NA | 6.2 | 6.4 | 84.9 |
| 5-year average² | 6.2 | NA | 6.2 | 6.1 | 88.2 |
| Quarterly peak | 9.1 | NA | 6.3 | 6.5 | 93.8 |
| Quarterly trough | 4.4 | NA | 5.8 | 4.7 | 82.8 |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | |
| Low² | 2.1 | NA | 2.7 | (0.5) | 46.0 |
| High⁴ | 10.5 | NA | 9.9 | 13.8 | 137.8 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
2022 year-end forecasts
| | China | | | | Hong Kong | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices$ (YoY%) | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) |
| 5-year average2 | 5.1 | 3.9 | 2.3 | 3.6 | 2.3 | 3.0 | 2.8 | 1.7 |
| Quarterly peak | 7.9 | 4.1 | 3.0 | 5.0 | 4.3 | 3.1 | 3.6 | 4.9 |
| Quarterly trough | 4.5 | 3.8 | 1.4 | 0.0 | 0.5 | 2.9 | 2.4 | (8.4) |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | | | | |
| Low3 | 1.1 | 3.4 | 0.6 | (3.4) | (3.8) | 1.7 | 0.5 | (22.0) |
| High4 | 9.6 | 4.3 | 4.4 | 10.0 | 8.0 | 4.2 | 6.1 | 26.8 |
2022 year-end forecasts
| | Singapore | | | | Korea | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment6 % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) |
| 5-year average2 | 2.7 | 3.0 | 3.1 | 2.8 | 2.2 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 2.1 |
| Quarterly peak | 3.7 | 3.2 | 4.7 | 4.7 | 2.5 | 3.3 | 3.9 | 2.8 |
| Quarterly trough | 1.7 | 3.0 | 2.4 | (2.4) | 1.8 | 3.0 | 2.7 | (0.4) |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | | | | |
| Low3 | (3.4) | 2.1 | 0.8 | (15.9) | (2.8) | 1.1 | 1.1 | (5.4) |
| High4 | 8.6 | 4.5 | 5.6 | 20.4 | 7.0 | 4.9 | 5.9 | 10.0 |
2022 year-end forecasts
| | India | | | | Brent crude $ pb |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | GDP growth (YoY%) | Unemployment % | 3-month interest rates % | House prices (YoY%) | |
| 5-year average2 | 6.4 | NA | 5.6 | 5.7 | 106.6 |
| Quarterly peak | 7.7 | NA | 6.3 | 7.2 | 118.8 |
| Quarterly trough | 3.2 | NA | 5.3 | 1.6 | 88.0 |
| Monte Carlo | | | | | |
| Low3 | 1.5 | NA | 1.9 | (1.1) | 42.4 |
| High4 | 12.1 | NA | 9.5 | 13.0 | 204.2 |
1 Data presented are those used in the calculation of ECL. These may differ slightly to forecasts presented elsewhere in the Annual Report as they are finalised before the period end.
2 5 year averages reported cover Q1 2024 to Q4 2028 for the 2023 annual report. They cover Q1 2023 to Q4 2027 for the numbers reported for the 2022 annual report.
3 Represents the 10th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.
4 Represents the 90th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.
5 A judgemental management adjustment is held in respect of the China commercial real estate sector as discussed on page 280.
6 Singapore unemployment rate covers the resident unemployment rate, which refers to citizens and permanent residents.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Impact of multiple economic scenarios
The final probability-weighted ECL reported by the Group is a simple average of the ECL for each of the 50 scenarios simulated using a Monte Carlo model. The Monte Carlo approach has the advantage that it generates many alternative scenarios that cover our global footprint.
The total amount of non-linearity, calculated as the difference between the probability-weighted ECL calculated by the Monte Carlo model and the unweighted base forecast ECL, is $44 million (31 December 2022: $50 million). The CCIB and Central and other items portfolios accounted for $26 million (31 December 2022: $44 million) of the calculated non-linearity with the remaining $18 million (31 December 2022: $6 million) attributable to CPBB portfolios. As the non-linearity calculated for the CPBB portfolios at 31 December 2022 was relatively low, a judgemental post model adjustment of $34 million was applied. Subsequent stand-back analysis was completed during the first half of 2023 to benchmark the ECL non-linearity calculated using the Monte Carlo model, which confirmed that the calculated non-linearity for CPBB portfolios was appropriate and the judgemental post model adjustment was released.
The impact of multiple economic scenarios on stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modelled ECL is set out in the table below, together with the management overlay and other judgemental adjustments.
| | Base Forecast $ million | Multiple economic scenarios $ million | Management overlays and other judgemental adjustments $ million | Total modelled ECL $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Total expected credit loss at 31 December 2023 | 1,071 | 44 | 165 | 1,280 |
| Total expected credit loss at 31 December 2022 | 1,267 | 84 | 229 | 1,580 |
1 Includes judgemental post model adjustment of $nil million (31 December 2022: $34 million) relating to Consumer, Private and Business Banking
2 Total modelled ECL comprises stage 1 and stage 2 balances of $1,105 million (31 December 2022: $1,281 million) and $193 million (31 December 2022: $299 million) of modelled ECL on stage 3 loans
3 Includes ECL on Assets held for sale of $37 million (31 December 2022: $10 million)
The average expected credit loss under multiple scenarios is 4 per cent (2022: 7 per cent) higher than the expected credit loss calculated using only the most likely scenario (the Base Forecast). Portfolios that are more sensitive to non-linearity include those with greater leverage and/or a longer tenor, such as Project and Shipping Finance portfolios. Other portfolios display minimal non-linearity owing to limited responsiveness to macroeconomic impacts for structural reasons, such as significant collateralisation as with the CPBB mortgage portfolios.
# Judgemental adjustments
As at 31 December 2023, the Group held judgemental adjustments for ECL as set out in the table below. All of the judgemental adjustments have been determined after taking account of the model performance post model adjustments reported on page 275. They are reassessed quarterly and are reviewed and approved by the IFRS 9 Impairment Committee and will be released when no longer relevant.
| 31 December 2023 | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking | | | | Central & other $ million | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Mortgages $ million | Credit Cards $ million | Other $ million | Total $ million | | |
| Judgemental post model adjustments
| - | - |
1 | 1 | 2 | - | 2 |
| Judgemental management overlays: | | | | | | | |
| - China CRE | 141
| - | - | - | - | - |
141 |
| - Other | - | 1 | 2 | 2 | 5 | 17 | 22 |
| Total judgemental adjustments | 141 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 7 | 17 | 165 |
| Judgemental adjustments by stage: | | | | | | | |
| Stage 1 | 17 | 1 | 3 | 6 | 10 | - | 27 |
| Stage 2 | 124
| - | - |
(3) | (3) | 17 | 138 |
| Stage 3 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| 31 December 2022 | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking | | | | Central & other $ million | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Mortgages $ million | Credit Cards $ million | Other $ million | Total $ million | | |
| Judgemental post model adjustments | - | 3 | 11 | 30 | 44 | - | 44 |
| Judgemental management overlays: | | | | | | | |
| - China CRE | 173
| - | - | - | - | - |
173 |
| - Other | 9 | 2 | 5 | 30 | 37 | - | 46 |
| Total judgemental adjustments | 182 | 5 | 16 | 60 | 81 | - | 263 |
| Judgemental adjustments by stage: | | | | | | | |
| Stage 1 | 37 | 1 | 5 | 39 | 45 | - | 82 |
| Stage 2 | 136 | 3 | 9 | 17 | 29 | - | 165 |
| Stage 3 | 9 | 1 | 2 | 4 | 7 | - | 16 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review Risk profile
## Judgemental post model adjustments
As at 31 December 2023, judgemental post model adjustments to increase ECL by a net $2 million (31 December 2022: $44 million increase) have been applied to certain CPBB models, primarily to adjust for temporary factors impacting modelled outputs. These will be released when these factors normalise. At 31 December 2022, $34 million of the increase in ECL related to multiple economic scenarios, which was fully released in the first half of 2023 (see 'Impact of multiple economic scenarios').
## Judgemental management overlays
### China CRE
The real estate market in China has now been in a downturn since late 2021 as evidenced by continued decline in sales, and investments in the sector. Liquidity issues experienced by Chinese property developers continued into 2023 with more developers defaulting on their obligations both offshore and onshore. During 2023, authorities on the mainland have introduced a slew of policies to help revive the sector and restore buying sentiments. This has helped stabilise the market to an extent in some cities, but demand and home prices remain muted overall. Continued policy relaxations, including those related to house purchase restrictions, completion support for eligible projects from onshore financial institutions, relaxation in mortgage rates, and further support for affordable housing, are key for reversing the continued decline in sales and investments and ensuring a stable outlook for 2024.
The Group's loans and advances to China CRE clients was $2.4 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $3.2 billion). Client level analysis continues to be done, with clients being placed on purely precautionary or non-purely precautionary early alert, where appropriate, for closer monitoring. Given the evolving nature of the risks in the China CRE sector, a management overlay of $141 million (31 December 2022: $173 million) has been taken by estimating the impact of further deterioration to exposures in this sector. The decrease from 31 December 2022 was primarily driven by repayments and movement of some of the exposures to Stage 3.
### Other
Overlays of $5 million (31 December 2022: $16 million) have also been applied in CPBB to capture macroeconomic environment challenges caused by sovereign defaults or heightened sovereign risk, the impact of which is not fully captured in the modelled outcomes. An overlay of $17 million (2022: nil) was applied in Central & Other due to a temporary market dislocation in the Africa and Middle East region.
The remaining COVID-19 overlay in CPBB of $21 million that was held as at 31 December 2022 has been fully released in 2023. The stage 3 overlay in CCIB of $9 million that was held as at 31 December 2022 following the Sri Lanka Sovereign default was also fully released in 2023.
## Stage 3 assets
Credit-impaired assets managed by Stressed Asset Group (SAG) incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions in respect of the recovery outcomes identified and are assigned individual probability weightings per IFRS 9. These assumptions are not based on a Monte Carlo simulation but are informed by the Base Forecast.
## Sensitivity of expected credit loss calculation to macroeconomic variables
The ECL calculation relies on multiple variables and is inherently non-linear and portfolio-dependent, which implies that no single analysis can fully demonstrate the sensitivity of the ECL to changes in the macroeconomic variables. The Group has conducted a series of analyses with the aim of identifying the macroeconomic variables which might have the greatest impact on the overall ECL. These encompassed single variable and multi-variable exercises, using simple up/ down variation and extracts from actual calculation data, as well as bespoke scenario design assessments.
The primary conclusion of these exercises is that no individual macroeconomic variable is materially influential. The Group believes this is plausible as the number of variables used in the ECL calculation is large. This does not mean that macroeconomic variables are uninfluential; rather, that the Group believes that consideration of macroeconomics should involve whole scenarios, as this aligns with the multi-variable nature of the calculation.
The Group faces downside risks in the operating environment related to the uncertainties surrounding the macroeconomic outlook. To explore this, a sensitivity analysis of ECL was undertaken to explore the effect of slower economic recoveries across the Group's footprint markets. Two downside scenarios were considered in particular to explore the current uncertainties over commodity prices. The first scenario, Global Stagflation, explores a temporary spike (relative to base) in commodity prices, inflation and interest rates in the near term from the ongoing war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East. The second more severe scenario is based on the Bank of England's most recent Annual Cyclical Scenario (ACS), which explores a persistent rise in commodity prices, inflation and interest rates.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| | Baseline | | Global Stagflation | | ACS | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Five year average | Peak/ Trough | Five year average | Peak/ Trough | Five year average | Peak/ Trough |
| China GDP | 4.3 | 5.7 / 3.8 | 3.7 | 6.2 / (0.8) | 2.2 | 3.9 / (3.4) |
| China unemployment | 4.0 | 4.1 / 3.8 | 5.3 | 6.4 / 3.8 | 5.3 | 5.7 / 4.6 |
| China property prices | 4.6 | 7.2 / 1.5 | 4.4 | 15.9 / (17.5) | (5.5) | 9.2 / (16.3) |
| Hong Kong GDP | 2.5 | 3.8 / 1.5 | 1.8 | 5.6 / (1.4) | (0.6) | 2.9 / (9.4) |
| Hong Kong unemployment | 3.4 | 3.4 / 3.4 | 5.4 | 7.4 / 3.4 | 6.3 | 7.5 / 3.9 |
| Hong Kong property prices | 2.8 | 4.6 / (1.1) | 1.6 | 9.4 / (3.8) | (9.7) | 6.2 / (22.5) |
| US GDP | 1.7 | 2.3 / 0.8 | 1.4 | 2.7 / (1.3) | 0.1 | 1.5 / (4.8) |
| Singapore GDP | 2.9 | 3.8 / 1.9 | 2.7 | 5.0 / (1.6) | 1.2 | 5.9 / (8.7) |
| India GDP | 6.2 | 9.1 / 4.4 | 4.9 | 6.6 / 0.6 | 4.2 | 7.3 / (0.7) |
| Crude oil | 88.2 | 93.8 / 82.8 | 95.3 | 152.9 / 82.8 | 118 | 147.9 / 83.6 |
Period covered from Q1 2024 to Q4 2028
| | Base (GDP, Yes %) | | | | | Global Stagflation | | | | | Difference from Base | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 |
| China | 4.8 | 4.5 | 4.3 | 4.0 | 3.8 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 4.8 | 5.7 | 4.8 | (3.3) | (2.9) | 0.5 | 1.7 | 1.0 |
| Hong Kong | 2.9 | 2.5 | 2.3 | 2.4 | 2.2 | 0.9 | (1.0) | 1.7 | 5.0 | 2.4 | (2.0) | (3.5) | (0.6) | 2.5 | 0.2 |
| US | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 1.9 | 0.0 | 0.2 | 1.8 | 2.6 | 2.4 | (1.5) | (1.3) | 0.0 | 0.7 | 0.5 |
| Singapore | 2.6 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 0.3 | 0.6 | 3.7 | 4.8 | 4.0 | (2.3) | (2.4) | 0.4 | 2.0 | 1.3 |
| India | 6.0 | 5.5 | 6.5 | 6.4 | 6.6 | 2.6 | 3.9 | 5.6 | 6.5 | 5.7 | (3.4) | (1.6) | (0.8) | 0.1 | (0.9) |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2024 is from Q1 2024 to Q4 2024.
| | Base (GDP, Yes %) | | | | | ACS | | | | | Difference from Base | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2027 | 2028 |
| China | 4.8 | 4.5 | 4.3 | 4.0 | 3.8 | (0.9) | 1.3 | 3.7 | 3.4 | 3.4 | (5.6) | (3.2) | (0.5) | (0.6) | (0.4) |
| Hong Kong | 2.9 | 2.5 | 2.3 | 2.4 | 2.2 | (5.3) | (3.5) | 2.6 | 1.8 | 1.5 | (8.1) | (6.0) | 0.3 | (0.6) | (0.7) |
| US | 1.4 | 1.5 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 1.9 | (1.7) | (1.5) | 1.0 | 1.3 | 1.3 | (3.2) | (2.9) | (0.8) | (0.6) | (0.6) |
| Singapore | 2.6 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.8 | 2.6 | (3.8) | 0.0 | 4.2 | 2.9 | 2.7 | (6.4) | (3.1) | 0.9 | 0.1 | 0.1 |
| India | 6.0 | 5.5 | 6.5 | 6.4 | 6.6 | 2.8 | 2.2 | 4.9 | 5.3 | 5.5 | (3.2) | (3.3) | (1.6) | (1.1) | (1.2) |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2024 is from Q1 2024 to Q4 2024
The total modelled stage 1 and 2 ECL provisions (including both on and off-balance sheet instruments) would be approximately $153 million higher under the Global Stagflation scenario, and $489 million higher under the ACS scenario than the baseline ECL provisions (which excluded the impact of multiple economic scenarios and management overlays which may already capture some of the risks in these scenarios). Stage 2 exposures as a proportion of stage 1 and 2 exposures would increase from 3.7 per cent in the base case to 4.1 per cent and 6.5 per cent respectively under the Global Stagflation and ACS scenarios. This includes the impact of exposures transferring to stage 2 from stage 1 but does not consider an increase in stage 3 defaults.
Under both scenarios, the majority of the increase in ECL in CCIB came from the main corporate and CRE portfolios. For the main corporate portfolios, ECL would increase by $20 million and $79 million for the Global stagflation and ACS scenarios respectively and the proportion of stage 2 exposures would increase from 5.5 per cent in the base case to 5.9 per cent and 8.2 per cent respectively.
For the CPBB portfolios, most of the increase in ECL came from the unsecured retail portfolios, with the Taiwan and Korea Personal Loans impacted. Under the Global Stagflation and ACS scenarios, Credit card ECL would increase by $28 million and $66 million respectively, largely in the Singapore and Hong Kong portfolios and the proportion of stage 2 credit card exposures would increase from 1.5 per cent in the base case to 2.1 per cent and 3.3 per cent for each scenario respectively, with the Singapore portfolio most impacted. Mortgages ECL would increase by $1 million and $45 million for each scenario respectively, with portfolios in Hong Kong and Korea most impacted and the proportion of stage 2 mortgages would increase from 1.2 per cent in the base case to 1.7 per cent and 14 per cent respectively, with the Hong Kong and Singapore portfolios most impacted.
There was no material change in modelled stage 3 provisions as these primarily relate to unsecured CPBB exposures for which the LGD is not sensitive to changes in the macroeconomic forecasts. There is also no material change for non-modelled stage 3 exposures as these are more sensitive to client specific factors than to alternative macroeconomic scenarios.
The actual outcome of any scenario may be materially different due to, among other factors, the effect of management actions to mitigate potential increases in risk and changes in the underlying portfolio.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
| | Gross as reported$ million | ECL as reported2$ million | ECL Base case$ million | ECL GlobalStagifistion$ million | ECL ACS$ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Stage 1 modelled | | | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 337,189 | 134 | 124 | 136 | 164 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 190,999 | 315 | 306 | 355 | 455 |
| Ventures | 1,015 | 15 | 15 | 15 | 15 |
| Central & Other items | 194,673 | 35 | 32 | 40 | 50 |
| Total stage 1 excluding management judgements | 723,876 | 499 | 477 | 546 | 684 |
| Stage 2 modelled | | | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 16,873 | 194 | 184 | 234 | 333 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 2,472 | 143 | 134 | 167 | 263 |
| Ventures | 54 | 21 | 21 | 21 | 21 |
| Central & Other items | 2,869 | 21 | 18 | 19 | 22 |
| Total stage 2 excluding management judgements | 22,268 | 379 | 357 | 441 | 639 |
| Total Stage 1 & 2 modelled | | | | | |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 354,062 | 328 | 308 | 370 | 497 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 193,471 | 458 | 440 | 522 | 718 |
| Ventures | 1,069 | 36 | 36 | 36 | 36 |
| Central & Other items | 197,542 | 56 | 50 | 59 | 72 |
| Total excluding management judgements | 746,144 | 878 | 834 | 987 | 1,323 |
| | | | | | |
| Stage 3 exposures excluding other assets | 8,144 | 4,499 | | | |
| Other financial assets3 | 111,478 | 59 | | | |
| ECL from management judgements | | 165 | | | |
| Total financial assets reported at 31 December 2023 | 865,766 | 5,601 | | | |
1 Gross balances includes both on- and off- balance sheet instruments; allocation between stage 1 and 2 will differ by scenario
2 Includes ECL for both on- and off- balance sheet instruments
3 Includes cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Other financial assets; and Assets held for sale
# Significant increase in credit risk (SICR)
# Quantitative criteria
SICR is assessed by comparing the risk of default at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination. Whether a change in the risk of default is significant or not is assessed using quantitative and qualitative criteria. These criteria have been separately defined for each business and where meaningful are consistently applied across business lines.
Assets are considered to have experienced SICR if they have breached both relative and absolute thresholds for the change in the average annualised IFRS 9 lifetime probability of default (IFRS 9 PD) over the residual term of the exposure.
The absolute measure of increase in credit risk is used to capture instances where the IFRS 9 PDs on exposures are relatively low at initial recognition as these may increase by several multiples without representing a significant increase in credit risk. Where IFRS 9 PDs are relatively high at initial recognition, a relative measure is more appropriate in assessing whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, as the IFRS 9 PDs increase more quickly.
The SICR thresholds have been calibrated based on the following principles:
- Stability - The thresholds are set to achieve a stable stage 2 population at a portfolio level, trying to minimise the number of accounts moving back and forth between stage 1 and stage 2 in a short period of time
- Accuracy - The thresholds are set such that there is a materially higher propensity for stage 2 exposures to eventually default than is the case for stage 1 exposures
- Dependency from backstops - The thresholds are stringent enough such that a high proportion of accounts transfer to stage 2 due to movements in forward-looking IFRS 9 PDs rather than relying on backward-looking backstops such as arrears
- Relationship with business and product risk profiles – the thresholds reflect the relative risk differences between different products, and are aligned to business processes
For CCIB clients the quantitative thresholds are a relative 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 50 and 100 bps.
For Consumer and Business Banking clients, portfolio specific quantitative thresholds in Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, UAE and Taiwan are applied for credit cards and one personal loan portfolio. The thresholds include relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD with average lifetime IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for those exposures that are within a range of customer utilisation limits (for credit cards) and remaining tenor (for personal loans) and differentiate between exposures that are current and those that are 1 to 29 days past due.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The range of thresholds applied are:
| Portfolio | Relative IFRS 9 PD increase (%) | Absolute IFRS 9 PD increase (%) | Customer utilisation (%) | Remaining tenor (%) | Average IFRS 9 PD (lifetime) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Credit cards – Current | 50% – 150% | 3.4% – 9.3% | 15% – 90% | – | 4.15% – 11.6% |
| Credit cards – 1-29 days past due | 100% – 210% | 3.5% – 6.1% | 25% – 67% | – | 1.5% – 18.5% |
| Personal loans – Current | – | 3.5% | – | 70% | 2.8% |
| Personal loan – 1-29 days past due | 25% | 3% | – | 75% | – |
For all other Consumer and Business Banking portfolios, the quantitative SICR thresholds applied are a relative threshold of 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 100 and 350 bps depending on the product. Certain countries have a higher absolute threshold reflecting the lower default rate within their personal loan portfolios compared with the Group's other personal loan portfolios.
Private Banking clients are assessed qualitatively, based on a delinquency measure relating to collateral top-ups or sell-downs.
## Qualitative criteria
Qualitative factors that indicate that there has been a significant increase in credit risk include processes linked to current risk management, such as placing loans on non-purely precautionary early alert.
## Backstop
Across all portfolios, accounts that are 30 or more days past due (DPD) on contractual payments of principal and/or interest that have not been captured by the criteria above are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk.
Expert credit judgement may be applied in assessing SICR to the extent that certain risks may not have been captured by the models or through the above criteria. Such instances are expected to be rare, for example due to events and material uncertainties arising close to the reporting date.
## CCIB clients
### Quantitative criteria
Exposures are assessed based on both the absolute and the relative movement in the IFRS 9 PD from origination to the reporting date as described above.
To account for the fact that the mapping between internal credit grades (used in the origination process) and IFRS 9 PDs is non-linear (e.g. a one-notch downgrade in the investment grade universe results in a much smaller IFRS 9 PD increase than in the sub-investment grade universe), the absolute thresholds have been differentiated by credit quality at origination, as measured by internal credit grades being investment grade or sub-investment grade.
## Qualitative criteria
All assets of clients that have been placed on early alert (for non-purely precautionary reasons) are deemed to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk.
An account is placed on non-purely precautionary early alert if it exhibits risk or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded. Indicators could include a rapid erosion of position within the industry, concerns over management's ability to manage operations, weak/deteriorating operating results, liquidity strain and overdue balances, among other factors.
All client assets that have been assigned a CG12 rating, equivalent to 'Higher risk', are deemed to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. Accounts rated CG12 are primarily managed by relationship managers in the CCIB unit with support from SAG for certain accounts. All CCIB clients are placed in CG12 when they are 30 DPD unless they are granted a waiver through a strict governance process.
## Consumer and Business Banking clients
### Quantitative criteria
Material portfolios (defined as a combination of country and product, for example Hong Kong mortgages, Singapore credit cards, Taiwan personal loans) for which a statistical model has been built, are assessed based on both the absolute and relative movement in the IFRS 9 PD from origination to the reporting date as described previously in page 273. For these portfolios, the original lifetime IFRS 9 PD term structure is determined based on the original Application Score or Risk Segment of the client.
### Qualitative and backstop criteria
Accounts that are 30 DPD that have not been captured by the quantitative criteria are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. For less material portfolios, which are modelled based on a roll-rate or loss-rate approach, SICR is primarily assessed through the 30 DPD trigger. In addition, SICR is also assessed for where specific risk elevation events have occurred in a market that are not yet reflected in modelled outcomes or in other metrics. This is applied collectively either to impacted specific products/customer cohorts or across the overall consumer banking portfolio in the affected market.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
283
---
### Private Banking clients
For Private Banking clients, SICR is assessed by referencing the nature and the level of collateral against which credit is extended (known as ‘Classes of Risk').
### Qualitative criteria
For all Private Banking classes, in line with risk management practice, an increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred where margining or loan-to-value covenants have been breached.
For Class I assets (lending against diversified liquid collateral), if these margining requirements have not been met within 30 days of a trigger, a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred.
For Class I and Class III assets (real-estate lending), a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred where the bank is unable to ‘sell down' the applicable assets to meet revised collateral requirements within five days of a trigger.
Class II assets are typically unsecured or partially secured, or secured against illiquid collateral such as shares in private companies. Significant credit deterioration of these assets is deemed to have occurred when any early alert trigger has been breached.
### Debt securities
### Quantitative criteria
For debt securities originated before 1 January 2018, the bank is utilising the low Credit Risk simplified approach, where debt securities with an internal credit rating mapped to an investment grade equivalent are allocated to stage 1 and all other debt securities are allocated to stage 2. Debt securities originated after 1 January 2018 are assessed based on the absolute and relative movements in IFRS 9 PD from origination to the reporting date using the same thresholds as for Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking clients.
### Qualitative criteria
Debt securities utilise the same qualitative criteria as the Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking client segments, including being placed on non-purely precautionary early alert or being classified as CG12.
### Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets
### Consumer and Business Banking clients
The core components in determining credit-impaired expected credit loss provisions are the value of gross charge-off and recoveries. Gross charge-off and/or loss provisions are recognised when it is established that the account is unlikely to pay through the normal process. Recovery of unsecured debt post credit impairment is recognised based on actual cash collected, either directly from clients or through the sale of defaulted loans to third-party institutions. Release of credit impairment provisions for secured loans is recognised if the loan outstanding is paid in full (release of full provision), or the provision is higher than the loan outstanding (release of the excess provision).
### CCIB and Private Banking clients
Credit-impaired accounts are managed by the Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), which is independent from its main businesses. Where a portion of exposure is considered not recoverable, a stage 3 credit impairment provision is raised. This stage 3 provision is the difference between the loan-carrying amount and the probability-weighted present value of estimated future cash flows, reflecting a range of scenarios (typically the Upside, Downside and Likely recovery outcomes). Where the exposure is secured by collateral, the values used will incorporate the impact of forward-looking economic information on the value recoverable collateral and time to realise the same.
The individual circumstances of each client are considered when SAR estimates future cashflows and the timing of future recoveries which involves significant judgement. All available sources, such as cashflow arising from operations, selling assets or subsidiaries, realising collateral or payments under guarantees, are considered. In any decision relating to the raising of provisions, the Group attempts to balance economic conditions, local knowledge and experience, and the results of independent asset reviews.
### Write-offs
Where it is considered that there is no realistic prospect of recovering a portion of an exposure against which an impairment provision has been raised, that amount will be written off.
### Governance and application of expert credit judgement in respect of expected credit losses
The Group's Credit Policy and Standards framework details the requirements for continuous monitoring to identify any changes in credit quality and resultant ratings, as well as ensuring a consistent approach to monitoring, managing and mitigating credit risks. The framework aligns with the governance of ECL estimation through the early recognition of significant deteriorations in ratings which drive stage 2 and 3 ECL.
The models used in determining expected credit losses are reviewed and approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee (CMAC), which is appointed by the Model Risk Committee. CMAC has the responsibility to assess and approve the use of models and to review all IFRS 9 interpretations related to models. CMAC also provides oversight on operational matters related to model development, performance monitoring and model validation activities, including standards and regulatory matters.
Prior to submission to CMAC for approval, the models are validated by GMV, a function which is independent of the business and the model developers. GMV's analysis comprises review of model documentation, model design and methodology, data validation, review of the model development and calibration process, out-of-sample performance testing, and assessment of compliance review against IFRS 9 rules and internal standards.
---
A quarterly model monitoring process is in place that uses recent data to compare the differences between model predictions and actual outcomes against approved thresholds. Where a model's performance breaches the monitoring thresholds, an assessment of whether a PMA is required to correct for the identified model issue is completed.
Key inputs into the calculation and resulting expected credit loss provisions are subject to review and approval by the IFRS 9 Impairment Committee (IIC) which is appointed by the Group Risk Committee. The IIC consists of senior representatives from Risk, Finance, and Group Economic Research. It meets at least twice every quarter; once before the models are run to approve key inputs into the calculation, and once after the models are run to approve the expected credit loss provisions and any judgemental overrides that may be necessary.
The IFRS 9 Impairment Committee:
- Oversees the appropriateness of all Business Model Assessment and Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) tests
- Reviews and approves expected credit loss for financial assets classified as stages 1, 2 and 3 for each financial reporting period
- Reviews and approves stage allocation rules and thresholds
- Approves material adjustments in relation to expected credit loss for fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and amortised cost financial assets
- Reviews, challenges and approves base macroeconomic forecasts and the multiple macroeconomic scenarios approach that are utilised in the forward-looking expected credit loss calculations
The IFRS 9 Impairment Committee is supported by an Expert Panel which also reviews and challenges the base case projections and multiple macroeconomic scenarios. The Expert Panel consists of members of Enterprise Risk Management (which includes the Scenario Design team), Finance, Group Economic Research and country representatives of major jurisdictions.
PMAs may be applied to account for identified weaknesses in model estimates. The processes for identifying the need for, calculating the level of, and approving PMAs are prescribed in the Credit Risk IFRS 9 ECL Model Family Standards, which are approved by the Global Head, Model Risk Management. PMA calculation methodologies are reviewed by GMV and submitted to CMAC as the model approver or the IIC. All PMAs have a remediation plan to fix the identified model weakness, and these plans are reported to and tracked at CMAC.
In addition, Risk Event Overlays account for events that are sudden and therefore not captured in the Base Case Forecast or the resulting ECL calculated by the models. All Risk Event Overlays must be approved by the IIC having considered the nature of the event, why the risk is not captured in the model, and the basis on which the quantum of the overlay has been calculated. Risk Event Overlays are subject to quarterly review and re-approval by the IIC and will be released when the risks are no longer relevant.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
285
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Traded Risk
Traded Risk is the potential for loss resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets. Under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework, the Traded Risk Framework brings together Market Risk, Counterparty Credit Risk and Algorithmic Trading. Traded Risk Management is the core risk management function supporting market-facing businesses, predominantly Financial Markets and Treasury Markets.
# Market Risk (audited)
Market Risk is the potential for fair value loss due to adverse moves in financial markets. The Group's exposure to Market Risk arises predominantly from the following sources:
- Trading book:
- The Group provides clients with access to financial markets, facilitation of which entails the Group taking moderate Market Risk positions. All trading teams support client activity. There are no proprietary trading teams. Hence, income earned from Market Risk-related activities is primarily driven by the volume of client activity rather than risk-taking
- Non-trading book:
- The Treasury Markets desk is required to hold a liquid assets buffer, much of which is held in high-quality marketable debt securities
- The Group has capital invested and related income streams denominated in currencies other than US dollars. To the extent that these income streams are not hedged, the Group is subject to Structural Foreign Exchange Risk which is reflected in reserves
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding Market Risk management is provided in the Principal Risks section (page 323).
The primary categories of Market Risk for the Group are:
- Interest Rate Risk: arising from changes in yield curves and implied volatilities on interest rate options
- Foreign Exchange Rate Risk: arising from changes in currency exchange rates and implied volatilities on foreign exchange options
- Commodity Risk: arising from changes in commodity prices and implied volatilities on commodity options; covering energy, precious metals, base metals and agriculture
- Credit Spread Risk: arising from changes in the price of debt instruments and credit-linked derivatives, driven by factors other than the level of risk-free interest rates
- Equity Risk: arising from changes in the prices of equities, equity indices, equity baskets and implied volatilities on related options
# Market risk movements (audited)
Value at Risk (VaR) allows the Group to manage Market Risk across the trading book and most of the fair valued non-trading books.
The average level of total trading and non-trading VaR in 2023 was $53.3 million, 1.5 per cent higher than 2022 ($52.5 million). The year end level of total trading and non-trading VaR in 2023 was $44.5 million, 20.2 per cent lower than 2022 ($55.8 million), due to a reduction in non-trading positions.
For the trading book, the average level of VaR in 2023 was $21.5 million, 19.4 per cent higher than 2022 ($18.0 million). Trading activities have remained relatively unchanged, and client driven.
Daily value at risk (VaR at 97.5%, one day) (audited)
| Trading1 and non-trading2 | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million |
| Interest Rate Risk | 39.5 | 54.1 | 23.2 | 30.5 | 27.8 | 42.1 | 21.0 | 24.7 |
| Credit Spread Risk | 33.8 | 48.0 | 25.0 | 31.7 | 34.2 | 47.1 | 20.3 | 32.9 |
| Foreign Exchange Risk | 7.0 | 12.2 | 4.2 | 7.4 | 6.5 | 10.3 | 4.8 | 6.8 |
| Commodity Risk | 5.8 | 9.7 | 3.7 | 4.3 | 7.0 | 11.9 | 3.5 | 8.3 |
| Equity Risk | 0.1 | 0.4
| - | - |
0.1 | 0.2 | - | 0.1 |
| Diversification effect | (32.9) | N/A | N/A | (29.4) | (23.1) | N/A | N/A | (17.0) |
| Total | 53.3 | 65.5 | 44.2 | 44.5 | 52.5 | 64.1 | 40.3 | 55.8 |
| Trading1 | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million |
| Interest Rate Risk | 13.1 | 20.4 | 7.7 | 11.6 | 8.1 | 11.7 | 5.3 | 9.0 |
| Credit Spread Risk | 9.4 | 12.4 | 7.4 | 9.4 | 9.5 | 14.9 | 5.0 | 8.7 |
| Foreign Exchange Risk | 7.0 | 12.2 | 4.2 | 7.4 | 6.5 | 10.3 | 4.8 | 6.8 |
| Commodity Risk | 5.8 | 9.7 | 3.7 | 4.4 | 7.0 | 11.9 | 3.5 | 8.3 |
| Equity Risk | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Diversification effect | (13.8) | N/A | N/A | (11.5) | (13.1) | N/A | N/A | (11.0) |
| Total | 21.5 | 30.6 | 14.7 | 21.3 | 18.0 | 24.4 | 12.6 | 21.8 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Non-trading² | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million |
| Interest Rate Risk | 34.2 | 43.6 | 19.7 | 23.9 | 26.3 | 44.5 | 18.1 | 23.5 |
| Credit Spread Risk | 28.3 | 40.1 | 21.5 | 24.4 | 28.8 | 37.8 | 18.7 | 29.2 |
| Equity Risk | 0.1 | 0.4
| - | - |
0.1 | 0.2 | - | 0.1 |
| Diversification effect | (18.6) | N/A | N/A | (12.7) | (10.6) | N/A | N/A | (11.5) |
| Total | 44.0 | 53.4 | 32.0 | 35.6 | 44.6 | 52.5 | 35.1 | 41.3 |
The following table sets out how trading and non-trading VaR is distributed across the Group's businesses:
| | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million | Average $million | High $million | Low $million | Year End $million |
| Trading¹ and non-trading² | 53.3 | 65.5 | 44.2 | 44.5 | 52.5 | 64.1 | 40.3 | 55.8 |
| Trading¹ | | | | | | | | |
| Macro Trading³ | 13.8 | 20.2 | 9.2 | 15.4 | 12.8 | 17.4 | 10.2 | 16.9 |
| Global Credit | 12.8 | 18.2 | 8.5 | 10.1 | 10.1 | 15.7 | 4.2 | 8.4 |
| XVA | 4.8 | 7.0 | 3.4 | 4.5 | 3.9 | 5.0 | 2.4 | 4.6 |
| Diversification effect | (9.9) | N/A | N/A | (8.7) | (8.8) | N/A | N/A | (8.1) |
| Total | 21.5 | 30.6 | 14.7 | 21.3 | 18 | 24.4 | 12.6 | 21.8 |
| | | | | | | | | |
| Non-trading² | | | | | | | | |
| Treasury⁴ | 43.4 | 50.2 | 31.1 | 34.9 | 38.7 | 47.5 | 29.7 | 40.3 |
| Global Credit | 3.9 | 13.6 | 2.0 | 4.0 | 3.4 | 5.0 | 2.3 | 3.5 |
| Listed Private Equity | 0.1 | 0.4 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.1 | 0.2 | - | 0.1 |
| Diversification effect | (3.4) | N/A | N/A | (3.3) | 2.4 | N/A | N/A | (2.6) |
| Total | 44.0 | 53.4 | 32.0 | 35.6 | 44.6 | 52.5 | 35.1 | 41.3 |
1 The trading book for Market Risk is defined in accordance with the UK onshored Capital Requirements Regulation Part 3 Title I Chapter 3, which restricts the positions permitted in the trading book
2 The non-trading book VaR does not include syndicated loans
3 Macro Trading comprises the Rates, FX and Commodities businesses
4 Treasury comprises Treasury Markets and Treasury Capital Management businesses
## Risks not in VaR
In 2023, the main market risks not reflected in VaR were:
- Basis risks for which the historical market price data is limited and is therefore proxied, giving rise to potential proxy basis risk that is not captured in VaR
- Potential depeg risk from currencies currently pegged or managed, as the historical one-year VaR observation period does not reflect the possibility of a change in the currency regime, such as sudden depegging
- Volatility skew risk due to movements in options volatilities at different strikes while VaR reflects only movements in at-the-money volatilities
- Deal contingent risk where a client is granted the right to cancel a hedging trade contingent on conditions not being met within a time window
Additional capital is set aside to cover such 'risks not in VaR'.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Backtesting
In 2023, there were five regulatory backtesting negative exceptions at Group level (in 2022 there were eight regulatory backtesting negative exceptions at Group level). Group exceptions occurred on:
- 16 March: After the US authorities put Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank into administration there were strong market reactions, including notable interest rate yield rises on 16 March
- 1 June: After announcement of planned potential economic reforms in Nigeria, there were sharp movements in the offshore Naira FX market in anticipation of Naira devaluation
- 12 June: After the governor of the Central Bank of Nigeria was removed there were further sharp movements in the offshore Naira FX market
- 1 November and 3 November: After the Nigerian government announced on 30 October that it plans to target an exchange rate of 750 Naira per dollar, the onshore spot market became more volatile on low volumes.
The VaR model is currently being enhanced to increase its responsiveness to abrupt upturns in market volatility.
There have been five Group exceptions in the previous 250 business days. This is within the 'amber zone' applied internationally to internal models by bank supervisors (Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, Supervisory framework for the use of backtesting in conjunction with the internal models approach to market risk capital requirements, January 1996).
The graph below illustrates the performance of the VaR model used in capital calculations. It compares the 99 percentile profit and loss confidence level given by the VaR model with the hypothetical profit and loss of each day given the actual market movement without taking into account any intra-day trading activity.
# 2023 Backtesting chart
Internal model approach regulatory trading book at Group level
Hypothetical profit and loss (P&L) versus VaR (99 per cent, one day)
Trading loss days
| | 2023 | 2022 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Number of loss days reported for Financial Markets trading book total product income1 | 16 | 15 |
1 Includes credit valuation adjustment (CVA) and funding valuation adjustment (FVA), and excludes Treasury Markets business (non-trading), periodic valuation changes for Capital Markets, expected loss provisions, overnight indexed swap (OIS) discounting and accounting adjustments such as debit valuation adjustments
# Average daily income earned from Market Risk-related activities (audited)
The average level of total trading daily income in 2023 was $12 million, 14 per cent lower than 2022 ($14 million). The decrease is largely attributable to lower income in Commodities in 2023 on the back of lower volatility and falling crude oil prices. Additionally, the decrease in FX business was on the back of lower cross-border flows and muted FX volatility.
The average level of total non-trading daily income in 2023 was -$0.7 million, 217 per cent lower than 2022 ($0.6 million). The decrease is primarily attributable to lower income from the Credit Solutions business.
| Trading | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Interest Rate Risk | 4.5 | 5.0 |
| Credit Spread Risk | 1.2 | 1.4 |
| Foreign Exchange Risk | 5.5 | 6.3 |
| Commodity Risk | 0.8 | 1.3 |
| Equity Risk | - | - |
| Total | 12.0 | 14.0 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Non-trading | $million | $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Interest Rate Risk | (0.1) | – |
| Credit Spread Risk | (0.7) | 0.6 |
| Equity Risk | 0.1 | – |
| Total | (0.7) | 0.6 |
1 Reflects total product income which is the sum of client income and own account income. Includes elements of trading income, interest income and non funded income which are generated from Market Risk-related activities. Rates, XVA and Treasury income are included under Interest Rate Risk whilst Credit Trading income is included under Credit Spread Risk
## Structural foreign exchange exposures
The table below sets out the principal structural foreign exchange exposures (net of investment hedges) of the Group.
| | 2023 $million | 2022¹ $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Hong Kong dollar | 4,662 | 3,333 |
| Renminbi | 3,523 | 3,497 |
| Indian rupee | 3,309 | 4,396 |
| Singapore dollar | 2,415 | 1,888 |
| Korean won | 2,114 | 2,409 |
| Malaysian ringgit | 1,540 | 1,571 |
| Taiwanese dollar | 1,222 | 1,055 |
| Euro | 1,125 | 893 |
| Bangladeshi Taka | 1,007 | 832 |
| Thai baht | 782 | 782 |
| UAE dirham | 709 | 670 |
| Pakistani rupee | 306 | 352 |
| Indonesian rupiah | 293 | 261 |
| Other | 3,206 | 3,233 |
| | 26,213 | 25,172 |
1 Prior year has been represented to provide granular currency details
As at 31 December 2023, the Group had taken net investment hedges using derivative financial instruments to partly cover its exposure to the Hong Kong dollar of $5,603 million (31 December 2022: $6,236 million), Korean won of $2,884 million (31 December 2022: $3,330 million), Indian rupee of $1,809 million (31 December 2022: $620 million), Renminbi of $1,516 million (31 December 2022: $1,608 million), UAE dirham of $1,470 million (31 December 2022: $1,334 million), Singapore dollar of $1,047 million (31 December 2022: $1,608 million), Taiwanese dollar of $1,025 million (31 December 2022: $1,075 million) and South African rand of $64 million (31 December 2022: $nil million). An analysis has been performed on these exposures to assess the impact of a 1 per cent fall in the US dollar exchange rates, adjusted to incorporate the impacts of correlations of these currencies to the US dollar. The impact on the positions above would be an increase of $260 million (31 December 2022: $421 million). Changes in the valuation of these positions are taken to reserves. For analysis of the Group's capital position and requirements, refer to the Capital Review (page 338).
## Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty Credit Risk is the potential for loss in the event of the default of a derivative counterparty, after taking into account the value of eligible collaterals and risk mitigation techniques. The Group's counterparty credit exposures are included in the Credit Risk section.
## Derivative financial instruments Credit Risk mitigation
The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions.
In addition, the Group enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) with counterparties where collateral is deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Cash collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin process from counterparties if total uncollateralised mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA is reciprocal and requires us to post collateral if the overall mark-to-market values of positions are in the counterparty's favour and exceed an agreed threshold.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and Funding Risk is the risk that the Group may not have sufficient stable or diverse sources of funding to meet its obligations as they fall due.
The Group's Liquidity and Funding Risk framework requires each country to ensure that it operates within predefined liquidity limits and remains in compliance with Group liquidity policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements.
The Group achieves this through a combination of setting Risk Appetite and associated limits, policy formation, risk measurement and monitoring, prudential and internal stress testing, governance and review.
Despite the challenging macroeconomic environment, the Group has maintained resilience and retained a robust liquidity position. The Group continues to focus on improving the quality and diversification of its funding mix and remains committed to supporting its clients.
# Primary sources of funding (audited)
The Group's funding strategy is largely driven by its policy to maintain adequate liquidity at all times, in all geographic locations and for all currencies. This is done to ensure the Group can meet all of its obligations as they fall due. The Group's funding profile is therefore well diversified across different sources, maturities and currencies.
The Group's assets are funded predominantly by customer deposits, supplemented with wholesale funding, which is diversified by type and maturity.
The Group maintains access to wholesale funding markets in all major financial centres in which it operates. This seeks to ensure that the Group has market intelligence, maintains stable funding lines and can obtain optimal pricing when performing cashflow management activities.
In 2023, the Group issued approximately $8.1 billion of securities, all in the form of senior debt, from its holding company (HoldCo) Standard Chartered PLC (2022 $5.2 billion of senior debt securities, $0.75 billion of subordinated debt securities and $1.25 billion of Additional Tier 1 securities). In the next 12 months, approximately $8.5 billion of the Group's senior debt, subordinated debt and Additional Tier 1 securities in total are either falling due for repayment contractually or callable by the Group.
Group's composition of liabilities and equity 31 December 2023
# Liquidity and Funding Risk metrics
The Group continually monitors key liquidity metrics, both on a country basis and consolidated across the Group.
The following liquidity and funding Board Risk Appetite metrics define the maximum amount and type of risk that the Group is willing to assume in pursuit of its strategy: liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), liquidity stress survival horizons, recovery capacity and net stable funding ratio (NSFR). In addition to the Board Risk Appetite, there are further limits that apply at Group and country level such as, external wholesale borrowing (WBE) and cross currency limits.
# Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
The LCR is a regulatory requirement set to ensure the Group has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity stress scenario.
The Group monitors and reports its liquidity positions under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio per PRA rulebook and has maintained its LCR above the prudential requirement. The Group maintained strong liquidity ratios despite a challenging macroeconomic and geopolitical environment.
At the reporting date, the Group LCR was 145 per cent (31 December 2022: 147 per cent), with a surplus to both Board-approved Risk Appetite and regulatory requirements.
Adequate liquidity was held across our footprint to meet all local prudential LCR requirements where applicable.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Liquidity buffer | 185,643 | 177,037 |
| Total net cash outflows | 128,111 | 120,720 |
| Liquidity coverage ratio | 145% | 147% |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
291
# Stress coverage
The Group intends to maintain a prudent and sustainable funding and liquidity position, in all countries and currencies, such that it can withstand a severe but plausible liquidity stress.
Our approach to managing liquidity and funding is reflected in the Board-level Risk Appetite Statement which includes the following:
"The Group should have sufficient stable and diverse sources of funding to meet its contractual and contingent obligations as they fall due."
The Group's internal liquidity stress testing framework covers the following stress scenarios:
- Standard Chartered-specific – Captures the liquidity impact from an idiosyncratic event affecting Standard Chartered only with the rest of the market assumed to be operating normally.
- Market wide – Captures the liquidity impact from a market-wide crisis affecting all participants in a country, region or globally.
- Combined – Assumes both Standard Chartered-specific and market-wide events affect the Group simultaneously and hence is the most severe scenario.
All scenarios include, but are not limited to, modelled outflows for retail and wholesale funding, off-balance sheet funding risk, cross-currency funding risk, intraday risk, franchise risk and risks associated with a deterioration of a firm's credit rating. Concentration risk approach has been enhanced to capture single name and industry concentration.
Stress testing results show that a positive surplus was maintained under all scenarios at 31 December 2023, and respective countries were able to survive for a period of time as defined under each scenario. The results take into account currency convertibility and portability constraints while calculating the liquidity surplus at Group level.
Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at 31 December 2023 were A+ with stable outlook (Fitch), A+ with stable outlook (S&P) and A1 with stable outlook (Moody's). As of 31 December 2023, the estimated contractual outflow of a three-notch long-term ratings downgrade is $1.1 billion.
# External wholesale borrowing
A risk limit is set to prevent excessive reliance on wholesale borrowing. Within the definition of wholesale borrowing, limits are applied to all branches and operating subsidiaries in the Group and as at the reporting date, the Group remained within the Risk Appetite.
# Advances-to-deposits ratio
This is defined as the ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer deposits. An advances-to-deposits ratio below 100 per cent demonstrates that customer deposits exceed customer loans as a result of the emphasis placed on generating a high level of funding from customers.
The Group's advances-to-deposits ratio has decreased by 4.1 per cent to 53.3 per cent, driven by an increase in customer deposits of 3 per cent and with a reduction of 5 per cent in customer loans and advances. Deposits from customers as at 31 December 2023 are $486,666 million (31 December 2022: $473,383 million).
| | 2022 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Total loans and advances to customers1,2 | 259,481 | 271,897 |
| Total customer accounts3 | 486,666 | 473,383 |
| Advances-to-deposits ratio | 53.3% | 57.4% |
1 Excludes reverse repurchase agreement and other similar secured lending of $13,996 million and includes loans and advances to customers held at fair value through profit and loss of $7,212 million
2 Loans and advances to customers for the purpose of the advances-to-deposits ratio excludes $20,710 million of approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress (31 December 2022: $20,798 million)
3 Includes customer accounts held at fair value through profit or loss of $17,248 million (31 December 2022: $11,706 million)
# Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
The NSFR is a PRA regulatory requirement that stipulates institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to an assumed duration of their assets and off-balance sheet activities over a one-year horizon. It is the ratio between the amount of available stable funding (ASF) and the amount of required stable funding (RSF). ASF factors are applied to balance sheet liabilities and capital, based on their perceived stability and the amount of stable funding they provide. Likewise, RSF factors are applied to assets and off-balance sheet exposures according to the amount of stable funding they require. The regulatory requirements for NSFR are to maintain a ratio of at least 100 per cent. The average ratio for the past four quarters is 136 per cent.
---
Risk review
Risk profile
The liquidity value of the Group's LCR eligible liquidity pool at the reporting date was $186 billion. The figures in the table below account for haircuts, currency convertibility and portability constraints per PRA rules for transfer restrictions, and therefore are not directly comparable with the consolidated balance sheet. A liquidity pool is held to offset stress outflows as defined in the LCR per PRA rulebook.
Liquidity pool
| | 2023 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Level 1 securities | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 32,504 | 2,456 | 46,715 | 81,675 |
| Central banks, governments/public sector entities | 54,562 | 1,363 | 15,843 | 71,768 |
| Multilateral development banks and international organisations | 5,202 | 961 | 10,754 | 16,917 |
| Other | 130 | - | 1,161 | 1,291 |
| Total Level 1 securities | 92,398 | 4,780 | 74,473 | 171,651 |
| Level 2A securities | 6,194 | 128 | 6,946 | 13,268 |
| Level 2B securities | 348 | - | 376 | 724 |
| Total LCR eligible assets | 98,940 | 4,908 | 81,795 | 185,643 |
| | 2022 | | | |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Total $million |
| Level 1 securities | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 34,101 | 1,066 | 36,522 | 71,689 |
| Central banks, governments/public sector entities | 50,881 | 2,712 | 23,680 | 77,273 |
| Multilateral development banks and international organisations | 3,510 | 837 | 10,843 | 15,190 |
| Other | 37 | 7 | 1,430 | 1,474 |
| Total Level 1 securities | 88,529 | 4,622 | 72,475 | 165,626 |
| Level 2A securities | 4,044 | 139 | 6,033 | 10,216 |
| Level 2B securities | 71 | 21 | 1,103 | 1,195 |
| Total LCR eligible assets | 92,644 | 4,782 | 79,611 | 177,037 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet (audited)
## Contractual maturity of assets and liabilities
The following table presents assets and liabilities by maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect actual repayments or cashflows.
Within the tables below, cash and balances with central banks, interbank placements and investment securities that are fair valued through other comprehensive income are used by the Group principally for liquidity management purposes.
As at the reporting date, assets remain predominantly short-dated, with 63 per cent maturing in less than one year. The less than six-month cumulative net funding gap improved by $35 billion as of 31 December 2023 compared to 31 December 2022.
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and one month $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 63,752
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
6,153 | 69,905 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 12,269 | 10,632 | 6,910 | 3,611 | 2,921 | 4,650 | 6,038 | 3,403 | 50,434 |
| Loans and advances to banks^{1,2} | 28,814 | 23,384 | 10,086 | 4,929 | 5,504 | 1,583 | 2,392 | 1,098 | 77,790 |
| Loans and advances to customers^{1,2} | 86,695 | 55,009 | 25,492 | 15,392 | 14,537 | 25,987 | 26,545 | 95,829 | 345,486 |
| Investment securities^{1} | 12,187 | 28,999 | 17,131 | 18,993 | 20,590 | 24,244 | 44,835 | 50,168 | 217,147 |
| Other assets^{1} | 17,611 | 31,729 | 1,286 | 409 | 587 | 67 | 93 | 10,300 | 62,082 |
| Total assets | 221,328 | 149,753 | 60,905 | 43,334 | 44,139 | 56,531 | 79,903 | 166,951 | 822,844 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| Liabilities | | | | | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks^{1,3} | 26,745 | 1,909 | 1,398 | 503 | 778 | 1,326 | 2,848 | 2 | 35,509 |
| Customer accounts^{1,4} | 384,444 | 47,723 | 28,288 | 13,647 | 11,806 | 7,787 | 38,578 | 2,349 | 534,622 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 13,111 | 12,472 | 6,655 | 4,001 | 3,433 | 5,142 | 6,932 | 4,315 | 56,061 |
| Senior debt^{5} | 130 | 1,111 | 1,537 | 1,389 | 624 | 11,507 | 20,127 | 14,443 | 50,868 |
| Other debt securities in issue^{1} | 3,123 | 5,822 | 6,109 | 3,235 | 3,037 | 492 | 482 | 195 | 22,495 |
| Other liabilities | 14,929 | 26,447 | 1,695 | 544 | 883 | 1,830 | 1,809 | 12,763 | 60,900 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 980 | 68 | 19 | 172 | 453 | 312 | 1,936 | 8,096 | 12,036 |
| Total liabilities | 443,462 | 95,552 | 45,701 | 23,491 | 21,014 | 28,396 | 72,712 | 42,163 | 772,491 |
| Net liquidity gap | (222,134) | 54,201 | 15,204 | 19,843 | 23,125 | 28,135 | 7,191 | 124,788 | 50,353 |
1. Loans and advances, investment securities, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments
2. Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $97.6 billion
3. Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $5.6 billion
4. Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $48.0 billion
5. Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review Risk profile
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 49,097
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
9,166 | 58,263 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 15,558 | 12,030 | 8,352 | 4,446 | 3,602 | 6,026 | 8,410 | 5,293 | 63,717 |
| Loans and advances to banks1,2 | 24,135 | 15,293 | 11,595 | 4,971 | 4,138 | 2,608 | 1,022 | 687 | 64,449 |
| Loans and advances to customers1,2 | 96,351 | 58,605 | 27,751 | 12,540 | 13,444 | 19,150 | 33,413 | 96,476 | 357,730 |
| Investment securities1 | 14,175 | 26,008 | 23,364 | 13,024 | 12,891 | 22,805 | 41,217 | 52,756 | 206,240 |
| Other assets1 | 15,210 | 31,276 | 1,341 | 181 | 698 | 89 | 23 | 20,705 | 69,523 |
| Total assets | 214,526 | 143,212 | 72,403 | 35,162 | 34,773 | 50,678 | 84,085 | 185,083 | 819,922 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks1,3 | 29,733 | 2,042 | 2,245 | 871 | 349 | 1,432 | 144 | 7 | 36,823 |
| Customer accounts1,4 | 402,069 | 49,769 | 25,110 | 15,961 | 15,216 | 7,830 | 2,451 | 1,823 | 520,229 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 15,820 | 15,810 | 8,645 | 5,002 | 4,102 | 6,795 | 7,904 | 5,784 | 69,862 |
| Senior debt5 | 204 | 342 | 509 | 963 | 711 | 5,855 | 19,673 | 12,086 | 40,343 |
| Other debt securities in issue1 | 2,758 | 5,504 | 8,732 | 7,316 | 2,935 | 1,088 | 870 | 268 | 29,471 |
| Other liabilities | 19,857 | 24,725 | 1,616 | 521 | 503 | 902 | 1,043 | 10,296 | 59,463 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 2,004 | 105 | 22 | 248 | 25 | 1,882 | 2,045 | 7,384 | 13,715 |
| Total liabilities | 472,445 | 98,297 | 46,879 | 30,882 | 23,841 | 25,784 | 34,130 | 37,648 | 769,906 |
| Net liquidity gap | (257,919) | 44,915 | 25,524 | 4,280 | 10,932 | 24,894 | 49,955 | 147,435 | 50,016 |
1 Loans and advances, investment securities, other assets, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments
2 Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $90 billion
3 Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $7.0 billion
4 Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $46.8 billion
5 Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group
## Behavioural maturity of financial assets and liabilities
The cashflows presented in the previous section reflect the cashflows that will be contractually payable over the residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual repayments or cashflow. In practice, certain assets and liabilities behave differently from their contractual terms, especially for short-term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts, which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On the other hand, mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment period than their contractual maturity date. Expected customer behaviour is assessed and managed on a country basis using qualitative and quantitative techniques, including analysis of observed customer behaviour over time.
294
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Maturity of financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis (audited)
The following table analyses the contractual cashflows payable for the Group's financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities on an undiscounted basis. The financial liability balances in the table below will not agree with the balances reported in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all contractual cashflows, on an undiscounted basis, relating to both principal and interest payments. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the 'On demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
Within the 'More than five years and undated' maturity band are undated financial liabilities, the majority of which relate to subordinated debt, on which interest payments are not included as this information would not be meaningful, given the instruments are undated. Interest payments on these instruments are included within the relevant maturities up to five years.
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Deposits by banks | 26,759 | 1,921 | 1,417 | 513 | 790 | 1,328 | 2,848 | 4 | 35,580 |
| Customer accounts | 385,361 | 48,140 | 28,763 | 14,049 | 12,190 | 8,118 | 39,000 | 3,036 | 538,657 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 53,054 | 517 | 46 | 44 | 103 | 202 | 887 | 1,208 | 56,061 |
| Debt securities in issue | 3,507 | 6,995 | 8,015 | 5,070 | 4,002 | 13,663 | 23,413 | 16,396 | 81,061 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 1,043 | 134 | 46 | 208 | 570 | 395 | 2,389 | 14,367 | 19,152 |
| Other liabilities | 12,200 | 26,291 | 1,560 | 515 | 884 | 1,832 | 1,810 | 11,513 | 56,605 |
| Total liabilities | 481,924 | 83,998 | 39,847 | 20,399 | 18,539 | 25,538 | 70,347 | 46,524 | 787,116 |
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Deposits by banks | 29,742 | 2,048 | 2,275 | 876 | 362 | 1,455 | 144 | 8 | 36,910 |
| Customer accounts | 401,893 | 49,196 | 24,713 | 15,614 | 15,283 | 8,280 | 5,937 | 2,591 | 523,507 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 65,912 | 48 | 12 | 116 | 213 | 940 | 1,185 | 1,436 | 69,862 |
| Debt securities in issue | 3,060 | 5,912 | 9,631 | 8,574 | 3,979 | 7,844 | 22,259 | 18,465 | 79,724 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 2,097 | 165 | 44 | 273 | 28 | 2,029 | 2,610 | 14,004 | 21,250 |
| Other liabilities | 17,275 | 25,751 | 1,517 | 504 | 496 | 895 | 901 | 9,669 | 57,008 |
| Total liabilities | 519,979 | 83,120 | 38,192 | 25,957 | 20,361 | 21,443 | 33,036 | 46,173 | 788,261 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
The following table provides the estimated impact to a hypothetical base case projection of the Group's earnings under the following scenarios:
- A 50 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
- A 100 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
These interest rate shock scenarios assume all other economic variables remain constant. The sensitivities shown represent the estimated change to a hypothetical base case projected net interest income (NII), plus the change in interest rate implied income and expense from FX swaps used to manage banking book currency positions, under the different interest rate shock scenarios.
The base case projected NII is based on the current market-implied path of rates and forward rate expectations. The NII sensitivities below stress this base case by a further 50 or 100bps. Actual observed interest rate changes will lag behind market expectation. Accordingly, the shocked NII sensitivity does not represent a forecast of the Group's net interest income.
The interest rate sensitivities are indicative stress tests and based on simplified scenarios, estimating the aggregate impact of an unanticipated, instantaneous parallel shock across all yield curves over a one-year horizon, including the time taken to implement changes to pricing before becoming effective. The assessment assumes that the size and mix of the balance sheet remain constant and that there are no specific management actions in response to the change in rates. No assumptions are made in relation to the impact on credit spreads in a changing rate environment.
Significant modelling and behavioural assumptions are made regarding scenario simplification, market competition, pass-through rates, asset and liability re-pricing tenors, and price flooring. In particular, the assumption that interest rates of all currencies and maturities shift by the same amount concurrently, and that no actions are taken to mitigate the impacts arising from this are considered unlikely. Reported sensitivities will vary over time due to a number of factors including changes in balance sheet composition, market conditions, customer behaviour and risk management strategy. Therefore, while the NII sensitivities are a relevant measure of the Group's interest rate exposure, they should not be considered an income or profit forecast.
| Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period of: | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | USD bloc $million | HKD bloc $million | SGD bloc $million | KRW bloc $million | CNY bloc $million | Other currency bloc $million | Total $million |
| + 50 basis points | 90 | 10 | 50 | 10 | 30 | 160 | 350 |
| - 50 basis points | (150) | (30) | (50) | (20) | (40) | (180) | (470) |
| + 100 basis points | 180 | 10 | 100 | 20 | 60 | 320 | 690 |
| - 100 basis points | (280) | (40) | (100) | (40) | (80) | (350) | (890) |
| Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period of: | 2022 | | | | | | |
| | USD bloc $million | HKD bloc $million | SGD bloc $million | KRW bloc $million | CNY bloc $million | Other currency bloc $million | Total $million |
| + 50 basis points | 80 | 20 | 40 | 50 | 30 | 150 | 370 |
| - 50 basis points | (80) | (20) | (40) | (60) | (30) | (140) | (370) |
| + 100 basis points | 160 | 40 | 90 | 100 | 50 | 300 | 740 |
As at 31 December 2023, the Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 50 basis points to increase projected NII by $350 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 50 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $470 million. The Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 100 basis points to increase projected NII by $690 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 100 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $890 million.
The benefit from rising interest rates is primarily from reinvesting at higher yields and from assets re-pricing faster and to a greater extent than deposits. NII sensitivity in falling rate scenarios has increased versus 31 December 2022, due to changes in modelling assumptions to reflect expected re-pricing activity on Retail and Transaction Banking current accounts and savings accounts in the current interest rate environment.
Over the course of 2023 the size of the interest rate swaps and HTC-accounted bond portfolios used to programmatically hedge the behavioural lives of structural equity and CASA balances increased from $31 billion to $47 billion. The portfolios had a weighted average maturity of 2.9 years, which reflects the behaviouralised lives of the rate-insensitive deposit and equity balances that they hedge, and a yield of 3.1%, as at 31 December 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Operational and Technology Risk
The Group defines Operational and Technology risk as the potential for loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks). Operational and Technology risk may occur anywhere in the Group, including third-party processes.
## Operational and Technology risk profile
Risk management practices help the business grow safely and ensure governance and management of Operational and Technology risk through the delivery and embedding of effective frameworks and policies, together with continuous oversight and assurance. Managing Operational and Technology risk makes the Group more efficient and enables it to offer better, sustainable service to its customers. The Group's Operational and Technology Risk Type Framework ('O&T RTF') is designed to enable the Group to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on its Operational and Technology risks. The Group continues to ensure the O&T RTF supports the business and the functions in effectively managing risk and controls within risk appetite to meet their strategic objectives.
The Group has demonstrated progress on ensuring visibility of risks and risk management through implementation of a standardised risk taxonomy. Standardising the risk taxonomy enables improved risk aggregation and reporting as well as providing opportunities for simplifying the process of risk identification and assessment. A revised process universe along with taxonomies for causes and controls have been designed and will be implemented in 2024, with control categories supporting the streamlining and removal of duplicate controls, reducing complexity, and improving risk and control management. Macro processes will provide a client-centric view and enable clearer accountability for delivery as well as management of risks in line with business objectives.
Operational and Technology risk is elevated in areas such as Information and Cyber Security, Data Management and Transaction Processing. Other key areas of focus are Change, Systems Health/Technology risk, Third Party risk, Resilience and Regulatory Compliance. Management has focused on addressing these areas, improving the sustainable operating environment and has initiated a number of programmes to enhance the control environment. The Group continues to monitor and manage Operational and Technology risks associated with the external environment such as geopolitical factors and the increasing risk of cyber-attacks. Digitalisation and inappropriate use of Artificial Intelligence, various regulatory expectations across our footprint and the changing technology landscape remain key emerging areas to manage, allowing the Group to keep pace with new business developments, whilst ensuring that risk and control frameworks evolve accordingly. The Group continues to strengthen its risk management to understand the full spectrum of risks in the operating environment, enhance its defences and improve resilience.
## Operational and Technology risk events and losses
Operational losses are one indicator of the effectiveness and robustness of the non-financial risk control environment.
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2023 and 2022 is summarised in the table below, which shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel business line.
| Distribution of Operational Losses by Basel business line | % Loss | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022^{1} |
| Agency Services | 1.8% | 3.0% |
| Asset Management | 0.1% | 0.8% |
| Commercial Banking | 8.4% | 8.9% |
| Corporate Finance | 7.6% | 1.1% |
| Corporate Items | 35.5% | 2.5% |
| Payment and Settlements | 17.6% | 42.9% |
| Retail Banking | 20.3% | 25.5% |
| Retail Brokerage | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Trading and Sales | 8.5% | 15.2% |
1 Losses in 2022 have been restated to include incremental events recognised in 2023
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2023 and 2022 is also summarised by Basel event type in the table below. It shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel event type.
| Distribution of Operational Losses by Basel event type | % Loss | |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022^{1} |
| Business disruption and system failures | 6.0% | 3.5% |
| Clients' products and business practices | 3.6% | 7.1% |
| Damage to physical assets | 0.0% | 0.0% |
| Employment practices and workplace safety | 0.6% | 0.2% |
| Execution delivery and process management | 75.0% | 79.6% |
| External fraud | 14.6% | 8.6% |
| Internal fraud | 0.2% | 0.9% |
1 Losses in 2022 have been restated to include incremental events recognised in 2023
## Other principal risks
Losses arising from operational failures for other principal and integrated risks are reported as operational losses. Operational losses do not include operational risk-related credit impairments.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Climate Risk
Managing the financial and non-financial risks from climate change
# Disclaimer
For the avoidance of doubt, this 'Climate Risk' section is subject to the statements included in (i) the 'Forward-Looking Statements' section; and (ii) the 'Basis of Preparation and Caution Regarding Data Limitations' section provided under 'Important Notices' at page 519.
# Credit Risk
We have developed a climate risk management framework, which provides a baseline level of effective risk mitigation.
# Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) Credit Risk
As of September 2023, we have assessed the physical risk for 79 per cent and transition risk for 54 per cent of our CPBB portfolio.
Physical Risk Measuring and Monitoring in CPBB (as of September 2023)
Transition Risk Measuring and Monitoring in CPBB (as of September 2023)
For our secured portfolio, assessments are based on the underlying physical collateral for our residential and commercial portfolios where we continue to leverage Munich Re's Risk Suite (Natural Hazards Edition) to measure acute and chronic physical risk impacting each asset. For our unsecured portfolios, such as credit cards and personal loans, we recognise that physical risk is likely to have a more pronounced second order impact that may indirectly affect our customers' ability to repay. We have further expanded our scope of risk measurement and monitoring to cover these products in 2023, albeit using proxies based on the location of bank branches.
We assess the exposure concentrations to high physical risk across acute and chronic hazards quarterly, and report these at risk management committees at Group, Region and Country, with a stronger focus on flood risk and rising sea levels. During 2023, the physical risk profile across products and markets has remained stable, apart from slight variations in exposure to high flood risk levels due to enhancements in Munich Re's flood risk model.
Assessment of Acute and Chronic Physical Risk for Top 10 Markets' Exposures backed by Property Collateral, indicating Exposure Concentration Subjected to Very High Gross Risk (as of September 2023)
| | Global | Korea | | | Hong Kong | | | Taiwan | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | | 23% | | | 38% | | | 7% | | |
| Physical risk event | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend |
| Flood Risk | 24.80% | 24.20% | ↔ | 14.00% | 12.30% | ↓ | 44.60% | 44.90% | ↔ | 11.90% | 11.00% | ↓ |
| Sea-level rise (Year 2100, RCP 8.5) | 2.10% | 2.20% | ↔ | 0.01% | 0.60% | ↑ | 3.40% | 3.60% | ↑ | 0.04% | 0.03% | ↔ |
| | India | | | Singapore | | | Malaysia | | | UAE | | |
| | 5% | | | 18% | | | 4% | | | 1% | | |
| Physical risk event | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend |
| Flood Risk | 30.20% | 22.30% | ↓ | 3.50% | 3.40% | ↔ | 6.50% | 5.30% | ↓ | 29.50% | 26.50% | ↓ |
| Sea-level rise (Year 2100, RCP 8.5) | 1.10% | 0.90% | ↓ | 0.08% | 0.06% | ↓ | 0.20% | 0.30% | ↑ | 36.80% | 36.10% | ↔ |
| | Jersey | | | Vietham | | | China | | | | | |
| | 2% | | | 1% | | | 2% | | | | | |
| Physical risk event | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | Q3-22 | Q3-23 | Trend | | | |
| Flood Risk | 1.90% | 1.60% | ↓ | 63.90% | 60.40% | ↓ | 67.70% | 67.10% | ↔ | | | |
| Sea-level rise (Year 2100, RCP 8.5)
| - | - | - |
| 1.80% | 1.00% | ↓ | 8.30% | 8.30% | ↔ |
Note: Movements are called out for markets showing a change of >5 per cent year-on-year change in flood risk exposure concentration.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Our key residential mortgage markets have not implemented minimum building energy efficiency standards. As such, in 2023 we took an alternative approach towards assessing the transition risk impact on our borrowers, by quantifying the robustness of their repayment capability, rather than accounting for valuation related risks of property collateral. We used a combination of internal and external data, including results from our net zero financed emissions calculations and our initial analysis shows that the transition risk levels appear to be low across key residential mortgage markets. These results will be refined along with revisions in exposure concentrations, as the data landscape matures over time and as we improve upon the initial approach.
## Approaches to Measure Transition Risk
## Transition Risk Ratings using SCB CPBB Approach, by Exposure Concentration (as of December 2022)
Very high
High
Medium
Low
Very Low
For the Jersey residential mortgage portfolio, we used EPC (Energy Performance Certificate) data to assess the energy efficiency distribution, with results indicating that more than 80 per cent of the portfolio is rated at C or better.
## Transition Risk Ratings for Residential Mortgages in Jersey using EPC Ratings by Exposure
## EPC Ratings for Residential Mortgages in Jersey by Count (as of August 2023)
We aim to continue to explore ways to enhance our assessment approaches across both secured and unsecured CPBB portfolios through improved methodologies and data. This will enable us to better assess the susceptibility to and readiness of our clients in managing climate-driven risks, whilst also enabling us to identify opportunities to assist them in their transition towards a low-carbon economy. Options we are considering include expanding the scope of our existing credit origination process to cover Climate-related considerations in segments such as Medium Enterprises.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB) Credit Risk
This section covers details of how we assess climate risk for our corporate clients, including insights gained from our client level assessments and progress made to further strengthen our framework for climate and credit related portfolio and risk management. The figure below outlines our process in assessing climate risk.
# 1. Identify risks and mitigation plans
Our client-level Climate Risk Questionnaire (CRQ) aims to help assess the potential financial risks from climate change using quantitative and qualitative information. The assessment presents a consolidated view across five pillars of how exposed and ready for transition or adaptation our clients may be.
| Governance & Disclosures | Gross Physical Risk | Physical Risk Adaptation | Gross Transition Risk | Transition Risk Mitigation |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Intent, commitment and reporting · Reporting of Climate targets · Board responsibility and accountability · Management incentives to manage climate risk within the organisation | Exposure to acute and chronic events · Asset locations exposed to physical risk events (Floods, Storms, Droughts etc) · Model output to assess current and future risk to client's operating location | Mitigations to acute and chronic events · Assessment of client's adaptation plans to its operating locations and supply chain · Insurance coverage to protect against physical risk | Relative emissions for sector and region · Reliance on fossil fuel/carbon products · Policy environmental/impact due to sovereign decarbonisation policy in sector · Potential financial impact from various climate scenarios | Decarbonisation plan and emission targets · Assess client's plans and its credibility to transition its business and supply chain · Emissions reporting targets and plan to achieve them · Capex in low carbon technologies, internal carbon pricing scenarios |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The CRQ helps us to form a view of the overall climate risk profile of our clients and supports the underlying themes that feed into our broader scenario analysis and corporate planning exercises. In 2023, we completed an exhaustive review of the CRQ based on historical data, including rationalising questions, introducing a methodological differentiation in assessing corporates against projects, introducing sector-specific questions, and building stronger linkages to our net zero and credible transition plan workstreams.
## Coverage of our analysis
In 2023 we completed CRAs for c.4,100 clients, which is c.85-90 per cent of our corporate client limits and is a significant improvement from c.2,200 clients assessed in the year before.
## How do different regions in our footprint compare?
Overall, while the levels and consistency in the availability of climate information from public disclosures has increased, this is still a developing aspect in our markets, which highlights the importance of engaging our clients on this topic.
## Client-level Climate Risk assessment scores by region
| 2023 YTD Assessment* | Number of clients | Overall score across the five pillars | 1. Governance & disclosures | 2. Gross Physical Risk | 3 Physical Risk adaptation | 4. Gross Transition Risk | 5. Transition Risk Mitigation |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Asia | 2,709 | 46% | 44% | 69% | 27% | 48% | 41% |
| Africa & Middle East | 409 | 36% | 27% | 69% | 13% | 46% | 25% |
| Europe & Americas | 1,018 | 64% | 75% | 78% | 53% | 50% | 65% |
| Total | 4,136 | 49% | 50% | 71% | 32% | 48% | 45% |
* Data assessed is as of September 2023
- We continue to see better transition risk mitigation and physical risk adaptation scores for corporates domiciled in Europe and Americas, where disclosure levels are highest and the plans to effectively manage climate risk are being put in place.
- Physical risk adaptation levels remain an area of risk for most of our markets, with the lowest absolute scores in Africa and the Middle East.
- Asia constitutes c.65 per cent of our total volume of clients assessed in 2023 (2022: c.63 per cent) followed by Europe and Americas, which represents c.25 per cent of the clients and the largest increase in share (2022: 18 per cent)
Insights from these assessments for the pillars mentioned previously are provided below.
## Governance and disclosures
We have seen a gradual increase in the number of clients reporting quantifiable climate change related commitments over 2022 and 2023 driven by an improvement in climate risk transition plans being put in place across our markets but this does not necessarily come via 'Carbon Disclosures Project', which remains more a developing market disclosure across our client footprint. Key risk remains on management incentives linked to climate change; an area where we are actively engaging with clients.
Percentage of clients in scope
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Transition risk mitigation levels
Over the last two years, there has been a material increase in both the number of clients putting in place a transition plan and those planning investments to move to low carbon technologies, driven by increasing regulatory pressure and enhanced transition risk commitments in some of our key markets. While the number of clients reporting Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions has not increased in the last two years, we have seen an increase in clients that report Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions reduction targets. However, the ability to set quantifiable targets to achieve broader commitments is still lagging when looked at on an absolute basis and the scale of the transition needed.
Percentage of clients in scope
# Physical risk readiness
Physical risk adaptation remains an area of concern and we have seen downward trends across our portfolio of clients due to an increase in the number of assessments (from c.2,200 - 4,100) captured in our coverage, which now better reflects our overall corporate portfolio. This reflects the nature of many of our footprint markets, where physical risk adaptation and associated levels of disclosures are in nascent stages.
Percentage of clients in scope
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Transition risk – Gross Risk and Transition Plan levels for key sectors
For four key sectors that have high transition risk i.e. Commercial Real Estate (CRE), O&G Producers, Metals and Mining Producers and Utilities, we have assessed the risk against the level of transition plans and how it varies across our key markets.
CRE: Companies across our key markets are close together with respect to their transition scores, reflecting the policy environment in the building sector, which is broadly similar across major markets. Key factors which determine the transition risk grading for a building are its location, which helps ascertain the intensity of the power grid supplying electricity to the asset, the property type, and its energy efficiency.
Power: Clients in the UAE are slightly behind some of their global peers, although this is driven in part by a lower level of disclosures and higher transition risk as a result of fossil fuel intensive business models.
O&G: This sector has been gradually preparing for the transition to lower carbon intensive fuels over the last few years. While there is a lot more to do in terms of transitioning, the improved transition risk understanding and associated disclosures lead to on average better mitigation scores in this sector.
Mining: Almost 50 per cent of the Metals and Mining clients in our portfolio, ranging from Steel to Cement to Aluminium producers are based in China and India. Effective decarbonisation in this sector is reliant on the power grid decarbonising, improved energy efficiency in overall operations, including heating, as well as managing process level emissions.
CRE
Utilities
O&G Producer
Metals & Mining Producers
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
303
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# 2. Analysing the climate risk grading
Each client is assigned a climate risk grading (BRAG) computed based on the gross transition risk and transition risk mitigation. Owing to physical risk data being less robust, we have to date focused only on transition risk drivers to compute the climate risk grading. However, as highlighted in the section above, we have seen a steady improvement in the coverage of physical risk data in the last two years. During 2024, we plan to develop a methodology to incorporate both physical and transition risk drivers in the computation of BRAG which will holistically represent the extent of climate risk faced by a client.
There are currently four types of BRAG ratings assigned to clients – black, red, amber, green.
| Black | Clients are deemed to have very high exposure to Transition Risk with little or no mitigation plans |
| --- | --- |
| Red | Clients are deemed to have very high exposure to Transition Risk but with acceptable or good mitigation plans |
| Amber | Clients are deemed to have high exposure to Transition Risk but with acceptable or good mitigation plans. |
| Green | Clients are deemed to have low or limited exposure to Transition Risk |
# 3. Evaluating the risk (linkage to credit process)
Once a climate risk grading is assigned to a client, the impacts from climate-related risks are integrated into the existing credit approval process qualitatively and/or quantitatively through inclusion within the business risk analysis and financial modelling. If the risks are deemed material and not adequately represented via the existing credit rating of the client, subjective warning signals may be added to influence the credit rating. Additionally, risk triggers are added to monitor risks that are not adequately mitigated and to seek additional information from the client where applicable.
# 4. Portfolio management and monitoring
Concentration of black and red graded clients remains within proposed Risk Appetite levels at 6 per cent within our key markets; some of the more developed markets have the highest proportion of green clients, which reflects the higher level of climate risk disclosures and governance established by companies in this region. Amongst our key markets, the UAE currently has the highest proportion of red and black clients, driven by a combination of clients that had fewer disclosures and high transition risk, particularly fossil fuel led utility providers.
During 2023 we have embedded qualitative and quantitative climate considerations into the Group's credit underwriting principles for O&G, Mining, Shipping and CRE sectors for which we have industry specific origination teams. This included introducing portfolio level caps for black and red rated clients and lower preference for emission intensive transactions. It is important to note that underlying principles vary depending on the sector, to help steer the portfolio in the desired direction over the medium term, and also consider the Group's 2030 financed emission targets. We have also initiated work to assess risks to underlying collateral from physical and transition risk specifically for our CRE and Shipping portfolios.
A key strategic focus area going forward is to embed climate risk and net zero targets into business and credit decisions. To enable this, we have established a Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum where discussions on account plans on high climate risk and net zero divergent clients are held.
Portfolio distribution across key markets
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
305
# 5. Controls and assurance
Independent control checks by first line of defence and assurance reviews by second line of defence on integrating climate risk within the credit process are carried out quarterly to improve the quality and effectiveness of assessing climate risk. The results of the assurance testing and steps to address gaps are periodically shared with impacted stakeholders and as part of governance updates to risk committees.
# Credibility of transition plans
We aim to actively manage our exposure by shifting to lower emissions-intensive clients and working closely with our existing clients to develop credible transition plans that are consistent with our net zero commitments. To help us identify such clients, we draw on our existing CRQ framework to finalise a methodology to assess the Credibility of Transition Plan (CTP) by analysing client commitments to transition their business to a low carbon economy. We leverage the data captured in the CRQ and assign a credibility rating to the clients' transition plan based on an in-house scoring methodology that draws on the UK Transition Planning Taskforce and Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero guidance on net zero transition plans.
The current methodology will be periodically reviewed as the level of client climate-related disclosure steps up across our footprint, to ensure it remains fit for purpose and in line with industry best practices, stakeholder expectations and regulatory requirements. The CTP has been embedded into the Version 3 CRQ that was implemented in January 2024.
# Reputational and Sustainability Risk
Climate risk is considered within the Reputational and Sustainability Risk framework, for our corporate clients, through an assessment of a client's ability to meet their own climate-related commitments, as well as meet the Group's aim to reach net zero GHG emissions by 2050.
We have continued to perform additional client level due diligence for (i) clients covered by the Group's net zero targets for high carbon sectors (O&G, Power, Steel, Aluminium, Cement, Automobiles, Shipping, Aviation and CRE), (ii) clients with a coal nexus² as well as (iii) those that have been assessed at client level as high climate risk. The assessment focuses on three pillars at covering both client and transaction level aspects:
Of the case reviews completed, an increase in Reputational and Sustainability Risk rating was suggested for c.24 per cent of transactions compared to c.17 per cent in 2022. These consisted of companies in Coal Production, O&G, Mining, Steel and Cement sectors, primarily from the South East Asia region, looking to procure coal or other high carbon emitting products for manufacturing, production, or wholesale purposes. In addition, some entities with high temperature alignment scores and no clear transition plan were raised as having additional risk and rating increases recommended.
The above-mentioned due diligence is in addition to management of environmental and social risk arising from the Group's client relationships and transactions. Further information is available in the Sustainability Review section on page 68 to 133.
Temperature alignment is one way to consider a company's impact on climate change and an indicator of a client's progress towards a net zero economy. It is calculated based on historic emission intensities and volume of hydrocarbons produced to produce a forward-looking temperature alignment score. We assessed the weighted average temperature alignment (WATA) projected to 2030 of 3,661 corporate client entities (covering c.62 per cent of corporate client portfolio on a net nominal basis) by high carbon sector.
2 As defined by the Group's public Position Statement to only provide financial services to clients who by 2030, are less than 5 per cent dependent on thermal coal (based on percentage revenue).
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Insights
- Portfolio average temperature alignment is $3.48^{\circ}\mathrm{C}$ . Compared to other sectors within our portfolio, O&G, CRE, Utilities and Construction have a higher temperature alignment given their dependence on high carbon emitting production.
- Compared to 2022, there was an increase in sector temperature alignment scores across O&G and Construction sectors driven by improvements in both coverage of the corporate clients assessed and emission data coverage for our clients (due to reduced use of proxies).
Weighted average temperature alignment (WATA) by client sectors (as of September 2023)
| | Utilities | O&G | Transportation and Storage | CRE | Building Products, Construction & Engineering | Consumer Durables & Apparel | Automobiles & Components | Metals & Mining | Technology Hardware & Equipment | Commodity Traders | Others |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Asia | 3.7°C | 4.9°C | 2.7°C | 3.6°C | 3.5°C | 3.2°C | 2.7°C | 3.2°C | 3.9°C | 3.5°C | 3.6°C |
| Africa & Middle East | 3.9°C | 4.6°C | 2.8°C | 3.3°C | 3.6°C | 3.4°C | 3.5°C | 2.8°C | 3.3°C | 4.6°C | 3.2°C |
| Europe & Americas | 3.0°C | 4.6°C | 3.1°C | 3.9°C | 3.2°C | 4.0°C | 3.0°C | 2.6°C | 1.8°C | 3.2°C | 3.1°C |
As part of our 2023 modelling roadmap, we initiated work on developing an in-house methodology to model temperature alignment for priority sectors (i.e. O&G, Steel and Automotive) as well as a sector-agnostic model to cover remaining corporate portfolios. This has helped to reduce reliance on third party modelling capabilities.
Temperature alignment is an emerging concept, and industry-wide standards on methodology are still evolving. We fully expect our approach to evolve in line with best practice. Client-level emissions are only available for c.55 per cent of corporate clients and sector average proxies are being used for the remainder. Improving such data gaps remains a key priority.
# Country Risk
The Group uses a set of physical and transition risk rankings to identify the markets most vulnerable and least ready to adapt and mitigate climate-related physical and transition risks.
- The physical risk rankings are based on a set of publicly available scores such as ND-Gain Country Index and GermanWatch Climate Risk Index, as well as S&P Global Ratings and Moody's Investors Service.
- The transition risk rankings are based on an internally developed methodology which is a combination of climate and macroeconomic drivers.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Physical and Transition Risk rankings methodological deep dives
Based on their aggregated physical and transition risk scores, sovereigns are split into decile-based buckets ranging from 1 (low risk) to 10 (high risk). These rankings are a qualitative input to our internal Country Risk management process spanning annual sovereign credit grades and limits reviews, inputs to climate-related scenario analysis, and Risk Appetite.
Gross Country Risk (GCR) exposure distribution as of 30 September 2023 across Physical Risk categories
| Bucket | 1 (Best) | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 (Worst) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Exposures % | 10.5 | 29.1 | 20.0 | 4.4 | 17.5 | 8.3 | 1.9 | 6.5 | 0.8 | 1.1 |
GCR exposure distribution as of 30 September 2023 across Transition Risk Categories
| Bucket | 1 (Best) | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 (Worst) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Exposures % | 2.7 | 14.4 | 12.0 | 36.0 | 18.6 | 4.3 | 3.8 | 7.3 | 0.7 | 0.1 |
Physical and Transition Risk rankings distribution for key markets: Key markets' climate risk bucket allocation (as of Sept 2023)
Bubble size represent markets' GCR exposure
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
# Insights
- For both physical and transition risk, our exposure to high-risk countries (buckets 9 and 10) remains well below Risk Appetite.
- The rankings are largely driven by the level of financial risk countries are exposed to and their ability to absorb these losses. As such, the rankings are largely dependent on countries' development stage, economy-wide diversification, in-country inequalities and gross exposure to physical and transition risk shocks.
- Additionally, we keep close track of transition risk events such as the establishment of the EU's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (EU CBAM) and its potential impact on our key portfolios. Other markets with internal carbon pricing mechanisms (such as Singapore, South Korea, South Africa, etc) are also being monitored as part of country risk annual reviews. From a physical risk standpoint, the rise of El Niño season (expected to peak at the beginning of 2024) is likely to exacerbate climate conditions throughout the Group's footprint regions and we continue to monitor these as part of our annual reviews.
# Limitations
- The computation inputs are based on latest available data which may be dated. Proxies have been used where data for the sovereign is not available.
- The ranking uses equally spaced decile scores and provides the results in an ordinal manner. While the simplicity helps in adoption and provides the relative position of the sovereigns, other systems may provide more information.
# Operational and Technology Risk
Climate risk primarily impacts Operational and Technology risk as it manifests when physical risk disrupts our properties, data centres and third party arrangements. Thus far, our focus has been on physical risks, and we aim to explore transition risk elements in 2024. We continue exploring enhancements to our control framework across impacted areas. Whilst Continuity Plans for third party arrangements have been enhanced to include climate risk related considerations, we are targeting to gather our material vendors' operating site location data to assess their specific physical risk exposures, such that enhanced continuity plans can be developed.
We continue to assess the physical risk vulnerabilities of our own operating locations on a regular basis. Furthermore, we have expanded the assessment of physical risk exposure at onboarding to include data centres.
Assessment of gross Physical Risk at our own operating locations (as of September 2023)
| Physical Risk event | Time horizon | Scenario | Asia | AME | E&A | Global |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Flood (Acute) | 2023 | N/A | 24% | 8% | 17% | 20% |
| Wildfire (Acute) | | | 0% | 0% | 0% | 0% |
| Storm (Acute) | | | 18% | 1% | 6% | 14% |
| Sea-level rise (Chronic) | 2100 | RCP 8.5 | 1% | 5% | 0% | 2% |
| Heat Stress (Chronic) | 2050 | RCP 8.5 | 24% | 35% | 0% | 26% |
| Number of operating locations | | | 714 | 239 | 35 | 988 |
# Insights
- From an acute risk perspective, 20 per cent of the Group's locations globally are subjected to flood risk, 14 per cent with storm risk and none at risk from wildfire. Given our footprint, a higher proportion (24 per cent for flood, 18 per cent for storm) of the Group's locations in Asia are subject to acute risks and 17 per cent of locations in Europe and Americas are subjected to flood risks.
- In the locations where weather events such as storms or cyclones are frequent, the buildings are built in consideration of these risks in line with regional standards.
- From a chronic risk perspective, under RCP 8.5 for heat stress is at 26 per cent (35 per cent for AME, 24 per cent for Asia). Exposure to sea level rise remains below 5 per cent.
- A broad range of mitigation options are considered, such as property insurance, operating a diversified location strategy, splitting delivery and therefore reducing concentration risk.
# Traded Risk
We manage the climate risk of traded risk exposures through the stress-testing framework. Climate risks are incorporated in the scenarios monitored against the traded risk stress Risk Appetite, covering all fair value exposures in the trading and banking books.
Climate-related stress scenarios are designed to include transition risk effects from climate change policies and shocks to markets due to supply and demand disruption from physical climate events. Three scenarios are currently in place: two physical and one transitional. The assumptions and results are subject to internal governance.
Our climate risk management for traded risk exposures is evolving and we are working closely with industry bodies and academics to better assess and monitor climate-related risks and opportunities.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Treasury Risk
From a capital perspective, climate risk considerations have been part of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process submissions since 2019. Our approach for assessing climate risk impact on capital adequacy has improved from qualitative judgements to quantitative simulations with the availability of tools and greater understanding of our portfolio.
As understanding of climate risk management and potential forward-looking scenarios develop, our approach and assessment will evolve, including using a wide range of scenario outcomes to determine any potential capital-related impact in the future.
From a liquidity risk perspective, we have started monitoring climate risk-related vulnerabilities and readiness of the top corporate client liquidity portfolios, leveraging the client outreach and data gathering exercise being undertaken on the asset side. The most recent exposure concentration in the 'high transition risk and low readiness' bucket is broadly comparable to what we see for our top corporate client exposures on the asset side. Liquidity providers with high transition risk and low readiness are from commodity traders and utilities sectors. The results of the analysis have been considered as part of our internal liquidity adequacy assessment process and we continue to monitor the profile.
# Model Risk
Throughout 2023, we have been building our internal climate risk modelling capabilities to assess impacts from climate risk, through collaboration with various external vendors. These models have been independently validated by the second line of defence and approved by the Credit Model Assessment Committee, and were used to estimate climate impact on ECL for IFR59. The amount of incremental ECL as a result of climate risk was below the Group's materiality threshold and as such was not included as a quantitative post model adjustment. In future, the models will also be used for stress testing. The development of internal climate risk models has helped us to reduce reliance on external vendor models, and we will continue to enhance our internal capabilities by extending model coverage (e.g. to develop models to cover more portfolios, or to develop more granular sector-specific models) and incorporating model enhancements recommended by internal and external stakeholders.
For the corporate portfolios, we developed transition risk models that adopt the microeconomic theory of demand and supply to determine price changes based on sustainability transition costs in different sectors of the economy. The model accounts for several key market dynamics, such as sensitivities with respect to price, revenue, cost, and profit due to changes in carbon prices. The model is calibrated at portfolio level, covering priority sectors that are carbon-intensive and a generic model that covers non-priority sectors.
For retail mortgages, an asset haircut model was developed to assess physical climate risk impact by estimating the devaluation of property values along different climate pathways. The model takes input from the current and prospective risk profile of a property, which captures the evolution of various hazard types, including river floods and storms.
For sovereigns, the climate adjusted Probability of Defaults is derived by considering benchmarks from the Cambridge Paper (Klusak et al., 2021) and incorporating the country risk rankings currently used by the Group, which covers both physical and transition risks.
Apart from models that are used to estimate ECL, we have also developed temperature alignment models that assess implied temperature rise scores for corporate counterparties. The model methodology is forward-looking and compares the forecasted emissions of a counterparty to relevant benchmark scenarios. The cumulative difference in emissions between the counterparty's forecast and the benchmark scenarios is converted into a temperature score. The output from temperature alignment models will support internal climate risk management processes. We have also partnered with external vendors for a scenario expansion model which has been used to for NGFS Version 3 scenarios.
# Assessing the resilience of our strategy using scenario analysis
To assess climate-related risks and opportunities in the short, medium, and long-term we use scenario analysis to consider how risks and opportunities may evolve under different situations. Over two years, we have progressively strengthened our scenario analysis capabilities and developed our infrastructure and capabilities to incorporate climate risk into data, modelling, and analysis. We have expanded our portfolio coverage, built bespoke scenarios, and participated in several regulatory climate stress tests in 2023, including the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA) and the Central Bank United Arab Emirates stress tests.
# Scenarios used at Standard Chartered
The table below summarises the climate risk scenarios used internally by the Group across risk types:
| Risk Types | Scenario Family | Number of Scenarios | Risk Measure | Refer Page no |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Credit Risk – Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB) | Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) Version 3 | 3 | ECL, RWA | 311 |
| Credit Risk – CCIB | Bespoke (Tail and Base) | 3 | ECL, RWA | 311 |
| Credit Risk – Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) | Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change's (IPCC) Representative concentration pathways (RCP) scenarios | 3 | Exposure Concentration to sea level rise risk | 298 |
| Operational and Technology Risk | IPCC's RCP 8.5 scenario | 1 | Physical Risk Concentration for sea level rise risk and heat stress to our own operations | 308 |
| Reputational and Sustainability Risk | NGFS Version 3 | 2 | Weighted Average Temperature Alignment | 305 |
| Traded Risk | Bespoke (two Physical scenarios and one Transition scenario) | 3 | Stressed Loss | 308 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
In addition to the internal scenarios, Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited is responding to two HKMA mandated climate risk stress tests to (i) assess the impact on capital for short tenor scenarios across credit, traded and operational risks and (ii) a 30-year scenario based on NGFS Version 3 scenarios. The hybrid bespoke short-term five-year scenario has elements of a macro recession, transition, and physical risk events such as typhoons in Hong Kong, heatwave, and precipitation in China. We have used our existing stress testing models to model the credit risk impact with overlays provided for physical and transition risk using data on client transition mitigation readiness, climate adjusted asset level haircuts, assumptions on stranded assets for consumer mortgages and other available data. For Operational and Technology risk, we are assessing the impact of damage to our premises and business disruption.
# Transition (T) and Physical (P) Risk scenarios
We adapted the following scenarios for our CCIB portfolio:
| Scenario Family | Scenario Name | Key Features |
| --- | --- | --- |
| NGFS v3 | Net Zero 2050 (T) | Global warming limited to 1.5°C through stringent climate policies and innovation Global net zero CO2 emissions around 2050 |
| | Delayed Transition (T) | Strong policies will be needed to limit warming to below 2°C Annual emissions do not decrease until 2030 |
| | Current Policies (P+T) | No additional policies beyond those currently implemented, along with slow technology change Global temperature rises over 3 degrees by 2100 |
| Bespoke | In-house Base Case (P+T) | Credibility assessment of countries' current sector targets in the short-term (2030) and a durability assessment of reduction commitments in the long-term (2050) Delayed transition to a low-carbon economy and a lack of early climate action resulting in a 2.5°C temperature rise by 2100 |
| | ‘Green Trade War’ Tail (T) | Impact to global trade due to introduction of Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism leading to trade war escalation Explores risks which are not addressed by NGFS scenarios and may emerge over a short-term horizon |
| | ‘Migration’ Tail (P) | Increasing severe acute weather events globally impact global food prices and drive migration and displacement |
The scenarios used for CCIB clients are characterised by different levels of physical and transition risk, driven by various features in each scenario.
Carbon price: increase in carbon price puts additional cost pressure on clients, squeezes the profit margin, and thus helps to determine level of potential credit losses.
Oil price: increase (or lack thereof) in oil price impacts on clients' revenues and profitability and thus helps to determine level of potential credit losses.
Features of the NGFS and bespoke scenarios used in a Standard Chartered scenario analysis
| Feature | Year | NGFS v3 | | | Bespoke Scenarios | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Net Zero 2050 | Delayed Transition | Current policies | Tail Risk (Physical) | Tail Risk (Transition) |
| Temperature rise | 2050 | 1.4°C | 1.6°C | 3°C+ | NA | NA |
| Carbon price ($2015/tCO2) | 2030 | 124 | 6 | 6 | 61 | 66 |
| | 2050 | 487 | 416 | 7 | 70 | 90 |
| Oil price ($2015/boe) | 2030 | 84 | 94 | 94 | 50 | 50 |
| | 2050 | 107 | 118 | 125 | 41 | 41 |
| Gas price change (vs 2020, %) | 2030 | 56% | 43% | 43% | 15% | 15% |
| | 2050 | 52% | 54% | 80% | -14% | -14% |
| Power demand change (vs 2020, %) | 2030 | 27% | 35% | 35% | 20% | 20% |
| | 2050 | 120% | 129% | 106% | 75% | 75% |
| GDP baseline change (vs 2020, %) | 2030 | 34% | 36% | 36% | -4% | -5% |
| | 2050 | 111% | 110% | 118% | -2% | -5% |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Physical risk scenarios
We adapted the following scenarios for our CPBB portfolio. The table below summarises acute and chronic hazards outputs we currently use in the Munich Re's Location Risk Intelligence Platform tool.
| Scenario Family | Scenario Name | Key Features |
| --- | --- | --- |
| IPCC (2050, 2100) | RCP 2.6 (P) | Pathways of Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and atmospheric concentrations, air pollutant emissions and land use to project their consequences for the climate system |
| | RCP 4.5 (P) | |
| | RCP 8.5 (P) | |
| | | Current and Projected Hazard scores from Munich Re model: • Tropical cyclone zones • River flood zones • Sea level rise zones • Heat stress index based on range of high-temperature indicators • Precipitation stress index based on heavy- precipitation indicators • Climatological index for wildfire hazard • Drought stress index based on Standardised Precipitation- Evapotranspiration Index |
# Scenario analysis results for CCIB
We assessed the impact of climate-related risks on our corporate, sovereign, and financial institutions clients under different climate scenarios. This assessment, across the NGFS and bespoke scenarios, covered approximately 95 per cent of our CCIB portfolio for these clients, primarily reflective of the gross transition risks. While client-level transition plans were not factored into the modelling, they were referenced to draw additional insights for priority sectors.
Scenarios used in Standard Chartered Scenario Analysis: Loan impairment for corporate portfolio
The loan impairment (LI) intensity which measures the level of gross ECL against the exposure at default (EAD) enables us to assess the relative size of our exposure subject to potential losses from climate risks. As the graph below illustrates, LI intensities do not go beyond 3 per cent during the forecast horizon for the climate scenarios considered in our scenario analysis. We expect our LI intensity to rise the most in the NGFS Net Zero 2050 scenario. This is reflective of the high transition risks noted by higher carbon prices, coupled with the needs for greater investment to move to a low carbon economy. The NGFS Delayed Transition scenario also projects high LI intensity reflecting that such delayed transition will be equally disruptive due to lower levels of innovations that limits the ability to decarbonise effectively, and rising carbon prices that squeeze profit margins. Relatively lower LI intensity observed in the NGFS Current Policies scenario reflects the nascent modelling capabilities on assessing the physical risk impact to client asset locations and second-order impacts, such as that on the supply chain.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk profile
Among the bespoke scenarios, we expect our LI intensity to rise the most in the tail transition risk scenario. This is reflective of the potential risks to the global economy and subsequent increase in credit losses that may manifest due to the climate subsidy competition and introduction of carbon border adjustment mechanism. Overall, we believe that the level of potential credit losses can be mitigated by continuing to take necessary actions which the Group is already doing across sectors, engaging with our clients on this topic and supporting them in enhancing their climate transition plans.
Loan Impairment intensities for the NGFS and bespoke scenarios (December 2022 snapshot)
LI Intensity is calculated as gross ECL over EAD
For corporate clients, we focused on the below sectors that have been identified as more vulnerable to potential climate impacts. As of December 2022, these sectors represented 55 per cent of our corporate portfolio.
Loan Impairment intensities for key corporate sectors for the NGFS and bespoke scenarios
| Long Term - 2050 | EAD | NGFS Net Zero 2050 | NGFS Delayed Transition | NGFS Current policies | Bespoke Baseline | Bespoke Tail Transition Risk | Bespoke Tail Physical Risk |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Automobiles & Components | 4% | Medium | Medium | Low | Low | Medium | Medium |
| Construction | 7% | Medium | Medium | Low | Medium | Medium | Medium |
| Consumer Durables & Apparel | 6% | Medium | Medium | Low | Low | Medium | Medium |
| CRE | 8% | Low | Low | Low | Low | Medium | Low |
| Metal & Mining | 5% | Medium | Medium | Low | Low | Medium | Low |
| O&G | 11% | High | High | Low | Medium | High | Medium |
| Telecomms | 2% | Medium | Medium | Low | Low | Low | Low |
| Transportation | 9% | High | Medium | Medium | Medium | High | Medium |
| Utilities | 3% | Medium | Low | Low | Low | Medium | Low |
| Total portfolio | 100% | Medium | Medium | Low | Low | Medium | Medium |
As observed in the table above, O&G and transportation sectors are most impacted by a higher LI intensity level across the scenarios. Higher carbon prices, decrease in O&G demand characterised in the NGFS Net Zero 2050 and NGFS Delayed Transition scenario are the main drivers for higher LI levels for these sectors. The extreme physical and transition risk events occurring in the short term and their longer term second order impacts on the global economy result in the higher LI intensity levels for these sectors in 2050.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The results are used to assess the impact of climate change on our portfolio and provide the management information to monitor stressed LI over the next five-year horizon under plausible and extreme climate scenarios. The results also form part of our Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs). Whilst further enhancements are required to improve our modelling capabilities, the results of scenario analysis have provided further validation to the actions we are taking as a Group in terms of our net zero ambitions and strategy and qualitative management actions in terms of improving the data quality and building in-house modelling expertise. The results have been subject to internal governance, including review and challenge by an expert panel and discussion at the Climate Risk Management Committee and Board Risk Committee.
## Scenario analysis results for CPBB
As part of our internal climate scenario analysis for CPBB, we carried out physical risk assessments for rising sea levels for our top 10 retail mortgage markets. The concentration of the Group's portfolio exposure exposed to extreme rising sea levels risk has been observed to remain stable at 2 per cent in the most extreme RCP 8.5 scenario.
Further details on the metrics used in the climate scenario analysis for CPBB can be found in pages 298 and 299
We measured the impact of physical risk on ECL to the retail mortgage portfolio for four key markets (Hong Kong, China, Taiwan and Korea) as part of the HKMA stress test exercise. For our key residential mortgage markets, we have collaborated with our academic partner (Imperial College London) to develop an internal model for evaluating property valuations under different climate scenarios using the forward-looking risk indices from Munich Re. These revaluations are then used to inform haircuts on the property prices and arrive at climate adjusted ECL values for the mortgage book.
## Limitations and next steps
Despite the efforts in gathering transition risk data relating to our CPBB credit portfolios, gaps still exist across our footprint markets, and we have not been able to run a forward-looking transition risk scenario for CPBB. We have a plan to address these data gaps by working with third parties, engaging clients to gather more information, and using appropriate proxies for remaining data gaps.
Many of the assumptions and methodologies that underpin the scenario analysis continue to rely significantly on nascent methodologies as well as a dependence on first generation models and data challenges. Many of these limitations are shared across the industry. Given the complexities of climate modelling, it should also be noted that the results do not include the real-world aspects such as the non-linear shifts and complex feedback loops. However, they are intended to provide a strategic direction of the sense of portfolio concentrations subject to potential climate losses.
As more solution providers become available and banks start extensively using them to build internal understanding and capabilities, the transparency and sophistication of modelling methodologies and assumptions will increase. Despite these limitations, our intention is to focus on how climate risk management can inform portfolio management and support opportunity identification with clients on their transition and adaptation pathways. Work is under way to build capability from a people, process, and technology perspective to support stress tests at country level, including in-house training and a plan to implement the in-house models in the Group infrastructure.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
313
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Enterprise Risk Management Framework
Risk management is at the heart of banking, it is what we do. Managing risk effectively is how we drive commerce and prosperity for our clients and our communities, and it is how we grow sustainably and profitably as an organisation.
Effective risk management is essential in delivering consistent and sustainable performance for all our stakeholders and is a central part of the financial and operational management of the Group. The Group adds value to clients and the communities in which they operate by balancing risk and reward to generate returns for shareholders.
The Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) enables the Group to manage enterprise-wide risks, with the objective of maximising risk-adjusted returns while remaining within our Risk Appetite (RA). The ERMF is embedded across the Group, including its branches and subsidiaries¹, and is reviewed annually. The latest version is effective from January 2024.
## Annual review
In the 2023 review, the concepts of Integrated Risk Types (IRTs) and IRT Owner roles were discontinued. Oversight on IRTs, i.e. Climate Risk, Digital Assets and Third Party Risk, is provided through the Risk Type Frameworks (RTFs) and relevant dedicated policies. The subject matter experts as policy owners for these risks provide overall governance and a holistic view of how risks are monitored and managed across the Principal Risk Types (PRTs).
## Risk culture
Risk culture encompasses our general awareness, attitudes, and behaviours towards risk, as well as how risk is managed at enterprise level.
A healthy risk culture is one in which everyone takes personal responsibility to identify and assess, openly discuss, and take prompt action to address existing and emerging risks. We expect those in our control functions to provide oversight and challenge constructively, collaboratively, and in a timely manner. This effort is reflected in our valued behaviours, underpinned by our Code of Conduct and Ethics, and reinforced by how we hire, develop, reward our people, serve our clients, and contribute to communities around the world.
The risks we face constantly evolve, and we must always look for ways to manage them as effectively as possible. While unfavourable outcomes will occur from time to time, a healthy risk culture means that we react quickly and transparently. We can then take the opportunity to learn from our experience and improve our framework and processes.
## Strategic risk management
The Group's approach to strategic risk management includes the following:
- Risk identification: impact analyses of risks that arise from the Group's growth plans, strategic initiatives, and business model vulnerabilities are reviewed. This assesses how existing risks have evolved in terms of relative importance or whether new risks have emerged.
- Risk Appetite: impact analysis is performed to assess if strategic initiatives can be achieved within RA and highlight areas where additional RA should be considered.
- Stress testing: the risks highlighted during the strategy review and other risk identification processes are used to develop scenarios for enterprise stress tests. In order to ensure that the Group's Strategy remains within the approved RA, the Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) and Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO) recommend strategic actions based on the stress test results.
## Roles and responsibilities
### Senior Managers Regime²
Roles and responsibilities under the ERMF are aligned to the objectives of the Senior Managers Regime (SMR). The GCRO is responsible for the overall development and maintenance of the Group's ERMF and for identifying material risks which the Group may be exposed to. The GCRO delegates effective implementation of the RTFs to Risk Framework Owners (RFO) who provide second line of defence oversight for their respective PRTs.
In addition, the GCRO is the senior manager responsible for the development of the Group's Digital Assets Risk Assessment Approach, and management of Climate Risk.
---
¹ The Group's ERMF and System of Internal Control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to Associates, Joint Ventures or Structured Entities of the Group.
² Senior managers refers to individuals designated as senior management functions under the FCA and PRA Senior Managers Regime.
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
# The Risk function
The Risk function provides oversight and challenge on the Group's risk management, ensuring that business is conducted in line with regulatory expectations. The GCRO directly manages the Risk function, which is independent from the origination, trading, and sales functions of the businesses. The Risk function is responsible for:
- Determining the RA for approval by Group's Management Team (GMT) and the Board.
- Maintaining the ERMF, ensuring that it remains relevant and appropriate to the Group's business activities, and is effectively communicated and implemented across the Group.
- Ensuring that risks are properly assessed, risk and return decisions are transparent and risks are controlled in accordance with the Group's standards and RA.
- Overseeing and challenging the management of PRTs under the ERMF.
- Ensuring that the necessary balance in making risk and return decisions is not compromised by short-term pressures to generate revenues through the independence of the Risk function.
In addition, the Risk function provides specialist capabilities relevant to risk management processes in the broader organisation.
The Risk function supports the Group's strategy by building a sustainable ERMF that places regulatory and compliance standards, together with culture of appropriate conduct, at the forefront of the Group's agenda.
Our Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance (CFCC) function works alongside the Risk function within the ERMF to deliver a unified second line of defence.
# Three lines of defence model
The Group applies a three line of defence model to its day-to-day activities for effective risk management, and to reinforce a strong governance and control environment. Typically:
- The businesses and functions engaged in or supporting revenue generating activities that own and manage the risks constitute the first line of defence.
- The control functions, independent of the first line of defence, that provide oversight and challenge of risk management activities act as the second line of defence.
- Internal Audit acts as the third line of defence providing independent assurance on the effectiveness of controls supporting the activities of the first and second line of defence functions.
# Risk Appetite and profile
The Group recognises the following constraints which determine the risks that we are willing to take in pursuit of our strategy and the development of a sustainable business:
- Risk capacity is the maximum level of risk the Group can assume, given its current capabilities and resources, before breaching constraints determined by capital and liquidity requirements or the internal operational environment, or otherwise failing to meet the expectations of regulator and law enforcement agencies.
- RA is defined by the Group and approved by the Board. It is the boundary for the risk that the Group is willing to undertake to achieve its strategic objectives and Corporate Plan.
The Board is responsible for approving the RA Statements, which are underpinned by a set of financial and operational control parameters known as RA metrics and their associated thresholds. These directly constrain the aggregate risk exposures that can be taken across the Group.
The Group RA is reviewed at least annually to ensure that it is fit for purpose and aligned with strategy, with focus given to new or emerging risks.
# Risk Appetite Framework
The Group RA is defined in accordance with risk management principles that inform our overall approach to risk management and our risk culture. We set RA to enable us to grow sustainably whilst managing our risks, giving confidence to our stakeholders.
The Group RA is supplemented by risk control tools such as granular-level limits, policies, standards, and other operational control parameters that are used to maintain the Group's risk profile within approved RA.
# Risk Appetite Statement
The Group will not compromise compliance with its Risk Appetite in order to pursue revenue growth or higher returns.
See Table 1 for the set of RA statements.
# Risk identification and assessment
Identification and assessment of potentially adverse risk events is an essential first step in managing the risks of any business or activity. To ensure consistency in communication, we use PRTs to classify our risk exposures.
We also recognise the need to maintain a holistic perspective since:
- a single transaction or activity may give rise to multiple types of risk exposure;
- risk concentrations may arise from multiple exposures that are closely correlated; and
- a given risk exposure may change its form from one risk type to another.
315
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
There are also sources of risk that arise beyond our own operations, such as the Group's dependency on suppliers for the provision of services and technology.
As the Group remains accountable for risks arising from the actions of such third parties, failure to adequately monitor and manage these relationships could materially impact the Group's ability to operate.
The Group maintains a dynamic risk-scanning process with inputs on the internal and external risk environment, as well as potential threats and opportunities from the business and client perspectives. The Group maintains a taxonomy of the PRTs, and risk sub-types; as well as the Topical and Emerging Risks (TERs) inventory that includes near-term as well as longer-term uncertainties. Risk assessments of planned growth and strategic initiatives against the Group's RA is undertaken annually.
The GCRO and the Group Risk Committee (GRC) regularly review reports on the risk profile for the PRTs, adherence to Group RA and the Group risk inventory, including TERs. They use this information to escalate material developments and make recommendations to the Board annually on any potential changes to our Corporate Plan.
# Stress testing
The objective of stress testing is to support the Group in assessing that it:
- does not have a portfolio with excessive risk concentration that could produce unacceptably high losses under severe but plausible scenarios;
- has sufficient financial resources to withstand severe but plausible scenarios;
- has the financial flexibility to respond to extreme but plausible scenarios;
- understands key business model risks and considers what kind of event might crystallise those risks – even if extreme and with a low likelihood of occurring;
- Identify, as required, actions to mitigate the likelihood or impact of those events;
- considers how the outcome of plausible stress events, including TERs, may impact availability of liquidity and regulatory capital; and
- has set RA metrics at appropriate levels.
Enterprise stress tests incorporate Capital and Liquidity Adequacy Stress Tests, including recovery and resolution, as well as reverse stress tests.
Stress tests are performed at the Group, country, business, and portfolio level under a wide range of risks and at varying degrees of severity. Unless specifically set by the regulator, scenario design is a bespoke process that aims to explore risks that can adversely impact the Group.
The Board delegates approval of the Bank of England (BoE) stress test submissions to the Board Risk Committee (BRC), which reviews the recommendations from the GRC. Based on the stress test results, the GCFO and GCRO can recommend strategic actions to the Board to ensure that the Group's strategy remains within RA.
In addition, analysis is run at PRT level to assess specific risks and concentrations that the Group may be exposed to. These include qualitative assessments such as stressing of credit sectors or portfolios, measures such as Value at Risk (VaR) and multi-factor scenarios in Traded Risk and internal stressed liquidity metrics. Non-financial risk types are also stressed to assess the necessary capital requirements under the Operational & Technology RTF.
The Group has also undertaken a number of Climate Risk stress tests, both those mandated by regulators as well as management scenarios.
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
---
# Principal Risk Types
PRTs are those risks that are inherent in our strategy and business model and have been formally defined in the Group's ERMF. These risks are managed through distinct RTFs which are approved by the GCRO.
The PRTs and associated RA Statements are reviewed annually.
The table below shows the Group's current PRTs.
Table 1: Principal Risk Types Definition and RA Statement
| Principal Risk Types | Definition | Risk Appetite Statement |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Credit Risk | Potential for loss due to failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the Group. | The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client segments and industry sectors. |
| Traded Risk | Potential for loss resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets. | The Group should control its financial markets and activities to ensure that market and counterparty credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
| Treasury Risk | Potential for insufficient capital, liquidity, or funding to support our operations, the risk of reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items and the potential for losses from a shortfall in the Group's pension plans. | The Group should maintain sufficient capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items does not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In addition, the Group should ensure its pension plans are adequately funded. |
| Operational and Technology Risk | Potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks). | The Group aims to control operational and technology risks to ensure that operational losses (financial or reputational), including any related to conduct of business matters, do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
| Financial Crime Risk^{1} | Potential for legal or regulatory penalties, material financial loss or reputational damage resulting from the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to international sanctions, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud. | The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to Financial Crime, recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Compliance Risk | Potential for penalties or loss to the Group or for an adverse impact to our clients, stakeholders or to the integrity of the markets we operate in through a failure on our part to comply with laws, or regulations. | The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to regulatory non-compliance, recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Information and Cyber Security Risk | Risk to the Group's assets, operations, and individuals due to the potential for unauthorised access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information assets and/or information systems. | The Group aims to mitigate and control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Bank material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage – recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
| Reputational and Sustainability Risk | Potential for damage to the franchise (such as loss of trust, earnings or market capitalisation), because of stakeholders taking a negative view of the Group through actual or perceived actions or inactions, including a failure to uphold responsible business conduct as we strive to do no significant environmental and social harm through our client, third party relationships, or our own operations. | The Group aims to protect the franchise from material damage to its reputation by ensuring that any business activity is satisfactorily assessed and managed with the appropriate level of management and governance oversight. This includes a potential failure to uphold responsible business conduct in striving to do no significant environmental and social harm. |
| Model Risk | Potential loss that may occur because of decisions or the risk of mis-estimation that could be principally based on the output of models, due to errors in the development, implementation, or use of such models. | The Group has no appetite for material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or errors in the development or implementation of models; whilst accepting some model uncertainty. |
1 Fraud forms part of the Financial Crime RA Statement but in line with market practice does not apply a zero-tolerance approach
In addition to the PRTs, there is a RA statement for Climate Risk: "The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, and reduce emissions related to our own activities and those related to the financing of clients in alignment with the Paris Agreement."
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# ERMF effectiveness reviews
The GCRO is responsible for annually affirming the effectiveness of the ERMF to the BRC via an effectiveness review. This review uses evidence-based self-assessments for all the RTFs and relevant policies. A top-down review and challenge of the results is conducted by the GCRO with all RFOs and an opinion on the internal control environment is provided by Group Internal Audit.
The ERMF effectiveness review enables measurement of year-on-year progress. The key outcomes of the 2023 review are:
- Continued focus on embedding the ERMF across the organisation.
- Financial risks continue to be more effectively managed and the Group continues to make good progress in embedding non-financial risk management.
- Other aspects of the ERMF, including the key risk committees and key supporting standards, are established.
- Country-led self-assessments ensure adherence to the ERMF. Country and regional risk committees continue to play an active role in managing and overseeing material issues arising in countries.
Ongoing effectiveness reviews allow for a structured approach to identify improvement opportunities and build plans to address them.
In 2024, the Group aims to further strengthen its risk management practices by improving the management of non-financial risks within its businesses, functions and across our footprint.
# Executive and Board risk oversight
## Overview
The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management and is supported by five core Board level committees. The Board approves the ERMF based on the recommendation from the BRC, which also recommends the Group RA Statement for all PRTs. In addition, the Culture and Sustainability Committee oversees the Group's culture and key sustainability priorities.
## Board and Executive level risk committee governance structure
The Committee governance structure below presents the view as of 2023.
# Group Risk Committee
The GRC, which derives its authority from the GCRO, is responsible for ensuring the effective management of risk throughout the Group in support of the Group's strategy. The GCRO chairs the GRC, whose members are drawn from the Group Management Team. The GRC oversees the effective implementation of the ERMF for the Group, including the delegation of any part of its authorities to appropriate individuals or sub-committees.
# Group Risk Committee sub-committees
- The Group Non-Financial Risk Committee (GNFRC), chaired by the Global Head, Risk, Functions and Operational Risk, governs the non-financial risks throughout the Group, in support of the ERMF and the Group's strategy. The GNFRC also reviews the adequacy of the internal control system across in-scope PRTs.
- The Group Financial Crime Risk Committee (GFCRC), chaired by the Group Head, CFCC, governs the Financial Crime Risk Type (excluding Fraud Risk and Secondary Reputational Risk arising from Financial Crime Risk). The GFCRC ensures that the Financial Crime Risk profile is managed within RA and policies.
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
---
- The Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC), chaired by the Group Head, CFCC, ensures the effective management of Reputational and Sustainability Risk across the Group. This includes providing oversight of matters arising from clients, products, transactions and strategic coverage-related decisions and matters escalated by the respective RFOs.
- The International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 9 Impairment Committee, co-chaired by the Global Head Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and Group Head, Central Finance, ensures the effective management of Expected Credit Loss (ECL) computations, as well as stage allocation of financial assets for quarterly financial reporting.
- The Model Risk Committee, chaired by the Global Head, ERM, ensures the effective measurement and management of Model Risk in line with internal policies and RA.
- The Corporate, Commercial and Institutional Banking (CCIB) Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), CCIB and Europe and Americas, ensures the effective management of risk throughout CCIB in support of the Group's strategy.
- The Consumer, Private and Business Banking (CPBB) Risk Committee, chaired by the CRO, CPBB, ensures the effective management of risk throughout CPBB in support of the Group's strategy.
- The Asia Risk Committee and the Africa and Middle East Risk Committee are chaired by the CRO for the respective region. These committees ensure the effective management of risk in the regions in support of the Group's strategy.
- The Investment Committee, chaired by representatives from the Risk function (CRO, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), Chief Credit Officer), ensures the optimised wind-down of the Group's existing direct investment activities in equities, quasi-equities (excluding mezzanine), funds and other alternative investments (excluding debt/debt-like instruments). This includes equity or quasi-equity stakes obtained as a result of restructuring of distressed debt, non-core equities and limited partner investments in funds linked to CCIB and managed by the Credit and Portfolio Management.
- The SC Ventures (SCV) Risk Committee, chaired by the CRO, SCV, receives authority directly from the GCRO and oversees the effective management of risk throughout SCV and the portfolio of subsidiaries operating under SCV, in support of the Group's strategy.
- The Climate Risk Management Committee (CRMC), chaired by the Global Head, ERM, oversees the effective implementation of the Group's Climate Risk Policy and workplan. This includes relevant regulatory requirements and covers Climate Risk related financial and non-financial risks.
- The Regulatory Interpretation Committee, co-chaired by the Global Head ERM and Group Head, Central Finance, provides oversight of material regulatory interpretations for the Capital Requirements Regulation (as amended by UK legislation), the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA) rulebook and other relevant regulations impacting Group regulatory capital calculations and reporting. The areas and risk types in scope are credit risk, traded risk, operational risk, large exposures, leverage ratio and securitisation.
- The Digital Assets Risk Committee, chaired by the Global Head, ERM, oversees effective risk management of the Digital Assets (DA) Risk profile of the Group. This includes providing oversight and subject matter expertise of DA Risk matters arising from DA-related activities across the PRTs.
## Group Asset and Liability Committee
The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is chaired by the GCFO. Its members are drawn principally from the Management Team. GALCO is responsible for determining the Group's balance sheet strategy and for ensuring that, in executing the Group's strategy, the Group operates within RA and regulatory requirements relating to capital, loss-absorbing capacity, liquidity, leverage, Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB), Banking Book Basis Risk and Structural Foreign Exchange Risk. It also monitors the structural impact of decisions around sustainable finance, net zero and climate risk. GALCO is also responsible for ensuring that internal and external recovery planning requirements are met.
Standard Chartered — Annual Report 2023
319
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Principal risks
We manage and control our PRTs through distinct RTFs, policies and RA.
# Credit Risk
The Group defines Credit Risk as the potential for loss due to failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the Group.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client segments and industry sectors.
# Roles and responsibilities
The Credit RTF for the Group are set and owned by the CROs for the respective business segments.
The Credit Risk control function is the second line of defence responsible for independent challenge, monitoring and oversight of the Credit Risk management practices of the first line of defence. In addition, they ensure that credit risks are properly assessed and transparent; and that credit decisions are controlled in accordance with the Group's RA, credit policies and standards.
# Mitigation
Segment-specific policies for CCIB and CPBB are in place for the management of Credit Risk. The Credit Policy for CCIB Client Coverage sets the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end credit process, including credit initiation, credit grading, credit assessment, product structuring, credit risk mitigation, monitoring and control, and documentation.
The CPBB Credit Risk Management Policy sets the principles for the management of CPBB segments, for end-to-end credit process including credit initiation, credit assessment, documentation and monitoring for lending to these segments.
The Group also sets out standards for the eligibility, enforceability, and effectiveness of Credit Risk mitigation arrangements. Potential credit losses from a given account, client or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools, such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees.
Risk mitigants are also carefully assessed for their market value, legal enforceability, correlation, and counterparty risk of the protection provider.
Collateral is valued prior to drawdown and regularly thereafter as required, to reflect current market conditions, the probability of recovery and the period of time to realise the collateral in the event of liquidation. The Group also seeks to diversify its collateral holdings across asset classes and markets.
Where guarantees, credit insurance, standby letters of credit or credit derivatives are used as Credit Risk mitigation, the creditworthiness of the protection provider is assessed and monitored using the same credit approval process applied to the obligor.
# Governance committee oversight
At Board level, the BRC oversees the effective management of Credit Risk. At the executive level, the GRC oversees and appoints sub-committees for the management of all risk types including Credit Risk – in particular the CCIB Risk Committee, CPBB Risk Committee, Asia Risk Committee, and Africa and Middle East Risk Committee. The GRC also receives reports from other key Group Committees such as the Standard Chartered Bank Executive Risk Committee (in relation to Credit Risk).
These committees are responsible for overseeing all risk profiles including Credit Risk of the Group within the respective business areas and regions. Meetings are held regularly, and the committees monitor all material Credit Risk exposures, as well as key internal developments and external trends, ensuring that appropriate action is taken where necessary.
# Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Credit RTF is the formal mechanism of delegating Credit Risk authorities cascading from the GCRO, as the Senior Manager of the Credit Risk PRT. The delegation is to individuals such as the business segments' CROs. Further delegation of credit authorities to individual credit officers may be undertaken based on risk-adjusted scales by customer type or portfolio.
Credit Risk authorities are reviewed at least annually to ensure that they remain appropriate. In CCIB Client Coverage, the individuals delegating the Credit Risk authorities perform oversight by reviewing a sample of the limit applications approved by the delegated credit officers periodically. In CPBB, where credit decision systems and tools (e.g. application scorecards) are used for credit decisioning, such risk models are subject to performance monitoring and periodic validation. Where manual or discretionary credit decisions are applied, the individuals delegating the Credit Risk authorities perform periodic quality control assessments and assurance checks.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
The Group regularly monitors credit exposures, portfolio performance, external trends and emerging risks that may impact risk management outcomes. Internal risk management reports that are presented to risk committees contain information on key political and economic trends across major portfolios and countries, portfolio delinquency and loan impairment performance.
In CCIB Client Coverage, clients and portfolios are subject to additional review when they display signs of actual or potential weakness; for example, where there is a decline in the client's position within the industry, financial deterioration, a breach of covenants, or non-performance of an obligation within the stipulated period. Such accounts are subject to a dedicated process overseen by the Credit Issues Committee in the relevant countries where client account strategies and credit grades are re-evaluated. In addition, remedial actions, including placing accounts on early alert for increased scrutiny, exposure reduction, security enhancement or exiting the account could be undertaken. Certain accounts could also be transferred into the control management of the SAG, which is our specialist recovery unit for CCIB Client Coverage that operates independently from our main business.
On an annual basis, senior members from Business and Risk participate in a more extensive portfolio review for certain corporate industry groups. In addition to a review of the portfolio information, this enhanced review (known as the industry portfolio review) incorporates industry outlook, key elements of business strategy, RA, credit profile and emerging/horizon risks. A condensed version of these industry portfolio reviews will also be shared with the CCIB Risk Committee.
Any material in-country developments that may impact sovereign ratings are monitored closely by the Country Risk Team. The Country Risk Early Warning system, a triage-based risk identification system, categorises countries based on a forward-looking view of possible downgrades and the potential incremental risk-weighted assets (RWA) impact.
For CPBB, exposures and collateral monitoring are performed at the counterparty and/or portfolio level across different client segments to ensure transactions and portfolio exposures remain within RA. Portfolio delinquency trends are also monitored. Accounts that are past due (or perceived as high risk but not yet past due) are subject to collections or recovery processes managed by a specialist independent function. In some countries, aspects of collections and recovery activities are outsourced. For discretionary lending portfolios, similar processes to those of CCIB client coverage are followed.
In addition, an independent Credit Risk Review team (part of ERM function), performs judgement-based assessments of the Credit Risk profiles at various portfolio levels. They focus on selected countries and segments through deep dives, comparative analysis, and review and challenge of the basis of credit approvals. The review ensures that the evolving Credit Risk profiles of CCIB and CPBB are well managed within RA and policies, through forward-looking mitigating actions where necessary.
## Credit rating and measurement
All credit proposals are subject to a robust credit risk assessment. It includes a comprehensive evaluation of the client's credit quality, including willingness, ability, and capacity to repay. The primary lending consideration is based on the client's credit quality and the repayment capacity from operating cashflows for counterparties, and personal income or wealth for individual borrowers. The risk assessment gives due consideration to the client's liquidity and leverage position.
Where applicable, the assessment includes a detailed analysis of the Credit Risk mitigation arrangements to determine the level of reliance on such arrangements as the secondary source of repayment in the event of a significant deterioration in a client's credit quality leading to default. Client income, net worth, and the liquidity of asset by class are considered for overall risk assessment for wealth lending. The availability of Wealth Lending credit limits is subject to the availability of qualified collateral.
Risk measurement plays a central role, along with judgement and experience, in informing risk-taking and portfolio management decisions. We adopt the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach under the Basel regulatory framework to calculate Credit Risk capital requirements. The Group has also established a global programme to assess capital requirements necessary to be implemented to meet the latest revised Basel III finalisation (referred to as Basel 3.1 or Basel IV) regulations.
A standard alphanumeric Credit Risk grade system is used for CCIB Client Coverage. The numeric grades run from 1 to 14 and some of the grades are further sub-classified. Lower numeric credit grades are indicative of a lower likelihood of default. Credit grades 1 to 12 are assigned to performing customers, while credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to non-performing or defaulted customers.
CPBB internal ratings-based portfolios use application and behavioural credit scores that are calibrated to generate a probability of default. The Risk Decision Framework uses a credit rating system to define the portfolio/new booking segmentation, shape and decision criteria for the unsecured consumer business segment.
AIRB models cover a substantial majority of our exposures and are used in assessing risks at a customer and portfolio level, setting strategy, and optimising our risk-return decisions. The Model Risk Committee approves material internal ratings-based risk measurement models. Prior to review and approval, all internal ratings based models are validated in detail by an independent model validation team. Reviews are also triggered if the performance of a model deteriorates materially against predetermined thresholds during the ongoing model performance monitoring process, which takes place between the annual validations.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Credit Concentration Risk
Credit Concentration Risk may arise from a single large exposure to a counterparty or a group of connected counterparties, or from multiple exposures across the portfolio that are closely correlated. Large exposure Concentration Risk is managed through concentration limits set for a counterparty or a group of connected counterparties based on control and economic dependence criteria. RA metrics are set at portfolio level and monitored to control concentrations, where appropriate, by industry, products, tenor, collateralisation level, top clients, and exposure to holding companies. Single name credit concentration thresholds are set by client group depending on credit grade, and by customer segment. For concentrations that are material at a Group level, breaches and potential breaches are monitored by the respective governance committees and reported to the GRC and BRC.
# Credit impairment
ECL is determined for all financial assets that are classified as amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income. ECL is computed as an unbiased, probability-weighted provision determined by evaluating a range of plausible outcomes, the time value of money, and forward-looking information such as critical global or country-specific macroeconomic variables. For more detailed information on macroeconomic data feeding into IFRS 9 ECL calculations, please refer to the Risk profile section (pages 273 to 285).
At the time of origination or purchase of a non-credit impaired financial asset (Stage 1), ECL represents cash shortfalls arising from possible default events up to 12 months into the future from the balance sheet date. ECL continues to be determined on this basis until there is a significant increase in the Credit Risk of the asset (Stage 2), in which case ECL is recognised for default events that may occur over the lifetime of the asset. If there is observed objective evidence of credit impairment or default (Stage 3), ECL continues to be measured on a lifetime basis. To provide the Board with oversight and assurance that the quality of assets originated are aligned to the Group's strategy, there is a RA metric to monitor Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL from assets originated in the past 12 months.
For CCIB, in line with the regulatory guidelines, Stage 3 ECL is considered when an obligor is more than 90 days past due on any amount payable to the Group, or the obligor(s) has symptoms of unlikelihood to pay its credit obligations in full as they fall due. These credit-impaired accounts are managed by SAG.
In CPBB, loans to individuals and small businesses are considered credit-impaired as soon as any payment of interest or principal is 90 days overdue or they meet other objective evidence of impairment, such as bankruptcy, debt restructuring, fraud, or death. Financial assets are written off, in the amount that is determined to be irrecoverable, when they meet conditions set such that empirical evidence suggests the client is unlikely to meet their contractual obligations, or a loss of principal is reasonably expected.
Estimating the amount and timing of future recoveries involves significant judgement and considers the assessment of matters such as future economic conditions and the value of collateral, for which there may not be a readily accessible market. The total amount of the Group's impairment provision is inherently uncertain, being sensitive to changes in economic and credit conditions across the regions in which the Group operates. For further details on sensitivity analysis of ECL under IFRS 9, please refer to the Risk profile section (pages 273 to 285).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Traded Risk
The Group defines Traded Risk as the potential for loss resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group should control its financial markets and activities to ensure that market and counterparty credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise.
## Roles and responsibilities
The Traded RTF, which sets the roles and responsibilities in respect of Traded Risk for the Group, is owned by the Global Head, Traded Risk Management (TRM). The business, acting as first line of defence, is responsible for the effective management of risks within the scope of its direct organisational responsibilities set by the Board.
TRM is the second line control function that performs independent challenge, monitoring and oversight of the Traded Risk management practices of the first line of defence, predominantly Financial Markets and Treasury Markets.
## Mitigation
The Traded RTF requires that Traded Risk limits be defined at a level appropriate to ensure that the Group remains within RA. All businesses incurring Traded Risk must comply with the Traded RTF. The Traded Risk Policy sets the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end traded risk management process, including limit setting, risk capture and measurement, limit monitoring and escalation, risk mitigation and stress testing. Policies and standards ensure that these Traded Risk limits are implemented. Policies are reviewed and approved by the Global Head, TRM periodically to ensure their ongoing effectiveness.
## Governance committee oversight
At Board level, the BRC oversees the effective management of Traded Risk. At the executive level, the GRC delegates responsibilities to the CCIB Risk Committee to oversee the Traded Risk profile of the Group. For subsidiaries, the authority for setting Traded Risk limits is delegated from the local board to the local risk committee, Country CRO and Traded Risk managers. Meetings are held regularly, and the committees monitor all material Traded Risk exposures, as well as key internal developments and external trends, and ensure that appropriate action is taken.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Traded RTF is the formal mechanism which delegates Traded Risk authorities cascading from the GCRO, as the Senior Manager of the Traded Risk Type, to the Global Head, TRM who further delegates authorities to named individuals.
Traded Risk authorities are reviewed at least annually to ensure that they remain appropriate and to assess the quality of decisions taken by the authorised person. Key risk-taking decisions are made only by certain individuals with the skills, judgement, and perspective to ensure that the Group's control standards and risk-return objectives are met.
## Market Risk
The Group uses a VaR model to measure the risk of losses arising from future potential adverse movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities. VaR is a quantitative measure of Market Risk that applies recent historical market conditions to estimate the potential future loss in market value that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence level. VaR provides a consistent measure that can be applied across trading businesses and products over time and can be set against actual daily trading profit and loss outcomes.
For day-to-day risk management, VaR is calculated as at the close of business, generally at UK time for expected market movements over one business day and to a confidence level of 97.5 per cent. Intra-day risk levels may vary from those reported at the end of the day.
The Group applies two VaR methodologies:
- Historical simulation: this involves the revaluation of all existing positions to reflect the effect of historically observed changes in Market Risk factors on the valuation of the current portfolio. This approach is applied for general Market Risk factors and the majority of specific (credit spread) risk VaRs.
- Monte Carlo simulation: this methodology is similar to historical simulation but with considerably more input risk factor observations. These are generated by random sampling techniques, but the results retain the essential variability and correlations of historically observed risk factor changes. This approach is applied for some of the specific (credit spread) risk VaRs in relation to idiosyncratic exposures in credit markets.
A one-year historical observation period is applied in both methods.
As an input to regulatory capital, trading book VaR is calculated for expected movements over 10 business days and to a confidence level of 99 per cent. Some types of Market Risk are not captured in the regulatory VaR measure, and these Risks not in VaR are subject to capital add-ons.
An analysis of VaR results in 2023 is available in the Risk profile section (pages 286 to 289).
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Counterparty Credit Risk
The Group uses a Potential Future Exposure (PFE) model to measure the credit exposure arising from the positive mark-to-market of traded products and future potential movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities. PFE is a quantitative measure of Counterparty Credit Risk that applies recent historical market conditions to estimate the potential future credit exposure that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a confidence level of 97.5 per cent. PFE is calculated for expected market movements over different time horizons based on the tenor of the transactions.
The Group applies two PFE methodologies: simulation based, which is predominantly used, and an add-on based PFE methodology.
# Underwriting
The underwriting of securities and loans is in scope of the RA set by the Group for Traded Risk. Additional limits approved by the GCRO are set on the sectoral concentration, and the maximum holding period. The Underwriting Committee, under the authority of the GCRO, approves individual proposals to underwrite new security issues and loans for our clients.
# Monitoring
TRM monitors the overall portfolio risk and ensures that it is within specified limits and therefore RA. Limits are typically reviewed twice a year. Most of the Traded Risk exposures are monitored daily against approved limits. Traded Risk limits apply at all times unless separate intra-day limits have been set. Limit excess approval decisions are based on an assessment of the circumstances driving the excess and of the proposed remediation plan. Limits and excesses can only be approved by a Traded Risk manager with the appropriate delegated authority.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Treasury Risk
The Group defines Treasury Risk as the potential for insufficient capital, liquidity, or funding to support our operations, the risk of reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items and the potential for losses from a shortfall in the Group's pension plans.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group should maintain sufficient capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items does not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In addition, the Group should ensure its pension plans are adequately funded.
## Roles and responsibilities
The Global Head, ERM is responsible for the RTF for Treasury Risk under the ERMF.
The Group Treasurer is supported by teams in Treasury and Finance to implement the Treasury RTF as the first line of defence and is responsible for managing Treasury Risk.
At Regional and Country level, Chief Executive Officers (CEOs) supported by Regional and Country level Finance and Treasury teams are responsible for managing Treasury Risk as the first line of defence. Regional Treasury CROs and Country CROs for Treasury Risk (except Pension Risk) and Head of Pensions (for Pension Risk) are responsible for overseeing and challenging the first line of defence.
## Mitigation
The Group develops policies to address material Treasury Risks and aims to maintain its risk profile within RA. In order to do this, metrics are set against Capital Risk, Liquidity and Funding Risk and IRRBB. Where appropriate, RA metrics are cascaded down to regions and countries in the form of Limits and Management Action Triggers.
## Capital Risk
In order to manage Capital Risk, strategic business, and capital plans (Corporate Plan) are drawn up covering a five-year horizon which are approved by the Board annually. The plan ensures that adequate levels of capital, including loss absorbing capacity, and an efficient mix of the different components of capital are maintained to support our strategy and business plans.
Treasury is responsible for the ongoing assessment of the demand for capital and the updating of the Group's capital plan.
RA metrics including capital, leverage, Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liability (MREL) and double leverage are assessed within the Corporate Plan to ensure that the strategy can be achieved within risk tolerances.
## Structural Foreign Exchange (FX) Risk
The Group's structural FX position results from the Group's non-US dollar investment in the share capital and reserves of subsidiaries and branches. The FX translation gains, or losses, are recorded in the Group's translation reserves with a direct impact on the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 ratio.
The Group contracts hedges to manage its structural FX position in accordance with the RA, and as a result the Group has taken net investment hedges to partially cover its exposure to certain non-US dollar currencies to mitigate the FX impact of such positions on its capital ratios.
## Liquidity and Funding Risk
At Group, regional and country level we implement various business-as-usual and stress risk metrics to monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk. This ensures that the Group maintains an adequate and well-diversified liquidity buffer, as well as a stable funding base, and that it meets its liquidity and funding regulatory requirements. The approach to managing risks and the RA is assessed annually through the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process. A funding plan is also developed for efficient liquidity projections to ensure that the Group is adequately funded in the required currencies, to meet its obligations and client funding needs. The funding plan is part of the overall Corporate Plan process aligning to the capital requirements.
## Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
This risk arises from differences in the repricing profile, interest rate basis, and optionality of banking book assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items. IRRBB represents an economic and commercial risk to the Group and its capital adequacy. The Group monitors IRRBB against the RA.
## Pension Risk
Pension Risk is the potential for loss due to having to meet an actuarially assessed shortfall in the Group's pension plans. Pension obligation risk to a firm arises from its contractual or other liabilities to or with respect to an occupational pension plan or other long-term benefit obligation. For a funded plan it represents the risk that additional contributions will need to be made because of a future shortfall in the funding of the plan. Or, for unfunded obligations, it represents the risk that the cost of meeting future benefit payments is greater than currently anticipated. The Pension Risk position against RA metric is reported to the GRC. This metric is calculated as the total capital requirement (including both Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital) in respect of Pension Risk, expressed as a number of basis points of RWA.
## Recovery and Resolution Planning
In line with PRA requirements, the Group maintains a Recovery Plan which is a live document to be used by management in the event of stress in order to restore the Group to a stable and sustainable position. The Recovery Plan includes a set of recovery indicators, an escalation framework, and a set of management actions capable of being implemented during a stress. A Recovery Plan is also maintained within each major entity, and all recovery plans are subject to periodic fire-drill testing.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
As the UK resolution authority, the BoE is required to set a preferred resolution strategy for the Group. The BoE's preferred resolution strategy is whole Group single point of entry bail-in at the ultimate holding company level (Standard Chartered PLC) and would be led by the BoE. In support of this strategy, the Group has been developing a set of capabilities, arrangements, and resources to achieve the required outcomes. Following the BoE's first resolvability assessment and public disclosure for major UK firms in 2022, the second Resolvability Assessment Framework (RAF) cycle is under way. The Group submitted its Resolvability Assessment Report to the BoE and PRA on 6 October 2023 and is due to publish its resolvability public disclosure in June 2024.
## Governance committee oversight
At the Board level, the BRC oversees the effective management of Treasury Risk. At the executive level, the GALCO ensures the effective management of risk throughout the Group in support of the Group's strategy, guides the Group's strategy on balance sheet optimisation and ensures that the Group operates within the RA and other internal and external requirements relating to Treasury Risk (except Pension Risk). The GRC and Regional Risk Committees provide oversight for Pension Risk.
Regional and country oversight resides with regional and country Asset and Liability Committees. Regions and countries must ensure that they remain in compliance with Group Treasury policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The GCFO has responsibility for capital, funding, and liquidity under the SMR. The GCRO has delegated the RFO responsibilities associated with Treasury Risk to the Global Head, ERM. The Global Head, ERM delegates second line of defence oversight and challenge responsibilities to the Treasury CRO and Country CROs for Capital Risk, Liquidity and Funding Risk and IRRBB, and to Head of Pensions for Pension Risk.
## Monitoring
On a day-to-day basis, Treasury Risk is managed by Treasury, Finance and Country CEOs. The Group regularly reports and monitors Treasury Risk inherent in its business activities and those that arise from internal and external events.
Internal risk management reports covering the balance sheet and the capital and liquidity position are presented to the relevant country Asset and Liability Committee. The reports contain key information on balance sheet trends, exposures against RA and supporting risk measures which enable members to make informed decisions around the overall management of the balance sheet.
In addition, an independent Treasury CRO as part of ERM reviews the prudency and effectiveness of Treasury Risk management.
Pension Risk is actively managed by the Head of Pensions and monitored by the Head of Country Risk, Scenario Analysis, Insurable and Pension Risk. The Head of Pensions ensures that accurate, complete, and timely updates on Pension Risk are shared with the Head of Country Risk, Scenario Analysis and Pension Risk, the Treasury CRO and the Global Head, ERM on a periodic basis.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Operational and Technology Risk
The Group defines Operational and Technology risk as the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks).
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group aims to control operational and technology risks to ensure that operational losses (financial or reputational), including any related to conduct of business matters, do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise.
## Changes to Third Party Risk
With effect from January 2024, the Group has removed the IRT classification and formally included Third Party Risk as a sub risk under Operational and Technology Risk. Third Party Risk is defined as the potential for loss or adverse impact due to the failure to manage the onboarding, lifecycle and exit strategy of a third party. The Third Party Risk Management Policy and Standard, in conjunction with the respective PRT policies and standards, holistically set out the Group's minimum controls requirements for the identification, mitigation and management of risks arising from the use of Third Parties.
## Roles and responsibilities
The Operational and Technology RTF sets the roles and responsibilities in respect of Operational and Technology risk for the Group. The Operational and Technology RTF defines the Group's Operational and Technology risk sub-types and sets standards for the identification, control, monitoring and treatment of risks. These standards are applicable across all PRTs and risk sub-types in the Operational and Technology RTF. The list of risk sub-types includes Execution Capability, Governance, Reporting and Obligations, Legal Enforceability, and Operational Resilience (including client service, change management, people management, safety and security, and technology risk).
The Operational and Technology RTF reinforces clear accountability for managing risk throughout the Group and delegates second line of defence responsibilities to identified SMEs. For each risk sub-type, the subject matter expert sets policies and standards for the organisation to comply with, and provides guidance, oversight, and challenge over the activities of the Group. They ensure that key risk decisions are only taken by individuals with the requisite skills, judgement, and perspective to ensure that the Group's risk-return objectives are met.
## Mitigation
The Operational and Technology RTF sets out the Group's overall approach to the management of Operational and Technology risk in line with the Group's Operational and Technology RA. This is supported by the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) which defines roles and responsibilities for the identification, control, and monitoring of risks (applicable to all PRTs, risk sub-types and IRTs).
The RCSA is used to determine the design strength and reliability of each process, and requires:
- the recording of processes run by client segments, products, and functions into a process universe;
- the identification of potential failures in these processes and the related risks of such failures;
- an assessment of the impact of the identified risks based on a consistent scale;
- the design and monitoring of controls to mitigate prioritised risks; and
- assessments of residual risk and timely actions for elevated risks.
Risks that exceed the Group's Operational and Technology RA require treatment plans to address underlying causes.
## Governance committee oversight
At Board level, the BRC oversees the effective management of Operational and Technology risk. At the executive level, the GRC is responsible for the governance and oversight of Operational and Technology risk for the Group. The GRC, supported by the GNFRC, monitors the Group's Operational and Technology RA and relies on other key committees for the management of Operational and Technology risk.
Regional business segments and functional committees also provide governance oversight of their respective processes and related Operational and Technology risk. In addition, Country Non-Financial Risk Committees (CNFRCs) oversee the management of Operational and Technology Risk at the country (or entity) level. In smaller countries, the responsibilities of the CNFRC may be exercised directly by the Country Risk Committee (for branches) or Executive Risk Committee (for subsidiaries).
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The GCRO has delegated the RFO responsibilities associated with the Operational and Technology RTF to the Global Head of Risk, Functions and Operational Risk (GHRFOR).
The Operational and Technology RTF is the formal mechanism through which the delegation of Operational and Technology Risk authorities is made. The GHRFOR places reliance on the respective SMEs for second line of defence oversight of the relevant Operational and Technology risk sub-types through the Operational and Technology RTF.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Monitoring
To deliver services to clients and to participate in the financial services sector, the Group runs processes which are exposed to Operational and Technology risks. The Group prioritises and manages risks which are significant to clients and to the financial services sectors. Control indicators are regularly monitored to determine the Group's exposure to residual risk.
The residual risk assessments and reporting of events form the Group's Operational and Technology Risk profile. The completeness of the Operational and Technology Risk profile ensures appropriate prioritisation and timeliness of risk decisions, including risk acceptances with treatment plans for risks that exceed acceptable thresholds.
The Board Risk Committee is informed on adherence to Operational and Technology RA through metrics reported for selected risks. These metrics are monitored, and escalation thresholds are devised based on the materiality and significance of the risk. These Operational and Technology RA metrics are consolidated on a regular basis and reported at relevant Group committees. This provides senior management with the relevant information to inform their risk decisions.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Financial Crime Risk
The Group defines Financial Crime Risk as the potential for legal or regulatory penalties, material financial loss or reputational damage resulting from the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to international sanctions, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to financial crime, recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided.
## Roles and responsibilities
The Group Head, CFCC has overall responsibility for Financial Crime Risk and is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of effective systems and controls to meet legal and regulatory obligations in respect of Financial Crime Risk. The Group Head, CFCC is the Group's Compliance and Money-Laundering Reporting Officer and performs the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) controlled function and senior management function in accordance with the requirements set out by the FCA, including those set out in their handbook on systems and controls. As the first line of defence, the business process owners have responsibility for the application of policy controls and the identification and measurement of risks relating to financial crime. The business must communicate risks and any policy non-compliance to the second line of defence for review and approval following the model for delegation of authority.
## Mitigation
There are four Group policies in support of the Financial Crime RTF:
- Group Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy
- Group Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorist Financing Policy
- Group Sanctions Policy
- Group Fraud Risk Management Policy
The Group operates risk-based assessments and controls in support of its Financial Crime Risk programme, including (but not limited to):
- Group Risk Assessment: the Group monitors enterprise-wide Financial Crime Risks through the CFCC Risk Assessment process consisting of Financial Crime Risk and Compliance Risk assessments. The Financial Crime Risk assessment is a Group-wide risk assessment undertaken annually to assess the inherent Financial Crime Risk exposures and the associated processes and controls by which these exposures are mitigated.
- Financial Crime Surveillance: risk-based systems and processes to prevent and detect financial crime.
The strength of controls is tested and assessed through the Group's Operational and Technology RTF, in addition to oversight by CFCC Assurance.
## Governance committee oversight
Financial Crime Risk within the Group is governed by the GFCRC and the GNFRC for Fraud Risk.
The GFCRC is responsible for ensuring effective oversight for operational risk relating to Financial Crime Risk. Board Level oversight of Financial Crime risk is performed by the Audit Committee and the BRC.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Financial Crime RTF is the formal mechanism through which the delegation of Financial Crime Risk authorities is made. The Group Head, CFCC is the RFO for Financial Crime Risk under the Group's ERMF. Certain aspects of Financial Crime Compliance, second line of defence oversight and challenge, are delegated within the CFCC function. Approval frameworks are in place to allow for risk-based decisions on client onboarding, potential breaches of sanctions regulation or policy, situations of potential money laundering (and terrorist financing), bribery and corruption or internal and external fraud.
## Monitoring
The Group monitors Financial Crime Risk compliance against a set of RA metrics. These metrics are reviewed periodically and reported regularly to the GFCRC, GNFRC, BRC, GRC, and relevant Board committees.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Compliance Risk
The Group defines Compliance Risk as the potential for penalties or loss to the Group or for an adverse impact to our clients, stakeholders or to the integrity of the markets we operate in through a failure on our part to comply with laws, or regulations.
# Risk Appetite Statement
The Group has no appetite for breaches in laws and regulations related to regulatory non-compliance; recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided.
# Roles and responsibilities
The Group Head, CFCC as RFO for Compliance Risk provides support to senior management on regulatory and compliance matters by:
- providing interpretation and advice on CFCC regulatory requirements and their impact on the Group; and
- setting enterprise-wide standards for management of compliance risks through the establishment and maintenance of the Compliance RTF.
The Group Head, CFCC also performs the FCA controlled function and senior management function of Compliance Risk oversight in accordance with the requirements set out by the FCA.
All activities that the Group engages in must be designed to comply with the applicable laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. The CFCC function provides second line of defence oversight and challenge of the first line of defence risk management activities that relate to Compliance Risk. Where Compliance Risk arises, or could arise, from failure to manage another PRT or sub-type, the Compliance RTF outlines that the responsibility rests with the respective RFO or control function to ensure that effective oversight and challenge of the first line of defence can be provided by the appropriate second line of defence function.
Each of the assigned second line of defence functions have responsibilities, including monitoring relevant regulatory developments from Non-Financial Services regulators at both Group and country levels, policy development, implementation, and validation as well as oversight and challenge of first line of defence processes and controls. In addition, the remit of CFCC has been further clarified in 2023 in relation to Compliance risk and the boundary of responsibilities with other PRTs.
# Mitigation
The CFCC function is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of policies, standards and controls to ensure continued legal and regulatory compliance, and the mitigation of Compliance Risk. In this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of processes and controls.
The deployment of technological solutions to improve efficiencies and simplify processes has continued in 2023. These include launch of a new Regulatory Change Management System for Group regulatory obligations management, and further enhancement of the Ask Compliance platform.
# Governance committee oversight
Both Compliance Risk and the risk of non-compliance with laws and regulations resulting from failed processes and controls are reported at the respective country, business, product, function, Risk and CFCC Non-Financial Risk Committees. Relevant matters, as required, are further escalated to the GNFRC and GRC. At Board level, oversight of Compliance Risk is primarily provided by the Audit Committee, and by the BRC for relevant issues.
Whilst not a formal governance committee, the CFCC Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCC risks including the effective implementation of the Compliance RTF. The Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility and oversight of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory change emanating from Financial Services regulators impacting Non-Financial Risks. The CFCC Policy Council provides oversight, challenge and direction to Compliance and FCC Policy Owners on material changes and positions taken in CFCC-owned policies, including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and Group's CFCC RA.
# Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Compliance RTF is the formal mechanism through which the delegation of Compliance Risk authorities is made. The Group Head, CFCC has the authority to delegate second line of defence responsibilities within the CFCC function to relevant and suitably qualified individuals.
# Monitoring
The monitoring of controls designed to mitigate the risk of regulatory non-compliance in processes is governed in line with the Operational and Technology RTF. The Group has a monitoring and reporting process in place for Compliance Risk, which includes escalation and reporting to Risk and CFCC Non-Financial Risk Committee, GNFRC, GRC, BRC, and relevant Board committees.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Information and Cyber Security (ICS) Risk
The Group defines ICS Risk as the risk to the Group's assets, operations, and individuals due to the potential for unauthorised access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information assets and/or information systems.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group aims to mitigate and control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Bank material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage - recognising that whilst incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided.
## Roles and responsibilities
The Group's ICS RTF defines the roles and responsibilities of the first and second lines of defence in managing and governing ICS Risk across the Group. It emphasises business ownership and individual accountability.
The Group Chief Transformation, Technology & Operations Officer (CTTO) has the first line of defence responsibility for ICS Risk and is accountable for the Group's ICS strategy. The Group Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) leads the development and execution of the ICS strategy. The first line of defence also manages all key ICS Risks, breaches and risk treatment plans. ICS Risk profile, RA breaches and remediation status are reported at Board and Executive committees, alongside business, function and country governance committees.
The Group Chief Information Security Risk Officer (CISRO) function within Group Risk is the second line of defence and sets the framework, policy, standards, and methodology for assessing, scoring, and prioritising ICS Risks across the Group. The ICS Policy and standards are aligned to industry best practice models including the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security Framework and ISO 27001. This function has the responsibility for governance, oversight, and independent challenge of first line of defence's pursuit of the ICS strategy. Group ICS Risk Framework Strategy remains the responsibility of the ICS RFO (RFO), delegated from the GCRO to the Group CISRO.
## Mitigation
ICS Risk is managed through the ICS RTF, comprising a risk assessment methodology and supporting policy, standards, and methodologies. These are aligned to industry recommended practice. We undertake an annual ICS Effectiveness Review to evaluate ICS Risk management practices in alignment with the ERMF.
## Governance committee oversight
The BRC oversees the effective management of ICS Risk. The GRC has delegated authority to the GNFRC to ensure effective implementation of the ICS RTF. The GRC and GNFRC are responsible for oversight of ICS Risk profile and RA breaches. Sub-committees of the GNFRC have oversight of ICS Risk management arising from the businesses, countries and functions.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The ICS RTF defines how the Group manages ICS Risk. The Group CISRO delegates authority to designated individuals through the ICS RTF, including at a business, function, region and country level.
The Group CISO is responsible for implementing ICS Risk Management within the Group, and to cascade ICS risk management into the businesses, functions and countries to comply with the ICS RTF, policy, and standards.
## Monitoring
Group CISO performs a threat-led risk assessment to identify key threats, in-scope applications and key controls required to ensure the Group remains within RA.
The ICS Risk profiles of all businesses, functions and countries are consolidated to present a holistic Group-level ICS Risk profile for ongoing monitoring. Mandatory ICS learning, phishing exercises and role-specific training support colleagues to monitor and manage this risk.
During these reviews, the status of each risk is assessed against the Group's controls to identify any changes to impact and likelihood, which affects the overall risk rating.
Group CISO and Group CISRO monitor the ICS Risk profile and ensure that breaches of RA are escalated to the appropriate governance committee or authority levels for remediation and tracking. A dedicated Group CISRO team supports this work by executing offensive security testing exercises, including vulnerability assessments and penetration tests, which show a wider picture of the Group's risk profile, leading to better visibility on potential 'in flight' risks. The Group also tracks remediation of security matters identified by external reviews such as the BoE CBEST Threat Intelligence-Led Assessment and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's (HKMA) Intelligence-led Cyber Attack Simulation Testing (ICAST).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Reputational and Sustainability Risk
The Group defines Reputational and Sustainability Risk as the potential for damage to the franchise (such as loss of trust, earnings, or market capitalisation), because of stakeholders taking a negative view of the Group through actual or perceived actions or inactions, including a failure to uphold responsible business conduct as we strive to do no significant environmental and social harm through our client, third party relationships or our own operations.
# Risk Appetite Statement
The Group aims to protect the franchise from material damage to its reputation by ensuring that any business activity is satisfactorily assessed and managed with the appropriate level of management and governance oversight. This includes a potential failure to uphold responsible business conduct in striving to do no significant environmental and social harm.
# Roles and responsibilities
The Global Head, ERM is responsible as RFO for Reputational and Sustainability Risk under the Group's ERMF.
Our Reputational and Sustainability RTF allocates responsibilities in a manner consistent with the three lines of defence model.
In the first line of defence, the Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO) manages the overall Group Sustainability strategy and engagements. A dedicated Sustainable Finance solutions team is responsible for sustainable finance products and frameworks to help identify green and sustainable finance, and transition finance opportunities to aid our clients on their sustainability journey. The CSO team works with businesses to launch various sustainable finance products. Furthermore, the Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM) team provides dedicated advisory and challenge to businesses on the management of environmental and social risks and impacts arising from the Group's client relationships and transactions.
In the second line of defence, the responsibility for Reputational and Sustainability Risk management is delegated to the Group Environmental, Social, and Corporate Governance (ESG) and Reputational Risk team, as well as CROs at region, country and client-business levels. They constitute the second line responsible to oversee and challenge the first line, which resides with the CEOs, business heads, product heads and function heads. The Group ESG and Reputational Risk team is responsible for establishing RA, framework and policies for managing Reputational and Sustainability risk, in line with emerging regulatory expectations across our markets.
# Mitigation
In line with the principles of Responsible Business Conduct and Do No Significant Harm, the Group deems Reputational and Sustainability Risk to be driven by:
- negative shifts in stakeholder perceptions, including shifts as a result of greenwashing claims, due to decisions related to clients, products, transactions, third parties and strategic coverage;
- potential material harm or degradation to the natural environment (environmental) through actions/inactions of the Group; and
- potential material harm to individuals or communities (social) risks through actions/inactions of the Group.
The Group's Reputational Risk policy sets out the principal sources of Reputational Risk driven by negative shifts in stakeholder perceptions as well as responsibilities, control and oversight standards for identifying, assessing, escalating and effectively managing Reputational Risk. The assessment of risks associated with how individual client, transaction, product and strategic coverage decisions may affect perceptions of the organisation and its activities is based on explicit principles including, but not limited to, human rights and climate change. The assessment of stakeholder perception risk considers a variety of factors. Whenever potential for stakeholder concerns is identified, issues are subject to review and decision by both first and second lines of defence.
The Group's Sustainability Risk policy sets out the requirements and responsibilities for managing environmental and social risks for the Group's clients, third parties and in our own operations. This includes management of greenwashing risks through the ongoing monitoring of Sustainable Finance products and transactions and clients throughout their lifecycle, from labelling to disclosures in line with emerging local and international regulatory obligations.
- Clients are expected to adhere to the minimum regulatory and compliance requirements, including criteria from the Group's Position Statements to sensitive sectors where environmental and social risks are heightened. The Group also defines the approach to certain specialist sectors where there are conflicting stakeholder views.
- Third parties such as suppliers must comply with the Group's Supplier Charter, which sets out the Group's expectations on ethics, anti-bribery and corruption, human rights, environmental, health and safety standards, labour and protection of the environment. The Group is committed to respecting universal human rights, and we assess our clients and suppliers against various international principles, as well as through our social safeguards.
- Within our operations, the Group seeks to minimise its impact on the environment and have targets to reduce energy, water and waste. We are committed to becoming Net Zero in our own operations by 2025.
- We rely on our frameworks to help the labelling of Sustainable Finance Use of Proceeds products and transactions as well as the classification of pureplay clients.
Reputational and Sustainability Risk policies and standards are applicable to all Group entities. However, where local regulators impose additional requirements, these are complied with in addition to existing Group requirements.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Governance committee oversight
At Board level, the Culture and Sustainability Committee provides oversight for our Sustainability strategy while the BRC oversees Reputational and Sustainability Risk as part of the ERMF. The GRC provides executive level committee oversight and delegates the authority to ensure effective management of Reputational and Sustainability Risk to the GRRRC.
The GRRRC's remit is to:
- Challenge, constrain and, if required, stop business activities where Reputational and Sustainability risks are not aligned with the Group's RA;
- Make decisions on Reputational and Sustainability Risk matters assessed as high or very high based on the Group's Reputational and Sustainability Risk Materiality Assessment Matrix, and matters escalated from the regions or client businesses;
- Provide oversight of material Reputational and Sustainability Risk and/or thematic issues arising from the potential failure of other risk types;
- Identify TERs, as part of a dynamic risk scanning process;
- Monitor existing or new regulatory priorities.
The Sustainable Finance Governance Committee, appointed by the GRRRC, provides leadership, governance, and oversight for delivering the Group's sustainable finance offering. This includes:
- Reviewing and supporting the Group's frameworks for Green and Sustainable Products, and Transition Finance for approval of GRRRC. These frameworks set out the guidelines for approval of products and transactions which carry the sustainable finance and/or transition finance label;
- Decision-making authority on the eligibility of a sustainable asset for any RWA relief;
- Approving sustainable finance and transition finance labels for products in addition to regular product management and governance;
- Reviewing the reputational risks arising from greenwashing claims related to Sustainable Finance products and services.
The GNFRC has oversight of the control environment and effective management of Reputational Risk incurred when there are negative shifts in stakeholder perceptions of the Group due to failure of other PRTs. The regional and client-business risk committees provide oversight on the Reputational and Sustainability Risk profile within their remit. The CNFRC provides oversight of the Reputational and Sustainability Risk profile at a country level.
# Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Global Head, ERM delegates risk acceptance authorities for stakeholder perception risks to designated individuals in the first line and second line or to committees such as the GRRRC via risk authority matrices.
These risk authority matrices are tiered at country, regional, business segment or Group levels and are established for risks incurred in strategic coverage, clients, products, or transactions. For environmental and social risks, the ESRM team reviews and supports the risk assessments for clients and transactions and escalates to the Group ESG and Reputational Risk team as required.
# Monitoring
Exposure to stakeholder perception risks arising from transactions, clients, products and strategic coverage is monitored through established triggers to prompt the right levels of appropriate risk-based consideration and assessment by the first line and escalations to the second line where necessary. Risk acceptance decisions and thematic trends are also reviewed on a periodic basis.
Exposure to Sustainability Risk is monitored through triggers embedded within the first line of defence processes. The Environmental and Social Risks are considered for clients and transactions via the environmental and social risk assessments and for vendors in our supply chain through the Modern Slavery questionnaires.
Furthermore, monitoring and reporting on the RA metrics ensures that there is appropriate oversight by the MT and Board over performance and breaches of thresholds across key metrics.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Model Risk
The Group defines Model Risk as potential loss that may occur because of decisions or the risk of misestimation that could be principally based on the output of models due to errors in the development, implementation, or use of such models.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group has no appetite for material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or errors in the development or implementation of models; whilst accepting some model uncertainty.
# Roles and responsibilities
The Global Head, ERM is the RFO for Model Risk under the Group's ERMF. Responsibility for the oversight and implementation of the Model RTF is delegated to the Global Head, Model Risk Management.
The Model RTF sets out clear accountability and roles for Model Risk management through the three lines of defence model. First line of defence ownership of Model Risk resides with Model Sponsors, who are business or function heads and assign a Model Owner and provide oversight of Model Owner activities. Model Owners are accountable for the model development process, represent model users, are responsible for the overall model design process, coordinate the submission of models for validation and approval, and ensure appropriate implementation and use. Model Developers are responsible for the development of models and are responsible for documenting and testing the model in accordance with Policy requirements, and for engaging with Model Users.
Second line of defence oversight is provided by Model Risk Management, which comprises Group Model Validation (GMV) to independently review and grade models, and the Model Risk Policy and Governance team, which provides oversight of model risk activities and reports to senior management via respective committees.
The Group adopts an industry standard model definition as specified in the Group Model Risk Policy, together with a scope of applicability represented by defined model family types as detailed within the Model Risk Framework. Model Owners are accountable for ensuring that all models under their purview have been independently validated by GMV. Models are validated before use and then on an ongoing basis, with schedule determined by the perceived level of model risk associated with the model, or more frequently if there are specific regulatory requirements.
The Model Risk Framework is cascaded to in-scope countries by way of local addendum or local framework documentation, along with specific responsibilities of the Country Model RFO. In-scope countries are selected with reference to regulatory capital requirements with credit risk (AIRB), counterparty credit risk Internal Model Method (IMM), or market risk Internal Model Approach (IMA) permissions for use of models for regulatory capital calculations; and countries where regulators have stipulated specific model risk requirements. Additional criteria, including financial materiality, regulatory importance, presence of important business services or critical economic functions are also considered.
The main responsibilities of Country Model RFO are to ensure model usage is correctly identified, a suitable local governance process is established, and fundamental model risk training is provided for respective country stakeholders.
Based on respective levels of regulatory expectations regarding Model Risk, a tiering approach is adopted to provide appropriate risk-based levels of depth and rigour of the associated requirements.
# Mitigation
The Model Risk policy and standards define requirements for model development and validation activities, including regular model performance monitoring. Any model issues or deficiencies identified through the validation process are mitigated through model monitoring, model overlays and/or a model redevelopment plan, which undergoes robust review, challenge, and approval. Operational controls govern all Model Risk-related processes, with regular risk assessments performed to assess appropriateness and effectiveness of those controls, in line with the Operational and Technology RTF, with remediation plans implemented where necessary.
# Governance committee oversight
At Board level, the BRC exercises oversight of Model Risk within the Group. At the executive level, the GRC has appointed the Model Risk Committee to ensure effective measurement and management of Model Risk. Sub-committees such as the Credit Model Assessment Committee, Traded Risk Model Assessment Committee and Financial Crime Compliance Model Assessment Committee oversee their respective in-scope models and escalate material Model Risks to the Model Risk Committee. In parallel, business and function-level risk committees provide governance oversight of the models used in their respective processes.
# Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Model RTF is the formal mechanism through which the delegation of Model Risk authorities is made.
The Global Head, ERM delegates authorities to designated individuals or Policy Owners through the Model RTF. The second line of defence ownership for Model Risk at country level is delegated to Country CROs at the applicable branches and subsidiaries.
The Model Risk Committee is responsible for approving models for use. Model approval authority is also delegated to the Credit Model Assessment Committee, Traded Risk Model Assessment Committee, Financial Crime Compliance Model Assessment Committee, and individual designated model approvers for less material models.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Monitoring
The Group monitors Model Risk via a set of RA metrics. Adherence to Model RA and any threshold breaches are reported to the BRC, GRC and Model Risk Committee. These metrics and thresholds are reviewed twice per year to ensure that threshold calibration remains appropriate, and the themes adequately cover the current risks.
Models undergo regular monitoring based on their level of perceived Model Risk, with monitoring results and breaches presented to Model Risk Management and delegated model approvers.
Model Risk Management produces Model Risk reports covering the model landscape, which include performance metrics, identified model issues and remediation plans. These are presented for discussion at the Model Risk governance committees on a regular basis.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk review
Risk management approach
# Climate Risk (Oversight has moved to Reputational and Sustainability Risk with effect from January 2024)
With effect from January 2024, the Group has removed the IRT classification. Climate Risk is defined as the potential for financial loss and non-financial detriments arising from climate change and society's response to it. We are developing methodologies to identify, measure and manage the physical and transition risks that we are exposed to through our own operations, our suppliers, our clients, and the markets we operate in.
## Risk Appetite Statement
The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, and reduce emissions related to our own activities and those related to the financing of clients in alignment with the Paris Agreement.
## Roles and responsibilities
The GCRO has the ultimate second line of defence and responsibility for Climate Risk, with support by the Global Head, ERM who has day-today oversight and central responsibility for second line of defence Climate Risk activities. As Climate Risk is embedded into the relevant PRTs, second line of defence responsibilities lie with those RFOs (at Group, regional and country level), with SME support from the central Climate Risk team.
## Mitigation
We have completed c.4,100 Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs) in 2023 (c.85 - 90 per cent of the CCIB corporate portfolio limits), which measures transition risk of our clients. Concentration of Black and Red rated clients remain within proposed RA levels at 6 per cent. Linkages to Credit Underwriting Principles have been finalised for four sectors (Oil and Gas (O&G), Shipping, Commercial Real Estate (CRE) and Mining), including improved climate-related analysis, portfolio-level caps and additional data gathering measures. A key focus area going forward is to embed Climate Risk and net zero targets into business and credit decisions. To enable this, we have established a Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum to facilitate discussions on account plans for high Climate Risk and net zero divergent clients. As of September 2023, we have assessed physical risk for 79 per cent and transition risk for 54 per cent of our CPBB book.
The focus for Operational and Technology Risk has been to assess physical risks for our properties and data centres, as well as third parties. Concentration of top corporate liquidity providers to high transition risk and low levels of mitigation is being monitored.
## Governance committee oversight
Board level oversight is exercised through the BRC, with regular updates on Climate Risk. At an executive level, the GRC has appointed the Climate Risk Management Committee (CRMC), which meets at least six times a year to oversee the implementation of Climate Risk workplans and monitoring the Group's Climate Risk profile.
In 2023, we have strengthened country and regional governance oversight for the Climate Risk profile across our key markets by cascading identified RA metrics, and rolling out climate risk management information.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Global Head, ERM is supported by a Climate Risk team within the ERM function. The Global Head, ESG and Reputational Risk is responsible for executing the delivery of the Climate Risk workplan which will define decision-making authorities and delegations across the Group.
## Monitoring
The Climate RA Statement is approved and reviewed annually by the Board, following the recommendation of the BRC.
The Group has developed its first-generation Climate Risk reporting and Board/MT Level RA metrics and these will continue to be enhanced in 2024. Management information and RA metrics are also being progressively rolled out at the regional and country level. Management information is reviewed at a quarterly frequency and any breaches in RA are reported to the GRC and BRC.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Digital Assets Risk
With effect from January 2024, the Group has removed the IRT classification. The Group recognises Digital Assets (DA) as an asset class which is managed under the ERMF. DA Risk is defined as the potential for regulatory penalties, financial loss and/or reputational damage to the Group resulting from DA-related activities arising from the Group's businesses across clients, products, investments and projects.
## Risk Appetite Statement
As DA Risk manifests through the various PRTs, the individual RA statements for each PRT take account of the risks specific to DAs.
## Roles and responsibilities
Senior managers within the first line of defence are responsible for the overall management of DA risks, initiatives and exposures that may arise within their business segments.
The GCRO has the second line of defence responsibility for defining the Group's framework for managing DA-related risks, through the Digital Assets Risk Management Approach (DARMA). The GCRO is supported by the Global Head, ERM and the Global Head, DA Risk Management, who have day-to-day responsibility for second line of defence oversight of the DARMA. As DA Risk management is embedded into the relevant PRTs, RFOs and dedicated SMEs across the PRTs have second line of defence responsibilities of DA Risks for their respective PRTs.
## Mitigation
The Group deploys a DA Risk management policy (DA Policy) to define the incremental risk management requirements for DA-related activities under the DARMA. The respective PRTs then include specific risk mitigation requirements within the relevant processes, policies and standards for their PRTs. DA Risk Assessments are conducted on certain higher-risk DA-related projects and products. These risk assessments detail the specific inherent risks, residual risks, controls and mitigants across the PRTs, and are reviewed and supported by the respective businesses, RFOs and DA SMEs.
## Governance committee oversight
Board level oversight is exercised through the BRC, and DA Risk updates are provided to the Board and BRC, as requested. At the executive level, the GRC oversees the risk management of DA. The GCRO has also appointed a dedicated DA Risk Committee (DRC) consisting of senior business representatives, RFOs and DA SMEs across the Group. The DRC meets a minimum of four times per year to review and assess the risk assessments related to DA Projects and Products, discuss development and implementation of the DARMA, and to provide structured governance around DA Risk.
## Decision-making authorities and delegation
The Global Head, ERM is supported by a centralised DA Risk team within the ERM Function and is responsible for the design and maintenance of the DARMA. Decision-making authorities and delegation are defined in the DA Policy, outlining the incremental responsibilities and the embedding of risk management within associated policies and risk artefacts.
The businesses are responsible for implementation of the DARMA and respective business governance forums, PRT RFOs and DA SMEs utilise decision-making authorities granted to them by their respective businesses, PRTs or in individual capacities to assess and approve DA activities and exposures that may give rise to risk.
DA Risk follows prescribed robust risk management practices across the PRTs, with specific expertise applied from DA experts. Risk management practices are informed by the "Dear CEO" letters published by the PRA and the FCA in June 2018, with updated notices in June 2022. Further guidance from the recent publication of the BCBS d545 on the prudential treatment of crypto assets, which will be in effect from January 2025, has refined the risk management approach. DA is a developing area which will continue to mature and stabilise over time as the technology, together with its use in financial services and associated research, become more established.
## Monitoring
DA Risks are monitored through the existing Group RA metrics across the PRTs. In addition, specific DA Risk Management Monitoring level metrics are reviewed and monitored by the relevant individual PRTs. DA risk decisions relating to other PRTs are taken within the authorities for the respective PRT.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
337
---
Capital review
# Capital review
The Capital review provides an analysis of the Group's capital and leverage position, and requirements.
# Capital summary
The Group's capital, leverage and minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) position is managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Group is well capitalised with low leverage and high levels of loss-absorbing capacity.
| | 2023 | 2022 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CET1 capital | 14.1% | 14.0% |
| Tier 1 capital | 16.3% | 16.6% |
| Total capital | 21.2% | 21.7% |
| Leverage ratio | 4.7% | 4.8% |
| MREL ratio | 33.3% | 32.1% |
| Risk-weighted assets (RWA) $million | 244,151 | 244,711 |
The Group's capital, leverage and MREL positions were all above current requirements and Board-approved risk appetite. For further detail see the Capital section in the Standard Chartered PLC Pillar 3 Disclosures for FY 2023. The Group's CET1 capital increased 10 basis points to 14.1 percent of RWA since FY2022. Profits, gains from the aviation leasing sale, movements in FVOCI and RWA optimisations were partly offset by distributions (including ordinary share buybacks of $2.0 billion during the year), impairments of the Group's investment in Bohai, lower FX translation reserves and an increase in regulatory deductions.
The PRA updated the Group's Pillar 2A requirement during Q4 2023. As at 31 December 2023 the Group's Pillar 2A was 3.8 percent of RWA, of which at least 2.1 per cent must be held in CET1 capital. The Group's minimum CET1 capital requirement was 10.5 per cent at 31 December 2023. The UK countercyclical buffer increased to 2.0 per cent which impacts Group CET1 minimum requirement by approximately 8 basis points from July 2023.
The Group CET1 capital ratio at 31 December 2023 reflects the share buy-backs of $2 billion completed during the year. The CET1 capital ratio also includes an accrual for the FY 2023 dividend. The Board has recommended a final dividend for FY 2023 of $560 million or 21 cents per share resulting in a full year 2023 dividend of 27 cents per share, a 50 percent increase on the 2022 dividend. In addition, the Board has announced a further share buy-back of $1 billion, the impact of this will reduce the Group's CET1 capital by around 40 basis points in the first quarter of 2024.
The Group expects to manage CET1 capital dynamically within our 13-14 per cent target range, in support of our aim of delivering future sustainable shareholder distributions.
The Group's MREL requirement as at 31 December 2023 was 27.4 per cent of RWA. This is composed of a minimum requirement of 23.5 per cent of RWA and the Group's combined buffer (comprising the capital conservation buffer, the G-SII buffer and the countercyclical buffer). The Group's MREL ratio was 33.3 per cent of RWA and 9.6 per cent of leverage exposure at 31 December 2023.
During 2023, the Group successfully raised $8.1 billion of MREL eligible securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC. Issuance was entirely in callable senior debt.
The Group is a G-SII, with a 1.0 per cent G-SII CET1 capital buffer. The Standard Chartered PLC G-SII disclosure is published at: sc.com/en/investors/financial-results.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Capital base¹ (audited)
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CET1 capital instruments and reserves | | |
| Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts | 5,321 | 5,436 |
| Of which: share premium accounts | 3,989 | 3,989 |
| Retained earnings² | 24,930 | 25,154 |
| Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) | 9,171 | 8,165 |
| Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) | 217 | 189 |
| Independently audited year-end profits | 3,542 | 2,988 |
| Foreseeable dividends | (768) | (648) |
| CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments | 42,413 | 41,284 |
| CET1 regulatory adjustments | | |
| Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustments) | (730) | (854) |
| Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) | (6,128) | (5,802) |
| Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excludes those arising from temporary differences) | (41) | (76) |
| Fair value reserves related to net losses on cash flow hedges | (91) | 564 |
| Deduction of amounts resulting from the calculation of excess expected loss | (754) | (684) |
| Net gains on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit risk | (100) | 63 |
| Defined-benefit pension fund assets | (95) | (116) |
| Fair value gains arising from the institution’s own credit risk related to derivative liabilities | (116) | (90) |
| Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting of 1,250% | (44) | (103) |
| Other regulatory adjustments to CET1 capital³ | – | (29) |
| Total regulatory adjustments to CET1 | (8,099) | (7,127) |
| CET1 capital | 34,314 | 34,157 |
| Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) instruments | 5,512 | 6,504 |
| AT1 regulatory adjustments | (20) | (20) |
| Tier 1 capital | 39,806 | 40,641 |
| Tier 2 capital instruments | 11,965 | 12,540 |
| Tier 2 regulatory adjustments | (30) | (30) |
| Tier 2 capital | 11,935 | 12,510 |
| Total capital | 51,741 | 53,151 |
| Total risk-weighted assets (unaudited) | 244,151 | 244,711 |
1 Capital base is prepared on the regulatory scope of consolidation
2 Retained earnings includes IFR59 capital relief (transitional) of nil (2022: $106 million)
3 Other regulatory adjustments to CET1 capital includes Insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures of nil (2022: $(29) million)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Capital review
# Movement in total capital (audited)
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CET1 at 1 January | 34,157 | 38,362 |
| Ordinary shares issued in the period and share premium | – | – |
| Share buy-back | (2,000) | (1,258) |
| Profit for the period | 3,542 | 2,988 |
| Foreseeable dividends deducted from CET1 | (768) | (648) |
| Difference between dividends paid and foreseeable dividends | (372) | (301) |
| Movement in goodwill and other intangible assets | (326) | (1,410) |
| Foreign currency translation differences | (477) | (1,892) |
| Non-controlling interests | 28 | (12) |
| Movement in eligible other comprehensive income | 464 | (1,224) |
| Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability | 35 | 74 |
| Increase in excess expected loss | (70) | (104) |
| Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustment) | 124 | (189) |
| IFRS 9 transitional impact on regulatory reserves including day one | (106) | (146) |
| Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting of 1,250% | 59 | (67) |
| Fair value gains arising from the institution’s own credit risk related to derivative liabilities | (26) | (30) |
| Others | 50 | 14 |
| CET1 at 31 December | 34,314 | 34,157 |
| AT1 at 1 January | 6,484 | 6,791 |
| Net issuances (redemptions) | (1,000) | 241 |
| Foreign currency translation difference and others | 8 | 9 |
| Excess on AT1 grandfathered limit (ineligible) | – | (557) |
| AT1 at 31 December | 5,492 | 6,484 |
| Tier 2 capital at 1 January | 12,510 | 12,491 |
| Regulatory amortisation | 1,416 | 778 |
| Net issuances (redemptions) | (2,160) | (1,098) |
| Foreign currency translation difference | 146 | (337) |
| Tier 2 ineligible minority interest | 19 | 102 |
| Recognition of ineligible AT1 | – | 557 |
| Others | 4 | 17 |
| Tier 2 capital at 31 December | 11,935 | 12,510 |
| Total capital at 31 December | 51,741 | 53,151 |
The main movements in capital in the period were:
- CET1 capital increased by $0.2 billion as retained profits of $3.5 billion, movement in FVOCI of $0.6bn were partly offset by share buy-backs of $2.0 billion, distributions paid and foreseeable of $1.1 billion, foreign currency translation impact of $0.5 billion and an increase in regulatory deductions and other movements of $0.3bn.
- AT1 capital decreased by $1.0 billion following the redemption of $1.0 billion of 7.75 per cent securities.
- Tier 2 capital decreased by $0.6 billion due to the redemption of $2.2 billion of Tier 2 during the year partly offset by the reversal of regulatory amortisation and foreign currency translation impact.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk-weighted assets by business
| | 2023 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Credit risk $million | Operational risk $million | Market risk $million | Total risk $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 102,675 | 18,083 | 21,221 | 141,979 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 42,559 | 8,783 | - | 51,342 |
| Ventures | 1,885 | 35 | 3 | 1,923 |
| Central & Other items | 44,304 | 960 | 3,643 | 48,907 |
| Total risk-weighted assets | 191,423 | 27,861 | 24,867 | 244,151 |
| | 2022 | | | |
| | Credit risk $million | Operational risk $million | Market risk $million | Total risk $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 110,103 | 17,039 | 16,440 | 143,582 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 42,091 | 8,639 | - | 50,730 |
| Ventures | 1,350 | 6 | 2 | 1,358 |
| Central & Other items | 43,311 | 1,493 | 4,237 | 49,041 |
| Total risk-weighted assets | 196,855 | 27,177 | 20,679 | 244,711 |
Risk-weighted assets by geographic region
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Asia | 155,995 | 150,816 |
| Africa & Middle East | 38,393 | 40,716 |
| Europe & Americas | 46,106 | 50,174 |
| Central & Other items | 3,657 | 3,005 |
| Total risk-weighted assets | 244,151 | 244,711 |
Movement in risk-weighted assets
| | Credit risk | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & Other items $million | Total $million | Operational risk $million | Market risk $million | Total risk $million |
| At 31 December 2021 | 125,813 | 42,731 | 756 | 50,288 | 219,588 | 27,116 | 24,529 | 271,233 |
| At 1 January 2022 | 125,813 | 42,731 | 756 | 50,288 | 219,588 | 27,116 | 24,529 | 271,233 |
| Assets growth & mix | (13,213) | (985) | 594 | (10,033) | (23,637)
| - | - |
(23,637) |
| Asset quality | (4,258) | 431 | - | 7,344 | 3,517
| - | - |
3,517 |
| Risk-weighted assets efficiencies | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Model Updates | 4,329 | 1,420
| - | - |
5,749 | - | (1,000) | 4,749 |
| Methodology and policy changes | 2,024 | 85 | - | 93 | 2,202 | - | 1,500 | 3,702 |
| Acquisitions and disposals | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Foreign currency translation | (4,883) | (1,591) | - | (3,376) | (9,850)
| - | - |
(9,850) |
| Other, Including non-credit risk movements | 291
| - | - |
(1,005) | (714) | 61 | (4,350) | (5,003) |
| At 31 December 2022 | 110,103 | 42,091 | 1,350 | 43,311 | 196,855 | 27,177 | 20,679 | 244,711 |
| Assets growth & mix | (4,424) | 728 | 535 | 1,183 | (1,978)
| - | - |
(1,978) |
| Asset quality | (391) | 390 | - | 2,684 | 2,683
| - | - |
2,683 |
| Risk-weighted assets efficiencies
| - | - | - |
(688) | (688) | - | - | (688) |
| Model Updates | (597) | (151) | - | (151) | (899) | - | 500 | (399) |
| Methodology and policy changes | - | (196)
| - | - |
(196) | - | (800) | (996) |
| Acquisitions and disposals | (1,630)
| - | - | - |
(1,630) | - | - | (1,630) |
| Foreign currency translation | (386) | (303) | - | (2,035) | (2,724)
| - | - |
(2,724) |
| Other, Including non-credit risk movements
| - | - | - | - | - |
684 | 4,488 | 5,172 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 102,675 | 42,559 | 1,885 | 44,304 | 191,423 | 27,861 | 24,867 | 244,151 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Capital review
## Movements in risk-weighted assets
RWA decreased by $0.6 billion, or 0.2 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $244.2 billion. This was due to a decrease in Credit Risk RWA of $5.4 billion, an increase in Market Risk RWA of $4.2 billion and an increase in Operational Risk RWA of $0.7 billion.
## Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $7.4 billion, or 6.7 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $102.7 billion mainly due to:
- $4.4 billion decrease from changes in asset growth & mix of which:
- $10.3 billion decrease from optimisation actions including reduction in lower returning portfolios
- $5.9 billion increase from asset balance growth across the rest of the portfolio
- $1.6 billion decrease from sale of Aviation business
- $0.9 billion decrease from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance
- $0.4 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
- $0.4 billion decrease from asset quality movements, reflecting client upgrades in Asia, Europe & Americas, partially offset by sovereign downgrades in Africa & Middle East
- $0.3 billion increase from model changes in Financial Markets and Lending
## Consumer, Private & Business Banking
Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.5 billion, or 1.1 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $42.6 billion mainly due to:
- $0.7 billion increase from changes in asset growth and mix, mainly from Asia
- $0.4 billion increase due to deterioration in asset quality mainly in Asia
- $0.3 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
- $0.2 billion decrease from methodology change relating to an unsecured lending portfolio in Africa & Middle East
- $0.1 billion decrease from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance
## Ventures
Ventures is comprised of Mox Bank Limited, Trust Bank and SC Ventures. Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.5 billion, or 39.7 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $1.9 billion from asset balance growth, mainly from SC Ventures.
## Central & Other items
Central & Other items RWA mainly relate to the Treasury Markets liquidity portfolio, equity investments and current & deferred tax assets.
Credit Risk RWA increased by $1 billion, or 2.3 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $44.3 billion mainly due to:
- $2.7 billion increase due to deterioration in asset quality mainly from sovereign downgrades in Africa & Middle East
- $1.2 billion increase from changes in asset growth & mix
- $2.0 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
- $0.7 billion decrease from RWA efficiencies
- $0.2 billion decrease from model changes in Treasury Markets
## Market Risk
Total Market Risk RWA increased by $4.2 billion, or 20.3 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $24.9 billion due to:
- $2.4 billion increase in Standardised Approach (SA) RWA driven by higher Specific Interest Rate Risk relating to the traded credit portfolio, offset by lower net Structural FX positions
- $2.1 billion increase in Internal Models Approach (IMA) RWA due to increased positions and increased market volatility
- $0.5 billion increase in IMA RWA due to introduction of a new VaR model to address the rise in VaR backtesting exceptions in 2022
- $0.8 billion decrease in IMA RWA due to reduction in the IMA multiplier with fewer VaR backtesting exceptions in 2023 than in 2022
## Operational Risk
Operational Risk RWA increased by $0.7 billion, or 2.5 per cent from 31 December 2022 to $27.9 billion, mainly due to a marginal increase in average income as measured over a rolling three-year time horizon for certain products.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Leverage ratio
The Group's UK leverage ratio, which excludes qualifying claims on central banks was 4.7 per cent, which is above the current minimum requirement of 3.7 per cent. The leverage ratio was 6 basis points lower than FY22. Tier 1 Capital decreased by $0.8 billion as CET1 capital increased by $0.2 billion and was more than offset by the redemption of $1 billion 7.75 per cent AT1 securities. Leverage exposure decreased by $7.2 billion benefiting from an increase in deduction for central bank claims of $19.6 billion, a decrease in securities financing transactions and add-on of $1.3 billion, partly offset by increase in Other Assets of $7.2 billion, Off-balance sheet items of $4.5 billion and Derivatives of $2 billion.
## Leverage ratio
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Tier 1 capital | 39,806 | 40,641 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 50,434 | 63,717 |
| Derivative cash collateral | 10,337 | 12,515 |
| Securities financing transactions (SFTs) | 97,581 | 89,967 |
| Loans and advances and other assets | 664,492 | 653,723 |
| Total on-balance sheet assets | 822,844 | 819,922 |
| Regulatory consolidation adjustments^{1} | (92,709) | (71,728) |
| Derivatives adjustments | | |
| Derivatives netting | (39,031) | (47,118) |
| Adjustments to cash collateral | (9,833) | (10,640) |
| Net written credit protection | 1,359 | 548 |
| Potential future exposure on derivatives | 42,184 | 35,824 |
| Total derivatives adjustments | (5,321) | (21,386) |
| Counterparty risk leverage exposure measure for SFTs | 6,639 | 15,553 |
| Off-balance sheet items | 123,572 | 119,049 |
| Regulatory deductions from Tier 1 capital | (7,883) | (7,099) |
| Total exposure measure excluding claims on central banks | 847,142 | 854,311 |
| Leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) | 4.7% | 4.8% |
| Average leverage exposure measure excluding claims on central banks | 853,968 | 864,605 |
| Average leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) | 4.6% | 4.7% |
| Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer | 0.1% | 0.1% |
| G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer | 0.4% | 0.4% |
1 Includes adjustment for qualifying central bank claims and unsettled regular way trades
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
# Financial statements
346 Independent Auditor's report
359 Consolidated income statement
360 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
361 Consolidated balance sheet
362 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
363 Cash flow statement
364 Company balance sheet
365 Company statement of changes in equity
366 Notes to the financial statements
# Bolstering the client experience for affluent clients in Asia
To enrich client experiences with holistic wealth advice for affluent clients, we opened two new Private Banking Centres in India as well as two Priority Private Centres for high-net-worth (HNW) clients in Shanghai and Hong Kong. The hubs offer bespoke services to HNW and Ultra HNW clients and form part of our continuing growth in the affluent sector. We also introduced an enhanced Priority Private value proposition for HNW clients during the launch of the Shanghai centre. In addition to the new openings, we also renovated and rebranded 17 branches across Asia, the Middle East and Africa, creating additional Priority Centres.
+ Read more on our new centres in India at sc.com/privatebankingcentres
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
165
---
Financial statements
Independent auditor's report
# Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Standard Chartered PLC
## Opinion
In our opinion:
- the financial statements of Standard Chartered PLC (the 'Company' or the 'Parent Company'), its subsidiaries, interests in associates and jointly controlled entities (together with the Company, the 'Group') give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's and of the Company's affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the Group's profit for the year then ended;
- the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards (IAS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU IFRS);
- the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted IAS as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and
- the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of the Group and the Company for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise:
| Group | Company |
| --- | --- |
| Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2023; | Balance sheet as at 31 December 2023; |
| Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended; | Cash flow statement for the year then ended; |
| Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2023; | Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and |
| Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; | Related notes 1 to 40, where relevant to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information. |
| Consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended; | |
| Related notes 1 to 40 to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information; | |
| Information marked as 'audited' within the Directors' remuneration report from page 182 to 216; and | |
| Risk Review and Capital Review disclosures marked as 'audited' from page 232 to 343. | |
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted IAS and EU IFRS; and as regards the Parent Company financial statements, UK adopted IAS as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.
## Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
## Independence
We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC's Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC's Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Company and we remain independent of the Group and the Company in conducting the audit.
## Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors' assessment of the Group and Parent Company's ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
- Performing a risk assessment to identify factors that could impact the going concern basis of accounting, including the impact of external risks such as geopolitical risk.
- Assessing the directors' going concern assessment including the Group's forecast capital, liquidity, and leverage ratios over the period of twelve months from 23 February 2024 to evaluate the headroom against the minimum regulatory requirements and the risk appetite set by the directors.
- Engaging internal valuation and economic specialists to assess and challenge the reasonableness of assumptions used to develop the forecasts in the Corporate Plan and evaluating the accuracy of historical forecasting.
- Assessing the Group's funding plan and repayment plan for funding instruments maturing over the period of twelve months from 23 February 2024.
- Understanding and evaluating credit rating agency ratings and actions.
- Engaging internal prudential regulatory specialists to assess the results of management's stress testing, including consideration of principal and emerging risks, on funding, liquidity, and regulatory capital.
- Reviewing correspondence with prudential regulators and authorities for matters that may impact the going concern assessment; and
- Evaluating the going concern disclosure included in note 1 to the financial statements in order to assess that the disclosures were appropriate and in conformity with the reporting standards.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months from 23 February 2024.
In relation to the Group and Parent Company's reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors' statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group and Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
## Overview of our audit approach
### Audit scope
- We performed an audit of the complete financial information of 10 components in 8 countries and audit procedures on specific balances for a further 17 components in 14 countries.
- In addition to the above, the Primary Audit Team also performed full-scope audit procedures on components related to the Group consolidation process.
- The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 78% of the absolute profit before tax (PBT), 87% of absolute operating income and 94% of Total assets.
### Key audit matters
- Credit impairment
- Basis of accounting and impairment assessment of China Bohai Bank (interest in associate)
- Privileged Access Management
- Impairment of goodwill and investments in subsidiary undertakings
- Valuation of financial instruments held at fair value with higher risk characteristics
### Materiality
- Overall group materiality of $274m which represents 5% of Adjusted PBT.
## An overview of the scope of the parent company and group audits
### Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for each component within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We took into account the size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of control environment, changes in the business environment and other factors such as the level of issues and misstatements noted in prior period when assessing the level of work to be performed at each component.
In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage of significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 346 reporting units of the Group, we selected 66 reporting units which represent 27 components in 21 countries: Bahrain, Bangladesh, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Jersey, Kenya, Mainland China, Malaysia, Nigeria, Pakistan, Republic of Ireland, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States of America, and Zambia.
The definition of a component is aligned with the structure of the Group's consolidation system, typically these are either a branch, group of branches, group of subsidiaries (or associates), or a subsidiary.
We took a centralised approach to auditing certain processes and controls, as well as the substantive testing of specific balances. This included audit work over Group's Global Business Services shared services centre (SSC), Commercial, Corporate and Institutional Banking SSC, Credit Impairment SSC and Technology, as well as certain other matters audited centrally by the Primary Audit Team.
Of the 27 components selected in 21 countries, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of 10 components ("full scope components") which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For 14 components ("specific scope components") we performed audit procedures on specific accounts within that component that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on the significant accounts in the Group financial statements either because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile. We also instructed 3 locations to perform specified procedures over certain aspects of credit impairment risk.
| | Group's Absolute PBT | | Group's Total assets | | Group's Absolute Operating Income | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2021 | 2022 | 2021 | 2022 | 2021 | 2022 |
| Full scope components | 62% | 72% | 87% | 87% | 72% | 79% |
| Specific scope components | 15% | 10% | 7% | 8% | 14% | 10% |
| Specified procedures | 1% | 0% | 0.10% | 0% | 1% | 0% |
| Total | 78% | 82% | 94% | 95% | 87% | 89% |
Of the remaining reporting units that together represent 22% of the Group's absolute PBT, none are individually greater than 2.3% of the Group's absolute PBT. For the components represented by these reporting units, we performed other procedures at the Group level which included: performing analytical reviews at the Group financial statement line item level, evaluating entity level controls, performing audit procedures on the centralised shared service centres, testing of consolidation journals and intercompany eliminations, inquiring with selected overseas EY teams on the outcome of prior year local statutory audits (where audited by EY) to identify any potential risks of material misstatement to the Group financial statements.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
347
---
Financial statements
Independent auditor's report
The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.
## Absolute profit before tax
62% Full scope components (2022: 72%)
15% Specific scope components (2022: 10%)
1% Specified procedures (2022: 0%)
22% Other procedures (2022: 18%)
## Absolute operating income
72% Full scope components (2022: 79%)
14% Specific scope components (2022: 10%)
1% Specified procedures (2022: 0%)
13% Other procedures (2022: 11%)
## Total assets
87% Full scope components (2022: 87%)
7% Specific scope components (2022: 8%)
0.1% Specified procedures (2022: 0%)
6% Other procedures (2022: 5%)
## Changes from the prior year
We assessed our 2023 audit scope with consideration of history or expectation of unusual or complex transactions and potential for material misstatements. We also kept our audit scope under review throughout the year.
Three components in Cameroon, Republic of Ireland, and South Africa, which were included in prior year audit scope and assigned specific scope, were excluded from the Group audit scope in the current year based on our updated risk assessment. These components represent individually no more than 0.1% of Group absolute PBT, 0.4% of the Group's absolute operating income and 0.3% of the Group's Total assets respectively in the current year. No component which was full scope in the prior year, has been excluded from Group audit scope for the 2023 audit.
For Germany, Australia, Ghana and Cameroon, the Primary Audit Team performed certain procedures centrally over the cash balances as at 31 December 2023. Taiwan, Malaysia, Indonesia, Pakistan and Kenya were full scope components in the prior year but were designated as specific scope components in the current year based on our updated risk assessment.
In 2023, we assigned a specific scope to Bahrain and United Kingdom (Jersey) components that are significant based on risk, and specified procedures to Taiwan (Taipei Branch). These components were not in-scope in the prior year.
## Involvement with component teams
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each of the components by us, as the primary audit engagement team (the "Primary Audit Team"), or by component auditors from other firms operating under our instruction. All of the direct components of the Group (full, specific or specified procedures) were audited by EY global network firms. There were two non-EY component teams auditing a single component in a single location, which were instructed by a direct component of the Group.
Of the 10 full scope components, audit procedures were performed on 3 of these (including the audit of the Company) directly by the Primary Audit Team (EY London) in the United Kingdom. For 1 specific scope component, the audit procedures were performed by the Primary Audit Team. Where components were audited by the Primary Audit Team, this was under the direction and supervision of the Senior Statutory Auditor. For the 23 remaining components, where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole.
In addition to the above, the Primary Audit Team also performed full-scope audit procedures on components related to the Group consolidation process.
In addition, the Group has centralised processes and controls over key areas in its shared service centres. Members of the Primary Audit Team undertook direct oversight, review and coordination of our shared service centre audits.
The Primary Audit Team continued to follow a programme of planned visits to component teams and shared service centres. During the current year's audit cycle, visits were undertaken by the Primary Audit Team to the component teams in the following locations:
- Bangladesh
- Hong Kong
- India (including the shared services centre)
- Indonesia
- Mainland China
- Malaysia (including the shared services centre)
- Pakistan
- Republic of Korea
- Singapore (including the shared services centre)
- United Arab Emirates
- United States of America
These visits typically involved oversight of work undertaken at those locations, discussion of the audit approach and any issues arising from their work, meeting with local management, and reviewing relevant audit working papers on key risk areas.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
In addition to the site visits, the Primary Audit Team interacted regularly with the component and SSC audit teams where appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed relevant working papers and deliverables to the Primary Audit Team, and were responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process.
The Primary Audit Team also undertook video conference meetings with component and SSC audit teams and management. These virtual meetings involved discussing the audit approach and any issues arising from their work, as well as performing remote reviews of key audit workpapers.
This, together with the procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group and Company financial statements.
## Climate change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact the economy, including the banking sector, and further how this may consequently impact the valuation of assets and liabilities held on bank balance sheets. The Group manages climate risk according to the characteristics of the impacted risk types and is embedding climate-risk considerations into relevant frameworks, including principal risk type frameworks, and processes. The assessment of the risk by the Group is explained on pages 336 and 298-313 in the "Risk review: Climate Risk" section, and on pages 90-133 in the "Sustainability review" section of the Annual Report, where the Group has also explained their climate commitments.
All of these disclosures form part of the "Other information," rather than the audited financial statements. Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on "Other information".
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group's business and any consequential material impact on its financial statements.
The Group has explained in the "Sustainability review" section of the Annual Report how they have reflected the impact of climate change in their financial statements, including how this aligns with their commitment to the aspirations of the Paris Agreement to achieve net zero emissions by 2050. Significant judgements and estimates relating to climate change are included in the section "Climate impact on the Group's balance sheet" of note 1 to the financial statements. As stated in these disclosures, the Group has considered Climate to be an area of significant accounting estimate and judgement through the uncertainty of future events and the impact of that uncertainty on the Group's assets and liabilities. The Group has concluded that whilst it is not currently quantitatively material, it considers climate to be qualitatively material.
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on evaluating whether management's assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate commitments, and the significant judgements and estimates disclosed in note 1 have been appropriately reflected in the valuation of assets and liabilities, where these can be reliably measured, following the currently effective requirements of UK adopted IAS and EU IFRS. This was in the context of the Group's process being limited, given that this is an emerging area, as a result of limitations in the data available and the availability of sophisticated models, and as the Group considers how it further embeds its climate ambitions into the planning process.
As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal specialists, to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change which needed to be considered in our audit.
We also challenged the Directors' considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going concern and viability, and the associated disclosures. Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, these are covered by the procedures described above.
Based on our work, we have considered the impact of climate change on the financial statements to impact certain key audit matters. Details of our procedures and findings are included in our explanation of key audit matters below.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
349
---
Financial statements
Independent auditor's report
# Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
| Risk | Our response to the risk | Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee |
| --- | --- | --- |
| ## 1. Credit Impairment
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 163). Accounting policies (page 380); Note 8 of the financial statements; and relevant credit risk disclosures (including pages 238 and 274) At 31 December 2023, the Group reported total credit impairment balance sheet provision of $5,601 million (2022: $6,075 million).
Management's judgements and estimates are highly subjective as a result of the significant uncertainty associated with the estimation of expected future credit losses that are dependent upon several hard to estimate factors. Assumptions with increased complexity in respect of the timing and measurement of expected credit losses (ECL) include:
- **Staging** – the determination of what constitutes significant increase in credit risk and consequent timely allocation of qualifying assets to the appropriate stage in accordance with IFRS 9;
- **Model output and adjustments** – Accounting interpretations, modelling assumptions and data used to build and run the models that calculate the ECL, including the appropriateness, completeness and valuation of post-model adjustments applied to model output to address identified model deficiencies or risks not fully captured by the models;
- **Economic scenarios** – Significant judgements involved in the determination of the appropriateness of economic variables, the future forecasting of these variables and the parameters used in the Monte Carlo Simulation. The assessment of non-linearity produced by the Monte Carlo simulation, the benchmarking of the output and the evaluation of the need for any Post Model adjustments;
- **Management overlays** – Appropriateness, completeness and valuation of risk event overlays to capture risks not identified by the credit impairment models, including the consideration of the risk of management override; and
- **Individually assessed ECL allowances** – Measurement of individual provisions including the assessment of probability weighted recovery scenarios, exit strategies, collateral valuations, expected future cashflows and the timing of these cashflows. | We evaluated the design of controls relevant to the Group's systems and processes over material ECL balances, including the judgements and estimates noted, involving EY specialists to assist us in performing our procedures where relevant. Based on our evaluation we selected the controls upon which we intended to rely and tested those for operating effectiveness. We increased the extent of our reliance on controls over model governance and in certain locations of the stage 3 exposures.
We performed an overall stand-back assessment of the ECL allowance in total and by stage to determine if the ECL was reasonable. We considered the overall credit quality of the Group's portfolios, risk profile, the impact of sovereign downgrades and challenges facing the China Commercial Real Estate sector. We performed peer benchmarking to the extent that this was considered relevant and investigated and sought explanations for any areas noted as being outliers. Our assessment also included the evaluation of the macroeconomic environment by considering trends in the economies and countries to which the Group is exposed.
**Staging** – We evaluated the criteria used to determine significant increase in credit risk including quantitative backstops with the resultant allocation of financial assets to stage 1, 2 or 3 in accordance with IFRS 9. We reperformed the staging distribution for a sample of financial assets and assessed the reasonableness of staging downgrades applied by management.
To test the completeness of the identification of significant increase in credit risk, we challenged the risk ratings (including appropriate operation of quantitative backstops) for a sample of performing accounts and other accounts exhibiting risk characteristics such as financial difficulties, deferment of payment, late payment and watchlist. We also considered whether vulnerable and cyclical sectors (as defined on page 265 in the annual report) resulted in a significant increase in credit risk at a sector level. | We highlighted the following matters to the Audit Committee:
- We increased the extent of our reliance of controls over model governance and stage 3 exposures in certain locations;
- Our evaluation of the appropriateness of the significant increase in credit risk triggers, and the results of our sensitivity analysis and recalculation of the staging.
- Our assessment of the assumptions used to determine the Stage 3 ECL with a focus on sponsor and developers exposed to China Commercial Real Estate and the appropriateness of the management overlay applied to the sector's modelled ECL;
- Our assessment of the completeness and measurement of post model adjustments and overlays.
- Our assessment of the quantum of the non-linearity adjustment produced by the Monte Carlo model including the comparison to the non-linearity produced by running narrative discrete scenarios.
- Our assessment of the appropriateness of the Group's models to generate the ECL and staging outcomes including the appropriateness and validity of the data used in the models and to generate the staging and consequent ECL.
- Our evaluation of management's enhanced modelling approach to the assessment of the potential impact on ECL from climate change;
We concluded that management's methodology, judgements and assumptions used in calculating credit impairment are materially in accordance with the accounting standard. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
# 1. Credit Impairment continued
In 2023, the most material factors impacting the ECL were in relation to the China Commercial Real Estate (CRE) portfolio, sovereign downgrades impacted by dollar availability, the continuing impact of higher interest rates and inflation and geopolitical uncertainty. In addition, where relevant we considered the impact of climate on the impairment provisions. Overall, these factors were prevalent in the prior year, and consequently the risk of a material misstatement to the ECL remained consistent with that of the prior year.
## Modelled output and adjustments
We performed a risk assessment on models involved in the ECL calculation using EY independently determined quantitative and qualitative criteria to select a sample of models to test. Based on this risk assessment, we engaged our modelling specialists to evaluate a sample of ECL models by assessing the reasonableness of underpinning assumptions, inputs and formulae used. This included a combination of assessing the appropriateness of model design, formulae and algorithms, alternative modelling techniques and recalculating the Probability of Default, Loss Given Default and Exposure at Default parameters. Together with our modelling specialists, we also assessed material post-model adjustments which were applied as a response to risks not fully captured by the models or for known model deficiencies. This included the completeness and appropriateness of these adjustments. In response to new or enhanced models implemented this year to address known weaknesses in previous models, we performed substantive testing procedures as defined by our model inherent risk assessment process, including code review and implementation testing.
We did not rely on controls over model monitoring and therefore adopted a substantive approach comprising reperformance of model monitoring procedures for models classified as higher risk in accordance with our EY independent risk assessment.
To evaluate data quality, we agreed a sample of ECL calculation data points to source systems, including, among other data points, balance sheet data used to run the models. We also tested a sample of the ECL data points from the calculation engine through to the general ledger and disclosures.
## Economic scenarios
In collaboration with our economists and modelling specialists, we challenged the completeness and appropriateness of the macroeconomic variables used as inputs to the ECL models. Additionally, we involved our economic specialists to assist us in evaluating the reasonableness of the base forecast for sample of macroeconomic variables most relevant for the Group's ECL calculation influenced by the above assessment. Procedures performed included benchmarking the forecast for a sample of macroeconomic variables to a variety of global external sources. We reviewed and challenged the appropriateness of the underlying coding and assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Independent auditor's report
| Risk | Our response to the risk | Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1. Credit Impairment continued | We assessed the reasonableness of the non-linearity impact on ECL allowances. We engaged our economists and modelling specialists, to assess and challenge the Group's choice of discrete scenarios to benchmark the output from the Monte Carlo model and determine the sensitivity analysis as set out on page 280 in the annual report. This challenge included the choice of narrative scenarios and we independently challenged the output from these scenarios using independently determined EY weights for each scenario. We also performed a stand-back assessment by benchmarking the resulting non-linearity up-lift and overall ECL charge and provision coverage to peers.
**Management overlays** – We challenged the completeness and appropriateness of overlays used for risks not captured by the models. We focussed our challenge on China Commercial Real Estate, sovereign risks and the sustained impact of higher interest rates and inflation. Our procedures included assessing the need for management overlays, evaluating the assumptions and judgments used to determine each overlay taking current market conditions into account. We computed a range of EY independently determined outcomes for the China Commercial Real Estate overlay.
**Individually assessed ECL allowances** – Our procedures included challenging management's forward-looking economic assumptions of the recovery outcomes identified, cashflow profile and timing, individual probability weightings for each scenario, and recalculating a sample of individually assessed provisions. We also engaged our valuation specialists to test the value of the collateral used in management's calculations. Our sample was based on quantitative thresholds and qualitative factors, including exposure to vulnerable sectors. We have independently assessed all material China CRE developers in Stage 3 including challenging the plausibility of the applied scenarios, the corresponding weights assigned to work out scenarios and engaging local EY Real Estate specialists to validate the collateral values. We also considered whether planned exit strategies were viable. | |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Risk
Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
# 2. Basis of accounting and impairment assessment of China Bohai Bank (Interest in Associate)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 30); Accounting policies (page 452); and Note 32 of the financial statements
Interest in Associate – China Bohai Bank
$700 million (2022: $1,421 million).
Other impairment – China Bohai Bank – $850 million (2022: $308 million).
At 31 December 2023, the Group's share of China Bohai Bank's market capitalisation was $282m lower than the carrying value of $700m.
We focused on judgements and estimates, including the appropriateness of the equity accounting treatment under IAS 28 and the assessment of whether the investment was impaired.
# Basis of accounting
The Group holds a 16.26% stake in China Bohai Bank and equity accounts for the investment as an associate, on the grounds that the Group is able to exercise significant influence over China Bohai Bank.
IAS 28 states that if the entity holds, directly or indirectly, less than 20% of the voting power of the investee, it is presumed that the entity does not have significant influence, unless such influence can be clearly demonstrated.
There is a risk that the equity accounting treatment may not be appropriate, if the Group cannot demonstrate that it exerts significant influence over China Bohai Bank.
# Impairment testing
At 31 December 2023, China Bohai Bank's market capitalisation was significantly lower than the carrying value of the investment. In addition, the financial performance of China Bohai Bank deteriorated during 2023. These matters are indicators of impairment.
Impairment of the investment in China Bohai Bank is determined by comparing the carrying value to the value-in-use (VIU). The VIU is modelled by reference to future cashflow forecasts (forecast profit, including a haircut for regulatory capital), discount rate and macroeconomic assumptions such as long-term growth rates.
The assumptions underpinning management's assessment of China Bohai Bank's VIU are subject to estimation uncertainty and consequently, there is a risk that if the judgements and assumptions are inappropriate, the investment in China Bohai Bank may be misstated.
The risk of the impairment has increased in the current year in the context of economic headwinds in Mainland China impacting the banking sector, as well as Bohai's deteriorating financial performance.
The risk in respect of significant influence has not changed compared to the prior year.
# Basis of accounting
We evaluated the facts and circumstances that the Group presented to demonstrate that it exercises significant influence over China Bohai Bank, through Board representation, membership of Board Committees and sharing of technical advice.
# Impairment testing
The Group impaired the value of the investment in China Bohai Bank by $850 million in 2023 (2022: $308 million). This brings the cumulative impairment recorded in relation to the Group's investment in China Bohai Bank to $1,458 million as at 31 December 2023.
We assessed the appropriateness of the Group's VIU methodology for testing the impairment of the investment in China Bohai Bank for compliance with the accounting standards. We tested the mathematical accuracy of the VIU model and engaged our valuation and modelling specialists to support the audit team in calculating an independent range for the VIU.
We performed audit procedures to assess the reasonableness of the Group's forecast of the future cashflows relating to Bohai, by evaluating management's assessment, benchmarking the forecasts to broker reports published for comparable companies and challenging management with regard to the relevance and reliability of historical data, including an evaluation of the public disclosures by Bohai.
We assessed the appropriateness of disclosures in the annual report in relation to the impact of reasonably possible changes in key assumptions on the carrying value of the investment in China Bohai Bank.
On the basis of the evidence, we concluded that the Group continues to maintain significant influence over China Bohai Bank as at 31 December 2023.
We concluded that the Interest in Associate – China Bohai Bank balance was not materially misstated as at 31 December 2023. Management's carrying value for the investment in Bohai of $700 million is within EY's independent range.
We concluded that the disclosures in the annual report appropriately reflect the sensitivity of the carrying value to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions in the valuation of the investment in China Bohai Bank.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Independent auditor's report
| Risk | Our response to the risk | Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 3. Impairment assessment of goodwill and investments in subsidiary undertakings
a) Impairment of Goodwill: Accounting policies (page 424); and Note 17 of the financial statements. Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 40).
b) Impairment of investments in subsidiary undertakings: Accounting policies (page 452); and Note 32 of the financial statements. Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 46).
At 31 December 2023, the Group reported a goodwill balance of $2,429 million (2022: $2,471 million). During the year no impairment was recognised for goodwill (2022: $14 million). In the Parent Company financial statements, the investment in subsidiary undertakings balance was $60,791 million (2022: $60,975 million).
On an annual basis, management is required to perform an impairment assessment for goodwill, and to assess for indicators of impairment in respect of investments in subsidiary undertakings. Where indicators of impairment are identified, the recoverable amount of the investment should be estimated.
The impairment assessment of goodwill is performed by calculating a value in use ('VIU') as the recoverable amount of the related cash generating unit ('CGU').
The Group identified indicators of impairment of investments in subsidiary undertakings, including macroeconomic and geopolitical factors which have an impact on the financial position and performance of the subsidiaries.
In assessing for indicators of impairment, among other procedures, management compares the Net Asset Value ('NAV') of the subsidiary to the carrying value of each direct subsidiary of the Parent Company. Where the net assets do not support the carrying value, the recoverable amount is estimated by determining the higher of VIU or fair value less cost to sell.
Where the recoverable amount is based on the VIU, this is modelled by reference to future cashflow forecasts (profit forecast including a regulatory capital haircut adjustment), discount rates and macroeconomic assumptions such as long-term growth rates.
There is a risk that if the judgements and assumptions underpinning the impairment assessments are inappropriate, then the goodwill and investments in subsidiaries balances may be misstated.
The level of risk remains consistent with the prior year. | We obtained an understanding of management's process and evaluated the design of controls. Our audit strategy was fully substantive.
We assessed the appropriateness of the Group's methodology for testing the impairment of goodwill and investments in subsidiary undertakings for compliance with accounting standards.
For goodwill, we assessed the appropriateness of the cash generating units identified by management.
We agreed the inputs in the VIU model to their source and tested the mathematical accuracy of the VIU model. We engaged EY specialists to support the audit team in assessing reasonableness of the regulatory haircut adjustment to future profitability forecasts and calculating an independent range for assumptions underlying the VIU calculations, such as the discount rate and long-term growth rate for each cash generating unit.
We also reconciled the future profitability forecasts of each CGU to the Group's approved Corporate Plan ('the Plan'). We engaged our specialist team to determine the reasonableness of the forward macroeconomic inputs used in the Plan.
We performed audit procedures to assess the reasonableness of the forecasts by understanding the Group Strategy, challenging key assumptions underpinning the Plan, assessing the feasibility of management actions necessary to achieve the Plan and testing the reliability of the Group's historical forecasting by comparing with the actual performance.
We performed a stand back assessment to evaluate the appropriateness of the audit evidence obtained and our conclusion in relation to these estimates.
We agreed the NAV of the subsidiaries to their carrying value to confirm impairment or reversal of impairment recognised in the Parent's Company financial results.
We assessed the appropriateness of disclosures for impairment of goodwill and investments in subsidiary undertakings in accordance with IAS 36. | We concluded that the goodwill balance as at 31 December 2023 and the related disclosures, are not materially misstated.
We concluded that the disclosures in the annual report appropriately reflect the sensitivity of the carrying value of goodwill to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions, noting that these downside scenarios could necessitate an adjustment to the carrying amount of goodwill in future.
We also concluded that the investments in subsidiary undertakings balance reported in the Parent Company financial statements and the associated disclosures, are not materially misstated as at 31 December 2023. |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
| Risk | Our response to the risk | Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee |
| --- | --- | --- |
| ## 4. Valuation of financial instruments held at fair value with higher risk characteristics
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 163); Accounting policies (page 390); and Note 13 of the financial statements.
At 31 December 2023, the Group reported financial assets measured at fair value of $301,976 million (2022: $149,765 million), and financial liabilities at fair value of $139,157 million (2022: $149,765 million), of which financial assets of $6,714 million (2022: $5,865 million) and financial liabilities of $2,960 million (2022: $1,878 million) are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The fair value of financial instruments with higher risk characteristics involves the use of management judgement in the selection of valuation models and techniques, pricing inputs and assumptions and fair value adjustments.
A higher level of estimation uncertainty is involved for financial instruments valued using complex models, pricing inputs that have limited observability, and fair value adjustments, including the Credit Valuation Adjustment, Funding Valuation Adjustment, Debit Valuation Adjustment and Own Credit Adjustment.
We considered the following portfolios presented a higher level of estimation uncertainty:
Level 3 derivatives and debt securities in issue and a portfolio of Level 2 financial instruments whose valuation involves the use of complex models, and
Unlisted equity investments, loans at fair value, debt and other financial instruments classified in Level 3 with unobservable pricing inputs.
The level of risk remains consistent with the prior year. | We evaluated the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of financial instruments, including independent price verification, model validation and approval, fair value adjustments, income statement analysis and reporting.
Among other procedures, we engaged our valuation specialists to assist the audit team in performing the following testing on a risk-assessed sample basis:
• Test complex model-dependent valuations by independently revaluing Level 3 and complex Level 2 derivative financial instruments and debt securities in issue, in order to assess the appropriateness of models and the adequacy of assumptions and inputs used by the Group;
• Test valuations of other financial instruments with higher estimation uncertainty, such as unlisted equity investments, Level 3 loans at fair value, Level 3 debt and other financial instruments. We compared management's valuation to our own independently developed range, where appropriate;
• Assessed the appropriateness of pricing inputs as part of the Independent Price Verification process; and
• Compared the methodology used for fair value adjustments to current market practice. We revalued a sample of valuation adjustments, compared funding and credit spreads to third party data and challenged the basis for determining illiquid credit spreads.
Where differences between our independent valuation and management's valuation were outside our thresholds, we performed additional testing to assess the impact on the valuation of financial instruments.
Throughout our audit procedures we considered the continuing uncertainty arising from the current macroeconomic environment. In addition, we assessed whether there were any indicators of aggregate bias in financial instrument marking and methodology assumptions. | We concluded that assumptions used by management to estimate the fair value of financial instruments with higher risk characteristics and the recognition of related income were reasonable. We highlighted the following matters to the Audit Committee:
• We did not identify material differences arising from our independent testing of complex model-dependent valuations;
• Fair values of derivative transactions, debt securities in issue, unlisted equity investments, Level 3 loans, Level 3 debt and other financial instruments valued using pricing information with limited observability were not materially misstated as at 31 December 2023, based on the output of our independent calculations; and
• Valuation adjustments in respect of credit, funding, own credit and other risks applied to derivative portfolios and debt securities in issue were appropriate, based on our analysis of market data and benchmarking of pricing information. |
| ## 5. Privileged Access Management
IT General Controls (ITGCs) support the continuous operation of the automated and other IT dependent controls within the business processes related to financial reporting. Effective IT general controls are needed to ensure that IT applications process business data as expected and that changes are made in an appropriate manner.
During the 2020, 2021 and 2022 audits, a number of significant infrastructure privileged access management control deficiencies were identified by us. Similar deficiencies were identified by Group Internal Audit (GIA) and the predecessor auditor in 2018 and 2019.
The possibility of users gaining access privileges beyond those necessary to perform their assigned duties may result in breaches in segregation of duties, including inappropriate manual intervention, unauthorised changes to systems or programmes.
The risk has decreased in comparison to prior year due to management's remediation program. | We evaluated the results of management's remediation program and risk assessment for applications in our audit scope.
We also tested IT controls (including IT compensating controls) where possible, and also performed additional IT substantive procedures to assess the impact of risks associated with the reported deficiencies, on the financial statements.
We assessed the impact of the results of the above on our audit procedures over the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023. | We communicated the results of our audit procedures to the Audit Committee throughout the audit, in respect of the effectiveness of privileged access management controls and explained the results of the additional audit procedures performed and noted an overall improvement in the control environment during the course of the year.
As a result of the procedures performed, we have reduced the risk that our audit has not identified a material error in the financial statements, related to infrastructure privileged access management, to an appropriate level. |
The key audit matters remain consistent from prior year.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements Independent auditor's report
# Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.
# Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Group to be $274 million (2022: $234 million), which is 5% (2022: 5%) of adjusted PBT. This reflects actual PBT adjusted for non-recurring items relating to restructuring and the impairment of China Bohai Bank. We believe that adjusted PBT provides us with most appropriate measure for the users of the financial statements, given the Group is profit making, it is consistent with the wider industry, it is the standard for listed and regulated entities and we believe it reflects the most relevant measure for users of the financial statements. We also believe that the adjustments are appropriate as they relate to material non-recurring items.
During our audit, we performed a reassessment of our initial materiality. This assessment resulted in higher final materiality calculated based on the actual financial performance of the Group for the year. There were no changes to the basis for materiality calculation from the planning stage.
## Starting basis
- Reported profit before tax – $5,093m
## Adjustments
- Add China Bohai Bank Impairment – $850m
- Deduct Other restructuring – $460m
## Materiality
- Totals $5,483m Adjusted PBT
- Materiality of $274m (5% of Adjusted PBT)
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be $247 million (2022: $210 million), which is 0.5% (2022: 0.4%) of the equity of the Parent Company. We believe that equity provides us with the most appropriate measure for the users of the Parent Company's financial statements, given that the Parent Company is primarily a holding company.
# Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.
On the basis of our risk assessment, together with our evaluation of the Group's overall control environment, our judgement was that performance materiality was 50% (2022: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely $137m (2022: $117m). We have set performance materiality at this percentage based on a variety of risk assessment factors such as the expectation of misstatements, internal control environment considerations and other factors such as the global complexity of the Group.
Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components was $11.4 million to $26.2 million (2022: $8.8 million to $34.1 million).
# Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of $14 million (2022: $11 million), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.
# Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report and Accounts, including: the Strategic Report, Sustainability Review, Directors' Report (other than those sections of the Directors Remuneration Report marked as audited), Risk Review and Capital Review (other than those sections marked as audited) and Supplementary Information, other than the financial statements and our auditor's report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
# Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors' remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
- the information given in the strategic report and the directors' report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
- the strategic report and the directors' report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
# Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors' report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
- adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
- the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
- certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or
- we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
# Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the directors' statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group and Company's compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
- Directors' statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 218;
- Directors' explanation as to its assessment of the Company's prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on pages 88 and 89;
- Director's statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 89;
- Directors' statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 217;
- Board's confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 221;
- The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on pages 230 to 343; and
- The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 162 to 167.
# Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors' responsibilities statement set out on page 229, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group and Parent Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
# Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
# Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.
357
---
Financial statements Independent auditor's report
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the Company and management.
- We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that the most significant are those that relate to the reporting framework (UK-adopted IAS and EU IFRS, the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, the Main Board Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange), regulations and supervisory requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA), FRC, FCA and other overseas regulatory requirements, including but not limited to regulations in its major markets such as Mainland China, Hong Kong, India, Republic of Korea, Singapore, the United Arab Emirates, the United State of America, and the relevant tax compliance regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. In addition, we concluded that there are certain significant laws and regulations that may have an effect on the determination of the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and those laws and regulations relating to regulatory capital and liquidity, conduct, financial crime including anti-money laundering, sanctions and market abuse recognising the financial and regulated nature of the Group's activities.
- We understood how the Group is complying with those frameworks by performing a combination of inquiries of senior management and those charged with governance as required by auditing standards, review of board and certain committee meeting minutes, gaining an understanding of the Group's approach to governance, inspection of regulatory correspondence in the year and engaging with internal and external legal counsel. We also engaged EY financial crime and forensics specialists to perform procedures on areas relating to anti-money laundering, whistleblowing, and sanctions compliance. Through these procedures, we became aware of actual or suspected non-compliance. The identified actual or suspected non-compliance was not sufficiently significant to our audit that it would have resulted in it being identified as a key audit matter.
- We assessed the susceptibility of the Group's financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by considering the controls that the Group has established to address risks identified by the entity, or that otherwise seek to prevent, deter or detect fraud. Our procedures to address the risks identified also included incorporation of unpredictability into the nature, timing and/or extent of our testing, challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates and journal entry testing.
- Based on this understanding, we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. Our procedures involved inquiries of the Group's internal and external legal counsel, money laundering reporting officer, internal audit, certain senior management executives and focused testing on a sample basis, including journal entry testing. We also performed inspection of key regulatory correspondence from the principal regulatory authorities as well as review of board and committee minutes.
- For instances of actual or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations, which have a material impact on the financial statements, these were communicated by management to the Group audit engagement team and component teams (where applicable) who performed audit procedures such as inquiries with management, sending confirmations to external legal counsel, substantive testing and meeting with regulators. Where appropriate, we involved specialists from our firm to support the audit team.
- The Group is authorised to provide banking, insurance, mortgages and home finance, consumer credit, pensions, investments and other activities. The Group operates in the banking industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such, the Senior Statutory Auditor considered the experience and expertise of the Group audit engagement team, the component teams and the shared service centre teams to ensure that the team had the appropriate competence and capabilities, which included the use of specialists where appropriate.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council's website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor's report.
## Other matters we are required to address
- Following the recommendation from the Audit Committee, we were re-appointed by the Company at the Annual General Meeting on 3 May 2023 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2023 and subsequent financial periods.
- The period of total uninterrupted engagement is four years, covering the years ended 31 December 2020 to 31 December 2023.
- The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee.
## Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Ernst & Young LLP
## David Canning-Jones (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
23 February 2024
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Notes | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Interest income | | 27,227 | 15,252 |
| Interest expense | | (19,458) | (7,659) |
| Net interest income | 3 | 7,769 | 7,593 |
| Fees and commission income | | 4,067 | 3,972 |
| Fees and commission expense | | (815) | (859) |
| Net fee and commission income | 4 | 3,252 | 3,113 |
| Net trading income | 5 | 6,292 | 5,310 |
| Other operating income | 6 | 706 | 302 |
| Operating income | | 18,019 | 16,318 |
| Staff costs | | (8,256) | (7,618) |
| Premises costs | | (422) | (401) |
| General administrative expenses | | (1,802) | (1,708) |
| Depreciation and amortisation | | (1,071) | (1,186) |
| Operating expenses | 7 | (11,551) | (10,913) |
| Operating profit before impairment losses and taxation | | 6,468 | 5,405 |
| Credit impairment | 8 | (508) | (836) |
| Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment | 9 | (1,008) | (439) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 32 | 141 | 156 |
| Profit before taxation | | 5,093 | 4,286 |
| Taxation | 10 | (1,631) | (1,384) |
| Profit for the year | | 3,462 | 2,902 |
| Profit attributable to: | | | |
| Non-controlling interests | 29 | (7) | (46) |
| Parent company shareholders | | 3,469 | 2,948 |
| Profit for the year | | 3,462 | 2,902 |
| | | cents | cents |
| Earnings per share: | | | |
| Basic earnings per ordinary share | 12 | 108.6 | 85.9 |
| Diluted earnings per ordinary share | 12 | 106.2 | 84.3 |
The notes on pages 367 to 487 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Financial statements
# Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Notes | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Profit for the year | | 3,462 | 2,902 |
| Other comprehensive income: | | | |
| Items that will not be reclassified to income statement: | | 239 | (75) |
| Own credit gains/(losses) on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss | | 212 | (56) |
| Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | | 181 | (75) |
| Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit obligations | 30 | (47) | 41 |
| Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income | 10 | (107) | 15 |
| Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement: | | 562 | (3,703) |
| Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations: | | | |
| Net loss taken to equity | | (734) | (2,466) |
| Net gains on net investment hedges | 14 | 215 | 512 |
| Share of other comprehensive loss from associates and joint ventures | 32 | (7) | (79) |
| Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income: | | | |
| Net valuation gain/(loss) taken to equity | | 383 | (1,528) |
| Reclassified to income statement | 6 | 115 | 207 |
| Net impact of expected credit losses | | (48) | 118 |
| Cash flow hedges: | | | |
| Net movements in cash flow hedge reserve | 14 | 767 | (619) |
| Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income | 10 | (129) | 152 |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of taxation | | 801 | (3,778) |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | | 4,263 | (876) |
| | | | |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to: | | | |
| Non-controlling interests | 29 | (38) | (88) |
| Parent company shareholders | | 4,301 | (788) |
| Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | | 4,263 | (876) |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 December 2023
| | Notes | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Assets | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 13,35 | 69,905 | 58,263 |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | 13 | 147,222 | 105,812 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 13,14 | 50,434 | 63,717 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 13,15 | 44,977 | 39,519 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 13,15 | 286,975 | 310,647 |
| Investment securities | 13 | 161,255 | 172,448 |
| Other assets | 20 | 47,594 | 50,383 |
| Current tax assets | 10 | 484 | 503 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | | 3,033 | 3,149 |
| Interests in associates and joint ventures | 32 | 966 | 1,631 |
| Goodwill and intangible assets | 17 | 6,214 | 5,869 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 18 | 2,274 | 5,522 |
| Deferred tax assets | 10 | 702 | 834 |
| Assets classified as held for sale | 21 | 809 | 1,625 |
| Total assets | | 822,844 | 819,922 |
| Liabilities | | | |
| Deposits by banks | 13 | 28,030 | 28,789 |
| Customer accounts | 13 | 469,418 | 461,677 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 13,16 | 12,258 | 2,108 |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss | 13 | 83,096 | 79,903 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 13,14 | 56,061 | 69,862 |
| Debt securities in issue | 13,22 | 62,546 | 61,242 |
| Other liabilities | 23 | 39,221 | 43,527 |
| Current tax liabilities | 10 | 811 | 583 |
| Accruals and deferred income | | 6,975 | 5,895 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 13,27 | 12,036 | 13,715 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 10 | 770 | 769 |
| Provisions for liabilities and charges | 24 | 299 | 383 |
| Retirement benefit obligations | 30 | 183 | 146 |
| Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale | 21 | 787 | 1,307 |
| Total liabilities | | 772,491 | 769,906 |
| Equity | | | |
| Share capital and share premium account | 28 | 6,815 | 6,930 |
| Other reserves | | 9,171 | 8,165 |
| Retained earnings | | 28,459 | 28,067 |
| Total parent company shareholders' equity | | 44,445 | 43,162 |
| Other equity instruments | 28 | 5,512 | 6,504 |
| Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | | 49,957 | 49,666 |
| Non-controlling interests | 29 | 396 | 350 |
| Total equity | | 50,353 | 50,016 |
| Total equity and liabilities | | 822,844 | 819,922 |
The notes on pages 367 to 487 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 23 February 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
José Viñals
Group Chairman
Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Financial statements
# Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Ordinary share capital and share premium account $ million | Preference share capital and share premium account $ million | Capital and merger reserves' $ million | Own credit adjustment reserve $ million | Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve - debt $ million | Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve + equity $ million | Cash flow hedge reserve $ million | Translation reserve $ million | Retained earnings $ million | Parent company share-holders' equity $ million | Other equity instruments $ million | Non-controlling interests $ million | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 5,528 | 1,494 | 17,246 | (15) | 103 | 249 | (34) | (5,744) | 27,184 | 46,011 | 6,254 | 371 | 52,636 |
| Profit/(loss) for the year
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
2,948 | 2,948 | - | (46) | 2,902 |
| Other comprehensive (loss)/income(1)
| - | - | - |
(48) | (1,219) | (43) | (530) | (1,904) | 82 | (3,736) | - | (42) | (3,778) |
| Distributions
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(31) | (31) |
| Other equity instruments issued, net of expenses
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
1,240 | - | 1,240 |
| Redemption of other equity instruments
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(999) | - | (999) |
| Treasury shares net movement
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(203) | (203) | - | - | (203) |
| Share option expenses
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
163 | 163 | - | - | 163 |
| Dividends on ordinary shares
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(393) | (393) | - | - | (393) |
| Dividends on preference shares and AT1 securities
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(401) | (401) | - | - | (401) |
| Share buyback(1,4) | (92) | - | 92
| - | - | - | - | - |
(1,258) | (1,258) | - | - | (1,258) |
| Other movements
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
125 | 191,4 | 31 | 95 | 987 | 138 |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 5,436 | 1,494 | 17,338 | (63) | (1,116) | 206 | (564) | (7,636) | 28,067 | 43,162 | 6,504 | 350 | 50,016 |
| Profit/(loss) for the year
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3,469 | 3,469 | - | (7) | 3,462 |
| Other comprehensive income/(loss)(1)
| - | - | - |
163 | 426 | 124 | 655 | (489) | (47)2 | 832 | - | (31) | 801 |
| Distributions
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(26) | (26) |
| Redemption of other equity instruments
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1,000) | - | (1,000) |
| Treasury shares net movement
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(189) | (189) | - | - | (189) |
| Share option expenses
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
173 | 173 | - | - | 173 |
| Dividends on ordinary shares
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(568) | (568) | - | - | (568) |
| Dividends on preference shares and AT1 securities
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(452) | (452) | - | - | (452) |
| Share buyback(1,4) | (115) | - | 115
| - | - | - | - | - |
(2,000) | (2,000) | - | - | (2,000) |
| Other movements
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
125 | 65 | 18 | 85 | 11010 | 136 |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 5,321 | 1,494 | 17,453 | 100 | (690) | 330 | 91 | (8,113) | 28,459 | 44,445 | 5,512 | 396 | 50,353 |
1 Includes capital reserve of $5 million, capital redemption reserve of $337 million and merger reserve of $17,111 million
2 Comprises actuarial gain on Group defined benefit schemes
3 On 18 February 2022, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buy-back of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $56 million, and the total consideration paid was $754 million, the buyback completed on 19 May 2022. The total number of shares purchased was 111,295,408, representing 3.61 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
4 On 1 August 2022, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $36 million, and the total consideration paid was $504 million. The total number of shares purchased was 73,073,837 representing 2.5 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
5 Movement related to Translation adjustment and AT1 Securities charges
6 Movement mainly related to $21 million NCI on Power2SME Pte. Ltd. and $8 million on CurrencyFair Limited & $(9) million related to AT1 securities charges
7 Movements primarily from non-controlling interest pertaining to Mox Bank Limited ($39 million), Trust Bank Singapore Limited ($47 million), Zodia Markets Holdings Limited ($3 million) and Power2SME Pte. Ltd. ($9 million)
8 On 16 February 2023, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $58 million, and the total consideration paid was $1,000 million and the buyback completed on 29 September 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 116,710,492, representing 4.03 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buyback. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
9 On 28 July 2023, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, and the total consideration paid was $1,000 million and the buyback completed on 6 November 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 112,982,802, representing 3.90 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buyback. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
10 Movements primarily from non-controlling interest pertaining to Mox Bank Limited ($48 million), Trust Bank Singapore Limited ($34 million) and Zodia Custody Limited ($28 million)
11 All the amounts are net of tax
Note 28 includes a description of each reserve.
The notes on pages 367 to 487 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Notes | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | 2022 $million | 2022 (Restated) $million | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | |
| Profit before taxation | | 5,093 | 4,286 | 4,269 | 402 |
| Adjustments for non-cash items and other adjustments included within income statement | 34 | 3,274 | 3,549 | (2,847) | 565 |
| Change in operating assets³ | 34 | (14,458) | 12,989 | (3,819) | (258) |
| Change in operating liabilities | 34 | 1,977 | 8,786 | 3,239 | (966) |
| Contributions to defined benefit schemes | 30 | (81) | (80) | - | - |
| UK and overseas taxes paid | 10 | (1,367) | (821) | - | - |
| Net cash (used in)/from operating activities | | (5,562) | 28,709 | 842 | (257) |
| Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | |
| Internally generated capitalised software | 17 | (1,124) | (1,096) | - | - |
| Purchase of property, plant and equipment | 18 | (159) | (835) | - | - |
| Disposal of property, plant and equipment | 18 | 53 | 343 | - | - |
| Disposal of held for sale property, plant and equipment | 21 | 191 | 79 | - | - |
| Acquisition of investment associates, and joint ventures, net of cash acquired | 32 | (47) | (26) | - | - |
| Dividends received from subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures | 32 | 11 | 58 | 4,738 | 1,047 |
| Disposal of investment in subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures, net of cash acquired² | 32 | 3,603 | - | - | - |
| Purchase of investment securities | | (229,302) | (280,952) | (423) | - |
| Disposal and maturity of investment securities | | 242,585 | 259,853 | 2,000 | 960 |
| Net cash from/(used in) from investing activities | | 15,811 | (22,576) | 6,315 | 2,007 |
| Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | |
| Exercise of share options | | 26 | 12 | 26 | 12 |
| Purchase of own shares | | (215) | (215) | (215) | (215) |
| Cancellation of shares including share buyback | | (2,000) | (1,258) | (2,000) | (1,258) |
| Premises and equipment lease liability principal payment | | (234) | (269) | - | - |
| Issue of additional Tier 1 Capital, net of expenses | 28 | - | 1,240 | - | 1,240 |
| Redemption of Tier 1 Capital | 28 | (1,000) | (999) | (1,000) | (999) |
| Gross proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities | 34 | 18 | 750 | - | 750 |
| Interest paid on subordinated liabilities | 34 | (563) | (667) | (545) | (619) |
| Repayment of subordinated liabilities | 34 | (2,160) | (1,848) | (2,160) | (1,800) |
| Proceeds from issue of senior debts | 34 | 15,261 | 11,902 | 5,105 | 1,500 |
| Repayment of senior debts | 34 | (6,471) | (7,838) | (2,037) | (2,980) |
| Interest paid on senior debts | 34 | (1,145) | (845) | (434) | (506) |
| Net cash inflow from non-controlling interest | 29 | 116 | 88 | - | - |
| Distributions and dividends paid to non-controlling interests, preference shareholders and AT1 Securities | 11,29 | (478) | (432) | (452) | (401) |
| Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders | 11 | (568) | (393) | (568) | (393) |
| Net cash from/(used in) financing activities | | 587 | (772) | (4,280) | (5,669) |
| Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | | 10,836 | 5,361 | 2,877 | (3,919) |
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year³ | | 97,595 | 94,947 | 7,417 | 11,336 |
| Effect of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents | | (796) | (2,713) | - | - |
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year¹,³ | 35 | 107,635 | 97,595 | 10,294 | 7,417 |
1 Comprises cash and balances at central banks $69,905 million (31 December 2022: $58,263 million), treasury bills and other eligible bills $5,931 million (31 December 2022: $12,661 million), loans and advances to banks $11,879 million (31 December 2022: $10,144 million), loans and advances to customers $25,829 million (31 December 2022: $24,586 million) investments $244 million (31 December 2022: $1,114 million) less restricted balances $6,153 million (31 December 2022: $9,173 million)
2 Includes disposal of aviation finance leasing business ($3,570 million), sale of Metaco SA ($14 million), Cardspal Pte. Ltd. ($12 million) and Kozagi ($7 million)
3 Refer to note 34 and 35 for details of the restatement Interest received was $27,136 million (31 December 2022: $14,590 million), interest paid was $18,379 million (31 December 2022: $6,200 million).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Financial statements
# Company balance sheet
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Notes | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Non-current assets | | | |
| Investments in subsidiary undertakings | 32 | 60,791 | 60,975 |
| Current assets | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 39 | 80 | 61 |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | 39 | 19,425 | 15,358 |
| Investment securities | 39 | 6,944 | 8,423 |
| Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings | 39 | 10,294 | 7,417 |
| Total current assets | | 36,743 | 31,259 |
| Current liabilities | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 39 | 1,104 | 1,343 |
| Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings | | - | 2 |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss | 39 | 16,704 | 12,842 |
| Other creditors | | 650 | 423 |
| Total current liabilities | | 18,458 | 14,610 |
| Net current assets | | 18,285 | 16,649 |
| Total assets less current liabilities | | 79,076 | 77,624 |
| Non-current liabilities | | | |
| Debt securities in issue | 39 | 17,142 | 13,891 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 39 | 9,248 | 11,239 |
| Total non-current liabilities | | 26,390 | 25,130 |
| Total assets less liabilities | | 52,686 | 52,494 |
| Equity | | | |
| Share capital and share premium account | 28 | 6,815 | 6,930 |
| Other reserves | | 17,409 | 17,271 |
| Retained earnings | | 22,952 | 21,791 |
| Total shareholders' equity | | 47,176 | 45,992 |
| Other equity instruments | 28 | 5,510 | 6,502 |
| Total equity | | 52,686 | 52,494 |
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual statement of comprehensive income and related notes that form a part of these financial statements. The Company profit for the period after tax is $4,205 million (31 December 2022: $471 million).
The notes on pages 367 to 487 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 23 February 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
José Viñals
Group Chairman
Bill Winters
Group Chief Executive
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023
| | Share capital and share premium account $million | Capital and merger reserve $million | Own credit adjustment reserve $million | Cash flow hedge reserve $million | Retained earnings $million | Other equity instruments $million | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| As at 1 January 2022 | 7,022 | 17,246 | (14) | (12) | 23,418 | 6,252 | 53,912 |
| Profit for the year^{2} | – | – | – | – | 471 | – | 471 |
| Other comprehensive loss^{8} | – | – | (5) | (36) | – | – | (41) |
| Other equity instruments issued, net of expenses | – | – | – | – | – | 1,240 | 1,240 |
| Treasury shares net movement | – | – | – | – | (203) | – | (203) |
| Share option expenses | – | – | – | – | 163 | – | 163 |
| Dividends on ordinary shares | – | – | – | – | (393) | – | (393) |
| Dividends on preference share and AT1 securities | – | – | – | – | (401) | – | (401) |
| Redemption of other equity instruments | – | – | – | – | – | (999) | (999) |
| Share buyback^{3,4} | (92) | 92 | – | – | (1,258) | | (1,258) |
| Other Movements^{5} | – | – | – | – | (6) | 9 | 3 |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 6,930 | 17,338 | (19) | (48) | 21,791 | 6,502 | 52,494 |
| Profit for the year^{2} | – | – | – | – | 4,205 | – | 4,205 |
| Other comprehensive income^{8} | – | – | 11 | 12 | – | – | 23 |
| Treasury shares net movement | – | – | – | – | (189) | – | (189) |
| Share option expenses | – | – | – | – | 170 | – | 170 |
| Dividends on ordinary shares | – | – | – | – | (568) | – | (568) |
| Dividends on preference share and AT1 securities | – | – | – | – | (452) | – | (452) |
| Redemption of other equity instruments | – | – | – | – | – | (1,000) | (1,000) |
| Share buyback^{4,7} | (115) | 115 | – | – | (2,000) | – | (2,000) |
| Other Movements^{5} | – | – | – | – | (5) | 8 | 3 |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 6,815 | 17,453 | (8) | (36) | 22,952 | 5,510 | 52,686 |
1 Includes capital reserve of $5 million, capital redemption reserve of $337 million and merger reserve of $17,111 million
2 Includes dividend received of $2,789 million (2022: $550 million) from Standard Chartered Holding Limited
3 On 18 February 2022, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $56 million, and the total consideration paid was $754 million, the buyback completed on 19 May 2022. The total number of shares purchased was 111,295,408, representing 3.61 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
4 On 1 August 2022, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $37 million, and the total consideration paid was $504 million. The total number of shares purchased was 73,073,837 representing 2.5 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
5 Movement mainly related to AT1 securities charges
6 On 16 February 2023, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $58 million, and the total consideration paid was $1,000 million and the buyback completed on 29 September 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 116,710,492, representing 4.03 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buyback. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
7 On 28 July 2023, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, and the total consideration paid was $1,000 million and the buyback completed on 6 November 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 112,982,802, representing 3.90 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buyback. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account
8 All the amounts are net of tax
Note 28 includes a description of each reserve.
The notes on pages 367 to 487 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# Contents – Notes to the financial statements
| Section | Note | | Page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Basis of preparation | 1 | Accounting policies | 367 |
| Performance/return | 2 | Segmental information | 370 |
| | 3 | Net interest income | 375 |
| | 4 | Net fees and commission | 375 |
| | 5 | Net trading income | 378 |
| | 6 | Other operating income | 378 |
| | 7 | Operating expenses | 379 |
| | 8 | Credit impairment | 380 |
| | 9 | Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment | 384 |
| | 10 | Taxation | 384 |
| | 11 | Dividends | 388 |
| | 12 | Earnings per ordinary share | 389 |
| Assets and liabilities held at fair value | 13 | Financial instruments | 390 |
| | 14 | Derivative financial instruments | 414 |
| Financial instruments held at amortised cost | 15 | Loans and advances to banks and customers | 422 |
| | 16 | Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing | 422 |
| Other assets and investments | 17 | Goodwill and intangible assets | 424 |
| | 18 | Property, plant and equipment | 427 |
| | 19 | Leased assets | 429 |
| | 20 | Other assets | 430 |
| | 21 | Assets held for sale and associated liabilities | 430 |
| Funding, accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings | 22 | Debt securities in issue | 431 |
| | 23 | Other liabilities | 432 |
| | 24 | Provisions for liabilities and charges | 432 |
| | 25 | Contingent liabilities and commitments | 433 |
| | 26 | Legal and regulatory matters | 434 |
| Capital instruments, equity and reserves | 27 | Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 435 |
| | 28 | Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves | 436 |
| | 29 | Non-controlling interests | 441 |
| Employee benefits | 30 | Retirement benefit obligations | 442 |
| | 31 | Share-based payments | 447 |
| Scope of consolidation | 32 | Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates | 452 |
| | 33 | Structured entities | 457 |
| Cash flow statement | 34 | Cash flow statement | 458 |
| | 35 | Cash and cash equivalents | 460 |
| Other disclosure matters | 36 | Related party transactions | 460 |
| | 37 | Post balance sheet events | 461 |
| | 38 | Auditor's remuneration | 462 |
| | 39 | Standard Chartered PLC (Company) | 462 |
| | 40 | Related undertakings of the Group | 465 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Notes to the financial statements
## 1. Accounting policies
### Statement of compliance
The Group financial statements consolidate Standard Chartered PLC (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group) and equity account the Group's interests in associates and jointly controlled entities. The parent company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity.
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU IFRS). The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in conformity with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
There are no significant differences between UK-adopted international accounting standards and EU IFRS.
The following parts of the Risk review and Capital review form part of these financial statements:
a) Risk review: Disclosures marked as 'audited' from the start of the Credit Risk section (page 234) to the end of Other principal risks in the same section (page 297).
b) Capital review: Tables marked as 'audited' from the start of 'CRD Capital base' to the end of 'Movement in total capital', excluding 'Total risk-weighted assets' (page 339 to 340).
### Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of cash-settled share-based payments, fair value through other comprehensive income, and financial assets and liabilities (including derivatives) at fair value through profit or loss.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars ($), being the presentation currency of the Group and functional currency of the Company, and all values are rounded to the nearest million dollars, except when otherwise indicated.
### Significant and other accounting estimates and judgement
In determining the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the Group makes assumptions of the effects of uncertain future events on those assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date. The Group's estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and expectation of future events and are reviewed periodically. Further information about key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgement, are set out in the relevant disclosure notes for the areas set out under the relevant headings below:
### Significant accounting estimates and critical judgements
Significant accounting estimates and judgements represent those items which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year. Significant accounting estimates and judgements are:
- Expected credit loss calculations (Note 8)
- Financial instruments measured at fair value (Note 13)
- Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates – China Bohai associate accounting and impairment analysis (Note 32)
### Other areas of accounting estimate and judgement
Other areas of accounting estimate and judgement do not meet the definition under IAS 1 of significant accounting estimates or critical accounting judgements, but the recognition of certain material assets and liabilities are based on assumptions and/or are subject to long-term uncertainties. The other areas of accounting estimate and judgement are:
- Taxation (Note 10)
- Goodwill impairment (Note 17)
- Retirement benefit obligations (Note 30)
- Share-based payments (Note 31)
### Climate impact on the Group's balance sheet
Climate, and the impact of climate on the Group's balance sheet is considered as an area of significant accounting estimate and judgment through the uncertainty of future events and the impact of that uncertainty on the Group's assets and liabilities. It is noted that although not currently quantitatively material, the Group considers climate to be qualitatively material to the Group.
The Group has assessed the impact of climate risk on the financial report. This is set out within the Sustainability Review chapter which incorporates the Group's Climate-related Financial Disclosures which align with the recommendations from the Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). Further risk disclosure has been provided in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of the Annual Report where the Group has described how it manages climate risk as an Integrated Risk Type.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 1. Accounting policies continued
The areas of impact where judgements and the use of estimates have been applied were credit risk and the impact on lending portfolios; ESG features within issued loans and bonds; physical risk on our mortgage lending portfolio; and, the corporate plan, in respect of which forward looking cash flows impact the recoverability of certain assets, including of goodwill, deferred tax assets and investments in subsidiary undertakings.
This assessment on the corporate loan portfolio was undertaken by considering the maturity profile of the loan portfolio which is majority shorter term. Transition risk, as our clients move to lower carbon emitting revenues, (either by virtue of legislation or changing end customer preference) is considered with reference to client transition pathways and manifests over a longer term than the maturity of the loan book (up to 2050). The setting of net zero targets for our high carbon sectors, which as of this annual report covers 11 of the 12 high carbon sectors as mandated by the Net Zero Banking Alliance, manages transition risk. Net zero targets enable the portfolio managers to work with our clients on their transition, deploy capital to those clients which are engaged and have adequate transition pathways, and exit clients that refuse to work with the Group on moving from a high carbon present to a low carbon future. All of these actions manage the Group's transition risk and engage clients before transition risk manifests itself into credit losses.
Physical risk is already included within the majority of our mortgage lending decisions, and we have applied scenario analysis against the pathways of different temperature additions and country policy scenarios. We also assess the impact of climate risk on the classification of financial instruments under IFRS 9, when Environmental, Sustainability or Governance (ESG) triggers may affect the cash flows received by the Group under the contractual terms of the instrument.
The Group Climate Risk team have performed a quantitative assessment of the impact of climate risk on the IFRS 9 ECL provision. This assessment has been performed across both the CCIB and CPBB portfolios. The Climate risk impact assessment on IFRS 9 business as usual ECL has been conducted based on newly developed internal climate risk models for four Corporate sectors (Oil and Gas, Power, Steel and Mining) and Sovereigns, whilst the top-down approach developed in 2022 was used for the remaining portfolios. The impact assessment resulted in a marginal ECL increase across CCIB and CPBB, which will not be recorded as an overlay for the 2023 year end.
The Group's corporate plan has a 5 year outlook and considers the high carbon sectors the Group finances. The majority of the Group high carbon sector targets are production/physical intensities which allow continued levels of lending as long as the products the client produce have a decreasing carbon cost. For Coal Mining and Oil and Gas, these sectors have absolute targets which represent a decreasing carbon budget. Coal Mining is an immaterial book, whilst for Oil and Gas lending is being actively monitored towards lower carbon counterparties and technologies. The corporate plan is shorter term than many of the climate scenario outlooks but seeks to capture the nearer term performance as required by recoverability models. The Group has for the second time in the 2024 corporate plan included anticipated ECL charges linked to climate for four sectors (Oil and Gas, Metals and Mining, Power and Transport excluding Aviation) over the 5 years. This addition of ECL has not in itself, impacted the recoverability of assets supported by discounted cash flow models (such as Value in Use) which utilise the Corporate plan.
The Group has further progressively strengthened its scenario analysis capabilities with the modelling of Climate Risk impact over a 30-year period across multiple dimensions including scenario data and pathways. This has been limited by availability of client-specific data, and modelling limitations which have required judgements to be made around scenarios chosen, regression and proxies used. Notwithstanding these challenges, our work to date, using certain assumptions and proxies, indicates that our business is resilient to all Network of Central Banks and Supervisors for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and bespoke scenarios that were explored.
The Group, although acknowledging the limitations of current data available, increasing sophistication of models evolving and nascent nature of climate impacts on internal and client assets, considers Climate Risk to have limited quantitative impact in the immediate term and as a longer-term risk will be addressed through its business strategy and financial planning as the Group implements its net zero journey.
# IFRS and Hong Kong accounting requirements
As required by the Hong Kong Listing Rules, an explanation of the differences in accounting practices between UK-adopted IFRS and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards is required to be disclosed. There would be no significant differences had these accounts been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 1. Accounting policies continued
## Comparatives
Certain comparatives have been restated in line with current year disclosures. Details of these changes are set out in the relevant sections and notes below:
- Cash flow statement
- Note 2 Segmental information
- Note 12 Earnings per ordinary share
- Note 34 Cash flow statement
- Note 35 Cash and cash equivalents
## New accounting standards adopted by the group
There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a material effect on the Group's Financial Statements in 2023.
## New accounting standards in issue but not yet effective IAS 21 Amendment - Lack of Exchangeability
The IAS 21 amendment was issued in August 2023 and is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2025. This amendment is not yet endorsed for use in the United Kingdom. The amendment provides guidance to specify when a currency is exchangeable and how to determine the exchange rate when it is not. The amendment requires disclosure of information that enables users of financial statements to understand the impact of a currency not being exchangeable. The Group will apply the IAS 21 Amendment for annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2025 and is currently assessing the impact on the Group's financial statements but do not expect this to be material.
## Going concern
These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors on 23 February 2024. The directors have made an assessment of the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment has been made having considered the current macroeconomic and geopolitical headwinds, including:
- Review of the Group Strategy and Corporate Plan
- An assessment of the actual performance to date, loan book quality, credit impairment, legal, regulatory and compliance matters, and the updated annual budget
- Consideration of stress testing performed, including the Group Recovery Plan (RP) which include the application of stressed scenarios. Under the tests and through the range of scenarios, the results of these exercises and the RP demonstrate that the Group has sufficient capital and liquidity to continue as a going concern and meet minimum regulatory capital and liquidity requirements
- Analysis of the capital, funding and liquidity position of the Group, including the capital and leverage ratios, and ICAAP which summarises the Group's capital and risk assessment processes, assesses its capital requirements and the adequacy of resources to meet them. Further, funding and liquidity was considered in the context of the risk appetite metrics, including the LCR ratio.
- The Group's Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which considers the Group's liquidity position, its framework and whether sufficient liquidity resources are being maintained to meet liabilities as they fall due, was also reviewed
- The level of debt in issue, including redemptions and issuances during the year, debt falling due for repayment in the next 12 months and further planned debt issuances, including the appetite in the market for the Group's debt
- A detailed review of all principal and emerging risks
Based on the analysis performed, the directors confirm they are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from 23 February 2024. For this reason, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for preparing the financial statements.
## Changes in accounting policies
The Group has changed its accounting policy regarding the determination of the cost of its portfolio of Investment Securities held at amortised cost and Debt securities and other eligible bills, other than those included within financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 13 Financial Instruments.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
369
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 2. Segmental information
### Basis of preparation
The analysis reflects how the client segments and geographic regions are managed internally. This is described as the Management View (on an underlying basis) and is principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses and/or regions. In certain instances this approach is not appropriate and a Financial View is disclosed, that is, the location in which the transaction or balance was booked. Typically, the Financial View is used in areas such as the Market and Liquidity Risk reviews where actual booking location is more important for an assessment. Segmental information is therefore on a Management View unless otherwise stated.
### Segments and regions
The Group's segmental reporting is in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments and is reported consistently with the internal performance framework and as presented to the Group's Management Team.
### Restructuring items excluded from underlying results
The Group's reported IFRS performance is adjusted for certain items to arrive at alternative performance measures. These items include profits or losses of a capital nature, amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent, other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the period and items which management and investors would ordinarily identify separately when assessing consistent performance period by period. The alternative performance measures are not within the scope of IFRS and not a substitute for IFRS measures. These adjustments are set out below.
Restructuring losses of $14 million primarily relates to exits in AME and the Aviation finance business performance until actual disposal. The Group is also reclassifying the movements in the Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA) into restructuring and other items.
Reconciliations between underlying and reported results are set out in the tables below:
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Net gain on businesses disposed of $million | Goodwill and other Impairment $million | DVA $million | Reported $million |
| Operating income | 17,378 | 362 | 262 | - | 17 | 18,019 |
| Operating expenses | (11,136) | (415)
| - | - | - |
(11,551) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 6,242 | (53) | 262 | - | 17 | 6,468 |
| Credit impairment | (528) | 20
| - | - | - |
(508) |
| Other impairment | (130) | (28) | - | (850) | - | (1,008) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | 94 | 47
| - | - | - |
141 |
| Profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,678 | (14) | 262 | (850) | 17 | 5,093 |
| | 2022² | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Underlying $million | Restructuring $million | Net gain on businesses disposed of $million | Goodwill and other Impairment¹ $million | DVA $million | Reported $million |
| Operating income | 15,762 | 494 | 20 | - | 42 | 16,318 |
| Operating expenses | (10,409) | (504)
| - | - | - |
(10,913) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,353 | (10) | 20 | - | 42 | 5,405 |
| Credit impairment | (836)
| - | - | - | - |
(836) |
| Other impairment | (39) | (78) | - | (322) | - | (439) |
| Profit/(loss) from associates and joint ventures | 167 | (11)
| - | - | - |
156 |
| Profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,645 | (99) | 20 | (322) | 42 | 4,286 |
1 Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (31 December 2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
2 Restructuring, DVA and other items for relevant periods in 2022 have been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA from underlying operating performance
3 Net gain on businesses disposed of includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 2. Segmental information continued
Underlying performance by client segment
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 11,218 | 7,106 | 156 | (1,102) | 17,378 |
| External | 8,543 | 3,902 | 157 | 4,776 | 17,378 |
| Inter-segment | 2,675 | 3,204 | (1) | (5,878) | - |
| Operating expenses | (5,627) | (4,261) | (429) | (819) | (11,136) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,591 | 2,845 | (273) | (1,921) | 6,242 |
| Credit impairment | (123) | (354) | (85) | 34 | (528) |
| Other impairment | (32) | (4) | (26) | (68) | (130) |
| (Loss)/profit from associates and joint ventures
| - | - |
(24) | 118 | 94 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,436 | 2,487 | (408) | (1,837) | 5,678 |
| Restructuring | 32 | (60) | (4) | 18 | (14) |
| Goodwill and other impairment4
| - | - | - |
(850) | (850) |
| DVA | 17
| - | - | - |
17 |
| Other items5 | 262
| - | - | - |
262 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 5,747 | 2,427 | (412) | (2,669) | 5,093 |
| Total assets | 403,058 | 128,768 | 4,009 | 287,009 | 822,844 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers | 189,395 | 126,117 | 1,035 | 28,939 | 345,486 |
| loans and advances to customers | 130,897 | 126,104 | 1,035 | 28,939 | 286,975 |
| loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)2 | 58,498 | 13
| - | - |
58,511 |
| Total liabilities | 464,968 | 200,263 | 3,096 | 104,164 | 772,491 |
| Of which: customer accounts3 | 328,211 | 195,678 | 2,825 | 7,908 | 534,622 |
| | 20221 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 9,608 | 5,969 | 29 | 156 | 15,762 |
| External | 8,462 | 4,942 | 29 | 2,329 | 15,762 |
| Inter-segment | 1,146 | 1,027 | - | (2,173) | - |
| Operating expenses | (5,193) | (4,104) | (336) | (776) | (10,409) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 4,415 | 1,865 | (307) | (620) | 5,353 |
| Credit impairment | (425) | (262) | (16) | (133) | (836) |
| Other impairment | - | (10) | (24) | (5) | (39) |
| (Loss)/profit from associates and joint ventures
| - | - |
(16) | 183 | 167 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,990 | 1,593 | (363) | (575) | 4,645 |
| Restructuring | 14 | (56) | (1) | (56) | (99) |
| Goodwill and other impairment4
| - | - | - |
(322) | (322) |
| DVA | 42
| - | - | - |
42 |
| Other items
| - | - | - |
20 | 20 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,046 | 1,537 | (364) | (933) | 4,286 |
| Total assets | 401,567 | 133,956 | 2,451 | 281,948 | 819,922 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers | 184,254 | 130,985 | 702 | 41,789 | 357,730 |
| loans and advances to customers | 139,756 | 130,957 | 702 | 39,232 | 310,647 |
| loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)2 | 44,498 | 28 | - | 2,557 | 47,083 |
| Total liabilities | 479,981 | 185,396 | 1,658 | 102,871 | 769,906 |
| Of which: customer accounts3 | 332,176 | 180,659 | 1,548 | 5,846 | 520,229 |
1 Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Loans held at FVTPL includes $51,299 million (2022: $40,537 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
3 Customer accounts includes $17,248 million (2022: $11,706 million) of FVTPL and $47,956 million (2022: $46,846 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
4 Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (31 December 2023: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
5 Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements Notes to the financial statements
## 2. Segmental information continued
Operating income by client segment
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 11,218 | 7,106 | 156 | (1,102) | 17,378 |
| Restructuring | 291 | 45 | - | 26 | 362 |
| DVA | 17
| - | - | - |
17 |
| Other items² | 262
| - | - | - |
262 |
| Reported operating income | 11,788 | 7,151 | 156 | (1,076) | 18,019 |
| | 2022¹ | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 9,608 | 5,969 | 29 | 156 | 15,762 |
| Restructuring | 436 | 47 | - | 11 | 494 |
| DVA | 42
| - | - | - |
42 |
| Other items
| - | - | - |
20 | 20 |
| Reported operating income | 10,086 | 6,016 | 29 | 187 | 16,318 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Underlying performance by region
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 12,429 | 2,806 | 1,397 | 746 | 17,378 |
| Operating expenses | (7,096) | (1,571) | (1,733) | (736) | (11,136) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 5,333 | 1,235 | (336) | 10 | 6,242 |
| Credit impairment | (644) | 91 | 19 | 6 | (528) |
| Other impairment | (63) | (15) | (13) | (39) | (130) |
| Profit/(loss) from associates and joint ventures | 114
| - | - |
(20) | 94 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 4,740 | 1,311 | (330) | (43) | 5,678 |
| Restructuring | (97) | (2) | 32 | 53 | (14) |
| Goodwill and other impairment¹ | (850)
| - | - | - |
(850) |
| DVA | (16) | 26 | 7 | - | 17 |
| Other items⁴ | 35 | (18) | 263 | (18) | 262 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,812 | 1,317 | (28) | (8) | 5,093 |
| Total assets | 505,905 | 54,140 | 253,410 | 9,389 | 822,844 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers | 256,400 | 25,870 | 63,216 | - | 345,486 |
| loans and advances to customers | 233,417 | 22,774 | 30,784 | - | 286,975 |
| loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)¹ | 22,983 | 3,096 | 32,432 | - | 58,511 |
| Total liabilities | 461,568 | 40,612 | 181,417 | 88,894 | 772,491 |
| Of which: customer accounts³ | 377,020 | 33,059 | 124,543 | - | 534,622 |
1. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (31 December 2023: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
2. Loans held at FVTPL includes $51,299 million (2022: $40,537 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
3. Customer accounts includes $17,248 million (2022: $11,706 million) of FVTPL and $47,956 million (2022: $46,846 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
4. Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
2. Segmental information continued
| | 20221 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Operating income | 10,912 | 2,460 | 2,303 | 87 | 15,762 |
| Operating expenses | (6,675) | (1,551) | (1,548) | (635) | (10,409) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 4,237 | 909 | 755 | (548) | 5,353 |
| Credit impairment | (790) | (119) | 78 | (5) | (836) |
| Other impairment | (10) | 2 | 1 | (32) | (39) |
| Profit/(loss) from associates and joint ventures | 179
| - | - |
(12) | 167 |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,616 | 792 | 834 | (597) | 4,645 |
| Restructuring | (46) | 21 | (13) | (61) | (99) |
| Goodwill and other impairment2 | (308)
| - | - |
(14) | (322) |
| DVA | 20 | 8 | 14 | - | 42 |
| Other items | 20
| - | - | - |
20 |
| Reported profit/(loss) before taxation | 3,302 | 821 | 835 | (672) | 4,286 |
| Total assets | 488,399 | 53,086 | 268,960 | 9,477 | 819,922 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers | 270,892 | 23,857 | 62,981 | - | 357,730 |
| loans and advances to customers | 257,171 | 21,570 | 31,906 | - | 310,647 |
| loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)3 | 13,721 | 2,287 | 31,075 | - | 47,083 |
| Total liabilities | 441,349 | 40,902 | 219,701 | 67,954 | 769,906 |
| Of which: customer accounts4 | 346,832 | 31,860 | 141,537 | - | 520,229 |
1 Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (31 December 2023: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3 Loans held at FVTPL includes $51,299 million (2022: $40,537 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
4 Customer accounts includes $17,248 million (2022: $11,706 million) of FVTPL and $47,956 million (2022: $46,846 million) of reverse repurchase agreements
5 Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Operating income by region
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 12,429 | 2,806 | 1,397 | 746 | 17,378 |
| Restructuring | 203 | 110 | 35 | 14 | 362 |
| DVA | (16) | 26 | 7 | - | 17 |
| Other items2 | 35 | (18) | 263 | (18) | 262 |
| Reported operating income | 12,651 | 2,924 | 1,702 | 742 | 18,019 |
| | 20221 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Underlying operating income | 10,912 | 2,460 | 2,303 | 87 | 15,762 |
| Restructuring | 304 | 140 | 35 | 15 | 494 |
| DVA | 20 | 8 | 14 | - | 42 |
| Other items | 20
| - | - | - |
20 |
| Reported operating income | 11,256 | 2,608 | 2,352 | 102 | 16,318 |
1 Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Other items includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 2. Segmental information continued
Additional segmental information (reported)
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Net interest income | 4,541 | 4,970 | 81 | (1,823) | 7,769 |
| Net fees and commission income | 1,753 | 1,538 | 43 | (82) | 3,252 |
| Net trading and other income | 5,494 | 643 | 32 | 829 | 6,998 |
| Operating income | 11,788 | 7,151 | 156 | (1,076) | 18,019 |
| | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Net interest income | 3,616 | 3,969 | 18 | (10) | 7,593 |
| Net fees and commission income | 1,706 | 1,524 | 8 | (125) | 3,113 |
| Net trading and other income | 4,764 | 523 | 3 | 322 | 5,612 |
| Operating income | 10,086 | 6,016 | 29 | 187 | 16,318 |
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million |
| Net interest income | 5,872 | 1,584 | (545) | 858 | 7,769 |
| Net fees and commission income | 2,237 | 509 | 553 | (47) | 3,252 |
| Net trading and other income | 4,542 | 831 | 1,694 | (69) | 6,998 |
| Operating income | 12,651 | 2,924 | 1,702 | 742 | 18,019 |
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asia $million | Africa & Middle East $million | Europe & Americas $million | Central & other items (region) $million | Total $million | | | | |
| Net interest income | 5,747 | 1,299 | 260 | 287 | 7,593 | | | | |
| Net fees and commission income | 2,224 | 526 | 526 | (163) | 3,113 | | | | |
| Net trading and other income | 3,285 | 783 | 1,566 | (22) | 5,612 | | | | |
| Operating income | 11,256 | 2,608 | 2,352 | 102 | 16,318 | | | | |
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | China $million | Taiwan $million | Singapore $million | India $million | Indonesia $million | UAE $million | UK $million | US $million |
| Net interest income | 1,946 | 684 | 520 | 154 | 937 | 654 | 110 | 390 | (930) | 170 |
| Net fees and commission income | 615 | 171 | 149 | 182 | 576 | 221 | 53 | 81 | 18 | 441 |
| Net trading and other income | 2,052 | 216 | 487 | 214 | 929 | 330 | 78 | 330 | 1,277 | 263 |
| Operating income | 4,613 | 1,071 | 1,156 | 550 | 2,442 | 1,205 | 241 | 801 | 365 | 874 |
| | Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | China $million | Taiwan $million | Singapore $million | India $million | Indonesia $million | UAE $million | UK $million | US $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Net interest income | 1,843 | 751 | 561 | 171 | 982 | 611 | 89 | 281 | (189) | 330 |
| Net fees and commission income | 658 | 157 | 143 | 162 | 553 | 239 | 52 | 81 | 44 | 393 |
| Net trading and other income | 1,235 | 237 | 450 | 141 | 380 | 377 | 73 | 268 | 1,167 | 306 |
| Operating income | 3,736 | 1,145 | 1,154 | 474 | 1,915 | 1,227 | 214 | 630 | 1,022 | 1,029 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 3. Net interest income
## Accounting policy
Interest income for financial assets held at either fair value through other comprehensive income or amortised cost, and interest expense on all financial liabilities held at amortised cost is recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method.
The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. For floating-rate financial instruments, periodic re-estimation of cash flows that reflect the movements in the market rates of interest alters the effective interest rate. Where the estimates of cash flows have been revised, the carrying amount of the financial asset or liability is adjusted to reflect the actual and revised cash flows, discounted at the instruments original effective interest rate. The adjustment is recognised as interest income or expense in the period in which the revision is made as long as the change in estimates is not due to credit issues.
Interest income for financial assets that are either held at fair value through other comprehensive income or amortised cost that have become credit-impaired subsequent to initial recognition (stage 3) and have had amounts written off, is recognised using the credit adjusted effective interest rate. This rate is calculated in the same manner as the effective interest rate except that expected credit losses are included in the expected cash flows. Interest income is therefore recognised on the amortised cost of the financial asset including expected credit losses. Should the credit risk on a stage 3 financial asset improve such that the financial asset is no longer considered credit-impaired, interest income recognition reverts to a computation based on the rehabilitated gross carrying value of the financial asset.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Balances at central banks | 2,833 | 765 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 2,095 | 853 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 15,518 | 10,032 |
| Debt securities | 5,005 | 2,836 |
| Other eligible bills | 1,596 | 630 |
| Accrued on impaired assets (discount unwind) | 180 | 136 |
| Interest income | 27,227 | 15,252 |
| Of which: financial instruments held at fair value through other comprehensive income | 3,445 | 2,167 |
| Deposits by banks | 796 | 433 |
| Customer accounts | 14,292 | 5,443 |
| Debt securities in issue | 3,367 | 1,169 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 951 | 570 |
| Interest expense on IFRS 16 lease liabilities | 52 | 44 |
| Interest expense | 19,458 | 7,659 |
| Net interest income | 7,769 | 7,593 |
# 4. Net fees and commission
## Accounting policy
The Group can act as trustee or in other Fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. The assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets and income of the Group.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 4. Net fees and commission continued
The Group applies the following practical expedients:
- information on amounts of transaction price allocated to unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations at the end of the reporting period is not disclosed as almost all fee-earning contracts have an expected duration of less than one year
- promised consideration is not adjusted for the effects of a significant financing component as the period between the Group providing a service and the customer paying for it is expected to be less than one year
- incremental costs of obtaining a fee-earning contract are recognised upfront in 'Fees and commission expense' rather than amortised, if the expected term of the contract is less than one year
The determination of the services performed for the customer, the transaction price, and when the services are completed depends on the nature of the product with the customer. The main considerations on income recognition by product are as follows:
## Transaction Banking
The Group recognises fee income associated with transactional trade and cash management at the point in time the service is provided. The Group recognises income associated with trade contingent risk exposures (such as letters of credit and guarantees) over the period in which the service is provided.
Payment of fees is usually received at the same time the service is provided. In some cases, letters of credit and guarantees issued by the Group have annual upfront premiums, which are amortised on a straight-line basis to fee income over the year.
## Financial Markets
The Group recognises fee income at the point in time the service is provided. Fee income is recognised for a significant non-lending service when the transaction has been completed and the terms of the contract with the customer entitle the Group to the fee. This includes fees such as structuring and advisory fees. Fees are usually received shortly after the service is provided.
Syndication fees are recognised when the syndication is complete defined as achieving the final approved hold position. Fees are generally received before completion of the syndication, or within 12 months of the transaction date.
Securities services include custody services, fund accounting and administration, and broker clearing. Fees are recognised over the period the custody or fund management services are provided, or as and when broker services are requested.
## Wealth Management
Upfront consideration on bancassurance agreements is amortised straight-line over the contractual term. Commissions for bancassurance activities are recorded as they are earned through sales of third-party insurance products to customers. These commissions are received within a short time frame of the commission being earned. Target-linked fees are accrued based on percentage of the target achieved, provided it is assessed as highly probable that the target will be met. Cash payment is received at a contractually specified date after achievement of a target has been confirmed.
Upfront and trailing commissions for managed investment placements are recorded as they are confirmed. Income from these activities is relatively even throughout the period, and cash is usually received within a short time frame after the commission is earned.
## Retail Products
The Group recognises most income at the point in time the Group is entitled to the fee, since most services are provided at the time of the customer's request.
Credit card annual fees are recognised over the service period. In most of our retail markets there are circumstances under which fees are waived, income recognition is adjusted to reflect customer's intent to pay the annual fee. The Group defers the fair value of reward points on its credit card reward programmes, and recognises income and costs associated with fulfilling the reward at the time of redemption.
Upfront bancassurance consideration amounts are amortised on a straight-line basis over the contractual period to which the consideration relates.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
4. Net fees and commission continued
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Fees and commissions income | 4,067 | 3,972 |
| Of which: | | |
| Financial instruments that are not fair valued through profit or loss | 1,374 | 1,306 |
| Trust and other fiduciary activities | 508 | 520 |
| Fees and commissions expense | (815) | (859) |
| Of which: | | |
| Financial instruments that are not fair valued through profit or loss | (169) | (303) |
| Trust and other fiduciary activities | (52) | (49) |
| Net fees and commission | 3,252 | 3,113 |
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other Items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Transaction Banking | 1,142 | 32
| - | - |
1,174 |
| Trade & Working capital | 576 | 25
| - | - |
601 |
| Cash Management | 566 | 7
| - | - |
573 |
| Financial Markets | 882
| - | - | - |
882 |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 141 | 6
| - | - |
147 |
| Principal Finance | (1)
| - | - | - |
(1) |
| Wealth Management | - | 1,225
| - | - |
1,225 |
| Retail Products | - | 592 | 32 | - | 624 |
| Treasury
| - | - | - |
(15) | (15) |
| Others | - | 2 | 35 | (6) | 31 |
| Fees and commission income | 2,164 | 1,857 | 67 | (21) | 4,067 |
| Fees and commission expense | (411) | (319) | (24) | (61) | (815) |
| Net fees and commission | 1,753 | 1,538 | 43 | (82) | 3,252 |
| | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking $million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking $million | Ventures $million | Central & other Items (segment) $million | Total $million |
| Transaction Banking | 1,143 | 32
| - | - |
1,175 |
| Trade & Working capital | 594 | 25
| - | - |
619 |
| Cash Management | 549 | 7
| - | - |
556 |
| Financial Markets | 958
| - | - | - |
958 |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 124 | 5
| - | - |
129 |
| Wealth Management | - | 1,127
| - | - |
1,127 |
| Retail Products | - | 582 | 12 | - | 594 |
| Treasury
| - | - | - |
(5) | (5) |
| Others | - | (2) | 8 | (12) | (6) |
| Fees and commission income | 2,225 | 1,744 | 20 | (17) | 3,972 |
| Fees and commission expense | (519) | (220) | (12) | (108) | (859) |
| Net fees and commission | 1,706 | 1,524 | 8 | (125) | 3,113 |
Upfront bancassurance consideration amounts are amortised on a straight-line basis over the contractual period to which the consideration relates. Deferred income on the balance sheet in respect of these activities is $474 million (31 December 2022: $549 million). Following renegotiation of the contract in 2023, the life of the contract was extended for a further 3 years. Accordingly, the income will be earned evenly over a longer period for the next 8.5 years (31 December 2022: 6.5 years). For the twelve months ended 31 December 2023, $75 million of fee income was released from deferred income (31 December 2022: $84 million).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 5. Net trading income
## Accounting policy
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in net trading income in the period in which they arise. This includes contractual interest receivable or payable.
When the initial fair value of a financial instrument held at fair value through profit or loss relies on unobservable inputs, the difference between the initial valuation and the transaction price is amortised to net trading income as the inputs become observable or over the life of the instrument, whichever is shorter. Any unamortised 'day one' gain is released to net trading income if the transaction is terminated.
Income is recognised from the sale and purchase of trading positions, margins on market making and customer business and fair value changes.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Net trading income | 6,292 | 5,310 |
| Significant items within net trading income include: | | |
| Gains on instruments held for trading¹ | 4,625 | 4,942 |
| Gains on financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss | 4,270 | 1,087 |
| Gains/(losses) on financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss | 10 | (6) |
| Losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss | (2,649) | (677) |
¹ Includes $299 million loss (31 December 2022: $365 million gain) from the translation of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities
# 6. Other operating income
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Other operating income includes: | | |
| Rental income from operating lease assets | 375 | 421 |
| Net loss on disposal of fair value through other comprehensive income debt instruments | (115) | (207) |
| Net (loss)/gain on disposal of amortised cost financial assets¹ | (94) | 17 |
| Net gain/(loss) on sale of businesses² | 351 | (1) |
| Dividend income | 15 | 14 |
| Gain on sale of aircrafts | - | 21 |
| Others³ | 174 | 37 |
| Other operating income | 706 | 302 |
¹ Includes $47 million loss on sale of a portfolio of aviation loans
² 2023 includes $309 million gain from the sale of the aviation finance leasing business, $18 million from sale of associate (Metaco SA), $16 million gain from sale of subsidiary ($9 million from Cardspal and $7 million from Kozagi) and $8 million gain from the sale of Jordan one of the AME regions exit markets
³ 2023 mainly includes $59 million tax credit against Research & Development Expenditure, $38 million gain on disposal of premises, $21 million income from VISA sponsorship in Hong Kong, $10 million from gain on lease modification in Hong Kong and $16 million interest income from tax refund in India
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
7. Operating expenses
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Staff costs: | | |
| Wages and salaries | 6,459 | 6,014 |
| Social security costs | 233 | 210 |
| Other pension costs (Note 30) | 431 | 390 |
| Share-based payment costs (Note 31) | 226 | 199 |
| Other staff costs | 907 | 805 |
| | 8,256 | 7,618 |
Other staff costs include redundancy expenses of $106 million (31 December 2022: $79 million). Further costs in this category include training, travel costs and other staff-related costs.
Details of directors' pay, benefits, pensions and benefits and interests in shares are disclosed in the Directors' remuneration report (page 195).
Transactions with directors, officers and other related parties are disclosed in Note 36.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Premises and equipment expenses: | 422 | 401 |
| General administrative expenses: | | |
| UK bank levy | 111 | 102 |
| Provision for regulatory matters | - | 14 |
| Other general administrative expenses | 1,691 | 1,592 |
| | 1,802 | 1,708 |
| Depreciation and amortisation: | | |
| Property, plant and equipment: | | |
| Premises | 315 | 326 |
| Equipment | 103 | 123 |
| Operating lease assets | 27 | 202 |
| | 445 | 651 |
| Intangibles: | | |
| Software | 625 | 531 |
| Acquired on business combinations | 1 | 4 |
| | 1,071 | 1,186 |
| Total operating expenses | 11,551 | 10,913 |
Operating expenses include research expenditure of $996 million (31 December 2022: $946 million), which was recognized as an expense in the year
The UK bank levy is applied to chargeable equity and liabilities on the balance sheet of UK operations. Key exclusions from chargeable equity and liabilities include Tier 1 capital, insured or guaranteed retail deposits, repos secured on certain sovereign debt and liabilities subject to netting. The rates are 0.10 per cent for short-term liabilities and 0.05 per cent for long-term liabilities.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 8. Credit impairment
### Accounting policy
#### Significant accounting estimates and judgements
The Group's expected credit loss (ECL) calculations are outputs of complex models with a number of underlying assumptions. The significant judgements in determining expected credit loss include:
- The Group's criteria for assessing if there has been a significant increase in credit risk;
- Development of expected credit loss models, including the choice of inputs relating to macroeconomic variables;
- Determining estimates of forward looking macroeconomic forecasts;
- Evaluation of management overlays and post-model adjustments;
- Determination of probability weightings for Stage 3 individually assessed provisions
The calculation of credit impairment provisions also involves expert credit judgement to be applied by the credit risk management team based upon counterparty information they receive from various sources including relationship managers and on external market information. Details on the approach for determining expected credit loss can be found in the credit risk section, under IFRS 9 Methodology (page 273).
Estimates of forecasts of key macroeconomic variables underlying the expected credit loss calculation can be found within the Risk review, Key assumptions and judgements in determining expected credit loss (page 275).
#### Expected credit losses
An ECL represents the present value of expected cash shortfalls over the residual term of a financial asset, undrawn commitment or financial guarantee.
A cash shortfall is the difference between the cash flows that are due in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive over the contractual life of the instrument.
#### Measurement
ECL are computed as unbiased, probability-weighted amounts which are determined by evaluating a range of reasonably possible outcomes, the time value of money, and considering all reasonable and supportable information including that which is forward-looking.
For material portfolios, the estimate of expected cash shortfalls is determined by multiplying the probability of default (PD) with the loss given default (LGD) with the expected exposure at the time of default (EAD). There may be multiple default events over the lifetime of an instrument. Further details on the components of PD, LGD and EAD are disclosed in the Credit risk section. For less material Retail Banking loan portfolios, the Group has adopted less sophisticated approaches based on historical roll rates or loss rates.
Forward-looking economic assumptions are incorporated into the PD, LGD and EAD where relevant and where they influence credit risk, such as GDP growth rates, interest rates, house price indices and commodity prices among others. These assumptions are incorporated using the Group's most likely forecast for a range of macroeconomic assumptions. These forecasts are determined using all reasonable and supportable information, which includes both internally developed forecasts and those available externally, and are consistent with those used for budgeting, forecasting and capital planning.
To account for the potential non-linearity in credit losses, multiple forward-looking scenarios are incorporated into the range of reasonably possible outcomes for all material portfolios. For example, where there is a greater risk of downside credit losses than upside gains, multiple forward-looking economic scenarios are incorporated into the range of reasonably possible outcomes, both in respect of determining the PD (and where relevant, the LGD and EAD) and in determining the overall ECL amounts. These scenarios are determined using a Monte Carlo approach centred around the Group's most likely forecast of macroeconomic assumptions.
The period over which cash shortfalls are determined is generally limited to the maximum contractual period for which the Group is exposed to credit risk. However, for certain revolving credit facilities, which include credit cards or overdrafts, the Group's exposure to credit risk is not limited to the contractual period. For these instruments, the Group estimates an appropriate life based on the period that the Group is exposed to credit risk, which includes the effect of credit risk management actions such as the withdrawal of undrawn facilities.
For credit-impaired financial instruments, the estimate of cash shortfalls may require the use of expert credit judgement.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 8. Credit impairment continued
The estimate of expected cash shortfalls on a collateralised financial instrument reflects the amount and timing of cash flows that are expected from foreclosure on the collateral less the costs of obtaining and selling the collateral, regardless of whether foreclosure is deemed probable.
Cash flows from unfunded credit enhancements held are included within the measurement of expected credit losses if they are part of, or integral to, the contractual terms of the instrument (this includes financial guarantees, unfunded risk participations and other non-derivative credit insurance). Although non-integral credit enhancements do not impact the measurement of expected credit losses, a reimbursement asset is recognised to the extent of the ECL recorded.
Cash shortfalls are discounted using the effective interest rate (or credit-adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or originated credit-impaired instruments (POCI)) on the financial instrument as calculated at initial recognition or if the instrument has a variable interest rate, the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
| Instruments | Location of expected credit loss provisions |
| --- | --- |
| Financial assets held at amortised cost | Loss provisions: netted against gross carrying value^{1} |
| Financial assets held FVOCI – Debt instruments | Other comprehensive income (FVOCI expected credit loss reserve)^{2} |
| Loan commitments | Provisions for liabilities and charges^{3} |
| Financial guarantees | Provisions for liabilities and charges^{3} |
1. Purchased or originated credit-impaired assets do not attract an expected credit loss provision on initial recognition. An expected credit loss provision will be recognised only if there is an increase in expected credit losses from that considered at initial recognition
2. Debt and treasury securities classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) are held at fair value on the face of the balance sheet. The expected credit loss attributed to these instruments is held as a separate reserve within other comprehensive income (DCI) and is recycled to the profit and loss account along with any fair value measurement gains or losses held within FVOCI when the applicable instruments are derecognised
3. Expected credit loss on loan commitments and financial guarantees is recognised as a liability provision. Where a financial instrument includes both a loan (i.e. financial asset component) and an undrawn commitment (i.e. loan commitment component), and it is not possible to separately identify the expected credit loss on these components, expected credit loss amounts on the loan commitment are recognised together with expected credit loss amounts on the financial asset. To the extent the combined expected credit loss exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, the expected credit loss is recognised as a liability provision
## Recognition
### 12 months expected credit losses (stage 1)
Expected credit losses are recognised at the time of initial recognition of a financial instrument and represent the lifetime cash shortfalls arising from possible default events up to 12 months into the future from the balance sheet date. Expected credit losses continue to be determined on this basis until there is either a significant increase in the credit risk of an instrument or the instrument becomes credit-impaired. If an instrument is no longer considered to exhibit a significant increase in credit risk, expected credit losses will revert to being determined on a 12-month basis.
### Significant increase in credit risk (Stage 2)
Significant increase in credit risk is assessed by comparing the risk of default of an exposure at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination (after taking into account the passage of time). Significant does not mean statistically significant nor is it assessed in the context of changes in expected credit loss. Whether a change in the risk of default is significant or not is assessed using a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, the weight of which depends on the type of product and counterparty. Financial assets that are 30 or more days past due and not credit-impaired will always be considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. For less material portfolios where a loss rate or roll rate approach is applied to compute expected credit loss, significant increase in credit risk is primarily based on 30 days past due.
Quantitative factors include an assessment of whether there has been significant increase in the forward-looking probability of default (PD) since origination. A forward-looking PD is one that is adjusted for future economic conditions to the extent these are correlated to changes in credit risk. We compare the residual lifetime PD at the balance sheet date to the residual lifetime PD that was expected at the time of origination for the same point in the term structure and determine whether both the absolute and relative change between the two exceeds predetermined thresholds. To the extent that the differences between the measures of default outlined exceed the defined thresholds, the instrument is considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (see page 282 to 284).
Qualitative factors assessed include those linked to current credit risk management processes, such as lending placed on non-purely precautionary early alert (and subject to closer monitoring).
A non-purely precautionary early alert account is one which exhibits risk or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision, or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded. Indicators could include a rapid erosion of position within the industry, concerns over management's ability to manage operations, weak/deteriorating operating results, liquidity strain and overdue balances among other factors.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
381
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 8. Credit impairment continued
Credit-impaired (or defaulted) exposures (Stage 3) Financial assets that are credit-impaired (or in default) represent those that are at least 90 days past due in respect of principal and/or interest. Financial assets are also considered to be credit-impaired where the obligors are unlikely to pay on the occurrence of one or more observable events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset. It may not be possible to identify a single discrete event but instead the combined effect of several events may cause financial assets to become credit-impaired.
- Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:
- Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or borrower;
- Breach of contract such as default or a past due event;
- For economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower's financial difficulty, the lenders of the borrower have granted the borrower concession/s that lenders would not otherwise consider. This would include forbearance actions (page 257);
- Pending or actual bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation to avoid or delay discharge of the borrower's obligation/s;
- The disappearance of an active market for the applicable financial asset due to financial difficulties of the borrower;
- Purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects incurred credit losses
Lending commitments to a credit-impaired obligor that have not yet been drawn down are included to the extent that the commitment cannot be withdrawn. Loss provisions against credit-impaired financial assets are determined based on an assessment of the present value of expected cash shortfalls (discounted at the instrument's original effective interest rate) under a range of scenarios, including the realisation of any collateral held where appropriate. The Group's definition of default is aligned with the regulatory definition of default as set out in the UK's onshored capital requirements regulations (Art 178).
# Expert credit judgement
For Corporate & Institutional, Commercial and Private Banking, borrowers are graded by credit risk management on a credit grading (CG) scale from CG1 to CG14. Once a borrower starts to exhibit credit deterioration, it will move along the credit grading scale in the performing book and when it is classified as CG12 (which is a qualitative trigger for significant increase in credit risk (see page 283) the credit assessment and oversight of the loan will normally be performed by Stressed Assets Risk (SAR).
Borrowers graded CG12 exhibit well-defined weaknesses in areas such as management and/or performance but there is no current expectation of a loss of principal or interest in the likely scenario. Where the impairment assessment indicates that there will be a loss of principal on a loan in the likely scenario, the borrower is graded a CG14 while borrowers of other credit-impaired loans are graded CG13. Instruments graded CG13 or CG14 are regarded as stage 3.
For individually significant financial assets within stage 3, SAR will consider all judgements that have an impact on the expected future cash flows of the asset. These include: the business prospects, industry and geo political climate of the customer, quality of realisable value of collateral, the Group's legal position relative to other claimants and any renegotiation/ forbearance/ modification options. The future cash flow calculation involves significant judgements and estimates. As new information becomes available and further negotiations/ forbearance measures are taken the estimates of the future cash flows will be revised, and will have an impact on the future cash flow analysis.
For financial assets which are not individually significant, such as the Retail Banking portfolio or small business loans, which comprise a large number of homogenous loans that share similar characteristics, statistical estimates and techniques are used, as well as credit scoring analysis.
Consumer and Business Banking clients are considered credit-impaired where they are more 90 days past due, or if the borrower files for bankruptcy or other forbearance programme, the borrower is deceased or the business is closed in the case of a small business, or if the borrower surrenders the collateral, or there is an identified fraud on the account. Additionally, if the account is unsecured and the borrower has other credit accounts with the Group that are considered credit-impaired, the account may be also be credit-impaired.
Techniques used to compute impairment amounts use models which analyse historical repayment and default rates over a time horizon. Where various models are used, judgement is required to analyse the available information provided and select the appropriate model or combination of models to use.
Expert credit judgement is also applied to determine whether any post-model adjustments are required for credit risk elements which are not captured by the models.
# Modified financial instruments
Where the original contractual terms of a financial asset have been modified for credit reasons and the instrument has not been derecognised (an instrument is derecognised when a modification results in a change in cash flows that the Group would consider substantial), the resulting modification loss is recognised within credit impairment in the income statement with a corresponding decrease in the gross carrying value of the asset. If the modification involved a concession that the bank would not otherwise consider, the instrument is considered to be credit-impaired and is considered forborne.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
8. Credit impairment continued
Expected credit loss for modified financial assets that have not been derecognised and are not considered to be credit-impaired will be recognised on a 12-month basis, or a lifetime basis, if there is a significant increase in credit risk. These assets are assessed (by comparison to the origination date) to determine whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk subsequent to the modification. Although loans may be modified for non-credit reasons, a significant increase in credit risk may occur. In addition to the recognition of modification gains and losses, the revised carrying value of modified financial assets will impact the calculation of expected credit losses, with any increase or decrease in expected credit loss recognised within impairment.
## Forborne loans
Forborne loans are those loans that have been modified in response to a customer's financial difficulties. Forbearance strategies assist clients who are temporarily in financial distress and are unable to meet their original contractual repayment terms. Forbearance can be initiated by the client, the Group or a third-party including government sponsored programmes or a conglomerate of credit institutions. Forbearance may include debt restructuring such as new repayment schedules, payment deferrals, tenor extensions, interest only payments, lower interest rates, forgiveness of principal, interest or fees, or relaxation of loan covenants.
Forborne loans that have been modified (and not derecognised) on terms that are not consistent with those readily available in the market and/or where we have granted a concession compared to the original terms of the loans are considered credit-impaired if there is a detrimental impact on cash flows. The modification loss (see Classification and measurement - Modifications) is recognised in the profit or loss within credit impairment and the gross carrying value of the loan reduced by the same amount. The modified loan is disclosed as 'Loans subject to forbearance - credit-impaired'.
Loans that have been subject to a forbearance modification, but which are not considered credit-impaired (not classified as CG13 or CG14), are disclosed as 'Forborne - not credit-impaired'. This may include amendments to covenants within the contractual terms.
## Write-offs of credit-impaired instruments and reversal of impairment
To the extent a financial debt instrument is considered irrecoverable, the applicable portion of the gross carrying value is written off against the related loan provision. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed, it is decided that there is no realistic probability of recovery and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for credit impairment in the income statement.
## Loss provisions on purchased or originated credit-impaired instruments (POCI)
The Group measures expected credit loss on a lifetime basis for POCI instruments throughout the life of the instrument. However, expected credit loss is not recognised in a separate loss provision on initial recognition for POCI instruments as the lifetime expected credit loss is inherent within the gross carrying amount of the instruments. The Group recognises the change in lifetime expected credit losses arising subsequent to initial recognition in the income statement and the cumulative change as a loss provision. Where lifetime expected credit losses on POCI instruments are less than those at initial recognition, then the favourable differences are recognised as impairment gains in the income statement (and as impairment loss where the expected credit losses are greater).
## Improvement in credit risk/curing
For financial assets that are credit-impaired (stage 3), a transfer to stage 2 or stage 1 is only permitted where the instrument is no longer considered to be credit-impaired. An instrument will no longer be considered credit-impaired when there is no shortfall of cash flows compared to the original contractual terms.
For financial assets within stage 2, these can only be transferred to stage 1 when they are no longer considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk.
Where significant increase in credit risk was determined using quantitative measures, the instruments will automatically transfer back to stage 1 when the original PD based transfer criteria are no longer met. Where instruments were transferred to stage 2 due to an assessment of qualitative factors, the issues that led to the reclassification must be cured before the instruments can be reclassified to stage 1. This includes instances where management actions led to instruments being classified as stage 2, requiring that action to be resolved before loans are reclassified to stage 1.
A forborne loan can only be removed from being disclosed as forborne if the loan is performing (stage 1 or 2) and a further two-year probation period is met.
In order for a forborne loan to become performing, the following criteria have to be satisfied:
- At least a year has passed with no default based upon the forborne contract terms
- The customer is likely to repay its obligations in full without realising security
- The customer has no accumulated impairment against amount outstanding (except for ECL)
Subsequent to the criteria above, a further two-year probation period has to be fulfilled, whereby regular payments are made by the customer and none of the exposures to the customer are more than 30 days past due.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
383
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
8. Credit impairment continued
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Net credit impairment on loans and advances to banks and customers | 606 | 743 |
| Net credit impairment on debt securities¹ | (50) | 122 |
| Net credit impairment relating to financial guarantees and loan commitments | (48) | (27) |
| Net credit impairment relating to other financial assets | – | (2) |
| Credit impairment | 508 | 836 |
¹ Includes impairment of $1 million (2022: $13 million) on originated credit-impaired debt securities
9. Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment
Accounting policy
Refer to the below referenced notes for the relevant accounting policy.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Impairment of goodwill (Note 17) | – | 14 |
| Impairment of property, plant and equipment (Note 18) | 12 | 50 |
| Impairment of other intangible assets (Note 17) | 112 | 12 |
| Other¹ | 884 | 363 |
| Property, plant and equipment and other impairment | 1,008 | 425 |
| Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment | 1,008 | 439 |
¹ Other includes $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai), reflecting Bohai's lower reported net profit in 2023 (compared to 2022), as well as banking industry challenges and property market uncertainties in Mainland China, that may impact Bohai's future profitability
10. Taxation
Accounting policy
Income tax payable on profits is based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction and is recognised as an expense in the period in which profits arise.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted as at the balance sheet date, and that are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Where permitted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset on an entity basis and not by component of deferred taxation.
Current and deferred tax relating to items which are charged or credited directly to equity, is credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognised in the income statement together with the current or deferred gain or loss.
Other accounting estimates and judgements
- Determining the Group's tax charge for the year involves estimation and judgement, which includes an interpretation of local tax laws and an assessment of whether the tax authorities will accept the position taken. These judgements take account of external advice where appropriate, and the Group's view on settling with the relevant tax authorities.
- The Group provides for current tax liabilities at the best estimate of the amount that is expected to be paid to the tax authorities where an outflow is probable. In making its estimates the Group assumes that the tax authorities will examine all the amounts reported to them and have full knowledge of all relevant information.
- The recoverability of the Group's deferred tax assets is based on management's judgement of the availability of future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets will be utilised. In preparing management forecasts the effect of applicable laws and regulations relevant to the utilisation of future taxable profits have been considered.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 10. Taxation continued
The following table provides analysis of taxation charge in the year:
| | 2023 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| The charge for taxation based upon the profit for the year comprises: | | |
| Current tax: | | |
| United Kingdom corporation tax at 23.5 per cent (2022: 19 per cent): | | |
| Current tax charge on income for the year | (48) | 48 |
| Adjustments in respect of prior years (including double tax relief) | 14 | - |
| Foreign tax: | | |
| Current tax charge on income for the year | 1,695 | 1,216 |
| Adjustments in respect of prior years | (11) | 5 |
| | 1,650 | 1,269 |
| Deferred tax: | | |
| Origination/reversal of temporary differences | (22) | 144 |
| Adjustments in respect of prior years | 3 | (29) |
| | (19) | 115 |
| Tax on profits on ordinary activities | 1,631 | 1,384 |
| Effective tax rate | 32.0% | 32.3% |
The tax charge for the year of $1,631 million (31 December 2022: $1,384 million) on a profit before tax of $5,093 million (31 December 2022: $4,286 million) reflects the impact of tax losses for which no deferred tax assets are recognised, non-deductible expenses, and non-creditable withholding taxes and other taxes. These are partly offset by tax exempt income.
Foreign tax includes current tax of $201 million (31 December 2022: $35 million) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong. Deferred tax includes origination or reversal of temporary differences of $nil million (31 December 2022: $51 million) provided at a rate of 16.5 per cent (31 December 2022: 16.5 per cent) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong.
The Group will be in scope of the new Pillar Two global minimum tax rules which were substantively enacted in the UK on 20 June 2023 to apply for periods commencing 1 January 2024. The IAS 12 exception to recognise and disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes has been applied.
Based on an initial impact assessment undertaken in respect of historical financial data together with corporate plan data available, the Group's exposure to Pillar Two income taxes are not expected to be material. The Group is closely monitoring developments to assess potential future implications and implementation efforts.
Tax rate: The tax charge for the year is higher than the charge at the rate of corporation tax in the UK, 23.5 per cent.
The differences are explained below:
| | 2023 | | 2022 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | $ million | % | $ million | % |
| Profit on ordinary activities before tax | 5,093 | | 4,286 | |
| Tax at 23.5 per cent (2022: 19 per cent) | 1,197 | 23.5 | 814 | 19.0 |
| Lower tax rates on overseas earnings | (330) | (6.5) | (122) | (2.8) |
| Higher tax rates on overseas earnings | 306 | 6.0 | 435 | 10.1 |
| Tax at domestic rates applicable where profits earned | 1,173 | 23.0 | 1,127 | 26.3 |
| Non-creditable withholding taxes and other taxes1 | 85 | 1.7 | 170 | 4.0 |
| Tax exempt income | (131) | (2.6) | (69) | (1.6) |
| Share of associates and joint ventures | (14) | (0.3) | (27) | (0.6) |
| Non-deductible expenses | 219 | 4.3 | 115 | 2.7 |
| Bank levy | 26 | 0.5 | 19 | 0.4 |
| Non-taxable losses on investments2 | 64 | 1.3 | 51 | 1.2 |
| Payments on financial instruments in reserves | (68) | (1.3) | (56) | (1.3) |
| Goodwill impairment
| - | - |
3 | 0.1 |
| Deferred tax not recognised | 278 | 5.4 | 77 | 1.8 |
| Deferred tax rate changes | (1) | - | (9) | (0.2) |
| Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years | 6 | 0.1 | (24) | (0.6) |
| Other items1 | (6) | (0.1) | 7 | 0.1 |
| Tax on profit on ordinary activities | 1,631 | 32.0 | 1,384 | 32.3 |
1 The comparatives have been reclassified by moving the effect of other taxes from Other items to Non-creditable withholding taxes and other taxes in order to provide more clarity to the reader. The 2022 comparatives have been reclassified as follows to align with the presentation in the current period: Non-creditable withholding taxes and other taxes from $90 million to $170 million, and Other items from $87 million to $7 million.
2 Non-taxable losses on investments includes $140 million (2022: $51 million) in respect of the tax impact of the impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 10. Taxation continued
Factors affecting the tax charge in future years: the Group's tax charge, and effective tax rate in future years could be affected by several factors including acquisitions, disposals and restructuring of our businesses, the mix of profits across jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, changes in tax legislation and tax rates and resolution of uncertain tax positions.
The evaluation of uncertain tax positions involves an interpretation of local tax laws which could be subject to challenge by a tax authority, and an assessment of whether the tax authorities will accept the position taken. The Group does not currently consider that assumptions or judgements made in assessing tax liabilities have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year.
| Tax recognised in other comprehensive income | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Current tax $million | Deferred tax $million | Total $million | Current tax $million | Deferred tax $million | Total |
| Items that will not be reclassified to income statement | - | (107) | (107) | - | 15 | 15 |
| Own credit adjustment | - | (49) | (49) | - | 8 | 8 |
| Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | - | (69) | (69) | - | 27 | 27 |
| Retirement benefit obligations | - | 11 | 11 | - | (20) | (20) |
| | | | | | | |
| Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement | - | (129) | (129) | - | 152 | 152 |
| Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | - | (17) | (17) | - | 63 | 63 |
| Cashflow hedges | - | (112) | (112) | - | 89 | 89 |
| | | | | | | |
| Total tax credit/(charge) recognised in equity | - | (236) | (236) | - | 167 | 167 |
Current tax: The following are the movements in current tax during the year:
| Current tax comprises: | 2023 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Current tax assets | 503 | 766 |
| Current tax liabilities | (583) | (348) |
| Net current tax opening balance | (80) | 418 |
| Movements in income statement | (1,650) | (1,269) |
| Movements in other comprehensive income | - | - |
| Taxes paid | 1,367 | 821 |
| Other movements | 36 | (50) |
| Net current tax balance as at 31 December | (327) | (80) |
| Current tax assets | 484 | 503 |
| Current tax liabilities | (811) | (583) |
| Total | (327) | (80) |
Deferred tax: The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the year:
| | At 1 January 2023 $ million | Exchange & other adjustments $ million | (Charge)/credit to profit $ million | (Charge)/credit to equity $ million | At 31 December 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Deferred tax comprises: | | | | | |
| Accelerated tax depreciation | (589) | 236 | (71) | - | (424) |
| Impairment provisions on loans and advances | 334 | (20) | (28) | - | 286 |
| Tax losses carried forward | 212 | (106) | (9) | - | 97 |
| Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | (74) | (1) | - | (69) | (144) |
| Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | 61 | (14) | (3) | (17) | 27 |
| Cashflow hedges | 89 | (2) | - | (112) | (25) |
| Own credit adjustment | 5 | (27) | - | (49) | (71) |
| Retirement benefit obligations | 2 | 2 | (11) | 11 | 4 |
| Share-based payments | 36 | - | 7 | - | 43 |
| Other temporary differences | (11) | 16 | 134 | - | 139 |
| Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) | 65 | 84 | 19 | (236) | (68) |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
10. Taxation continued
| | At 1 January 2022 $million | Exchange & other adjustments $million | (Charge)/credit to profit $million | (Charge)/credit to equity $million | At 31 December 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Deferred tax comprises: | | | | | |
| Accelerated tax depreciation | (515) | (8) | (66) | – | (589) |
| Impairment provisions on loans and advances | 351 | (41) | 24 | – | 334 |
| Tax losses carried forward | 263 | 16 | (67) | – | 212 |
| Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income¹ | (96) | (6) | 1 | 27 | (74) |
| Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income¹ | (30) | 5 | 23 | 63 | 61 |
| Cashflow hedges | – | – | – | 89 | 89 |
| Own credit adjustment | (3) | – | – | 8 | 5 |
| Retirement benefit obligations | 27 | (5) | – | (20) | 2 |
| Share-based payments | 32 | – | 4 | – | 36 |
| Other temporary differences | 30 | (7) | (34) | – | (11) |
| Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) | 59 | (46) | (115) | 167 | 65 |
1 2022 has been reclassified to separately disclose Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income and Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income. No change in overall balance.
Deferred tax comprises assets and liabilities as follows:
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Total $million | Asset $million | Liability $million | Total $million | Asset $million | Liability $million |
| Deferred tax comprises: | | | | | | |
| Accelerated tax depreciation | (424) | 3 | (427) | (589) | 1 | (590) |
| Impairment provisions on loans and advances | 286 | 282 | 4 | 334 | 339 | (5) |
| Tax losses carried forward | 97 | 49 | 48 | 212 | 90 | 122 |
| Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income¹ | (144) | (1) | (143) | (74) | – | (74) |
| Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income¹ | 27 | 29 | (2) | 61 | 45 | 16 |
| Cashflow hedges | (25) | 12 | (37) | 89 | 85 | 4 |
| Own credit adjustment | (71) | (1) | (70) | 5 | (1) | 6 |
| Retirement benefit obligations | 4 | 13 | (9) | 2 | 15 | (13) |
| Share-based payments | 43 | 9 | 34 | 36 | 5 | 31 |
| Other temporary differences | 139 | 307 | (168) | (11) | 255 | (266) |
| | (68) | 702 | (770) | 65 | 834 | (769) |
1 2022 has been reclassified to separately disclose Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income and Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income. No change in overall balance.
The recoverability of the Group's deferred tax assets is based on management's judgement of the availability of future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets will be utilised. The Group's total deferred tax assets include $97 million relating to tax losses carried forward, of which $48 million arises in legal entities with offsetting deferred tax liabilities. The remaining deferred tax assets on losses of $49 million are forecast to be recovered before expiry and within five years.
Sale of aircraft leasing business during the year, included within Other operating income, resulted in the disposal of $113 million of deferred tax assets relating to losses in Ireland held at 31 December 2022.
Unrecognised deferred tax
| | Net 2023 $million | Gross 2023 $million | Net 2022 $million | Gross 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| No account has been taken of the following potential deferred tax assets/(liabilities): | | | | |
| Withholding tax on unremitted earnings from overseas subsidiaries and associates | (653) | (7,685) | (507) | (6,434) |
| Tax losses | 2,242 | 9,326 | 1,980 | 8,231 |
| Held over gains on incorporation of overseas branches | (366) | (1,389) | (346) | (1,313) |
| Other temporary differences | 397 | 1,516 | 544 | 1,991 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 11. Dividends
## Accounting policy
The Board considers a number of factors prior to dividend declaration which includes the rate of recovery in the Group's financial performance, the macroeconomic environment, and opportunities to further invest in our business and grow profitably in our markets.
## Ordinary equity shares
| | 2023 | | 2022 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Cents per share | $ million | Cents per share | $ million |
| 2022/2021 final dividend declared and paid during the year | 14 | 401 | 9 | 274 |
| 2023/2022 interim dividend declared and paid during the year | 6 | 167 | 4 | 119 |
Dividends on ordinary equity shares are recorded in the period in which they are declared and, in respect of the final dividend, have been approved by the shareholders. Accordingly, the final ordinary equity share dividends set out above relate to the respective prior years.
## 2023 recommended final ordinary equity share dividend
The 2023 ordinary equity share dividend recommended by the Board is 21 cents per share. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 do not reflect this dividend as this will be accounted for in shareholders' equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2024.
The dividend will be paid in either pounds sterling, Hong Kong dollars or US dollars on 17 May 2024 to shareholders on the UK register of members at the close of business in the UK on 8 March 2024.
## Preference shares and Additional Tier 1 securities
Dividends on these preference shares and securities classified as equity are recorded in the period in which they are declared.
| | | 2023 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Non-cumulative redeemable preference shares: | 7,014 per cent preference shares of $5 each | 53 | 53 |
| | Floating rate preference shares of $5 each¹ | 50 | 20 |
| | | 103 | 73 |
| Additional Tier 1 securities: fixed rate resetting perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities | 349 | 328 | |
| | | 452 | 401 |
1 Floating rate is based on Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), average rate paid for floating preference shares is 6.62% (2022: 2.71%)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 12. Earnings per ordinary share
Earnings per share on an underlying basis differs from earnings defined in IAS 33 Earnings per share. Underlying earnings is profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders adjusted for profits or losses of a capital nature; amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent; and other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the year.
The table below provides the basis of underlying earnings.
| | 2022 $million | 2022¹ $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Profit for the period attributable to equity holders | 3,462 | 2,902 |
| Non-controlling interest | 7 | 46 |
| Dividend payable on preference shares and AT1 classified as equity | (452) | (401) |
| Profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders | 3,017 | 2,547 |
| Items normalised: | | |
| Restructuring | 14 | 99 |
| Goodwill and other impairment² | 850 | 322 |
| DVA | (17) | (42) |
| Net gains on sale of Businesses³ | (262) | (20) |
| Tax on normalised items | (21) | (3) |
| Underlying profit | 3,581 | 2,903 |
| Basic – Weighted average number of shares (millions) | 2,778 | 2,966 |
| Diluted – Weighted average number of shares (millions) | 2,841 | 3,023 |
| Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 108.6 | 85.9 |
| Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 106.2 | 84.3 |
| Underlying basic earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 128.9 | 97.9 |
| Underlying diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents) | 126.0 | 96.0 |
1. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2. Goodwill and other impairment include $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
3. Includes the sale of the Aviation Finance business, of which there was a gain on sale of $309 million on the leasing business and a loss of $47 million in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent and the basic weighted average number of shares excluding treasury shares held in employees benefit trust. When calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted for the effects of all expected dilutive potential ordinary shares held in respect of Standard Chartered PLC totalling 56 million (2022: 52 million). The total number of share options outstanding, under schemes considered to be potentially dilutive, was 7 million (2022: 5 million). These options have strike prices ranging from $3.99 to $7.49.
Of the total number of employee share options and share awards at 31 December 2023 there were nil share options and awards which were anti dilutive.
The 188 million decrease (2022: 142 million decrease) in the basic weighted average number of shares is primarily due to the impact of the share buy-back programmes completed in the year.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments
## Classification and measurement
### Accounting policy
Financial assets held at amortised cost and fair value through other comprehensive income
Debt instruments held at amortised cost or held at FVOCI have contractual terms that give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) characteristics.
In assessing whether the contractual cash flows have SPPI characteristics, the Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making the assessment, the Group considers:
- Contingent events that would change the amount and timing of cash flows
- Leverage features
- Prepayment and extension terms
- Terms that limit the Group's claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g. non-recourse asset arrangements)
- Features that modify consideration of the time value of money – e.g. periodical reset of interest rates.
Whether financial assets are held at amortised cost or at FVOCI depends on the objectives of the business models under which the assets are held. A business model refers to how the Group manages financial assets to generate cash flow.
The Group makes an assessment of the objective of a business model in which an asset is held at the individual product business line, and where applicable within business lines depending on the way the business is managed and information is provided to management. Factors considered include:
- How the performance of the product business line is evaluated and reported to the Group's management
- How managers of the business model are compensated, including whether management is compensated based on the fair value of assets or the contractual cash flows collected
- The risks that affect the performance of the business model and how those risks are managed
- The frequency, volume and timing of sales in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.
The Group's business model assessment is as follows:
| Business model | Business objective | Characteristics | Businesses | Products |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Hold to collect | Intent is to originate financial assets and hold them to maturity, collecting the contractual cash flows over the term of the instrument | • Providing financing and originating assets to earn interest income as primary income stream • Performing credit risk management activities • Costs include funding costs, transaction costs and impairment losses | • Corporate Lending • Financial Markets • Transaction Banking • Retail Lending • Treasury Markets (Loans and Borrowings) | • Loans and advances • Debt securities |
| Hold to collect and sell | Business objective met through both hold to collect and by selling financial assets | • Portfolios held for liquidity needs; or where a certain interest yield profile is maintained; or that are normally rebalanced to achieve matching of duration of assets and liabilities • Income streams come from interest income, fair value changes, and impairment losses | • Treasury Markets | • Debt securities |
| Fair value through profit or loss | All other business objectives, including trading and managing financial assets on a fair value basis | • Assets held for trading • Assets that are originated, purchased, and sold for profit taking or underwriting activity • Performance of the portfolio is evaluated on a fair value basis • Income streams are from fair value changes or trading gains or losses | • Financial Markets • All other business lines | • Derivatives • Equity shares • Trading portfolios • Financial Markets reverse repos • Financial Markets (FM Bond and Loan Syndication) |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
Financial assets which have SPPI characteristics and that are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets to collect contractual cashflows (hold to collect) are recorded at amortised cost. Conversely, financial assets which have SPPI characteristics but are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cashflows and selling financial assets (Hold to collect and sell) are classified as held at FVOCI. Both hold to collect and hold to collect and sell business models involve holding financial assets to collect the contractual cashflows. However, the business models are distinct by reference to the frequency and significance that asset sales play in meeting the objective under which a particular group of financial assets is managed. Hold to collect business models are characterised by asset sales that are incidental to meeting the objectives under which a group of assets is managed. Sales of assets under a hold to collect business model can be made to manage increases in the credit risk of financial assets but sales for other reasons should be infrequent or insignificant. Cashflows from the sale of financial assets under a hold to collect and sell business model by contrast are integral to achieving the objectives under which a particular group of financial assets are managed. This may be the case where frequent sales of financial assets are required to manage the Group's daily liquidity requirements or to meet regulatory requirements to demonstrate liquidity of financial instruments. Sales of assets under hold to collect and sell business models are therefore both more frequent and more significant in value than those under the hold to collect model.
## Equity instruments designated as held at FVOCI
Non-trading equity instruments acquired for strategic purposes rather than capital gain may be irrevocably designated at initial recognition as held at FVOCI on an instrument-by-instrument basis. Dividends received are recognised in profit or loss. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of these instruments, including foreign exchange gains and losses, are recognised directly in equity and are never reclassified to profit or loss even on derecognition.
## Mandatorily classified at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets and liabilities which are mandatorily held at fair value through profit or loss are split between two subcategories as follows:
Trading, including:
- Financial assets and liabilities held for trading, which are those acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term
- Derivatives
Non-trading mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, including:
- Instruments in a business which has a fair value business model (see the Group's business model assessment) which are not trading or derivatives
- Hybrid financial assets that contain one or more embedded derivatives
- Financial assets that would otherwise be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI but which do not have SPPI characteristics
- Equity instruments that have not been designated as held at FVOCI
- Financial liabilities that constitute contingent consideration in a business combination
## Designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets and liabilities may be designated at fair value through profit or loss when the designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities on a different basis ('accounting mismatch').
Financial liabilities may also be designated at fair value through profit or loss where they are managed on a fair value basis or have an embedded derivative where the Group is not able to bifurcate and separately value the embedded derivative component.
## Financial liabilities held at amortised cost
Financial liabilities that are not financial guarantees or loan commitments and that are not classified as financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss are classified as financial liabilities held at amortised cost.
Preference shares which carry a mandatory coupon that represents a market rate of interest at the issue date, or which are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder are classified as financial liabilities and are presented in other borrowed funds. The dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as interest expense on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
391
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments
The Group issues financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments in return for fees. Financial guarantee contracts and any loan commitments issued at below-market interest rates are initially recognised at their fair value as a financial liability, and subsequently measured at the higher of the initial value less the cumulative amount of income recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and their expected credit loss provision. Loan commitments may be designated at fair value through profit or loss where that is the business model under which such contracts are held.
## Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on the basis of the individual financial instrument. However, when a group of financial assets and financial liabilities is managed on the basis of its net exposure to either market risk or credit risk, the fair value of the group of financial instruments is measured on a net basis.
The fair values of quoted financial assets and liabilities in active markets are based on current prices. A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. If the market for a financial instrument, and for unlisted securities, is not active, the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.
## Initial recognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss, and held at fair value through other comprehensive income are initially recognised on the trade date (the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset). Loans and advances and other financial assets held at amortised cost are recognised on the settlement date (the date on which cash is advanced to the borrowers).
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value, which is normally the transaction price, plus directly attributable transaction costs for financial assets and liabilities which are not subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss.
In certain circumstances, the initial fair value may be based on a valuation technique which may lead to the recognition of profits or losses at the time of initial recognition. However, these profits or losses can only be recognised when the valuation technique used is based solely on observable market data. Where the initially recognised fair value is based on a valuation model that uses unobservable inputs, the difference between the transaction price and the valuation model is not recognised immediately in the income statement but following the passage of time, or as the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is terminated.
## Subsequent measurement
### Financial assets and financial liabilities held at amortised cost
Financial assets and financial liabilities held at amortised cost are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method (see 'Interest income and expense'). Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the income statement.
Where a financial instrument carried at amortised cost is the hedged item in a qualifying fair value hedge relationship, its carrying value is adjusted by the fair value gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk.
### Financial assets held at FVOCI
Debt instruments held at FVOCI are subsequently carried at fair value, with all unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value (including any related foreign exchange gains or losses) recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity. Foreign exchange gains and losses on the amortised cost are recognised in income. Changes in expected credit losses are recognised in the profit or loss and are accumulated in equity. On derecognition, the cumulative fair value gains or losses, net of the cumulative expected credit loss reserve, are transferred to the profit or loss.
Equity investments designated at FVOCI are subsequently carried at fair value with all unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value (including any related foreign exchange gains or losses) recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity. On derecognition, the cumulative reserve is transferred to retained earnings and is not recycled to profit or loss.
### Financial assets and liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss
Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value, including contractual interest income or expense, recorded in the net trading income line in the profit or loss unless the instrument is part of a cash flow hedging relationship.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Derecognition of financial instruments
Financial assets which are subject to commercial refinancing where the loan is priced to the market with no payment related concessions regardless of form of legal documentation or nature of lending will be derecognised. Where the Group's rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the new loan is recognised at fair value. For all other modifications for example forborne loans or restructuring, whether or not a change in the cash flows is 'substantially different' is judgemental and will be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all the relevant facts and circumstances.
On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of the consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in profit or loss except for equity instruments elected FVOCI (see above) and cumulative fair value adjustments attributable to the credit risk of a liability, that are held in other comprehensive income.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished. A financial liability is extinguished when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires and this is evaluated both qualitatively and quantitatively. However, where a financial liability has been modified, it is derecognised if the difference between the modified cash flows and the original cash flows is more than 10 per cent, or if less than 10 per cent, the Group will perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the terms of the two instruments are substantially different.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is derecognised and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in 'Other income' except for the cumulative fair value adjustments attributable to the credit risk of a liability that are held in Other comprehensive income, which are never recycled to the profit or loss.
## Modified financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities whose original contractual terms have been modified, including those loans subject to forbearance strategies, are considered to be modified instruments. Modifications may include changes to the tenor, cash flows and or interest rates among other factors.
Where derecognition of financial assets is appropriate (see Derecognition), the newly recognised residual loans are assessed to determine whether the assets should be classified as purchased or originated credit-impaired assets (POCI).
Where derecognition is not appropriate, the gross carrying amount of the applicable instruments is recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated or modified contractual cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate (or credit adjusted effective interest rate for POCI financial assets). The difference between the recalculated values and the pre-modified gross carrying values of the instruments are recorded as a modification gain or loss in the profit or loss.
Gains and losses arising from modifications for credit reasons are recorded as part of 'Credit Impairment' (see Credit Impairment policy). Modification gains and losses arising from non-credit reasons are recognised either as part of 'Credit Impairment' or within income depending on whether there has been a change in the credit risk on the financial asset subsequent to the modification. Modification gains and losses arising on financial liabilities are recognised within income. The movements in the applicable expected credit loss loan positions are disclosed in further detail in Risk Review.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The Group's classification of its financial assets and liabilities is summarised in the following tables.
| Assets | Notes | Assets at fair value |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Trading $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Non-trading mandatory at fair value through profit or loss $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Fair value through other comprehensive income $million | Total financial assets at fair value $million | Assets held at amortised cost $million | Total $million |
| Cash and balances at central banks¹ |
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
69,905 |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks² | | 2,265
| - | - | - | - |
2,265 | - |
| Loans and advances to customers² | | 6,930 | - | 282
| - | - |
7,212 | - |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16 | 9,997 | - | 71,850
| - | - |
81,847 | - |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills | | 52,776 | - | 98 | 78 | - | 52,952 | - |
| Equity shares | | 2,721 | - | 219
| - | - |
2,940 | - |
| Other assets |
| - | - | 6 | - | - | 6 | - |
| | | 74,689 | - | 72,455 | 78 | - | 147,222 | - |
| Derivative financial instruments | 14 | 48,333 | 2,101
| - | - | - |
50,434 | - |
| Loans and advances to banks² | 15
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
44,977 |
| of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
1,738 |
| Loans and advances to customers² | 15
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
286,975 |
| of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
13,996 |
| Investment securities | | | | | | | | |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills |
| - | - | - | - |
103,328 | 103,328 | 56,935 |
| Equity shares |
| - | - | - | - |
992 | 992 | - |
| |
| - | - | - | - |
104,320 | 104,320 | 56,935 |
| Other assets | 20
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
38,140 |
| Assets held for sale | 21
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
701 |
| Total at 31 December 2023 | | 123,022 | 2,101 | 72,455 | 78 | 104,320 | 301,976 | 497,633 |
1 Cash and balances at central banks includes both cash held in restricted accounts and on demand or placements which are contractually due to mature overnight only. Other placements with central banks are reported as part of Loans and advances to customers
2 Further analysed in Risk review and Capital review (pages 230 to 343)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
13. Financial instruments continued
| Assets | Notes | Assets at fair value | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Trading $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Non-trading mandatory at fair value through profit or loss $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Fair value through other comprehensive income $million | Total financial assets at fair value $million | Assets held at amortised cost $million | Total $million |
| Cash and balances at central banks¹ |
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
58,263 | 58,263 |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks² | | 976
| - | - | - | - |
976 | - | 976 |
| Loans and advances to customers² | | 5,765 | - | 781
| - | - |
6,546 | - | 6,546 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16 | 1,175 | - | 63,316
| - | - |
64,491 | - | 64,491 |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills | | 30,162 | - | 324 | 76 | - | 30,562 | - | 30,562 |
| Equity shares | | 2,997 | - | 233
| - | - |
3,230 | - | 3,230 |
| Other assets |
| - | - | 7 | - | - | 7 | - | 7 |
| | | 41,075 | - | 64,661 | 76 | - | 105,812 | - | 105,812 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 14 | 60,858 | 2,859
| - | - | - |
63,717 | - | 63,717 |
| Loans and advances to banks² | 15
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
39,519 | 39,519 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
978 | 978 |
| Loans and advances to customers² | 15
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
310,647 | 310,647 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 16
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
24,498 | 24,498 |
| Investment securities | | | | | | | | | |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills |
| - | - | - | - |
111,926 | 111,926 | 59,714 | 171,640 |
| Equity shares |
| - | - | - | - |
808 | 808 | - | 808 |
| |
| - | - | - | - |
112,734 | 112,734 | 59,714 | 172,448 |
| Other assets | 20
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
39,295 | 39,295 |
| Assets held for sale | 21
| - | - | - |
3 | - | 3 | 1,388 | 1,391 |
| Total at 31 December 2022 | | 101,933 | 2,859 | 64,661 | 79 | 112,734 | 282,266 | 508,826 | 791,092 |
Cash and balances at central banks includes both cash held in restricted accounts and on demand or placements which are contractually due to mature overnight only. Other placements with central banks are reported as part of Loans and advances to customers
Further analysed in Risk review and Capital review (pages 230 to 343)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
13. Financial instruments continued
| Liabilities | Notes | Liabilities at fair value | | | | Amortised cost $million | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Trading $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total financial liabilities at fair value $million | | |
| Deposits by banks |
| - | - | - | - |
28,030 | 28,030 |
| Customer accounts |
| - | - | - | - |
469,418 | 469,418 |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks |
| - | - |
1,894 | 1,894 | - | 1,894 |
| Customer accounts | | 39 | - | 17,209 | 17,248 | - | 17,248 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 16 | 1,660 | - | 39,623 | 41,283 | - | 41,283 |
| Debt securities in issue | 22
| - | - |
10,817 | 10,817 | - | 10,817 |
| Short positions | | 11,846
| - | - |
11,846 | - | 11,846 |
| Other liabilities |
| - | - |
8 | 8 | - | 8 |
| | | 13,545 | - | 69,551 | 83,096 | - | 83,096 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 14 | 52,747 | 3,314 | - | 56,061 | - | 56,061 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 16
| - | - | - | - |
12,258 | 12,258 |
| Debt securities in issue | 22
| - | - | - | - |
62,546 | 62,546 |
| Other liabilities | 23
| - | - | - | - |
38,663 | 38,663 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 27
| - | - | - | - |
12,036 | 12,036 |
| Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale | 21
| - | - | - | - |
726 | 726 |
| Total at 31 December 2023 | | 66,292 | 3,314 | 69,551 | 139,157 | 623,677 | 762,834 |
| Liabilities | Notes | Liabilities at fair value | | | | Amortised cost $million | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Trading $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total financial liabilities at fair value $million | | |
| Deposits by banks |
| - | - | - | - |
28,789 | 28,789 |
| Customer accounts |
| - | - | - | - |
461,677 | 461,677 |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks |
| - | - |
1,066 | 1,066 | - | 1,066 |
| Customer accounts | | 29 | - | 11,677 | 11,706 | - | 11,706 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 16
| - | - |
51,706 | 51,706 | - | 51,706 |
| Debt securities in issue | 22
| - | - |
8,572 | 8,572 | - | 8,572 |
| Short positions | | 6,847
| - | - |
6,847 | - | 6,847 |
| Other liabilities |
| - | - |
6 | 6 | - | 6 |
| | | 6,876 | - | 73,027 | 79,903 | - | 79,903 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 14 | 65,316 | 4,546 | - | 69,862 | - | 69,862 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 16
| - | - | - | - |
2,108 | 2,108 |
| Debt securities in issue | 22
| - | - | - | - |
61,242 | 61,242 |
| Other liabilities | 23
| - | - | - | - |
42,915 | 42,915 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 27
| - | - | - | - |
13,715 | 13,715 |
| Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale | 21 | 5
| - | - |
5 | 1,230 | 1,235 |
| Total at 31 December 2022 | | 72,197 | 4,546 | 73,027 | 149,770 | 611,676 | 761,446 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Interest rate benchmark reform
During 2023, significant progress was made in support of LIBOR transition.
New LIBOR-referencing business had ceased and a full suite of Risk Free Rate-referencing derivative and cash products were standard offerings across the Group.
Having completed the remediation of all non-USD LIBOR exposures at the end of 2021 with no reliance on synthetic rates, the Programme focused on remediating legacy USD LIBOR stock ahead of the USD LIBOR cessation date (30 June 2023).
The Group made significant progress towards completing its remediation of legacy exposures over the course of 2023. Clients with legacy USD LIBOR loans were engaged to remediate their contracts via active conversion to alternative rates, or other suitable transition mechanisms such as the inclusion of robust fallbacks. For derivatives, the Group adhered to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) 2020 IBOR Fallbacks Protocol for all its trading entities and continued to engage clients to do the same or to negotiate remediation bilaterally. The Group also successfully participated in CCP conversion events, including both tranches of the London Clearing House (LCH) conversions for USD LIBOR and also the SGD/THB conversion, as well as the CME Eurodollar futures and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing (HKEX) USD LIBOR events. This significantly reduced our overall notional exposure to USD LIBOR, as centrally cleared derivatives and bilateral derivatives with fallbacks represented a substantial portion of the Group's overall USD LIBOR notional exposure.
At 31 December 2023, a number of contracts remain subject to remediation but these are considered immaterial for the Group. The largest population of remaining exposures are syndicated loans, either on a standalone basis, or where the loans have been hedged with derivatives. These contracts currently operate under a synthetic USD LIBOR rate.
## Risks which the Group is exposed to due to LIBOR transition
The Group has largely mitigated all material adverse outcomes associated with the cessation of IBOR benchmarks, and these have not required a change to the Group's risk management strategy.
However, the Group will continue to focus on the un-remediated contracts, and manage the risks of the transition until fully complete.
Particular attention will continue to be paid to: legal risk of any contracts that may remain outstanding after the end of synthetic LIBOR (currently scheduled for end of September 2024); conduct risk arising from continued remediation; financial and accounting risk in terms of the financial impact of IBOR transition for the outstanding contracts, and also financial instruments that may be affected by accounting issues such as accounting for contractual changes due to IBOR reform, fair value measurement and hedge accounting, as well as other risks inherent in the reform.
As at 31 December 2022 the Group had the following notional principal exposures to interest rate benchmarks that were subject to interest rate benchmark reform.
| IBOR exposures by benchmark at 31 December 2022 | USD LIBOR $million | GBP LIBOR $million | SGD SOR $million | THB FIX $million | Other IBOR $million | Total IBOR $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Assets | | | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks | 145 | – | – | – | – | 145 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 21,395 | – | 420 | – | – | 21,815 |
| Debt securities, AT1 and other eligible bills | 2,843 | – | 15 | – | – | 2,858 |
| | 24,383 | – | 435 | – | – | 24,818 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks | 332 | – | – | – | – | 332 |
| Customer accounts | 3,066 | – | – | 34 | – | 3,100 |
| Repurchase agreements and other secured borrowing | 671 | – | – | – | – | 671 |
| Debt securities in issue | 1,211 | – | – | – | – | 1,211 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| | 5,280 | – | – | 34 | – | 5,314 |
| Derivatives – Foreign exchange contracts | | | | | | |
| Currency swaps and options | 135,145 | – | 2,273 | 959 | – | 138,377 |
| Derivatives – Interest rate contracts | | | | | | |
| Swaps | 671,534 | – | 7,512 | 10,998 | – | 690,044 |
| Forward rate agreements and options | 22,067 | – | – | 9 | – | 22,076 |
| Exchange traded futures and options | 31,922 | – | – | – | – | 31,922 |
| Equity and stock index options | 49 | – | – | – | – | 49 |
| Credit derivative contracts | 3,974 | – | 46 | 129 | – | 4,149 |
| Total IBOR derivative exposure | 864,691 | – | 9,831 | 12,095 | – | 886,617 |
| Total IBOR exposure | 894,354 | – | 10,266 | 12,129 | – | 916,749 |
| Loan commitments off-balance sheet | 2,798 | – | 14 | – | – | 2,812 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
In practice, for credit mitigation, the Group is able to offset assets and liabilities which do not meet the IAS 32 netting criteria set out below. Such arrangements include master netting arrangements for derivatives and global master repurchase agreements for repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions. These agreements generally allow that all outstanding transactions with a particular counterparty can be offset but only in the event of default or other predetermined events.
In addition, the Group also receives and pledges readily realisable collateral for derivative transactions to cover net exposure in the event of a default. Under repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements the Group pledges (legally sells) and obtains (legally purchases) respectively, highly liquid assets which can be sold in the event of a default.
The following tables set out the impact of netting on the balance sheet. This comprises derivative transactions settled through an enforceable netting agreement where we have the intent and ability to settle net and which are offset on the balance sheet
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross amounts of recognised financial instruments $million | Impact of offset in the balance sheet $million | Net amounts of financial instruments presented in the balance sheet $million | Related amount not offset in the balance sheet | | Net amount $million |
| | | | | Financial instruments $million | Financial collateral $million | |
| Assets | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 99,929 | (49,495) | 50,434 | (39,293) | (8,440) | 2,701 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 109,413 | (11,832) | 97,581 | - | (97,581) | - |
| At 31 December 2023 | 209,342 | (61,327) | 148,015 | (39,293) | (106,021) | 2,701 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 105,556 | (49,495) | 56,061 | (39,293) | (10,337) | 6,431 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 65,373 | (11,832) | 53,541 | - | (53,541) | - |
| At 31 December 2023 | 170,929 | (61,327) | 109,602 | (39,293) | (63,878) | 6,431 |
| | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Gross amounts of recognised financial instruments $million | Impact of offset in the balance sheet $million | Net amounts of financial instruments presented in the balance sheet $million | Related amount not offset in the balance sheet | | Net amount $million |
| | | | | Financial instruments $million | Financial collateral $million | |
| Assets | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 120,799 | (57,082) | 63,717 | (50,133) | (9,206) | 4,378 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 105,891 | (15,924) | 89,967 | - | (89,967) | - |
| At 31 December 2022 | 226,690 | (73,006) | 153,684 | (50,133) | (99,173) | 4,378 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 126,944 | (57,082) | 69,862 | (50,133) | (12,515) | 7,214 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 69,738 | (15,924) | 53,814 | - | (53,814) | - |
| At 31 December 2022 | 196,682 | (73,006) | 123,676 | (50,133) | (66,329) | 7,214 |
Related amounts not offset in the balance sheet comprises:
- Financial instruments not offset in the balance sheet but covered by an enforceable netting arrangement. This comprises master netting arrangements held against derivative financial instruments and excludes the effect of over-collateralisation
- Financial instruments where a legal opinion evidencing enforceability of the right of offset may not have been sought, or may have been unable to obtain
- Financial collateral comprises cash collateral pledged and received for derivative financial instruments and collateral bought and sold for reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements respectively and excludes the effect of over-collateralisation
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Carrying balance aggregate fair value | 69,551 | 73,027 |
| Amount contractually obliged to repay at maturity | 71,240 | 74,138 |
| Difference between aggregate fair value and contractually obliged to repay at maturity | (1,689) | (1,111) |
| Cumulative change in fair value accredited to credit risk difference | 156 | (56) |
The net fair value loss on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss was $2,649 million for the year (31 December 2022: net loss of $677 million).
Further details of the Group's own credit adjustment (OCA) valuation technique is described later in this Note.
## Valuation of financial instruments
The Valuation Methodology function is responsible for independent price verification, oversight of fair value and appropriate value adjustments and escalation of valuation issues. Independent price verification is the process of determining that the valuations incorporated into the financial statements are validated independent of the business area responsible for the product. The Valuation Methodology function has oversight of the fair value adjustments to ensure the financial instruments are priced to exit. These are key controls in ensuring the material accuracy of the valuations incorporated in the financial statements. The market data used for price verification (PV) may include data sourced from recent trade data involving external counterparties or third parties such as Bloomberg, Reuters, brokers and consensus pricing providers. The Valuation Methodology function performs an ongoing review of the market data sources that are used as part of the PV and fair value processes which are formally documented on a semi-annual basis detailing the suitability of the market data used for price testing. Price verification uses independently sourced data that is deemed most representative of the market the instruments trade in. To determine the quality of the market data inputs, factors such as independence, relevance, reliability, availability of multiple data sources and methodology employed by the pricing provider are taken into consideration.
The Valuation and Benchmarks Committee (VBC) is the valuation governance forum consisting of representatives from Group Market Risk, Product Control, Valuation Methodology and the business, which meets monthly to discuss and approve the independent valuations of the inventory. For Principal Finance, the Investment Committee meeting is held on a quarterly basis to review investments and valuations.
## Significant accounting estimates and judgements
The Group evaluates the significance of financial instruments and material accuracy of the valuations incorporated in the financial statements as they involve a high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty in determining the carrying values of financial assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date.
- Fair value of financial instruments is determined using valuation techniques and estimates (see below) which, to the extent possible, use market observable inputs, but in some cases use non-market observable inputs. Changes in the observability of significant valuation inputs can materially affect the fair values of financial instruments.
- When establishing the exit price of a financial instrument using a valuation technique, the Group estimates valuation adjustments in determining the fair value (page 400).
- In determining the valuation of financial instruments, the Group makes judgements on the amounts reserved to cater for model and valuation risks, which cover both Level 2 and Level 3 assets, and the significant valuation judgements in respect of Level 3 instruments (page 407).
- Where the estimated measurement of fair value is more judgemental in respect of Level 3 assets, these are valued based on models that use a significant degree of non-market-based unobservable inputs.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements Notes to the financial statements
## 13. Financial instruments continued
### Valuation techniques
Refer to the fair value hierarchy explanation – Level 1, 2 and 3 (page 402)
### Financial instruments held at fair value
- Debt securities – asset-backed securities: Asset-backed securities are valued based on external prices obtained from consensus pricing providers, broker quotes, recent trades, arrangers' quotes, etc. Where an observable price is available for a given security, it is classified as Level 2. In instances where third-party prices are not available or reliable, the security is classified as Level 3. The fair value of Level 3 securities is estimated using market standard cash flow models with input parameter assumptions which include prepayment speeds, default rates, discount margins derived from comparable securities with similar vintage, collateral type, and credit ratings.
- Debt securities in issue: These debt securities relate to structured notes issued by the Group. Where independent market data is available through pricing vendors and broker sources these positions are classified as Level 2. Where such liquid external prices are not available, valuations of these debt securities are implied using input parameters such as bond spreads and credit spreads, and are classified as Level 3. These input parameters are determined with reference to the same issuer (if available) or proxies from comparable issuers or assets.
- Derivatives: Derivative products are classified as Level 2 if the valuation of the product is based upon input parameters which are observable from independent and reliable market data sources. Derivative products are classified as Level 3 if there are significant valuation input parameters which are unobservable in the market, such as products where the performance is linked to more than one underlying variable. Examples are foreign exchange basket options, equity options based on the performance of two or more underlying indices and interest rate products with quanto payouts. In most cases these unobservable correlation parameters cannot be implied from the market, and methods such as historical analysis and comparison with historical levels or other benchmark data must be employed.
- Equity shares – private equity: The majority of private equity unlisted investments are valued based on earning multiples – Price-to-Earnings (P/E) or enterprise value to earnings before income tax, depreciation and amortisation (EV/EBITDA) ratios – of comparable listed companies. The two primary inputs for the valuation of these investments are the actual or forecast earnings of the investee companies and earning multiples for the comparable listed companies. To ensure comparability between these unquoted investments and the comparable listed companies, appropriate adjustments are also applied (for example, liquidity and size) in the valuation. In circumstances where an investment does not have direct comparables or where the multiples for the comparable companies cannot be sourced from reliable external sources, alternative valuation techniques (for example, discounted cash flow model or net asset value ('NAV') or option pricing model), which use predominantly unobservable inputs or Level 3 inputs, may be applied. Even though earning multiples for the comparable listed companies can be sourced from third-party sources (for example, Bloomberg), and those inputs can be deemed Level 2 inputs, all unlisted investments (excluding those where observable inputs are available, for example, over-the-counter (OTC) prices) are classified as Level 3 on the basis that the valuation methods involve judgements ranging from determining comparable companies to discount rates where the discounted cash flow method is applied.
- Loans and advances: These primarily include loans in the FM Bond and Loan Syndication business which were not fully syndicated as of the balance sheet date and other financing transactions within Financial Markets, and loans and advances including reverse repurchase agreements that do not have SPPI cashflows or are managed on a fair value basis. These loans are generally bilateral in nature and, where available, their valuation is based on observable clean sales transactions prices or market observable spreads. If observable credit spreads are not available, proxy spreads based on comparables with similar credit grade, sector and region, are used. Where observable transaction prices, credit spreads and market standard proxy methods are available, these loans are classified as Level 2. Where there are no recent transactions or comparables, these loans are classified as Level 3.
- Other debt securities: These debt securities include convertible bonds, corporate bonds, credit and structured notes. Where quoted prices are available through pricing vendors, brokers or observable trading activities from liquid markets, these are classified as Level 2 and valued using such quotes. Where there are significant valuation inputs which are unobservable in the market, due to illiquid trading or the complexity of the product, these are classified as Level 3. The valuations of these debt securities are implied using input parameters such as bond spreads and credit spreads. These input parameters are determined with reference to the same issuer (if available) or proxied from comparable issuers or assets.
### Financial instruments held at amortised cost
The following sets out the Group's basis for establishing fair values of amortised cost financial instruments and their classification between Levels 1, 2 and 3. As certain categories of financial instruments are not actively traded, there is a significant level of management judgement involved in calculating the fair values:
- Cash and balances at central banks: The fair value of cash and balances at central banks is their carrying amounts
- Debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds: The aggregate fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those notes where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current market related yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity
- Deposits and borrowings: The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is the amount repayable on demand. The estimated fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings without quoted market prices is based on discounted cash flows using the prevailing market rates for debts with a similar Credit Risk and remaining maturity
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
- Investment securities: For investment securities that do not have directly observable market values, the Group utilises a number of valuation techniques to determine fair value. Where available, securities are valued using input proxies from the same or closely related underlying (for example, bond spreads from the same or closely related issuer) or input proxies from a different underlying (for example, a similar bond but using spreads for a particular sector and rating). Certain instruments cannot be proxies as set out above, and in such cases the positions are valued using non-market observable inputs. This includes those instruments held at amortised cost and predominantly relates to asset-backed securities. The fair value for such instruments is usually derived from proxy from internal assessments of the underlying cash flows
- Loans and advances to banks and customers: For loans and advances to banks, the fair value of floating rate placements and overnight deposits is their carrying amounts. The estimated fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits is based on discounted cash flows using the prevailing money market rates for debts with a similar Credit Risk and remaining maturity. The Group's loans and advances to customers' portfolio is well diversified by geography and industry. Approximately a quarter of the portfolio re-prices within one month, and approximately half re-prices within 12 months. Loans and advances are presented net of provisions for impairment. The fair value of loans and advances to customers with a residual maturity of less than one year generally approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of loans and advances with a residual maturity of more than one year represents the discounted amount of future cash flows expected to be received, including assumptions relating to prepayment rates and Credit Risk. Expected cash flows are discounted at current market rates to determine fair value. The Group has a wide range of individual instruments within its loans and advances portfolio and as a result providing quantification of the key assumptions used to value such instruments is impractical
- Other assets: Other assets comprise primarily cash collateral and trades pending settlement. The carrying amount of these financial instruments is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value as they are either short term in nature or re-price to current market rates frequently.
# Fair value adjustments
When establishing the exit price of a financial instrument using a valuation technique, the Group considers adjustments to the modelled price which market participants would make when pricing that instrument. The main valuation adjustments (described further below) in determining fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are as follows:
| | 01.01.22 $million | Movement during the year $million | 31.12.22 $million | 01.01.22 $million | Movement during the year $million | 31.12.22 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Bid-offer valuation adjustment | 118 | (3) | 115 | 101 | 17 | 118 |
| Credit valuation adjustment | 171 | (52) | 119 | 165 | 6 | 171 |
| Debit valuation adjustment | (112) | (17) | (129) | (70) | (42) | (112) |
| Model valuation adjustment | 3 | 1 | 4 | 5 | (2) | 3 |
| Funding valuation adjustment | 46 | (13) | 33 | - | 46 | 46 |
| Other fair value adjustments | 23 | 2 | 25 | 20 | 3 | 23 |
| Total | 249 | (82) | 167 | 221 | 28 | 249 |
| Income deferrals | | | | | | |
| Day 1 and other deferrals | 186 | (77) | 109 | 147 | 39 | 186 |
| Total | 186 | (77) | 109 | 147 | 39 | 186 |
Note: Bracket represents an asset and credit to the income statement
- Bid-offer valuation adjustment: Generally, market parameters are marked on a mid-market basis in the revaluation systems, and a bid-offer valuation adjustment is required to quantify the expected cost of neutralising the business' positions through dealing away in the market, thereby bringing long positions to bid and short positions to offer. The methodology to calculate the bid-offer adjustment for a derivative portfolio involves netting between long and short positions and the grouping of risk by strike and tenor based on the hedging strategy where long positions are marked to bid and short positions marked to offer in the systems.
- Credit valuation adjustment (CVA): The Group accounts for CVA against the fair value of derivative products. CVA is an adjustment to the fair value of the transactions to reflect the possibility that our counterparties may default and we may not receive the full market value of the outstanding transactions. It represents an estimate of the adjustment a market participant would include when deriving a purchase price to acquire our exposures. CVA is calculated for each subsidiary, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure and takes account of any collateral we may hold. The Group calculates the CVA by using estimates of future positive exposure, market-implied probability of default (PD) and recovery rates. Where market-implied data is not readily available, we use market-based proxies to estimate the PD. Wrong-way risk occurs when the exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty, and the Group has implemented a model to capture this impact for key wrong-way exposures. The Group also captures the uncertainties associated with wrong-way risk in the Group's Prudential Valuation Adjustments framework.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
- Debit valuation adjustment (DVA): The Group calculates DVA adjustments on its derivative liabilities to reflect changes in its own credit standing. The Group's DVA adjustments will increase if its credit standing worsens and conversely, decrease if its credit standing improves. For derivative liabilities, a DVA adjustment is determined by applying the Group's probability of default to the Group's negative expected exposure against the counterparty. The Group's probability of default and loss expected in the event of default is derived based on bond and CDS spreads associated with the Group's issuances and market standard recovery levels. The expected exposure is modelled based on the simulation of the underlying risk factors over the expected life of the deal. This simulation methodology incorporates the collateral posted by the Group and the effects of master netting agreements.
- Model valuation adjustment: Valuation models may have pricing deficiencies or limitations that require a valuation adjustment. These pricing deficiencies or limitations arise due to the choice, implementation and calibration of the pricing model.
- Funding valuation adjustment (FVA): The Group makes FVA adjustments against derivative products, including embedded derivatives. FVA reflects an estimate of the adjustment to its fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate funding costs or benefits that could arise in relation to the exposure. FVA is calculated by determining the net expected exposure at a counterparty level and then applying a funding rate to those exposures that reflect the market cost of funding. The FVA for uncollateralised (including partially collateralised) derivatives incorporates the estimated present value of the market funding cost or benefit associated with funding these transactions.
- Other fair value adjustments: The Group calculates the fair value on the interest rate callable products by calibrating to a set of market prices with differing maturity, expiry and strike of the trades.
- Day one and other deferrals: In certain circumstances the initial fair value is based on a valuation technique which differs to the transaction price at the time of initial recognition. However, these gains can only be recognised when the valuation technique used is based primarily on observable market data. In those cases where the initially recognised fair value is based on a valuation model that uses inputs which are not observable in the market, the difference between the transaction price and the valuation model is not recognised immediately in the income statement. The difference is amortised to the income statement until the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is terminated. Other deferrals primarily represent adjustments taken to reflect the specific terms and conditions of certain derivative contracts which affect the termination value at the measurement date.
In addition, the Group calculates own credit adjustment (DCA) on its issued debt designated at fair value, including structured notes, in order to reflect changes in its own credit standing. Issued debt is discounted utilising the spread at which similar instruments would be issued or bought back at the measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as an asset. OCA measures the difference between the fair value of issued debt as of reporting date and theoretical fair values of issued debt adjusted up or down for changes in own credit spreads from inception date to the measurement date. Under IFRS 9 the change in the OCA component is reported under other comprehensive income. The Group's OCA reserve will increase if its credit standing worsens in comparison with the inception of the trade and, conversely, decrease if its credit standing improves. The Group's OCA reserve will reverse over time as its liabilities mature.
# Fair value hierarchy - financial instruments held at fair value
The fair values of quoted financial assets and liabilities in active markets are based on current prices. A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Wherever possible, fair values have been calculated using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical instruments held by the Group. Where quoted market prices are not available, or are unreliable because of poor liquidity, fair values have been determined using valuation techniques which, to the extent possible, use market observable inputs, but in some cases use non-market observable inputs. Valuation techniques used include discounted cash flow analysis and pricing models and, where appropriate, comparison with instruments that have characteristics similar to those of the instruments held by the Group.
Assets and liabilities carried at fair value or for which fair values are disclosed have been classified into three levels according to the observability of the significant inputs used to determine the fair values. Changes in the observability of significant valuation inputs during the reporting period may result in a transfer of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy when there is a significant change in either its principal market or the level of observability of the inputs to the valuation techniques as at the end of the reporting period.
- Level 1: Fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
- Level 2: Fair value measurements are those with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.
- Level 3: Fair value measurements are those where inputs which could have a significant effect on the instrument's valuation are not based on observable market data.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The following tables show the classification of financial instruments held at fair value into the valuation hierarchy:
| Assets | Level 1 $million | Level 2 $million | Level 3 $million | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks | – | 2,265 | – | 2,265 |
| Loans and advances to customers | – | 5,252 | 1,960 | 7,212 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | – | 79,484 | 2,363 | 81,847 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 27,055 | 24,635 | 1,262 | 52,952 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Issued by central banks & governments | 23,465 | 6,557 | – | 30,022 |
| Issued by corporates other than financial institutions^{1} | 4 | 4,062 | 346 | 4,412 |
| Issued by financial institutions^{1} | 3,586 | 14,016 | 916 | 18,518 |
| Equity shares | 2,386 | 370 | 184 | 2,940 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 954 | 49,400 | 80 | 50,434 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Foreign exchange | 129 | 42,414 | 25 | 42,568 |
| Interest rate | 37 | 6,293 | 6 | 6,336 |
| Credit | – | 438 | 47 | 485 |
| Equity and stock index options | – | 73 | 2 | 75 |
| Commodity | 788 | 182 | – | 970 |
| Investment securities | | | | |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 55,060 | 48,196 | 72 | 103,328 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Issued by central banks & governments | 47,225 | 18,983 | 51 | 66,259 |
| Issued by corporates other than financial institutions^{1} | 820 | 3,236 | – | 4,056 |
| Issued by financial institutions^{1} | 7,015 | 25,977 | 21 | 33,013 |
| Equity shares | 199 | 6 | 787 | 992 |
| Other assets | – | – | 6 | 6 |
| Total financial assets at 31 December 2023 | 85,654 | 209,608 | 6,714 | 301,976 |
| Liabilities | | | | |
| Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | |
| Deposits by banks | – | 1,560 | 334 | 1,894 |
| Customer accounts | – | 15,970 | 1,278 | 17,248 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | – | 41,283 | – | 41,283 |
| Debt securities in issue | – | 9,776 | 1,041 | 10,817 |
| Short positions | 7,152 | 4,591 | 103 | 11,846 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 749 | 55,116 | 196 | 56,061 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Foreign exchange | 122 | 45,314 | 10 | 45,446 |
| Interest rate | 46 | 8,262 | 5 | 8,313 |
| Credit | – | 945 | 162 | 1,107 |
| Equity and stock index options | – | 147 | 19 | 166 |
| Commodity | 581 | 448 | – | 1,029 |
| Other liabilities | – | – | 8 | 8 |
| Total financial liabilities at 31 December 2023 | 7,901 | 128,296 | 2,960 | 139,157 |
1 Includes covered bonds of $7,509 million, securities issued by Multilateral Development Banks/International Organisations of $24,192 million and State-owned agencies and development banks of $7,564 million
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy that are subject to complex modelling techniques is $940 million and $288 million respectively.
There were no significant changes to valuation or levelling approaches during the year 31 December 2023.
There were no significant transfers of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year 31 December 2023.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
13. Financial instruments continued
| Assets | Level 1 $ million | Level 2 $ million | Level 3 $ million | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | |
| Loans and advances to banks | – | 955 | 21 | 976 |
| Loans and advances to customers | – | 4,741 | 1,805 | 6,546 |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 3 | 62,490 | 1,998 | 64,491 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 14,702 | 14,707 | 1,153 | 30,562 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Issued by central banks & governments | 14,086 | 4,734 | – | 18,820 |
| Issued by corporates other than financial institutions^{1} | 91 | 3,452 | 517 | 4,060 |
| Issued by financial institutions^{1} | 525 | 6,521 | 636 | 7,682 |
| Equity shares | 3,024 | 24 | 182 | 3,230 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 892 | 62,781 | 44 | 63,717 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Foreign exchange | 139 | 54,020 | 13 | 54,172 |
| Interest rate | 33 | 7,351 | 28 | 7,412 |
| Credit | – | 410 | 1 | 411 |
| Equity and stock index options | – | 98 | 2 | 100 |
| Commodity | 720 | 902 | – | 1,622 |
Investment securities
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 56,401 | 55,525 | – | 111,926 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Issued by central banks & governments | 45,151 | 22,171 | – | 67,322 |
| Issued by corporates other than financial institutions^{1} | 1,775 | 4,045 | – | 5,820 |
| Issued by financial institutions^{1} | 9,475 | 29,309 | – | 38,784 |
| Equity shares | 146 | 7 | 655 | 808 |
| Other assets | – | – | 7 | 7 |
Total financial assets at 31 December 2022² 75,168 201,230 5,865 282,263
Liabilities
| Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Deposits by banks | – | 778 | 288 | 1,066 |
| Customer accounts | – | 10,734 | 972 | 11,706 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | – | 51,706 | – | 51,706 |
| Debt securities in issue | – | 8,121 | 451 | 8,572 |
| Short positions | 4,085 | 2,722 | 40 | 6,847 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 642 | 69,099 | 121 | 69,862 |
| Of which: | | | | |
| Foreign exchange | 101 | 56,710 | 12 | 56,823 |
| Interest rate | 29 | 10,020 | 12 | 10,061 |
| Credit | – | 899 | 42 | 941 |
| Equity and stock index options | – | 191 | 55 | 246 |
| Commodity | 512 | 1,279 | – | 1,791 |
| Other liabilities | – | – | 6 | 6 |
Total financial liabilities at 31 December 2022² 4,727 143,160 1,878 149,765
1 Includes covered bonds of $8,455 million, securities issued by Multilateral Development Banks/International Organisations of $11,438 million, and State-owned agencies and development banks of $9,211 million
2 The above table does not include held for sale assets of $3 million and liabilities of $5 million. These are reported in Note 21 together with their fair value hierarchy
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy that are subject to complex modelling techniques is $888 million and $209 million respectively.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Fair value hierarchy – financial instruments measured at amortised cost
The following table shows the carrying amounts and incorporates the Group's estimate of fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented on the Group's balance sheet at fair value. These fair values may be different from the actual amount that will be received or paid on the settlement or maturity of the financial instrument. For certain instruments, the fair value may be determined using assumptions for which no observable prices are available.
| | Fair value | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying value $million | Level 1 $million | Level 2 $million | Level 3 $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks¹ | 69,905 | - | 69,905 | - | 69,905 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 44,977 | - | 44,921 | - | 44,921 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 1,738 | - | 1,738 | - | 1,738 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 286,975 | - | 53,472 | 226,211 | 279,683 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 13,996 | - | 13,827 | 169 | 13,996 |
| Investment securities² | 56,935 | - | 54,419 | 33 | 54,452 |
| Other assets¹ | 38,140 | - | 38,140 | - | 38,140 |
| Assets held for sale | 701 | 101 | 541 | 59 | 701 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 497,633 | 101 | 261,398 | 226,303 | 487,802 |
| Liabilities | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks | 28,030 | - | 28,086 | - | 28,086 |
| Customer accounts | 469,418 | - | 460,224 | - | 460,224 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 12,258 | - | 12,258 | - | 12,258 |
| Debt securities in issue | 62,546 | 31,255 | 30,859 | - | 62,114 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 12,036 | 11,119 | 336 | - | 11,455 |
| Other liabilities¹ | 38,663 | - | 38,663 | - | 38,663 |
| Liabilities held for sale | 726 | 54 | 672 | - | 726 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 623,677 | 42,428 | 571,098 | - | 613,526 |
| | Fair value | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying value $million | Level 1 $million | Level 2 $million | Level 3 $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | |
| Cash and balances at central banks¹ | 58,263 | - | 58,263 | - | 58,263 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 39,519 | - | 39,488 | - | 39,488 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 978 | - | 924 | - | 924 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 310,647 | - | 58,663 | 251,560 | 310,223 |
| of which – reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 24,498 | - | 15,727 | 8,911 | 24,638 |
| Investment securities² | 59,714 | - | 56,444 | 25 | 56,469 |
| Other assets¹ | 39,295 | - | 39,295 | - | 39,295 |
| Assets held for sale | 1,388 | 344 | 946 | 98 | 1,388 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 508,826 | 344 | 253,099 | 251,683 | 505,126 |
| Liabilities | | | | | |
| Deposits by banks | 28,789 | - | 28,813 | - | 28,813 |
| Customer accounts | 461,677 | - | 461,665 | - | 461,665 |
| Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 2,108 | - | 2,108 | - | 2,108 |
| Debt securities in issue | 61,242 | 24,624 | 36,148 | - | 60,772 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 13,715 | 12,445 | 385 | - | 12,830 |
| Other liabilities¹ | 42,915 | - | 42,914 | 1 | 42,915 |
| Liabilities held for sale | 1,230 | 398 | 832 | - | 1,230 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 611,676 | 37,467 | 572,865 | 1 | 610,333 |
1 The carrying amount of these financial instruments is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value as they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently
2 Includes Government bonds and Treasury bills of $19,422 million at 31 December 2023 and $17,943 million at 31 December 2022
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The Group has changed its method of determining the cost of its portfolio of Investment Securities held at amortised cost and Debt securities and other eligible bills, other than those included within financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, from the weighted average cost method to the first-in-first-out method. This change in accounting policy will affect the calculation of gains or losses on derecognition of such instruments and the determination of the initial credit risk of these instruments, to better align with the IFRS 9 requirements for recognising and measuring impairment losses. The change was made prospectively for certain but not all securities and transactions. It is impracticable for the Group to determine the impact of this approach for each security and each transaction that was executed in previous periods.
Loans and advances to customers by client segment¹
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying value | | | Fair value | | |
| | Stage 3 $million | Stage 1 and stage 2 $million | Total $million | Stage 3 $million | Stage 1 and stage 2 $million | Total $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 1,975 | 128,430 | 130,405 | 1,910 | 125,841 | 127,751 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 724 | 125,335 | 126,059 | 721 | 120,701 | 121,422 |
| Ventures | – | 1,033 | 1,033 | – | 1,032 | 1,032 |
| Central & other items | 209 | 29,269 | 29,478 | 209 | 29,269 | 29,478 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 2,908 | 284,067 | 286,975 | 2,840 | 276,843 | 279,683 |
| | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying value | | | Fair value | | |
| | Stage 3 $million | Stage 1 and stage 2 $million | Total $million | Stage 3 $million | Stage 1 and stage 2 $million | Total $million |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 2,481 | 137,150 | 139,631 | 2,525 | 137,187 | 139,712 |
| Consumer, Private & Business Banking | 677 | 130,278 | 130,955 | 685 | 131,679 | 132,364 |
| Ventures | – | 698 | 698 | – | 696 | 696 |
| Central & other items | 230 | 39,133 | 39,363 | 230 | 37,221 | 37,451 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 3,388 | 307,259 | 310,647 | 3,440 | 306,783 | 310,223 |
¹ Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending: carrying value $13,996 million and fair value $13,996 million (31 December 2022: $24,498 million and $24,638 million respectively)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Fair value of financial instruments
### Level 3 Summary and significant unobservable inputs
The following table presents the Group's primary Level 3 financial instruments which are held at fair value. The table also presents the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of those financial instruments, the significant unobservable inputs, the range of values for those inputs and the weighted average of those inputs:
| Instrument | Value as at 31 December 2023 Assets $million - Liabilities $million | Principal valuation technique | Significant unobservable inputs | Range^{a} | Weighted average^{b} |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Loans and advances to customers | 1,960 | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 1.7% – 100% | 12.0% |
| Credit spreads | 0.1% – 1.0% | 0.6% |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 2,363 | Discounted cash flows | Repo curve | 5.1% – 7.6% | 6.3% |
| Price/yield | (2.7)% – 10.3% | 6.0% |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible securities | 1,283 | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | (14.0)% – 25.8% | 10.1% |
| Recovery rates | 0.1% – 1.0% | 0.2% |
| Equity-Equity correlation | 44.1% – 100% | 80.7% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (35.9)% – 45.5% | 14.2% |
| Government bonds and treasury bills | 51 | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 17.7% – 21.8% | 20.6% |
| Equity shares (includes private equity investments) | 971 | Comparable pricing/yield | EV/EBITDA multiples | 13.8x – 15.6x | 14.9x |
| EV/Revenue multiples | 9.3x – 30.9x | 15.8x |
| P/E multiples | 10.6x – 51.8x | 45.7x |
| P/B multiples | 0.3x – 2.7x | 1.6x |
| P/S multiples | 0.2x – 1.6x | 0.3x |
| Liquidity discount | 7.5% – 20.0% | 15.1% |
| Discount rates | 9.2% – 35.6% | 17.0% |
| Equity value based on EV/Revenue multiples | 8.4x – 42.5x | 27.5x |
| Equity value based on EV/EBITDA multiples | 3.1x – 3.1x | 3.1x |
| Equity value based on volatility | 21.0% – 65.0% | 30.1% |
| Other assets | 6 | NAV | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Derivative financial instruments of which: Foreign exchange | 25 | 10 | Option pricing model | 0.5% – 51% | 31.8% |
| Discounted cash flows | 3.6% – 5.8% | 3.8% |
| Foreign exchange curves | 0.6% – 64.2% | 12.8% |
| Interest rate | 6 | 5 | Discounted cash flows | 3.6% – 8.6% | 5.0% |
| Credit | 47 | 162 | Discounted cash flows | 1.0% – 1.0% | 1.0% |
| Price/yield | 1.7% – 16.3% | 8.6% |
| Equity and stock index | 2 | 19 | Internal pricing model | 44.1% – 100% | 80.7% |
| (35.9)% – 45.5% | 14.2% |
| Deposits by banks | - | 334 | Discounted cash flows | 0.1% – 3.4% | 1.9% |
| Customer accounts | - | 1,278 | Discounted cash flows | 1.0% – 2.0% | 1.2% |
| 2.9% – 8.6% | 6.1% |
| 4.8% – 15.2% | 9.9% |
| Internal pricing model | Equity-Equity correlation | 44.1% – 100% | 80.7% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (35.9)% – 45.5% | 14.2% |
| Debt securities in issue | - | 1,041 | Discounted cash flows | 0.3% – 1.6% | 1.1% |
| 6.6% – 20.9% | 17.9% |
| 2.9% – 5.3% | 4.4% |
| Internal pricing model | Equity-Equity correlation | 44.1% – 100% | 80.7% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (35.9)% – 45.5% | 14.2% |
| Bond option implied volatility | 2.9% – 5.3% | 4.4% |
| Short positions | - | 103 | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 7.1% – 7.1% |
| Other liabilities | - | 8 | Comparable pricing/yield | EV/EBITDA multiples | 5.8x – 11.2x |
| Total | 6,714 | 2,960 | | | |
1 The ranges of values shown in the above table represent the highest and lowest levels used in the valuation of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments as at 31 December 2023. The ranges of values used are reflective of the underlying characteristics of these Level 3 financial instruments based on the market conditions at the balance sheet date. However, these ranges of values may not represent the uncertainty in fair value measurements of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments
2 Weighted average for non-derivative financial instruments has been calculated by weighting inputs by the relative fair value. Weighted average for derivatives has been provided by weighting inputs by the risk relevant to that variable. N/A has been entered for the cases where weighted average is not a meaningful indicator
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
13. Financial instruments continued
| Instrument | Value as at 31 December 2022 | Principal valuation technique | Significant unobservable inputs | Range1 | Weighted average2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Assets $ million | Liabilities $ million |
| Loans and advances to banks | 21 | – | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | N/A | N/A |
| Credit spreads | 2.9% | 2.9% |
| Loans and advances to customers | 1,805 | – | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 0.3% – 18.2% | 5.3% |
| Recovery rates | 5.0% – 100% | 90.5% |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 1,998 | – | Discounted cash flows | Repo curve | 2.3% – 8.0% | 6.2% |
| Price/yield | 1.9%–7.2% | 6.0% |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible securities | 1,152 | – | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 3.1%–48.5% | 7.1% |
| Recovery rates | 0.0% – 1.0% | 0.2% |
| Government bonds and treasury bills | – | – | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | N/A | N/A |
| Asset-backed securities | 1 | – | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 6.8% | 6.8% |
| Equity shares (includes private equity investments) | 837 | – | Comparable pricing/yield | EV/EBITDA multiples | 7.0x – 13.1x | 11.0x |
| EV/Revenue multiples | 8.2x – 23.2x | 12.9x |
| P/E multiples | 13.4x – 29.7x | 17.6x |
| P/B multiples | 0.3x – 3.3x | 1.3x |
| P/S multiples | 2.1x – 2.2x | 2.2x |
| Liquidity discount | 10.0% – 29.7% | 17.5% |
| Discounted cash flows | Discount rates | 7.5% – 16.4% | 9.4% |
| Option pricing model | Equity value based on EV/Revenue multiples | 4.8x – 76.1x | 32.9x |
| Equity value based on EV/EBITDA multiples | 2.6x | 2.6x |
| Equity value based on volatility | 60.0% | 60.0% |
| Other assets | 7 | – | NAV | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Derivative financial instruments of which: |
| Foreign exchange | 13 | 12 | Option pricing model | Foreign exchange option implied volatility | (21.0)% – 21.0% | (2.7)% |
| Discounted cash flows | Foreign exchange curves | (4.6)% – 81.8% | 15.9% |
| Interest rate | 28 | 12 | Discounted cash flows | Interest rate curves | (2.1)% – 50.2% | 10.6% |
| Option pricing model | Bond option implied volatility | N/A | N/A |
| Credit | 1 | 42 | Discounted cash flows | Credit spreads | 0.1% – 2.3% | 1.4% |
| Price/yield | 7.2% – 9.7% | 7.2% |
| Equity and stock index | 2 | 55 | Internal pricing model | Equity-Equity correlation | 30.0% – 96.0% | 67.0% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (70.0)% – 85.0% | 37.0% |
| Deposits by banks | – | 288 | Discounted cash flows | Credit spreads | 0.9% – 3.4% | 1.8% |
| Price/yield | 6.0% | 6.0% |
| Customer accounts | – | 972 | Discounted cash flows | Credit spreads | 0.9% – 19.1% | 10.3% |
| Internal pricing model | Equity-Equity correlation | 30.0% – 96.0% | 67.0% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (70.0)% – 85.0% | 37.0% |
| Discounted cash flows | Interest rate curves | N/A | N/A |
| Price/yield | 3.1% – 22.9% | 17.8% |
| Debt securities in issue | – | 451 | Discounted cash flows | Credit spreads | 0.3% – 7.0% | 4.7% |
| Price/yield | 6.8% – 12.4% | 9.1% |
| Internal pricing model | Equity-Equity correlation | 30.0% – 96.0% | 67.0% |
| Equity-FX correlation | (70.0)% – 85.0% | 37.0% |
| Short position | – | 40 | Discounted cash flows | Price/yield | 6.8% | 6.8% |
| Other liabilities | – | 6 | Comparable pricing/yield | EV/EBITDA multiples | 4.2x – 9.0x | 6.1x |
| Total | 5,865 | 1,878 | | | | |
1 The ranges of values shown in the above table represent the highest and lowest levels used in the valuation of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments as at 31 December 2022. The ranges of values used are reflective of the underlying characteristics of these Level 3 financial instruments based on the market conditions at the balance sheet date. However, these ranges of values may not represent the uncertainty in fair value measurements of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments
2 Weighted average for non-derivative financial instruments has been calculated by weighting inputs by the relative fair value. Weighted average for derivatives has been provided by weighting inputs by the risk relevant to that variable. N/A has been entered for the cases where weighted average is not a meaningful indicator
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The following section describes the significant unobservable inputs identified in the valuation technique table:
- Comparable price/yield is a valuation methodology in which the price of a comparable instrument is used to estimate the fair value where there are no direct observable prices. Yield is the interest rate that is used to discount the future cash flows in a discounted cash flow model. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable instrument, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the instrument. The adjustment should account for relevant differences in the financial instruments such as maturity and/or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the instrument being valued in order to establish the value of the instrument (for example, deriving a fair value for a junior unsecured bond from the price of a senior secured bond). An increase in price, in isolation, would result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the asset. An increase in yield, in isolation, would result in an unfavourable movement in the fair value of the asset
- Correlation is the measure of how movement in one variable influences the movement in another variable. An equity correlation is the correlation between two equity instruments while an interest rate correlation refers to the correlation between two swap rates
- Credit spread represents the additional yield that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the Credit Risk of an instrument
- Discount rate refers to the rate of return used to convert expected cash flows into present value
- Equity-FX correlation is the correlation between equity instrument and foreign exchange instrument
- EV/EBITDA multiple is the ratio of Enterprise Value (EV) to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA). EV is the aggregate market capitalisation and debt minus the cash and cash equivalents. An increase in EV/EBITDA multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- EV/Revenue multiple is the ratio of Enterprise Value (EV) to Revenue. An increase in EV/Revenue multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- Foreign exchange curves is the term structure for forward rates and swap rates between currency pairs over a specified period
- Net asset value (NAV) is the value of an entity's assets after deducting any liabilities
- Interest rate curves is the term structure of interest rates and measures of future interest rates at a particular point in time
- Liquidity discounts in the valuation of unlisted investments are primarily applied to the valuation of unlisted firms' investments to reflect the fact that these stocks are not actively traded. An increase in liquidity discount will result in an unfavourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- Price-Earnings (P/E) multiple is the ratio of the market value of the equity to the net income after tax. An increase in P/E multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- Price-Book (P/B) multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of equity. An increase in P/B multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- Price-Sales (P/S) multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to sales. An increase in P/S multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm
- Recovery rates is the expectation of the rate of return resulting from the liquidation of a particular loan. As the probability of default increases for a given instrument, the valuation of that instrument will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. An increase in the recovery rate, in isolation, would result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the loan
- Repo curve is the term structure of repo rates on repos and reverse repos at a particular point in time
- Volatility represents an estimate of how much a particular instrument, parameter or index will change in value over time. Generally, the higher the volatility, the more expensive the option will be.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
409
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The table below analyses movements in Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value.
Level 3 movement tables – financial assets
| Assets | 2023 | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | Investment securities | | | |
| | Loans and advances to assets $million | Loans and advances to customers $million | Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured housing $million | Gains securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills $million | Equity shares $million | Other assets $million | Derivative financial instruments $million | Gains securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills $million | Equity shares $million | Total $million |
| At 1 January 2023 | 21 | 1,805 | 1,998 | 1,153 | 182 | 7 | 44 | - | 655 | 5,865 |
| Total (losses)/gains recognised in income statement | - | (35) | (107) | (292) | 4 | (1) | 12
| - | - |
(419) |
| Net interest income | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Net trading income | - | (35) | (107) | (304) | 5 | - | 12
| - | - |
(429) |
| Other operating income | - | - | - | 12 | (1) | (1) | - | - | - | 10 |
| Total (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI)
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1) | 101 | 100 |
| Fair value through OCI reserve
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
108 | 108 |
| Exchange difference
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1) | (7) | (8) |
| Purchases | 22 | 1,784 | 5,902 | 1,082 | 8 | - | 189 | 21 | 61 | 9,069 |
| Sales | (22) | (1,133) | (3,942) | (518) | (10) | - | (115) | (23) | (5) | (5,768) |
| Settlements | - | (442) | (1,488) | (305) | - | - | (25) | - | - | (2,260) |
| Transfers out1 | (21) | (225) | - | (6)
| - | - |
(27) | (16) | (32) | (327) |
| Transfers in2 | - | 206 | - | 148
| - | - |
2 | 91 | 7 | 454 |
| At 31 December 2023 | - | 1,960 | 2,363 | 1,262 | 184 | 6 | 80 | 72 | 787 | 6,714 |
| Total unrealised (losses)/ gains recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value of assets held at 31 December 2023 | - | (3) | 3 | (1) | 4 | - | (12)
| - | - |
(9) |
1 Transfers out includes loans and advances, debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills, equity shares and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 1 and Level 2
2 Transfers in primarily relates to loans and advances, debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills, equity shares and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the year
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
The table below analyses movements in Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value.
| Assets | Held at fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | Investment securities | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Loans and advances to banks $million | Loans and advances to customers $million | Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending $million | Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills $million | Equity shares $million | Other Assets $million | Derivative financial instruments $million | Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills $million | Equity shares $million | Total $million |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2022 | 9 | 1,357 | 1,566 | 349 | 186 | 26 | 90 | 40 | 493 | 4,116 |
| Total (losses)/gains recognised in income statement | (16) | (132) | 2 | 7 | 4 | - | 30
| - | - |
(105) |
| Net interest income | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Net trading income | (16) | (132) | 2 | 7 | 4 | - | 30
| - | - |
(105) |
| Other operating income | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Total losses recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI)
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1) | (8) | (9) |
| Fair value through OCI reserve
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(1) | (1) | (2) |
| Exchange difference
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
(7) | (7) |
| Purchases | 55 | 1,605 | 6,438 | 1,063 | 2 | 8 | 118 | - | 166 | 9,455 |
| Sales | (30) | (237) | (5,484) | (342) | (10) | (10) | (99) | - | (6) | (6,218) |
| Settlements | (19) | (877) | (524) | (1)
| - | - |
(80) | (39) | - | (1,540) |
| Transfers out¹ | - | (160)
| - | - | - |
(17) | (29) | - | - | (206) |
| Transfers in² | 22 | 249 | - | 77
| - | - |
14 | - | 10 | 372 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 21 | 1,805 | 1,998 | 1,153 | 182 | 7 | 44 | - | 655 | 5,865 |
| Total unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value of assets held at 31 December 2022
| - | - | - | - |
3 | - | (2) | - | - | 1 |
1 Transfers out includes loans and advances, other assets and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 1 and Level 2
2 Transfers in primarily relates to loans and advances, debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the year
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 13. Financial instruments continued
Level 3 movement tables – financial liabilities
| | 2022 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Deposits by banks $million | Customer accounts $million | Debt securities in issue $million | Derivative financial instruments $million | Short positions $million | Other liabilities $million | Total $million |
| At 1 January 2023 | 288 | 972 | 451 | 121 | 40 | 6 | 1,878 |
| Total losses/(gains) recognised in income statement – net trading income | 7 | (6) | 39 | (52) | 3 | 3 | (6) |
| Issues | 628 | 1,789 | 1,489 | 447 | 100 | – | 4,453 |
| Settlements | (585) | (1,491) | (1,218) | (312) | (40) | – | (3,646) |
| Transfers out¹ | (4) | (9) | (85) | (11) | – | (1) | (110) |
| Transfers in² | – | 23 | 365 | 3 | – | – | 391 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 334 | 1,278 | 1,041 | 196 | 103 | 8 | 2,960 |
| Total unrealised (gains)/losses recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value of liabilities held at 31 December 2023 | – | (21) | 6 | (47) | – | – | (62) |
| | 2022 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Deposits by banks $million | Customer accounts $million | Debt securities in issue $million | Derivative financial instruments $million | Short positions $million | Other liabilities $million | Total $million |
| At 1 January 2022 | 283 | 454 | 821 | 94 | – | 1 | 1,653 |
| Total (gains)/losses recognised in income statement – net trading income | (37) | (82) | (158) | 155 | (3) | 5 | (120) |
| Issues | 447 | 1,818 | 815 | 179 | 140 | – | 3,399 |
| Settlements | (400) | (1,266) | (1,066) | (291) | (97) | – | (3,120) |
| Transfers out¹ | (5) | – | (38) | (23) | – | – | (66) |
| Transfers in² | – | 48 | 77 | 7 | – | – | 132 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 288 | 972 | 451 | 121 | 40 | 6 | 1,878 |
| Total unrealised gains recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value of liabilities held at 31 December 2022 | (1) | (17) | (7) | (3) | – | – | (28) |
1 Transfers out during the year primarily relates to bank deposits, customer accounts debt securities in issue, other liabilities and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became observable during the year and were transferred to Level 2 financial liabilities
2 Transfers in during the year primarily relates to derivative financial instruments, customer accounts and debt securities in issue where the valuation parameters become unobservable during the year
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 13. Financial instruments continued
## Sensitivities in respect of the fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs. The Group applies a 10 per cent increase or decrease on the values of these unobservable inputs, to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The percentage shift is determined by statistical analysis performed on a set of reference prices based on the composition of the Group's Level 3 inventory as the measurement date. Favourable and unfavourable changes (which show the balance adjusted for input change) are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable parameters. The Level 3 sensitivity analysis assumes a one-way market move and does not consider offsets for hedges.
| | Held at fair value through profit or loss | | | Held at fair value through other comprehensive income | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Net exposure $million | Favourable changes $million | Unfavourable changes $million | Net exposure $million | Favourable changes $million | Unfavourable changes $million |
| Financial instruments held at fair value | | | | | | |
| Loans and advances | 1,960 | 1,985 | 1,918 | - | - | - |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 2,363 | 2,390 | 2,336 | - | - | - |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills | 1,262 | 1,309 | 1,193 | 72 | 78 | 66 |
| Equity shares | 184 | 202 | 166 | 787 | 866 | 708 |
| Other assets | 6 | 7 | 5 | - | - | - |
| Derivative financial instruments | (116) | (75) | (157) | - | - | - |
| Customers accounts | (1,278) | (1,191) | (1,365) | - | - | - |
| Deposits by banks | (334) | (334) | (334) | - | - | - |
| Short positions | (103) | (101) | (105) | - | - | - |
| Debt securities in issue | (1,041) | (966) | (1,115) | - | - | - |
| Other liabilities | (8) | (7) | (9) | - | - | - |
| At 31 December 2023 | 2,895 | 3,219 | 2,533 | 859 | 944 | 774 |
| Financial instruments held at fair value | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Loans and advances | 1,826 | 1,851 | 1,758 | - | - | - |
| Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 1,998 | 2,013 | 1,979 | - | - | - |
| Asset backed securities | 1 | 1 | 1 | - | - | - |
| Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills | 1,152 | 1,168 | 1,124 | - | - | - |
| Equity shares | 182 | 200 | 164 | 655 | 715 | 595 |
| Other assets | 7 | 8 | 6 | - | - | - |
| Derivative financial instruments | (77) | (44) | (109) | - | - | - |
| Customers accounts | (972) | (934) | (1,010) | - | - | - |
| Deposits by banks | (288) | (283) | (293) | - | - | - |
| Short positions | (40) | (39) | (41) | - | - | - |
| Debt securities in issue | (451) | (419) | (482) | - | - | - |
| Other liabilities | (6) | (5) | (7) | - | - | - |
| At 31 December 2022 | 3,332 | 3,517 | 3,090 | 655 | 715 | 595 |
The reasonably possible alternatives could have increased or decreased the fair values of financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss and those classified as fair value through other comprehensive income by the amounts disclosed below.
| Financial instruments | Fair value changes | 2022 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Held at fair value through profit or loss | Possible increase | 324 | 185 |
| | Possible decrease | (362) | (242) |
| Fair value through other comprehensive income | Possible increase | 85 | 60 |
| | Possible decrease | (85) | (60) |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 14. Derivative financial instruments
### Accounting policy
Fair values may be obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, recent market transactions, and valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, as appropriate. Where the initially recognised fair value of a derivative contract is based on a valuation model that uses inputs which are not observable in the market, it follows the same initial recognition accounting policy as for other financial assets and liabilities. All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.
### Hedge accounting
Under certain conditions, the Group may designate a recognised asset or liability, a firm commitment, highly probable forecast transaction or net investment of a foreign operation into a formal hedge accounting relationship with a derivative that has been entered to manage interest rate and/or foreign exchange risks present in the hedged item. The Group applied the 'Phase 1' hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and the 'Phase 2' amendments to IFRS in respect of interest rate benchmark reform. There are three categories of hedge relationships:
- Fair value hedge: to manage the fair value of interest rate and/or foreign currency risks of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments
- Cash flow hedge: to manage interest rate or foreign exchange risk of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecasted transaction
- Net investment hedge: to manage the structural foreign exchange risk of an investment in a foreign operation.
The Group assesses, both at hedge inception and on a quarterly basis, whether the derivatives designated in hedge relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Hedges are considered to be highly effective if all the following criteria are met:
- At inception of the hedge and throughout its life, the hedge is prospectively expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk
- Prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge should be within a range of 80–125%. This is tested using regression analysis
- The regression co-efficient (R squared), which measures the correlation between the variables in the regression, is at least 80%.
In the case of the hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction must have a high probability of occurring and must present an exposure to variations in cash flows that are expected to affect reported profit or loss.
### Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recorded in net trading income, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest method is used is amortised to the income statement over the remaining term to maturity of the hedged item. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement. For financial assets classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, the hedge accounting adjustment attributable to the hedged risk is included in net trading income to match the hedging derivative.
### Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are initially recognised in other comprehensive income, accumulating in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. These amounts are subsequently recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. Both the derivative fair value movement and any recycled amount are recorded in the 'Cashflow hedges' line item in other comprehensive income.
The Group assesses hedge effectiveness using the hypothetical derivative method, which creates a derivative instrument to serve as a proxy for the hedged transaction. The terms of the hypothetical derivative match the critical terms of the hedged item and it has a fair value of zero at inception. The hypothetical derivative and the actual derivative are regressed to establish the statistical significance of the hedge relationship. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the net trading income immediately.
If a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amount accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve is released to the income statement as and when the hedged item affects the income statement.
Should the Group consider the hedged future cash flows are no longer expected to occur due to reasons, the cumulative gain or loss will be immediately reclassified to profit or loss.
### Net investment hedge
Hedges of net investments are accounted for in a similar manner to cash flow hedges, with gains and losses arising on the effective portion of the hedges recorded in the line 'Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations' in other comprehensive income, accumulating in the translation reserve within equity. These amounts remain in equity until the net investment is disposed of. The ineffective portion of the hedges is recognised in the net trading income immediately.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
The tables below analyse the notional principal amounts and the positive and negative fair values of derivative financial instruments. Notional principal amounts are the amounts of principal underlying the contract at the reporting date.
| Derivatives | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million |
| Foreign exchange derivative contracts: | | | | | | |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 3,628,067 | 30,897 | 32,601 | 3,154,440 | 38,162 | 39,376 |
| Currency swaps and options | 1,145,702 | 11,671 | 12,845 | 1,168,026 | 16,010 | 17,447 |
| | 4,773,769 | 42,568 | 45,446 | 4,322,466 | 54,172 | 56,823 |
| Interest rate derivative contracts: | | | | | | |
| Swaps | 4,841,616 | 53,735 | 55,241 | 3,516,310 | 62,001 | 64,005 |
| Forward rate agreements and options | 313,253 | 2,057 | 2,520 | 98,465 | 2,214 | 2,880 |
| | 5,154,869 | 55,792 | 57,761 | 3,614,775 | 64,215 | 66,885 |
| Exchange traded futures and options | 325,051 | 39 | 47 | 324,702 | 279 | 258 |
| Credit derivative contracts | 281,130 | 485 | 1,107 | 249,082 | 411 | 941 |
| Equity and stock index options | 8,671 | 75 | 166 | 6,788 | 100 | 246 |
| Commodity derivative contracts | 117,436 | 970 | 1,029 | 90,952 | 1,622 | 1,791 |
| Gross total derivatives | 10,660,926 | 99,929 | 105,556 | 8,608,765 | 120,799 | 126,944 |
| Offset | - | (49,495) | (49,495) | - | (57,082) | (57,082) |
| Total derivatives | 10,660,926 | 50,434 | 56,061 | 8,608,765 | 63,717 | 69,862 |
The Group limits exposure to credit losses in the event of default by entering into master netting agreements with certain market counterparties. As required by IAS 32, exposures are only presented net in these accounts where they are subject to legal right of offset and intended to be settled net in the ordinary course of business.
The Group applies balance sheet offsetting only in the instance where we are able to demonstrate legal enforceability of the right to offset (e.g. via legal opinion) and the ability and intention to settle on a net basis (e.g. via operational practice).
The Group may enter into economic hedges that do not qualify for IAS 39 hedge accounting treatment, including derivatives such as interest rate swaps, interest rate futures and cross-currency swaps to manage interest rate and currency risks of the Group. These derivatives are measured at fair value, with fair value changes recognised in net trading income: refer to Market Risk (page 286).
# Derivatives held for hedging
The Group enters into derivative contracts for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency and structural foreign exchange risks inherent in assets, liabilities and forecast transactions. The table below summarises the notional principal amounts and carrying values of derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships at the reporting date.
Included in the table above are derivatives held for hedging purposes as follows:
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million |
| Derivatives designated as fair value hedges: | | | | | | |
| Interest rate swaps | 69,347 | 1,264 | 2,397 | 80,760 | 2,438 | 2,939 |
| Currency swaps | 115 | 10 | 6 | 1,273 | 16 | 48 |
| | 69,462 | 1,274 | 2,403 | 82,033 | 2,454 | 2,987 |
| Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | | | | | | |
| Interest rate swaps | 41,834 | 184 | 537 | 31,977 | 100 | 671 |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 12,071 | 420 | 183 | 11,987 | 99 | 385 |
| Currency swaps | 14,321 | 191 | 150 | 11,787 | 86 | 362 |
| | 68,226 | 795 | 870 | 55,751 | 285 | 1,418 |
| Derivatives designated as net investment hedges: | | | | | | |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | 15,436 | 32 | 41 | 14,576 | 120 | 141 |
| Total derivatives held for hedging | 153,124 | 2,101 | 3,314 | 152,360 | 2,859 | 4,546 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
## Fair value hedges
The Group issues various long-term fixed-rate debt issuances that are measured at amortised cost, including some denominated in foreign currency, such as unsecured senior and subordinated debt (see Notes 22 and 27). The Group also holds various fixed rate debt securities such as government and corporate bonds, including some denominated in foreign currency (see Note 13). These assets and liabilities held are exposed to changes in fair value due to movements in market interest and foreign currency rates.
The Group uses interest rate swaps to exchange fixed rates for floating rates on funding to match floating rates received on assets, or exchange fixed rates on assets to match floating rates paid on funding. The Group further uses cross-currency swaps to match the currency of the issued debt or held asset with that of the entity's functional currency.
Hedge ineffectiveness from fair value hedges is driven by cross-currency basis risk and interest cashflows mismatch between the hedging instruments and underlying hedged items. The amortisation of fair value hedge adjustments for hedged items no longer designated is recognised in net interest income.
At 31 December 2023 the Group held the following interest rate and cross-currency swaps as hedging instruments in fair value hedges of interest and currency risk.
Hedging instruments and ineffectiveness
| Interest rate¹ | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness $million | Ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | |
| Interest rate swaps – debt securities/subordinated notes issued | 45,455 | 381 | 2,267 | 271 | (4) |
| Interest rate swaps – loans and advances | 1,203 | 26 | 1 | (20) | – |
| Interest rate swaps – debt securities and other eligible bills | 22,689 | 857 | 129 | (459) | (17) |
| Interest and currency risk¹ | | | | | |
| Cross-currency swaps – debt securities/subordinated notes issued | 70 | – | 6 | (2) | – |
| Cross-currency swaps – debt securities and other eligible bills | 45 | 10 | – | 11 | – |
| Total at 31 December 2023 | 69,462 | 1,274 | 2,403 | (199) | (21) |
1 Interest rate swaps are designated in hedges of the fair value of interest rate risk attributable to the hedged item. Cross currency swaps are used to hedge both interest rate and currency risks. All the hedging instruments are derivatives, with changes in fair value including hedge ineffectiveness recorded within net trading income
2 This represents a (loss)/gains change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
| Interest rate¹ | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness² $million | Ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | |
| Interest rate swaps – debt securities/subordinated notes issued | 41,772 | 112 | 2,914 | (3,020) | (7) |
| Interest rate swaps – loans and advances | 1,117 | 68 | – | 53 | (1) |
| Interest rate swaps – debt securities and other eligible bills | 37,871 | 2,258 | 25 | 3,127 | 13 |
| Interest and currency risk¹ | | | | | |
| Cross-currency swaps – debt securities/subordinated notes issued | 72 | – | 4 | (260) | 12 |
| Cross-currency swaps – debt securities and other eligible bills | 1,201 | 16 | 44 | (9) | 4 |
| Total at 31 December 2022 | 82,033 | 2,454 | 2,987 | (109) | 21 |
1 Interest rate swaps are designated in hedges of the fair value of interest rate risk attributable to the hedged item. Cross currency swaps are used to hedge both interest rate and currency risks. All the hedging instruments are derivatives, with changes in fair value including hedge ineffectiveness recorded within net trading income
2 This represents a (loss)/gains change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
Hedged items in fair value hedges
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying amount | | Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount | | Change in the value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness $ million | Cumulative balance of fair value adjustments from de-designated hedge relationships $ million |
| | Asset $ million | Liability $ million | Asset $ million | Liability $ million | | |
| Debt securities /subordinated notes issued | - | 46,156 | - | 1,761 | (273) | 360 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 21,473 | - | (553) | - | 431 | 744 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 1,183 | - | (20) | - | 20 | 13 |
| Total at 31 December 2023 | 22,656 | 46,156 | (573) | 1,761 | 178 | 1,117 |
| | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Carrying amount | | Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount | | Change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness¹ $ million | Cumulative balance of fair value adjustments from de-designated hedge relationships² $ million |
| | Asset $ million | Liability $ million | Asset $ million | Liability $ million | | |
| Debt securities /subordinated notes issued | - | 42,702 | - | 2,756 | 3,285 | 414 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 36,028 | - | (2,075) | - | (3,101) | 441 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 1,051 | - | (65) | - | (54) | 1 |
| Total at 31 December 2022 | 37,079 | 42,702 | (2,140) | 2,756 | 130 | 856 |
1 This represents a gain/(loss) change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
2 This represents a credit/(debit) to the balance sheet value
Income statement impact of fair value hedges
| | 2023 Income/ (expense) $ million | 2022 Income/ (expense) $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Change in fair value of hedging instruments | (199) | (109) |
| Change in fair value of hedged risks attributable to hedged items | 178 | 130 |
| Net ineffectiveness (loss)/gain to net trading income | (21) | 21 |
| Amortisation gain to net interest income | 232 | 141 |
# Cash flow hedges
The Group has exposure to market movements in future interest cash flows on portfolios of customer accounts, debt securities and loans and advances to customers. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected on the basis of contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults.
The hedging strategy of the Group involves using interest rate swaps to manage the variability in future cash flows on assets and liabilities that have floating rates of interest by exchanging the floating rates for fixed rates. It also uses foreign exchange contracts and currency swaps to manage the variability in future exchange rates on its assets and liabilities and costs in foreign currencies. This is done on both a micro basis whereby a single interest rate or cross-currency swap is designated in a separate relationship with a single hedged item (such as a floating-rate loan to a customer), and on a portfolio basis whereby each hedging instrument is designated against a group of hedged items that share the same risk (such as a group of customer accounts). Hedge ineffectiveness for cash flow hedges is mainly driven by payment frequency mismatch between the hedging instrument and the underlying hedged item.
The hedged risk is determined as the variability of future cash flows arising from changes in the designated benchmark interest and/or foreign exchange rates.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
Hedging instruments and ineffectiveness
| | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Gain recognised in OCI $million | Ineffectiveness gain recognised in net trading income $million | Amount reclassified from reserve to net trading income $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | | | |
| Interest rate risk | | | | | | | |
| Interest rate swaps | 41,834 | 184 | 537 | 612 | 609 | 3 | - |
| Currency risk | | | | | | | |
| Forward foreign exchange contract | 12,071 | 420 | 183 | 104 | 103 | 1 | - |
| Cross-currency swaps | 14,321 | 191 | 150 | 185 | 183 | 2 | - |
| Total as at 31 December 2023 | 68,226 | 795 | 870 | 901 | 895 | 6 | - |
| | 2022 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness' $million | (Loss)/gain recognised in OCI $million | Ineffectiveness (loss) recognised in net trading income $million | Amount reclassified from reserves to net trading income $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | | | |
| Interest rate risk | | | | | | | |
| Interest rate swaps | 31,977 | 100 | 671 | (533) | (531) | (2) | - |
| Currency risk | | | | | | | |
| Forward foreign exchange contract | 11,987 | 99 | 385 | (141) | (141) | - | - |
| Cross-currency swaps | 11,787 | 86 | 362 | 421 | 426 | (5) | - |
| Total as at 31 December 2022 | 55,751 | 285 | 1,418 | (253) | (246) | (7) | - |
Hedged items in cash flow hedges
| | 2023 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Cash flow hedge reserve $million | Cumulative balance in the cash flow hedge reserve from de-designated hedge relationships $million |
| Customer accounts | (421) | (114) | 136 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | (98) | (22) | (15) |
| Loans and advances to customers | (312) | 134 | - |
| Intragroup lending currency hedge | (64) | - | - |
| Intragroup borrowing currency hedge | - | - | - |
| Total at 31 December 2023 | (895) | (2) | 121 |
| | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Cash flow hedge reserve $million | Cumulative balance in the cash flow hedge reserve from de-designated hedge relationships $million |
| Customer accounts | 244 | (444) | 108 |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | (165) | (72) | (30) |
| Loans and advances to customers | 315 | (191) | (18) |
| Intragroup lending currency hedge | (135) | (6) | - |
| Intragroup borrowing currency hedge | (13) | - | - |
| Total at 31 December 2022 | 246 | (713) | 60 |
1 This represents a gain/(loss) change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
Impact of cash flow hedges on profit and loss and other comprehensive income
| | 2022 Income/(expense) $million | 2022 Income/(expense) $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Cash flow hedge reserve balance as at 1 January | (564) | (34) |
| Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income on effective portion of changes in fair value of hedging instruments | 895 | (246) |
| Gain reclassified to income statement when hedged item affected net profit | (128) | (373) |
| Taxation charge relating to cash flow hedges | (112) | 89 |
| Cash flow hedge reserve balance as at 31 December | 91 | (564) |
# Net investment hedges
Foreign currency exposures arise from investments in subsidiaries that have a different functional currency from that of the presentation currency of the Group. This risk arises from the fluctuation in spot exchange rates between the functional currency of the subsidiaries and the Group's presentation currency, which causes the value of the investment to vary.
The Group's policy is to hedge these exposures only when not doing so would be expected to have a significant impact on the regulatory ratios of the Group and its banking subsidiaries. The Group uses foreign exchange forwards to manage the effect of exchange rates on its net investments in foreign subsidiaries.
Hedging instruments and ineffectiveness
| | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Changes in the value of the hedging instrument recognised in OCI $million | Ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss $million | Amount reclassified from reserves to income $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | | | |
| Derivative forward currency contracts² | 15,436 | 32 | 41 | 215 | 215 | - | - |
| | 2022 | | | | | | |
| | National $million | Carrying amount | | Change in fair value used to calculate hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Changes in the value of the hedging instrument recognised in DCI $million | Ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss $million | Amount reclassified from reserves to income $million |
| | | Asset $million | Liability $million | | | | |
| Derivative forward currency contracts² | 14,576 | 120 | 141 | 512 | 512 | - | - |
1 This represents a gain/(loss) change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
2 These derivative forward currency contracts have a maturity of less than one year. The hedges are rolled on a periodic basis
Hedged items in net investment hedges
| | 2023 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Change in the value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Translation reserve $million | Balances remaining in the translation reserve from hedging relationships for which hedge accounting is no longer applied $million |
| Net investments | (215) | (9) | - |
| | 2022 | | |
| | Change in the value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness' $million | Translation reserve $million | Balances remaining in the translation reserve from hedging relationships for which hedge accounting is no longer applied $million |
| Net investments | (512) | (21) | - |
1 This represents a gain/(loss) change in fair value used for calculating hedge ineffectiveness
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements Notes to the financial statements
# 14. Derivative financial instruments continued
Impact of net investment hedges on other comprehensive income
| | 2022 Income/(expense) $million | 2022 Income/(expense) $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Gains recognised in other comprehensive income | 215 | 512 |
Maturity of hedging instruments
| Fair value hedges | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Less than one month | More than one month and less than one year | One to five years | More than five years |
| Interest rate swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 3,242 | 9,789 | 41,545 | 14,771 |
| Cross-currency swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | - | 115 | - | - |
| Average fixed interest rate (to USD) | GBP | - | 1.33% | - | - |
| | CNH | - | 3.17% | - | - |
| Average exchange rate | GBP/USD | - | 0.66 | - | - |
| | CNH/USD | - | 6.37 | - | - |
Cash flow hedges
| Interest rate swap | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Notional | $million | 2,129 | 27,634 | 11,664 | 407 |
| Average fixed interest rate | USD | 5.10% | 3.45% | 4.70% | 3.16% |
| Cross-currency swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 166 | 10,794 | 3,361 | - |
| Average fixed interest rate | HKD | - | 4.97% | 0.21% | - |
| | KRO | 1.96% | 3.58% | 0.62% | - |
| | USD | - | 5.64% | - | - |
| | TWD | (3.68)% | 0.77% | 0.81% | - |
| | JPY | - | (0.07)% | (0.05)% | - |
| Average exchange rate | HKD/USD | - | 7.83 | 7.85 | - |
| | KRO/USD | 1,192.20 | 1,320.69 | 1,284.82 | - |
| | USD/HKD | - | 0.13 | - | - |
| | TWD/USD | 30.63 | 31.53 | 32.22 | - |
| | JPY/HKD | - | 17.86 | 18.09 | - |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 2,194 | 9,877 | - | - |
| Average exchange rate | BRL/USD | - | 5.17 | - | - |
| | TWD/HKD | - | 3.81 | - | - |
| | JPY/USD | 130.49 | 136.05 | - | - |
Net investment hedges
| Foreign exchange derivatives | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Notional | $million | 15,436 | - | - | - |
| Average exchange rate | CNY/USD | 7.12 | - | - | - |
| | KRW/USD | 1,283.25 | - | - | - |
| | AED/USD | 3.67 | - | - | - |
| | HKD/USD | 7.80 | - | - | - |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
14. Derivative financial instruments continued
| Fair value hedges | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | Less than one month | More than one month and less than one year | One to five years | More than five years |
| Interest rate swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 2,462 | 8,888 | 53,225 | 16,185 |
| Cross-currency swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | – | 1,109 | 164 | – |
| Average fixed interest rate (to USD) | JPY | – | (0.62)% | – | – |
| Average exchange rate | JPY/USD | – | 138.78 | – | – |
| Cash flow hedges | | | | | |
| Interest rate swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 195 | 16,465 | 14,819 | 498 |
| Average fixed interest rate | HKD | – | 0.35% | 1.34% | – |
| | USD | 3.80% | 1.82% | 1.60% | 1.29% |
| Cross-currency swap | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 45 | 8,466 | 2,650 | 626 |
| Average fixed interest rate | HKD | – | 3.93% | – | 0.21% |
| | KRO | – | 3.26% | 3.83% | – |
| | USD | – | 4.15% | – | – |
| | TWD | (0.61)% | (1.38)% | 0.32% | – |
| Average exchange rate | HKD/USD | – | 7.84 | – | 7.85 |
| | KRO/USD | – | 1,342.85 | 1,278.62 | 1,300.90 |
| | USD/HKD | – | 7.84 | – | – |
| | TWD/USD | 27.74 | 30.77 | 29.73 | – |
| Forward foreign exchange contracts | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 1,246 | 10,741 | – | – |
| Average exchange rate | JPY/USD | 135.18 | 133.26 | – | – |
| Net investment hedges | | | | | |
| Foreign exchange derivatives | | | | | |
| Notional | $million | 14,576 | – | – | – |
| Average exchange rate | CNY/USD | 6.71 | – | – | – |
| | KRW/USD | 1,296.95 | – | – | – |
| | AED/USD | 3.67 | – | – | – |
| | HKD/USD | 7.83 | – | – | – |
## Interest rate benchmark reform
As at 31 December 2023, there are no derivative instruments designated in fair value or cash flow hedge accounting relationships that were linked to IBOR reference rates (31 December 2022: $65,769 million).
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 15. Loans and advances to banks and customers
## Accounting policy
Refer to Note 13 Financial instruments for the relevant accounting policy.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Loans and advances to banks | 45,001 | 39,545 |
| Expected credit loss | (24) | (26) |
| | 44,977 | 39,519 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 292,145 | 316,107 |
| Expected credit loss | (5,170) | (5,460) |
| | 286,975 | 310,647 |
| Total loans and advances to banks and customers¹ | 331,952 | 350,166 |
¹ Includes $3.6 billion (31 December 2022: $4.8 billion) of assets pledged as collateral. For more information, please refer to page 127 of Pillar 3 disclosures
The Group has outstanding residential mortgage loans to Korea residents of $17.2 billion (31 December 2022: $19.1 billion) and Hong Kong residents of $32.7 billion (31 December 2022: $35 billion).
Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographic region and client segment together with their related impairment provisions are set out within the Risk review and Capital review (pages 230 to 343).
# 16. Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing
## Accounting policy
The Group purchases securities (a reverse repurchase agreement – 'reverse repo') typically with financial institutions subject to a commitment to resell or return the securities at a predetermined price. These securities are not included in the balance sheet as the Group does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership, however they are recorded off-balance sheet as collateral received. Consideration paid (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a loan asset at amortised cost unless it is managed on a fair value basis or designated at fair value through profit or loss. In majority of cases through the contractual terms of a reverse repo arrangement, the Group as the transferee of the security collateral has the right to sell or repledge the asset concerned.
The Group also sells securities (a repurchase agreement – 'repo') subject to a commitment to repurchase or redeem the securities at a predetermined price. The securities are retained on the balance sheet as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and these securities are disclosed as pledged collateral. Consideration received (or cash collateral received) is accounted for as a financial liability at amortised cost unless it is either mandatorily classified as fair value through profit or loss or irrevocably designated at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition.
Repo and reverse repo transactions typically entitle the Group and its counterparties to have recourse to assets similar to those provided as collateral in the event of a default. Securities sold subject to repos, either by way of a Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), or through a securities sale and Total Return Swap (TRS) continue to be recognised on the balance sheet as the Group retains substantially the associated risks and rewards of the securities (the TRS is not recognised). The counterparty liability is included in deposits by banks or customer accounts, as appropriate. Assets sold under repurchase agreements are considered encumbered as the Group cannot pledge these to obtain funding.
## Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Banks | 32,286 | 24,932 |
| Customers | 65,295 | 65,035 |
| | 97,581 | 89,967 |
| Of which: | | |
| Fair value through profit or loss | 81,847 | 64,491 |
| Banks | 30,548 | 23,954 |
| Customers | 51,299 | 40,537 |
| Held at amortised cost | 15,734 | 25,476 |
| Banks | 1,738 | 978 |
| Customers | 13,996 | 24,498 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 16. Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing continued
Under reverse repurchase and securities borrowing arrangements, the Group obtains securities under usual and customary terms which permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others. Amounts on such terms are:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Securities and collateral received (at fair value) | 101,935 | 124,989 |
| Securities and collateral which can be repledged or sold (at fair value) | 101,845 | 123,759 |
| Amounts repledged/transferred to others for financing activities, to satisfy liabilities under sale and repurchase agreements (at fair value) | 34,154 | 44,628 |
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Banks | 5,585 | 6,968 |
| Customers | 47,956 | 46,846 |
| | 53,541 | 53,814 |
| Of which: | | |
| Fair value through profit or loss | 41,283 | 51,706 |
| Banks | 4,658 | 5,737 |
| Customers | 36,625 | 45,969 |
| Held at amortised cost | 12,258 | 2,108 |
| Banks | 927 | 1,231 |
| Customers | 11,331 | 877 |
The tables below set out the financial assets provided as collateral for repurchase and other secured borrowing transactions:
| Collateral pledged against repurchase agreements | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Fair value through profit or loss $million | Fair value through other comprehensive income $million | Amortised cost $million | Off-balance sheet $million | Total $million |
| On-balance sheet | | | | | |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 4,993 | 8,157 | 10,181 | - | 23,331 |
| Off-balance sheet | | | | | |
| Repledged collateral received
| - | - | - |
34,154 | 34,154 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 4,993 | 8,157 | 10,181 | 34,154 | 57,485 |
| Collateral pledged against repurchase agreements | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Fair value through profit or loss $million | Fair value through other comprehensive income $million | Amortised cost $million | Off-balance sheet $million | Total $million |
| On-balance sheet | | | | | |
| Debt securities and other eligible bills | 2,956 | 3,630 | 4,917 | - | 11,503 |
| Off-balance sheet | | | | | |
| Repledged collateral received
| - | - | - |
44,628 | 44,628 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 2,956 | 3,630 | 4,917 | 44,628 | 56,131 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 17. Goodwill and intangible assets
### Accounting policy
#### Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in Investments in associates and joint ventures. Goodwill included in intangible assets is assessed at each balance sheet date for impairment and carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. Detailed calculations are performed based on forecasting expected cash flows of the relevant cash-generating units (CGUs) and discounting these at an appropriate discount rate, the determination of which requires the exercise of judgement. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. CGUs represent the lowest level within the Group which generates separate cash inflows and at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. These are equal to or smaller than the Group's reportable segments (as set out in Note 2) as the Group views its reportable segments on a global basis. The major CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are set out in the CGU table (page 425).
#### Other accounting estimates and judgements
The carrying amount of goodwill is based on the application of judgements including the basis of goodwill impairment calculation assumptions. Judgement is also applied in determination of CGUs.
Estimates include forecasts used for determining cash flows for CGUs, the appropriate long-term growth rates to use and discount rates which factor in country risk-free rates and applicable risk premiums. The Group undertakes an annual assessment to evaluate whether the carrying value of goodwill is impaired. The estimation of future cash flows and the level to which they are discounted is inherently uncertain and requires significant judgement and is subject to potential change over time.
#### Acquired intangibles
At the date of acquisition of a subsidiary or associate, intangible assets which are deemed separable and that arise from contractual or other legal rights are capitalised and included within the net identifiable assets acquired. These intangible assets are initially measured at fair value, which reflects market expectations of the probability that the future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity and are amortised on the basis of their expected useful lives (4 to 16 years). At each balance sheet date, these assets are assessed for indicators of impairment. In the event that an asset's carrying amount is determined to be greater than its recoverable amount, the asset is written down immediately to the recoverable amount.
#### Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software.
Internally generated software represents substantially all of the total software capitalised. Direct costs of the development of separately identifiable internally generated software are capitalised where it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the software will flow from its use. These costs include staff remuneration costs such as salaries, statutory payments and share-based payments, materials, service providers and contractors provided their time is directly attributable to the software build. Costs incurred in the ongoing maintenance of software are expensed immediately when incurred. Internally generated software is amortised over each asset's useful life to a maximum of 10-years. On an annual basis software assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, including assessing for indicators of impairment. Indicators of impairment include loss of business relevance, obsolescence, exit of the business to which the software relates, technological changes, change in use of the asset, reduction in useful life, plans to reduce usage or scope.
For capitalised software that is internally generated, judgement is required to determine which costs relate to research (expensed) and which costs relate to development (capitalised). Further judgement is required to determine the technical feasibility of completing the software such that it will be available for use. Estimates are used to determine how the software will generate probable future economic benefits: these estimates include cost savings, income increases, balance sheet improvements, improved functionality or improved asset safeguarding.
Software as a Service (SaaS) is a contractual arrangement that conveys the right to receive access to the supplier's software application over the contract term. As such, the Group does not have control and as a result recognises an operating expense for these costs over the contract term. Certain costs, including customisation costs related to implementation of the SaaS may meet the definition of an intangible asset in their own right if it is separately identifiable and control is established. These costs are capitalised if it is expected to provide the Group with future economic benefits flowing from the underlying resource and the Group can restrict others from accessing those benefits.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
17. Goodwill and intangible assets continued
| | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Goodwill $million | Acquired intangibles $million | Computer software $million | Total $million | Goodwill $million | Acquired intangibles $million | Computer software $million | Total $million |
| Cost | | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January | 2,471 | 295 | 5,178 | 7,944 | 2,595 | 457 | 4,464 | 7,516 |
| Exchange translation differences | (24) | (12) | 21 | (15) | (108) | (26) | (22) | (156) |
| Additions | - | - | 1,124 | 1,124 | - | - | 1,096 | 1,096 |
| Impairment charge²
| - | - |
(151) | (151) | (14) | - | (7) | (21) |
| Disposals and amounts written off | (18)¹ | (5)¹ | (4) | (27) | - | (136) | (348) | (484) |
| Classified as held for sale
| - | - | - | - |
(2) | - | (5) | (7) |
| At 31 December | 2,429 | 278 | 6,168 | 8,875 | 2,471 | 295 | 5,178 | 7,944 |
| Provision for amortisation | | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January | - | 276 | 1,799 | 2,075 | - | 437 | 1,608 | 2,045 |
| Exchange translation differences | - | (12) | 11 | (1) | - | (29) | (11) | (40) |
| Amortisation | - | 1 | 625 | 626 | - | 4 | 531 | 535 |
| Impairment charge² | - | - | (39) | (39) | - | - | 5 | 5 |
| Disposals and amounts written off
| - | - | - | - | - |
(136) | (331) | (467) |
| Classified as held for sale
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
(3) | (3) |
| At 31 December | - | 265 | 2,396 | 2,661 | - | 276 | 1,799 | 2,075 |
| Net book value | 2,429 | 13 | 3,772 | 6,214 | 2,471 | 19 | 3,379 | 5,869 |
1 Includes disposal of goodwill and other intangibles relating to aviation finance leasing business. These were classified as held for sale during 2023 and sold during the year
2 Computer software impairment includes $82.8 million (2022: nil) charge relating to write off on SaaS (Software as a Service) applications capitalised in previous years
At 31 December 2023, accumulated goodwill impairment losses incurred from 1 January 2005 amounted to $3,331 million (31 December 2022: $3,331 million), of which Nil million was recognised in 2023 (31 December 2022: $14 million).
## Outcome of impairment assessment
An annual assessment is made as to whether the current carrying value of goodwill is impaired. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated at the date of acquisition to a CGU. Goodwill is considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the relevant CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Indicators of impairment include changes in the economic performance and outlook of the region, including geopolitical changes, changes in market value of regional investments, large credit defaults and strategic decisions to exit certain regions. The recoverable amounts for all the CGUs were measured based on value in use (VIU). The calculation of VIU for each CGU is calculated using five-year cashflow projections and an estimated terminal value based on a perpetuity value after year five. The cashflow projections are based on forecasts approved by management up to 2028. The perpetuity terminal value amount is calculated using year five cashflows using long-term GDP growth rates. All cashflows are discounted using discount rates which reflect market rates appropriate to the CGU. Post-tax discount rates are used to calculate the VIU using the post-tax cashflows. The post-tax discount rate is subsequently grossed up to pre-tax discount rate. The calculated VIU using post-tax and pre-tax discount rate is the same.
The goodwill allocated to each CGU and key assumptions used in determining the recoverable amounts are set out below and are solely estimates for the purposes of assessing impairment of acquired goodwill.
| Cash-generating unit | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Goodwill $million | Pre-Tax Discount rates per cent | Long-term forecast GDP growth rates per cent | Goodwill $million | Pre-Tax Discount rates per cent | Long-term forecast GDP growth rates per cent |
| Country CGUs | | | | | | |
| Asia | 1,036 | | | 1,032 | | |
| Hong Kong | 357 | 12.9 | 1.6 | 357 | 12.4 | 1.7 |
| Taiwan | 333 | 12.4 | 1.5 | 333 | 11.3 | 1.7 |
| Singapore | 346 | 13.9 | 2.1 | 342 | 12.3 | 2.3 |
| Africa & Middle East | 80 | | | 85 | | |
| Pakistan | 31 | 35.5 | 3.2 | 36 | 30.9 | 5.9 |
| Bahrain | 49 | 12.4 | 0.5 | 49 | 16.6 | 0.7 |
| Global CGUs | 1,313 | | | 1,354 | | |
| Global Private Banking | 83 | 15.3 | 1.9 | 83 | 14.5 | 2.0 |
| Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking | 1,230 | 15.7 | 2.3 | 1,271 | 14.7 | 2.5 |
| | 2,429 | | | 2,471 | | |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 17. Goodwill and intangible assets continued
The Group has performed sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions for each CGU's recoverable amount. Taiwan CGU is considered sensitive to the key variables and any individual movements on the estimates (cashflow, discount rate and GDP growth rate) up to the levels disclosed below would eliminate the current headroom.
| CGU | 2023 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Sensitivities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | GDP | | Discount rate | | Cash flow | | Cash flow | | Cash-flow | Downside scenario | Extreme downside scenario |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | GDP -1% | GDP -1% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | DR >1% | DR >1% |
| Goodwill $million | Head-room $million | Pre-Tax Discount Rate | GDP | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million | Head-room $million |
| Taiwan | 333 | 217 | 12.4% | 1.53% | 351 | 112 | 73 | 400 | 375 | 60 | 532 | (97) | (254) | (138) |
The table above represents reasonably possible scenarios that could occur if either; economic factors (which drive GDP rates and discount rates); country-specific cash flows; or a combination of both are different from the assumptions used in the goodwill impairment assessment at 31 December 2023.
For there to be no headroom, the pre-tax discount rate will need to increase by 2.02 per cent. Similarly, the GDP rates will need to decrease by 2.36 per cent and cashflows would need to decrease by 13.8 per cent.
# Acquired intangibles
These primarily comprise those items recognised as part of the acquisitions of Union Bank (now amalgamated into Standard Chartered Bank (Pakistan) Limited), Hsinchu (now amalgamated into Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Limited), Pembroke, American Express Bank and ABSA's custody business in Africa. Maintenance intangible assets represent the value in the difference between the contractual right under acquired leases to receive aircraft in a specified maintenance condition at the end of the lease and the actual physical condition of the aircraft at the date of acquisition.
The acquired intangibles are amortised over periods from four years to a maximum of 16 years. The constituents are as follows:
| | 2023 $ million | 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Acquired intangibles comprise: | | |
| Aircraft maintenance | - | 5 |
| Brand names | - | 1 |
| Customer relationships | 1 | 1 |
| Licenses | 12 | 12 |
| Net book value | 13 | 19 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 18. Property, plant and equipment
## Accounting policy
All property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Land and buildings comprise mainly branches and offices. Freehold land is not depreciated although it is subject to impairment testing.
Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
- Owned premises
- up to 50 years
- Leasehold premises
- up to 50 years
- Leasehold improvements
- shorter of remaining lease term and 10 years
- Equipment and motor vehicles
- three to 15 years
- Aircraft
- up to 18 years
- Ships
- up to 15 years
Where the Group is a lessee of a right-of-use asset, the leased assets are capitalised and included in Property, plant and equipment with a corresponding liability to the lessor recognised in Other liabilities. The accounting policy for lease assets is set out in Note 19.
| | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Premises $million | Equipment $million | Operating lease assets $million | Leased premises assets $million | Leased equipment assets $million | Total $million |
| Cost or valuation | | | | | | |
| At 1 January | 1,773 | 840 | 4,420 | 1,652 | 29 | 8,714 |
| Exchange translation differences | (27) | (22) | – | (5) | (3) | (57) |
| Additions1 | 45 | 114 | – | 286 | 1 | 446 |
| Disposals and fully depreciated assets written off | (68)2 | (122)2 | (4,420)3 | (69) | (9) | (4,688) |
| Classified as held for sale | 18 | – | – | – | – | 18 |
| As at 31 December | 1,741 | 810 | – | 1,864 | 18 | 4,433 |
| Depreciation | | | | | | |
| Accumulated at 1 January | 678 | 575 | 1,185 | 730 | 24 | 3,192 |
| Exchange translation differences | (21) | (17) | 1 | (25) | (1) | (63) |
| Charge for the year | 77 | 99 | 27 | 238 | 4 | 445 |
| Impairment charge | 3 | – | – | 9 | – | 12 |
| Attributable to assets sold, transferred or written off | (47)2 | (122)2 | (1,213)3 | (38) | (9) | (1,429) |
| Classified as held for sale | 2 | – | – | – | – | 2 |
| Accumulated at 31 December | 692 | 535 | – | 914 | 18 | 2,159 |
| Net book amount at 31 December | 1,049 | 275 | – | 950 | – | 2,274 |
1. Refer to the cash flow statement under cash flows from investing activities section for the purchase of property, plant and equipment during the year of $159 million on page 363
2. Disposals for property, plant and equipment during the year of $53 million in the cash flow statement would include the gains and losses incurred as part of other operating income (Note 6) on disposal of assets during the year and the net book value disposed
3. Includes disposal of assets from aviation finance leasing business and sale of vessels (refer note 32).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
18. Property, plant and equipment continued
| | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Premises $million | Equipment $million | Operating lease assets $million | Leased premises assets $million | Leased equipment assets $million | Total $million |
| Cost or valuation | | | | | | |
| At 1 January | 1,980 | 901 | 4,248 | 1,854 | 33 | 9,016 |
| Exchange translation differences | (90) | (65) | – | (111) | (4) | (270) |
| Additions¹ | 87 | 124 | 624 | 339 | 1 | 1,175 |
| Disposals and fully depreciated assets written off² | (142) | (102) | (452) | (425) | (1) | (1,122) |
| Transfers to assets held for sale | (62) | (18) | – | (5) | – | (85) |
| As at 31 December | 1,773 | 840 | 4,420 | 1,652 | 29 | 8,714 |
| Depreciation | | | | | | |
| Accumulated at 1 January | 795 | 611 | 1,155 | 819 | 20 | 3,400 |
| Exchange translation differences | (39) | (39) | – | (33) | (3) | (114) |
| Charge for the year | 76 | 116 | 202 | 250 | 7 | 651 |
| Impairment charge | 1 | – | 40 | 9 | – | 50 |
| Attributable to assets sold, transferred or written off² | (125) | (101) | (212) | (313) | – | (751) |
| Transfers to assets held for sale | (30) | (12) | – | (2) | – | (44) |
| Accumulated at 31 December | 678 | 575 | 1,185 | 730 | 24 | 3,192 |
| Net book amount at 31 December | 1,095 | 265 | 3,235 | 922 | 5 | 5,522 |
1 Refer to the cash flow statement under cash flows from investing activities section for the purchase of property, plant and equipment during the year of $835 million on page 363
2 Disposals for property, plant and equipment during the year of $343 million in the cash flow statement would include the gains and losses incurred as part of other operating income (Note 6) on disposal of assets during the year and the net book value disposed
## Operating lease assets
The operating lease assets subsection of property, plant and equipment refers to the Group's aircraft operating leasing business, all leases related to which were disposed on 2 November 2023. As at 31 December 2022, this consisted of 99 commercial aircraft of which 97 were narrow-bodies and 2 were wide-bodies. The leases were classified as operating leases as they did not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the assets. As at 31 December 2022, these assets had a net book value of $3,235 million. Refer note 6 Other operating income for the disposal gain and the associated rental income, up to the date of their disposal.
Under these leases up to the date of disposal, the lessee was responsible for the maintenance and servicing of the aircraft during the lease term while the Group receives rental income and assumes the risks of the residual value of the aircraft at the end of the lease.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 19. Leased assets
## Accounting policy
Where the Group is a lessee and the lease is deemed in scope, it recognises a liability equal to the present value of lease payments over the lease term, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate applicable in the economic environment of the lease. The liability is recognised in 'Other liabilities'. A corresponding right-of-use asset equal to the liability, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, is recognised in 'Property, plant and equipment'. The lease term includes any extension options contained in the contract that the Group is reasonably certain it will exercise.
The Group subsequently depreciates the right-of-use asset using the straight-line method over the lease term and measures the lease liability using the effective interest method. Depreciation on the asset is recognised in 'Depreciation and amortisation', and interest on the lease liability is recognised in 'Interest expense'.
If a leased premise, or a physically distinct portion of a premise such as an individual floor, is deemed by management to be surplus to the Group's needs and action has been taken to abandon the space before the lease expires, this is considered an indicator of impairment. An impairment loss is recognised if the right-of-use asset, or portion thereof, has a carrying value in excess of its value-in-use when taking into account factors such as the ability and likelihood of obtaining a subtenant.
The judgements in determining lease balances are the determination of whether the Group is reasonably certain that it will exercise extension options present in lease contracts. On initial recognition, the Group considers a range of characteristics such as premises function, regional trends and the term remaining on the lease to determine whether it is reasonably certain that a contractual right to extend a lease will be exercised. Where a change in assumption is confirmed by the local property management team, a remeasurement is performed in the Group-managed vendor system.
The estimates are the determination of incremental borrowing rates in the respective economic environments. The Group uses third-party broker quotes to estimate its USD cost of senior unsecured borrowing, then uses cross currency swap pricing information to determine the equivalent cost of borrowing in other currencies. If it is not possible to estimate an incremental borrowing rate through this process, other proxies such as local government bond yields are used.
The Group primarily enters lease contracts that grant it the right to use premises such as office buildings and retail branches.
Existing lease liabilities may change in future periods due to changes in assumptions or decisions to exercise lease renewal or termination options, changes in payments due to renegotiations of market rental rates as permitted by those contracts and changes to payments due to rent being contractually linked to an inflation index. In general the re-measurement of a lease liability under these circumstances leads to an equal change to the right-of-use asset balance, with no immediate effect on the income statement.
The total cash outflow during the year for premises and equipment leases was $283 million (2022: $310 million).
The right-of-use asset balances and depreciation charges are disclosed in Note 18. The lease liability balances are disclosed in Note 23 and the interest expense on lease liabilities is disclosed in Note 3.
## Maturity analysis
The maturity profile for lease liabilities associated with leased premises and equipment assets is as follows:
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One year or less $ million | Between one year and two years $ million | Between two years and five years $ million | More than five years $ million | Total $ million |
| Other liabilities – lease liabilities | 248 | 203 | 373 | 410 | 1234 |
| | 2022 | | | | |
| | One year or less $ million | Between one year and two years $ million | Between two years and five years $ million | More than five years $ million | Total $ million |
| Other liabilities – lease liabilities | 272 | 239 | 437 | 310 | 1,258 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 20. Other assets
Other assets include:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Financial assets held at amortised cost (Note 13): | | |
| Hong Kong SAR Government certificates of indebtedness (Note 23)1 | 6,568 | 7,106 |
| Cash collateral2 | 10,337 | 12,515 |
| Acceptances and endorsements | 5,326 | 5,264 |
| Unsettled trades and other financial assets | 15,909 | 14,410 |
| | 38,140 | 39,295 |
| Non-financial assets: | | |
| Commodities and emissions certificates3 | 8,889 | 10,598 |
| Other assets | 565 | 490 |
| | 47,594 | 50,383 |
1 The Hong Kong SAR Government certificates of indebtedness are subordinated to the claims of other parties in respect of bank notes issued
2 Cash collateral are margins placed to collateralize net derivative mark-to-market (MTM) positions
3 Physically held commodities and emission certificates are inventory that is carried at fair value less costs to sell, $5.1 billion (31 December 2022: $6 billion) are classified as Level 1 and $3.7 billion are classified as Level 2 (31 December 2022: $4.6 billion). For commodities, the fair value is derived from observable spot or short-term futures prices from relevant exchanges.
# 21. Assets held for sale and associated liabilities
## Accounting Policy
Upon reclassification property, plant and equipment are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Financial instruments continue to be measured per the accounting policies in Note 13 Financial instruments.
The assets below have been presented as held for sale following the approval of Group management and the transactions are expected to complete in 2024.
## Assets held for sale
The financial assets reported below are classified under Level 1 $101 million (31 December 2022: $345 million), Level 2 $541 million (31 December 2022: $946 million) and Level 3 $59 million (31 December 2022: $100 million).
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | - | 3 |
| Equity shares | - | 2 |
| Derivative financial instruments - Assets | - | 1 |
| Financial assets held at amortised cost | 701 | 1,388 |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 246 | 423 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 24 | 81 |
| Loans and advances to customers | 251 | 508 |
| Debt securities held at amortised cost | 180 | 376 |
| Goodwill and intangible assets | - | 4 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 59 | 174 |
| Vessels | 43 | 133 |
| Others | 16 | 41 |
| Others | 49 | 56 |
| | 809 | 1,625 |
During the year, the aviation finance leasing business, which held 99 commercial aircraft, was classified as held for sale. The business was sold to AviLease for a consideration of $3,570 million, and the Group recorded a gain on sale of $309 million. In addition, vessels with a carrying value of $83 million were sold (2022: nil) and the Group exited Jordan as part of the exit of AME regions ($108 million carrying value, with a $8 million gain on sale).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 21. Assets held for sale and associated liabilities continued
## Liabilities held for sale
The financial liabilities reported below are classified under Level 1 $54 million (2022: $402 million) and Level 2 $672 million (2022: $833 million).
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss | - | 5 |
| Derivative financial instruments | - | 5 |
| Financial liabilities held at amortised cost | 726 | 1,230 |
| Deposits by banks | 3 | 17 |
| Customer accounts | 723 | 1,213 |
| Other liabilities | 51 | 64 |
| Provisions for liabilities and charges | 10 | 8 |
| | 787 | 1,307 |
# 22. Debt securities in issue
## Accounting policy
Refer to Note 13 Financial instruments for the relevant accounting policy.
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more $million | Other debt securities in issue $million | Total $million | Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more $million | Other debt securities in issue $million | Total $million |
| Debt securities in issue | 15,533 | 47,013 | 62,546 | 23,457 | 37,785 | 61,242 |
| Debt securities in issue included within: | | | | | | |
| Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss (Note13) | - | 10,817 | 10,817 | - | 8,572 | 8,572 |
| Total debt securities in issue | 15,533 | 57,830 | 73,363 | 23,457 | 46,357 | 69,814 |
In 2023, the Company issued a total of $8.1 billion senior notes for general business purposes of the Group as shown below:
| Securities | $million |
| --- | --- |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2027 (callable 2026) | 1,000 |
| EUR 1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2031 (callable 2030) | 1,105 |
| HKD 784 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2026 (callable 2025) | 100 |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2034 (callable 2033) | 1,000 |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2027 (callable 2026) | 1,000 |
| $500 million floating-rate senior notes due 2027 (callable 2026) | 500 |
| $400 million floating-rate senior notes due 2028 (callable 2027) | 400 |
| $1,500 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2029 (callable 2028) | 1,500 |
| $750 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2030 (callable 2029) | 750 |
| $750 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2028 (callable 2027) | 750 |
| Total senior notes issued | 8,105 |
In 2022, the Company issued a total of $5.2 billion senior notes for general business purposes of the Group as shown below:
| Securities | $million |
| --- | --- |
| CNH 1,100 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2026 (callable 2025) | 158 |
| $1,250 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2028 (callable 2027) | 1,250 |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2026 (callable 2025) | 1,000 |
| $500 million floating-rate senior notes due 2026 (callable 2025) | 500 |
| SGD 255 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2033 (callable 2032) | 190 |
| HKD 800 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2025 (callable 2024) | 102 |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2025 (callable 2024) | 1,000 |
| $1,000 million fixed-rate senior notes due 2028 (callable 2027) | 1,000 |
| Total senior notes issued | 5,200 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 23. Other liabilities
## Accounting policy
Refer to Note 13 Financial instruments for the relevant accounting policy for financial liabilities, Note 19 Leased assets for the accounting policy for leases, and Note 31 Share-based payments for the accounting policy for cash-settled share-based payments.
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Financial liabilities held at amortised cost (Note 13) | | |
| Notes in circulation¹ | 6,568 | 7,106 |
| Acceptances and endorsements² | 5,386 | 5,264 |
| Cash collateral³ | 8,440 | 9,206 |
| Property leases⁴ | 1,054 | 1,029 |
| Equipment leases⁴ | 4 | 8 |
| Unsettled trades and other financial liabilities | 17,211 | 20,302 |
| | 38,663 | 42,915 |
| Non-financial liabilities | | |
| Cash-settled share-based payments | 102 | 81 |
| Other liabilities | 456 | 531 |
| | 39,221 | 43,527 |
1 Hong Kong currency notes in circulation of $6,568 million (31 December 2022: $7,106 million) that are secured by the Government of Hong Kong SAR certificates of indebtedness of the same amount included in Other assets (Note 20)
2 Includes early receipts of funds ($60m) from customer, whereas corresponding liability is due in Jan'24
3 Cash collateral are margins received against collateralize net derivative mark-to-market (MTM) positions
4 Other financial liabilities include the present value of lease liabilities, as required by IFRS 16 from 1 January 2019; refer to Note 19
# 24. Provisions for liabilities and charges
## Accounting policy
The recognition and measurement of provisions for liabilities and charges requires significant judgement and the use of estimates about uncertain future conditions or events.
Estimates include the best estimate of the probability of outflow of economic resources, cost of settling a provision and timing of settlement. Judgements are required for inherently uncertain areas such as legal decisions (including external advice obtained), and outcome of regulator reviews.
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Expected credit loss for credit commitments' $million | Other provisions' $million | Total $million | Expected credit loss for credit commitments' $million | Other provisions' $million | Total $million |
| At 1 January | 280 | 103 | 383 | 346 | 107 | 453 |
| Exchange translation differences | (5) | 4 | (1) | (39) | (2) | (41) |
| (Release)/charge against profit | (48) | 42 | (6) | (27) | 69 | 42 |
| Provisions utilized | - | (71) | (71) | - | (71) | (71) |
| Transfer² | - | (6) | (6) | - | - | - |
| At 31 December | 227 | 72 | 299 | 280 | 103 | 383 |
1 Expected credit loss for credit commitment comprises those undrawn contractually committed facilities where there is doubt as to the borrowers' ability to meet their repayment obligations.
2 Other provisions consist mainly of provisions for legal claims and regulatory and enforcement investigations and proceedings.
3 Includes the provisions transferred to held for sale.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 25. Contingent liabilities and commitments
## Accounting policy
### Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments
Financial guarantee contracts and any loan commitments issued at below-market interest rates are initially recognised at their fair value as a financial liability, and subsequently measured at the higher of the initial value less the cumulative amount of income recognised and their expected credit loss provision. Loan commitments may be designated at fair value through profit or loss where that is the business model under which such contracts are held. Notional values of financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments are disclosed in the table below.
Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letters of credit are the notional values of contracts issued by the Group's Transaction Banking business for which an obligation to make a payment has not arisen at the reporting date. Transaction Banking will issue contracts to clients and counterparties of clients, whereby in the event the holder of the contract is not paid, the Group will reimburse the holder of the contract for the actual financial loss suffered. These contracts have various legal forms such as letters of credit, guarantee contracts and performance bonds. The contracts are issued to facilitate trade through export and import business, provide guarantees to financial institutions where the Group has a local presence, as well as guaranteeing project financing involving large construction projects undertaken by sovereigns and corporates. The contracts may contain performance clauses which require the counterparty performing services or providing goods to meet certain conditions before a right to payment is achieved, however the Group does not guarantee this performance. The Group will only guarantee the credit of the counterparty paying for the services or goods.
Commitments are where the Group has confirmed its intention to provide funds to a customer or on behalf of a customer under prespecified terms and conditions in the form of loans, overdrafts, future guarantees whether cancellable or not and the Group has not made payments at the balance sheet date; those instruments are included in these financial statements as commitments. Commitments and contingent liabilities are generally considered on demand as the Group may have to honour them, or the client may draw down at any time.
Capital commitments are contractual commitments the Group has entered into to purchase non-financial assets.
The table below shows the contract or underlying principal amounts of unmatured off-balance sheet transactions at the balance sheet date. The contract or underlying principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding and do not represent amounts at risk.
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Financial guarantees and trade credits | | |
| Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letters of credit | 74,414 | 60,410 |
| | 74,414 | 60,410 |
| Commitments | | |
| Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend | | |
| One year and over | 78,356 | 69,597 |
| Less than one year | 33,092 | 31,688 |
| Unconditionally cancellable | 70,942 | 67,383 |
| | 182,390 | 168,668 |
| Capital Commitments | | |
| Contracted capital expenditure approved by the directors but not provided for in these accounts | 217 | 257 |
As set out in Note 26, the Group has contingent liabilities in respect of certain legal and regulatory matters for which it is not practicable to estimate the financial impact as there are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 26. Legal and regulatory matters
## Accounting policy
The Group receives legal claims against it in a number of jurisdictions and is subject to regulatory and enforcement investigations and proceedings from time to time. Apart from the matters described below, the Group currently considers none of the ongoing claims, investigations or proceedings to be individually material. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters currently not considered to be material may not ultimately be material to the Group's results in a particular reporting period depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the results otherwise reported for such period.
Since 2014, the Group has been named as a defendant in a series of lawsuits that have been filed in the United States District Courts for the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York against a number of banks on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are relatives of, victims of attacks in Iraq and Afghanistan. The plaintiffs in each of these lawsuits have alleged that the defendant banks aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of parties with connections to terrorist organisations in breach of the United States Anti-Terrorism Act. None of these lawsuits specify the amount of damages claimed. The Group continues to defend these lawsuits.
In January 2020, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed by the City of Philadelphia in New York State Court against 45 current and former directors and senior officers of the Group. It is alleged that the individuals breached their duties to the Group and caused a waste of corporate assets by permitting the conduct that gave rise to the costs and losses to the Group related to legacy conduct and control issues. In March 2021, an amended complaint was served in which Standard Chartered Bank and seven individuals were removed from the case. Standard Chartered PLC and Standard Chartered Holdings Limited remained as named "nominal defendants" in the complaint. In May 2021, Standard Chartered PLC filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In February 2022, the New York State Court ruled in favour of Standard Chartered PLC's motion to dismiss the complaint. The plaintiffs are pursuing an appeal against the February 2022 ruling. A hearing date for the plaintiffs' appeal is awaited.
Since October 2020, four lawsuits have been filed in the English High Court against Standard Chartered PLC on behalf of more than 200 shareholders in relation to alleged untrue and/or misleading statements and/or omissions in information published by Standard Chartered PLC in its rights issue prospectuses of 2008, 2010 and 2015 and/or public statements regarding the Group's historic sanctions, money laundering and financial crime compliance issues. These lawsuits have been brought under sections 90 and 90A of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. These lawsuits are at an early procedural stage.
Bernard Madoff's 2008 confession to running a Ponzi scheme through Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (BMIS) gave rise to a number of lawsuits against the Group. BMIS and the Fairfield funds (which invested in BMIS) are in bankruptcy and liquidation, respectively. Between 2010 and 2012, five lawsuits were brought against the Group by the BMIS bankruptcy trustee and the Fairfield funds' liquidators, in each case seeking to recover funds paid to the Group's clients pursuant to redemption requests made prior to BMIS' bankruptcy filing. The total amount sought in these cases exceeds USD 300 million, excluding any pre-judgment interest that may be awarded. The four lawsuits commenced by the Fairfield funds' liquidators have been dismissed and the appeals of those dismissals by the funds' liquidators are ongoing.
As has been reported in the press, a number of Korean banks, including Standard Chartered Bank Korea, have sold equity-linked securities ("ELS") to customers, the redemption values of which are determined by the performance of various stock indices. Standard Chartered Bank Korea sold relevant ELS to its customers with a notional value of approximately USD900m. Due to the performance of the Hang Seng China Enterprise Index, it is anticipated that several thousand Standard Chartered Bank Korea customers may redeem their ELS at a loss. The value of Standard Chartered Bank Korea customers' anticipated losses is subject to fluctuation as the ELS mature on various dates through 2026 and could total several hundred million USD. Standard Chartered Bank Korea may be faced with claims by customers and its regulator, the Financial Supervisory Service, to cover part or all of those anticipated losses and also may face regulatory penalties.
The Group has concluded that the threshold for recording provisions pursuant to IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets is not met with respect to the above matters; however, the outcomes of these matters are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict.
In 2023, three legal cases concluded in which allegations of corruption had been made against the Group or its employees, none of which resulted in liability being established.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
27. Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Subordinated loan capital – issued by subsidiary undertakings | | |
| $700 million 8.0 per cent subordinated notes due 2031 (callable 2026)¹ | 342 | 345 |
| NPR2.4 billion fixed sub debt rate 10.3 per cent²,³ | 18 | – |
| | 360 | 345 |
| Subordinated loan capital – issued by the Company⁴ | | |
| Primary capital floating rate notes: | | |
| $400 million floating rate undated subordinated notes⁵ | – | 16 |
| $300 million floating rate undated subordinated notes (Series 2)⁵ | – | 69 |
| $400 million floating rate undated subordinated notes (Series 3)⁵ | – | 50 |
| $200 million floating rate undated subordinated notes (Series 4)⁵ | – | 26 |
| £900 million 5.125 per cent subordinated notes due 2034 | 644 | 587 |
| $2 billion 5.7 per cent subordinated notes due 2044 | 2,197 | 2,172 |
| $2 billion 3.95 per cent subordinated notes due 2023 | – | 1,999 |
| $1 billion 5.2 per cent subordinated notes due 2024 | 1,001 | 1,017 |
| $750 million 5.3 per cent subordinated notes due 2043 | 697 | 679 |
| €500 million 3.125 per cent subordinated notes due 2024 | 536 | 502 |
| $1.25 billion 4.3 per cent subordinated notes due 2027 | 1,154 | 1,119 |
| $1 billion 3.516 per cent subordinated notes due 2030 (callable 2025) | 964 | 938 |
| $500 million 4.886 per cent subordinated notes due 2033 (callable 2028) | 481 | 473 |
| £96.035 million 7.375 per cent Non-Cum Pref Shares (reclassed as Debt) – Other borrowings | 122 | 116 |
| £99.250 million 8.25 per cent Non-Cum Pref Shares (reclassed as Debt) – Other borrowings | 126 | 119 |
| $750 million 3.604 per cent fixed rate reset dated subordinated notes due 2033 | 648 | 630 |
| €1 billion 2.5 per cent subordinated debt 2030 | 1,044 | 967 |
| $1.25 billion 3.265 per cent subordinated notes due 2036 | 1,040 | 1,002 |
| €1 billion 1.200 per cent fixed rate reset dated subordinated notes due 2031 (callable 2026) | 1,022 | 891 |
| | 11,676 | 13,370 |
| Total for Group | 12,036 | 13,715 |
1. Issued by Standard Chartered Bank
2. Issued by Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited
3. NPR refers to Nepalese Rupee
4. In the balance sheet of the Company the amount recognised is $11,945 million (2022: 13,684 million), with the difference on account of hedge accounting achieved on a Group basis
5. These notes were subject to remediation under interest rate benchmark reform. Please refer to Note 13 for further information on this
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | USD $million | EUR $million | GBP $million | NPR $million | Total $million |
| Fixed rate subordinated debt | 8,524 | 2,602 | 892 | 18 | 12,036 |
| Floating rate subordinated debt | – | – | – | – | – |
| Total | 8,524 | 2,602 | 892 | 18 | 12,036 |
| | 2022 | | | | |
| | USD $million | EUR $million | GBP $million | NPR $million | Total $million |
| Fixed rate subordinated debt | 10,372 | 2,360 | 822 | – | 13,554 |
| Floating rate subordinated debt | 161 | – | – | – | 161 |
| Total | 10,533 | 2,360 | 822 | – | 13,715 |
## Redemptions and repurchases during the year
Standard Chartered PLC exercised its right to redeem USD 2 billion 3.95 per cent subordinated notes 2023. Further to that outstanding balances of floating rate undated subordinate notes were redeemed during the year.
## Issuance during the year
On 1st March 2023, Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited issued NPR 2.4 billion 10.3 per cent fixed rate dated subordinated notes due 2028.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves
## Accounting policy
Securities which carry a discretionary coupon and have no fixed maturity or redemption date are classified as other equity instruments. Interest payments on these securities are recognised, net of tax, as distributions from equity in the period in which they are paid.
Where the Company or other members of the consolidated Group purchase the Company's equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from the total shareholders' equity of the Group and/or of the Company as treasury shares until they are cancelled. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in shareholders' equity of the Group and/or the Company.
| | Number of ordinary shares millions | Ordinary share capital $million | Ordinary share premium $million | Preference share premium $million | Total share capital and share premium $million | Other equity instruments $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| At 1 January 2022 | 3,079 | 1,539 | 3,989 | 1,494 | 7,022 | 6,254 |
| Cancellation of shares including share buy-back | (184) | (92) | – | – | (92) | – |
| Additional Tier 1 equity issuance | – | – | – | – | – | 1,240 |
| Additional Tier 1 equity redemption | – | – | – | – | – | (990) |
| At 31 December 2022 | 2,895 | 1,447 | 3,989 | 1,494 | 6,930 | 6,504 |
| Cancellation of shares including share buy-back | (230) | (115) | – | – | (115) | – |
| Additional Tier 1 equity issuance | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Additional Tier 1 redemption | – | – | – | – | – | (992) |
| At 31 December 2023 | 2,665 | 1,332 | 3,989 | 1,494 | 6,815 | 5,512 |
1. Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 50 cents each
2. Includes preference share capital of $75,000
## Share buy-back
On 16 February 2023, the Group announced the buy-back programme for a share buy-back of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $58 million, and the total consideration paid was $1 billion. The buy-back completed on 29 September 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 116,710,492 representing 4.03 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buy-back. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account.
On 28 July 2023, the Group announced the buy-back programme for a share buy-back of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, and the total consideration paid was $1 billion. The buy-back completed on 6 November 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 112,982,802 representing 3.90 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buy-back. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account.
The shares were purchased by Standard Chartered PLC on various exchanges not including the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.
| | Number of ordinary shares | Highest price paid £ | Lowest price paid £ | Average price paid per share £ | Aggregate price paid £ | Aggregate price paid $ |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| February 2023 | 9,522,684 | 7,99400 | 7,41600 | 7,77508 | 74,039,628 | 89,017,672 |
| March 2023 | 48,672,024 | 7,94600 | 5,79000 | 7,07885 | 344,541,860 | 416,300,544 |
| April 2023 | 9,521,811 | 6,58200 | 6,10600 | 6,30837 | 60,067,118 | 74,798,622 |
| May 2023 | 10,662,964 | 6,66000 | 5,92800 | 6,28592 | 67,026,502 | 83,626,929 |
| June 2023 | 15,515,223 | 6,92200 | 6,36000 | 6,70601 | 104,045,286 | 131,601,470 |
| July 2023 | 10,388,883 | 7,53200 | 6,56400 | 6,81807 | 70,832,098 | 90,241,074 |
| August 2023 | 22,896,567 | 7,60800 | 7,10000 | 7,28931 | 166,900,079 | 211,996,912 |
| September 2023 | 40,542,727 | 7,64800 | 6,93600 | 7,35577 | 298,222,942 | 369,007,327 |
| October 2023 | 52,084,775 | 7,66600 | 6,04800 | 7,20829 | 375,442,209 | 457,218,216 |
| November 2023 | 9,885,636 | 6,38400 | 6,12600 | 6,23095 | 61,596,915 | 75,472,633 |
## Ordinary share capital
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Company does not have authorised share capital. The nominal value of each ordinary share is 50 cents.
During the period, nil shares were issued under employee share plans.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves continued
## Preference share capital
At 31 December 2023, the Company has 15,000 $5 non-cumulative redeemable preference shares in issue, with a premium of $99,995 making a paid up amount per preference share of $100,000. The preference shares are redeemable at the option of the Company and are classified in equity.
The available profits of the Company are distributed to the holders of the issued preference shares in priority to payments made to holders of the ordinary shares and in priority to, or pari passu with, any payments to the holders of any other class of shares in issue. On a winding up, the assets of the Company are applied to the holders of the preference shares in priority to any payment to the ordinary shareholders and in priority to, or pari passu with, the holders of any other shares in issue, for an amount equal to any dividends payable (on approval of the Board) and the nominal value of the shares together with any premium as determined by the Board. The redeemable preference shares are redeemable at the paid up amount (which includes premium) at the option of the Company in accordance with the terms of the shares. The holders of the preference shares are not entitled to attend or vote at any general meeting except where any relevant dividend due is not paid in full or where a resolution is proposed varying the rights of the preference shares.
## Other equity instruments
The table provides details of outstanding Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible AT1 securities issued by Standard Chartered PLC. All issuances are made for general business purposes and to increase the regulatory capital base of the Group.
| Issuance date | Nominal value | Proceeds net of issue costs | Interest rate^{1} | Coupon payment dates^{2} | First reset dates^{3} | Conversion price per ordinary share |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 3 July 2019 | SGD 750 million | USD 552 million | 5.375% | 3 April, 3 October each year | 3 October 2024 | SGD 10.909 |
| 26 Jun 2020 | USD 1,000 million | USD 992 million | 6% | 26 January, 26 July each year | 26 January 2026 | USD 5.331 |
| 14 January 2021 | USD 1,250 million | USD 1,239 million | 4.75% | 14 January, 14 July each year | 14 July 2031 | USD 6.353 |
| 19 August 2021 | USD 1,500 million | USD 1,490 million | 4.30% | 19 February, 19 August each year | 19 August 2028 | USD 6.382 |
| 15 August 2022 | USD 1,250 million | USD 1,239 million | 7.75% | 15 February, 15 August each year | 15 February 2028 | USD 7.333 |
1 Interest rates for the period from (and including) the issue date to (but excluding) the first reset date
2 Interest payable semi-annually in arrears
3 Securities are resettable each date falling five years, or an integral multiple of five years, after the first reset date
Standard Chartered PLC redeemed $1,000m Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Contingent Convertible Securities on its first optional redemption date of 2 April 2023.
The AT1 issuances above are primarily purchased by institutional investors.
The principal terms of the AT1 securities are described below:
- The securities are perpetual and redeemable, at the option of Standard Chartered PLC in whole but not in part, on the first interest reset date and each date falling five years after the first reset date
- The securities are also redeemable for certain regulatory or tax reasons on any date at 100 per cent of their principal amount together with any accrued but unpaid interest up to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption. Any redemption is subject to Standard Chartered PLC giving notice to the relevant regulator and the regulator granting permission to redeem
- Interest payments on these securities will be accounted for as a dividend.
- Interest on the securities is due and payable only at the sole and absolute discretion of Standard Chartered PLC, subject to certain additional restrictions set out in the terms and conditions. Accordingly, Standard Chartered PLC may at any time elect to cancel any interest payment (or part thereof) which would otherwise be payable on any interest payment date.
- The securities convert into ordinary shares of Standard Chartered PLC, at a pre-determined price detailed in the table above, should the fully loaded Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of the Group fall below 7.0 per cent. Approximately 859 million ordinary shares would be required to satisfy the conversion of all the securities mentioned above
The securities rank behind the claims against Standard Chartered PLC of (a) unsubordinated creditors, (b) which are expressed to be subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated creditors of Standard Chartered PLC but not further or otherwise; or (c) which are, or are expressed to be, junior to the claims of other creditors of Standard Chartered PLC, whether subordinated or unsubordinated, other than claims which rank, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with, or junior to, the claims of holders of the AT1 securities in a winding-up occurring prior to the conversion trigger.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves continued
### Reserves
The constituents of the reserves are summarised as follows:
- The capital reserve represents the exchange difference on redenomination of share capital and share premium from sterling to US dollars in 2001. The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of share capital and preference shares redeemed
- The amounts in the "Capital and Merger Reserve" represents the premium arising on shares issued using a cash box financing structure, which required the Company to create a merger reserve under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006. Shares were issued using this structure in 2005 and 2006 to assist in the funding of Korea ($1.9 billion) and Taiwan ($1.2 billion) acquisitions, in 2008, 2010 and 2015 for the shares issued by way of a rights issue, primarily for capital maintenance requirements and for the shares issued in 2009 by way of an accelerated book build, the proceeds of which were used in the ordinary course of business of the Group. The funding raised by the 2008, 2010 and 2015 rights issues and 2009 share issue was fully retained within the Company. Of the 2015 funding, $1.5 billion was used to subscribe to additional equity in Standard Chartered Bank, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Apart from the Korea, Taiwan and Standard Chartered Bank funding, the merger reserve is considered realised and distributable.
- Own credit adjustment reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss relating to own credit. On derecognition of applicable instruments the balance of any OCA will not be recycled to the income statement, but will be transferred within equity to retained earnings
- Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) debt reserve represents the unrealised fair value gains and losses in respect of financial assets classified as FVOCI, net of expected credit losses. Gains and losses are deferred in this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying asset is sold, matures or becomes impaired.
- FVOCI equity reserve represents unrealised fair value gains and losses in respect of financial assets classified as FVOCI. Gains and losses are recorded in this reserve and never recycled to the income statement
- Cash flow hedge reserve represents the effective portion of the gains and losses on derivatives that meet the criteria for these types of hedges. Gains and losses are deferred in this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying hedged item affects profit and loss or when a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur
- Translation reserve represents the cumulative foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of the net investment of the Group in foreign operations. Since 1 January 2004, gains and losses are deferred to this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying foreign operation is disposed. Gains and losses arising from derivatives used as hedges of net investments are netted against the foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of the net investment of the foreign operations
- Retained earnings represents profits and other comprehensive income earned by the Group and Company in the current and prior periods, together with the after tax increase relating to equity-settled share options, less dividend distributions, own shares held (treasury shares) and share buy-backs
A substantial part of the Group's reserves is held in overseas subsidiary undertakings and branches, principally to support local operations or to comply with local regulations. The maintenance of local regulatory capital ratios could potentially restrict the amount of reserves which can be remitted. In addition, if these overseas reserves were to be remitted, further unprovided taxation liabilities might arise.
As at 31 December 2023, the distributable reserves of Standard Chartered PLC (the Company) were $14.7 billion (31 December 2022: $13 billion). Distributable reserves of SC PLC were $14.7 billion, which are calculated from the Merger reserve and Retained Earnings with consideration for restricted items in line with sections 830 and 831 of the Companies Act 2006.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves continued
## Own shares
Computershare Trustees (Jersey) Limited is the trustee of the 2004 Employee Benefit Trust ('2004 Trust') and Ocorian Trustees (Jersey) Limited has been the trustee of the 1995 Employees' Share Ownership Plan Trust ('1995 Trust'). The 1995 Trust was closed on 30 June 2023 as all historical awards under this trust have been satisfied, and the 2004 Trust will be used to satisfy existing and future awards.
The 2004 Trust is used in conjunction with the Group's employee share schemes and other employee share-based payments (such as upfront shares and fixed pay allowances). Group companies fund the 2004 Trust from time to time to enable the trustees to acquire shares in Standard Chartered PLC to satisfy these arrangements.
Details of the shares purchased and held by the trusts are set out below.
| | 1995 Trust | | 2004 Trust | | Total | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Shares purchased during the period
| - | - |
29,069,539 | 30,203,531 | 29,069,539 | 30,203,531 |
| Market price of shares purchased ($million)
| - | - |
237 | 218 | 237 | 218 |
| Shares held at the end of the period
| - | - |
28,095,542 | 27,525,624 | 28,095,542 | 27,525,624 |
| Maximum number of shares held during the period | | | | | 28,893,930 | 27,976,046 |
Except as disclosed, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has bought, sold or redeemed any Standard Chartered PLC securities listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited during the period.
## Dividend waivers
The trustees of the 2004 Trust, which holds ordinary shares in Standard Chartered PLC in connection with the operation of its employee share plans, have lodged standing instructions in relation to shares held by them that have not been allocated to employees, whereby any dividend is waived on the balance of ordinary shares and recalculated and paid at the rate of 0.01p per share.
## Changes in share capital and other equity instruments of Standard Chartered PLC subsidiaries
The table below details the transactions in equity instruments (including convertible and hybrid instruments) of the Group's subsidiaries, including issuances, conversions, redemptions, purchase or cancellation. This is required under the Hong Kong Listing requirements, appendix 16 paragraph 10.
| Name and registered address | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Issued/(redeemed) capital | Issued/(redeemed) Shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Basinghall Avenue, London, EC2V 5DD, United Kingdom | | | | | |
| Standard Chartered I H Limited | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $574,721,653 | 574,721,653 | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | $2.00 Ordinary shares | $574,721,653 | 287,360,826 | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Strategic Investments Limited | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $45,886,520 | 45,886,520 | 100 |
| SC Ventures Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $217,712,622 | 217,712,622 | 100 |
| Zodia Markets Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $5,580 | 5,580 | 80.46 |
| The following companies have the address of 5th Floor, Holland House 1-4 Bury Street, London, EC3A SAW, United Kingdom | | | | | |
| Zodia Holdings Limited | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary-A shares | $18,300,000 | 18,300,000 | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Suites 508,509,15th floor, Al Sarab Tower, Adgm Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates | | | | | |
| Financial Inclusion Technologies Ltd | United Arab Emirates | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $13,500,000 | 13,500,000 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 39/F, Oxford House, Taikoo Place, 979 king's road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | | | | | |
| Mox Bank Limited | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary shares | HKD1,212,100,000 | 121,210,000 | 68.29 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves continued
| Name and registered address | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Issued/(redeemed) capital | Issued/(redeemed) Shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Second Floor, Indiqube Edge, Khata No. 571/630/6/4, Sy.No.6/4, Ambalipura Village, Varthur Hobli, Marathahalli Sub-Division, Ward No. 150, Bengaluru, 560102, India. | | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Research and Technology India Private Limited | India | INR10.00 A Equity shares | INR135,758,500 | 13,575,850 | 90.63 |
| The following company has the address of Crescenzo, 6th Floor, Plot No 38-39 G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400051, India | | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Capital Limited | India | INR10.00 Equity shares | INR730,222,220 | 73,022,222 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of StandardChartered@Chiromo, Number 48, Westlands Road, P.O. Box 30003 – 00100, Nairobi, Kenya | | | | | |
| Solvezy Technology Kenya Limited | Kenya | KES1,000.00 Ordinary shares | KES237,228,000 | 237,228 | 100 |
| Tawi Fresh Kenya Limited | Kenya | KES1,000.00 Ordinary shares | KES505,560,000 | 505,560 | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 27, Fitzwilliam Street, Dublin, D02 TP23, Ireland | | | | | |
| Zodia Custody (Ireland) Limited | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | $1,230,000 | 1,230,000 | 72.83 |
| The following company has the address of 77 Robinson Road, #25-00 Robinson 77, 068896, Singapore | | | | | |
| Trust Bank Singapore Limited | Singapore | SGD Ordinary shares | SGD110,000,000 | 110,000,000 | 60 |
| EX-26, Ground Floor, Bldg 16-Co Work, Dubai Internet City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | | |
| Appro Onboarding Solutions FZ-LLC | United Arab Emirates | AED1,000.00 Ordinary shares | AED25,691,000 | 25,691 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Part of Level 15, Standard Chartered Bank Building, Plot 8, Burj Downtown, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | | |
| myZoi Financial Inclusion Technologies LLC | United Arab Emirates | AED1.00 Ordinary shares | AED25,000,000 | 25,000,000 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Building, 87 Independence Avenue, Ridge, ACCRA, Greater ACCRA, GA-016-4621, Ghana | | | | | |
| Solvezy Technology Ghana Ltd | Ghana | GHS Ordinary | GHS4,301,000 | 4,301,000 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 8th Floor, Makati Sky Plaza Building 6788, Ayala Avenue San Lorenzo, City of Makati, Fourth District, National Capi, 1223, Philippines | | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Group Services, Manila Incorporated | Philippines | PHP1.00 Ordinary | PHP108,000,000 | 108,000,000 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 12011-2, 15-16, 12/F, Unit No.1, Building No.1, No. 1 Dongsanhuan Zhong Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China | | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities (China) Limited | China | CNY Ordinary | CNY1,050,000,000 | 1,050,000,000 | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
28. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves continued
| Name and registered address | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Issued/(redeemed) capital | Issued/(redeemed) Shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, Singapore, 048619, Singapore | | | | | |
| Autumn Life Pte. Ltd. | Singapore | $ Ordinary-A shares | $2,650,000 | 2,650,000 | 96.62 |
| Audax Financial Technology Pte. Ltd | Singapore | $ Ordinary-A shares | $94,300,000 | 94,300,000 | 100 |
| CashEnable Pte. Ltd. | Singapore | $ Ordinary-A shares | $700,000 | 700,000 | 100 |
| Letsbloom Pte. Ltd | Singapore | $ Ordinary shares | $4,599,999 | 4,599,999 | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 9 Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, 048619, Singapore | | | | | |
| SCV Research and Development Pte. Ltd. | Singapore | $ Ordinary shares | $8,000,000 | 8,000,000 | 100 |
| SCV Master Holding Company Pte Ltd | Singapore | $ Ordinary shares | $25,700,000 | 25,700,000 | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 80 Robinson Road, #02-00, 068898, Singapore | | | | | |
| Solv-India Pte Ltd | Singapore | $ Ordinary shares | $47,000,000 | 47,000,000 | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 12th Floor, Menara Symphony, No. 5, Jalan Prof. Khoo Kay Kim, Seksyen 13, 46200 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia | | | | | |
| Solv Sdn. Bhd. | Malaysia | RM5.00 Ordinary shares | RM10,911,120 | 2,182,224 | 90.6 |
Please see Note 22 Debt securities in issue for issuances and redemptions of senior notes.
Please see Note 27 Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds for issuance and redemptions of subordinated liabilities and AT1 securities.
Please see Note 40 Related undertakings of the Group for subsidiaries liquidated, dissolved or sold during the year.
29. Non-controlling interests
| | $ million |
| --- | --- |
| At 1 January 2022 | 371 |
| Comprehensive income for the year | (88) |
| Income in equity attributable to non-controlling interests | (42) |
| Other profits attributable to non-controlling interests | (46) |
| Distributions | (31) |
| Other increases^{1} | 98 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 350 |
| Comprehensive income for the year | (38) |
| Income in equity attributable to non-controlling interests | (31) |
| Other profits attributable to non-controlling interests | (7) |
| Distributions | (26) |
| Other increases^{2} | 110 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 396 |
1. Additional investment by non-controlling interests mainly in Mox Bank Limited ($39 million), Trust Bank Singapore Limited ($47 million), Zodia Markets Holdings Limited ($3 million), Power2SME Pte. Ltd. ($9 million)
2. Additional investment by non-controlling interests mainly in Mox Bank Limited ($48 million), Trust Bank Singapore Limited ($34 million) and Zodia Custody Limited ($28 million)
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 30. Retirement benefit obligations
## Accounting policy
The Group operates pension and other post-retirement benefit plans around the world, which can be categorised into defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans.
- For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans on a statutory or contractual basis, and such amounts are charged to operating expenses. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.
- For defined benefit plans, which promise levels of payments where the future cost is not known with certainty:
- the accounting obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit method.
- Actuarial gains and losses that arise are recognised in shareholders' equity and presented in the statement of other comprehensive income in the period they arise.
- The Group determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the year by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the year as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense, the cost of the accrual of new benefits, benefit enhancements (or reductions) and administration expenses met directly from plan assets are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they were incurred.
## Other accounting estimates and judgements
There are many factors that affect the measurement of the retirement benefit obligations. This measurement requires the use of estimates, such as discount rates, inflation, pension increases, salary increases, and life expectancies which are inherently uncertain. The table below summarises how these assumptions are set:
| Assumption | Detail |
| --- | --- |
| Discount rate | Determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on high-quality corporate bonds (or, in countries where there is no deep market in such bonds, government bonds) of a currency and term consistent with the currency and term of the post-employment benefit obligations. This is the approach adopted across all our geographies. |
| Inflation | Where there are inflation-linked bonds available (e.g. United Kingdom and the eurozone), the Group derives inflation based on the market on those bonds, with the market yield adjusted in respect of the United Kingdom to take account of the fact that liabilities are linked to Consumer Price Index inflation, whereas the reference bonds are linked to Retail Price Index inflation. Where no inflation-linked bonds exist, we determine inflation assumptions based on a combination of long-term forecasts and short-term inflation data. |
| Salary growth | Salary growth assumptions reflect the Group's long-term expectations, taking into account future business plans and macroeconomic data (primarily expected future long-term inflation). |
| Demographic assumptions | Demographic assumptions, including mortality and turnover rates, are typically set based on the assumptions used in the most recent actuarial funding valuation, and will generally use industry standard tables, adjusted where appropriate to reflect recent historic experience and/or future expectations. |
The sensitivity of the liabilities to changes in these assumptions is shown in the Note below.
Retirement benefit obligations comprise:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Defined benefit plans obligation | 166 | 128 |
| Defined contribution plans obligation | 17 | 18 |
| Net obligation | 183 | 146 |
Retirement benefit charge comprises:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Defined benefit plans | 66 | 58 |
| Defined contribution plans¹ | 365 | 332 |
| Charge against profit (Note 7) | 431 | 390 |
1 The Group during the year utilised, against defined contribution payments, $4 million forfeited pension contributions in respect of employees who left before their interests vested fully. The residual balance of forfeited contributions is $16 million
The Group operates over 60 defined benefit plans across its geographies, many of which are closed to new entrants who now join defined contribution arrangements. The aim of all these plans is, as part of the Group's commitment to financial wellbeing for employees, to give employees the opportunity to save appropriately for retirement in a way that is consistent with local regulations, taxation requirements and market conditions. The defined benefit plans expose the Group to currency risk, interest rate risk, investment risk and actuarial risks such as longevity risk.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
The material holdings of government and corporate bonds shown partially hedge movements in the liabilities resulting from interest rate and inflation changes. Setting aside movements from other drivers such as currency fluctuation, the reduction in discount rates in most countries with material pension liabilities over 2023 has led to higher liabilities. This has been partly offset by increases in the value of bonds held as well as good performance of growth assets such as equities, leading to an increase in the pension deficit reported. These movements are shown as actuarial gains and losses in the tables below. Contributions into a number of plans in excess of the amounts required to fund benefits accruing have also partially offset the increase in the net deficit over the year.
The disclosures required under IAS 19 have been calculated by independent qualified actuaries based on the most recent full actuarial valuations updated, where necessary, to 31 December 2023.
## UK Fund
The Standard Chartered Pension Fund (the 'UK Fund') is the Group's largest pension plan, representing 53 per cent (31 December 2022: 53 per cent) of total pension liabilities. The UK Fund is set up under a trust that is legally separate from the Bank (its formal sponsor) and, as required by UK legislation, at least one third of the trustee directors are nominated by members; the remainder are appointed by the Bank. The trustee directors have a fiduciary duty to members and are responsible for governing the UK Fund in accordance with its Trust Deed and Rules.
The UK Fund was closed to new entrants from 1 July 1998 and closed to the accrual of new benefits from 1 April 2018: all UK employees are now offered membership of a defined contribution plan.
The financial position of the UK Fund is regularly assessed by an independent qualified actuary. The funding valuation as at 31 December 2020 was completed in December 2021 by the Scheme Actuary, T Kripps of Willis Towers Watson, using assumptions different from those below, and agreed with the UK Fund trustee. It showed that the UK Fund was 92% funded at that date, revealing a past service deficit of $162 million (£127 million).
To repair the deficit, three annual cash payments each of $42 million (£32.9 million) were agreed, with the first of these paid in December 2021, and two further instalments to be paid in December 2022 and December 2023. However, the agreement allowed that, if the funding position improves to being at or near a surplus in future years, the payments due in 2022 and 2023 will be reduced or eliminated. Based on the funding positions at the agreed measurement point of mid-year, no payment was made in December 2022, and a reduced payment of $8m (£6m) was made in December 2023. As part of the 2020 valuation, in order to provide security for future contributions an additional $64 million nominal gifts (£50 million) were purchased and transferred into the existing escrow account of $140 million gifts (£110 million), topping it up to $204 million. Under the terms of the 2020 valuation agreement, the USD8m payment made in December 2023 is deductible from the funds held in escrow.
The Group has not recognised any additional liability under IFRIC 14, as the Bank has control of any pension surplus under the Trust Deed and Rules.
## Virgin Media vs NTL Pension Trustees II Ltd
Following the June 2023 ruling in the case of Virgin Media vs NTL Pension Trustees II Limited, the Bank has considered the potential impact of this ruling on the UK Fund and is of the view that any potential impact is not expected to be material.
## Overseas plans
The principal overseas defined benefit arrangements operated by the Group are in Hong Kong, India, Jersey, Korea, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates (UAE) and the United States of America (US). Plans in Hong Kong, India, Korea, Taiwan and UAE remain open for the accrual of future benefits.
## Key assumptions
The principal financial assumptions used at 31 December 2023 were:
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Funded % | Overseas Plans¹ % | Unfunded Plans² % | UK Funded % | Overseas Plans¹ % | Unfunded Plans² % |
| Discount rate | 4.6 | 1.2 – 4.9 | 3.1 – 7.4 | 4.8 | 1.2 – 5.4 | 3.7 – 7.6 |
| Price inflation | 2.5 | 2.0 – 2.9 | 2.0 – 5.0 | 2.6 | 1.0 – 3.1 | 2.0 – 4.0 |
| Salary increases | n/a | 3.5 – 4.5 | 4.0 – 8.5 | n/a | 3.5 – 4.5 | 4.0 – 7.8 |
| Pension increases | 2.3 | 2.9 | 0.0 – 2.3 | 2.4 | 3.1 | 0.0 – 2.4 |
| Post-retirement medical rate | | | 8% in 2023 reducing by 0.5% per annum to 5% in 2029 | | | 7% in 2022 reducing by 0.5% per annum to 5% in 2026 |
1 The range of assumptions shown is for the funded defined benefit overseas plans in Hong Kong, Jersey, Korea, Taiwan, and the US. These comprise around 75 per cent of the total liabilities of overseas funded plans.
2 The range of assumptions shown is for the main unfunded defined benefit plans in India, Korea, Thailand, UAE, UK and the US. They comprise around 95 per cent of the total liabilities of unfunded plans
The principal non-financial assumptions are those made for UK life expectancy. The UK mortality tables are S3PMA for males and S3PFA for females, projected by year of birth with the CMI 2019 improvement model with a 1.25% annual trend and initial addition parameter of 0.25%. Scaling factors of 92% for male pensioners, 92% for female pensioners, 92% for male dependants and 82% for female dependants have been applied.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
The resulting assumptions for life expectancy for the UK Fund are that a male member currently aged 60 will live for 27 years (2022: 27 years) and a female member for 30 years (2022: 30 years) and a male member currently aged 40 will live for 29 years (2022: 29 years) and a female member for 32 years (2022: 32 years) after their 60th birthdays.
Both financial and non-financial assumptions can be expected to change in the future, which would affect the value placed on the liabilities. For example, changes at the reporting date to one of the relevant actuarial assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have affected the defined benefit obligation by the amounts shown below:
- If the discount rate increased by 25 basis points the liability would reduce by approximately $35 million for the UK Fund (2022: $30 million) and $20 million for the other plans (2022: $15 million)
- If the rate of inflation increased by 25 basis points the liability, allowing for the consequent impact on pension and salary increases, would increase by approximately $20 million for the UK Fund (2022: $20 million) and $15 million for the other plans (2022: $15 million)
- If the rate of salary growth relative to inflation increased by 25 basis points the liability would increase by nil for the UK Fund (2022: nil) and approximately $10 million for the other plans (2022: $10 million)
- If longevity expectations increased by one year the liability would increase by approximately $35 million for the UK Fund (2022: $35 million) and $10 million for the other plans (2022: $10 million)
Although this analysis does not take account of the full distribution of cash flows expected, it does provide an approximation of the sensitivity to the main assumptions. While changes in other assumptions would also have an impact, the effect would not be as significant.
## Profile of plan obligations
| | Funded plans | | Unfunded plans |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Fund | Overseas | |
| Duration of the defined benefit obligation (in years) | 11 | 8 | 8 |
| Duration of the defined benefit obligation – 2022 | 11 | 9 | 9 |
| Benefits expected to be paid from plans | | | |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2024 | 80 | 63 | 19 |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2025 | 82 | 100 | 17 |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2026 | 84 | 74 | 17 |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2027 | 86 | 83 | 17 |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2028 | 89 | 91 | 18 |
| Benefits expected to be paid during 2029 to 2033 | 478 | 444 | 82 |
## Fund values
| | UK Fund | | | Overseas plans | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Quoted assets $ million | Unquoted assets $ million | Total assets $ million | Quoted assets $ million | Unquoted assets $ million | Total assets $ million |
| At 31 December 2022 | | | | | | |
| Equities | 2 | - | 2 | 223 | - | 223 |
| Government bonds | 206 | - | 206 | 160 | - | 160 |
| Corporate bonds | 309 | 82 | 391 | 116 | - | 116 |
| Hedge funds | - | 14 | 14 | - | - | - |
| Infrastructure | - | 177 | 177 | - | - | - |
| Property | - | 126 | 126 | - | - | - |
| Derivatives | 2 | - | 2 | - | - | - |
| Cash and equivalents | 257 | - | 257 | 35 | 221 | 256 |
| Others | 7 | 4 | 11 | - | 63 | 63 |
| Total fair value of assets¹ | 783 | 403 | 1,186 | 534 | 284 | 818 |
| At 31 December 2023 | | | | | | |
| Equities | 2 | - | 2 | 160 | - | 160 |
| Government bonds | 443 | - | 443 | 173 | - | 173 |
| Corporate bonds | 360 | 113 | 473 | 179 | - | 179 |
| Hedge funds | - | 9 | 9 | - | - | - |
| Infrastructure | - | 166 | 166 | - | - | - |
| Property | - | 84 | 84 | - | - | - |
| Derivatives | 2 | 5 | 7 | - | - | - |
| Cash and equivalents | 66 | - | 66 | 37 | 166 | 203 |
| Others | 7 | 2 | 9 | - | 145 | 145 |
| Total fair value of assets¹ | 880 | 379 | 1,259 | 549 | 311 | 860 |
¹ Self-investment is monitored closely and is less than $1 million of Standard Chartered equities and bonds for 2023 (31 December 2022: <$1 million). Self-investment is only allowed where it is not practical to exclude it – for example through investment in index-tracking funds where the Group is a constituent of the relevant index
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
| | At 31 December 2023 | | | At 31 December 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Funded plans | | | Funded plans | | |
| | UK Fund $million | Overseas Plans $million | Unfunded Plans $million | UK Fund $million | Overseas Plans $million | Unfunded Plans $million |
| Total fair value of assets | 1,259 | 860 | N/A | 1,186 | 818 | N/A |
| Present value of liabilities | (1,219) | (877) | (189) | (1,138) | (817) | (177) |
| Net pension plan asset/(obligation) | 40 | (17) | (189) | 48 | 1 | (177) |
The pension cost for defined benefit plans was:
| 2023 | Funded plans | | Unfunded plans | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Fund $million | Overseas plans $million | | |
| Current service cost^{1} | – | 39 | 11 | 50 |
| Past service cost and curtailments^{2} | 8 | – | 1 | 9 |
| Settlement cost^{3} | – | 2 | – | 2 |
| Interest income on pension plan assets | (57) | (43) | – | (100) |
| Interest on pension plan liabilities | 56 | 41 | 8 | 105 |
| Total charge to profit before deduction of tax | 7 | 39 | 20 | 66 |
| Net (gain)/losses on plan assets^{4} | (18) | (52) | – | (70) |
| (Gains)/losses on liabilities | 30 | 79 | 8 | 117 |
| Total (gains)/losses recognised directly in statement of comprehensive income before tax | 12 | 27 | 8 | 47 |
| Deferred taxation | (1) | (10) | – | (11) |
| Total (gains) /losses after tax | 11 | 17 | 8 | 36 |
1 Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million and actuarial losses of $2 million that are immediately recognised through P&L in line with the requirements of IAS 19.
2 Includes the cost of discretionary pension increases paid to UK pensioners as well as small past service costs in relation to Hong Kong
3 Termination benefits paid from the pension plan in Indonesia
4 The actual return on the UK Fund assets was a gain of $75 million and on overseas plan assets was a gain of $95 million
| 2022 | Funded plans | | Unfunded plans | Total $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Fund $million | Overseas plans $million | | |
| Current service cost^{1} | – | 47 | 6 | 53 |
| Past service cost and curtailments^{2} | – | 2 | – | 2 |
| Interest income on pension plan assets | (34) | (32) | – | (66) |
| Interest on pension plan liabilities | 33 | 31 | 5 | 69 |
| Total charge to profit before deduction of tax | (1) | 48 | 11 | 58 |
| Net (gains)/losses on plan assets^{3} | 486 | 113 | – | 599 |
| (Gains)/ losses on liabilities | (453) | (143) | (44) | (640) |
| Total losses/(gains) recognised directly in statement of comprehensive income before tax | 33 | (30) | (44) | (41) |
| Deferred taxation | 7 | 13 | – | 20 |
| Total (gains)/losses after tax | 40 | (17) | (44) | (21) |
1 Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million (2021: $1 million)
2 Includes various small costs and gains from plan amendments and settlements in India, Kenya, Mauritius, South Korea and Sri Lanka
3 The actual return on the UK Fund assets was a loss of $452 million and on overseas plan assets was a loss of $82 million
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Movement in the defined benefit pension plans deficit during the year comprise:
| | Funded plans | | | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Fund $ million | Overseas plans $ million | Unfunded plans $ million | |
| Surplus/(deficit) at January 2023 | 48 | 1 | (177) | (128) |
| Contributions | 8 | 59 | 14 | 81 |
| Current service cost¹ | – | (39) | (11) | (50) |
| Past service cost and curtailments | (8) | – | (1) | (9) |
| Settlement costs and transfers impact | – | (2) | – | (2) |
| Net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability | 1 | 2 | (8) | (5) |
| Actuarial gains/(losses) | (12) | (27) | (8) | (47) |
| Assets held for sale³ | – | (7) | 6 | (1) |
| Exchange rate adjustment | 3 | (4) | (4) | (5) |
| Surplus/(deficit) at 31 December 2023² | 40 | (17) | (189) | (166) |
1 Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million (31 December 2022: $1 million)
2 The deficit total of $166 million is made up of plans in deficit of $260 million (31 December 2022: $248 million) net of plans in surplus with assets totalling $94 million (31 December 2022: $120 million)
3 "Assets held for sale" is an adjustment relating to plans in Cameroon, Cote D'Ivoire and Zimbabwe which is required due to these countries being excluded in the opening and closing assets and liabilities, but included in the profit and other comprehensive income items shown.
| | Funded plans | | | Total $ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | UK Fund $ million | Overseas plans $ million | Unfunded plans $ million | |
| Surplus/(deficit) at January 2022 | 88 | (44) | (236) | (192) |
| Contributions | – | 67 | 13 | 80 |
| Current service cost¹ | – | (47) | (6) | (53) |
| Past service cost and curtailments | – | (2) | – | (2) |
| Settlement costs and transfers impact | – | – | – | – |
| Net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability | 1 | 1 | (5) | (3) |
| Actuarial gains/(losses) | (33) | 30 | 44 | 41 |
| Assets held for sale³ | – | (4) | 2 | (2) |
| Exchange rate adjustment | (8) | – | 11 | 3 |
| Surplus/(deficit) at 31 December 2022² | 48 | 1 | (177) | (128) |
1 Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million (31 December 2021: $1 million)
2 The deficit total of $128 million is made up of plans in deficit of $248 million (31 December 2021: $355 million) net of plans in surplus with assets totalling $120 million (31 December 2021: $163 million)
3 Assets held for sale includes funded and unfunded plans in Cameroon, Cote D'Ivoire, Jordan and Zimbabwe
The Group's expected contribution to its defined benefit pension plans in 2024 is $53 million.
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Assets $ million | Obligations $ million | Total $ million | Assets $ million | Obligations $ million | Total $ million |
| At 1 January | 2,004 | (2,132) | (128) | 2,942 | (3,134) | (192) |
| Contributions¹ | 82 | (1) | 81 | 81 | (1) | 80 |
| Current service cost² | – | (50) | (50) | – | (53) | (53) |
| Past service cost and curtailments | – | (9) | (9) | – | (2) | (2) |
| Settlement costs | – | (2) | (2) | (5) | 5 | – |
| Interest cost on pension plan liabilities | – | (105) | (105) | – | (69) | (69) |
| Interest income on pension plan assets | 100 | – | 100 | 66 | – | 66 |
| Benefits paid out² | (161) | 161 | – | (176) | 176 | – |
| Actuarial gains/(losses)³ | 70 | (117) | (47) | (599) | 640 | 41 |
| Assets held for sale⁴ | (7) | 6 | (1) | (18) | 16 | (2) |
| Exchange rate adjustment | 31 | (36) | (5) | (287) | 290 | 3 |
| At 31 December | 2,119 | (2,285) | (166) | 2,004 | (2,132) | (128) |
1 Includes employee contributions of $1 million (31 December 2022: $1 million)
2 Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million (31 December 2022: $1 million)
3 Actuarial gain on obligation comprises of $50 million loss (31 December 2022: $708 million gain) from financial assumption changes, $1 million loss (31 December 2022: $9 million gain) from demographic assumption changes and $66 million loss (31 December 2022: $77 million loss) from experience
4 "Assets held for sale" is an adjustment relating to plans in Cameroon, Cote D'Ivoire and Zimbabwe which is required due to these countries being excluded in the opening and closing assets and liabilities, but included in the profit and other comprehensive income items shown.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 31. Share-based payments
## Accounting policy
The Group operates equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services (measured by the fair value of the awards granted) received in exchange for the grant of the shares and awards is recognised as an expense. For deferred share awards granted as part of an annual performance award, the expense is recognised over the period from the start of the performance period to the vesting date. For example, the expense for three-year awards granted in 2024 in respect of 2023 performance, which vest in 2025-2027, is recognised as an expense over the period from 1 January 2023 to the vesting dates in 2025-2027. For all other awards, the expense is recognised over the period from the date of grant to the vesting date.
For equity-settled awards, the total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the shares and awards at the date of grant, which excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and growth targets). The fair value of equity instruments granted is based on market prices, if available, at the date of grant. In the absence of market prices, the fair value of the instruments is estimated using an appropriate valuation technique, such as a binomial option pricing model. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions for the number of shares and awards that are expected to vest.
At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of shares and awards that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement and a corresponding adjustment to equity over the remaining vesting period. Forfeitures prior to vesting attributable to factors other than the failure to satisfy service conditions and non-market vesting conditions are treated as a cancellation and the remaining unamortised charge is debited to the income statement at the time of cancellation. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when awards in the form of options are exercised.
Cash-settled awards are revalued at each balance sheet date and a liability recognised on the balance sheet for all unpaid amounts, with any changes in fair value charged or credited to staff costs in the income statement until the awards are exercised. Where forfeitures occur prior to vesting that are attributable to factors other than a failure to satisfy service conditions or market-based performance conditions, the cumulative charge incurred up to the date of forfeiture is credited to the income statement.
## Other accounting estimates and judgements
Share-based payments involve judgement and estimation uncertainty in determining the expenses and carrying values of share awards at the balance sheet date.
- LTIP awards are determined using an estimation of the probability of meeting certain metrics over a three-year performance period using the Monte Carlo simulation model.
- Deferred shares are determined using an estimation of expected dividends.
- Sharesave Plan valuations are determined using a binomial option-pricing model.
The Group operates a number of share-based arrangements for its executive directors and employees. Details of the share-based payment charge are set out below.
| | 2023¹ | | | 2022¹ | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Cash $million | Equity $million | Total $million | Cash $million | Equity $million | Total $million |
| Deferred share awards | 34 | 103 | 137 | 16 | 92 | 108 |
| Other share awards | 19 | 70 | 89 | 20 | 71 | 91 |
| Total share-based payments² | 53 | 173 | 226 | 36 | 163 | 199 |
¹ No forfeiture during the year
² The total Share based payments charge during the year includes costs relating to Business ventures. Business ventures are established as separate legal entities with their own employee share ownership plans (ESOP) to attract and incentivise talent. ESOPs have been set up with share based payment charges recorded in 2023 with $14 million in Cash settled and $3 million equity settled deferred awards spread across 11 entities
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 31. Share-based payments continued
## 2021 Standard Chartered Share Plan (the '2021 Plan') and 2011 Standard Chartered Share Plan (the '2011 Plan')
The 2021 Plan was approved by shareholders in May 2021 and is the Group's main share plan, replacing the 2011 Plan for new awards from June 2021. It may be used to deliver various types of share awards to employees and former employees of the Group, including directors and former executive directors:
- Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards: granted with vesting subject to performance measures. Performance measures attached to awards granted previously include: relative total shareholder return (TSR); return on tangible equity (RoTE) (with a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) underpin); and strategic measures. Each measure is assessed independently over a three-year period. LTIP awards have an individual conduct gateway requirement that results in the award lapsing if not met.
- Deferred awards are used to deliver:
- the deferred portion of variable remuneration, in line with both market practice and regulatory requirements. These awards vest in instalments on anniversaries of the award date specified at the time of grant. Deferred awards are not subject to any plan limit. This enables the Group to meet regulatory requirements relating to deferral levels, and is in line with market practice.
- replacement buy-out awards to new joiners who forfeit awards on leaving their previous employers. These vest in the quarter most closely following the date when the award would have vested at the previous employer. This enables the Group to meet regulatory requirements relating to buy-outs, and is in line with market practice. In line with similar plans operated by our competitors, these awards are not subject to an annual limit and do not have any performance measures.
Under the 2021 Plan and 2011 Plan, no grant price is payable to receive an award. The remaining life of the 2021 Plan during which new awards can be made is eight years. The 2011 Plan has expired and no further awards will be granted under this plan.
## Valuation - LTIP awards
The vesting of awards granted in 2023, 2022 and 2021 is subject to relative TSR performance measures, achievement of a strategic scorecard and satisfaction of RoTE (subject to a capital CET1 underpin). The vesting of awards also have additional conditions under strategic measures related to targets set for sustainability linked to business strategy. The fair value of the relative TSR component is calculated using the probability of meeting the measures over a three-year performance period, using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The value of the remaining components is based on the expected performance against the RoTE and strategic measures in the scorecard and the resulting estimated number of shares expected to vest at each reporting date. These combined values are used to determine the accounting charge.
No dividend equivalents accrue for the LTIP awards made in 2023, 2022 or 2021 and the fair value takes this into account, calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield.
| | 2023 | 2022 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Grant date | 13-March | 14-March |
| Share price at grant date (E) | 7.40 | 4.88 |
| Vesting period (years) | 3-7 | 3-7 |
| Expected divided yield (%) | 3.1 | 3.4 |
| Fair value (RoTE) (E) | 1.91, 1.85 | 1.24, 1.20 |
| Fair value (TSR) (E) | 1.08, 1.04 | 0.70, 0.68 |
| Fair value (Strategic) (E) | 2.54, 2.46 | 1.65, 1.60 |
## Valuation - deferred shares
The fair value for deferred awards which are not granted to material risk takers is based on 100 per cent of the face value of the shares at the date of grant as the share price will reflect expectations of all future dividends. For awards granted to material risk takers in 2023, the fair value of awards takes into account the lack of dividend equivalents, calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield.
### Deferred share awards - variable remuneration
| Grant date | 2023 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 18 September | | 19 June | | 13 March | |
| Share price at grant date (E) | 7.43 | | 6.75 | | 7.40 | |
| Vesting period (years) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (E) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (E) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (E) |
| 1-3 years | N/A | 7.43 | 3.3 | 6.75 | 3.1 | 7.4 |
| 1-5 years | 3.0 | 6.51 | 3.3, 3.3 | 6.23, 5.83 | 3.1, 3.1 | 6.85, 6.65 |
| 3-7 years
| - | - | - | - |
3.1, 3.1, 3.1, 3.1 | 6.65, 6.75, 6.35, 6.16 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
31. Share-based payments continued
| Grant date | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 09 November | | 20 June | | 14 March | |
| Share price at grant date (£) | 5.62 | | 6.04 | | 4.88 | |
| Vesting period (years) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) |
| 1-3 years | N/A | 5.62 | N/A | 6.04 | N/A | 4.88 |
| 1-5 years | 3.4 | 5.17 | 3.4, 3.4 | 5.56, 5.56 | N/A, 3.4, 3.4, 3.4 | 4.88, 4.48, 4.41, 4.34 |
| 3-7 years
| - | - | - | - |
3.4,3.4,3.4 | 4.48, 4.13, 3.99 |
Deferred share awards – buy-outs
| Grant date | 2023 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 20-Nov | | 18-Sep | | 19-Jun | | 13-Mar | |
| Share price at grant date (£) | 6.60 | | 7.43 | | 6.75 | | 7.40 | |
| Vesting period (years) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) |
| 3 months | | | 3.0 | 7.38 | 3.3 | 6.7 | 3.1 | 7.34 |
| 4 months | 3.0 | 6.54 | | | | | | |
| 6 months | | | 3.0 | 7.32 | 3.3 | 6.64 | | |
| 7 months | 3.0 | 6.49 | | | | | | |
| 9 months | | | 3.0 | 7.27 | 3.3 | 6.48, 6.59 | | |
| 10 months | 3.0 | 6.44 | | | | | | |
| 1 year | 3.0 | 6.25, 6.30, 6.35, 6.39 | 3.0 | 7.06, 7.11, 7.16, 7.22 | 3.3 | 6.18, 6.38, 6.43, 6.54 | 3.1 | 7.12, 7.18 |
| 2 years | 3.0 | 6.12, 6.16, 6.21 | 3.0 | 6.85, 6.9, 6.95, 7.01 | 3.3 | 5.98, 6.18, 6.33 | 3.1 | 6.91, 6.96 |
| 3 years | 3.0 | 5.94, 5.98, 6.03 | 3.0 | 6.65, 6.7, 6.8 | 3.3 | 5.98, 5.79, 6.13 | 3.1 | 6.70, 6.75 |
| 4 years | 3.0 | 5.76 | | | | | 3.1 | 6.50, 6.55 |
| 5 years | | | | | | | 3.1 | 6.35 |
| Grant date | 2022 | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 28 November | | 09 November | | 20 June | | 14 March | |
| Share price at grant date (£) | 5.90 | | 5.62 | | 6.04 | | 4.88 | |
| Vesting period (years) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) | Expected dividend yield (%) | Fair value (£) |
| 4 months | | | 3.4 | 5.56 | | | | |
| 1 year | 3.4 | 5.71 | 3.4 | 5.44 | 3.4 | 5.84 | 3.4 | 4.72 |
| 1.4 years | | | 3.4 | 5.38 | 3.4 | | 3.4 | |
| 2 years | 3.4 | 5.52 | 3.4 | 5.26 | 3.4 | 5.65 | 3.4 | 4.56 |
| 2.4 years | | | 3.4 | 5.2 | 3.4 | | 3.4 | |
| 3 years | 3.4 | 5.34 | 3.4 | 5.08 | 3.4 | 5.46 | 3.4 | 4.41 |
| 4 years | 3.4 | 5.16 | 3.4 | 4.92 | 3.4 | 5.28 | 3.4 | 4.27 |
| 5 years | 3.4 | 4.99 | | | 3.4 | 5.11 | 3.4 | 4.13 |
| 6 years | | | | | | | 3.4 | 3.99 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 31. Share-based payments continued
### All Employee Sharesave Plans
#### Sharesave Plans
The 2013 Sharesave Plan expired in May 2023 and a new 2023 Sharesave Plan was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in May 2023. Under the 2023 Sharesave Plan, employees may open a savings contract. Employees can save up to £250 per month over three years to purchase ordinary shares in the Company at a discount of up to 20 per cent on the share price at the date of invitation (the 'option exercise price'), after which they have a period of six months to exercise the option. There are no performance measures attached to options granted under the Sharesave Plans and no grant price is payable to receive an option. In some countries in which the Group operates, it is not possible to operate Sharesave plans, typically due to securities law and regulatory restrictions. In these countries, where possible, the Group offers an equivalent cash-based alternative to its employees.
The remaining life of the 2023 Sharesave Plan during which new awards can be made is ten years. The 2013 Sharesave Plan has expired and no further awards will be granted under this plan.
#### Valuation – Sharesave:
Options under the Sharesave plans are valued using a binomial option-pricing model. The same fair value is applied to all employees including executive directors. The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
### All Employee Sharesave Plan (Sharesave)
| | 2023 | 2022 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Grant date | 18 September | 28 November |
| Share price at grant date (£) | 7.35 | 5.80 |
| Exercise price (£) | 5.88 | 4.23 |
| Vesting period (years) | 3 | 3 |
| Expected volatility (%) | 36.7 | 39.3 |
| Expected option life (years) | 3.5 | 3.33 |
| Risk-free rate (%) | 4.48 | 3.21 |
| Expected dividend yield (%) | 3.0 | 3.4 |
| Fair value (£) | 3.05 | 2.08 |
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years, or three years prior to grant. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK Government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. The expected dividend yield is calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield.
### Limits
An award shall not be granted under the 2021 Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of its proposed grant, it would cause the number of Standard Chartered PLC ordinary shares allocated in the period of 10 calendar years, ending with that calendar year, under the 2021 Plan and under any other discretionary share plan operated by Standard Chartered PLC to exceed such number as represents 5 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Standard Chartered PLC in issue at that time.
An award shall not be granted under the 2021 Plan or 2023 Sharesave Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of its proposed grant, it would cause the number of Standard Chartered PLC ordinary shares allocated in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that calendar year, under the 2021 Plan or 2023 Sharesave Plan and under any other employee share plan operated by Standard Chartered PLC to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Standard Chartered PLC in issue at that time.
An award shall not be granted under the 2021 Plan or 2023 Sharesave Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of its proposed grant, it would cause the number of Standard Chartered PLC ordinary shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards then outstanding under the 2021 Plan or 2023 Sharesave Plan as relevant to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Standard Chartered PLC in issue at that time.
The number of Standard Chartered PLC ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2021 Plan in any 12-month period must not exceed such number as represents 1 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Standard Chartered PLC in issue at that time. The number of Standard Chartered PLC ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2023 Sharesave Plan in any 12-month period must not exceed such number as represents 1 per cent of the ordinary share capital of Standard Chartered PLC in issue at that time.
Standard Chartered PLC has been granted waivers from strict compliance with Rules 17.03A, 17.03B(1), 17.03E and 17.03(18) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong. Details are set out in the market announcements made on 30 March 2023. In relation to the waiver of strict compliance with Note 1 to 17.03(18), in 2023 no changes to the Plan rules have been proposed and therefore the Board has not been required to exercise its discretion.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# 31. Share-based payments continued
Reconciliation of share award movements for the year ending 31 December 2023
| | Discretionary^{1} | | | Weighted average sharesave exercise price (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | LTIP | Deferred shares | Sharesave | |
| Outstanding at 1 January 2023 | 11,339,951 | 46,449,040 | 17,109,519 | 3.81 |
| Granted^{2,3} | 2,142,057 | 21,668,459 | 5,668,325 | – |
| Lapsed | (1,911,931) | (1,231,514) | (1,407,502) | 4.14 |
| Exercised | (622,695) | (19,817,781) | (4,468,125) | 3.75 |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2023 | 10,947,382 | 47,068,204 | 16,902,217 | 4.49 |
| Total number of securities available for issue under the plan | 10,947,382 | 47,068,204 | 16,902,217 | |
| Percentage of the issued shares this represents as at 31 December 2023 | 0.41 | 1.76 | 0.63 | 4.49 |
| Exercisable as at 31 December 2023 | – | 685,077 | 2,482,392 | 3.16 |
| Range of exercise prices (£)^{3} | – | – | 3.14 – 5.88 | |
| Intrinsic value of vested but not exercised options ($ million) | – | 5.81 | 11.08 | |
| Weighted average contractual remaining life (years) | 7.59 | 8.11 | 2.30 | |
| Weighted average share price for awards exercised during the period (£) | 6.94 | 7.04 | 6.65 | |
1. Granted under the 2021 Plan and 2011 Plan. Employees do not contribute to the cost of these awards.
2. 2,134,238 (LTIP) granted on 13 March 2023, 6,501 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2023, 1,318 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 September 2023, 20,828,385 (Deferred shares) granted on 13 March 2023, 121,314 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2023, 338,583 (Deferred shares) granted on 19 June 2023, 235,186 (Deferred shares) granted on 18 September 2023, 52,082 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 September 2023, 92,909 (Deferred shares) granted on 20 November 2023, 5,668,325 (Sharesave) granted on 18 September 2023 under the 2023 Sharesave Plan.
3. For Sharesave granted in 2023 the exercise price is £5.88 per share, a 20% discount from the average of the closing prices over the five days to the invitation date of 21 August 2023. The closing share price on 18 August 2023 was £7.214
Reconciliation of share award movements for the year ending 31 December 2022
| | Discretionary^{1} | | | Weighted average Sharesave exercise price (£) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | LTIP | Deferred shares | Sharesave | |
| Outstanding at 1 January 2022 | 11,627,751 | 39,718,654 | 16,897,075 | 3.95 |
| Granted^{2,3} | 3,066,288 | 25,037,706 | 5,777,197 | – |
| Lapsed | (2,927,828) | (1,121,849) | (2,700,678) | 4.29 |
| Exercised | (426,260) | (17,185,471) | (2,864,075) | 5.03 |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2022 | 11,339,951 | 46,449,040 | 17,109,519 | 3.81 |
| Total number of securities available for issue under the plan | 11,339,951 | 46,449,040 | 17,109,519 | |
| Percentage of the issued shares this represents as at 31 December 2022 | 0.39 | 1.60 | 0.59 | 3.81 |
| Exercisable as at 31 December 2022 | – | 1,191,693 | 1,699,772 | 4.96 |
| Range of exercise prices (£)^{3} | – | – | 3.14 – 5.13 | – |
| Intrinsic value of vested but not exercised options ($ million) | 0.02 | 8.93 | 2.59 | |
| Weighted average contractual remaining life (years) | 7.88 | 8.25 | 2.27 | |
| Weighted average share price for awards exercised during the period (£) | 5.09 | 4.93 | 5.94 | |
1. Granted under the 2021 Plan and 2011 Plan. Employees do not contribute to the cost of these awards.
2. 3,048,826 (LTIP) granted on 14 March 2022, 14,989 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2022, 2,473 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 8 August 2022, 23,434,127 (Deferred shares) granted on 14 March 2022, 77,479 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2022, 584,322 (Deferred shares) granted on 20 June 2022, 43,918 (Deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 8 August 2022, 771,103 (Deferred shares) granted on 9 November 2022, 126,757 (Deferred shares) granted on 28 November 2022 under the 2021 Plan. 5,777,197 (Sharesave) granted on 28 November 2022 under the 2013 Sharesave Plan.
3. For Sharesave granted in 2022 the exercise price is £4.23 per share, a 20% discount from the closing price on 1 November 2022. The closing price on 1 November 2022 was £5.282
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
## 32. Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates
### Accounting policy
#### Associates and joint arrangements
The Group did not have any contractual interest in joint operations.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost. The Group's investment in associates and joint ventures includes goodwill identified on acquisition (net of any accumulated impairment loss).
The Group's share of its associates' and joint ventures' post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group's share of losses in an associate or a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.
Unrealised gains and losses on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the associates and joint ventures. At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the investment in associates and joint ventures. Such evidence includes a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the Group's investment in an associate or joint venture below its cost, among other factors.
### Significant accounting estimates and judgements
The Group applies judgement in determining if it has control, joint control or significant influence over subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates respectively. These judgements are based upon identifying the relevant activities of counterparties, being those activities that significantly affect the entities returns, and further making a decision of if the Group has control over those entities, joint control, or has significant influence (being the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions but not control them).
These judgements are at times determined by equity holdings, and the voting rights associated with those holdings. However, further considerations including but not limited to board seats, advisory committee members and specialist knowledge of some decision-makers are also taken into account. Further judgement is required when determining if the Group has de-facto control over an entity even though it may hold less than 50% of the voting shares of that entity. Judgement is required to determine the relative size of the Group's shareholding when compared to the size and dispersion of other shareholders.
Impairment testing of investments in associates and joint ventures, and on a Company level investments in subsidiaries is performed if there is a possible indicator of impairment. Judgement is used to determine if there is objective evidence of impairment. Objective evidence may be observable data such as losses incurred on the investment when applying the equity method, the granting of concessions as a result of financial difficulty, or breaches of contracts/regulatory fines of the associate or joint venture. Further judgement is required when considering broader indicators of impairment such as losses of active markets or ratings downgrades across key markets in which the associate or joint venture operate in.
Impairment testing is based on estimates including forecasting the expected cash flows from the investments, growth rates, terminal values and the discount rate used in calculation of the present values of those cash flows. The estimation of future cash flows and the level to which they are discounted is inherently uncertain and requires significant judgement.
### Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group.
In the Company's financial statements, investment in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are held at cost less impairment and dividends from pre-acquisition profits received prior to 1 January 2009, if any. Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated in the Group accounts.
| Investments in subsidiary undertakings | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| As at 1 January | 60,975 | 60,429 |
| Additions^{1} | 1,566 | 1,545 |
| Disposal^{2} | (1,750) | (999) |
| As at 31 December | 60,791 | 60,975 |
1 Includes internal Additional Tier 1 Issuances of $992 million by Standard Chartered Bank and $575 million additional investment in Standard Chartered Holdings Limited (31 December 2022: Additional Tier 1 issuances of $1 billion by Standard Chartered Bank and $500 million by Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Ltd)
2 Includes redemption of Additional Tier1 capital of $1 billion by Standard Chartered Bank (31 December 2022: Additional Tier1 capital of $1 billion by Standard Chartered Bank)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 32. Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued
At 31 December 2023, the principal subsidiary undertakings, all indirectly held except for Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, and principally engaged in the business of banking and provision of other financial services, were as follows:
| Country and place of incorporation or registration | Main areas of operation | Group interest in ordinary share capital % |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Standard Chartered Bank, England and Wales | United Kingdom, Middle East, South Asia, Asia Pacific, Americas and, through Group companies, Africa | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, Hong Kong | Hong Kong | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited, Singapore | Singapore | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Korea Limited, Korea | Korea | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited, China^{1} | China | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Limited, Taiwan | Taiwan | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank AG, Germany | Germany | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad, Malaysia | Malaysia | 100 |
1 Under PRC law, registered as Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited
| Country and place of incorporation or registration | Main areas of operation | Group interest in ordinary share capital % |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Thai) Public Company Limited, Thailand | Thailand | 99.87 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Pakistan) Limited, Pakistan | Pakistan | 98.99 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Botswana Limited, Botswana | Botswana | 75.83 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Kenya Limited, Kenya | Kenya | 74.32 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited, Nepal | Nepal | 70.21 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Ghana PLC, Ghana | Ghana | 69.42 |
| Mox Bank Limited, Hong Kong | Hong Kong | 68.29 |
A complete list of subsidiary undertaking is included in Note 40.
The Group does not have any material non-controlling interest except as listed above, which contribute $35 million (31 December 2022: $(6.2) million) of the (loss)/Profit attributable to non-controlling interest and $290 million (31 December 2022: $261 million) of the equity attributable to non-controlling interests.
During 2023 the Group disposed of its investments in Pembroke Group Limited (Isle of Man), Pembroke Aircraft Leasing Holdings Limited and Pembroke Aircraft Leasing (Tianjin) Limited (China). The carrying amount was composed of Property, plant and equipment of $3,249 million, Goodwill and intangible assets of $23 million, Other assets of $124 million and Other liabilities of $292 million. The principal activity of these subsidiaries was the aviation finance leasing business. In Q1 2023, the aviation finance leasing business was classified as held for sale and was subsequently sold on 2nd November 2023 for a total consideration of $3,570 million. The gain on sale of the business was $309 million. In addition the Group disposed of its wholly owned subsidiaries Cardspal Pte. Ltd. and Kozagi during 2023. The gain on sale of Cardspal Pte. Ltd. and Kozagi comprised $12 million and $7 million, respectively.
While the Group's subsidiaries are subject to local statutory capital and liquidity requirements in relation to foreign exchange remittance, these restrictions arise in the normal course of business and do not significantly restrict the Group's ability to access or use assets and settle liabilities of the Group.
The Group does not have significant restrictions on its ability to access or use its assets and settle its liabilities other than those resulting from the regulatory framework within which the banking subsidiaries operate. These frameworks require banking operations to keep certain levels of regulatory capital, liquid assets, exposure limits and comply with other required ratios. These restrictions are summarised below:
## Regulatory and liquidity requirements
The Group's subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum capital, leverage ratios, liquidity and exposure ratios which therefore restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to distribute cash or other assets to the parent company.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 32. Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued
The subsidiaries are also required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities in the countries in which they operate. At 31 December 2023, the total cash and balances with central banks was $70 billion (31 December 2022: $58 billion) of which $6 billion (31 December 2022: $9 billion) is restricted.
## Statutory requirements
The Group's subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profits to the parent company, generally to maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to remit dividends to the Group. Certain subsidiaries are also subject to local exchange control regulations which provide for restrictions on exporting capital from the country other than through normal dividends.
## Contractual requirements
The encumbered assets in the balance sheet of the Group's subsidiaries are not available for transfer around the Group.
Share of profit from investment in associates and joint ventures comprises:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Loss from investment in joint ventures | (13) | (7) |
| Profit from investment in associates | 154 | 163 |
| Total | 141 | 156 |
| Interests in associates and joint ventures | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| As at 1 January | 1,631 | 2,147 |
| Exchange translation difference | 16 | (232) |
| Additions¹ | 64 | 26 |
| Share of profits | 141 | 156 |
| Dividend received⁴ | (11) | (58) |
| Disposals | - | (1) |
| Impairment² | (872) | (336) |
| Share of FVOCI and Other reserves | (7) | (79) |
| Other movements³ | 4 | 8 |
| As at 31 December | 966 | 1,631 |
1 Includes $17 million non-cash consideration (Intellectual Property – right to use) from SBI Zodia Custody Co. Ltd
2 Impairment mainly relates to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai) $850 million and CurrencyFair Limited (Zai) $21 million
3 Movement related to CurrencyFair Limited
4 Include distribution ($7 million) in cash from Ascenta IV
During 2023 the Group disposed of its 13.09% share of investment in associate Metaco SA for a total consideration of $18 million. The entire amount was recognised as gain on sale.
A complete list of the Group's interest in associates is included in Note 40. The Group's principal associates are:
| Associate | Nature of activities | Main areas of operation | Group interest in ordinary share capital % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| China Bohai Bank | Banking | China | 16.26 |
| CurrencyFair Limited Exchange Ireland | Banking | Ireland | 43.42 |
The Group's ownership percentage in China Bohai Bank is 16.26%.
Although the Group's investment in China Bohai Bank is less than 20 per cent, it is considered to be an associate because of the significant influence the Group is able to exercise over its management and financial and operating policies. This influence is exercised through Board representation and the provision of technical expertise to Bohai. The Group applies the equity method of accounting for investments in associates.
Bohai has a statutory year end of 31 December, but publishes its year-end financial statements after the Group. As it is impracticable for Bohai to prepare financial statements sooner, the Group recognises its share of Bohai's earnings on a three-month lag basis. Therefore, the Group recognised its share of Bohai's profits and movements in other comprehensive income for the 12 months ended 30 September 2023 in the Group's consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2023, respectively.
There have been significant developments since 2022, which have required an impairment to the Group's carrying amount of the investment in Bohai. These events include Bohai's lower reported net profit in 2023 (compared to 2022) as well as banking industry challenges and property market uncertainties in Mainland China, that may impact Bohai's future profitability.
If the Group did not have significant influence over Bohai, the investment would be measured at fair value rather than the current carrying value, which is based on the application of the equity method as described in the accounting policy note.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 32. Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued
# Impairment testing
At 31 December 2023, the listed equity value of Bohai is below the carrying amount of the Group's investment in associate. As a result, the Group assessed the carrying value of its investment in Bohai for impairment and concluded that an impairment of $850 million was required in 2023 (2022: $308 million impairment). Total impairment is recorded in the 'Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment' line in the Consolidated Income Statement, under Central & other items segment. The carrying value of the Group's investment in Bohai of $700 million (2022: $1,421 million) represents the higher of the value in use and fair value less costs to sell. The financial forecasts used in the VIU calculation reflects Group management's best estimate of Bohai's future earnings considering the significant developments explained above.
| Bohai | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| VIU | 700 | 1,421 |
| Carrying amount1 | 700 | 1,421 |
| Market capitalisation2 | 418 | 685 |
1 The Group's 16.26% share in the net assets less other equity instruments which the Group does not hold
2 Number of shares held by the Group multiplied by the quoted share price at 31 December
# Basis of recoverable amount
The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of Bohai, determined as the higher of VIU and fair value less costs to sell, with its carrying amount.
The value in use ('VIU') is calculated using a dividend discount model ('DDM'), which estimates the distributable future cashflows to the equity holders, after adjusting for regulatory capital requirements, for a 5-year period, after which a terminal value ('TV') is calculated based on the 'Gordon Growth' model. The key assumptions in the VIU are as follows:
- Short to medium term projections are based on Group management's best estimates of future profits available to ordinary shareholders and have been determined with reference to the latest published financial results and historical performance of Bohai
- The projections use available information and include normalised performance over the forecast period, inclusive of: (i) asset growth assumptions based on the long-term GDP growth rate for Mainland China; (ii) ECL assumptions using Bohai's historical reported ECL, based on the proportion of ECL from loans and advances to customers and financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI. This was further adjusted for banking industry challenges and property market uncertainties; (iii) Net Interest Margin (NIM) increases from 2025 with reference to third party market interest rate forecasts in China; (iv) Net fee income estimated according to the latest available performance of Bohai and contribution of the constituent parts (trading and fee income); and (v) Effective Tax Rate (ETR) based on Bohai's historical reported results for the short term projection, updated, for the medium and long term to a more conservative view
- The discount rate applied to these cash flows was estimated with reference to transaction and broker data in the local Chinese market, cross-checked to the capital asset pricing model (CAPM), which includes a long term risk-free rate, beta and company risk premium assumptions for Bohai
- A long-term GDP growth rate for Mainland China is used to extrapolate the expected short to medium term earnings to perpetuity to derive a terminal value; and
- Capital maintenance ratio consists of a capital haircut taken in order to estimate Bohai's target regulatory capital requirements over the forecast period. This haircut takes into account movements in risk weighted assets (RWA) projected based on the historical proportion of RWA to total assets and the total capital required (Core CET 1 and Minimum Core CET 1 ratios), including required retained earnings over time to meet the target capital ratios. RWA projection is adjusted to reflect management's best estimates for the impact of implementing Basel 3.1, effective 1 January 2024 in China.
The VIU model was refined during 2023 to include a projected summary balance sheet and more granular income statement assumptions for each period. While it is impracticable for the Group to estimate the impact on future periods, the key changes to the 2023 model are summarised as follows:
- Asset growth rates, net interest income margin and ECL assumptions were applied to the relevant balance sheet lines to produce the profit and loss forecasts for each period
- RWAs were modelled as a percentage of total assets, to reflect the potential capital impact(s) of regulatory changes (e.g., Basel 3.1) in each period. For the purposes of the VIU for 31 December 2023, it was assumed that the minimum CET 1 ratio is $8.0\%$ (2022: $7.5\%$ ) over the forecast and terminal periods
- Consistent with the model updates explained above, net fee income was modelled separately from net interest income.
Prior to its use, the 2023 VIU model was calibrated using the 2022 modelled assumptions.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 32. Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued
The key assumptions used in the VIU calculation are as follows:
| | 2023 per cent | 2022 per cent |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Pre-tax discount rate | 13.68 | 13.03 |
| Long term GDP growth rate | 4.00 | 4.00 |
| Total assets growth rate | 4.00 | N/A¹ |
| RWA as percentage of total assets | 63.87–67.06 | N/A¹ |
| Net interest margin | 1.21–1.48 | 1.50–1.84 |
| Net fee income growth rate | 4.00 | N/A¹ |
| Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer loans | 0.80–1.24 | 0.90–1.45 |
| Expected credit losses as a percentage of financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI | 0.35–0.67 | N/A¹ |
| Effective tax rate | 12.02–16.00² | 16.00 |
| Capital maintenance ratio³ | 8.28 | 8.06 |
1 These assumptions were not explicitly modelled in 2022, therefore no comparative figures are presented
2 Bohai's latest available effective tax rate (12.02%) was only used for the first year of the cash flows. Thereafter, 16.00% was applied, consistent with previous periods
3 Core CET 1 reported by Bohai
The table below discloses sensitivities to the key assumptions of Bohai, according to management judgement of reasonably possible changes. Changes were applied to every cash flow year on an individual basis. The percentage change to the assumptions reflects the level at which management assess the reasonableness of the assumptions used and their impact on the Value in Use.
| Sensitivities | Key assumption change | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | basis points | Decrease/Headroom/Ompairment/ $ million | Decrease/Headroom/Ompairment/ $ million |
| Discount Rate | 100 | (126) | 169 |
| Long term GDP growth rate¹ | 100 | 135 | (100) |
| Total assets growth rate | 100 | 41 | (40) |
| RWA as percentage of total assets | 100 | (26) | 26 |
| Net interest margin | 10 | 452 | (282)² |
| Net fee income | 100 | 53 | (51) |
| Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer loans | 10 | (275) | 275 |
| Expected credit losses as a percentage of financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI | 10 | (131) | 131 |
| Effective tax rate | 100 | (25) | 25 |
| Capital maintenance ratio | 50 | (199) | 199 |
1 Changes in long term GDP growth rate applied only to the calculation of the terminal value
2 Market capitalisation of Bohai at 31 December 2023 was used as impairment floor
The following table sets out the summarised financial statements of China Bohai Bank prior to the Group's share of the associate's profit being applied:
| | 30 Sep 2023 $ million | 30 Sep 2022 $ million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Total assets | 246,212 | 236,396 |
| Total liabilities | 230,101 | 220,662 |
| Operating income¹ | 3,640 | 3,958 |
| Net profit¹ | 811 | 1,186 |
| Other comprehensive income¹ | (38) | (457) |
1 This represents twelve months of earnings (1 October to 30 September)
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 33. Structured entities
# Accounting policy
Structured entities are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the structured entity indicates the Group has power over the contractual relevant activities of the structured entity, is exposed to variable returns, and can use that power to affect the variable return exposure.
In determining whether to consolidate a structured entity to which assets have been transferred, the Group takes into account its ability to direct the relevant activities of the structured entity. These relevant activities are generally evidenced through a unilateral right to liquidate the structured entity, investment in a substantial proportion of the securities issued by the structured entity or where the Group holds specific subordinate securities that embody certain controlling rights. The Group may further consider relevant activities embedded within contractual arrangements such as call options which give the practical ability to direct the entity, special relationships between the structured entity and investors, and if a single investor has a large exposure to variable returns of the structured entity.
Judgement is required in determining control over structured entities. The purpose and design of the entity is considered, along with a determination of what the relevant activities are of the entity and who directs these. Further judgements are made around which investor is exposed to and absorbs the variable returns of the structured entity. The Group will have to weigh up all of these facts to consider whether the Group, or another involved party is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others. Judgement is further required in the ongoing assessment of control over structured entities, specifically if market conditions have an effect on the variable return exposure of different investors.
Interests in consolidated structured entities: A structured entity is consolidated into the Group's financial statements where the Group controls the structured entity, as per the determination in the accounting policy above. The following table presents the Group's interests in consolidated structured entities.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Aircraft and ship leasing | 52 | 3,531 |
| Principal and other structured finance | 353 | 330 |
| Total | 405 | 3,861 |
Interests in unconsolidated structured entities: Unconsolidated structured entities are all structured entities that are not controlled by the Group. The Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment opportunities. This is predominantly within the CCIB business segment. An interest in a structured entity is contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates variability of the returns of the Group arising from the performance of the structured entity.
The table below presents the carrying amount of the assets recognised in the financial statements relating to variable interests held in unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss relating to those interests and the total assets of the structured entities. Maximum exposure to loss is primarily limited to the carrying amount of the Group's on-balance sheet exposure to the structured entity. For derivatives, the maximum exposure to loss represents the on-balance sheet valuation and not the notional amount. For commitments and guarantees, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential future losses.
| | 2023 | | | | | | 2022 | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Asset-backed securities $million | Lending $million | Structured Finance $million | Principal Finance Funds $million | Other activities $million | Total $million | Asset-backed securities $million | Lending $million | Structured Finance $million | Principal Finance Funds $million | Other activities $million | Total $million |
| Group's interest - assets | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss | 954 | 269 | 143 | 137 | - | 1,503 | 851
| - | - |
136 | - | 987 |
| Loans and advances/Investment securities at amortised cost | 17,795 | 15,105 | 13,353 | - | 190 | 46,443 | 18,696 | 21,667 | 14,261 | - | 246 | 54,870 |
| Investment securities (fair value through other comprehensive income) | 2,443 | - | - | - | - | 2,443 | 2,248 | - | - | - | - | 2,248 |
| Other assets | - | - | 34 | - | - | 34 | - | - | - | 8 | - | 8 |
| Total assets | 21,192 | 15,374 | 13,530 | 137 | 190 | 50,423 | 21,795 | 21,667 | 14,261 | 144 | 246 | 58,113 |
| Off-balance sheet | - | 8,869 | 6,691 | - | 20 | 15,580 | - | 9,675 | 8,710 | 93 | - | 18,478 |
| Group's maximum exposure to loss | 21,192 | 24,243 | 20,221 | 137 | 210 | 66,003 | 21,795 | 31,342 | 22,971 | 237 | 246 | 76,591 |
| Total assets of structured entities | 191,627 | 15,374 | 31,806 | 250 | 1,688 | 240,745 | 177,194 | 17,925 | 35,732 | 291 | 1,828 | 232,970 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 33. Structured entities continued
The main types of activities for which the Group utilises unconsolidated structured entities cover synthetic credit default swaps for managed investment funds (including specialised Principal Finance funds), portfolio management purposes, structured finance and asset-backed securities. These are detailed as follows:
- Asset-backed securities (ABS): The Group also has investments in asset-backed securities issued by third-party sponsored and managed structured entities. For the purpose of market making and at the discretion of ABS trading desk, the Group may hold an immaterial amount of debt securities from structured entities originated by credit portfolio management. This is disclosed in the ABS column above.
- Portfolio management (Group sponsored entities): For the purposes of portfolio management, the Group purchased credit protection via synthetic credit default swaps from note-issuing structured entities. This credit protection creates credit risk which the structured entity and subsequently the end investor absorbs. The referenced assets remain on the Group's balance sheet as they are not assigned to these structured entities. The Group continues to own or hold all of the risks and returns relating to these assets. The credit protection obtained from the regulatory-compliant securitisation only serves to protect the Group against losses upon the occurrence of eligible credit events and the underlying assets are not derecognised from the Group's balance sheet. The Group does not hold any equity interests in the structured entities, but may hold an insignificant amount of the issued notes for market making purposes. This is disclosed in the ABS section above. The proceeds of the notes' issuance are typically held as cash collateral in the issuer's account operated by a trustee or invested in AAA-rated government-backed securities to collateralise the structured entities swap obligations to the Group, and to repay the principal to investors at maturity. The structured entities reimburse the Group on actual losses incurred, through the use of the cash collateral or realisation of the collateral security. Correspondingly, the structured entities write down the notes issued by an equal amount of the losses incurred, in reverse order of seniority. All funding is committed for the life of these vehicles and the Group has no indirect exposure in respect of the vehicles' liquidity position. The Group has reputational risk in respect of certain portfolio management vehicles and investment funds either because the Group is the arranger and lead manager or because the structured entities have Standard Chartered branding.
- Corporate Lending: Corporate Lending comprises secured lending in the normal course of business to third parties through structured entities.
- Structured finance: Structured finance comprises interests in transactions that the Group or, more usually, a customer has structured, using one or more structured entities, which provide beneficial arrangements for customers. The Group's exposure primarily represents the provision of funding to these structures as a financial intermediary, for which it receives a lender's return. The transactions largely relate to real estate financing and the provision of aircraft leasing and ship finance.
- Principal finance Fund: The Group's exposure to Principal Finance Funds represents committed or invested capital in unleveraged investment funds, primarily investing in pan-Asian infrastructure, real estate and private equity.
- Other activities: Other activities include structured entities created to support margin financing transactions, the refinancing of existing credit and debt facilities, as well as setting up of bankruptcy remote structured entities.
In the above table, the Group determined the total assets of the structured entities using following bases:
- Asset Backed Securities, Principal Finance, and Other activities are based on the published total assets of the structured entities.
- Lending and Structured Finance are estimated based on the Group's loan values to the structured entities
# 34. Cash flow statement
Adjustment for non-cash items and other adjustments included within income statement
| | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| Amortisation of discounts and premiums of investment securities | (704) | 237 | - | - |
| Interest expense on subordinated liabilities | 951 | 570 | 632 | 615 |
| Interest expense on senior debt securities in issue | 2,068 | 794 | 1,434 | 696 |
| Other non-cash items | (578) | (12) | 8 | 301 |
| Pension costs for defined benefit schemes | 61 | 58 | - | - |
| Share-based payment costs | 219 | 199 | - | - |
| Impairment losses on loans and advances and other credit risk provisions | 508 | 836 | - | - |
| Dividend income from subsidiaries
| - | - |
(4,738) | (1,047) |
| Other impairment | 1,008 | 439 | - | - |
| Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment | (31) | (62) | - | - |
| Loss on disposal of FVOCI and AMCST financial assets | 209 | 190 | - | - |
| Depreciation and amortisation | 1,071 | 1,186 | - | - |
| Fair value changes taken to Income statement | (1,666) | (365) | (202) | - |
| Foreign Currency revaluation | 299 | (365) | 19 | - |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | (141) | (156) | - | - |
| Total | 3,274 | 3,549 | (2,847) | 565 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 34. Cash flow statement continued
Change in operating assets
| | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 $million | 2022 (Restated) $million | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| (Decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments | 13,061 | (11,873) | (19) | 259 |
| (Increase)/decrease in debt securities, treasury bills and equity shares held at fair value through profit or loss¹ | (29,477) | 9,067 | (4,068) | 289 |
| (Increase)/decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers¹ | (787) | 14,381 | – | – |
| Net decrease/(increase) in prepayments and accrued income | 82 | (1,056) | – | – |
| Net decrease/(increase) in other assets | 2,663 | 2,470 | 268 | (806) |
| Total | (14,458) | 12,989 | (3,819) | (258) |
¹ Decrease in debt securities, treasury bills and equity shares held at fair value through profit or loss for 2022 has been restated by $(821) million and the decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers for 2022 has been restated by $14,355 million (refer note 35)
Change in operating liabilities
| | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| (Decrease)/increase in derivative financial instruments | (13,629) | 17,145 | (239) | 1,004 |
| Net increase/(decrease) in deposits from banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue, Hong Kong notes in circulation and short positions | 17,877 | (9,259) | 4,479 | 106 |
| Increase in accruals and deferred income | 1,106 | 1,381 | 153 | 4 |
| Net decrease in other liabilities | (3,377) | (481) | (1,154) | (2,080) |
| Total | 1,977 | 8,786 | 3,239 | (966) |
Disclosures
| | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| Subordinated debt (including accrued interest): | | | | |
| Opening balance | 13,928 | 16,885 | 13,895 | 16,395 |
| Proceeds from the issue | 18 | 750 | – | 750 |
| Interest paid | (563) | (667) | (545) | (619) |
| Repayment | (2,160) | (1,848) | (2,160) | (1,800) |
| Foreign exchange movements | 146 | (338) | 146 | (337) |
| Fair value changes from hedge accounting | 311 | (1,502) | 271 | (1,098) |
| Accrued interest and others | 536 | 648 | 516 | 604 |
| Closing balance | 12,216 | 13,928 | 12,123 | 13,895 |
| Senior debt (including accrued interest): | | | | |
| Opening balance | 32,288 | 29,904 | 14,080 | 16,981 |
| Proceeds from the issue | 15,261 | 11,902 | 5,105 | 1,500 |
| Interest paid | (1,145) | (845) | (434) | (506) |
| Repayment | (6,471) | (7,838) | (2,037) | (2,980) |
| Foreign exchange movements | (21) | (729) | (2) | (431) |
| Fair value changes from hedge accounting | 119 | (1,051) | 188 | (1,014) |
| Accrued interest and others | 1,319 | 945 | 618 | 530 |
| Closing balance | 41,350 | 32,288 | 17,518 | 14,080 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 35. Cash and cash equivalents
## Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents includes:
- Cash and balances at central banks', except for restricted balances; and
- Other balances listed in the table below, when they have less than three months' maturity from the date of acquisition, are not subject to contractual restrictions, are subject to insignificant changes in value, are highly liquid and are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments. This includes products such as treasury bills and other eligible bills, short-term government securities, loans and advances to banks (including reverse repos), and loans and advances to customers (placements at central banks), which are held for appropriate business purposes.
Cash and balances at central banks' includes both cash held in restricted accounts and on demand or placements which are contractually due to mature overnight only. Other placements with central banks are reported as part of 'Loans and advances to customers'.
Following a reassessment of the nature and purpose of balances held with central banks, customers and banks, the Group's cash and cash equivalents balance for 31 December 2022 and 1 January 2022 has been restated. The following balances have been identified by the Group as being cash and cash equivalents based on the criteria described above.
| | Group | | Company | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | 2023 $million | 2022 (Restated) $million | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 69,905 | 58,263 | - | - |
| Less: restricted balances | (6,153) | (9,173) | - | - |
| Treasury bills and other eligible bills | 5,931 | 12,661 | - | - |
| Loans and advances to banks | 11,879 | 10,144 | - | - |
| Loans and advances to customers | 25,829 | 24,586 | - | - |
| Investments | 244 | 1,114 | - | - |
| Amounts owed by and due to subsidiary undertakings
| - | - |
10,294 | 7,417 |
| Total | 107,635 | 97,595 | 10,294 | 7,417 |
The Group's cash and cash equivalents balance for 31 December 2022 has been restated to increase the balance by $8,876 million as balances with central banks that met the cash and cash equivalents definition were originally included in loans and advances to customers ($24,586 million) but not included in cash and cash equivalents and there were balances included in cash and cash equivalents related to loans and advances to banks ($10,414 million), treasury bills and other eligible bills ($5,275 million) as well as Investments ($21 million) that did not meet the cash and cash equivalents definition. The cash and cash equivalents balance at the beginning of the year for 2022 has also been restated to decrease the balance by $4,659 million. On the 2022 cash flow statement for Group, the change in operating assets has also been restated by $13,534 million as a result of these changes.
# 36. Related party transactions
## Directors and officers
Details of directors' remuneration and interests in shares are disclosed in the Directors' remuneration report.
IAS 24 Related party disclosures requires the following additional information for key management compensation. Key management comprises non-executive directors, executive directors of Standard Chartered PLC, the Court directors of Standard Chartered Bank and the persons discharging managerial responsibilities (PDMR) of Standard Chartered PLC.
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Salaries, allowances and benefits in kind | 42 | 39 |
| Share-based payments | 26 | 26 |
| Bonuses paid or receivable | 5 | 4 |
| Termination benefits | - | 1 |
| Total | 73 | 70 |
## Transactions with directors and others
At 31 December 2023, the total amounts to be disclosed under the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) and the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Limited (Hong Kong Listing Rules) about loans to directors were as follows:
| | 2023 | | 2022 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Number | $million | Number | $million |
| Directors1 | 4 | - | 3 | - |
1 Outstanding loan balances were below $50,000
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 36. Related party transactions continued
The loan transactions provided to the directors of Standard Chartered PLC were a connected transaction under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. It was fully exempt as financial assistance under Rule 14A.87(1), as it was provided in our ordinary and usual course of business and on normal commercial terms.
As at 31 December 2023, Standard Chartered Bank had in place a charge over $68 million (31 December 2022: $89 million) of cash assets in favour of the independent trustee of its employer financed retirement benefit scheme.
Other than as disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts, there were no other transactions, arrangements or agreements outstanding for any director, connected person or officer of the Company which have to be disclosed under the Act, the rules of the UK Listing Authority or the Hong Kong Listing Rules.
Details of non-revenue transactions with Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited are set out on page 220.
## Company
The Company has received $1,469 million (31 December 2022: $1,012 million) of net interest income from its subsidiaries. The Company issues debt externally and lends proceeds to Group companies.
The Company has an agreement with Standard Chartered Bank that in the event of Standard Chartered Bank defaulting on its debt coupon interest payments, where the terms of such debt requires it, the Company shall issue shares as settlement for non-payment of the coupon interest.
| | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Standard Chartered Bank $million | Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited $million | Others $million | Standard Chartered Bank $million | Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited $million | Others' $million |
| Assets | | | | | | |
| Due from subsidiaries | 10,208 | 60 | 25 | 6,860 | 141 | 255 |
| Derivative financial instruments | 62 | 12 | - | 47 | - | - |
| Debt securities | 20,524 | 4,775 | 1,070 | 18,787 | 4,469 | 526 |
| Total assets | 30,794 | 4,847 | 1,095 | 25,694 | 4,610 | 781 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | |
| Due to subsidiaries | - | - | - | 2 | - | - |
| Derivative financial instruments | 1,104
| - | - |
1,283 | 61 | - |
| Total liabilities | 1,104
| - | - |
1,285 | 61 | - |
1 Others include Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited, Standard Chartered Holdings Limited and Standard Chartered I H Limited
## Associate and joint ventures
The following transactions with related parties are on an arm's length basis:
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Assets | | |
| Loans and advances | - | 20 |
| Financial Assets held at FVTPL | 14 | |
| Derivative assets | 12 | 18 |
| Total assets | 26 | 38 |
| Liabilities | | |
| Deposits | 959 | 610 |
| Other Liabilities | 2 | 19 |
| Total liabilities | 961 | 629 |
| Loan commitments and other guarantees1 | 113 | 164 |
1 The maximum loan commitments and other guarantees during the period were $113 million (2022: $164 million)
# 37. Post balance sheet events
On 11 January 2024, Standard Chartered PLC issued $1.5 billion 6.097 per cent Fixed Rate Reset Notes due 2035. On 19 January 2024, Standard Chartered PLC issued SGD 335 million 4.00 per cent Fixed Rate Reset Notes due 2030
A share buy-back for up to a maximum consideration of $1 billion has been declared by the directors after 31 December 2023. This will reduce the number of ordinary shares in issue by cancelling the repurchased shares.
A final dividend for 2023 of 21 cents per ordinary share was declared by the directors after 31 December 2023.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 38. Auditor's remuneration
Auditor's remuneration is included within other general administration expenses. The amounts paid by the Group to their principal auditor, Ernst & Young LLP and its associates (together Ernst & Young LLP), are set out below. All services are approved by the Group Audit Committee and are subject to controls to ensure the external auditor's independence is unaffected by the provision of other services.
| | 2022 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Audit fees for the Group statutory audit | 27.8 | 22.2 |
| Of which fees for the audit of Standard Chartered Bank Group | 20.6 | 16.3 |
| Fees payable to EY for other services provided to the SC PLC Group: | | |
| Audit of Standard Chartered PLC subsidiaries | 13.4 | 12.8 |
| Total audit fees | 41.2 | 35.0 |
| Audit-related assurance services | 6.0 | 5.5 |
| Other assurance services | 7.0 | 4.3 |
| Other non-audit services | 0.8 | 0.1 |
| Transaction related services | 0.3 | 0.3 |
| Total non-audit fees | 14.1 | 10.2 |
| Total fees payable | 55.3 | 45.2 |
The following is a description of the type of services included within the categories listed above:
- Audit fees for the Group statutory audit are in respect of fees payable to Ernst & Young LLP for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the separate financial statements of Standard Chartered PLC
- Audit-related fees consist of fees such as those for services required by law or regulation to be provided by the auditor, reviews of interim financial information, reporting on regulatory returns, reporting to a regulator on client assets and extended work performed over financial information and controls authorised by those charged with governance
- Other assurance services include agreed-upon-procedures in relation to statutory and regulatory filings
- Transaction related services are fees payable to Ernst & Young LLP for issuing comfort letters
Expenses incurred in respect of their role as auditor, were reimbursed to EY LLP $0.9 million (2022: $0.6 million).
# 39. Standard Chartered PLC (Company)
Classification and measurement of financial instruments
| Financial assets | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Amortised cost $million | Non-trading mandatory at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Amortised cost $million | Non-trading mandatory at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total $million |
| Derivatives | 80 | - | - | 80 | 61 | - | - | 61 |
| Investment securities | - | 6,944 | 19,425¹ | 26,369 | - | 8,423 | 15,358¹ | 23,781 |
| Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings | - | 10,294 | - | 10,294 | - | 7,417 | - | 7,417 |
| Total | 80 | 17,238 | 19,425 | 36,743 | 61 | 15,840 | 15,358 | 31,259 |
1 Standard Chartered Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited issued Loss Absorbing Capacity (LAC) eligible debt securities
Instruments classified as amortised cost, which include investment securities and amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings, are recorded in stage 1 for the recognition of expected credit losses.
Derivatives held for hedging are held at fair value and are classified as Level 2 and Level 3 while the counterparty is Standard Chartered Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited and external counterparties.
Debt securities comprise securities held at amortised cost issued by Standard Chartered Bank and SC Ventures Holdings Limited and have a fair value equal to carrying value of $6,944 million (31 December 2022: $8,423 million).
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 39. Standard Chartered PLC (Company) continued
In 2023 and 2022, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings have a fair value equal to carrying value.
| Financial liabilities | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Amortised cost $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total $million | Derivatives held for hedging $million | Amortised cost $million | Designated at fair value through profit or loss $million | Total $million |
| Derivatives | 1,104 | - | - | 1,104 | 1,343 | - | - | 1,343 |
| Debt securities in issue | - | 17,142 | 14,007 | 31,149 | - | 13,891 | 10,397 | 24,288 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | - | 9,248 | 2,697 | 11,945 | - | 11,239 | 2,445 | 13,684 |
| Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
| - | - | - | - | - |
2 | - | 2 |
| Total | 1,104 | 26,390 | 16,704 | 44,198 | 1,343 | 25,132 | 12,842 | 39,317 |
Derivatives held for hedging are held at fair value and are classified as Level 2 while the counterparty is Standard Chartered Bank and Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited.
The fair value of debt securities in issue held at amortised cost is $17,195 million (2022: $13,611 million).
The fair value of subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds held at amortised cost is $8,717 million (2022: $10,434 million).
## Derivative financial instruments
| Derivatives | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million | Notional principal amounts $million | Assets $million | Liabilities $million |
| Foreign exchange derivative contracts: | | | | | | |
| Forward foreign exchange | 8,968 | 32 | - | 9,351 | 47 | 61 |
| Currency swaps | 563 | - | 35 | 574 | - | 71 |
| Interest rate derivative contracts: | | | | | | |
| Swaps | 14,819 | 43 | 1,069 | 15,423 | - | 1,211 |
| Forward rate agreements and options | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Credit derivative contracts | 4,030 | 5 | - | 3,256 | 14 | - |
| Total | 28,380 | 80 | 1,104 | 28,604 | 61 | 1,343 |
## Credit risk
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Derivative financial instruments | 80 | 61 |
| Debt securities | 26,369 | 23,781 |
| Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings | 10,294 | 7,417 |
| Total | 36,743 | 31,259 |
In 2023 and 2022, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings were neither past due nor impaired; the Company had no individually impaired loans.
In 2023 and 2022, the Company had no impaired debt securities. The debt securities held by the Company are issued by Standard Chartered Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited, subsidiary undertakings with credit ratings of A*.
There is no material expected credit loss on these instruments as they are Stage 1 assets, and of a high quality.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 39. Standard Chartered PLC (Company) continued
# Liquidity risk
The following table analyses the residual contractual maturity of the assets and liabilities of the Company on a discounted basis:
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 32
| - | - | - | - |
10 | 27 | 11 | 80 |
| Investment securities
| - | - | - | - | - |
3,853 | 5,581 | 16,935 | 26,369 |
| Amount owed by subsidiary undertakings | 1,598 | 504 | 1,530 | 12 | 1,073 | 1,082 | 3,254 | 1,241 | 10,294 |
| Investments in subsidiary undertakings
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
60,791 | 60,791 |
| Other assets | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Total assets | 1,630 | 504 | 1,530 | 12 | 1,073 | 4,945 | 8,862 | 78,978 | 97,534 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 11 | 26 | 17
| - | - |
93 | 171 | 786 | 1,104 |
| Senior debt
| - | - | - | - | - |
7,242 | 14,020 | 9,887 | 31,149 |
| Amount owed to subsidiary undertakings | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Other liabilities | 278 | 202 | 135 | 30 | 5
| - | - | - |
650 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 996 | 51 | 8 | 172 | 440 | 330 | 1,952 | 7,996 | 11,945 |
| Total liabilities | 1,285 | 279 | 160 | 202 | 445 | 7,665 | 16,143 | 18,669 | 44,848 |
| Net liquidity gap | 345 | 225 | 1,370 | (190) | 628 | (2,720) | (7,281) | 60,309 | 52,686 |
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Assets | | | | | | | | | |
| Derivative financial instruments | 45
| - | - | - | - | - |
16 | - | 61 |
| Investment securities | 2,000
| - | - | - | - | - |
5,351 | 16,430 | 23,781 |
| Amount owed by subsidiary undertakings | 719 | 1,250 | 140 | - | 840 | 1,523 | 2,081 | 864 | 7,417 |
| Investments in subsidiary undertakings
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
60,975 | 60,975 |
| Total assets | 2,764 | 1,250 | 140 | - | 840 | 1,523 | 7,448 | 78,269 | 92,234 |
| Liabilities | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Derivative financial instruments | 77 | 3
| - | - | - |
75 | 330 | 858 | 1,343 |
| Senior debt
| - | - | - | - | - |
2,090 | 14,155 | 8,043 | 24,288 |
| Other debt securities in issue | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Amount owed to subsidiary undertakings
| - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
2 | 2 |
| Other liabilities | 175 | 134 | 95 | 14 | 5
| - | - | - |
423 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 2,004 | 88 | 13 | 248 | 14 | 1,900 | 2,078 | 7,339 | 13,684 |
| Total liabilities | 2,256 | 225 | 108 | 262 | 19 | 4,065 | 16,563 | 16,242 | 39,740 |
| Net liquidity gap | 508 | 1,025 | 32 | (262) | 821 | (2,542) | (9,115) | 62,027 | 52,494 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 39. Standard Chartered PLC (Company) continued
Financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Derivative financial instruments | 11 | 26 | 17
| - | - |
93 | 171 | 786 | 1,104 |
| Debt securities in issue | 247 | 57 | 328 | 398 | 278 | 8,490 | 16,396 | 11,279 | 37,473 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 1,059 | 134 | 34 | 208 | 556 | 410 | 2,304 | 13,968 | 18,673 |
| Other liabilities | 5 | 91
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
96 |
| Total liabilities | 1,322 | 308 | 379 | 606 | 834 | 8,993 | 18,871 | 26,033 | 57,346 |
| | 2022 | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | One month or less $million | Between one month and three months $million | Between three months and six months $million | Between six months and nine months $million | Between nine months and one year $million | Between one year and two years $million | Between two years and five years $million | More than five years and undated $million | Total $million |
| Derivative financial instruments | 77 | 3
| - | - | - |
75 | 330 | 858 | 1,343 |
| Debt securities in issue | 88 | 66 | 262 | 145 | 271 | 2,896 | 15,676 | 9,057 | 28,461 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 2,097 | 174 | 33 | 273 | 17 | 2,035 | 2,552 | 14,668 | 21,849 |
| Other liabilities | 9 | 15
| - | - | - | - | - | - |
24 |
| Total liabilities | 2,271 | 258 | 295 | 418 | 288 | 5,006 | 18,558 | 24,583 | 51,677 |
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group
As at 31 December 2023, the Group's interests in related undertakings in accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 are disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated, the share capital disclosed comprises ordinary or common shares which are held by subsidiaries of the Group. Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited, Standard Chartered Funding (Jersey) Limited, Stanchart Nominees Limited, Standard Chartered Holdings Limited and Standard Chartered Nominees Limited are directly held subsidiaries, all other related undertakings are held indirectly.
Subsidiary Undertakings
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Basinghall Avenue, London, EC2V 5DD, United Kingdom | | | | |
| FinVentures UK Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| SC (Secretaries) Limited | Others | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| SC Transport Leasing 1 LTD 7,8 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| SC Transport Leasing 2 Limited 7,8 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| SC Ventures G.P. Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| SC Ventures Holdings Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$1.00 Redeemable Preference | 100 |
| SC Ventures Innovation Investment L.P. | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| SCMB Overseas Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | £0.10 Ordinary | 100 |
| Shoal Limited | Digital marketplace for sustainable and “green” products. | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Stanchart Nominees Limited 9 | Nominee Services | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Africa Limited 7,8 | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Standard Chartered Bank | Banking & Financial Services | United Kingdom | US$0.01 Non-Cumulative Irredeemable Preference | 100 |
| | | | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$5.00 Non-Cumulative Redeemable Preference | 100 |
| | | | Guarantor | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Foundation^{1} | Charity projects | United Kingdom | Guarantor | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Health Trustee (UK) Limited | Trustee Services | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Holdings Limited^{9} | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$2.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered I H Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Leasing (UK) Limited^{10} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered NEA Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees (Private Clients UK) Limited | Nominee Services | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees Limited^{9} | Nominee Services | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Securities (Africa) Holdings Limited^{10} | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Strategic Investments Limited^{10} | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Trustees (UK) Limited | Trustee Services | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The BW Leasing Partnership 1 LP^{1} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The BW Leasing Partnership 2 LP^{1} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The BW Leasing Partnership 3 LP^{1} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The BW Leasing Partnership 4 LP^{1} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The BW Leasing Partnership 5 LP^{1} | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The SC Transport Leasing Partnership 1 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The SC Transport Leasing Partnership 2 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The SC Transport Leasing Partnership 3 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The SC Transport Leasing Partnership 4 | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Poultry, London, EC2R 8EJ, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Assembly Payments UK Ltd^{1} | Payment Services Provider | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| CurrencyFair (UK) Limited^{1} | Banking & Financial Services | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Zai Technologies Limited^{1} | Payment Services Provider | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 2 More London Riverside, London, SE1 2JT, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Bricks (C&K) LP^{1} | Limited Partnership interest | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| Bricks (T) LP^{1} | Limited Partnership interest | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| Bricks (C) LP^{1} | Limited Partnership interest | United Kingdom | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, EC2N 2AX, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Corrasi Covered Bonds LLP | Trustee Services | United Kingdom | Membership Interest | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of 5th Floor, Holland House 1-4 Bury Street, London, EC3A 5AW, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Zodia Custody Limited | Custody Services | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Voting Ordinary | 95.1 |
| | | | US$2.70 Series A Preferred | 15.911 |
| Zodia Holdings Limited | Investment Holding Company | United Kingdom | US$1.00 A Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 6th Floor, 1 Basinghall Avenue, London, EC2V 5DD, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Zodia Markets (UK) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Zodia Markets Holdings Limited | Digital Venture: Holding Company for The Zodia Markets Group | United Kingdom | US$1.00 Ordinary | 80.461 |
| The following company has the address of Edificio Kilamba, Bándar Avenida 4 de Fevereiro, Marginal, Luanda, Angola | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Angola S.A. | Banking & Financial Services | Angola | AOK8,742.05 Ordinary | 60 |
| The following companies have the address of Level 22, 120 Spencer Street, Melbourne VIC 3000 VIC 3000, Australia | | | | |
| Assembly Payments Australia Pty Ltd 1 | Holding Company | Australia | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Zai Australia Pty Ltd 1 | Payment Service Provider | Australia | AUD0.01 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Milsons Landing, Level 5, 6A Glen Street, Milsons Point NSW NSW 2061, Australia | | | | |
| CurrencyFair Australia Pty Ltd 1 | Foreign Currency conversion services. | Australia | AUD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Level 5, 345 George St, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Grindlays Pty Limited | Investment Holding Company | Australia | AUD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 5th Floor Standard House Bldg, The Mall, Queens Road, PO Box 496, Gaborone, Botswana | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Botswana Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Botswana | BWP Ordinary | 75.827 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Insurance Agency (Proprietary) Limited | Insurance Services | Botswana | BWP Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Botswana Education Trust 2 | CSR programme. | Botswana | Trust Interest | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Botswana Nominees (Proprietary) Limited | Nominee Services | Botswana | BWP Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Investment Services (Proprietary) Limited | Nominee Services | Botswana | BWP Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Avenida Brigadeiro Faria Lima, no 3.477, 6endar, Conjunto 62 - Torre Norte, Condominio Patio Victor Malzoni, CEP 04538-133, Sao Paulo, Brazil | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Representação e Participações Ltda | Banking & Financial Services | Brazil | BRL1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of G01-02, Wisma Haji Mohd Taha Building, Jalan Gadong, BE4119, Brunei Darussalam | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities (B) Sdn Bhd | Investment Management | Brunei Darussalam | BND1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Cameroon S.A, 1155, Boulevard de la Liberté, Douala, B.P. 1784, Cameroon | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Cameroon S.A. | Banking & Financial Services | Cameroon | XAF10,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 66 Wellington Street, West, Suite 4100, Toronto Dominion Centre, Toronto ON M5K 1B7, Canada | | | | |
| CurrencyFair (Canada) Ltd^{1} | Digital Payment platform | Canada | CAD Common | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands | | | | |
| Cerulean Investments LP | Investment Holding Company | Cayman Islands | Limited Partnership Interest | 100 |
| The following company has the address of c/o Maples Finance Limited, PO Box 1093 GT, Queensgate House, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands | | | | |
| SCB Investment Holding Company Limited | Investment Holding Company | Cayman Islands | US$1,000.00 Ordinary-A | 99.999 |
| The following company has the address of Room 2619, No 9, Linhe West Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, China | | | | |
| Guangzhou CurrencyFair Information Technology Limited^{1,3} | Foreign Currency conversion services. | China | CNY Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of BA, Hony Tower, 1st Financial Street, Nanshan District, Shenzen, China | | | | |
| SC Ventures Investment Management (Shenzhen) Limited | Serve as a fund manager in China | China | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Units 1101B (Office use only), No. 235 Tianhebei Rd., Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered (Guangzhou) Business Management Co., Ltd. | Business consulting services | China | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Tower, 201 Century Avenue, Pudong, Shanghai, 200120, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited^{3} | Commercial banking | China | CNY Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Unit 802B, 803, 1001A,1002B,1003-1005,1101-1105, 201-1205,1302C,1303, No. 235 Tianhe North Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Global Business Services (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.³ | Research, development, other services | China | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of No. 35, Xinhuanbei Road, Teda, Tianjin, 300457, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Global Business Services Co., Ltd.³ | Research, development, other services | China | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 1201 1-2, 15-16, 12/F, Unit No.1, Building No.1, No. 1 Dongsanhuan Zhong Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities (China) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | China | CNY Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of No. 188 Yeshen Rd, 11F, A-1161 RM, Pudong New District, Shanghai, 31, 201308, China | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Trading (Shanghai) Limited³ | wholesale of base metal and its products | China | US$15,000,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Cote d'Ivoire, 23 Boulevard de la République, Abidjan 17, 17 B.P. 1141, Cote d'Ivoire | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Cote d'Ivoire SA | Banking & Financial Services | Cote d'Ivoire | XOF100,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 8 Ecowas Avenue, Banjul, Gambia | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Gambia Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Gambia | GMD1.00 Ordinary | 74.852 |
| The following company has the address of Taunusanlage 16, 60325, Frankfurt am Main, Germany | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank AG | Banking & Financial Services | Germany | € Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Building, 87 Independence Avenue, Ridge, ACCRA, Greater ACCRA, GA-016-4621, Ghana | | | | |
| Solvezy Technology Ghana Ltd | Digital Venture | Ghana | GHS Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Standard Chartered Bank Building, No. 87, Independence Avenue, P.O. Box 768, Accra, Ghana | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Ghana PLC | Banking & Financial Services | Ghana | GHS Ordinary | 69.416 |
| | | | GHS0.52 Non-cumulative Irredeemable Preference | 87.043 |
| Standard Chartered Ghana Nominees Limited | Nominee Services | Ghana | GHS Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Ghana Limited, 87, Independence Avenue, Post Office Box 678, Accra, Ghana | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Wealth Management Limited Company | Investment Management | Ghana | GHS Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 31/F, Tower 2 Times Square, 1 Matheson St, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Assembly Payments HK Limited 1 | Online payment platform | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Suites 1103-4 AXA Tower, Landmark East, 100 How Ming Street, Kwun Tong, Hong Kong | | | | |
| CurrencyFair Asia Limited 1 | Foreign Currency conversion services. | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 18/F., Standard Chartered Tower, 388 Kwun Tong Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Horsford Nominees Limited | Nominee Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 15/F., Two International Finance Centre, No. 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Marina Acacia Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Amethyst Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Angelite Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Beryl Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Emerald Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Flax Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Gloxinia Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Hazel Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Ilex Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Iridot Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Mimosa Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Moonstone Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Peridot Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Sapphire Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Tourmaline Shipping Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Securities (Hong Kong) Limited | Corporate Finance & Advisory Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Leasing Group Limited | Investment Holding Company | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Trade Support (HK) Limited | Corporate Finance & Advisory Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 39/F., Oxford House, Taikoo Place, 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Mox Bank Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 68.291 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 13/F Standard Chartered Bank Building, 4-4A Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong, | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Asia Limited | Investment Holding Company | Hong Kong | HKD Deferred | 100 |
| | | | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 32/F, 4-4A Des Voeux Road, Central, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited^{9} | Banking & Financial Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary-A | 100 |
| | | | HKD Ordinary-B | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary-C | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary-D | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 14th Floor, One Taikoo Place, 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Standard Chartered PF Real Estate (Hong Kong) Limited | Ultimate Holding Company | Hong Kong | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 13/F Standard Chartered Bank Building, 4-4A Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity Limited | Investment Holding Company | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 14/F, Standard Chartered Bank Building, 4-4A Des Voeux Road, Central, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Trust (Hong Kong) Limited | Investment Management | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited | Trustee Services | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 5/F, Manulife Place, 348 Kwun Tong Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Zodia Custody (Hong Kong) Limited | Custody Services | Hong Kong | US$0.01 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 2 Floor Sabari Complex 24 Field Marshal, Capriappa RD Shanthala Nagar, Ashok Nagar, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560025, India | | | | |
| Assembly Payments India Private Limited^{1} | Activities auxiliary to financial intermediation | India | INR100.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Ground Floor, Crescenzo Building, G Block, C 38/39, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400051, India | | | | |
| St Helen's Nominees India Private Limited | Nominee Services | India | INR10.00 Equity | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity Advisory (India) Private Limited | Support Services | India | INR1,000.00 Equity | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Vaishnavi Serenity, First Floor, No. 112, Koramangala Industrial Area, 5th Block, Koramangala, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560095, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered (India) Modeling and Analytics Centre Private Limited | Support Services | India | INR10.00 Equity | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Crescenzo, 6th Floor, Plot No 38-39 G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400051, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Capital Limited | Banking & Financial Services | India | INR10.00 Equity | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 90 M.G.Road, II Floor, Fort, Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400001, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Finance Private Limited | Support Services | India | INR10.00 Ordinary | 98.683 |
| The following company has the address of 1st Floor, Europe Building, No.1, Haddows Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai, 600 006, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Global Business Services Private Limited | Offshore Support Services | India | INR10.00 Equity | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Second Floor, Indiqube Edge, Khata No. 571/630/6/4, Sy.No.6/4, Ambalipura Village, Varthur Hobli, Marathahalli Sub-Division, Ward No. 150, Bengaluru, 560102, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Research and Technology India Private Limited | Support Services | India | INR10.00 Compulsory Convertible Cumulative Preference | 100 |
| | | | INR10.00 Equity Class - A | 100 |
| | | | | |
| The following company has the address of 2nd Floor, 23-25 M.G. Road, Fort, Mumbai 400 001, India | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities (India) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | India | INR10.00 Equity | 100 |
| The following company has the address of B001, Metrotech Forest View, Sy.No, 67/5 BSK 6th Stage, Thalaghattapura Bengaluru 560062, Karnataka, India | | | | |
| SCV Research and Development Pvt. Ltd. | Others | India | INR 10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of The Icon Business Park Blok P Nomor 03, RT 03/RW 09Sampora, Kec, Cisauk, Kabupaten Tangerang, Banten, 15345, Indonesia | | | | |
| PT Labamu Sejahtera Indonesia | Others | Indonesia | IDR10,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 91 Pembroke Road, Dublin 4, Ballsbridge, Dublin, DO4 EC42, Ireland | | | | |
| CurrencyFair (Canada) Limited^{1} | Digital Payment platform | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| CurrencyFair Limited^{10} | FX transfer services | Ireland | €0.001 A Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | €0.001 Ordinary | 27951 |
| CurrencyFair Nominees Limited^{1} | Nominee company | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 27 Fitzwilliam Street, Dublin, D02 TP23, Ireland | | | | |
| Zodia Custody (Ireland) Limited | Custody Services | Ireland | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 32 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2, D02Y512, Ireland | | | | |
| Zodia Markets (Ireland) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Ireland | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 1st Floor, Goldie House, 1-4 Goldie Terrace, Upper Church Street, Douglas, IM1 1EB, Isle of Man | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Assurance Limited | Insurance Services | Isle of Man | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$1.00 Redeemable Preference | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Isle of Man Limited^{5} | Insurance & Reinsurance Company | Isle of Man | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 21/F, Sanno Park Tower, 2-11-1 Nagatacho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-6155, Japan | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities (Japan) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Japan | JPY Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 15 Castle Street, St Helier, JE4 8PT, Jersey | | | | |
| SCB Nominees (CI) Limited | Nominee Services | Jersey | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of IFC 5, St Helier, JE1 1ST, Jersey | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Funding (Jersey) Limited^{1,9} | Investment Holding Company | Jersey | £1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Standard Chartered@ Chiromo, 48 Westlands Road, P. O. Box 30003 - 00100, Nairobi, Kenya | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bancassurance Intermediary Limited | Insurance Services | Kenya | KES100.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Kenya Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Kenya | KES5.00 Ordinary | 74.318 |
| | | | KES5.00 Preference | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Financial Services Limited | Merchant Banking | Kenya | KES20.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Investment Services Limited | Investment services | Kenya | KES20.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Kenya Nominees Limited^{1} | Nominee Services | Kenya | KES20.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Securities (Kenya) Limited | Corporate Finance & Advisory Services | Kenya | KES10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Solvezy Technology Kenya Limited | Digital Venture | Kenya | KES1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Tawi Fresh Kenya Limited | Digital Marketplace, Ecommerce | Kenya | KES1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 47, Jong-ro, Jongno-gu, Seoul, 110-702, Korea, Republic of | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Korea Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Korea, Republic of | KRW5,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 2F, 47, Jong-ro, Jongno-gu, Seoul, Korea, Republic of | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Securities Korea Co., Ltd | Asset Management | Korea, Republic of | KRW5,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Atrium Building, Maarad Street, 3rd Floor, P.O. Box 11-4081 Raid El Solh, Beirut Central District, Lebanon | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Metropolitan Holdings SAL | Investment Holding Company | Lebanon | US$10.00 Ordinary A | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Level 13, Menara 1 Sentrum 201, Jalan Tun Sambanthan, Brickfields, 50470 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia | | | | |
| Assembly Payments Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 1 | Other financial service activities | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Level 25, Equatorial Plaza, Jalan Sultan Ismail, 50250 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia | | | | |
| Cartaban (Malaya) Nominees Sdn Berhad | Nominee Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Cartaban Nominees (Asing) Sdn Bhd | Nominee Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Cartaban Nominees (Tempatan) Sdn Bhd | Nominee Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Golden Maestro Sdn Bhd | Investment Holding Company | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Price Solutions Sdn Bhd | Direct Sales/Collection Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| SCBMB Trustee Berhad | Trustee Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad | Banking & Financial Services | Malaysia | RM Irredeemable Convertible Preference | 100 |
| | | | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Saadiq Berhad | Banking & Financial Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of TMF Trust Labuan Limited, Brumby Centre, Lot 42, Jalan Muhibbah, 87000 Labuan F.T., Malaysia | | | | |
| Marina Morganite Shipping Limited^{b} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Malaysia | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Moss Shipping Limited^{b} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Malaysia | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Tanzanite Shipping Limited^{b} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Malaysia | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Suite 18-1, Level 18, Vertical Corporate Tower B, Avenue 10, The Vertical, Bangsar South City, No. 8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan, Malaysia | | | | |
| Resolution Alliance Sdn Bhd | Investment Holding Company | Malaysia | Ordinary | 91 |
| The following company has the address of 12th Floor, Menara Symphony, No. 5, Jalan Prof. Khoo Kay Kim, Seksyen 13, 46200 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia | | | | |
| Solv Sdn. Bhd. | B2B digital platform offering financial services | Malaysia | RM5.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Level 1, Wisma Standard Chartered, Jalan Teknologi 8, , Taman Teknologi Malaysia, Bukit Jalil, , 57000 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan, Malaysia | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Global Business Services Sdn Bhd | Offshore Support Services | Malaysia | RM Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands | | | | |
| Marina Angelica Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Aventurine Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Citrine Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Dahlia Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Dittany Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Lilac Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Lolite Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Obsidian Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Quartz Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Remora Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Turquoise Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Zircon Shipping Limited^{6} | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 6th Floor, Standard Chartered Tower, 19, Bank Street, Cybercity, Ebene, 72201, Mauritius | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Mauritius) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Mauritius | Ordinary No Par Value | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of c/o Ocorian Corporate Services (Mauritius) Ltd, 6th Floor, Tower A, 1 Cybercity, Ebene, 72201, Mauritius | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity (Mauritius) II Limited | Investment Management | Mauritius | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity (Mauritius) Limited | Investment Management | Mauritius | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity (Mauritius) III Limited | Investment Management | Mauritius | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Mondial Management Services Ltd, Unit 2L, 2nd Floor Standard Chartered Tower, 19 Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius | | | | |
| Subcontinental Equities Limited | Investment Holding Company | Mauritius | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of IQEQ Corporate Services (Mauritius) Ltd, 33, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, 11324, Mauritius | | | | |
| Actis Treit Holdings (Mauritius) Limited^{1} | Investment Holding Company | Mauritius | Class A $1.00 Ordinary | 62.001 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited, Madan Bhandari Marg. Ward No.31, Kathmandu Metropolitan City, Kathmandu District, Bagmati Province, Kathmandu, 44600, Nepal | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Nepal | NPR100.00 Ordinary | 70.21 |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Basinghall Avenue, London, EC2V 5DD, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Holdings (Africa) B.V.5 | Holding Company | Netherlands | €4.50 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Holdings (Asia Pacific) B.V.5 | Holding Company | Netherlands | €4.50 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Holdings (International) B.V.5 | Holding Company | Netherlands | €4.50 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered MB Holdings B.V.5 | Holding Company | Netherlands | €4.50 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of PromisePay, 4 All good Place, Rototuna North, Hamilton, 3210, New Zealand | | | | |
| PromisePay Limited1 | Payment Services Provider | New Zealand | NZD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 142, Ahmadu Bello Way, Victoria Island, Lagos, 101241, Nigeria | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Nigeria Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Nigeria | NGN1.00 B Redeemable Preference | 100 |
| | | | NGN1.00 Irredeemable Non Cumulative Preference | 100 |
| | | | NGN1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Capital & Advisory Nigeria Limited | Corporate Finance & Advisory Services | Nigeria | NGN1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees (Nigeria) Limited | Custody Services | Nigeria | NGN1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 3rd Floor Main SCB Building, I.I. Chundrigar Road, Karachi, Sindh, 74000, Pakistan | | | | |
| Price Solution Pakistan (Private) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Pakistan | PKR10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of P.O. Box No. 5556, I.I. Chundrigar Road, Karachi, 74000, Pakistan | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Pakistan) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Pakistan | PKR10.00 Ordinary | 98.986 |
| The following company has the address of 8th Floor, Makati Sky Plaza Building 6788, Ayala Avenue San Lorenzo, City of Makati, Fourth District, National Capi, 1223, Philippines | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Group Services, Manila Incorporated | Offshore Support Services | Philippines | PHP1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Rondo Ignacego Daszyńskiego 2B, 00-843, Warsaw, Poland | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Global Business Services spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością | Offshore Support Services | Poland | PLN50.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Al Faisaliah Office Tower Floor No 7 (T07D), King Fahad Highway, Olaya District, Riyadh P.O box 295522, Riyadh, 11351, Saudi Arabia | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Capital (Saudi Arabia) | Custody Services | Saudi Arabia | SAR10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 9 & 11, Lightfoot Boston Street, Freetown, Sierra Leone | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Sierra Leone Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Sierra Leone | SLL1.00 Ordinary | 80.656 |
| The following company has the address of 9 Raffles Place, #27-00 Republic Plaza, 048619, Singapore | | | | |
| Actis Treit Holdings No.1 (Singapore) Private Limited1 | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| Actis Treit Holdings No.2 (Singapore) Private Limited1 | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 38 Beach Road, #29-11 South Beach Tower, 189767, Singapore | | | | |
| Assembly Payments Pte. Ltd.1 | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$ Preference | 100 |
| Assembly Payments SGP Pte. Ltd.1 | Transaction/Payment Processing Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, Singapore, 048619, Singapore | | | | |
| Audax Financial Technology Pte. Ltd | Support Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| Autumn Life Pte. Ltd. | Support Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary-A | 96.623 |
| CashEnable Pte. Ltd. | Digital Venture: Financial Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| Huma.Eco Pte. Ltd. | Support Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Letsbloom Pte. Ltd. | Others | Singapore | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| Libeara (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Digital Venture: Investment Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Libeara Pte. Ltd. | Digital Venture: Investment Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Pegasus Dealmaking Pte. Ltd. | Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) marketplace | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 1 Robinson Road, #17-00, AIA Tower, 048542, Singapore | | | | |
| CurrencyFair (Singapore) Pte.Ltd1 | Foreign Currency conversion services. | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 9 Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, 048619, Singapore | | | | |
| SCV Research and Development Pte. Ltd. | Others | Singapore | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| Zodia Custody (Singapore) Limited | Custody Services | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Inveco Pte. Ltd. | Venture: Carbon Credit Marketplace | Singapore | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 8 Marina Boulevard, Level 26, Marina Bay Financial Centre, Tower 1, 018981, Singapore | | | | |
| Marina Aquata Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Marina Aruana Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Cobia Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Fatmarini Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Frabandari Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Gerbera Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Opah Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Marina Partawati Shipping Pte. Ltd. | Leasing Business | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Tricor WP Corporate Services Pte Ltd, 80 Robinson Road #02-00, 068898, Singapore | | | | |
| Solv-India Pte. Ltd. | Investment Holding Entity | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 9 Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, Singapore, 048619, Singapore | | | | |
| Power2SME Pte. Ltd. | Investment Holding Entity | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 90.6 |
| SCV Master Holding Company Pte. Ltd. | Investment Holding Entity | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 7 Changi Business Park Crescent, #03-00 Standard Chartered @ Changi, 486028, Singapore | | | | |
| Raffles Nominees (Pte.) Limited | Nominee Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 8 Marina Boulevard, #27-01 Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 1, 018981, Singapore | | | | |
| SCTS Capital Pte. Ltd | Nominee Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| SCTS Management Pte. Ltd. | Nominee Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Singapore | SGD Non-cumulative Class C Tier-1 preference | 100 |
| | | | SGD Non-cumulative Class D Tier-1 Preference | 100 |
| | | | SGD Ordinary-A | 100 |
| | | | US$ Non-cumulative Class B Tier-1 Preference | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary-B | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary-C | 100 |
| | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Holdings (Singapore) Private Limited | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees (Singapore) Pte Ltd | Nominee Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Trust (Singapore) Limited | Trustee Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Abogado Pte Ltd, No. 8 Marina Boulevard, #05-02 MBFC Tower 1, 018981, Singapore | | | | |
| Standard Chartered IL&FS Management (Singapore) Pte. Limited | Investment Management | Singapore | USD Ordinary | 50 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of 9 Raffles Place, #26-01 Republic Plaza, 048619, Singapore | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Private Equity (Singapore) Pte. Ltd | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Real Estate Investment Holdings (Singapore) Private Limited | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 77 Robinson Road, #25-00 Robinson 77, 068896, Singapore | | | | |
| Trust Bank Singapore Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 60 |
| The following companies have the address of 2nd Floor, 115 West Street, Sandton, Johannesburg, 2196, South Africa | | | | |
| CMB Nominees (RF) PTY Limited | Nominee Services | South Africa | ZAR1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees South Africa Proprietary Limited (RF) | Nominee Services | South Africa | ZAR Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 6 Fort Street, PO 785848, , Birnam, Sandton, 2196 2146, South Africa | | | | |
| Promisepay (PTY) Ltd1 | Payment Services Provider | South Africa | ZAR1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 1F, No.177 & 3F-6F, 17F-19F, No.179, Liaoning Street, Zhongshan Dist., Taipei, 104, Taiwan | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Taiwan) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Taiwan (Province of China) | TWD10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Floor, International House, Shaaban Robert Street / Garden Avenue, PO Box 9011, Dar Es Salaam, Tanzania, United Republic of | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Tanzania Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Tanzania, United Republic of | TZS1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| | | | TZS1,000.00 Preference | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Tanzania Nominees Limited | Nominee Services | Tanzania, United Republic of | TZS1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of No. 140, 11th, 12th and 14th Floor, Wireless Road, Lumpini, Patumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Thai) Public Company Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Thailand | THB10.00 Ordinary | 99.871 |
| The following company has the address of Buyukdere Cad. Yapi Kredi Plaza C Blok, Kat 15, Levent, Istanbul, 34330, Turkey | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Yatirim Bankasi Turk Anonim Sirketi | Banking & Financial Services | Turkey | TRL0.10 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank Bldg, 5 Speke Road, PO Box 7111, Kampala, Uganda | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Uganda Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Uganda | UGS1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 14 Mackinnon Road, Nakasero, Kampala, 141769, Uganda | | | | |
| Furaha Finserve Uganda Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Uganda | US$1.00 Ordinary | 20 |
| The following company has the address of EX-26, Ground Floor, Bldg 16-Co Work, Dubai Internet City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | |
| Appro Onboarding Solutions FZ-LLC | IT solutions provider and support service provider. | United Arab Emirates | AED1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Suites 508, 509, 15th Floor, Al Sarab Tower, Adgm Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates | | | | |
| Financial Inclusion Technologies Ltd | Digital wallet and technology payments platform | United Arab Emirates | US$ Ordinary-A | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Unit GV-00-10-07-OF-02, Level 7, Gate Village Building 10, Dubai International Financial Centre, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | |
| Furaha Holding Ltd | Micro-lending Company | United Arab Emirates | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Standard Chartered Bank, 7th Floor, Building One, Gate Precinct, DIFC, PO Box 999, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | |
| Global Digital Asset Holdings Limited | Investment vehicle - Strategic investment | United Arab Emirates | US$ Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Part of Level 15, Standard Chartered Bank Building, Plot 8, Burj Downtown, Dubai, United Arab Emirates | | | | |
| myZoi Financial Inclusion Technologies LLC | Digital Venture: Activity auxiliary to financial intermediation | United Arab Emirates | AED1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 25 Taylor St, San Francisco CA 94102-3916, United States | | | | |
| Assembly Escrow Inc¹ | Payment Services Provider | United States | US$0.0001 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington DE 19808, United States | | | | |
| CurrencyFair (USA) Inc¹ | Digital Payment platform | United States | US$1.00 Uncertificated | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 1095 Avenue of Americas, New York City NY 10036, United States | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank International (Americas) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | United States | US$1,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington DE 19801, United States | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Holdings Inc. | Investment Holding Company | United States | US$100.00 Common | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Securities (North America) LLC | Banking & Financial Services | United States | Membership Interest | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary undertakings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 50 Fremont Street, San Francisco CA 94105, United States | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Overseas Investment, Inc. | Ultimate Holding Company | United States | US$10.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of C/O Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington DE 19808, United States | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Trade Services Corporation | Trade Services | United States | US$0.01 Common | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Level 3, #CP1.L01 and #CP2.L01, Capital Place, 29 Lieu Giai Street, Ngoc Khanh Ward, Ba Dinh District, Ha Noi, 10000, Vietnam | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank (Vietnam) Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Vietnam | VND Charter Capital | 100 |
| The following company has the address of The Company's Registered Office, Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, Virgin Islands, British | | | | |
| Sky Harmony Holdings Limited^{6} | Investment Holding Company | Virgin Islands, British | USD1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Stand No. 4642, Corner of Mwaimwena Road and Addis Ababa Dri, Lusaka, 10101, Zambia | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Bank Zambia Plc | Banking & Financial Services | Zambia | ZMW0.25 Ordinary | 90 |
| Standard Chartered Zambia Securities Services Nominees Limited | Nominee Services | Zambia | ZMW0.0203 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Africa Unity Square Building, 68 Nelson Mandela Avenue, Harare, Zimbabwe | | | | |
| Africa Enterprise Network Trust^{2} | Investment Holding Company | Zimbabwe | Trust Interest | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Bank Zimbabwe Limited | Banking & Financial Services | Zimbabwe | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Nominees Zimbabwe (Private) Limited | Ultimate Holding Company | Zimbabwe | US$2.00 Ordinary | 100 |
1. The Group has determined that these undertakings are excluded from being consolidated into the Groups accounts, and do not meet the definition of a Subsidiary under IFRS. See note 32 for the consolidation policy and disclosure of the undertaking.
2. No share capital by virtue of being a trust
3. Limited liability company
4. The Group has determined the principal place of operation to be Ireland
5. The Group has determined the principal place of operation to be United Kingdom
6. The Group has determined the principal place of operation to be Hong Kong
7. Company is exempt from the requirements of the companies Act relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of 5479A
8. Company numbers of the subsidiaries taking an audit exemption are SC Transport Leasing 1 LTD 06787116, SC Transport Leasing 2 Limited 06787090, Standard Chartered Leasing (UK) Limited 05513184, Standard Chartered Africa Limited 00002877, Standard Chartered Securities (Africa) Holdings Limited 05843604 and Standard Chartered Strategic Investments Limited 01388304
9. Directly held related undertaking
10. Group's ultimate ownership for CurrencyFair entities is 43.422%
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Joint ventures
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of Tricor WP Corporate Services Pte Ltd, 80 Robinson Road #02-00, 068898, Singapore | | | | |
| Olea Global Pte. Ltd. | Provision of trade finance products and services. | Singapore | $ Ordinary | 41 |
| | | | $ Preference | 100 |
Associates
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 41 Luke Street, London, EC2A 4DP, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Fintech for International Development Ltd | Financial intermediation | United Kingdom | $0.0001 Ordinary-A | 58.9 |
| The following company has the address of Bohai Bank Building, No.218 Hai He Dong Lu, Hedong District, Tianjin, China, 300012, China | | | | |
| China Bohai Bank Co., Ltd. | General commercial banking businesses | China | CNY1.00 Ordinary | 16.263 |
| The following company has the address of 17/F, 100, Gongpyeong-dong, Jongno-gu, Seoul, Korea, Republic of | | | | |
| Ascenta IV | Investment making | Korea, Republic of | Partnership Interest | 39.100 |
| The following company has the address of 1 Raffles Quay, #23-01, One Raffles Quay, 048583, Singapore | | | | |
| Clifford Capital Holdings Pte. Ltd. | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | $1.00 Ordinary | 9.9 |
| The following company has the address of 10 Marina Boulevard #08-08, Marina Bay, Financial Centre, 018983, Singapore | | | | |
| Verified Impact Exchange Holdings Pte. Ltd | Exchange offering liquidity of trade | Singapore | SGD Ordinary | 15 |
| The following company has the address of Victoria House, State House Avenue, Victoria, MAHE, Seychelles | | | | |
| Seychelles International Mercantile Banking Corporation Limited. | Commercial Bank | Seychelles | SCR1,000.00 Ordinary | 22 |
| The following company has the address of Gervinusstrasse 17, 60322, Frankfurt am Main, Hesse, Germany | | | | |
| SWIAT GmbH | Digital Venture: Financial Services | Germany | €1.00 Ordinary | 30 |
| The following company has the address of Izumi Garden Tower 19F, 1-6-1 Roppongi, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan | | | | |
| SBI Zodia Custody Co. Ltd | Others | Japan | JPY50,000.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 60B, Orchard Road, #06-18, Tower 2, The Atrium @ Orchard, 238891, Singapore | | | | |
| Partor Holdings Pte. Ltd. | Financial Services | Singapore | SGD1.00 Ordinary | 24.999 |
| | | | SGD1.00 Series A Preferred | 25.014 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Significant investment holdings and other related undertakings
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, EC2N 2AX, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Corrasi Covered Bonds (LM) Limited | Liquidation member (Bond holders) | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary | 20 |
| The following company has the address of Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands | | | | |
| ATSC Cayman Holdco Limited | Investment holding | Cayman Islands | $0.01 Ordinary-A | 5.272 |
| | | | $0.01 Ordinary-B | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Unit 605-07, 6/F Wing On Centre, 111 Connaught Road, Central, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong | | | | |
| Actis Temple Stay Holdings (HK) Limited | Investment holding | Hong Kong | $ Class A Ordinary | 39.689 |
| | | | $ Class B Ordinary | 39.689 |
| Actis Rivendell Holdings (HK) Limited | Investment holding | Hong Kong | $ Class A Ordinary | 39.671 |
| | | | $ Class B Ordinary | 39.671 |
| The following company has the address of 1221 A, Devika Tower, 12th Floor, 6 Nehru Place, New Delhi 110019, New Delhi, 110019, India | | | | |
| Mikado Realtors Private Limited | Other business activities | India | INR10.00 Ordinary | 26 |
| The following company has the address of 4th Floor, 274, Chitalia House, Dr. Cawasji Hormusji Road, Dhobi Talao, Mumbai City, Maharashtra, India 400 002, Mumbai, 400 002, India | | | | |
| Industrial Minerals and Chemical Co. Pvt. Ltd | Minerals and Chemical | India | INR100.00 Ordinary | 26 |
| The following company has the address of 17F, 47, Jong-ro, Jongno-gu, (17F, 100, Gongpyeong-dong, Jongno-gu), Seoul, Korea, Republic of | | | | |
| Ascenta III | Investment making | Korea | KRW1.00 Class B Equity Interest | 31 |
| The following company has the address of 3 Jalan Pisang, c/o Watiga Trust Ltd, 199070 Singapore | | | | |
| SCIAIGF Liquidating Trust^{1} | Investment Holding Company | Singapore | Trust Interest | 43.96 |
| The following company has the address of 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle DE 19808, United States | | | | |
| Paxata, Inc. | Data Analytics | United States | US$0.0001 Series C2 Preferred Stock | 40.74 |
| | | | US$0.0001 Series C3 Preferred Stock | 8.908 |
1. The Group has determined the principal place of operation to be Singapore
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
In liquidation
Subsidiary Undertakings
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus, Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Masterbrand Licensing Limited | To manage intellectual property for Group | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary Shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Bucktrout House, Glategny Esplanade, St Peter Port, GY1 3HQ, Guernsey | | | | |
| Birdsong Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Nominees One Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Nominees Two Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Songbird Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Secretaries (Guernsey) Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Standard Chartered Trust (Guernsey) Limited | Fiduciary Services | Guernsey | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 30 Rue Schrobilgen, 2526, Luxembourg | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Financial Services (Luxembourg) S.A. | Corporate Finance & Advisory Services | Luxembourg | €25.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Jiron Huascar 2055, Jesus Maria, Lima 15072, Peru | | | | |
| Banco Standard Chartered en Liquidacion | Banking services | Peru | $75.133 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Luis Alberto de Herrera 1248, Torre II, Piso 11, Esc. 1111, Uruguay | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Uruguay Representacion S.A. | Financial counselling services | Uruguay | UYU1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 555 Washington Av, St Louis, MO, United States of America, 63101 | | | | |
| Assembly Payments Inc¹ | Payment services provider | United States | $0.0001 Ordinary | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus, Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Leasing (UK) 3 Limited | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Liquidated/dissolved/sold
Subsidiary/Associate undertakings and Significant investment holdings
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, 156 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 3HN, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Leasing (UK) 2 Limited | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of C/o WALKERS CORPORATE LIMITED, 190 Elgin Avenue George Town Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands | | | | |
| Sirat Holdings Limited | Investment Holding Entity | Cayman Islands | $0.01 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of TMF Trust Labuan Limited, Brumby Centre, Lot 42, Jalan Muhibbah, 87000 Labuan FT, Malaysia | | | | |
| Pembroke Leasing (Labuan) 3 Berhad | Leasing Business | Malaysia | $ Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of c/o Ocorian Corporate Services (Mauritius) Ltd, 6th Floor, Tower A, 1 Cybercity, Ebene, 72201, Mauritius | | | | |
| Standard Chartered Financial Holdings | Investment Holding Company | Mauritius | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 142, Ahmadu Bello Way, Victoria Island, Lagos, 101241, Nigeria | | | | |
| Cherroots Nigeria Limited | Investment Holding Company | Nigeria | NGN1.00 Ordinary Shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 80 Robinson Road, #02-00, 068898, Singapore | | | | |
| Cardspal Pte. Ltd. | Support Services | Singapore | $ Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, Virgin Islands, British | | | | |
| Sky Favour Investments Limited | Investment Holding Company | Virgin Islands, British | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 14th Floor, One Taikoo Place, 979 King's Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong. | | | | |
| Kozagi Limited | Investment Holding Company | Hong Kong | HKD Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Hoogoorddreef 15, 1101 BA, Amsterdam, Netherlands | | | | |
| Pembroke Holland B.V. | Leasing Business | Netherlands | €450.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary/Associate undertakings and Significant investment holdings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following companies have the address of 32 Molesworth Street, Dublin 2, D02Y512, Ireland | | | | |
| Inishbrophy Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Inishcannon Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Inishcrean Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Inishdawson Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Inisherkin Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Inishoo Leasing Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Nightjar Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 1 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 2 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | €1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 3 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 4 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 5 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 6 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 7 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 8 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 9 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 10 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 11 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 12 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 13 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 14 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 15 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing 16 Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing Holdings Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Pembroke Capital Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | €1.25 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| | | | US$1.00 Ordinary | 100 |
| Skua Limited | Leasing Business | Ireland | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of First Names House, Victoria Road, Douglas, IM2 4DF, Isle of Man | | | | |
| Pembroke Group Limited | Aircraft leasing, fleet advisory and technical services | Isle of Man | $0.01 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of No. 1034, Managed by Tianjin Dongjiang Secretarial Services, Co., Ltd., Room 202, Office Area of Inspection Warehouse, No.6262 Ao Zhou Road, Dongjiang Free Trade Port Zone, Tianjin Pilot Free Trade Zone, China | | | | |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing (Tianjin) Limited | Holding Company | China | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of No. 1035, Managed by Tianjin Dongjiang Secretarial Services, Co., Ltd., Room 202, Office Area of Inspection Warehouse, No.6262 Ao Zhou Road, Dongjiang Free Trade Port Zone, Tianjin Pilot Free Trade Zone, China | | | | |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing Tianjin 1 Limited | SPV for Aircraft Operating Lease Business | China | CNY1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# 40. Related undertakings of the Group continued
Subsidiary/Associate undertakings and Significant investment holdings continued
| Name and registered address | Activity | Place of incorporation | Description of shares | Proportion of shares held (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The following company has the address of No. 1036, Managed by Tianjin Dongjiang Secretarial Services, Co., Ltd., Room 202, Office Area of Inspection Warehouse., No.6262 Ao Zhou Road, Dongjiang Free Trade Port Zone., Tianjin Pilot Free Trade Zone, China | | | | |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing Tianjin 2 Limited | SPV for Aircraft Operating Lease Business | China | CNY1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of 1 Basinghall Avenue, London, EC2V 5DD, United Kingdom | | | | |
| Pembroke Aircraft Leasing (UK) Limited | Leasing Business | United Kingdom | £1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following companies have the address of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands | | | | |
| Marina Alysse Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Marina Amandier Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Marina Ambroisee Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Marina Buxus Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Marina Dorado Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| Marina Protea Shipping Limited | Ownership and Leasing of vessels | Marshall Islands | $1.00 Ordinary shares | 100 |
| The following company has the address of 3, Floor 1, No.1, Shiner Wuxingcaiyuan, West Er Huan Rd., Xi Shan District, Kunming, Yunnan Province, PRC, China | | | | |
| Yunnan Golden Shiner Property Development Co., Ltd. | Real Estate Developers | China | CNY1.00 Ordinary shares | 42.5 |
| The following companies has the address of 49, Sungei Kadut Avenue, #03-01 S729673, Singapore | | | | |
| Omni Centre Pte. Ltd. | Real Estate Owners & Developers | Singapore | SGD Redeemable Convertible Preference shares | 99.998 |
| The following company has the address of 505 Howard St. #201, San Francisco, CA 94105, United States | | | | |
| SC Studios, LLC | Offshore Support Services | United States | US$1.00 Membership Interest | 100 |
| The following company has the address of Avenue de Tivoli 2, 1007, Lausanne, Switzerland | | | | |
| Metaco SA | Integrated infrastructure solutions | Switzerland | CHF 0.01 Preference A Shares | 29.505 |
Save for those disclosed in this Annual Report, there were no other significant investments held, nor were there material acquisitions or disposals of subsidiaries during the year under review. Apart from those disclosed in this Annual Report, there were no material investments or additions of capital assets authorised by the Board at the date of this Annual Report.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
487
---
Supplementary information
# Supplementary information
490 Supplementary financial information
498 Supplementary people information
504 Supplementary sustainability information
508 2023 Sustainability Aspirations
511 TCFD summary and alignment index
517 Shareholder information
522 Main awards and accolades
523 Glossary
# Our weather photographers of the year
We are showcasing three of the most striking weather and climate photographs captured by our colleagues, as voted for by over 4,000 employees.
These pictures were originally submitted as part of the annual Standard Chartered Weather Photographer of the Year competition, organised by the UK's Royal Meteorological Society.
Climate change will hit hardest in many of the communities and markets where we operate. Its impact on the environment and human health significantly affects sustainable economic growth and the future of society. These pictures aim to draw attention to the beauty of the planet and the importance of its conservation. We're committed to net zero carbon emissions in our own operations by 2025, and financing by 2050.
Read more on sc.com/scwpy
Zhangjiajie National Forest Park, China
Photographer: Irene Yuan
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2022
---
Amboseli, Kenya
Photographer: Arvind Karthik
Kolukkumalai Peak, Tamil Nadu, India
Photographer: Akshat Tholia
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
489
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary financial information
# Supplementary financial information
Five-year summary
| | 2023$ million | 2022$ million | 2021$ million | 2020$ million | 2019$ million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Operating profit before impairment losses and taxation | 6,468 | 5,405 | 3,777 | 4,374 | 4,484 |
| Impairment losses on loans and advances and other credit risk provisions | (508) | (836) | (254) | (2,325) | (908) |
| Other impairment1 | (1,008) | (425) | (372) | (98) | (136) |
| Profit before taxation | 5,093 | 4,286 | 3,347 | 1,613 | 3,713 |
| Profit attributable to shareholders | 3,469 | 2,948 | 2,315 | 724 | 2,303 |
| Loans and advances to banks2 | 44,977 | 39,519 | 44,383 | 44,347 | 53,549 |
| Loans and advances to customers2 | 286,975 | 310,647 | 298,468 | 281,699 | 268,523 |
| Total assets | 822,844 | 819,922 | 827,818 | 789,050 | 720,398 |
| Deposits by banks2 | 28,030 | 28,789 | 30,041 | 30,255 | 28,562 |
| Customer accounts2 | 469,418 | 461,677 | 474,570 | 439,339 | 405,357 |
| Shareholders' equity | 44,445 | 43,162 | 46,011 | 45,886 | 44,835 |
| Total capital resources3 | 62,389 | 63,731 | 69,282 | 67,383 | 66,868 |
| Information per ordinary share | | | | | |
| Basic earnings per share | 108.6c | 85.9c | 61.3c | 10.4c | 57.0c |
| Underlying earnings per share | 128.9c | 97.9c | 85.8c | 36.1c | 75.7c |
| Dividends per share4 | 27.0c | 18.0c | 12.0c | - | 22.0c |
| Net asset value per share | 1,629.0c | 1,453.3c | 1,456.4c | 1,409.3c | 1,358.3c |
| Net tangible asset value per share | 1,393.0c | 1,249.0c | 1,277.0c | 1,249.0c | 1,192.5c |
| Return on assets5 | 0.4% | 0.4% | 0.3% | 0.1% | 0.3% |
| Ratios | | | | | |
| Reported return on ordinary shareholders' equity | 7.2% | 6.0% | 4.2% | 0.8% | 4.2% |
| Reported return on ordinary shareholders' tangible equity | 8.4% | 6.8% | 4.8% | 0.9% | 4.8% |
| Underlying return on ordinary shareholders' equity | 8.7% | 6.9% | 5.9% | 2.6% | 5.6% |
| Underlying return on ordinary shareholders' tangible equity | 10.1% | 7.7% | 6.8% | 3.0% | 6.4% |
| Reported cost to income ratio (excluding UK Bank Levy) | 63.5% | 66.3% | 73.6% | 68.1% | 68.7% |
| Reported cost to income ratio (including UK Bank Levy) | 64.1% | 66.9% | 74.3% | 70.4% | 70.9% |
| Underlying cost to income ratio (excluding UK Bank levy) | 63.4% | 65.5% | 69.8% | 66.4% | 65.9% |
| Underlying cost to income ratio (including UK Bank levy) | 64.1% | 66.2% | 70.5% | 68.7% | 68.2% |
| Capital ratios: | | | | | |
| CET 16 | 14.1% | 14.0% | 14.1% | 14.4% | 13.8% |
| Total capital6 | 21.2% | 21.7% | 21.3% | 21.2% | 21.2% |
1 Other Impairment includes $850 million (2022: $308 million) impairment charge relating to the Group's investment in its associate China Bohai Bank (Bohai)
2 Excludes amounts held at fair value through profit or loss
3 Shareholders' funds, non-controlling interests and subordinated loan capital
4 Dividend paid during the year per share
5 Represents profit attributable to shareholders divided by the total assets of the Group
6 Unaudited
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Analysis of underlying performance by key market
The following tables provide information for key markets in which the Group operates. The numbers are prepared on a management view. Refer to Note 2 for details.
| | 2023 | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | China $million | Taiwan $million | Singapore $million | India $million | Indonesia $million | UAE $million | UK $million | US $million |
| Operating income | 4,167 | 1,074 | 1,158 | 558 | 2,455 | 1,206 | 241 | 794 | 102 | 870 |
| Operating expenses | (1,927) | (731) | (894) | (331) | (1,214) | (865) | (191) | (392) | (870) | (634) |
| Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation | 2,240 | 343 | 264 | 227 | 1,241 | 341 | 50 | 402 | (768) | (236) |
| Credit impairment | (372) | (48) | (113) | (42) | (48) | (31) | (8) | 24 | 14 | 12 |
| Other impairment | (17) | 1 | (5) | (5) | (14) | (11) | (2) | (5) | (15) | (5) |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | - | - | 114 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation | 1,851 | 296 | 260 | 180 | 1,179 | 299 | 40 | 421 | (769) | 243 |
| Total assets employed | 190,484 | 56,638 | 41,508 | 21,638 | 102,724 | 33,781 | 5,470 | 20,376 | 149,982 | 88,113 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers1 | 87,590 | 33,443 | 15,882 | 11,634 | 62,030 | 13,832 | 2,533 | 8,495 | 31,067 | 27,434 |
| Total liabilities employed | 183,112 | 46,666 | 38,252 | 20,365 | 109,825 | 26,532 | 4,355 | 17,214 | 92,168 | 72,583 |
| Of which: customer accounts1 | 155,446 | 37,032 | 31,211 | 18,621 | 86,282 | 18,709 | 3,024 | 13,924 | 72,610 | 40,846 |
| | 20222 | | | | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | China $million | Taiwan $million | Singapore $million | India $million | Indonesia $million | UAE $million | UK $million | US $million |
| Operating income | 3,441 | 1,140 | 1,154 | 473 | 1,909 | 1,222 | 214 | 621 | 1,013 | 1,031 |
| Operating expenses | (1,816) | (733) | (844) | (336) | (1,082) | (766) | (183) | (369) | (742) | (603) |
| Operating profit before impairment losses and taxation | 1,625 | 407 | 310 | 137 | 827 | 456 | 31 | 252 | 271 | 428 |
| Credit impairment | (579) | (55) | (200) | (15) | 84 | (31) | 4 | 81 | 36 | 13 |
| Other impairment | (1) | (1) | (3) | (1) | (2) | (1)
| - | - |
35 | - |
| Profit from associates and joint ventures | - | - | 179 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Underlying profit before taxation | 1,045 | 351 | 286 | 121 | 909 | 424 | 35 | 333 | 342 | 441 |
| Total assets employed | 171,086 | 68,903 | 39,508 | 21,919 | 97,914 | 30,412 | 5,237 | 19,624 | 187,832 | 67,019 |
| Of which: loans and advances to customers1 | 85,359 | 49,264 | 15,652 | 11,283 | 59,872 | 15,025 | 2,403 | 7,913 | 39,356 | 19,951 |
| Total liabilities employed | 165,499 | 58,992 | 33,124 | 20,216 | 104,318 | 23,210 | 4,257 | 16,256 | 140,160 | 64,825 |
| Of which: customer accounts1 | 138,713 | 43,620 | 24,347 | 18,509 | 79,409 | 15,199 | 2,924 | 12,710 | 104,482 | 28,424 |
1. Loans and advances to customers includes FVTPL and customer accounts includes FVTPL and repurchase agreements
2. Underlying performance for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary financial information
# Analysis of operating income by product and segment
The following tables provide a breakdown of the Group's underlying operating income by product and client segment.
| | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking$ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking$ million | Ventures$ million | Central & other items (segment)$ million | Total$ million |
| Transaction Banking | 5,656 | 181
| - | - |
5,837 |
| Trade & Working capital | 1,246 | 48
| - | - |
1,294 |
| Cash Management | 4,410 | 133
| - | - |
4,543 |
| Financial Markets | 5,099
| - | - | - |
5,099 |
| Macro Trading | 2,827
| - | - | - |
2,827 |
| Credit Markets | 1,803
| - | - | - |
1,803 |
| Credit Trading | 554
| - | - | - |
554 |
| Financing Solutions & Issuance2 | 1,249
| - | - | - |
1,249 |
| Financing & Securities Services2 | 469
| - | - | - |
469 |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 469 | 29
| - | - |
498 |
| Wealth Management | - | 1,944
| - | - |
1,944 |
| Retail Products | 1 | 4,927 | 41 | - | 4,969 |
| CCPL and other unsecured lending | - | 1,068 | 93 | - | 1,161 |
| Deposits | 1 | 3,488 | (52) | - | 3,437 |
| Mortgage & Auto | - | 236
| - | - |
236 |
| Other Retail Products | - | 135
| - | - |
135 |
| Treasury
| - | - |
30 | (932) | (902) |
| Other | (7) | 25 | 85 | (170) | (67) |
| Total underlying operating income | 11,218 | 7,106 | 156 | (1,102) | 17,378 |
| | 2022 (Restated)1 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Corporate, Commercial & Institutional Banking$ million | Consumer, Private & Business Banking$ million | Ventures$ million | Central & other items (segment)$ million | Total$ million |
| Transaction Banking | 3,751 | 123
| - | - |
3,874 |
| Trade & Working capital | 1,288 | 55
| - | - |
1,343 |
| Cash Management | 2,463 | 68
| - | - |
2,531 |
| Financial Markets | 5,345
| - | - | - |
5,345 |
| Macro Trading | 2,965
| - | - | - |
2,965 |
| Credit Markets | 1,761
| - | - | - |
1,761 |
| Credit Trading | 488
| - | - | - |
488 |
| Financing Solutions & Issuance2 | 1,273
| - | - | - |
1,273 |
| Financing & Securities Services2 | 619
| - | - | - |
619 |
| Lending & Portfolio Management | 521 | 37
| - | - |
558 |
| Wealth Management | 1 | 1,795
| - | - |
1,796 |
| Retail Products | 1 | 4,013 | 13 | - | 4,027 |
| CCPL and other unsecured lending | - | 1,180 | 22 | - | 1,202 |
| Deposits | 1 | 2,029 | (9) | - | 2,021 |
| Mortgage & Auto | - | 633
| - | - |
633 |
| Other Retail Products | - | 171
| - | - |
171 |
| Treasury
| - | - |
5 | 332 | 337 |
| Other | (11) | 1 | 11 | (176) | (175) |
| Total underlying operating income | 9,608 | 5,969 | 29 | 156 | 15,762 |
1 Underlying income for relevant periods in 2022 has been restated for the removal of (i) exit markets and businesses in AME (ii) Aviation Finance and (iii) DVA. No change to reported performance
2 Shipping Finance is now reported under "Financing Solutions & Issuance" which was reported under "Financing & Securities Services" in Q1'23
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Insured and uninsured deposits
SCB operates and provides services to customers across many countries and insured deposit is determined on the basis of limits enacted within local regulations.
| | 2023 | | 2022 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million |
| Insured deposits | 10 | 66,753 | 28 | 60,008 |
| Current accounts | 9 | 15,767 | 8 | 16,373 |
| Savings deposits | - | 27,376 | - | 26,973 |
| Time deposits | 1 | 23,517 | 20 | 16,599 |
| Other deposits | - | 93 | - | 63 |
| Uninsured deposits | 35,500 | 467,868 | 36,795 | 460,221 |
| Current accounts | 20,969 | 150,559 | 22,425 | 144,931 |
| Savings deposits | - | 91,425 | - | 90,937 |
| Time deposits | 8,295 | 176,977 | 6,870 | 176,090 |
| Other deposits | 6,236 | 48,907 | 7,500 | 48,263 |
| Total | 35,510 | 534,621 | 36,823 | 520,229 |
# UK and non-UK deposits
The following table summarises the split of Bank and Customer deposits into UK and Non-UK deposits for respective account lines based on the domicile or residence of the clients.
| | 2023 | | 2022 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million |
| UK deposits | 2,918 | 29,318 | 4,163 | 38,557 |
| Current accounts | 925 | 7,062 | 903 | 8,955 |
| Savings deposits | - | 330 | - | 420 |
| Time deposits | 310 | 5,412 | 1,004 | 6,760 |
| Other deposits | 1,683 | 16,514 | 2,256 | 22,422 |
| Non-UK deposits | 32,592 | 505,303 | 32,660 | 481,672 |
| Current accounts | 20,053 | 159,264 | 21,530 | 152,349 |
| Savings deposits | - | 118,471 | - | 117,490 |
| Time deposits | 7,986 | 195,082 | 5,886 | 185,929 |
| Other deposits | 4,553 | 32,486 | 5,244 | 25,904 |
| Total | 35,510 | 534,621 | 36,823 | 520,229 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary financial information
Contractual maturity of Loans, Investment securities and Deposits
| | 2023 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Loans and advances to banks $million | Loans and advances to customers $million | Investment securities - Treasury and other eligible Bills $million | Investment securities - Debt securities $million | Investment securities - Equity shares $million | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million |
| One year or less | 72,717 | 197,125 | 38,877 | 59,023 | - | 31,333 | 485,908 |
| Between one and five years | 3,975 | 52,532 | 4 | 69,075 | - | 4,174 | 46,365 |
| Between five and ten years | 837 | 19,184 | 1 | 18,804 | - | 2 | 567 |
| Between ten years and fifteen years | 35 | 14,084 | - | 9,276
| - | - |
1,341 |
| More than fifteen years and undated | 226 | 62,561 | - | 18,155 | 3,932 | - | 441 |
| Total | 77,790 | 345,486 | 38,882 | 174,333 | 3,932 | 35,509 | 534,622 |
| | | | | | | | |
| Total amortised cost and FVOCI exposures | 44,977 | 286,975 | | | | | |
| Fixed interest rate exposures | 38,505 | 168,697 | | | | | |
| Floating interest rate exposures | 6,472 | 118,278 | | | | | |
| | 2022 | | | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Loans and advances to banks $million | Loans and advances to customers $million | Investment securities - Treasury and other eligible Bills $million | Investment securities - Debt securities $million | Investment securities - Equity shares $million | Bank deposits $million | Customer accounts $million |
| One year or less | 60,132 | 208,691 | 42,269 | 47,193 | - | 35,240 | 508,125 |
| Between one and five years | 3,630 | 52,563 | 482 | 63,523 | - | 1,576 | 10,281 |
| Between five and ten years | 411 | 18,067 | - | 20,078 | - | 7 | 694 |
| Between ten years and fifteen years | 92 | 13,305 | - | 12,921
| - | - |
598 |
| More than fifteen years and undated | 184 | 65,104 | - | 15,720 | 4,037 | - | 531 |
| Total | 64,449 | 357,730 | 42,751 | 159,435 | 4,037 | 36,823 | 520,229 |
| | | | | | | | |
| Total amortised cost and FVOCI exposures | 39,519 | 310,647 | | | | | |
| Fixed interest rate exposures | 36,218 | 170,609 | | | | | |
| Floating interest rate exposures | 3,301 | 140,038 | | | | | |
Maturity and yield of Debt securities, alternative tier one and other eligible bills held at amortised cost
| | One year or less | | Between one and five years | | Between five and ten years | | More than ten years | | Total | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % |
| Central and Central and other government agencies | | | | | | | | | | |
| - US | 1,861 | 1.39 | 9,171 | 1.61 | 5,799 | 1.67 | 4,524 | 3.89 | 21,355 | 2.09 |
| - UK | 39 | 2.75 | 85 | 1.06 | 101 | 0.67
| - | - |
225 | 1.18 |
| - Other | 5,045 | 2.72 | 9,560 | 2.80 | 2,289 | 3.12 | 81 | 4.74 | 16,975 | 2.84 |
| Other debt securities | 2,487 | 6.45 | 2,658 | 5.37 | 2,262 | 5.44 | 10,973 | 5.13 | 18,380 | 5.38 |
| As at 31 December 2023 | 9,432 | 3.44 | 21,474 | 2.61 | 10,451 | 2.79 | 15,578 | 4.77 | 56,935 | 3.37 |
| | One year or less | | Between one and five years | | Between five and ten years | | More than ten years | | Total | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % | $million | Yield % |
| Central and other government agencies | | | | | | | | | | |
| - US | 2,208 | 1.58 | 5,437 | 1.41 | 6,317 | 1.32 | 4,498 | 3.47 | 18,460 | 1.90 |
| - UK
| - | - |
85 | 1.98 | 60 | 0.50 | 47 | 0.90 | 192 | 1.26 |
| - Other | 3,599 | 2.71 | 9,659 | 1.98 | 3,541 | 2.24 | 44 | 4.00 | 16,843 | 2.19 |
| Other debt securities | 4,752 | 4.53 | 2,869 | 5.07 | 1,454 | 4.09 | 15,144 | 3.55 | 24,219 | 3.96 |
| As at 31 December 2022 | 10,559 | 3.29 | 18,050 | 2.30 | 11,372 | 1.96 | 19,733 | 3.53 | 59,714 | 2.82 |
The maturity distributions are presented in the above table on the basis of residual contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year by the book amount of debt securities at that date.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Average balance sheets and yields and volume and price variances
## Average balance sheets and yields
The following tables set out the average balances and yields for the Group's assets and liabilities for the periods ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 under the revised definition of net interest margin. For the purpose of these tables, average balances have been determined on the basis of daily balances, except for certain categories, for which balances have been determined less frequently. The Group does not believe that the information presented in these tables would be significantly different had such balances been determined on a daily basis.
| Average assets | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average non-interest earning balance $million | Average interest earning balance $million | Interest income $million | Gross yield % | Gross yield total balance % |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 10,466 | 67,634 | 2,833 | 4.19 | 3.63 |
| Gross loans and advances to banks | 34,743 | 44,161 | 2,095 | 4.74 | 2.66 |
| Gross loans and advances to customers | 55,235 | 301,570 | 15,698 | 5.20 | 4.40 |
| Impairment provisions against loans and advances to banks and customers | - | (5,894) | - | - | - |
| Investment securities – Treasury and Other Eligible Bills | 7,955 | 32,026 | 1,596 | 4.98 | 3.99 |
| Investment securities – Debt Securities | 29,912 | 133,023 | 5,005 | 3.76 | 3.07 |
| Investment securities – Equity Shares | 3,190 | - | - | - | - |
| Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | 8,861 | - | - | - | - |
| Prepayments, accrued income and other assets | 126,539 | - | - | - | - |
| Investment associates and joint ventures | 1,628 | - | - | - | - |
| Total average assets | 278,529 | 572,520 | 27,227 | 4.76 | 3.20 |
| Average assets | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average non-interest earning balance $million | Average interest earning balance $million | Interest income $million | Gross yield % | Gross yield total balance % |
| Cash and balances at central banks | 19,700 | 54,503 | 765 | 1.40 | 1.03 |
| Gross loans and advances to banks | 29,576 | 42,953 | 853 | 1.99 | 1.18 |
| Gross loans and advances to customers | 61,480 | 306,880 | 10,168 | 3.31 | 2.76 |
| Impairment provisions against loans and advances to banks and customers | - | (5,867) | - | - | - |
| Investment securities – Treasury and Other Eligible Bills | 5,564 | 25,924 | 630 | 2.43 | 2.00 |
| Investment securities – Debt Securities | 23,618 | 140,977 | 2,836 | 2.01 | 1.72 |
| Investment securities – Equity Shares | 4,152 | - | - | - | - |
| Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | 8,821 | - | - | - | - |
| Prepayments, accrued income and other assets | 142,599 | - | - | - | - |
| Investment associates and joint ventures | 2,152 | - | - | - | - |
| Total average assets | 297,662 | 565,370 | 15,252 | 2.70 | 1.77 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary financial information
Average liabilities
| Average liabilities | 2023 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average non-interest bearing balance $million | Average interest bearing balance $million | Interest expense $million | Rate paid % | Rate paid total balance % |
| Deposits by banks | 14,238 | 24,066 | 796 | 3.31 | 2.08 |
| Customer accounts: | | | | | |
| Current accounts | 41,911 | 132,537 | 3,619 | 2.73 | 2.07 |
| Savings deposits | - | 112,046 | 1,981 | 1.77 | 1.77 |
| Time deposits | 15,345 | 186,287 | 8,204 | 4.40 | 4.07 |
| Other deposits | 44,211 | 6,527 | 488 | 7.48 | 0.96 |
| Debt securities in issue | 12,259 | 65,579 | 3,367 | 5.13 | 4.33 |
| Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities | 132,442 | 1,009 | 52 | 5.15 | 0.04 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | - | 12,299 | 951 | 7.73 | 7.73 |
| Non-controlling interests | 373 | - | - | - | - |
| Shareholders' funds | 49,920 | - | - | - | - |
| | 310,699 | 540,350 | 19,458 | 3.60 | 2.29 |
| Adjustment for Financial Markets funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets | | | (1,778) | | |
| Total average liabilities and shareholders' funds | 310,699 | 540,350 | 17,680 | 3.27 | 2.08 |
| Average liabilities | 2022 | | | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Average non-interest bearing balance $million | Average interest bearing balance $million | Interest expense $million | Rate paid % | Rate paid total balance % |
| Deposits by banks | 17,039 | 27,241 | 433 | 1.59 | 0.98 |
| Customer accounts: | | | | | |
| Current accounts | 51,375 | 132,709 | 1,480 | 1.12 | 0.80 |
| Savings deposits | - | 131,571 | 832 | 0.63 | 0.63 |
| Time deposits | 11,586 | 152,118 | 3,021 | 1.99 | 1.85 |
| Other deposits | 52,962 | 5,094 | 110 | 2.16 | 0.19 |
| Debt securities in issue | 6,720 | 60,559 | 1,169 | 1.93 | 1.74 |
| Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities | 147,814 | 1,065 | 44 | 4.13 | 0.03 |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | - | 14,994 | 570 | 3.80 | 3.80 |
| Non-controlling interests | 312 | - | - | - | - |
| Shareholders' funds | 49,873 | - | - | - | - |
| | 337,681 | 525,351 | 7,659 | 1.46 | 0.89 |
| Adjustment for Financial Markets funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets | | | (383) | | |
| Total average liabilities and shareholders' funds | 337,681 | 525,351 | 7,276 | 1.38 | 0.84 |
Net interest margin
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Interest income (Reported) | 27,227 | 15,252 |
| Average interest earning assets | 572,520 | 565,370 |
| Gross yield (%) | 4.76 | 2.70 |
| Interest expense (Reported) | 19,458 | 7,659 |
| Adjustment for Financial Markets funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets | (1,778) | (383) |
| Interest expense adjusted for Financial Markets trading book funding costs and financial guarantee fees on interest-earning assets | 17,680 | 7,276 |
| Average interest-bearing liabilities | 540,350 | 525,351 |
| Rate paid (%) | 3.27 | 1.38 |
| Net yield (%) | 1.49 | 1.32 |
| Net interest income adjusted for Financial Markets funding costs and Financial guarantee fees on interest earning assets | 9,547 | 7,976 |
| Net interest margin (%) | 1.67 | 1.41 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Volume and price variances
The following table analyses the estimated change in the Group's net interest income attributable to changes in the average volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and changes in their respective interest rates for the years presented. Volume and rate variances have been determined based on movements in average balances and average exchange rates over the year and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities.
| | 2023 versus 2022 | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | (Decrease)/increase in interest due to: | | Net increase/(decrease) in interest $million |
| | Volume $million | Rate $million | |
| Cash and unrestricted balances at central banks | 550 | 1,518 | 2,068 |
| Loans and advances to banks | 57 | 1,185 | 1,242 |
| Loans and advances to customers | (284) | 5,814 | 5,530 |
| Investment securities | (74) | 3,209 | 3,135 |
| Total interest earning assets | 249 | 11,726 | 11,975 |
| Interest bearing liabilities | | | |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | (208) | 589 | 381 |
| Deposits by banks | (105) | 468 | 363 |
| Customer accounts: | | | |
| Current accounts and savings deposits | (458) | 3,769 | 3,311 |
| Time and other deposits | 1,601 | 3,945 | 5,546 |
| Debt securities in issue | 258 | 1,940 | 2,198 |
| Total interest bearing liabilities | 1,088 | 10,711 | 11,799 |
| | 2022 versus 2021 | | |
| | (Decrease)/increase in interest due to: | | Net increase/(decrease) in interest $million |
| | Volume $million | Rate $million | |
| Interest earning assets | | | |
| Cash and unrestricted balances at central banks | (21) | 694 | 673 |
| Loans and advances to banks | (60) | 423 | 363 |
| Loans and advances to customers | (17) | 2,611 | 2,594 |
| Investment securities | 228 | 1,148 | 1,376 |
| Total interest earning assets | 130 | 4,876 | 5,006 |
| Interest bearing liabilities | | | |
| Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | (58) | 131 | 73 |
| Deposits by banks | (3) | 300 | 297 |
| Customer accounts: | | | |
| Current accounts and savings deposits | 18 | 1,428 | 1,446 |
| Time and other deposits | 157 | 1,635 | 1,792 |
| Debt securities in issue | 27 | 576 | 603 |
| Total interest bearing liabilities | 141 | 4,070 | 4,211 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary people information
# Supplementary people information
| Global1 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Full-time equivalent (FTE) | 84,958 | 83,195 | 81,904 | 2.1 |
| Headcount (year end) | 85,007 | 83,266 | 81,957 | 2.1 |
| Employed workers (permanent) | 84,073 | 82,319 | 80,605 | 2.1 |
| of which female | 37,598 | 37,259 | 36,644 | 0.9 |
| Fixed term workers (temporary) | 934 | 947 | 1,352 | (1.4) |
| of which female | 453 | 429 | 637 | 5.6 |
| Non-employed workers (NEW) | 12,537 | 13,962 | 13,845 | (10.2) |
| Non-outsourced NEW2 | 4,925 | 5,873 | 6,130 | (16.1) |
| Outsourced NEW3 | 7,612 | 8,089 | 7,715 | (5.9) |
| Headcount (12-month average) | 85,353 | 82,987 | 82,736 | 2.9 |
| Male | | | | |
| FTE | 45,993 | 44,709 | 44,033 | 2.9 |
| Headcount | 46,004 | 44,734 | 44,045 | 2.8 |
| Full-time | 45,975 | 44,683 | 44,002 | 2.9 |
| Part-time | 29 | 51 | 43 | (43.1) |
| Female | | | | |
| FTE | 38,014 | 37,642 | 37,240 | 1.0 |
| Headcount | 38,051 | 37,688 | 37,281 | 1.0 |
| Full-time | 37,926 | 37,551 | 37,138 | 1.0 |
| Part-time | 125 | 137 | 143 | (8.8) |
| Undisclosed4 | | | | |
| FTE | 950 | 844 | 631 | 12.6 |
| Headcount | 952 | 844 | 631 | 12.8 |
| Full-time | 944 | 843 | 630 | 12.0 |
| Part-time | 8 | 1 | 1 | 700.0 |
| Nationalities | 129 | 131 | 132 | (1.5) |
| Position type | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| Management team | 13 | 13 | 15 | - |
| of which female | 7 | 6 | 5 | 16.7 |
| of which female (%) | 53.8% | 46.2% | 33.3% | 16.7 |
| Management team and their direct reports5 | 133 | 131 | 116 | 1.5 |
| of which female | 48 | 43 | 33 | 11.6 |
| of which female (%) | 36.1% | 32.8% | 28.4% | 9.9 |
| Senior leadership6 | 4,541 | 4,422 | 4,227 | 2.7 |
| of which female | 1,474 | 1,420 | 1,299 | 3.8 |
| of which female (%) | 32.5% | 32.1% | 30.7% | 1.1 |
| Rest of Employees | 80,466 | 78,844 | 77,730 | 2.1 |
| of which female | 36,577 | 36,268 | 35,982 | 0.9 |
| of which female (%) | 45.5% | 46.0% | 46.3% | (1.2) |
| of which who have supervisory responsibilities | 11,009 | 11,067 | 11,109 | (0.5) |
| of which female | 3,905 | 3,995 | 4,009 | (2.3) |
| of which female (%) | 35.5% | 36.1% | 36.1% | (1.7) |
| Business FTE7 | 29,909 | 30,589 | 30,921 | (2.2) |
| Business headcount | 29,929 | 30,619 | 30,940 | (2.3) |
| of which female | 15,335 | 15,794 | 15,997 | (2.9) |
| Support services FTE7 | 55,049 | 52,607 | 50,983 | 4.6 |
| Support services headcount | 55,078 | 52,647 | 51,017 | 4.6 |
| of which female | 22,716 | 21,894 | 21,284 | 3.8 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Region | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Asia FTE | 71,097 | 69,329 | 67,840 | 2.6 |
| Asia headcount | 71,123 | 69,364 | 67,870 | 2.5 |
| Asia female headcount | 32,452 | 32,033 | 31,470 | 1.3 |
| Asia employed workers headcount | 70,394 | 68,585 | 66,968 | 2.6 |
| Asia fixed term workers headcount | 729 | 779 | 902 | (6.4) |
| Asia full time headcount | 71,051 | 69,257 | 67,774 | 2.6 |
| Asia part time headcount | 72 | 107 | 96 | (32.7) |
| AME FTE | 8,575 | 8,905 | 9,372 | (3.7) |
| AME headcount | 8,577 | 8,921 | 9,373 | (3.9) |
| AME female headcount | 3,766 | 3,918 | 4,100 | (3.9) |
| AME employed workers headcount | 8,432 | 8,813 | 8,999 | (4.3) |
| AME fixed term workers headcount | 145 | 108 | 374 | 34.3 |
| AME full time headcount | 8,574 | 8,917 | 9,369 | (3.8) |
| AME part time headcount | 3 | 4 | 4 | (25.0) |
| EA FTE | 5,286 | 4,962 | 4,691 | 6.5 |
| EA headcount | 5,307 | 4,981 | 4,714 | 6.5 |
| EA female headcount | 1,833 | 1,737 | 1,711 | 5.5 |
| EA employed workers headcount | 5,247 | 4,921 | 4,638 | 6.6 |
| EA fixed term workers headcount | 60 | 60 | 76 | - |
| EA full time headcount | 5,220 | 4,903 | 4,627 | 6.5 |
| EA part time headcount | 87 | 78 | 87 | 11.5 |
| Age | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| < 30 years FTE | 13,168 | 13,826 | 14,063 | (4.8) |
| < 30 years headcount | 13,176 | 13,836 | 14,069 | (4.8) |
| < 30 years female headcount | 6,848 | 7,397 | 7,623 | (7.4) |
| 30-50 years FTE | 63,309 | 61,651 | 60,891 | 2.7 |
| 30-50 years headcount | 63,334 | 61,691 | 60,919 | 2.7 |
| 30-50 years female headcount | 27,432 | 26,870 | 26,583 | 2.1 |
| > 50 years FTE | 8,480 | 7,718 | 6,949 | 9.9 |
| > 50 years headcount | 8,497 | 7,739 | 6,969 | 9.8 |
| > 50 years female headcount | 3,771 | 3,421 | 3,075 | 10.2 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary people information
| Talent managementa | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Global voluntary turnover – FTE | 8,200 | 12,645 | 10,214 | (35.1) |
| Global turnover – FTE | 9,712 | 14,388 | 13,160 | (32.5) |
| Global voluntary turnover rate (%) | 9.7% | 15.5% | 12.6% | (37.1) |
| Global turnover rate (%) | 11.5% | 17.6% | 16.2% | (34.5) |
| Male turnover FTE | 5,214 | 8,021 | 7,332 | (35.0) |
| Male (%) | 11.4% | 18.2% | 16.7% | (37.2) |
| Female turnover FTE | 4,394 | 6,230 | 5,736 | (29.5) |
| Female (%) | 11.6% | 16.8% | 15.6% | (30.9) |
| Female as a % of global turnover FTE | 45.2% | 43.3% | 43.6% | 4.5 |
| Asia turnover FTE | 8,293 | 12,501 | 11,004 | (33.7) |
| Asia (%) | 11.8% | 18.4% | 16.4% | (35.9) |
| AME turnover FTE | 858 | 1,046 | 1,454 | (18.0) |
| AME (%) | 9.9% | 11.7% | 15.4% | (15.1) |
| EA turnover FTE | 562 | 841 | 703 | (33.2) |
| EA (%) | 10.9% | 17.7% | 15.5% | (38.5) |
| < 30 years turnover FTE | 2,593 | 4,137 | 3,712 | (37.3) |
| < 30 years (%) | 19.2% | 30.5% | 26.1% | (37.3) |
| 30-50 years turnover FTE | 6,242 | 9,303 | 8,144 | (32.9) |
| 30-50 years (%) | 9.9% | 15.2% | 13.5% | (34.8) |
| > 50 years turnover FTE | 878 | 947 | 1,304 | (7.3) |
| > 50 years (%) | 11.0% | 13.1% | 19.3% | (16.5) |
| Average tenure (years) – Male | 7.3 | 7.1 | 7.2 | 2.8 |
| Average tenure (years) – Female | 7.9 | 7.6 | 7.7 | 3.9 |
| Global new hires – FTE | 12,145 | 17,432 | 12,660 | (30.3) |
| Global new hire rate (%) | 14.2% | 21.0% | 15.3% | (32.3) |
| Male new hire FTE | 6,875 | 9,683 | 6,758 | (29.0) |
| Male (%) | 14.9% | 21.7% | 15.2% | (31.2) |
| Female new hire FTE | 5,044 | 7,384 | 5,580 | (31.7) |
| Female (%) | 13.2% | 19.6% | 14.9% | (32.9) |
| Female as a % of global new hires FTE | 41.5% | 42.4% | 44.1% | (1.9) |
| Asia new hire FTE | 10,653 | 15,441 | 11,387 | (31.0) |
| Asia (%) | 14.9% | 22.4% | 16.7% | (33.2) |
| AME new hire FTE | 615 | 934 | 431 | (34.2) |
| AME (%) | 7.0% | 10.2% | 4.3% | (31.7) |
| EA new hire FTE | 877 | 1,056 | 842 | (17.0) |
| EA (%) | 16.8% | 21.9% | 18.2% | (23.4) |
| < 30 years new hire FTE | 4,963 | 7,673 | 5,857 | (35.3) |
| < 30 years (%) | 35.5% | 54.7% | 39.6% | (35.1) |
| 30-50 years new hire FTE | 6,841 | 9,357 | 6,514 | (26.9) |
| 30-50 years (%) | 10.8% | 15.2% | 10.7% | (28.8) |
| > 50 years new hire FTE | 341 | 401 | 290 | (15.1) |
| > 50 years (%) | 4.2% | 5.4% | 4.2% | (23.3) |
| Roles filled internally (%) | 32.3% | 37.3% | 40.8% | (13.5) |
| of which filled by females (%) | 41.6% | 41.0% | 42.8% | 1.5 |
| Absenteeism rateb (%) | 1.3% | 1.4% | 1.6% | (2.9) |
| Employee job satisfaction (%) | 83.0% | 80.0% | 81.0% | 3.7 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
| Learning(4) | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Employees receiving training (%) | 99.5% | 99.5% | 99.4% | 0.0 |
| Employees receiving training for personal development (%) | 96.2% | 91.6% | 91.7% | 5.0 |
| Female (%) | 95.8% | 90.0% | 91.2% | 6.4 |
| Senior leadership (%)(6) | 93.4% | 94.9% | 96.2% | (1.5) |
| Average number of training hours per employee | 38.0 | 36.9 | 37.8 | 3.1 |
| Female | 37.0 | 35.4 | 37.1 | 4.5 |
| Male | 38.8 | 38.1 | 38.3 | 1.8 |
| Employed workers | 38.1 | 37.1 | 37.9 | 2.7 |
| Fixed term workers | 33.3 | 21.9 | 34.1 | 52.3 |
| Average cost of training per employee ($)(1) | 730 | 743 | 708 | (1.8) |
| Diversity | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| % of women remained employed 12 months after their return from parental leave | 75.2% | 72.4% | 78.9% | 3.9 |
| % of Information Technology (IT) and/or Engineering roles filled by women(2) | 24.2% | 24.0% | 23.8% | 0.7 |
| % of senior leadership and managerial roles filled by women6,13 | 34.6% | 35.0% | 34.6% | (0.9) |
| % of middle management roles filled by women(1) | 35.5% | 36.1% | 36.1% | (1.6) |
| % of non-managerial positions filled by women(1) | 47.0% | 47.6% | 48.0% | (1.2) |
| % of women total promotions | 46.0% | 46.1% | 45.3% | (0.2) |
| Executive and non-executive directors(14) | | | | |
| Men | 8 | 8 | 9 | - |
| Women | 5 | 6 | 4 | (16.7) |
| % of men | 61.5% | 57.1% | 69.2% | 7.7 |
| % of women | 38.5% | 42.9% | 30.8% | (10.3) |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) | 9 | 11 | 10 | (18.2) |
| Asian/Asian British | 4 | 3 | 3 | 33.3 |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) (%) | 69.2% | 78.6% | 76.9% | (11.9) |
| Asian/Asian British (%) | 30.8% | 21.4% | 23.1% | 43.6 |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British (%) | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | - |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups (%) | 0.0% | 0.0% | 0.0% | - |
| Number of senior positions (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)(15) | | | | |
| Men | 3 | 3 | 3 | - |
| Women | 1 | 1 | 1 | - |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) | 4 | 4 | 4 | - |
| Asian/Asian British | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary people information
| Diversity | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| % of Board members that have a cultural background different from the location of the corporate headquarters16 | 38.5% | 35.7% | 38.5% | 7.7 |
| Executive management17 | 14 | 14 | 16 | - |
| Men | 7 | 8 | 11 | (12.5) |
| Women | 7 | 6 | 5 | 16.7 |
| % of men | 50.0% | 57.1% | 68.8% | (12.5) |
| % of women | 50.0% | 42.9% | 31.3% | 16.7 |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) | 5 | 6 | 9 | (16.7) |
| Asian/Asian British | 6 | 6 | 5 | - |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British | 1 | 1 | - | - |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
| - | - |
1 | - |
| Not specified/prefer not to say | 2 | 1 | 1 | 100.0 |
| White British or other White (including minority-White groups) (%) | 35.7% | 42.9% | 56.3% | (16.7) |
| Asian/Asian British (%) | 42.9% | 42.9% | 31.3% | - |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British (%) | 7.1% | 7.1% | 0.0% | - |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups (%) | 0.0% | 0.0% | 6.3% | - |
| Not specified/prefer not to say (%) | 14.3% | 7.1% | 6.3% | 100.0 |
| UK senior leadership6,18 (% declared) | | | | |
| UK Black Ethnicity | 2.5% | 2.5% | 2.7% | (0.2) |
| UK Black, Asian and Minority Ethnicity | 27.8% | 26.4% | 22.1% | 5.2 |
| US senior leadership6,18 (% declared) | | | | |
| US Black Ethnicity | 4.0% | 4.7% | 3.8% | (13.8) |
| US Hispanic or Latinx Ethnicity | 10.1% | 9.9% | 10.2% | 2.1 |
| Work-related Health & Safety | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | % change |
| Fatalities19 | 2 | 1 | 0 | 100.0 |
| Fatalities (rate per million hours worked) | 0.010 | 0.005 | 0.000 | 100.0 |
| Major injuries19,20,21,22 | 16 | 20 | 24 | (20.0) |
| Major injuries (rate per million hours worked22) | 0.08 | 0.11 | 0.13 | (27.3) |
| Recordable work-related injuries24 | 108 | 83 | 79 | 30.1 |
| Recordable work-related injuries (rate per million hours worked22) | 0.56 | 0.44 | 0.43 | 27.6 |
| Work-related ill-health (fatalities) | 0 | 0 | 0 | - |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
1 Excludes 699 employees (headcount) from Digital Ventures entities (Appro, Audax, Autumn, Letsbloom, MyZoi, Solv Ghana, Solv India, Solv Kenya, Solv Malaysia, TASConnect, Tawi, Zodia Custody, Zodia Markets). Excludes 412 Person of Interest (headcount) following a recategorisation of worker types from 2022, i.e. independent non-executive directors, advisors, external auditors and regulators. Includes employees operating in discontinued/restructured businesses. Percentage change refers to the percentage change from 2022 to 2023. All figures above are presented to 1 decimal place and the corresponding percentage changes are derived from actual data without rounding to 1 decimal place to remain as accurate as possible.
2 Non-outsourced NEWs are resources engaged on a time and materials basis where task selection and supervision is the responsibility of the Bank, such as agency workers.
3 Outsourced NEWs are arrangements with a third party vendor where the delivery is based on a specific service or outcome at an agreed price, irrespective of the number of resources required to perform the service. These resources are not considered as the Group's headcount.
4 The disclosure of gender information is not mandatory in some markets.
5 Management team (MT) and colleagues who report to them, excluding administrative or executive support roles (personal assistant, business planning managers).
6 Senior leadership is defined as Managing Directors and Bands 4 (including Management Team).
7 Business is defined as employees directly under the remit of the businesses. Support services include employees who support businesses' operations or investments where costs are fully recharged to the businesses. Increase in support services in 2023 is mainly due to increase in business demand for investment support resources and transfer of approximately 670 employees from CCIB business.
8 Turnover metrics are based on permanent employed workers only. New hire metrics are based on external new hires. Turnover and new hire metrics are based on average 12 month FTE. These metrics are not shown for the undisclosed gender population due to a small population size. Turnover in 2023 declined. Voluntary turnover in 2022 was at a historical high as experienced by many other organisations in the aftermath of Covid-19 pandemic. As turnover declined, the need for hiring reduced accordingly compared to 2022, resulting in lower new hires.
9 Represents health and disability related absence. Excludes Korea
10 Learning metrics exclude non-employed workers (NEWs). Training for personal development is defined as all training excluding mandatory or role specific training. Average training hours (including mandatory training) has been updated to include self-declared external training hours and prior periods have been restated for comparison.
11 Average cost of training per employee includes cost of learning management system.
12 Represents the % of Information Technology (IT) and/or Engineering roles filled by women. IT and/or engineering roles is defined as employees who work in the IT job function, including engineering roles (excluding Innovation, Transformation & Ventures) and/or certain job families in the Data and Analytics job function.
13 Represents the percentage of women that are in the respective population groups. For the purpose of this metric, managerial/middle management roles are considered as roles which have people leader responsibilities excluding senior leadership. Non-managerial roles do not have people leader responsibilities
14 Executive and non-executive directors refer to the UK PLC Board. Data has been collected by way of the directors' annual self-declarations.
15 For the purpose of this metric, senior positions in the Board include the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Senior Independent Director
16 Percentage of Board Members whose cultural background (nationality) is different from the location of the corporate headquarters (UK)
17 For the purpose of this metric, executive management refers to Management team plus Group Company Secretary as defined by UK Listing Rules
18 Ethnicity % has been derived based on colleagues who have declared their ethnicity against the overall UK/US population respectively (including colleagues who have not made a declaration).
19 Includes commuting and contractors (2023 one fatality was a contractor commuting accident, one was a staff road accident)
20 Per UK HSE definition.
21 Most common types of major injury are fractures (75%)
22 2023 includes 5 contractor/visitor. 2022 includes 1 contractor/visitor. 2021 includes 4 contractors/visitors.
23 2023 hours worked = 192,870,120. 2022 hours worked = 188,758,285. 2021 hours worked = 184,997,097
24 2023 includes 31 contractor/visitors. 2022 includes 18 contractors/visitors. 2021 includes 23 contractors/visitors.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
503
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary sustainability information
# Supplementary sustainability information
Environmental and Social Risk Management (ESRM)
| | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Number of participants in ESRM training sessions1 | 2,6092 | 4,9443 | 1,280 |
| Number of transactions reviewed | 708 | 550 | 547 |
| Number of clients reviewed | 1,341 | 1,170 | 786 |
| Client exits due to non-compliance with Position Statements | 41 | 14 | - |
Equator Principles reporting
| | Project finance mandates | | | Project-related corporate loans | | | Project-related refinance7 | | | Project advisory mandates | | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | Cat A4 | Cat B5 | Cat C6 | Cat A | Cat B | Cat C | Cat A | Cat B | Cat C | Cat A | Cat B | Cat C |
| Total 2021 | 8 | 12 | 3 | 1 | 6 | - | - | 1 | - | - | - | - |
| Total 2022 | 6 | 7 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Total 2023 | 11 | 22 | 3 | 1 | 4 | 1
| - | - |
1 | - | 1 | - |
| 2023 | Project finance mandates | | | Project-related corporate loans | | | Project-related refinance | | | Project advisory mandates | | |
| | A | B | C | A | B | C | A | B | C | A | B | C |
| Sector | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Mining | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Infrastructure | - | 6 | 3 | 1 | - | 1
| - | - |
1 | - | 1 | - |
| Oil and Gas | 2 | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Power | 9 | 15 | - | - | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Others8 | - | 1 | - | - | 2 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Region | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Americas | 1 | 2 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - |
| Asia-Pacific | 6 | 11 | 1 | - | 2 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
| Europe, Middle East and Africa | 4 | 9 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 1
| - | - | - | - |
1 | - |
| Designation9 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Designated Country | 3 | 10 | 1 | - | 1 | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - |
| Non-Designated Country | 8 | 12 | 2 | 1 | 3 | 1
| - | - | - | - |
1 | - |
| Independent Review | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Yes | 10 | 17 | - | 1 | 2
| - | - | - | - | - |
1 | - |
| No | 1 | 5 | 3 | - | 2 | 1 | - | - | 1 | - | - | - |
1 Metric was updated in 2023 as all participants are counted for each live training or e-learning session. An employee may attend either or both types of training during the year.
2 Includes 1,338 participants in live training sessions and 1,271 participants who completed e-learning sessions.
3 Figure in 2022 was higher as the Group's mandatory Sustainable Finance Foundation training was launched in this year, incorporating ESRM as part of the curriculum. Frontline colleagues were first required to complete the training in 2022, for other functions the timeline extended into 2023.
4 Cat A or Category A are projects with potential significant adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented.
5 Cat B or Category B are projects with potential limited adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressed through mitigation measures.
6 Cat C or Category C are projects with minimal or no adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts.
7 In line with Equator Principles (EPA), Standard Chartered now reports those transactions that trigger project-related refinance.
8 Sectors covered under "Others" include Agro-industries, Transport, Chemicals and Manufacturing.
9 Designation is split into Designated and Non-Designated Countries. Designated Countries are deemed by the Equator Principles to have robust environmental and social governance, legislation systems and institutional capacity designed to protect their people and the natural environment. Non-Designated Countries are countries that are not found on the list of Designated Countries. The list of countries can be found at www.equator-principles.com.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Environment
| | Units | Footnote | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | 2022-2023 % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Measured | Scaled up | Measured | Scaled up | Measured | Scaled up | |
| Reporting coverage of data | | | | | | | | | |
| Offices reporting | No. of offices | | 762 | | 875 | | 838 | | (13) |
| Net internal area of occupied property | m² | | 864,932 | 880,515 | 930,327 | 946,234 | 976,520 | 998,571 | (7) |
| Annual operating income from 1 October to 30 September | $million | 1 | 17,414 | | 15,863 | | 14,541 | | 10 |
| Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions | | 1,2,4 | | | | | | | |
| Scope 1 emissions | tCO₂e | 12 | 8,454 | 8,488 | 2,027 | 2,071 | 2,834 | 2,902 | 310 |
| Scope 2 emissions (location-based) | tCO₂e | 3 | 84,741 | 85,741 | 88,450 | 89,410 | 94,564 | 96,256 | (4) |
| Scope 2 emissions (market-based) | tCO₂e | 13 | 25,469 | 26,246 | 41,492 | 47,363 | 73,016 | 82,761 | (45) |
| Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions (market-based) | tCO₂e | | 33,923 | 34,734 | 43,519 | 49,434 | 75,850 | 85,663 | (30) |
| Scope 1 and 2 emissions (UK and offshore area only) | tCO₂e | | | 248 | | - | | - | 100 |
| Scope 3 GHG emissions | | 1,2 | | | | | | | |
| Category 1: Purchased goods and services (other) | tCO₂e | 5 | | 286,304 | | 380,732 | | 330,244 | (25) |
| Category 1: Purchased goods and services (data centres) | tCO₂e | 5 | | 4,431 | | 7,060 | | 43,132 | (37) |
| Category 2: Capital goods | tCO₂e | | | 42,707 | | 34,496 | | 47,217 | 24 |
| Category 3: Fuel- and energy-related activities | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution | tCO₂e | | | 24,125 | | 20,300 | | 20,949 | 19 |
| Category 5: Waste generated in operations | tCO₂e | 7,8 | | 520 | | 747 | | | (30) |
| Category 6: Business travel (air travel) | tCO₂e | | | 60,279 | | 39,107 | | 3,654 | 54 |
| Category 6: Business travel (miscellaneous other than air travel) | tCO₂e | | | 8,918 | | 2,654 | | 4,994 | 236 |
| Category 7: Employee commuting | tCO₂e | 8 | | 71,228 | | 61,917 | | | 15 |
| Category 8: Upstream leased assets | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 9: Downstream transportation and distribution | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 10: Processing of sold products | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 11: Use of sold products | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 12: End-of-life treatment of sold products | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 13: Downstream leased assets (real estate) | tCO₂e | 8,9 | | 7,898 | | 8,594 | | | (8) |
| Category 14: Franchises | tCO₂e | 6 | | nm | | nm | | nm | nm |
| Category 15: Investments (financed emissions) | tCO₂e | 10,14 | | 41,944,000 | | 49,512,000 | | 45,200,000 | (15) |
| Total Scope 3 | tCO₂e | | | 42,450,410 | | 50,067,607 | | 45,650,190 | (15) |
| Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 | tCO₂e | | | 42,485,144 | | 50,117,041 | | 45,735,853 | (15) |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary sustainability information
Environment continued
| | Units | Footnote | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | 2022-2023 % change |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | | Measured | Scaled up | Measured | Scaled up | Measured | Scaled up | |
| Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (market-based) intensity | tCO2e/ $ million | | 2 | | 3 | | 6 | | (36) |
| Environmental resource efficiency | | | | | | | | | |
| Energy | | | | | | | | | |
| Indirect non-renewable energy consumption | GWh | | 139 | 142 | 140 | 142 | 139 | 142 | - |
| Indirect renewable energy consumption | GWh | | 16 | 16 | 23 | 24 | 27 | 28 | (33) |
| Direct non-renewable energy consumption | GWh | | 13 | 13 | 10 | 10 | 12 | 12 | 30 |
| Direct renewable energy consumption | GWh | | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 100 |
| Energy consumption | GWh | | 170 | 173 | 174 | 177 | 179 | 183 | (2) |
| Energy consumption intensity | kWh/m2 | 11 | | 196 | | 187 | | 183 | 5 |
| Energy consumption (UK and offshore area only) | GWh | | | 6 | | 6 | | 5 | - |
| Water | | | | | | | | | |
| Water consumption | Million litres | | 289 | 393 | 265 | 385 | 256 | 384 | 2 |
| Water intensity | m2/m2 | 11 | | 0.45 | | 0.41 | | 0.38 | 10 |
| Waste | | | | | | | | | |
| Waste generated | kg | | | 998,407 | | 1,575,954 | | 3,633,870 | (37) |
| Waste intensity | kg/m2 | 11 | | 1.1 | | 1.7 | | 3.6 | (32) |
| Waste reused or recycled | % | | 52 | | 35 | | 32 | | 49 |
1 The reporting period for carbon emissions is 1 October to 30 September. This only differs for Category 1: Purchased Goods (other); Category 2: Capital Goods; Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution; Category 6: Business travel (miscellaneous other than air travel) and Category 15: Investments where a period of 1 January to 31 December is used. Emissions data for these categories is also on a one-year lag with emissions reported in 2023 based on 2022 emissions data.
2 Scope 1 figure includes fugitive emissions for the first time in 2023. For more information on the methodology and assumptions used to calculate GHG emissions, please refer to the Environmental Reporting Criteria at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
3 Location based emissions have been restated for prior comparative periods. Emissions erroneously included renewable energy certificates and power purchase agreements. Other scope 2 reductions outside clean power are attributed to footprint reduction and efficiency gains.
4 We use an independent third-party assurance provider to verify our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions. In 2023, limited assurance was completed by Global Documentation Ltd, excluding fugitive emissions in this first reporting year.
5 Scope 3 Category 1: Purchased goods and services is made up of third-party on-premise data centres (data centres) and all other purchased goods and services (other). Purchased goods and services (data centres) have been restated from $706\mathrm{tCO}_{2}\mathrm{e}$ to $7,060\mathrm{tCO}_{2}\mathrm{e}$ due to an error in converting the unit of emissions.
6 Scope 3 Category 3, Category 8, Category 9, Category 10, Category 11, Category 12 and Category 14 are not relevant for the Group due to the nature of our business, products and services and operations. GHG emissions associated with these categories are not deemed as relevant and/or material.
7 Scope 3 Category 5: Waste generated from operations emissions have been restated for the 2022 reporting period due to an out of date emissions factor being used in prior year.
8 Emissions for Scope 3 Category 5: Waste generated in operations, Category 7: Employee commuting and Category 13: Downstream leased assets were measured and reported for the first time in 2022.
9 Reporting of emissions associated with downstream leased aircrafts related to the Group's aircraft leasing business has been paused following the sale of this business during 2023.
10 Scope 3 Category 15 emissions includes financed emissions associated with the Group's transactions with clients. 2022 absolute emissions have been restated from $58.5\mathrm{MtCO}_{2}\mathrm{e}$ to $49.5\mathrm{MtCO}_{2}\mathrm{e}$ . This is due to (i) reduction in shipping absolute emissions as improved data has resulted in individual ship-level fair values being obtained, (ii) pausing of aviation emissions reporting due to the sale of the Group's aviation leasing and lending business, (iii) decreases in Automotive Manufacturers' emissions due to changes in the industry emissions reporting methodology referenced earlier, (iv) decreases in emissions from the 'Others' sector where improved data has been obtained to calculate emissions and (v) the sectoral baselining of emissions reporting for the Cement and Commercial Real Estate as separate high-emitting sectors.
11 Energy intensity metric updated to kWh per square meter in the current year from kWh per headcount in 2022. Water intensity metric updated to cubic litres of water per square meter in the current year from cubic litres of water per headcount in 2022. Waste intensity metric updated to cubic kilograms of waste per square meter in the current year from cubic metres of waste per headcount in 2022.
12 Scope 1 figure includes fugitive emissions for the first time in 2023 (2023: 5,266 tCO2e). Prior year data was not available for fugitive emissions. For more information on the methodology and assumptions used to calculate GHG emissions, please refer to the Environmental Reporting Criteria at sc.com/sustainabilityhub.
13 Market based emissions has decreased from 2022 to 2023 due to footprint reduction, efficiency gains and the purchase of additional energy attribution certificates by the Group.
14 Financed emissions are included on page 110. A facilitated emissions baseline was measured for the first time during the year. Refer to page 112 for more details.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplier spend
| | Portion of total third-party spend^{1} | Number of supplier organizations with spend in 2023^{2} | Number of local suppliers by payment market^{3} | Number of global^{4} suppliers (by payment market)^{5} |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Top 10 sourcing locations by % overall spend | | | | |
| Singapore | 36% | 1,447 | 966 | 481 |
| United Kingdom | 14% | 881 | 563 | 318 |
| India | 11% | 2,256 | 2,080 | 176 |
| Hong Kong | 11% | 761 | 483 | 278 |
| China^{3} | 5% | 936 | 813 | 123 |
| Korea | 3% | 497 | 472 | 25 |
| United Arab Emirates | 3% | 408 | 241 | 167 |
| Malaysia | 2% | 565 | 427 | 138 |
| United States | 2% | 294 | 161 | 133 |
| Taiwan | 2% | 492 | 416 | 76 |
| Regional spend | | | | |
| Asia | 74% | 8,936 | 7,225 | 1,711 |
| Europe and Americas | 18% | 1,704 | 1,041 | 663 |
| Africa and the Middle East | 8% | 3,409 | 2,507 | 902 |
| Category spend | | | | |
| Technology | 43% | 1,578 | 1,346 | 232 |
| Professional Services | 16% | 2,066 | 1,870 | 196 |
| Property | 13% | 2,490 | 2,431 | 59 |
| Marketing | 13% | 1,913 | 1,823 | 90 |
| Human Resources | 7% | 1,503 | 1,395 | 108 |
| Banking Operations | 3% | 362 | 338 | 24 |
| Travel | 3% | 485 | 443 | 42 |
| Office Supplies | 1% | 786 | 753 | 33 |
| Others | 1% | 380 | 374 | 6 |
1. Suppliers are counted by generic name (e.g. all DHL legal entities are counted as one DHL).
2. The same supplier may be used in more than one market.
3. 'China' refers to the People's Republic of China and, for the purposes of this document only, excludes Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (Hong Kong), Macau Special Administrative Region (Macau) and Taiwan, 'Korea' or 'South Korea'.
4. Suppliers with payments in more than one market.
Charitable giving
| | 2023 $million | 2022 $million | 2021 $million |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Cash contributions | 31.2 | 23.7 | 28.2 |
| Employee time (non-cash item) | 28.7 | 17.5 | 11.4 |
| Gifts in-kind (non-cash item)^{1} | 0.4 | 0.3 | 2.6 |
| Management costs | 5.4 | 5.0 | 4.7 |
| Total (direct contributions by Group) | 65.7 | 46.5 | 46.9 |
| Leverage^{2} | 2.9 | 4.8 | 1.9 |
| Total (including leverage) | 68.6 | 51.3 | 48.8 |
| Percentage of prior year operating profit (PYOP) | 1.6 | 1.5 | 3.0 |
1. Gifts in-kind comprises all non-monetary donations.
2. Leverage relates to the proceeds from staff and other fundraising.
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
507
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary sustainability information
# 2023 Sustainability Aspirations
1. Mobilise Sustainable Finance
| Pillar | Key performance indicators | Period | Status | 2023 progress update |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Sustainable Finance | Mobilise $300 billion in Sustainable Finance (SF)1 | 2021-2030 | ○ | Mobilised $87.2bn between January 2021 and September 2023. Strong progress in 2023. We anticipate that mobilisation of SF will not be linear and will likely increase over time as the market matures and we help our clients transition. We remain on track for overall target in 2030. |
2. Operationalise interim 2030 financed emissions targets to meet our 2050 net zero ambition
| Pillar | Key performance indicators | Period | Status | 2023 progress update |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Operations | Net zero in our operations (Scope 1 and 2 GHG) | 2019-2025 | ○ | We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 30% to 34,734 tCO2e during 2023. Our measured real estate decreased by 7% during that time. The Group purchased and retired carbon credits for our residual operational Scope 1 and 2 emissions. We remain on track for overall target 2025. |
| | Increase renewable energy sourcing to 100% by 2025 (RE100 compliant) | 2022-2025 | ○ | 66% of our electricity came from renewable sources across our portfolio after matching consumption with Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs). We remain on track for overall target 2025. |
| | Achieve and maintain flight emissions 28% lower than our 2019 baseline of 94,000 tCO2e | 2021-2023 | ✓ | Achieved 36% reduction in flight emissions compared to 2019 baseline. |
| | Divert 90% of waste from the landfill by 2030 | 2020-2030 | ○ | In 2023, we reduced our overall waste generated by 37% and achieved 52% avoidance of landfill (up from 31%). |
| Financed Emissions | Achieve 2030 interim financed emissions reduction in our most carbon-intensive sectors2: • -29% in Oil and Gas (absolute) • -45-67% in Power (production intensity) • -20-30% in Steel (production intensity) • -85% emissions reduction in Thermal Coal Mining (absolute) • Maintain production-intensity in Aluminium • Reduce our alignment delta in Shipping to 0% • -53-82% in Automotive Manufacturers (physical intensity) | 2020/2021-2030 | ○ | During the year, Oil and Gas sector's revenue-based target was changed to absolute target, effectively placing a carbon budget on the sector. Power and Steel sector targets changed from revenue-based to production-based intensity targets, which are considered best in class for these sectors. We remain on track for all interim 2030 sectoral science-based targets; however, transition alignment is needed for Shipping and Cement. For further information on the progress against each sector-specific 2030 target, refer to pages 109-117. |
| | Set and disclose 2030 financed emission targets for high-emitting and carbon-intensive sectors in line with Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) guidelines: • 2023: Develop targets for Commercial Real Estate, Cement, Residential Mortgages, and Aluminium to be communicated in our 2023 Annual Report • 2024: Develop 2030 target for Agriculture to be communicated in our 2024 Annual Report | 2021-2024 | ○ | Targets have been set for Commercial Real Estate, Cement, Residential Mortgages and Aluminium and presented in this Annual Report, refer to pages 109-117. Target for Agriculture will be developed in 2024. We remain on track for overall target for 2024. |
1 Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance is defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients that supports: (i) the preservation and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of GHG emissions, including the alignment of a client's business and operations with a 1.5 degree Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentivises our clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance).
2 Refer to the Group's 'Net zero methodological white paper - The journey continues' via sc.com/sustainabilityhub and aligned with our Position Statements available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub. For Aviation, the Group completed the sale of its global aviation finance leasing business and the majority of its aviation lending book in August 2023. Noting the distortive effects that the sale of this business would create in our emissions profile for this sector, the progress against this target has been paused for year-end 2023. This will be re-assessed based on the size and materiality of the remaining portfolio in 2024.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2022
---
3. Enhance and deepen leadership within the sustainability ecosystem
| Pillar | Key performance indicators | Period | Status | 2023 progress update |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Market Integrity, Trust, Conduct and Compliance | Partnering to lead the fight against financial crimes: • Participating in public-private partnerships to contribute to understanding most recent developments, share intelligence and good practices • Contribute to developing typologies and red flags for financial flows | Ongoing | ○ | During 2023, the Group undertook a series of engagements across multiple jurisdictions in furtherance of this aspiration. The Group continued engagement with international and regional standard-setters, such as the Financial Action Task Force and Wolfsberg Group. In many jurisdictions, the Group contributed, either directly or via trade bodies, to reform of financial crime legislation and regulation, and to public-private partnerships to tackle financial crime. The Group has participated in a number of financial crime conferences across our footprint - chairing and leading many panel discussions, and contributing subject-matter expertise whenever possible. In addition, the Group has been engaged in planning discussions with countries and bodies seeking to establish new partnerships and information-sharing arrangements. |
| | Develop and deliver a targeted outreach programme, including through key international platforms, aimed at safely and transparently reducing barriers to capital mobilisation for sustainable development | 2022-2024 | ○ | The Group continued to proactively engage in policy discussions via a number of major international and regional platforms and conferences. Through these activities, the Group sought to promote robust policy and regulatory frameworks to ensure the credibility and integrity of sustainable investments and to support capital mobilisation for sustainable finance. |
4. Drive social impact with our clients and communities
| Pillar | Key performance indicators | Period | Status | 2023 progress update |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| People | Increase gender representation to 35% women in senior roles³ | 2016-2025 | ○ | Women leadership representation at the end of 2023 was 32.5%. We remain on track for our overall target in 2025. |
| | Create Supplier Diversity and Inclusion Plans for all in-scope markets with Supply Chain Management (SCM) team presence to support 40 per cent of our newly onboarded suppliers being diverse⁴ | 2022-2025 | ✓ | 100% of in-scope markets have Supplier Diversity and Inclusion Plans and 40% of our newly onboarded suppliers were diverse. |
| | Increase our Culture of Inclusion score to 84.5%⁵ | 2020-2024 | ○ | 83.23% of employees reported positive sentiments around our culture of inclusion. We remain on track for our overall 2024 target. |
| | Grow our employee MyVoice score to the question “The way we operate day-to-day is aligned with our sustainability strategy” from 2021 baseline of 84% to 88% | 2022-2024 | ○ | 86% of employees have said the way we operate day to day is aligned with our sustainability strategy. We remain on track for our overall 2024 target. |
3 Senior roles refer to roles that are at least at the level of Executive Director (Band 4) and Managing Directors (Band 3) as of 31 December of each reporting year.
4 For Standard Chartered diverse suppliers are defined as:
• Small Enterprise (10-49 employees + turnover
---
Supplementary information
Supplementary sustainability information
4. Drive social impact with our clients and communities continued
| Pillar | Key performance indicators | Period | Status | 2023 progress update |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Communities | Invest 0.75% of prior year operating profit (PYOP) in our communities | Ongoing | ☑ | Achieved 1.6% PYOP, refer to page 509 for additional details. |
| | Education: Reach one million girls and young women through Goal | 2006-2023 | ☑ | Goal projects reported strong results in 2023 with the programme reaching over 200,000 young girls, enabling the programme to successfully surpass the longstanding target to reach one million girls by December 2023. |
| | Employability: Reach 275,000 young people | 2019-2023 | ☑ | A new aspirational target was set in 2022 to reach 275,000 young people by December 2023. We have achieved as the pace of implementation for employability projects continued to increase in 2023, including large projects in China and India delivering both intensive and non-intensive (lighter touch) interventions. 165,056 young people participated in employability programmes in 2023. |
| | Entrepreneurship: Reach 125,000 young people | 2019-2023 | ☑ | A new aspirational target was set in 2022 to reach 125,000 young people by 2023. We have achieved and exceeded this target as Futuremakers entrepreneurship projects more than doubled the number of young people reached in 2023, primarily driven by non-intensive tech-enabled solutions and online learning materials that allowed projects to access a much larger number of participants. 378,108 young people participated in entrepreneurship programmes in 2023. |
| | Increase participation for employee volunteering (EV) to 55% | 2020-2023 | ☑ | We achieved and surpassed our target of 55% with an outstanding EV participation rate of 61% as of end of December 2023. 52,377 volunteers have logged 76,126 days of EV leave. Going forward, we aim to shift the focus of EV to skills-based volunteering, for which we have included the target for 2024 of 75,000 hours. |
Concluded in the year
Ongoing aspirations
Achieved
Not achieved
On track
Not on track
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# TCFD summary and alignment index
The following table sets out the recommendations and recommended disclosures of the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and summarises where information can be found in this Annual Report.
| Recommendation | Response | Disclosure location |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Governance | | |
| a) Describe the Board's oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities | | |
| Process and frequency of communication to the Board | • The Board and its supporting committees are responsible for the oversight of climate- and sustainability-related risks and opportunities. • The Board Risk Committee (BRC) receives Climate Risk updates in Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) reports six times a year and reviews the Climate Risk Information Report quarterly. • The Audit Committee (AC) is responsible for oversight of the Group's quantitative reporting metrics and controls over those metrics. The AC is updated annually in the fourth quarter and more frequently if any material disclosures are made outside of the Group's annual reporting cycle. • The Culture and Sustainability Committee (CSC) reviews the Group's overall sustainability strategy and monitors the implementation of the Group's public commitment to net zero financed emissions by 2050. The CSC received updates three times during 2023. | Strategic report – page 76 Sustainability review – pages 120-123 Directors' report – pages 162-176 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| Incorporation of climate-related issues into Board and Board committee planning and decisions | • The Board reviewed and approved our sustainability strategy including progress on our roadmap to achieve net zero financed emissions by 2050, key performance indicators and public commitments. • The BRC reviewed, discussed, and challenged the Group's (i) progress on embedding climate risk in line with PRA SS 3/19; (ii) the results of the Group's first bespoke short-term base case and tail risk scenarios; (iii) development of the Group's internal modelling capabilities; and (iv) key focus areas for 2024. | Sustainability review – pages 120-123 |
| Board oversight of climate-related goals and targets | • The Board oversees the Group's overall net zero 2050 ambition and in 2023 reviewed progress on delivery against the Group's net zero roadmap. • It approved the Group's Climate Risk Appetite Statement and related Board-level metrics. Any breaches to the risk appetite metrics are reported to the Group Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee. | Sustainability review – pages 120-123 |
| b) Describe management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities | | |
| Roles and responsibilities for climate-related risks and opportunities | • Each member of the Group Management Team (MT) is responsible for strategically driving climate considerations within their geography, business segment or function in line with our net zero roadmap. • Responsibility for identifying and managing financial risks from climate change sits with the GCRO as the appropriate Senior Management Function (SMF) under the Senior Managers Regime (SMR). • The Global Head, ESG and Reputational Risk is responsible for ensuring and executing the delivery of the Climate Risk workplan. • The Chief Sustainability Officer's (CSO) organisation, as led by the CSO, is responsible for creating the Group-wide sustainability strategy and working across business segments and functional teams to deliver on our goals, targets and net zero roadmap. • Roles and responsibilities associated with climate-related risks and opportunities have been set out in the “Climate and sustainability-related governance” section of this Annual Report. | Sustainability review – pages 120-123 |
| Processes used to inform management | • Management is informed by several committees and forums, with climate- and sustainability-related information communicated via reports and committee papers. • This includes channels including our Climate Risk Information Reports, and updates to the Sustainability Executive Committee and CCIB and CPBB management teams. | Sustainability review – pages 120-123 |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
TCFD summary and alignment index
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
# Strategy
a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term
| Relevant short, medium and long-term time horizons | · In our strategic business planning, we consider "short-term" to be less than two years, "medium-term" to be two to five years and "long-term" to be beyond this. · For climate scenario analysis, we can run 30-year scenarios for both physical and transition risk. Some elements of our physical risk scenario analysis can also extend to 2100. · In 2023, we significantly strengthened our stress testing and scenario analysis abilities for a range of short, medium and long-term management scenarios that are more plausible, including the first bespoke short-term base case and tail risk scenarios. | Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Processes used to determine material risks and opportunities | · We utilise a range of tools and methodologies to assess transition and physical Climate Risk, which we apply to our clients, portfolios and our own operations. These include: scenario analysis, location-based hazard and risk scores and temperature alignment scores. · In addition, we engage with our corporate clients to understand their transition and physical risks, as well as their plans to prepare for climate change. · Detailed processes to determine material risks across the impacted risk types are discussed in more detail within the "Risk review and Capital review" section. | Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| Climate-related risks and opportunities identified | · The Group is exposed to Climate Risk through our clients, our own operations, our suppliers and from the industries and markets we operate in. The Group defines Climate Risk as the potential for financial loss and non-financial detriments arising from climate change and society's response to it. · Physical risk may arise from increasing severity and frequency of climate- and weather-related events, which can damage property and other infrastructure, disrupt supply chains, and impact food production. It may also reduce asset valuations leading to lower profitability for companies. Indirect effects on the macroeconomic environment, such as lower output and productivity may exacerbate these direct impacts. · Transition risk may arise from the adjustment towards a carbon-neutral economy, which will require significant structural changes to the economy. These changes will prompt a reassessment of a wide range of asset values, a change in energy prices, and a fall in income and creditworthiness of some borrowers. In turn, this entails credit losses for lenders and market losses for investors. · Our work to scale Sustainable and Transition Finance is an opportunity for the Group to create resilience against transition risks and help provide capital and financing for our clients' transition to a low carbon economy. Through supporting our clients on their decarbonisation journeys as they adapt their business models to be less carbon-intensive over time, we help manage their, and our transition risk. We aim to achieve Sustainable Finance income of $1 billion by 2025, mobilise $300 billion of Sustainable Finance between 2021 and 2030, and continue to grow the Sustainable Finance asset and liability books. | Strategic report – pages 76-78 Sustainability review – pages 126-129 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 Note 1 significant judgement and estimates – pages 367-369 |
| Significant concentrations of credit exposure to carbon-related assets | · We aim to become net zero in our financed emissions by 2050, and have set interim 2030 targets set for 11 high-emitting sectors in line with Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) Guidance: Aluminium; Automotive Manufacturers, Aviation, Cement; Commercial Real Estate, Oil and Gas, Power, Residential Mortgages, Shipping, Steel and Thermal Coal Mining. The 12th sector, Agriculture, will have a target developed in 2024. · We have disclosed our exposures to high-emitting sectors, which are identified and grouped as per the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC codes used for target setting among the high-carbon sectors. · The full exposure does not provide an indication of how many clients have net zero pathways in alignment with our own, and hence can be banked as they transition and/or decarbonise their business models. | Sustainability review – pages 108-117 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-305 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
# Strategy continued
## b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and financial planning
Impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on business areas
### Enterprise Risk
- We manage Climate Risk according to the characteristics of the impacted risk types and are embedding climate-risk considerations into relevant frameworks and processes. Details on the risks identified such as sectors vulnerable to climate risks, loan impairment intensities, client-level climate risk grading, exposure concentration to physical risk hazards for residential mortgage portfolios and across our own operations are discussed in more detail within the “Risk review and Capital review” section.
### Products and services
- We have Product Programme Guidance documents which underpin each Sustainable Finance product that we offer, signed off by a delegate of the Sustainable Finance Governance Committee (SFGC) following approval of the product construct by the SFGC. The SFGC is our forum for reviewing Sustainable Finance products and derives its authority from the Group Reputational and Responsibility Risk Committee. SFGC is our foremost committee on greenwashing risk in Sustainable Finance product design and labelling.
- Our Green and Sustainable Product Framework governs all activities we as an organisation view as green or sustainable. It is publicly available and externally verified by Morningstar Sustainalytics.
- The Sustainability Bond Framework provides the basis for issuance of Green, Social and Sustainability bonds, drawing on the activities that we view as green or sustainable.
- Informed by the IEA NZE Energy 2050 scenario, we outline what assets and activities qualify for labelling as “transition” in our Transition Finance Framework.
### In our own operations
- Since 2018 we have been actively targeting a reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. We aim to optimise our office and branch network by retiring unused or inefficient space and creating a working environment that matches office and hybrid-working patterns of our workforce.
- We are actively seeking to increase the proportion of our electricity usage that comes from renewable sources. These can take the form of power purchase agreements, clean energy contracts, on-site solar installations and renewable energy certificates.
### In our supply chain
- Through our Supplier Charter, we expect our suppliers to support and promote environmental protection, and to comply with local environmental laws and regulations. We expect our suppliers to promote the development and distribution of environmentally friendly technologies and manage environmental concerns in their own supply chains.
- With 11,563 suppliers, we recognise our contribution to climate impacts through the goods and services we procure. Severe weather events could result in material disruptions to our supply chain that may potentially impact our ability to serve our clients. As such, we work to gather site locations for our material suppliers to assess their physical risk exposures, such that suitable continuity plans can be developed.
- We continue to engage with our suppliers to collect emissions data, directly from them, thereby improving the accuracy of our Scope 3 Categories 1, 2, 4 and 6 (miscellaneous other than air travel) emissions calculations and reporting.
Incorporating climate-related inputs into the financial planning process
- In 2023, climate-related risks and opportunities were considered as part of our formal annual corporate plan, strategy, and financial planning process, and included if considered material.
- In addition, we developed management scenarios with an aim to strengthen business strategy and financial planning to support the Group's net zero roadmap.
- From a capital perspective, Climate Risk considerations have been part of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) submissions.
Strategic report – page 78
Sustainability review – page 129
Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313
Note 1 significant judgement and estimates – pages 367-369
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
513
---
Supplementary information
TCFD summary and alignment index
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
# Strategy continued
c) Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a two degrees Celsius or lower scenario
| Approach to scenario analysis | ·Over recent years, we have progressively strengthened our scenario analysis capabilities and developed our infrastructure and capabilities to incorporate Climate Risk into data, modelling and analysis. ·Our work to date, using current assumptions and proxies, indicates that our business is resilient to three scenarios from Network of Central Banks and Supervisors for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and three in-house bespoke scenarios that were explored. | Risk review and Capital review – pages 309-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Scenarios used | ·In 2023, we developed bespoke internal modelling capabilities to provide greater transparency of scenarios and models. ·We assessed the impact on our CCIB corporate client portfolio based on three Phase 3 scenarios from the NGFS and three in-house bespoke scenarios. ·We also assessed the impact of sea level rises under various Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) scenarios to explore the physical risk impacts on the Consumer, Private & Business Banking (CPBB) residential mortgage portfolio over short- and long-term time horizons for internal risk management purposes. ·The results of scenario analyses have provided further validation to the actions we are taking as a Group in terms of our net zero ambitions and strategy. | Risk review and Capital review – pages 309-313 |
| Impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on business strategy | ·We are working with clients in high-emitting and carbon-intensive sectors, aiming to support their transition to a low carbon economy, including through the adoption of emission reduction plans and new technological solutions. ·Our work to scale our Sustainable Finance franchise, along with our targets to (i) mobilise $300 billion Sustainable Finance between 2021 and 2030, and (ii) scale Sustainable Finance income to $1 billion by 2025, supported by our Sustainable Finance frameworks are elements of a robust response to transition risks in the short term, strengthening our resilience towards a two degrees Celsius or lower transition scenario. | Strategic report – page 70 Sustainability review – pages 96; 99-101 |
# Risk Management
a) Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks
| Processes for identifying and assessing risk | ·We manage Climate Risk according to the characteristics of the impacted risk types and are embedding climate-risk considerations into relevant frameworks and processes. ·To support the management and monitoring of climate-related physical and transition risks, we continue to conduct case level reviews for enhanced due diligence on high ‘Climate Credit Risk’ and ‘Climate and Reputational and Sustainability Risk’ for our corporate clients. ·We continuously monitor the Risk Appetite metrics that aim to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change. ·To assess climate-related risks and opportunities in the short-, medium- and long-term, we use scenario analysis to consider how risks and opportunities may evolve under different situations. | Strategic report – pages 76-78 Sustainability review – pages 126-129 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Existing and emerging regulatory requirements related to climate change | ·Key financial regulators across our footprint have proposed or set supervisory expectations on climate and environmental risk management. Those expectations are broadly aligned with the Basel Committee principles for the management of climate-related financial risks, but local implementations vary. ·We have been actively engaging with industry bodies and regulators to drive consistency in policymaking across our markets. A process has been established for tracking various Climate Risk-related regulatory developments and obligations set by both financial and non-financial service regulators at Group, regional and country level, with roles and responsibilities set out in the Group's Climate Risk Policy. Regulatory requirements or enhancements needed are recorded through workplans across various teams. The workplans are coordinated and monitored through various working groups by having the relevant accountable executives participate in the relevant forums. | Strategic report – page 78 |
| Characterising climate-related risks in the context of traditional banking industry risk categories | ·We have identified seven Principal Risk Types (PRT) that are most materially impacted by potential climate risks and describe transmission channels for Climate Risk manifesting as financial and non-financial risk. | Strategic report – page 78 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-309 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
# Risk Management continued
## b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks
| Processes for managing and mitigating risks | • We manage Climate Risk according to the characteristics of these seven PRTs and are embedding climate-risk considerations into the relevant frameworks and processes as well as setting risk appetites. Detailed processes for managing and mitigating climate risks across the impacted risk types are discussed in more detail within the ‘Risk review and Capital review’ section of this Annual Report. • Our Climate Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) is approved annually by the Board and any breaches are reported to the Group Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee. We regularly review the scope and coverage of our Risk Appetite metrics for enhanced risk identification and management. Additional metrics to address our public targets across key sectors and a stress loss metric built on scenario outcomes have been identified and are being monitored in 2024. | Strategic report – pages 76-78 Sustainability review – pages 126-129 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
## c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management
| Integration into Enterprise Risk Management Framework | • Climate Risk is recognised in the Group Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) as manifesting through existing risk types and is managed in line with the impacted risk type frameworks. In 2023, we have continued to build Climate Risk into existing risk-management processes, focusing on identifying, assessing, and monitoring across risk types. | Strategic report – pages 76-78 Sustainability review – pages 127-129 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
# Metrics and Targets
## a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risk and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process
| Key metrics used to measure and manage climate-related risks and opportunities as well as metrics used to assess the impact of (transition and physical) climate-related risks on their lending and other financial intermediary business activities | • We disclose the following metrics in order to measure and manage climate-related risks and opportunities: **GHG emissions:** • Scope 1, Scope 2 and relevant Categories of Scope 3 emissions, in particular Category 15 – Investments (financed emissions). **Climate-related transition risks:** • Loan impairment intensities for the corporate portfolio and key sectors across a range of scenarios. • Transition risk exposure concentration for residential mortgages using Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). • Client-level Climate Risk Assessment (CRA) scores by region for measuring gross transition risk and mitigation plans. • Distribution of climate risk grading across key markets. • Weighted Average Temperature Alignment (WATA) scores by sectors and regions. • Gross Country Risk exposure distribution. **Climate-related physical risks:** • Exposure concentration of gross flood and sea level rise risk for residential mortgage portfolio by regions. • Physical risk vulnerabilities of our own operating locations across a range of acute and chronic physical risk events. • Client-level CRA scores by region for measuring gross physical risk and adaptation measures. • Gross Country Risk exposure distribution. **Climate-related opportunities:** • Sustainable Finance income. • Green and Social finance assets. • Sustainable liabilities. • Sustainability-Linked assets. **Capital deployment:** • Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance. | Strategic report – pages 68; 72 Sustainability review – pages 94; 99-101; 105; 110-117; 126-129 Risk review and Capital review – pages 298-313 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Climate-related incentive structures | • Selected sustainability measures aligned with the Group’s Sustainability Aspirations and Sustainability Strategic Pillars continue to be incorporated into the Group scorecard which informs variable remuneration for the majority of employees. • Sustainability-related targets continue to be also included in the 2024-2026 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) performance measures. Members of the Group Management Team are eligible for LTIP awards, which may also be granted to other employees in the Group. | Sustainability review – page 124 Risk review and Capital review – pages 202-207 |
| --- | --- | --- |
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
TCFD summary and alignment index
Recommendation
Response
Disclosure location
# Metrics and Targets continued
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 GHG emissions and the related risks
| In our own operations | · We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 30% to 34,734 tCO2e. Our measured real estate decreased by 7% during this time. This was possible through investments into energy-efficiency and utilising 66% of electricity from renewable sources across our portfolio after matching consumption with Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs). During the year, we started measuring the fugitive emissions from our own operations. | Sustainability review – pages 105-106 Supplementary sustainability information – pages 505-506 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| In our supply chain | · We continued to partner with an independent climate consultancy using a hybrid methodology (supplier-specific data and spend emissions factors) to measure our supplier emissions for Scope 3 Categories 1, 2, 4 and 6 (miscellaneous other than air travel). These emissions are reported on a one-year lag. · Overall, our emissions associated with the products, services and equipment that we purchase and those related to business travel (excluding air travel) – Scope 3 Categories 1, 2, 4 and 6 (miscellaneous other than air travel) – have shown an estimated 17% year-on-year reduction to a total of 362,054 tCO2e since the previous reporting year, excluding Scope 3 category 1 data centres. We continued to improve the accuracy of our supply chain emissions data collection by increasing the number of primary data sources and updating the CEDA emissions factor calculations. Our 2023 reported emissions are based on 2022 supplier spend. · Our Scope 3 Category 6 (air travel) emissions totalled 60,279 tCO2e. We have seen an increase in emissions associated with air travel since the previous reporting year. Nonetheless, the Group was able to exceed its target and managed to reduce these emissions by 36% compared to its 2019 baseline. | Sustainability review – page 109 Supplementary sustainability information – pages 505-506 |
| Measuring our financed emissions | · Analysing our exposure to high-emitting sectors is the starting point of our financed emission calculations. · The Group has set targets for 11 of the 12 high-emitting sectors as mandated by the NZBA with targets for Aluminium, Cement, Commercial Real Estate, and Residential Mortgages set during the year. · The Group has further set a baseline for facilitated emissions in 2023. | Strategic report – pages 73-74 Sustainability review – pages 105; 108-117 |
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets
| Details of targets set and whether they are absolute or intensity based | · The targets we have set for climate-related risks are primarily our net zero, across Scopes 1, 2 and specifically 3 financed emissions, starting in 2030, with thermal coal targets in the shorter term from 2024. Our progress is set out in the Financed emissions section. · On climate-related opportunities, we have $1 billion of Sustainable Finance income and $300 billion mobilisation of Sustainable Finance targets for 2025 and 2030 respectively. · During the year, we revised the measurement of our Oil and Gas sector emissions from an income-based carbon intensity metric to absolute financed emissions to better reflect the sector emission profile, effectively creating a carbon budget for the sector that is intended to decrease over time. In addition to this, our Power target was revised from an income-based carbon intensity to a production intensity target. Target methodologies have evolved in the Shipping and Automotive Manufacturers sectors which has led us to restate some of our existing targets to better align them with the latest scientific views in those sectors. · In 2023, we continued to expand the coverage of our financed emissions targets with four additional targets for Aluminium, Cement, Commercial Real Estate and Residential Mortgages. | Strategic report – pages 68; 70; 72; 74 Sustainability review – pages 94; 99-101; 106; 107; 110-111 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| A description of the methodologies used to calculate targets and measures | · The methodologies used to calculate baseline emissions are set out in the updated ‘Net zero methodological white paper – The journey continues’, available at sc.com/sustainabilityhub. | Sustainability review – pages 109-117 |
| Other key performance indicators used | · The Group's approach to sustainability is underpinned by our Sustainability Aspirations. During 2023, we refreshed and consolidated our Sustainability Aspirations into four overarching long-term goals, each supported by key performance indicators. | Sustainability review – pages 94-98 2023 Sustainability Aspirations – pages 508-510 |
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Shareholder information
## Dividend and interest payment dates
| Ordinary shares | Final dividend |
| --- | --- |
| Results and dividend announced | 23 February 2024 |
| Ex-dividend date | 7 (UK) 6 (HK) March 2024 |
| Record date for dividend | 8 March 2024 |
| Last date to amend currency election instructions for cash dividend* | 23 April 2024 |
| Dividend payment date | 17 May 2024 |
* In either United States dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars
## Preference shares
| 7⅓ per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each | 1 April 2024 | 1 October 2024 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 8¼ per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each | 1 April 2024 | 1 October 2024 |
| 6.409 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each | 30 January and 30 April 2024 | 30 July and 30 October 2024 |
| 7.014 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each | 30 January 2024 | 30 July 2024 |
## Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held on Friday 10 May 2024 at 11:00 UK time (18:00 Hong Kong time). Further details regarding the format, location and business to be transacted at the meeting will be disclosed within the 2024 Notice of AGM.
+ Details of voting at the Company's AGM and of proxy votes cast can be found on the Company's website at sc.com/agm
## Interim results
The interim results will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and put on the Company's website.
## Country-by-Country Reporting
In accordance with the requirements of the Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) Regulations 2013, the Group will publish additional country-by-country information in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023, on or before 31 December 2024. We have also published our approach to tax and tax policy.
+ This information will be available on the Group's website at sc.com
## Pillar 3 Reporting
In accordance with the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, the Group will publish the Pillar 3 Disclosures in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023, on or before 23 February 2024.
+ This information will be available on the Group's website at sc.com
## ShareCare
ShareCare is available to shareholders on the Company's UK register who have a UK address and bank account. It allows you to hold your Standard Chartered PLC shares in a nominee account. Your shares will be held in electronic form so you will no longer have to worry about keeping your share certificates safe. If you join ShareCare, you will still be invited to attend the Company's AGM and you will receive any dividend at the same time as everyone else. ShareCare is free to join and there are no annual fees to pay.
+ If you would like to receive more information, please visit our website at https://www.sc.com/sharecare or contact the shareholder helpline on 0370 702 0138
## Donating shares to ShareGift
Shareholders who have a small number of shares often find it uneconomical to sell them. An alternative is to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which collects donations of unwanted shares until there are enough to sell and uses the proceeds to support UK charities. There is no implication for capital gains tax (no gain or loss) when you donate shares to charity and UK taxpayers may be able to claim income tax relief on the value of their donation.
+ Further information can be obtained from the Company's registrars or from ShareGift on 020 7930 3737 or from sharegift.org
## Bankers' Automated Clearing System (BACS)
Dividends can be paid straight into your bank or building society account.
+ Please register online at investorcentre.co.uk or contact our registrar for a dividend mandate form
## Registrars and shareholder enquiries
If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding and you hold your shares on the UK register, please contact our registrar at investorcentre.co.uk and click on the 'ASK A QUESTION' link at the bottom of the page. Alternatively, please contact Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ or call the shareholder helpline number on 0370 702 0138.
If you hold your shares on the Hong Kong branch register and you have enquiries, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
+ You can check your shareholding at computershare.com/hk/investors
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Shareholder information
# Substantial shareholders
The Company and its shareholders have been granted partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, shareholders, directors and chief executives, no longer have an obligation under Part XV of the SFO (other than Divisions 5, 11 and 12 thereof) to notify the Company of substantial shareholding interests, and the Company is no longer required to maintain a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO, nor a register of directors' and chief executives' interests under
section 352 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests made in the UK.
# Taxation
No tax is currently withheld from payments of dividends by Standard Chartered PLC. Shareholders and prospective purchasers should consult an appropriate independent professional adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.
Previous dividend payments (unadjusted for the impact of the 2015/2010/2008 rights issues)
| Dividend and financial year | Payment date | Dividend per ordinary share | Cost of one new ordinary share under share dividend scheme |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Final 2008 | 15 May 2009 | 42.32c/28.4693p/HK$3.279597 | £8.342/$11.7405 |
| Interim 2009 | 8 October 2009 | 21.23c/13.25177p/HK$1.645304 | £13.876/$22.799 |
| Final 2009 | 13 May 2010 | 44.80c/29.54233p/HK$3.478306 | £17.351/$26.252 |
| Interim 2010 | 5 October 2010 | 23.35c/14.71618p/HK$1.811274/INR0.9841241 | £17.394/$27.190 |
| Final 2010 | 11 May 2011 | 46.65c/28.272513p/HK$3.623404/INR1.99751701 | £15.994/$25.649 |
| Interim 2011 | 7 October 2011 | 24.75c/15.81958125p/HK$1.928909813/INR1.137971251 | £14.127/$23.140 |
| Final 2011 | 15 May 2012 | 51.25c/31.63032125p/HK$3.9776083375/INR2.66670151 | £15.723/$24.634 |
| Interim 2012 | 11 October 2012 | 27.23c/16.799630190p/HK$2.111362463/INR1.3498039501 | £13.417/$21.041 |
| Final 2012 | 14 May 2013 | 56.77c/36.5649893p/HK$4.4048756997/INR2.9762835751 | £17.40/$26.28792 |
| Interim 2013 | 17 October 2013 | 28.80c/17.8880256p/HK$2.233204992/INR1.68131 | £15.362/$24.07379 |
| Final 2013 | 14 May 2014 | 57.20c/33.9211444p/HK$4.43464736/INR3.3546261 | £11.949/$19.815 |
| Interim 2014 | 20 October 2014 | 28.80c/17.891107200p/HK$2.2340016000/INR1.6718425601 | £12.151/$20.207 |
| Final 2014 | 14 May 2015 | 57.20c/37.16485p/HK$4.43329/INR3.5140591 | £9.797/$14.374 |
| Interim 2015 | 19 October 2015 | 14.40c/9.3979152p/HK$1.115985456/INR0.861393721 | £8.5226/$13.34383 |
| Final 2015 | No dividend declared | N/A | N/A |
| Interim 2016 | No dividend declared | N/A | N/A |
| Final 2016 | No dividend declared | N/A | N/A |
| Interim 2017 | No dividend declared | N/A | N/A |
| Final 2017 | 17 May 2018 | 11.00c/7.88046p/HK$0.86293/INR0.6536433401 | £7.7600/$10.83451 |
| Interim 2018 | 22 October 2018 | 6.00c/4.59747p/HK$0.46978/INR0.36961751 | £6.7104/$8.51952 |
| Final 2018 | 16 May 2019 | 15.00c/11.569905p/HK$1.176260/INR0.9576916501 | N/A |
| Interim 2019 | 21 October 2019 | 7.00c/5.676776p/HK$0.548723/INR0.4250286001 | N/A |
| Final 2019 | Dividend withdrawn | N/A | N/A |
| Interim 2020 | No dividend declared | N/A | N/A |
| Final 2020 | 20 May 2021 | 9.00c/6.472413p/HK$0.698501 | N/A |
| Interim 2021 | 22 October 2021 | 3.00c/2.204877p/HK$0.233592 | N/A |
| Final 2021 | 12 May 2022 | 9.00c/6.894144p/HK$0.705772 | N/A |
| Interim 2022 | 14 October 2022 | 4.00c/3.675912p/HK$0.313887 | N/A |
| Final 2022 | 11 May 2023 | 14.00c/11.249168p/HK$1.098083 | N/A |
| Interim 2023 | 13 October 2023 | 6.00c/4.910412p/HK$0.469085 | N/A |
1 The INR dividend is per Indian Depository Receipt. In March 2020, the Group announced the termination of the IDR programme. The IDR programme was formally delisted from the BSE Limited (formerly the Bombay Stock Exchange) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited with effect from 22 July 2020
# Chinese translation
If you would like a Chinese language version of the 2023 Annual Report, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
二〇二三年年報之中文譯本可向香港中央證券登記有限公司索取，地址：香港灣仔皇后大道東183號合和中心17M樓。
Shareholders on the Hong Kong branch register who have asked to receive corporate communications in either Chinese or English can change this election by contacting Computershare.
If there is a dispute between any translation and the English version of this Annual Report, the English text shall prevail.
# Electronic communications
If you hold your shares on the UK register and in future you would like to receive the Annual Report electronically rather than by post, please register online at: investorcentre.co.uk. Click on 'register now' and follow the instructions. You will need to have your Shareholder or ShareCare reference number to hand. You can find this on your share certificate or ShareCare statement. Once you have registered and confirmed your email communication preference, you will receive future notifications via email enabling you to submit your proxy vote online. In addition, as a member of Investor Centre, you will be able to manage your shareholding online and change your bank mandate or address information.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
## Important notices
### Forward-looking statements
The information included in this document may contain ‘forward-looking statements' based upon current expectations or beliefs as well as statements formulated with assumptions about future events. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, projections, estimates, commitments, plans, approaches, ambitions and targets (including, without limitation, ESG commitments, ambitions and targets). Forward-looking statements often use words such as ‘may', ‘could', ‘will', ‘expect', ‘intend', ‘estimate', ‘anticipate', ‘believe', ‘plan', ‘seek', ‘aim', ‘continue' or other words of similar meaning to any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may also (or additionally) be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts.
By their very nature, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results, and the Group's plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Readers should not place reliance on, and are cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking statements.
There are several factors which could cause the Group's actual results and its plans and objectives to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. The factors include (but are not limited to): changes in global, political, economic, business, competitive and market forces or conditions, or in future exchange and interest rates; changes in environmental, geopolitical, social or physical risks; legal, regulatory and policy developments, including regulatory measures addressing climate change and broader sustainability-related issues; the development of standards and interpretations, including evolving requirements and practices in ESG reporting; the ability of the Group, together with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage, and mitigate the impacts of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues effectively; risks arising out of health crises and pandemics; risks of cyber-attacks, data, information or security breaches or technology failures involving the Group; changes in tax rates or policy; future business combinations or dispositions; and other factors specific to the Group, including those identified in this Annual Report and financial statements of the Group. To the extent that any forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on past or current trends and/or activities of the Group, they should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future.
No statement in this document is intended to be, nor should be interpreted as, a profit forecast or to imply that the earnings of the Group for the current year or future years will necessarily match or exceed the historical or published earnings of the Group. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date that it is made. Except as required by any applicable laws or regulations, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement contained within this document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Please refer to this Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group for a discussion of certain of the risks and factors that could adversely impact the Group's actual results, and cause its plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements.
### Financial instruments
Nothing in this document shall constitute, in any jurisdiction, an offer or solicitation to sell or purchase any securities or other financial instruments, nor shall it constitute a recommendation or advice in respect of any securities or other financial instruments or any other matter.
### Basis of Preparation and Caution Regarding Data Limitations
This section is specifically relevant to, amongst others, the sustainability and climate models, calculations and disclosures throughout this report.
The information contained in this document has been prepared on the following basis:
1. disclosures in the Strategic report, Sustainability review, Directors' report, Risk review and Capital review and Supplementary information are unaudited unless otherwise stated;
2. all information, positions and statements set out in this document are subject to change without notice;
3. the information included in this document does not constitute any investment, accounting, legal, regulatory or tax advice or an invitation or recommendation to enter into any transaction;
4. the information included in this document may have been prepared using models, methodologies and data which are subject to certain limitations. These limitations include: the limited availability of reliable data, data gaps, and the nascent nature of the methodologies and technologies underpinning this data; the limited standardisation of data (given, amongst other things, limited international coordination on data and methodology standards); and future uncertainty (due, amongst other things, to changing projections relating to technological development and global and regional laws, regulations and policies, and the current inability to make use of strong historical data);
5. models, external data and methodologies used in information included in this document are or could be subject to adjustment which is beyond our control;
6. any opinions and estimates should be regarded as indicative, preliminary and for illustrative purposes only. Expected and actual outcomes may differ from those set out in this document (as explained in the “Forward-looking statements” section above);
7. some of the related information appearing in this document may have been obtained from public and other sources and, while the Group believes such information to be reliable, it has not been independently verified by the Group and no representation or warranty is made by the Group as to its quality, completeness, accuracy, fitness for a particular purpose or noninfringement of such information;
8. for the purposes of the information included in this document, a number of key judgements and assumptions have been made. It is possible that the assumptions drawn, and the judgement exercised may subsequently turn out to be inaccurate. The judgements and data presented in this document are not a substitute for judgements and analysis made independently by the reader;
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information
Shareholder information
ix. any opinions or views of third parties expressed in this document are those of the third parties identified, and not of the Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents. By incorporating or referring to opinions and views of third parties, the Group is not, in any way, endorsing or supporting such opinions or views;
x. whilst the Group bears primary responsibility for the information included in this document, it does not accept responsibility for the external input provided by any third parties for the purposes of developing the information included in this document;
xi. the data contained in this document reflects available information and estimates at the relevant time;
xii. where the Group has used any methodology or tools developed by a third party, the application of the methodology or tools (or consequences of its application) shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the application of the methodology or tools;
xiii. where the Group has used any underlying data provided or sourced by a third party, the use of the data shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the use of the data;
xiv. this Important Notice is not limited in applicability to those sections of the document where limitations to data, metrics and methodologies are identified and where this Important Notice is referenced. This Important Notice applies to the whole document;
xv. further development of reporting, standards or other principles could impact the information included in this document or any metrics, data and targets included in this document (it being noted that ESG reporting and standards are subject to rapid change and development); and
xvi. while all reasonable care has been taken in preparing the information included in this document, neither the Group nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents make any representation or warranty as to its quality, accuracy or completeness, and they accept no responsibility or liability for the contents of this information, including any errors of fact, omission or opinion expressed.
You are advised to exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter contained in this document.
The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or reliance on the information contained in this document.
Copyright in all materials, text, articles and information contained in this document (other than third party materials, text, articles and information) is the property of, and may only be reproduced with permission of an authorised signatory of, the Group.
Copyright in materials, text, articles and information created by third parties and the rights under copyright of such parties are hereby acknowledged. Copyright in all other materials not belonging to third parties and copyright in these materials as a compilation vests and shall remain at all times copyright of the Group and should not be reproduced or used except for business purposes on behalf of the Group or save with the express prior written consent of an authorised signatory of the Group. All rights reserved.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
# Main awards and accolades in 2023
## Asian Banker
- Best Frictionless Customer Experience Initiative Award, China
## Asian Banking and Finance Retail Banking Awards
- International Retail Bank of the Year, Singapore
- Investment Innovation Product of the Year, Taiwan
- Wealth Management Platform of the Year, Brunei
- International Retail Bank of the Year, Hong Kong
## Asiamoney
- Best International Bank, Bangladesh
- Best Bank for Digital Solutions, Hong Kong
- Best Bank for Corporate Social Responsibility, Hong Kong
## Bloomberg Businessweek Awards
- Excellence Award for 'Bank of the Year', Hong Kong
- Excellence Award for 'Retail Bank of the Year', Hong Kong
- Excellence Award for 'ESG Sustainability of the Year', Hong Kong
## Digital Banker CX Awards
- Best Retail Bank for Digital CX (Highly Acclaimed), Hong Kong
- Best Hybrid CX (Highly Acclaimed), Hong Kong
- Best Retail Bank for Digital CX, Pakistan
## Digital Banker Global Retail Banking Innovation Awards
- Best Digital Bank, Hong Kong
## ESG Business Awards
- Renewable Energy Adoption Award, Bangladesh
## Euromoney Global Private Banking Awards
- Best Domestic Private Bank, United Kingdom
- Best for ESG Investing, Korea & United Kingdom
## European Chamber of Commerce
- Best ESG Communications, Singapore
## Forbes
- Ranked 1st in the World's Best Banks 2023 list, China
## Fortune India – Grant Thornton Bharat Study on India's Best Banks 2023
- Best Foreign Bank, India
## Global Finance Magazine
- Best Bank in Sustainable Finance, Saudi Arabia
- Global Outstanding Leadership in Sustainable Finance, Global
## International Business Magazine Awards
- Best Corporate and Social Responsibility Bank, Bangladesh
- Most Innovative Digital Bank, Bangladesh
## International Finance Awards
- Most Innovative Wealth Management Bank, Ghana
## MEA Finance Awards
- Best Global Bank, Middle East
- Best Cash Management Bank, United Arab Emirates
## The Digital Banker
- Outstanding Digital Client Experience, China
- Best Mobile Banking Project, China
## The Asset Triple A Awards
- Best RMB Bank Across East Africa, Kenya
- Best Service Providers for Trade Finance, Sri Lanka
## The Asset Triple A Digital Awards
- Digital Bank of the Year, Bangladesh
## The Asset Triple A Islamic Finance Awards
- Best Investment Bank, United Arab Emirates
- Best Retail Bank, United Arab Emirates
- Best Retail Bank, Standard Chartered Saadiq Bangladesh
- Sukuk Adviser of the Year, Saudi Arabia
- Islamic Bank of the Year, Middle East
- Islamic Bank of the Year, Standard Chartered Saadiq Bangladesh
- Best Supply Chain Bank, Middle East
## The Asset Triple A Sustainable Investing Awards
- Best Domestic Custodian, Indonesia
## The Asset Triple A Treasurise Awards
- Best RMB Bank, Indonesia
- Best ESG Solution for Liquidity and Investments, Malaysia, Taiwan & the Philippines
- Best Payments and Collections Solution, Malaysia, Taiwan & the Philippines
- Best Trade and Working Capital Finance Bank in South Asia, India – fifth consecutive year
- Best Transaction Bank, Hong Kong
- Best Cash Management Bank, Hong Kong
- Best E-Solutions Partner Bank, Hong Kong
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
521
---
Supplementary information
Awards
# Wallstreetcn
- Excellent Foreign Bank of the Year, China
# WealthBriefing Europe Awards
- Best UK International Clients Team (Private Bank), United Kingdom
- Best UK Client Service (Private Bank), United Kingdom
# Women in Marketing Communications Conference Awards
- Award for the Most Committed Brand Supporting Women-Owned Tech Businesses, Nigeria
# Diversity & Inclusion and Employer awards
## Asiamoney
- Best Bank for Diversity and Inclusion, Hong Kong, Taiwan, the Philippines and Malaysia
## Asian Banking and Finance Retail Banking Awards
- Employer of the Year (Regional Gold), Hong Kong
## British Chamber of Commerce
- Diversity and Inclusion Champion of the Year, Singapore & United Kingdom
## Equileap
- Ranked 15th for Gender Equality, Globally
- Ranked 3rd for Gender Equality, United Kingdom
## Great Place to Work Accreditation
- Certified, Poland
- Certified, United Kingdom
- Certified, United States
- Certified, India
- Certified, Sri Lanka
## India Workplace Equality Index
- Gold Employer of the Year, India
## LGBT+ Inclusion Index - Presented by Community Business
- Ranked 4th for the Top Employers, Hong Kong
- Ranked 2nd for Top Organisations in Financial Services, Hong Kong
## LinkedIn Top Companies List
- Ranked 2nd, Singapore
## LinkedIn's Top 25 Workplaces to Grow Your Career List
- Ranked 8th, Kenya
## Newsweek
- Listed in the Top 100 Most Loved Workplaces, United States
## Points of Light
- The Civic 50: Most Community-Minded Company Honoree, United States
## Priority for the Disabled
- Won the Top Award, Korea
## Seramount
- Best Company for Multicultural Women, United States
## The Straits Times
- Named as one of the Best Employers, Singapore
## Top Employers Institute China
- Named Top Employer, China
## Financial Times
- Listed in the Financial Times European Diversity Leaders for Workplace Inclusion, Europe – 4th consecutive year
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
---
# Glossary
## Absolute financed emissions
GMG emissions attributed to the Group's lending activities expressed in $\mathrm{CO}_{2}\mathrm{e}$ and reported in the Group's emissions table under Scope 3, Category 15.
## AT1 or Additional Tier 1 capital
Additional Tier 1 capital consists of instruments other than Common Equity Tier 1 that meet the conditions set out in Article 52(1) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (as it forms part of UK domestic law), as well as the share premium accounts related to those instruments.
## Additional value adjustment
See Prudent valuation adjustment.
## Advanced Internal Rating Based (AIRB) approach
The AIRB approach under the Basel framework is used to calculate credit risk capital based on the Group's own estimates of prudential parameters.
## Alignment delta
Alignment delta is a variant on the physical emissions intensity approach. It measures the coefficient of alignment against a particular reference scenario expressed in percentage terms i.e., how much a particular portfolio is above or below the net zero reference scenario.
## Alternative performance measures
A financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework.
## ASEAN
Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) which includes the Group's operations in Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam.
## AUM or Assets under management
Total market value of assets such as deposits, securities and funds held by the Group on behalf of the clients.
## Basel II
The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in June 2006 in the form of the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards.
## Basel III
The global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity, originally issued in December 2010 and updated in June 2011. In December 2017, the BCBS published a document setting out the finalisation of the Basel III framework. The latest requirements issued in December 2017 have been implemented from 2022.
## BCBS or Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
A forum on banking supervisory matters which develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its members are officials from 45 central banks or prudential supervisors from 27 countries and territories.
## Basic earnings per share (EPS)
Represents earnings divided by the basic weighted average number of shares.
## Basis point (bps)
One hundredth of a per cent (0.01 per cent); 100 basis points is 1 per cent.
## CRD or Capital Requirements Directive
An EU capital adequacy legislative package largely implemented or onshored into UK law. The package comprises the Capital Requirements Directive and the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and implements the Basel III framework together with transitional arrangements for some of its requirements. CRD IV came into force on 1 January 2014. The EU CRR II and CRD V amending the existing package came into force in June 2019 with most changes starting to apply from 28 June 2021. Only those parts of the EU CRR II that applied on or before 31 December 2020, when the UK was a member of the EU, have been implemented. The PRA has recently implemented the UK's version of CRR II.
## Capital-lite income
Income derived from products with low RWA consumption or products which are non-funding in nature.
## Capital resources
Sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital after regulatory adjustments.
## CGU or Cash-generating unit
The smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.
## Cash shortfall
The difference between the cash flows that are due in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive over the contractual life of the instrument.
## Clawback
An amount an individual is required to pay back to the Group, which has to be returned to the Group under certain circumstances.
## Commercial real estate
Includes office buildings, industrial property, medical centres, hotels, malls, retail stores, shopping centres, farm land, multi-family housing buildings, warehouses, garages, and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans are those backed by a package of commercial real estate assets.
## CET1 or Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of the items, including the common shares issued by the Group and related share premium, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and other disclosed reserves, eligible non-controlling interests and regulatory adjustments required in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1, set out in Article 26(1) of the Capital Requirements Regulation (as it forms part of UK domestic law), capable of being available to the institution for unrestricted and immediate use to absorb losses as soon as these occur.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Supplementary information Glossary
# CET1 ratio
A measure of the Group's CET1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
# Contractual maturity
Contractual maturity refers to the final payment date of a loan or other financial instrument, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest is due to be paid.
# Countercyclical capital buffer
The countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) is part of a set of macroprudential instruments, designed to help counter procyclicality in the financial system. CCyB as defined in the Basel III standard provides for an additional capital requirement of up to 2.5 per cent of risk-weighted assets in a given jurisdiction. The Bank of England's Financial Policy Committee has the power to set the CCyB rate for the United Kingdom. Each bank must calculate its 'institution-specific' CCyB rate, defined as the weighted average of the CCyB rates in effect across the jurisdictions in which it has credit exposures. The institution-specific CCyB rate is then applied to a bank's total risk-weighted assets.
# Counterparty credit risk
The risk that a counterparty defaults before satisfying its obligations under a derivative, a securities financing transaction (SFT) or a similar contract.
# CCF or Credit conversion factor
An estimate of the amount the Group expects a customer to have drawn further on a facility limit at the point of default. This is either prescribed by CRR or modelled by the bank.
# CDS or Credit default swaps
A credit derivative is an arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of protection. A credit default swap is a contract where the protection seller receives premium or interest-related payments in return for contracting to make payments to the protection buyer upon a defined credit event. Credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.
# Credit grade
A standard alphanumeric Credit Risk grade system is used for CCIB Client Coverage. The numeric grades run from 1 to 14 and some of the grades are further sub-classified. Lower numeric credit grades are indicative of a lower likelihood of default. Credit grades 1 to 12 are assigned to performing customers, while credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to nonperforming or defaulted customers.
# Credit institutions
An institution whose business is to receive deposits or other repayable funds from the public and to grant credits for its own account.
# Credit risk mitigation
Credit risk mitigation is a process to mitigate potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio by using a range of tools such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees.
# CVA or Credit valuation adjustments
An adjustment to the fair value of derivative contracts that reflects the possibility that the counterparty may default such that the Group would not receive the full market value of the contracts.
# Customer accounts
Money deposited by all individuals and companies which are not credit institutions including securities sold under repurchase agreement (see repo/reverse repo). Such funds are recorded as liabilities in the Group's balance sheet under customer accounts.
# Days past due
One or more days that interest and/or principal payments are overdue based on the contractual terms.
# DVA or Debit valuation adjustment
An adjustment to the fair value of derivative contracts that reflects the possibility that the Group may default and not pay the full market value of contracts.
# Debt securities
Debt securities are assets on the Group's balance sheet and represent certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings excluding those issued by central banks.
# Debt securities in issue
Debt securities in issue are transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificate. These are liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.
# Deferred tax asset
Income taxes recoverable in future periods in respect of deductible temporary differences between the accounting and tax base of an asset or liability that will result in tax deductible amounts in future periods, the carryforward of tax losses or the carryforward of unused tax credits.
# Deferred tax liability
Income taxes payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences between the accounting and tax base of an asset or liability that will result in taxable amounts in future periods.
# Default
Financial assets in default represent those that are at least 90 days past due in respect of principal or interest and/or where the assets are otherwise considered to be unlikely to pay, including those that are credit-impaired.
# Defined benefit obligation
The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit scheme resulting from employee service.
# Defined benefit scheme
Pension or other post-retirement benefit scheme other than a defined contribution scheme.
# Defined contribution scheme
A pension or other post-retirement benefit scheme where the employer's obligation is limited to its contributions to the fund.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
525
# Delinquency
A debt or other financial obligation is considered to be in a state of delinquency when payments are overdue. Loans and advances are considered to be delinquent when consecutive payments are missed. Also known as arrears.
# Deposits by banks
Deposits by banks comprise amounts owed to other domestic or foreign credit institutions by the Group including securities sold under repo.
# Diluted earnings per share (EPS)
Represents earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
# Dividend per share
Represents the entitlement of each shareholder in the share of the profits of the Company. Calculated in the lowest unit of currency in which the shares are quoted.
# Early alert, purely and non-purely precautionary
A borrower's account which exhibits risks or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision, or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded to credit grade 12 or worse. When an account is on early alert, it is classified as either purely precautionary or non-purely precautionary. A purely precautionary account is one that exhibits early alert characteristics, but these do not present any imminent credit concern. If the symptoms present an imminent credit concern, an account will be considered for classification as non-purely precautionary.
# Effective tax rate
The tax on profit/(losses) on ordinary activities as a percentage of profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation.
# Encumbered assets
On-balance sheet assets pledged or used as collateral in respect of certain of the Group's liabilities.
# EU or European Union
The European Union (EU) is a political and economic union of 27 member states that are located primarily in Europe.
# Eurozone
Represents the 19 EU countries that have adopted the euro as their common currency.
# ECL or Expected credit loss
Represents the present value of expected cash shortfalls over the residual term of a financial asset, undrawn commitment or financial guarantee.
# Expected loss
The Group measure of anticipated loss for exposures captured under an internal ratings-based credit risk approach for capital adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Group-modelled view of anticipated loss based on probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, with a one-year time horizon.
# Exposures
Credit exposures represent the amount lent to a customer, together with any undrawn commitments.
# EAD or Exposure at default
The estimation of the extent to which the Group may be exposed to a customer or counterparty in the event of, and at the time of, that counterparty's default. At default, the customer may not have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid some of the principal, so that exposure is typically less than the approved loan limit.
# ECAI or External Credit Assessment Institution
External credit ratings are used to assign risk-weights under the standardised approach for sovereigns, corporates and institutions. The external ratings are from credit rating agencies that are registered or certified in accordance with the credit rating agencies regulation or from a central bank issuing credit ratings which is exempt from the application of this regulation.
# ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance.
# FCA or Financial Conduct Authority
The Financial Conduct Authority regulates the conduct of financial firms and, for certain firms, prudential standards in the UK. It has a strategic objective to ensure that the relevant markets function well.
# Forbearance
Forbearance takes place when a concession is made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to an obligor's financial difficulties. The Group classifies such modified loans as either 'Forborne – not impaired loans' or 'Loans subject to forbearance – impaired'. Once a loan is categorised as either of these, it will remain in one of these two categories until the loan matures or satisfies the 'curing' conditions described in Note 8 to the financial statements.
# Forborne – not impaired loans
Loans where the contractual terms have been modified due to financial difficulties of the borrower, but the loan is not considered to be impaired. See 'Forbearance'.
# Funded/unfunded exposures
Exposures where the notional amount of the transaction is funded or unfunded. Represents exposures where a commitment to provide future funding is made but funds have been released/not released.
---
Supplementary information Glossary
# FVA or Funding valuation adjustments
FVA reflects an adjustment to fair value in respect of derivative contracts that reflects the funding costs that the market participant would incorporate when determining an exit price.
# G-SIBs or Global Systemically Important Banks
Global banking financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness mean that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity. The list of G-SIBs is assessed under a framework established by the FSB and the BCBS. In the UK, the G-SIB framework is implemented via the CRD and G-SIBs are referred to as Global Systemically Important Institutions (G-SIIIs).
# G-SII buffer
A CET1 capital buffer which results from designation as a G-SII. The G-SII buffer is between 1 per cent and 3.5 per cent, depending on the allocation to one of five buckets based on the annual scoring. In the UK, the G-SII buffer is implemented via the CRD as Global Systemically Important Institutions (G-SII) buffer requirement.
# Green and Sustainable Product Framework
Sets out the eligible themes and activities that may be considered as 'green', 'social' and 'sustainable' at Standard Chartered. The Framework has been developed with support from Morningstar Sustainalytics and is updated on an annual basis in collaboration with them. It is informed by industry principles and supervisory standards such as the ICMA Green Bond Principles and the EU Taxonomy for sustainable activities.
# Hong Kong regional hub
Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited and its subsidiaries including the primary operating entities in China, Korea and Taiwan. Standard Chartered PLC is the ultimate parent company of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited.
# Interest rate risk
The risk of an adverse impact on the Group's income statement due to changes in interest rates.
# IRB or internal ratings-based approach
Risk-weighting methodology in accordance with the Basel Capital Accord where capital requirements are based on a firm's own estimates of prudential parameters.
# Internal model approach
The approach used to calculate market risk capital and RWA with an internal market risk model approved by the PRA under the terms of CRD/CRR.
# IAS or International Accounting Standard
A standard that forms part of the International Financial Reporting Standards framework.
# IASB or International Accounting Standards Board
An independent standard-setting body responsible for the development and publication of IFRS, and approving interpretations of IFRS standards that are recommended by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC).
# IFRS or International Financial Reporting Standards
A set of international accounting standards developed and issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, consisting of principles-based guidance contained within IFRSs and IASs. All companies that have issued publicly traded securities in the EU are required to prepare annual and interim reports under IFRS and IAS standards that have been endorsed by the EU.
# IFRIC
The IFRS Interpretations Committee supports the IASB in providing authoritative guidance on the accounting treatment of issues not specifically dealt with by existing IFRSs and IASs.
# Investment grade
A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating measured by external agencies of AAA to BBB.
# Leverage ratio
A ratio introduced under CRD IV that compares Tier 1 capital to total exposures, including certain exposures held off-balance sheet as adjusted by stipulated credit conversion factors. Intended to be a simple, non-risk-based backstop measure.
# Liquidation portfolio
A portfolio of assets which is beyond our current risk appetite metrics and is held for liquidation.
# LCR or Liquidity coverage ratio
The ratio of the stock of high-quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows under stressed conditions over the following 30 days. High-quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible.
# Loan exposure
Loans and advances to customers reported on the balance sheet held at amortised cost or FVOCI, non-cancellable credit commitments and cancellable credit commitments for credit cards and overdraft facilities.
# Loans and advances to customers
This represents lending made under bilateral agreements with customers entered into in the normal course of business and is based on the legal form of the instrument.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
527
Loans and advances to banks
Amounts loaned to credit institutions including securities bought under Reverse repo.
LTV or loan-to-value ratio
A calculation which expresses the amount of a first mortgage lien as a percentage of the total appraised value of real property. The loan-to-value ratio is used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and therefore the correct price of the loan to the borrower.
Loans past due
Loans on which payments have been due for up to a maximum of 90 days including those on which partial payments are being made.
Loans subject to forbearance – impaired
Loans where the terms have been renegotiated on terms not consistent with current market levels due to financial difficulties of the borrower. Loans in this category are necessarily impaired. See 'Forbearance'.
Loss rate
Uses an adjusted gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and recoveries over the preceding 12 months and total outstanding balances.
LGD or Loss given default
The percentage of an exposure that a lender expects to lose in the event of obligor default.
Low returning clients
See 'Perennial sub-optimal clients'.
Malus
An arrangement that permits the Group to prevent vesting of all or part of the amount of an unvested variable remuneration award, due to a specific crystallised risk, behaviour, conduct or adverse performance outcome.
Master netting agreement
An agreement between two counterparties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on, or termination of, any one contract.
Mezzanine capital
Financing that combines debt and equity characteristics. For example, a loan that also confers some profit participation to the lender.
MREL or minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities
A requirement set by resolution authorities to set a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities for banks, implementing the FSB's Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) standard. MREL is intended to ensure that there is a minimum amount of equity and subordinated debt to support an effective resolution.
Net asset value (NAV) per share
Ratio of net assets (total assets less total liabilities) to the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of a reporting period.
Net exposure
The aggregate of loans and advances to customers/loans and advances to banks after impairment provisions, restricted balances with central banks, derivatives (net of master netting agreements), investment debt and equity securities, and letters of credit and guarantees.
Net zero roadmap
The commitment to reaching net zero carbon emissions in our operations by 2025 and in our financed emissions by 2050.
NII or Net interest income
The difference between interest received on assets and interest paid on liabilities.
NSFR or Net stable funding ratio
The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one-year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. It is a longer-term liquidity measure designed to restrain the amount of wholesale borrowing and encourage stable funding over a one-year time horizon.
NPLs or non-performing loans
An NPL is any loan that is more than 90 days past due or is otherwise individually impaired. This excludes Retail loans renegotiated at or after 90 days past due, but on which there has been no default in interest or principal payments for more than 180 days since renegotiation, and against which no loss of principal is expected.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity of expected credit loss occurs when the average of expected credit loss for a portfolio is higher than the base case (median) due to the fact that bad economic environment could have a larger impact on ECL calculation than good economic environment.
Normalised items
See 'Underlying/Normalised' on page 87.
Operating expenses
Staff and premises costs, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation. Underlying operating expenses exclude expenses as described in 'Underlying earnings'. A reconciliation between underlying and reported earnings is contained in Note 2 to the financial statements.
---
Supplementary information Glossary
# Operating income or operating profit
Net interest, net fee and net trading income, as well as other operating income. Underlying operating income represents the income line items above, on an underlying basis. See 'Underlying earnings'.
# OTC or Over-the-counter derivatives
A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.
# OCA or Own credit adjustment
An adjustment to the Group's issued debt designated at fair value through profit or loss that reflects the possibility that the Group may default and not pay the full market value of the contracts.
# Perennial sub-optimal clients
Clients that have returned below 3% return on risk-weighted assets for the last three years
# Physical risks
The risk of increased extreme weather events including flood, drought and sea level rise.
# Pillar 1
The first pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which provides the approach to calculation of the minimum capital requirements for credit, market and operational risk. Minimum capital requirements are 8 per cent of the Group's risk-weighted assets.
# Pillar 2
The second pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which requires banks to undertake a comprehensive assessment of their risks and to determine the appropriate amounts of capital to be held against these risks where other suitable mitigants are not available.
# Pillar 3
The third pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which aims to provide a consistent and comprehensive disclosure framework that enhances comparability between banks and further promotes improvements in risk practices.
# Priority Banking
Priority Banking customers are individuals who have met certain criteria for deposits, AUM, mortgage loans or monthly payroll. Criteria varies by country.
# Private equity investments
Equity securities in operating companies generally not quoted on a public exchange. Investment in private equity often involves the investment of capital in private companies. Capital for private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital, growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital.
# PD or Probability of default
PD is an internal estimate for each borrower grade of the likelihood that an obligor will default on an obligation over a given time horizon.
# Physical/production emission intensity
GHG emissions per a specific physical or production unit, for example: tCO₂e/tonne steel, kgCO₂e/square metre.
# Probability weighted
Obtained by considering the values the metric can assume, weighted by the probability of each value occurring.
# Profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders
Profit (loss) for the year after non-controlling interests and dividends declared in respect of preference shares classified as equity.
# PVA or Prudent valuation adjustment
An adjustment to CET1 capital to reflect the difference between fair value and prudent value positions, where the application of prudence results in a lower absolute carrying value than recognised in the financial statements.
# PRA or Prudential Regulation Authority
The Prudential Regulation Authority is the statutory body responsible for the prudential supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions, insurers and a small number of significant investment firms in the UK. The PRA is a part of the Bank of England.
# Regulatory consolidation
The regulatory consolidation of Standard Chartered PLC differs from the statutory consolidation in that it includes Ascenta IV, Olea Global group, Seychelles International Mercantile Banking Corporation Limited., and all of the legal entities in the Currency Fair group on a proportionate consolidation basis. These entities are considered associates for statutory accounting purposes.
The regulatory consolidation further excludes the following entities, which are consolidated for statutory accounting purposes; Audax Financial Technology Pte. Ltd, Cardspal Pte. Ltd. Letsbloom Pte. Ltd, SCV Research and Development Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Assurance Limited, Standard Chartered Isle of Man Limited, Corrasi Covered Bonds LLP, Pegasus Dealmaking Pte. Ltd., Solv Sdn. Bhd., Standard Chartered Botswana Education Trust, Standard Chartered Bancassurance Intermediary Limited, Standard Chartered Bank Insurance Agency (Proprietary) Limited, Standard Chartered Research and Technology India Private Limited, Standard Chartered Trading (Shanghai) Limited, Tawi Fresh Kenya Limited.
# Repo/reverse repo
A repurchase agreement or repo is a short-term funding agreement, which allows a borrower to sell a financial asset, such as asset-backed securities or government bonds as collateral for cash. As part of the agreement the borrower agrees to repurchase the security at some later date, usually less than 30 days, repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future), it is a reverse repurchase agreement or reverse repo.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
529
# Reported performance/results
Reported performance/results within this report means amounts reported under UK-adopted IAS and EU IFRS. In prior periods Reported performance/results were described as Statutory performance/results.
# Residential mortgage
A loan to purchase a residential property which is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property, and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also known as a home loan.
# RoRWA or Return on risk-weighted assets
Profit before tax for year as a percentage of RWA. Profit may be reported or underlying and is specified where used. See 'RWA' and 'Underlying earnings'. Income RoRWA calculated as income for year as a percentage of RWA.
# RWA or Risk-weighted assets
A measure of a bank's assets adjusted for their associated risks, expressed as a percentage of an exposure value in accordance with the applicable standardised or IRB approach provisions.
# Risks-not-in-VaR (RNIV)
A framework for identifying and quantifying marginal types of market risk that are not captured in the Value at Risk (VaR) measure for any reason, such as being a far-tail risk or the necessary historical market data not being available.
# Roll rate
Uses a matrix that gives average loan migration rate from delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket over different time horizons.
# Scope 1 emissions
Direct GHG emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by the Group - i.e., emissions from combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, vehicles, as well as fugitive emissions from pressure containing equipment at Group locations.
# Scope 2 emissions
Indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased or acquired electricity, steam, heating, or cooling consumed by the Group.
# Scope 3 emissions
All indirect GHG emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the value chain of the Group, arising from sources not controlled by the Group. This comprises of both upstream and downstream value chain emissions and includes absolute financed emissions.
# Secured (fully and partially)
A secured loan is a loan in which the borrower pledges an asset as collateral for a loan which, in the event that the borrower defaults, the Group is able to take possession of. All secured loans are considered fully secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the loan at the time of origination. All other secured loans are considered to be partly secured.
# Securitisation
Securitisation is a process by which credit exposures are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back new securities. Under traditional securitisation transactions, assets are sold to a structured entity which then issues new securities to investors at different levels of seniority (credit tranching). This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the originating institution and transfers risk to external investors in a way that meets their risk appetite. Under synthetic securitisation transactions, the transfer of risk is achieved by the use of credit derivatives or guarantees, and the exposures being securitised remain exposures of the originating institution.
# Senior debt
Debt that takes priority over other unsecured or otherwise more 'junior' debt owed by the issuer. Senior debt has greater seniority in the issuer's capital structure than subordinated debt. In the event the issuer goes bankrupt, senior debt theoretically must be repaid before other creditors receive any payment.
# SICR or Significant increase in credit risk
Assessed by comparing the risk of default of an exposure at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination (after considering the passage of time).
# Solo
The solo regulatory group as listed in the Prudential Regulation Authority waiver written notice dated 21 August 2023. This differs from Standard Chartered Bank in that it includes the full consolidation of three subsidiaries, namely Standard Chartered Holdings (International) B.V, Standard Chartered Grindlays PTY Limited, SCMB Overseas Limited.
# Sovereign exposures
Exposures to central governments and central government departments, central banks and entities owned or guaranteed by the aforementioned. Sovereign exposures, as defined by the European Banking Authority, include only exposures to central governments.
# Stage 1
Assets have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and impairment recognised on the basis of 12 months expected credit losses.
# Stage 2
Assets have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and impairment is recognised on the basis of lifetime expected credit losses.
# Stage 3
Assets that are in default and considered credit-impaired (non-performing loans).
---
Supplementary information Glossary
## Standardised approach
In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements using External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAI) ratings and supervisory risk weights. In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the operational capital requirement by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income of eight specified business lines.
## Structured note
An investment tool which pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency.
## Subordinated liabilities
Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuer.
## Sustainability Aspirations
The Group's approach to sustainability is underpinned by our Sustainability Aspirations, our long-term sustainability goals. Each Sustainability Aspiration encompasses a number of key performance indicators that we use to measure our progress and outcomes in areas in which we can make a contribution to the delivery of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
## Sustainable Finance assets
Assets from clients whose business activities are aligned with the Sustainability Bond Framework, those generated from transactions for which the use of proceeds will be utilised towards eligible themes and activities set out within the Sustainability Bond Framework, or assets generated through Standard Chartered's own lending activities to small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) in eligible markets as per the criteria set out in the Sustainability Bond Framework.
## Sustainable Finance income
Income generated from Sustainable Finance products as listed in the Green and Sustainable Product Framework. Additional products may be approved throughout the year by the Sustainable Finance Governance Committee.
## Sustainable Finance mobilised
Mobilisation of Sustainable Finance is defined as any investment or financial service provided to clients that supports: (i) the preservation and/or improvement of biodiversity, nature or the environment; (ii) the long-term avoidance/decrease of GHG emissions, including the alignment of a client's business and operations with a 1.5 degree Celsius trajectory (known as transition finance); (iii) a social purpose; or (iv) incentivises our clients to meet their own sustainability objectives (known as sustainability-linked finance).
## Tier 1 capital
The sum of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.
## Tier 1 capital ratio
Tier 1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
## Tier 2 capital
Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated liabilities and related share premium accounts.
## TLAC or Total loss absorbing capacity
An international standard for TLAC issued by the FSB, which requires G-SIBs to have sufficient loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity available in resolution, to minimise impacts on financial stability, maintain the continuity of critical functions and avoid exposing public funds to loss.
## Transition risks
The risk of changes to market dynamics or sectoral economics due to governments' response to climate change.
## UK bank levy
A levy that applies to certain UK banks and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable each year based on a percentage of the chargeable equities and liabilities on the Group's UK tax resident entities' balance sheets. Key exclusions from chargeable equities and liabilities include Tier 1 capital, insured or guaranteed retail deposits, repos secured on certain sovereign debt and liabilities subject to netting.
## Unbiased
Not overly optimistic or pessimistic, represents information that is not slanted, weighted, emphasised, de-emphasised or otherwise manipulated to increase the probability that the financial information will be received favourably or unfavourably by users.
## Unlikely to pay
Indications of unlikelihood to pay shall include placing the credit obligation on non-accrued status; the recognition of a specific credit adjustment resulting from a significant perceived decline in credit quality subsequent to the Group taking on the exposure; selling the credit obligation at a material credit-related economic loss; the Group consenting to a distressed restructuring of the credit obligation where this is likely to result in a diminished financial obligation caused by the material forgiveness, or postponement, of principal, interest or, where relevant fees; filing for the obligor's bankruptcy or a similar order in respect of an obligor's credit obligation to the Group; the obligor has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection where this would avoid or delay repayment of a credit obligation to the Group.
## VaR or Value at Risk
A quantitative measure of market risk estimating the potential loss that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence level.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
Standard Chartered – Annual Report 2023
531
## ViU or Value-in-Use
The present value of the future expected cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or CGU.
## Write-downs
After an advance has been identified as impaired and is subject to an impairment provision, the stage may be reached whereby it is concluded that there is no realistic prospect of further recovery. Write-downs will occur when, and to the extent that, the whole or part of a debt is considered irrecoverable.
## XVA
The term used to incorporate credit, debit and funding valuation adjustments to the fair value of derivative financial instruments. See 'CVA', 'DVA' and 'FVA'.
---
Designed and produced by Friend
www.friendstudio.com
Printed by Park Communications a certified Carbon Neutral print company.
Park works to the EMAS standard and its Environmental Management System is certified to ISO 14001.
This publication has been manufactured using 100% offshore wind electricity sourced from UK wind.
This is a certified climate neutral print product for which carbon emissions have been calculated and offset by supporting recognised carbon offset projects. The carbon offset projects are audited and certified according to international standards and demonstrably reduce emissions. The climate neutral label includes a unique ID number specific to this product which can be
tracked at: www.climatepartner.com, giving details of the carbon offsetting process including information on the emissions volume and the carbon offset project being supported.
100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.
This document is printed on Nautilus Superwhite 100% Recycled paper containing 100% recycled fibre. The FSC® label on this product ensures responsible use of the world's forest resources.
© Standard Chartered PLC. All rights reserved.
The STANDARD CHARTERED word mark, its logo device and associated product brand names are owned by Standard Chartered PLC and centrally licensed to its operating entities.
Registered Office: 1 Basinghall Avenue, London EC2V 5DD. Telephone +44 (0) 20 7885 8888.
Principal place of business in Hong Kong: 32nd Floor, 4-4A Des Voeux Road, Central, Hong Kong.
Registered in England No. 966425.
Standard Chartered - Annual Report 2023
---
.
---
#
Global headquarters
Standard Chartered Group
1 Basinghall Avenue
London, EC2V 5DD
United Kingdom
telephone: +44 (0)20 7885 8888
facsimile: +44 (0)20 7885 9999
Digital Annual Report
sc.com/annualreport
Shareholder enquiries
ShareCare information
website: sc.com/shareholders
helpline: +44 (0)370 702 0138
ShareGift information
website: ShareGift.org
helpline: +44 (0)20 7930 3737
#
Registrar information
UK
Computershare Investor
Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol, BS99 6ZZ
helpline: +44 (0)370 702 0138
Hong Kong
Computershare Hong Kong
Investor Services Limited
17M Floor, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen's Road East
Wan Chai
Hong Kong
website: computershare.com/hk/investors
#
Chinese translation
Computershare Hong Kong
Investor Services Limited
17M Floor, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen's Road East
Wan Chai
Hong Kong
Register for electronic
communications
website: investorcentre.co.uk
#
standard chartered
LSE stock code: STAN.LN
HKSE stock code: 02888